# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # JH CHOI , 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 # Sarah Park, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-02-20 16:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ko\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "공급망" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " "product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " "connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " "by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" "**Odoo 바코드** 를 통해 개별 품목이나 품목 카테고리에 바코드를 적용할 수 있으며, 이러한 바코드를 통해 재고 이동 상황을 추적할" " 수 있습니다. 바코드 스캐너와 연결할 경우 바코드를 스캔하면 재고 작업이 진행되게 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 바코드 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "일상 업무" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "바코드로 재고 조정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " "always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " "adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" "창고에서 데이터베이스에 재고로 기록된 수량이 실제의 물리적인 수량과 일치하지 않는 경우가 발생할 수 있습니다. 이러한 경우에는 재고 " "조정을 통해 차이를 조정하고, 데이터베이스에 기록되어 있는 숫자와 창고의 실제 수량을 일치시킬 수 있습니다. Odoo에서는 *바코드* " "앱을 사용하여 이와 같은 조정 작업을 실행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "조정 작업은 실시간으로 가능하며 Odoo와 호환되는 바코드 스캐너 또는 Odoo 모바일 앱을 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" "Odoo와 호환되는 바코드 모바일 스캐너와 기타 *재고 관리* 및 *바코드* 앱에서 쓰는 하드웨어 목록을 확인하려면 `Odoo 재고 관리" " • 하드웨어 페이지 `_ 를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "바코드 앱 활성화하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "" "*바코드* 앱을 통해 재고 조정 작업을 생성한 후 적용하려면, *재고 관리* 앱을 설치할 때 설정에서 **반드시** 해당 기능을 " "활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" "활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`바코드` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤을 이동한 후 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 옵션 옆에 있는 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." msgstr "확인란에 표시를 했으면, 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" "After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "저장 후에는 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 옵션 아래에 :guilabel:`바코드 분류법` 이라는 제목으로 새 드롭다운 메뉴가 " "나타나며, 여기에서 :guilabel:`기본 명칭` 또는 :guilabel:`기본 GS1 명칭` 중 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다. 각 " "바코드 명칭 옵션에 따라 스캐너에서 Odoo 내에서 바코드를 해석하는 방식이 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "또한 :guilabel:`품목 바코드 설정` 내부 링크 화살표가 :guilabel:`인쇄` 버튼 모음과 함께 나타나며 이를 통해 바코드 " "명령어 및 바코드 데모 시트를 인쇄할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정에서 바코드 기능을 활성화하는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드` 앱을 설정하는 방법 및 환경설정에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`바코드 스캐너 설정하기 " "<../setup/hardware>` 및 :doc:`Odoo에서 바코드 활성화하기 <../setup/software>` 문서를 " "참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" msgstr "재고 조정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" " dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`바코드 앱 --> 바코드 스캔` 현황판으로 이동하면 여러 가지 선택 항목으로 :guilabel:`작업`, " ":guilabel:`재고 조정` 및 :guilabel:`일괄 이송` 등이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "재고 조정 작업을 생성하고 적용하려면 화면 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`재고 조정` 버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "" "이렇게 하면 *바코드 재고 클라이언트 작업* 페이지로 이동하며, 상단 헤더 섹션의 제목은 :guilabel:`재고 조정`으로 지정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." msgstr "스캐너 표시가 있는 바코드 앱 시작 화면입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" "To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "" "조정 작업을 시작하려면 먼저 *출고지* 를 스캔하며, 이 위치는 수량 조정 대상 품목이 위치하고 있는 창고의 현재 위치입니다. 그런 다음" " 품목에 있는 바코드를 스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "지정된 품목의 바코드를 여러 번 스캔하여 해당 품목에 대한 수량이 늘어나게 조정 과정에서 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" "If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "데이터베이스에서 창고에 대한 *다중 위치* 기능이 활성화되어 있지 **않는** 경우에는, 출고지를 스캔할 필요가 없습니다. 이런 경우에는" " 품목 바코드만 스캔하면 재고 조정 작업을 시작할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "" "또는 품목 수량을 변경하려면 품목 줄의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`✏️(연필)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" "Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " ":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" "아이콘을 클릭하면 키패드가 별도의 창으로 열립니다. :guilabel:`수량` 줄에 있는 숫자를 수정하면 수량이 변경됩니다. 또한 " ":guilabel:`+1` 이나 :guilabel:`-1` 버튼으로 품목 수량을 추가하거나 줄일 수도 있으며 숫자 키를 활용하여 수량을 " "알맞게 조정하는 것도 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" "In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " "was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " "`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" "아래의 재고 조정 예시에서는 출고지인 `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` 를 스캔하여 위치를 지정했습니다. 그런 다음, " "'[FURN_7888] 스크린이 있는 책상 스탠드' 품목 바코드를 3번 스캔하여 개수를 늘리는 조정 작업을 했습니다. 이와 같이 조정하여" " 품목 바코드를 스캔하는 방식으로 품목을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." msgstr "재고 조정이 나타나 있는 바코드 재고 관리 클라이언트 작업 페이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" "재고 조정 작업을 완료하려면 초록색 :guilabel:`✅ 적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 페이지 하단에 있는 체크 표시가 되어 있는 " "버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 msgid "" "Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "" "적용이 완료되면 Odoo :guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 화면으로 돌아갑니다. 작은 초록색 배너가 오른쪽 상단에 표시되어 조정 작업이 " "성공적으로 승인되었다는 내용을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:184 msgid "Did you know?" msgstr "알고 계셨나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "" "Odoo의 *바코드* 앱에서는 바코드 데모 데이터를 제공하고 있으며 이 데이터를 통해 여러 가지 앱 기능을 확인해 볼 수 있습니다. 데모" " 데이터는 테스트 목적으로 활용할 수 있으며 앱 홈 화면에서 바로 인쇄도 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" "To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " "click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" "데모 데이터를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`바코드 앱` 으로 이동하여 스캐너 위의 안내 팝업창에 나타나 있는 " ":guilabel:`재고 바코드 시트` 및 :guilabel:`재고 관리 명령어` (파란색으로 굵게 강조 표시)를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." msgstr "데모 데이터 안내 팝업이 바코드 앱 기본 화면에 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" msgstr "수동으로 품목을 추가하여 재고 조정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "바코드를 위치나 품목에 사용할 수 없는 상황에서도 Odoo *바코드* 를 활용하면 계속 재고 조정 작업을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr ":menuselection:`바코드 앱 --> 바코드 스캔 --> 재고 조정` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "수동으로 품목을 조정 작업에 추가하려면 화면 하단에 있는 흰색 :guilabel:`➕ 제품 추가` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." msgstr "그러면 새로운 빈 페이지로 이동하며 여기에서 반드시 원하는 품목과, 수량, 출고지를 선택해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "*바코드 재고 관리 클라이언트 작업* 페이지에서 품목을 추가할 수 있는 키패드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" "First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " "stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " "product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " "clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" "먼저 :guilabel:`품목` 항목을 클릭하고 재고 수를 조정하려는 품목을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 해당 품목에 적용하려는 수량을 " "수동으로 입력합니다. :guilabel:`수량` 줄에 있는 `1`을 변경하여 품목 수량을 수동으로 입력하거나, :guilabel:`+1`" " 및 :guilabel:`-1` 버튼을 클릭하여 품목 수량을 더하거나 줄이는 방법을 사용할 수도 있습니다. 숫자 패드를 사용하여 수량을 " "추가하는 것도 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" "Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " "`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "숫자 패드 아래에는 기본적으로 `창고/재고` 라고 표시된 :guilabel:`위치` 줄이 나타나 있습니다. 이 줄을 클릭하면 선택할 수 " "있는 위치 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되며, 본 재고 조정 작업을 진행할 수 있도록 :guilabel:`출고지` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "필요한 항목을 선택했으면 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" "재고 조정 작업을 적용하려면 초록색 :guilabel:`✅ 적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 페이지 하단에 있는 체크 표시가 되어 있는 " "버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "Default barcode nomenclature" msgstr "기본 바코드 분류법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10 msgid "" "*Barcode nomenclatures* define how barcodes are recognized and categorized. " "When a barcode is scanned, it is associated to the **first** rule with a " "matching pattern. The pattern syntax is described in Odoo's nomenclature " "list using a regular expression, and a barcode is successfully read by Odoo " "if its prefix and/or length matches the one defined in the barcode's rule." msgstr "" "*바코드 분류법* 은 바코드를 인식하여 분류하는 방식을 정의한 것입니다. 바코드를 스캔하면, 패턴이 일치하는 **첫 번째** 규칙이 " "적용됩니다. 패턴 구문은 Odoo에 있는 분류법 목록에 정규식으로 설명되어 있으며, 접두사나 길이가 바코드 규칙에서 정한 내용과 일치할 " "경우 Odoo에서 바코드를 성공적으로 인식할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "For instance, at a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` " "station, product weight barcodes in the European Article Number (EAN) " "format, which begin with `21` and have five digits specifying the weight, " "are used to weigh products and generate a barcode depicting the weight and " "price. The `21` and five-digit weight is the barcode pattern used to " "identify the barcode and can be customized to ensure Odoo correctly " "interprets all barcodes for the business." msgstr "" "예를 들어 :doc:`POS <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` 스테이션에서 유럽 상품 코드(EAN) 형식의 품목 " "중량 바코드는 `21`로 시작하고 중량을 지정하는 5자리 숫자로 되어 있으며, 이 바코드를 통해 품목 중량을 측정한 후 중량 및 가격을 " "나타내는 바코드를 생성합니다. `21`과 5자리 중량 숫자는 바코드를 식별하는 데 사용되는 바코드 패턴이며, Odoo에서 모든 비즈니스용" " 바코드를 정확히 인식할 수 있도록 사용자 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22 msgid "" "Barcodes are also commonly used with Odoo's **Inventory** and **Barcode** " "apps." msgstr "또한 바코드는 Odoo **재고 관리** 및 **바코드** 앱에서도 많이 사용되고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo **Barcode** supports |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), and :doc:`GS1" " ` formats. This document exclusively focuses on " ":ref:`default rules and patterns in Odoo `, which use |UPC| and |EAN| encoding." msgstr "" "Odoo **바코드** 에서는 |EAN|, UPC (Universal Product Code: 범용 품목 코드) 및 :doc:`GS1 " "` 형식을 지원합니다. 이 문서에서는 |UPC| 및 |EAN| 인코딩을 사용하는 :ref:`Odoo 기본" " 규칙 및 패턴 ` 에 대해서만 중점적으로 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:29 msgid "" "To use |UPC| and |EAN| barcodes for uniquely identifying products across the" " entire supply chain, they **must** be `purchased from GS1 " "`_." msgstr "" "|UPC| 및 |EAN| 바코드를 활용하여 전체 공급망에서 품목을 고유하게 식별하려면 **반드시** `GS1에서 매입 " "`_ 해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "" "In Odoo, custom barcode patterns can be defined to recognize barcodes " "specific to the company. Barcodes do not need to be purchased if used only " "within the company, such as in the :ref:`example " "` where the barcode is written in the " "|EAN| format." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 회사의 고유 바코드를 인식하도록 바코드 패턴을 사용자 지정할 수 있습니다. 바코드가 |EAN| 형식으로 만들어져 있는 " ":ref:`예시 ` 와 같이, 회사 내에서만 사용하려는 경우에는 바코드를 " "구입할 필요가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick the" " :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` checkbox. Doing so installs the **Barcode** app" " in the database." msgstr "" "기본 분류법을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`바코드` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 확인란에 표시합니다. 그러면 데이터베이스에 **바코드** " "앱이 설치됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field, ensure " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` is selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "다음으로, :guilabel:`바코드 분류법` 항목에 :guilabel:`기본 분류법` 이 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다. 그런 다음, " ":guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected." msgstr "기본 분류법이 바코드 설정에서 선택되어 활성화되어 있는 모습" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "With the **Barcode** module installed, and the :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` selected, the barcode actions using |UPC| and |EAN|, detailed " "in the :ref:`default nomenclature list `, are available for use. And, by default, Odoo " "automatically handles |UPC|/|EAN| conversion." msgstr "" "**바코드** 모듈을 설치한 후 :guilabel:`기본 분류법` 을 선택한 경우, :ref:`기본 분류법 목록 " "` 에 자세히 설명된 |UPC| 및 |EAN| 을 " "활용하여 바코드 작업을 할 수 있습니다. 또한 Odoo에서는 기본적으로 |UPC|/|EAN| 변환 작업이 자동 처리됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "Example: product weight barcode" msgstr "예: 품목 중량 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 msgid "" "To better understand how barcode nomenclature is used to identify products " "in Odoo, this example where product weight barcodes in |EAN| format are used" " to allow a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` business to " "automatically print barcodes, and calculate the price using the weight of " "the item." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 바코드 분류법을 통해 품목을 인식하는 방법을 파악할 수 있도록, 이 예시에서는 |EAN| 형식의 품목 중량 바코드를 이용하여" " :doc:`POS <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` 사용 사업체에서 자동으로 바코드를 인쇄하고 품목 중량을 " "이용하여 가격을 계산하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:66 msgid "To set up barcodes for weighted products, the following rule is used:" msgstr "중량으로 처리되는 품목에 대한 바코드를 설정하려면 다음 규칙을 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "규칙 이름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "바코드 패턴" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "Weighted Barcodes 3 Decimals" msgstr "중량 바코드 소수점 3자리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "(21)....{NNDDD}" msgstr "(21)....{NNDDD}" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "품목 양식의 :guilabel:`바코드` 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "To better understand the barcode pattern for weighted products, consider the" " barcode, `2112345000008`:" msgstr "" "바코드 패턴 중 중량으로 처리되는 품목에 대한 바코드에 대한 이해를 돕기 위해, 바코드 `2112345000008` 를 예시로 " "살펴봅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 msgid "`21`: code that identifies this a barcode for weighted products." msgstr "`21`: 중량 품목용 바코드라는 사실이 식별되는 코드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "`12345`: five digits (denoted by `.....` in the table above) that identify " "the product." msgstr "`12345`: 품목 식별용 5자리 숫자 (위의 표에서 `.....` 로 표시)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "`00000`: five digits (denoted by `{NNDDD}` in the table) representing the " "weight of the product. On the product form, the five weight values **must** " "be `00000`. The first two digits are whole number values, and the last three" " digits are decimal values. For example, \"13.5 grams\" in the `{NNDDD}` " "format is `13500`." msgstr "" "`00000`: 품목의 중량을 나타내는 5자리 숫자 (표에서는 `{NNDDD}` 로 표시)입니다. 품목 양식에서 5자리 중량 값은 반드시" " `00000`이어야 합니다. 처음 두 자리는 정수 값이고 마지막 세 자리는 소수점 값입니다. 예를 들어 `{NNDDD}` 형식의 " "\"13.5그램\"은 `13500`가 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 msgid "" "`8`: `check digit `_ " "for `211234500000`." msgstr "" "`8`: `211234500000` 에 대한 `자릿수 확인용 숫자 ` _ 입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "Together, these components make up a 13-character |EAN| - 13 barcode." msgstr "이와 같은 내용을 모두 합치면 13자 |EAN| 인 13 바코드가 구성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 msgid "" "To configure the product barcode for `Pasta Bolognese`, the |EAN| barcode " "for weighted products, `2112345000008`, is entered in the " ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form (accessible by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "desired product). In addition, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to " ":guilabel:`kg`." msgstr "" "`파스타 볼로네제` 품목에 바코드를 설정하려면 품목 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`바코드` 항목에 품목 중량의 |EAN| 바코드인 " "`2112345000008` 을 입력합니다 (:menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 원하는 " "품목을 선택하여 액세스 가능). 또한 :guilabel:`단위` 는 :guilabel:`kg` 으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Barcode field on the product form." msgstr "품목 양식의 바코드 항목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:101 msgid "" "Next, a customer's bowl of pasta is weighed to be `1.5` kilograms. This " "generates a new barcode for the pasta, according to the weight: " "`211234501500`, which has a check digit of `2`. The new barcode is " "`2112345015002`." msgstr "" "다음으로, 고객의 파스타 그릇 한 개의 무게는 `1.5`kg으로 측정됩니다. 그러면 파스타에 대한 새로운 바코드가 무게에 따라 " "`211234501500` 로 생성되고, 체크용 숫자는 `2`입니다. 새 바코드는 `2112345015002`가 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Generated barcode that includes a weight of 1.5 kg." msgstr "중량이 1.5kg인 경우에 생성된 바코드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109 msgid "" "Ensure the products scan properly, by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations`. Next, click any operation type," " such as :guilabel:`Receipts`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button to " "create a draft stock move. Scan the product weight barcode, such as " "`2112345015002`, and if the intended product appears, the barcode setup is " "correct." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`바코드 앱 --> 작업` 으로 이동하여 품목이 제대로 스캔되는지 확인합니다. 그 다음 " ":guilabel:`영수증` 과 같은 작업 유형을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하여 재고 이동 " "초안을 생성합니다. `2112345015002`와 같은 품목 중량에 대한 바코드를 스캔한 후에 해당 품목이 나타나면 바코드가 알맞게 " "설정된 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Show successfully scanned barcode." msgstr "성공적으로 바코드 스캔이 된 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "규칙 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122 msgid "" "Adding new rules is necessary for |UPC| and |EAN| formats that are **not** " "in Odoo's default list, since barcodes cannot be read successfully if there " "are unknown fields." msgstr "" "알 수 없는 필드가 있는 경우 바코드가 인식되지 않으므로, Odoo의 기본 목록에 |UPC| 및 |EAN| 형식이 **없는** 경우에는 " "새로 규칙을 추가해야 합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125 msgid "" "While new rules can be created, Odoo fields do **not** auto-populate with " "information from these rules. `Custom development " "`_ is required for this functionality." msgstr "" "새로운 규칙을 생성할 수는 있으나, Odoo 필드에는 이러한 규칙 내용이 자동으로 입력되지 않습니다. 이 기능을 사용하려면 `사용자 지정" " 개발 `_ 을 해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129 msgid "" "To create a rule, first enable :ref:`developer mode `. Then," " navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode " "Nomenclatures`, and select :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "규칙을 생성하려면 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 를 활성화합니다. 그런 다음 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 바코드 분류법` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`기본 분류법` 을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133 msgid "On this page, configure the following optional fields:" msgstr "이 페이지에서 다음 선택 항목을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion`: determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode should " "be automatically converted when matching a rule with another encoding. " "Options include :guilabel:`Always` (the default option), :guilabel:`Never`, " ":guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UPC/EAN 변환`: 규칙을 다른 인코딩과 일치시킬 때 |UPC|/|EAN| 바코드를 자동으로 변환할지 여부를 " "결정합니다. :guilabel:`항상`(기본 옵션), :guilabel:`안 함`, :guilabel:`EAN-13에서 UPC-A로`, " ":guilabel:`UPC-A에서 EAN-13으로` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`: ensure this checkbox is **not** ticked, as " "the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, *not* " "GS1 encoding." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`GS1 분류법`: :guilabel:`기본 분류법` 에서는 GS1 인코딩 대신 |UPC| 및 |EAN| 인코딩 방식을" " 사용하므로 이 확인란에 표시하지 **않도록** 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields." msgstr "기본 분류법 페이지의 설정 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:145 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up " "window to create a new rule." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기본 분류법` 페이지에서 표 아래쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하면 새로운 규칙을 만들 수 있는 " ":guilabel:`규칙 만들기` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:148 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents." msgstr ":guilabel:`규칙명` 은 바코드에서 나타내는 내용을 식별하기 위해 내부적으로 사용하는 항목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning " "the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table." msgstr ":guilabel:`순서` 필드는 규칙의 우선순위를 나타내며, 값이 작을수록 규칙이 표에서 더 위쪽에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of " "information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`," " :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)." msgstr "" "바코드 :guilabel:`유형` 은 시스템에서 인식할 수 있는 다양한 정보에 대한 분류를 나타냅니다 (예: " ":guilabel:`패키지`, :guilabel:` 로트`, :guilabel:`위치`, :guilabel:`쿠폰` 등)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses. " "This rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The " "available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, " ":guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`인코딩` 항목에서는 바코드에서 사용되는 인코딩을 지정합니다. 이 규칙은 바코드에 해당 인코딩이 사용되는 경우에만 " "적용됩니다. 사용할 수 있는 :guilabel:`인코딩` 항목으로는 :guilabel:`EAN-13`, :guilabel:`EAN-8`," " :guilabel:`UPC-A`, :guilabel:`GS1-28` 이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:161 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters" " or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the " "product. Sometimes, when a certain amount of digits are required, the number" " of `.` is shown. `N` represents whole number digits, and `D` represent " "decimal digits." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드 패턴` 은 문자 또는 숫자 시퀀스를 시스템에서 인식하여 품목에 대한 정보를 보유하게 되는 방식을 나타냅니다. " "특정한 자릿수가 지정된 경우에 `.` 숫자가 표시되는 경우도 있습니다. `N` 은 정수 자릿수를 나타내고 `D` 는 소수 자릿수를 " "나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "`1...` represents any 4-digit number that starts with 1. `NNDD` represents a" " two digit number with two decimal points. For example, `14.25` is 1425." msgstr "" "`1...` 은 1로 시작하는 4자리 숫자를 의미합니다. `NNDD` 는 소수점 이하 두 자리인 2자리 숫자를 의미합니다. 예를 들어 " "`14.25` 로 1425로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click " ":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules." msgstr "" "정보를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`저장 후 새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하여 규칙을 저장하고 즉시 다른 규칙을 생성합니다. 또는 " ":guilabel:`저장 후 닫기` 를 클릭하묜 규칙을 저장하고 규칙표로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177 msgid "Default nomenclature list" msgstr "기본 분류법 목록" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` " "rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions." msgstr "" "아래 표에는 Odoo의 :guilabel:`기본 분류법` 규칙 목록이 나타나 있습니다. 바코드 패턴은 정규 표현식으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Encoding" msgstr "인코딩" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals" msgstr "가격 바코드 소수점 2자리 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "Priced Product" msgstr "가격이 책정된 품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "EAN-13" msgstr "EAN-13" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "23.....{NNNDD}" msgstr "23.....{NNNDD}" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Discount Barcodes" msgstr "할인 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 msgid "Discounted Product" msgstr "할인 품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:232 msgid "Any" msgstr "또는" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "22{NN}" msgstr "22{NN}" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals" msgstr "중량 바코드 소수점 3자리 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199 msgid "Weighted Product" msgstr "중량이 있는 품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201 msgid "21.....{NNDDD}" msgstr "21.....{NNDDD}" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202 msgid "Customer Barcodes" msgstr "고객 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Client" msgstr "고객" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "042" msgstr "042" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes" msgstr "쿠폰 및 기프트 카드 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "Coupon" msgstr "쿠폰" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209 msgid "043|044" msgstr "043|044" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210 msgid "Cashier Barcodes" msgstr "캐셔 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Cashier" msgstr "계산원" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "041" msgstr "041" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:214 msgid "Location barcodes" msgstr "위치 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Location" msgstr "위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "414" msgstr "414" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:218 msgid "Package barcodes" msgstr "패키지 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package" msgstr "패키지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "PACK" msgstr "PACK" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:222 msgid "Lot barcodes" msgstr "로트 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" msgstr "LOT" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:41 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:226 msgid "Magnetic Credit Card" msgstr "마그네틱 신용 카드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "신용카드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:229 msgid "%.*" msgstr "%.*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:230 msgid "Product Barcodes" msgstr "상품 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "품목 단위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:233 msgid ".*" msgstr ".*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:236 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` contains `.*`, it means it can contain " "any number or type of characters." msgstr ":guilabel:`바코드 패턴` 에 있는 `.*` 는 어떤 숫자나 문자든 여기에 입력할 수 있다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`" msgstr ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "GS1 바코드 분류법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates various product " "and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global " "Trade Item Numbers `_ (GTIN), " "purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce " "product listing." msgstr "" "`GS1 분류법 `_은 다양한 제품 및 공급망 데이터를 단일 바코드로 통합합니다. Odoo는 " "기업이 획득한 `고유한 국제 거래 단위 번호 `_(GTIN)를 가져와서 글로벌 배송, 판매, 이커머스 제품 리스팅을 지원합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "" "Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify " "essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity " "information, and more." msgstr "" "밀봉된 상자의 바코드를 스캔하여 |GTIN|, 로트 번호, 수량 정보 등과 같은 중요한 제품 세부 정보를 식별할 수 있도록 GS1 " "분류법을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from " "GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" "|GTIN은 GS1 바코드를 사용하려면 반드시 `GS1 `_에서 구매해야 하는 고유한 제품 식별자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" "`모든 GS1 바코드 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Odoo의 기본 GS1 규칙 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr ":ref:`바코드가 작동하지 않는 이유는 무엇인가요? `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "바코드 분류법 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " "check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " ":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" "GS1 분류법을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`바코드` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 옵션을 선택합니다. 마지막으로 기본 바코드 분류법 설정에서 " ":menuselection:`바코드 분류법 --> 기본 GS1 분류법`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "드롭다운 메뉴에서 GS1을 선택하고 외부 링크를 클릭하면 GS1 규칙 목록을 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43 msgid "" "The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is " "accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" "Odoo가 지원하는 기본 GS1 *규칙* 및 *바코드 패턴* 목록은 :guilabel:`➡️ (화살표)` 선택 항목의 오른쪽에 있는 " ":guilabel:`바코드 분류법` 아이콘을 클릭하여 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 " ":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the " "information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the " "corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`열기: 분류법` 표를 통해 Odoo에서 선택할 수 있는 GS1 :guilabel:`규칙명` 을 확인한 후 수정할 수 " "있습니다. 이 표에는 GS1 바코드로 축약할 수 있는 관련 정보가 해당 :guilabel:`바코드 패턴` 과 함께 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's " "discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `. Once " "enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 " "Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "GS1이 바코드 분류법으로 설정되면 숨겨진 메뉴를 통해 :menuselection:`바코드 분류법` 설정에 액세스할 수 있으며, " ":ref:`개발자 모드 `을 활성화하면 표시됩니다. 활성화되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 " "--> 환경설정 --> 바코드 분류법` 메뉴로 이동하여 :guilabel:`기본 GS1 분류법`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서 GS1 바코드 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" "For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a " "`unique GTIN `_ as an " "internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| " "is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated " "*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters " "must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems" " along the supply chain." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 GS1 바코드를 사용하여 품목 식별을 하려면, 회사에서는 GS1에서 `고유 GTIN " "`_ 를 받아야 하며, 이는 GS1에서 구매하며 국제적으로" " 통용되는 품목 식별 기호 역할을 합니다. 이 |GTIN| 는 정확한 품목 세부 정보와 매칭되어 GS1에서 지정하는 *바코드 패턴* 을 " "따르게 됩니다. 바코드 패턴의 숫자와 문자 배열은 반드시 GS1 기준을 준수하여야 하며, 이를 통해 공급망 전반에 걸쳐 글로벌 시스템 " "내에서 정확하게 인식할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "" "Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier " "`_ (A.I.). " "This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the " "barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as " "detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list `. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables " "Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a" " fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, " "have flexible length." msgstr "" "모든 바코드는 2자리에서 4자리 `애플리케이션 식별자 " "`_ (A.I.)로 " "시작합니다. 이 식별자는 바코드에 저장된 데이터 유형을 일반화하여 나타내는 필수 접두사 역할을 합니다. Odoo는 정보 식별과 관련하여 " "GS1 가이드라인을 준수하고 있으며, 자세한 내용은 :ref:`기본 GS1 분류법 목록 " "` 에서 확인할 수 있습니다. 이 목록에 있는 " "관련 |AI| 가 포함되어 있을 경우 Odoo에서 GS1 바코드를 정확하게 인식할 수 있습니다. 대부분의 바코드 패턴은 길이가 정해져 " "있으나 특정한 바코드 패턴의 경우에는 길이 옵션을 다양하게 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 " "barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode." msgstr "" "가변 길이 패턴으로 구성되고 GS1 바코드 끝에 배치되지 않은 바코드를 끝내려면 FNC1 구분 기호(`\\\\x1D`)를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead " "of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, " "use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`." msgstr "" "예시: 로트 번호의 바코드 패턴은 20자입니다. `LOT00000000000000001`과 같이 로트 번호에 대한 20자 바코드를 " "생성하는 대신 FNC1 구분 기호를 사용하여 `LOT001\\x1D`로 압축합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " "and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to" " product information and configuring the workflow." msgstr "" "바코드 패턴과 준수해야 할 관련 지침을 종합적으로 정리한 :ref:`GS1 분류법 목록 " "`를 참조하세요. 또는 :ref:`GS1 사용 " "문서 `를 참조하여 제품 정보에 |GTIN|을 통합하고 워크플로우를 설정하는 정확한" " 사례를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`로트 워크플로우 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`단위 수량이 아닌 워크플로우 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98 msgid "" "GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, " "beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. " "Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list " "` auto-fills corresponding" " data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" "GS1 규칙은 바코드에 저장된 특정 정보 형식으로, |AI|로 시작하고 미리 정해진 문자 길이로 구성됩니다. :ref:`기본 GS1 목록" " `의 GS1 바코드가 스캔되면 해당 데이터가 " "Odoo 데이터베이스에 자동으로 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, " "non-standard GS1 formats." msgstr "Odoo에 GS1 바코드 규칙을 통합함으로써 표준 규칙에서 벗어난 고유한 GS1 형식을 정확하게 해석할 수 있게 되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" "To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. " "Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 `를 활성화하고 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 -->" " 설정 --> 바코드 분류법`에서 :guilabel:`바코드 분류법` 목록으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`기본 GS1 " "명명법` 목록 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." " The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " "classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " "product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " ":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " "smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " "the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " "based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기본 GS1 분류법` 페이지에서 표 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하면, 창이 열리고 새 규칙을 " "생성할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`규칙명` 필드는 내부적으로 바코드 내용을 식별할 때 사용합니다. 바코드 " ":guilabel:`유형` 은 다양하게 정보를 분류하여 시스템에서 인식될 수 있게 합니다(예: 품목, 수량, 유통기한, 패키지, 쿠폰 " "등). :guilabel:`순서` 는 규칙의 우선순위를 지정하여, 값이 낮을수록 표에 나타나는 규칙의 우선순위가 높아집니다. Odoo는 " "이 테이블에 있는 순차적인 순서를 기준으로, 순서에 따라 가장 먼저 일치하는 규칙을 사용합니다. :guilabel:`바코드 패턴` 은 " "문자 또는 숫자의 순서를 시스템에서 인식하여 품목에 대한 정보가 입력되게 하는 방법입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" "정보를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`저장 후 새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하여 새 규칙을 만들거나 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기`를 " "클릭하여 규칙을 저장하고 규칙 표로 돌아갈 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "바코드 문제 해결" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "GS1 바코드에 문제가 발생하면 다음 점검을 수행하여 문제를 해결하고 제대로 작동하는지 확인하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " "setup section ` for more " "details." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드 분류법` 설정을 :menuselection:`기본 GS1 분류법` 으로 설정해야 합니다. 자세한 내용은 " ":ref:`분류법 설정 섹션 ` 을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" " :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " "settings ` and :ref:`on the product " "`." msgstr "" "바코드에서 스캔 필드 항목이 Odoo에서 활성화되어 있는지 확인하세요. 예를 들어 로트와 일련번호가 들어있는 바코드를 스캔하는 경우, " ":guilabel:`로트 및 일련 번호` 기능이 :ref:`Odoo 설정 ` 및 " ":ref:`제품 내역` 에 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " "typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " "included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" "GS1 바코드를 생성할 때는 애플리케이션 식별자(A.I.)와 바코드 시퀀스 사이에 괄호 '()` 또는 대괄호 '[]`와 같은 구두점을 " "포함하지 마십시오. 명확성을 위해 예제에서는 이러한 기호를 사용할 수 있지만 실제 바코드에서는 생략해야 합니다. GS1 바코드 생성에 " "대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`섹션 `를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." " :ref:`This section ` details how to " "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" "하나의 바코드에 인코딩된 필드가 여러 개 있는 경우에는, Odoo에서 이를 인식할 수 있도록 바코드 분류법에 따라 모든 규칙이 입력되어 " "있어야 합니다. :ref:`이 섹션 ` 에서 바코드 분류법에 새 규칙을" " 추가하는 방법을 자세히 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure " "out which field is causing the issue." msgstr "" "여러 개의 인코딩된 필드가 포함된 바코드의 문제를 해결하려면 각 필드를 개별적으로 테스트하여 문제의 원인이 되는 필드를 파악합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, " "start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot " "number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode." msgstr "" "GTIN, 로트 번호, 수량이 포함된 바코드를 테스트할 때는 먼저 GTIN만 스캔합니다. 그런 다음 로트 번호와 함께 |GTIN|을 " "테스트하고 마지막으로 전체 바코드를 스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154 msgid "" "After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules " "` to Odoo's default list to recognize " "GS1 barcodes with unique specifications." msgstr "" "인코딩된 필드가 인식되지 않는다고 판단되면 :ref:`새 규칙 `을 " "Odoo의 기본 목록에 추가하여 고유한 사양의 GS1 바코드를 인식할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" " necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted " "correctly." msgstr "" "새로 추가된 필드는 성공적으로 읽히지만 개발자 사용자 지정이 없으면 해당 필드의 정보가 Odoo의 기존 필드에 연결되지 않습니다. 그러나" " 바코드의 나머지 필드를 정확하게 해석하려면 새 규칙을 추가해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "GS1 분류법 목록" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " "`check digit `_ as the " "final character." msgstr "" "아래는 Odoo의 기본 GS1 규칙 목록을 보여주는 표입니다. 바코드 패턴은 정규 표현식을 사용하여 작성됩니다. 처음 세 개의 규칙만 " "`검사 숫자 `_를 마지막 문자로 사용해야" " 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1 내용 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "Odoo 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "일련번호 배송 컨테이너 코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "식별 번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package name" msgstr "패키지 이름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "국제 거래 단위 번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "포함된 거래 품목의 GTIN" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:3 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "포장" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "전 세계로 배송/배달" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "목적지 위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "배송 / 배송대행" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Source location" msgstr "출고지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "물리적 위치의 ID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "일괄 처리 또는 로트 번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "알파벳과 숫자로 이루어진 이름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "일련번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "포장일(연월일)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "포장일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Date" msgstr "날짜" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "포장일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "유통기한 (연월일)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "유효 기간" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "유통기한" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "만료일 (연월일)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "만료일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "만료일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "가변 항목 수" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:144 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Measure" msgstr "계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "UoM: 단위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "거래 품목 수" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "컨테이너 단위 수량(AI 02)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "순 중량: 킬로그램 (kg)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "kg 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "길이 (미터)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "m 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "순 부피: 리터 (L)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "수량 (L)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "순 부피: 세제곱미터(m\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "m\\ :sup:`3` 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "인치 (in) 단위의 길이" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "인치 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "순중량/부피: 온스 (oz)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "온스 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "순 부피: 세제곱피트(ft\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "ft\\ :sup:`3` 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "포장 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "포장 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Package type" msgstr "패키지 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode usage" msgstr "GS1 바코드 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10 msgid "" "GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can " "interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized " "globally `, allowing scanners to understand and " "process supply chain data consistently." msgstr "" "GS1 바코드는 바코드 스캐너가 해석할 수 있는 표준화된 형식을 제공합니다. 이 바코드는 전 세계적으로 인정되는 " "이라는 특정 구조로 정보를 인코딩하여 스캐너가 공급망 데이터를 일관되게 이해하고 처리할 수 " "있도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product " "identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, " "picking, and shipping." msgstr "" "Odoo *바코드*는 GS1 바코드를 해석하고 인쇄하여 입고, 피킹, 배송과 같은 창고 운영에서 제품 식별 및 추적을 자동화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes " "provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate " "certain warehouse workflows." msgstr "" "다음 섹션에는 Odoo가 기업에서 제공하는 GS1 바코드를 사용하여 일반적인 창고 품목을 식별하고 창고 내 특정 워크플로를 자동화하는 " "방법을 설명하는 예시를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique " "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their " "existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also " "provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "Odoo는 GS1 바코드를 생성하지 않습니다. 기업은 GS1에서 고유한 국제 거래 단위 번호(GTIN)를 구매해야 합니다. 그런 다음 " "기존 GS1 바코드를 제품 및 공급망 정보(GS1에서 제공)와 결합하여 Odoo에서 바코드를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26 msgid "`Purchase GTINs `_" msgstr "`GTIN 구매 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature `" msgstr ":ref:`GS1 분류법 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32 msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots" msgstr "제품, 수량 및 로트에 대한 바코드 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its " "quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and " "Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:" msgstr "" "제품, 수량, 로트 번호에 대한 정보가 포함된 GS1 바코드를 생성하기 위해 다음 바코드 패턴과 애플리케이션 식별자(A.I.)가 " "사용됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "A.I." msgstr "A.I." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:22 msgid "Product" msgstr "품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "01" msgstr "01" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139 msgid "30" msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "재고 이동 양식의 :guilabel:`단위` 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "로트번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "세부 작업 팝업에서 :guilabel:`로트` 표시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54 msgid "" "First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots " "` by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking " "the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` heading." msgstr "" "먼저, :ref:`품목 추적 기능을 로트를 활용하여 활성화 " "` 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 " "--> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 의 :guilabel:`추적성` 제목 아래에 있는 " "확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " "the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " "`_, which is a universally " "recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 메뉴를 사용하여 원하는 제품 양식으로 이동합니다. 제품을" " 선택하고 제품 바코드를 설정합니다. :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭의 " ":guilabel:`바코드` 필드에 GS1에서 제공하는 범용적으로 인정되는 식별 번호인 고유한 14자리 `국제 거래 단위 번호(GTIN)" " `_를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, " "as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that " "contains detailed information about the package contents." msgstr "" "제품 양식에서 |GTIN| 제품 바코드 패턴에 대한 애플리케이션 식별자(AI) `01`을 제외합니다. 이 AI는 일반적으로 여러 바코드를" " 패키지 내용물에 대한 자세한 정보를 포함하는 단일 바코드로 인코딩하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72 msgid "" "To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit " "|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product " "form." msgstr "" "`후지 사과` 제품의 GS1 바코드를 등록하려면 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`바코드` 필드에 14자리 |GTIN| " "`20611628936004`을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "제품 양식의 바코드 필드에 14자리 GTIN을 입력하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80 msgid "" "To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the " "Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the " ":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "column, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Odoo 데이터베이스에서 *모든* 제품 및 해당 바코드 목록을 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> " "설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`바코드` 제목 아래의 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`제품 " "바코드 구성` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`바코드` 열에 14자리 |GTIN|을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "인벤토리 설정에서 제품 바코드 페이지를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92 msgid "" "After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page," " specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under " ":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" "로트 및 일련 번호를 기준으로 추적하도록 설정 페이지에서 활성화한 후, 이 기능이 모든 품목에 적용되도록 품목 양식의 " ":guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭으로 이동하여 지정합니다. :guilabel:`추적` 에 있는 :guilabel:`로트 기준` 옵션 " "버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "로트 기준으로 품목을 추적하는 기능을 사용하려면 품목 양식의 '재고' 탭에서 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "영수증에 있는 바코드 스캔하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " "manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" "입고 작업 중 제품 바코드를 스캔할 때 Odoo에서 로트 세부 정보를 정확하게 해석하려면 :menuselection:`바코드` 앱으로 " "이동하여 :ref:`입고 피킹 프로세스 `를 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " "the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs " "(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`작업` 을 찾아 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`입고` " "버튼을 클릭하면 처리해야 하는 공급업체 입고 목록을 볼 수 있습니다. 이 목록에는 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문)`에서 생성된 입고 내역이" " 포함됩니다. 또한, :menuselection:`바코드` 앱에서 :guilabel:`생성` 버튼을 사용하여 새 입고 작업을 직접 생성할" " 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" "입고 목록에서 창고 작업(`WH/IN`)을 찾아 선택합니다. 바코드 스캐너를 사용하여 제품 바코드와 로트 번호를 스캔하면 스캔한 제품이 " "목록에 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 창을 열고 특정 로트 번호에 대한 수량을 수동으로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to " "the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "사과 50개에 대한 :abbr:`PO (구매 주문)`를 생성한 후 *바코드* 앱에서 관련 영수증에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "" "Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For " "testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty " "Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "" "GTIN|, 수량, 로트 번호가 포함된 바코드를 스캔합니다. 바코드 스캐너로 테스트할 경우, 아래는 2번 로트의 후지 사과 50개에 대한" " 바코드 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "Lot0002 후지 사과 50개" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "2D 매트릭스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "로트 번호가 할당된 후지 사과 50개의 GS1 바코드로 구성된 2D 매트릭스." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "|AI| (제품)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "GS1 바코드 (품목)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" msgstr "20611628936004" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138 msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "|AI| (수량)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "GS1 바코드 (수량)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141 msgid "00000050" msgstr "00000050" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142 msgid "|AI| (lot)" msgstr "|AI| (로트)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144 msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)" msgstr "GS1 바코드(로트 #)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "전체 GS1 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button to complete the reception." msgstr "" ":ref:`설정이 올바른 경우 `, `50/50` " ":guilabel:`단위` 처리됨이라는 상태가 표시되고 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼이 녹색으로 바뀝니다. 접수를 완료하려면 " ":guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "*바코드* 앱의 접수 피킹 페이지에서 제품의 바코드를 스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160 msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity" msgstr "단위 수량이 아닌 제품에 대한 바코드를 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" "킬로그램과 같이 단위가 아닌 수량으로 측정된 제품을 포함하는 GS1 바코드를 생성하려면 일반적으로 다음 바코드 패턴이 사용됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "킬로그램 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "310[0-5]" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 수량이 정확하게 해석되는지 확인하려면 *매입* 앱에서 구매하려는 제품 수량에 적합한 측정 단위 " "(:guilabel:`UoM`)를 사용하여 주문하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " "`" msgstr ":ref:`단위를 활용한 공급업체 단위 전환 간소화 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" "주문이 완료되면 :menuselction:`바코드` 앱의 :ref:`공급업체 배송 수령`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "" "*바코드* 앱을 사용하는 경우, 영수증에 'GTIN'이 포함된 바코드와 복숭아 수량을 킬로그램 단위로 지정한 바코드를 스캔하여 복숭아 " "'52.1kg'을 주문받습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "복숭아 52.1kg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "복숭아 52.1kg의 GS1 바코드 2D 매트릭스." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "00614141000012" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "|AI| (kg, 소수점 이하 1자리)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "3101" msgstr "3101" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "000521" msgstr "000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "0100614141000012 3101000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`" " button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "validation." msgstr "" "ref:`설정이 올바른 경우 `, `52.1 / 52.1` " ":guilabel:`kg`이 표시되고 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼이 녹색으로 바뀝니다. 프로세스를 완료하려면 " ":guilabel:`승인`을 누르세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "바코드 앱에서 바코드 화면을 스캔하여 접수 작업을 수행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "품목 이동 확인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225 msgid "" "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also " "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" "추가 확인을 위해 :guilabel:`품목 이동` 보고서에 기록된 입고된 제품의 수량을 검토합니다. :menuselection:`재고 " "관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 품목 이동`으로 이동하여 보고서에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" " its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" " for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " "reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목 이동` 보고서에 있는 항목은 기본값으로 품목별 그룹으로 되어 있습니다. 입고 수량을 확인하려면 품목 줄을 " "클릭하여 축소되어 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 펼치며, 그러면 특정 품목에 대한 *재고 이동 내역* 목록이 표시됩니다. 최근의 재고 이동 상황이" " 창고 입고 참조 번호(예: `WH/IN/00013`) 및 바코드 스캔에서 처리된 수량과 매칭되어, 이를 통해 *바코드* 앱에서 처리된 " "기록이 *재고 관리* 에 정확히 저장되어 있는지 여부를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "복숭아 52.1kg의 입고 재고 이동 기록." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo **Barcode** app can be used to process *Batch*, *Wave*, and " "*Cluster* transfers that are created in the **Inventory** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "This document covers the steps to process transfers in the **Barcode** app. " "Instructions on creating transfers can be found below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:17 msgid "Process the batch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:19 msgid "" "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations` and select an" " operation type (like delivery orders) grouped into batches. From here, " "select the card for the appropriate batch transfer, and click the " ":guilabel:`BATCH` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:26 msgid "" "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by " "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:29 msgid "" "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for " "the storage location of the first product. Scan the barcode for the product " "and package to process the transfer. To record multiple quantities, click " "the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(edit)` icon, and enter the required " "quantities for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to " "mark the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo " "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:42 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:46 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:50 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "바코드로 입고 및 배송 처리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " "types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " "app." msgstr "" "*바코드* 앱은 바코드 스캐너 또는 Odoo 모바일 앱을 사용하여 입고, 배송 및 기타 다양한 유형의 작업을 실시간으로 처리할 수 있도록" " 설계되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" "This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " "they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " "computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " "barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" "이 기능을 사용하면 창고 현장에서 작업이 발생하면 즉시 처리할 수 있으므로 컴퓨터에서 전송의 유효성을 검사할 때까지 기다릴 필요가 " "없습니다. 이러한 방식으로 작업을 수행하면 관련 제품, 피킹, 위치 등에 바코드를 정확하게 할당하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " "enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "*바코드* 앱을 사용하여 이송을 처리하려면 먼저 *재고 관리* 앱 내 설정에서 해당 기능을 활성화하여 설치해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`바코드` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 기능 옆에 있는 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" "페이지를 새로고침하면 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 기능 아래에 추가 옵션이 나타납니다: :guilabel:`바코드 명명법` (해당" " 드롭다운 메뉴 포함)에서 :guilabel:`기본 명명법` 또는 :guilabel:`기본 GS1 명명법` 중 하나를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " "barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "또한 바코드 명령 및 바코드 데모 시트를 인쇄할 수 있는 :guilabel:`제품 바코드 설정` 내부 링크 화살표와 " ":guilabel:`인쇄` 버튼 세트가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" "For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" " the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " ":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " "pages." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드` 앱에 대한 설정 및 환경설정과 관련된 종합적인 지침은 :doc:`바코드 스캐너 설정하기 " "<../setup/hardware>` 및 :doc:`Odoo에서 바코드 활성화하기 <../setup/software>` 문서 페이지를 " "참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" msgstr "입고에 대한 바코드 스캔" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" " a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "입고 제품에 대한 창고 입고 내역을 처리하려면 먼저 구매 주문(PO)과 해당 입고 작업을 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " "quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" ":abbr:`PO (발주서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동하여 새 견적 요청(RFQ) 생성을" " 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" " menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" "비어 있는 :abbr:`견적 요청(RFQ)` 양식에서 :guilabel:`공급업체` 필드 옆의 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 공급업체를 " "지정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`품목` 탭의 :guilabel:`품목` 항목에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하고 " "견적에 포함할 원하는 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" " to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "준비가 완료되면 양식 상단의 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭하여 " ":abbr:`RFQ(견적 요청)`를 확인하고 :abbr:`PO(발주서)`로 변환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "바코드 제품에 대한 구매 주문이 완료되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "창고 입고에 대한 바코드 처리 및 스캔을 시작하려면 :menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" " on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " "navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드 앱`으로 들어가면 다양한 옵션이 있는 :guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 화면이 나타납니다. 입고를 처리하려면 " "화면 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 작업은 :menuselection:`작업` 개요 페이지로 이어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " "select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " "barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`입고` 카드를 찾은 다음 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭하여 모든 미결 입고 내역을 " "확인합니다. 그런 다음 처리할 특정 입고 작업을 선택합니다. 이 작업을 선택하면 바코드 전송 화면으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "" "If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " "each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " "processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " "transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " "well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " "with the stock moves." msgstr "" "바코드 스캐너 또는 Odoo 모바일 앱*만* 사용하는 경우, 해당 작업 유형과 관련된 바코드를 스캔하여 각 이송을 쉽게 처리할 수 " "있습니다. 스캔 후 기존 전송에 관련된 제품을 스캔하고 필요한 경우 새 제품을 이송에 추가합니다. 모든 품목을 스캔한 후 이송을 승인하여" " 재고 이동을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " "options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " "products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" " be validated at once." msgstr "" "이 화면에서 해당 전송(**WH/IN/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 입고에 대한 개요가 표시됩니다. 화면 하단에는 제품을 작업에 " "추가해야 하는지 또는 전체 작업을 한 번에 승인해야 하는지에 따라 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 또는 :guilabel:`승인` 옵션이" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." msgstr "스캔할 이송 중인 입고 내역 개요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " "clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " "can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" "각 제품을 개별적으로 처리하고 스캔하려면 특정 품목 라인을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`+#` 버튼 (이 경우 " ":guilabel:`+10`)을 클릭하여 해당 품목의 입고를 확인하거나 :guilabel:`연필` 아이콘을 클릭하여 해당 특정 품목 " "라인을 편집할 수 있는 새 화면을 열 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "이 화면에는 입고 중인 상품이 표시되며, 품목명 아래에서 :guilabel:`수량`을 수정할 수 있습니다. 해당 줄의 `0`을 원하는 " "수량으로 수동으로 변경하거나 :guilabel:`/#단위` 버튼 (이 경우 :guilabel:`/10단위`)을 클릭하여 " ":abbr:`PO(발주서)`에서 주문한 수량을 자동으로 채울 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "" "In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " "Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " ":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " "the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " ":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" "`WH/IN/00019` 입고 작업의 경우 `바코드 제품`의 예상 입고 수량이 `10개`로 설정되어 있습니다. 이 제품의 " ":guilabel:`내부 참조`는 `[BARCODE_PROD]`입니다. 하나의 단위를 받으려면 `바코드 제품`의 바코드를 스캔합니다. " "이후 입고 수량을 수동으로 입력하려면 :guilabel:`연필` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." msgstr "바코드 앱에서 개별 이송을 위한 품목 라인 편집기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " "can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`+1` 및 :guilabel:`-1` 버튼을 사용하여 제품 수량을 늘리거나 줄일 수 있습니다. 또는 " ":guilabel:` 숫자 키`를 사용하여 원하는 수량을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " "product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " "locations to choose from." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`번호 키` 아래에는 제품 자체에 다른 *위치*가 지정되어 있지 않는 한 기본적으로 `WH/재고`으로 설정되는 " ":guilabel:`위치`가 있습니다. 이 항목을 클릭하면 선택할 수 있는 추가 위치가 포함된 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:215 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " "product line." msgstr "완료했으면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 품목에 적용된 변경 사항을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " "closed out." msgstr "" "다음으로, 해당 이송(**WH/IN/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 입고 내역이 포함된 개요 페이지에서 수신 중인 제품의 제품 항목에" " 있는 :guilabel:`+#` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭합니다. 이 작업으로 입고 처리가 완료되었으며 이제" " :guilabel:`바코드 앱`을 닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." msgstr "이송 중인 입고 내역 개요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" msgstr "배송 주문의 바코드 스캔" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "" "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " "be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." msgstr "출고 제품에 대한 창고 배송을 처리하려면 먼저 판매주문서 (SO)를 생성하고 배송 작업을 처리해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "" ":abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동하여 새 견적을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "" "From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " ":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" "빈 견적 양식에서 :guilabel:`고객` 필드 옆에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 고객을 지정합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭의 :guilabel:`품목` 항목에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하고 견적에 포함할 원하는" " 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " "order)`." msgstr "" "모두 완료되면 양식 상단의 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭하여 견적을 확인하고" " 이를 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`로 변환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." msgstr "바코드 제품에 대한 판매 주문이 완료되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "창고 배송용 바코드 처리 및 스캔을 시작하려면 :menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " "click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" " navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드 앱`으로 들어가면 다양한 옵션이 있는 :guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 화면이 나타납니다. 배송을 처리하려면 " "화면 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`작업` 개요 페이지로 연결됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " "select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " "transfer screen." msgstr "" "이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`배달 주문` 카드를 찾은 다음 :guilabel:`# 처리 대기` 버튼을 클릭하여 보류 중인 모든 배송" " 주문을 확인합니다. 그런 다음 처리할 배송 주문을 선택합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 바코드 전송 화면으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." msgstr "바코드 앱 대시보드의 작업 개요 페이지." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" " options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" " products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " "should be validated at once." msgstr "" "이 화면에는 해당 전송 내에서 처리할 모든 배송에 대한 개요가 표시됩니다(**WH/OUT/000XX**). 화면 하단에는 '제품 추가' " "또는 '유효성 검사' 옵션이 있습니다. 작업에 :guilabel:`제품 추가`를 해야 하는지 또는 전체 작업을 한 번에 " ":guilabel:`승인`해야 하는지 여부에 따라 적절한 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " "product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " "to edit that product line." msgstr "" "각 품목을 개별적으로 처리하고 스캔하려면 특정 제품 항목을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`+1` 버튼을 클릭하여 해당 품목의 배송을 " "확인하거나 :guilabel:`연필 아이콘`을 클릭하여 해당 특정 제품 항목을 편집할 수 있는 새 화면을 열 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" "이 화면에는 배송 중인 상품이 표시되며, 상품명 아래에서 :guilabel:`수량` 줄을 수정할 수 있습니다. 해당 줄의 `0`을 원하는" " 수량으로 변경하거나 :guilabel:`/#단위` 버튼 (이 경우 :guilabel:`/10단위`)을 클릭하여 :abbr:`SO (판매" " 주문)`에서 주문한 수량을 자동으로 채울 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " "product itself." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`번호 키` 아래에는 제품 자체에 다른 위치가 지정되어 있지 않는 한 기본적으로 `WH/재고`로 표시되는 " ":guilabel:`위치` 항목이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "" "This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " "Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" " from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "" "배송을 위해 제품을 가져오는 위치를 나타냅니다. 이 항목을 클릭하면 선택할 수 있는 추가 위치가 포함된 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다. " "(특히 제품이 창고 내 여러 위치에 저장된 경우)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "" "For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " "rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " "operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" "보관 위치, 입고 규칙, 반출 전략이 여러 가지인 창고의 경우 *바코드* 앱을 사용할 때 다양한 작업 유형에 대해 추가 단계를 포함할 수" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "다음으로, 해당 전송(**WH/OUT/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 배송이 포함된 개요 페이지에서 배송 중인 제품의 제품 항목에 " "있는 :guilabel:`+#` 버튼을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭합니다. 이제 배송이 처리되었으며 *바코드* 앱을 " "닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "승인을 위해 이송 중인 배송 현황." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "바코드로 이송 생성 및 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" " products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " "numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" "compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" "바코드* 앱은 로트 또는 일련 번호를 사용하여 추적된 제품의 이송을 포함하여 모든 유형의 제품에 대한 내부 이송을 처리하는 데 사용할 수" " 있습니다. 내부 이송은 Odoo 호환 바코드 스캐너 또는 Odoo 모바일 앱을 사용하여 실시간으로 시작할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" "Odoo 호환 바코드 모바일 스캐너 및 *재고 관리* 앱용 기타 하드웨어에 대한 정보가 필요한 경우 `Odoo 재고 관리 - 하드웨어 " "페이지 `_를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "" "When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " "nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "페이지가 새로고침되면 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 기능 아래에 새로운 옵션이 표시됩니다. 해당 드롭다운 메뉴가 있는 " ":guilabel:`바코드 명명법` 섹션이 있으며, 여기서 :guilabel:`기본 명명법` 또는 :guilabel:`기본 GS1 " "명명법`을 선택할 수 있습니다. 선택한 명명법에 따라 스캐너가 Odoo에서 바코드를 해석하는 방식이 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" msgstr "내부 이동을 위한 바코드 스캔" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "" "To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " "**must** be enabled." msgstr "" "창고 내 제품에 대한 내부 이송을 생성하고 처리하려면 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 기능을 " "**활성화**해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" " the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`창고` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옆의 " "확인란을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "그런 다음 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "내부 이송 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "" "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " "transfer created, and an operation to process." msgstr "기존 내부 이송을 처리하려면 먼저 내부 이송이 이미 생성되어 있고 처리할 작업이 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "" "To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " "Process` button." msgstr "" "내부 이송을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`재고 관리 개요` 대시보드에서 " ":guilabel:`내부 이송` 카드를 찾은 다음 :guilabel:`0 처리 중` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " "navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "" "그런 다음 결과 페이지의 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`생성`를 선택합니다. 그러면 새 :guilabel:`내부 이송` 양식으로 " "이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "" "On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " "as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " "Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " "the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" "비어있는 해당 양식에서 :guilabel:`작업 유형` 은 자동으로 :guilabel:`내부 이송` 으로 설정됩니다. 해당 필드 아래의 " ":guilabel:`출고지` 및 :guilabel:`대상지` 는 처음에 :guilabel:`창고/재고` 로 설정되어 있으나 제품이 " "입출고되는 위치에 따라 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "" "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." msgstr "출고지 위치 및 도착지 위치가 포함된 빈 내부 전송 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "" "Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " "transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " "tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " "add to the transfer." msgstr "" "원하는 위치를 선택한 후 이송에 제품을 추가할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`품목` 탭 아래의 :guilabel:`품목` 항목으로 " "이동하여 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭한 다음 이송에 추가할 원하는 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " "internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " "the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" "완료되면 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`저장`을 탭하여 새 내부 이송을 저장합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`세부 작업` " "아이콘 (네 줄로 표시되며 :guilabel:`품목` 항목의 맨 오른쪽에 위치)을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창을 " "엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." msgstr "내부 이송 세부 작업 팝업 창." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "팝업에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " "moved." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`대상` 열에서 위치를 :guilabel:`WH/재고`에서 제품을 이동해야 하는 다른 위치로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " "quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" " pop-up window." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`완료` 열에서 이송할 수량을 원하는 양으로 변경합니다. 준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 " "선택하여 팝업 창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" msgstr "내부 이송을 위한 바코드 스캔" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "내부 이송을 위한 바코드를 처리하고 스캔하려면 :menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr ":guilabel:`바코드 앱`에 들어가면 다양한 옵션을 표시하는 :guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 화면이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "" "To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" " the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " "overview page." msgstr "" "내부 이송을 처리하려면 화면 하단의 :guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :menuselection:`작업` 개요 " "페이지로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " "the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " "transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " "the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`내부 이송` 카드를 찾은 다음 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 눌러 보류 중인 내부 이송을 " "확인합니다. 그런 다음 처리할 작업을 선택하여 바코드 전송 화면으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "" "When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " "a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" " a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" "*재고 관리* 앱 없이 *바코드* 앱을 사용하는 경우 (바코드 스캐너 또는 Odoo 모바일 앱을 사용하는 경우 **만** 해당), 해당 " "작업 유형의 각 이송에 대한 바코드를 스캔하기만 하면 쉽게 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "" "Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " "scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " "products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " "moves." msgstr "" "스캔 후 기존 이송의 일부인 제품을 스캔할 수 있으며, 새 제품도 이송에 추가할 수 있습니다. 모든 제품이 스캔되면 이송을 승인하고 재고" " 이동을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" " screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " ":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " "operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" "이 화면에서 특정 내부 전송 (**WH/INT/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 제품에 대한 개요가 표시됩니다. 화면 하단에는 제품을 " "작업에 추가해야 하는지 또는 전체 작업을 한 번에 승인해야 하는지에 따라 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 또는 :guilabel:`승인`" " 옵션이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." msgstr "그런 다음 제품의 바코드를 스캔하여 내부 이송을 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "" "Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" " line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " "of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " "clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" "또는 각 제품을 개별적으로 처리하고 스캔하려면 특정 제품 항목을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`+ 1` 버튼을 클릭하여 이송에 해당 " "제품의 수량을 추가하거나 :guilabel:`연필 아이콘`을 클릭하여 해당 제품 항목을 편집할 수 있는 새 화면을 열 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " "displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " "the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" "제품의 팝업 창에 처리할 제품 및 단위가 숫자 패드와 함께 표시됩니다. 제품명 아래에서 :guilabel:`수량` 줄을 편집할 수 " "있습니다. 해당 줄의 숫자를 내부 이송 양식에 전송할 수량으로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "" "In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " "`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " "`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " "form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " "Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " "transferred quantities." msgstr "" "내부 이송 작업 `WH/INT/000XX`에서 `이송 제품`의 `50개`가 `WH/재고`에서 `WH/재고/선반 1`로 이동합니다. " "`[TRANSFER_PROD]`는 제품 양식에 설정된 :guilabel:`내부 참조`입니다. '이전 제품'의 바코드를 스캔하여 한 개를 " "받습니다. 그 후 :guilabel:`연필 아이콘`을 클릭하여 전송된 수량을 수동으로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " "to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" "또한 :guilabel:`+1` 및 :guilabel:`-1` 버튼을 클릭하여 제품의 수량을 더하거나 뺄 수 있으며 숫자 키로도 수량을 " "추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "" "Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " "whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," " in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" " a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" "숫자 키 아래에는 내부 이송 양식에 이전에 지정한 위치 (이 경우 `WH/재고` 및 `WH/재고/선반 1`)을 읽는 두 개의 " ":guilabel:`위치` 항목이 있습니다. 이 항목을 클릭하면 선택할 수 있는 추가 위치의 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" " been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "그런 다음 해당 이송 (**WH/INT/000XX**)내에서 처리할 모든 제품이 표시된 개요 페이지에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 " "클릭합니다. 이제 내부 이송이 처리되었으며 *바코드* 앱을 닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " "containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." msgstr "*바코드* 앱은 고유 로트 번호와 일련 번호가 포함된 내부 이송 제품을 스캔하는 데에도 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "" "From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " "number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " "quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " "shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " "barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" "바코드 전송 화면에서 로트 또는 일련 번호의 바코드를 스캔하면 Odoo가 자동으로 데이터베이스에 기록된 수량만큼 제품 수량을 늘립니다. " "동일한 로트 또는 일련 번호가 여러 제품 간에 공유되는 경우 제품 바코드를 먼저 스캔한 다음 로트/일련 번호의 바코드를 스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid "" ":ref:`Connect to the Barcode Lookup database ` " "to quickly create new products by scanning their barcodes during internal " "transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:178 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" msgstr "이송을 처음부터 새로 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 msgid "" "In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" "created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " "transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "" "*바코드* 앱은 이전에 생성된 기존 내부 전송에 대한 바코드 처리 및 스캔 외에도 인쇄된 작업 유형 바코드를 스캔하여 처음부터 전송을 " "생성하는 데에도 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:186 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " "to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " "sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " "scanner." msgstr "" "Odoo의 *바코드* 앱은 테스트 목적으로 바코드가 포함된 데모 데이터를 제공합니다. 이 데모 데이터에 액세스하려면 " ":menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동하여 스캐너 위의 정보 팝업에서 :guilabel:`재고 바코드 시트` (굵게 표시되고 " "파란색으로 강조 표시됨)를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:195 msgid "" "To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " "the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " "different options is presented." msgstr "" "이를 실행하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동합니다. *바코드* 앱에 들어가면 다양한 옵션이 표시된 " ":guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 화면이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:198 msgid "" "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " "scan the product barcode." msgstr "USB 또는 블루투스 바코드 스캐너를 사용하는 경우 이 화면에서 제품 바코드를 직접 스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "" "When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " "Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " "opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" " the device being used." msgstr "" "스마트폰을 바코드 스캐너로 사용하는 경우 :guilabel:`탭하여 스캔` 버튼 (화면 중앙의 카메라 아이콘 옆에 위치)을 클릭합니다. " "이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 팝업 화면이 열리고 기기의 카메라가 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:204 msgid "" "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " "so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "인쇄된 작업 유형 바코드를 향해 카메라를 향하게 하여 스캔합니다. 이렇게 하면 바코드가 처리되고 바코드 전송 화면으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " "transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " "listed on the page." msgstr "" "이 화면에서는 특정 내부 이송 (**WH/INT/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 제품에 대한 개요가 표시됩니다. 그러나 이 이송은 " "처음부터 새로 생성된 이송이므로 페이지에 나열된 제품이 없어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 msgid "" "To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " "manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " "Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " "product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" "품목을 추가하려면 제품 바코드를 스캔합니다. 바코드를 사용할 수 없는 경우 화면 하단의 :guilabel:`제품 추가` 버튼을 클릭하여 " "시스템에 제품을 수동으로 입력하고 이송할 제품 및 각 수량을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." msgstr "폐기 내부 이송의 빈 제품 편집기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " "transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "다음으로, 지정된 이송(**WH/INT/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 품목을 표시하는 현황 페이지에서 :guilabel:`승인` " "옵션을 선택합니다. 이제 내부 이송이 처리되었으며 *바코드* 앱을 닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:3 msgid "Barcode device troubleshooting" msgstr "바코드 장치 문제 해결" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* supports three main types of barcode scanners: USB scanners, " "bluetooth scanners, and mobile computer scanners. While configuring each " "type of scanner, common issues may arise, in which the scanners do not work " "as intended, and Odoo returns errors to the device." msgstr "" "Odoo *바코드* 는 세 가지 주요 바코드 스캐너 유형으로 USB 스캐너, 블루투스 스캐너, 모바일 컴퓨터 스캐너를 지원합니다. 각 " "유형의 스캐너를 구성하는 동안 스캐너가 의도한 대로 작동하지 않는 문제가 일반적으로 발생할 수 있으며 Odoo에서는 장치에 오류를 " "표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid "" "Read the sections below to identify general and unique device issues, " "related to specific, popular types of scanners." msgstr "아래의 섹션을 통해 가장 널리 사용되는 스캐너 종류 및 이와 관련된 일반적인 문제와 고유한 장치 문제를 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "General issues" msgstr "일반적인 문제" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Refer to the following sections below for common issues involving popular " "barcode scanner devices." msgstr "많이 사용하는 바코드 스캐너 장치에서 발생하는 일반적인 문제에 대해서는 아래 섹션을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:17 msgid "" "For issues related to specific devices, refer to the :ref:`Android scanners " "` section for mobile computer scanners, or " "to the :ref:`Screenless scanners ` " "section for USB and bluetooth scanners." msgstr "" "특정 장치와 관련된 문제는 모바일 컴퓨터 스캐너에 대한 :ref:`안드로이드 스캐너 ` 섹션을 참조하거나 :ref:`스크린리스 스캐너 ` " "섹션을 참조하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:22 msgid "Barcode cannot be read" msgstr "바코드를 읽을 수 없는 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" "One common issue encountered when using barcode scanners is an error " "resulting from barcodes that cannot be read." msgstr "바코드 스캐너를 사용할 때 흔히 발생하는 문제 중 하나는 바코드를 읽을 수 없어서 발생되는 오류입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:27 msgid "This can occur due to any of the following reasons:" msgstr "다음과 같은 이유로 인해 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:29 msgid "The barcode is damaged." msgstr "바코드가 손상되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:30 msgid "" "The device cannot read the required barcode type (some scanners can only " "read 2D barcodes)." msgstr "장치에 필수인 바코드 유형을 읽을 수 없습니다 (일부 스캐너는 2D 바코드만 읽을 수 있음)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:31 msgid "" "The barcode being scanned is on a screen. Some scanners don't support this, " "and the barcodes **must** be printed out to be scanned. This is most common " "with 1D barcodes." msgstr "" "스캔 중인 바코드가 화면에 나타납니다. 이 기능은 일부 스캐너에서는 지원되지 않으며 이런 경우 스캔하려면 **반드시** 바코드를 인쇄해야" " 합니다. 1D 바코드의 경우에 가장 흔하게 발생합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:33 msgid "" "The device has no battery, or is broken. To rule this out, follow the " "troubleshooting instructions in the following sections." msgstr "장치에 배터리가 없거나 고장난 상태입니다. 이 문제를 해결하려면 다음 섹션의 문제 해결 안내대로 진행하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "Odoo returns barcode error" msgstr "Odoo에서 바코드 오류가 반환되는 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:39 msgid "" "All types of barcode scanners have their own device \"language\", which " "affects how they output barcode data to Odoo's *Barcode* app. Sometimes, " "this can cause Odoo *Barcode* to return a barcode error after scanning. This" " could be due to any of the following reasons:" msgstr "" "종류를 불문하고 바코드 스캐너에는 자체적인 디바이스 \"언어\" 가 있으며 이는 바코드 데이터를 Odoo의 *바코드* 앱으로 출력하는 " "방법에 영향을 미칩니다. 때로는 이로 인해 Odoo *바코드* 가 스캔 후 바코드 오류를 반환할 수 있습니다. 이는 다음과 같은 이유 " "때문일 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" "The computer is configured with a different keyboard layout than the barcode" " scanner. To rule this out, ensure that the device is configured with the " "same keyboard layout." msgstr "" "컴퓨터의 키보드 레이아웃이 바코드 스캐너와 다르게 설정되어 있습니다. 이 문제를 해결하려면 장치에서 키보드 레이아웃 설정이 동일하게 되어" " 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:46 msgid "" "For example, if the computer is configured to use an FR-BE keyboard, " "configure the scanner to send FR-BE keystrokes. The same logic applies if " "using a tablet instead of a computer." msgstr "" "예를 들어 컴퓨터에서 FR-BE 키보드를 사용하도록 설정한 경우 FR-BE 키 입력을 전송하도록 스캐너를 환경 설정합니다. 컴퓨터 대신 " "태블릿을 사용하는 경우에도 동일하게 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:49 msgid "" "For more information on configuring keystrokes, refer to the :doc:`Barcode " "scanner setup ` documentation." msgstr "키 입력 환경 설정에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`바코드 스캐너 설정 ` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:51 msgid "" "For mobile computer scanners (such as Zebra devices, for example), the " "scanner might interpret the barcode differently than intended. To rule this " "out, scan a test barcode to see how the scanner interprets the barcode." msgstr "" "모바일 컴퓨터 스캐너 (예: Zebra 장치)의 경우 스캐너가 바코드를 의도한 것과 다르게 인식할 수 있습니다. 이러한 문제를 해결하려면" " 테스트 바코드를 스캔하여 스캐너에서 바코드를 어떻게 인식되는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:58 msgid "Android scanners" msgstr "안드로이드 스캐너" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:60 msgid "" "The most recent barcode scanner models using Android and Google Chrome " "should work with Odoo. However, due to the variety of models and " "configurations, it is recommended to first test a scanner's compatibility " "with Odoo." msgstr "" "Android 및 Google Chrome을 사용하는 최신 바코드 스캐너 모델은 Odoo와 호환될 수 있습니다. 다만 모델과 설정 항목이" " 다양하기 때문에 먼저 스캐너와 Odoo 간의 호환성 테스트를 해 보는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:64 msgid "" "The Zebra product line is recommended; specifically, the **Zebra TC21 (WiFi-" "only)**, and **Zebra TC26 (WiFi/cellular)**." msgstr "" "권장하는 제품은 Zebra 제품군입니다. 특히 **Zebra TC21(WiFi 전용)** 및 **Zebra TC26 " "(WiFi/셀룰러)** 을 권장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:68 msgid "" "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode compatible hardware " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 재고 관리 및 바코드 호환 하드웨어 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "Barcode app does not give feedback" msgstr "바코드 앱에서 반응이 없는 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:73 msgid "" "By default, Android barcode scanners pre-process the barcode, then send a " "full text. Since Odoo *Barcode* does not read this type of output, settings " "for each type of scanner **must** be configured correctly." msgstr "" "기본적으로 안드로이드 바코드 스캐너는 바코드를 사전 처리한 다음 전체 텍스트를 전송합니다. Odoo *바코드*는 이러한 유형으로 출력된 " "내용은 인식하지 못하므로 각 스캐너 유형 설정에서 **반드시** 알맞게 환경 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* expects that the scanner works like an analogue keyboard, and" " so, only detects *key events*. Refer to the following sections for " "configuration settings for the most popular devices." msgstr "" "Odoo *바코드* 에서는 스캐너를 아날로그 키보드처럼 인식하게 되므로 *키 작동* 만 감지합니다. 가장 많이 사용하는 장치에 대해서 " "환경 설정을 하는 방법은 다음 섹션을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:81 msgid "Zebra TC21/TC26" msgstr "Zebra TC21/TC26" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:76 msgid "" "When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are" " set to prevent errors." msgstr "Zebra 스캐너 사용 오류를 방지하기 위해 다음과 같이 키 입력 환경설정이 되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:78 msgid "" "Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the " ":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the app is represented by a :guilabel:`(light " "blue barcode)` icon)." msgstr "" "시작하려면 Zebra 스캐너의 홈 화면에서 :guilabel:`DataWedge` 앱을 선택합니다 (:guilabel:`(밝은 파란색 " "바코드)` 앱 아이콘)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:81 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to " "access the Zebra scanner's settings." msgstr ":guilabel:`DataWedge 프로필` 페이지에서 프로필 항목을 선택하여 Zebra 스캐너 설정에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:92 msgid "" "Once the profile is selected, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output`" " option, and ensure the :guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option " "is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" "프로필을 선택한 후 아래로 스크롤을 내려서 :guilabel:`키보드 출력` 항목에서 :guilabel:`키 입력 출력 활성화/비활성화`" " 항목이이 :guilabel:`사용함`으로 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." msgstr "Zebra 스캐너의 DataWedge 앱에서 키 입력 옵션을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:99 msgid "" "Once that option is enabled, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options " "page, and go to the :guilabel:`Keystroke output` section. Then, open the " ":guilabel:`Key event options` submenu. Under :guilabel:`Characters`, ensure " "the :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" "사용 설정이 완료되면 :guilabel:`프로필` 항목 페이지로 돌아가서 :guilabel:`키 입력 출력` 섹션으로 이동합니다. 그런 " "다음 :guilabel:`키 이벤트 옵션` 하위 메뉴를 엽니다. :guilabel:`문자`에서 :guilabel:`문자를 이벤트로 " "보내기`가 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option **must** be checked on the " "Zebra scanner, or Odoo **cannot** recognize the barcodes that are scanned." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`문자를 이벤트로 보내기` 옵션 **반드시** Zebra 스캐너에서 선택해야 합니다. 그렇지 않으면 Odoo가 스캔된 " "바코드를 **인식할 수 없습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:106 msgid "" "Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Zebra scanner is working as intended." msgstr "위의 단계대로 진행한 후 Zebra 스캐너가 의도한 대로 작동하는지 확인할 수 있도록 테스트 스캔을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:110 msgid "MUNBYN Android devices" msgstr "MUNBYN 안드로이드 장치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" "When using MUNBYN Android scanners, ensure the following configurations are " "set to prevent errors." msgstr "" "MUNBYN 안드로이드 스캐너를 사용하는 경우에는 오류를 방지하기 위해 환경 설정에서 다음과 같이 설정되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:114 msgid "" "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`AppSettings`. On the " "resulting page, locate the :guilabel:`Process mode` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Keyboard input`." msgstr "" "장치의 홈 화면에서 :menuselection:`앱 설정` 를 클릭합니다. 결과 페이지에서 :guilabel:`프로세스 모드` 섹션을 " "찾아서 :guilabel:`키보드 입력` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Process mode section on MUNBYN scanner's AppSettings page." msgstr "MUNBYN 스캐너의 앱 설정 페이지에 있는 프로세스 모드 섹션" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" "The selected *Process mode* controls how data is processed after barcode " "data has been read out." msgstr "선택한 *프로세스 모드* 에서는 바코드 데이터를 읽은 후 데이터가 처리되는 방법을 제어합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:124 msgid "" "*Keyboard input* enters read-out data at the position of the cursor, the " "same as input data on an analogue keyboard would." msgstr "*키보드 입력* 은 아날로그 키보드의 입력 데이터와 마찬가지로 커서 위치에서 판독한 데이터를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "MUNBYN Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "위의 단계대로 진행한 후 테스트 스캔을 하여 MUNBYN 안드로이드 스캐너가 의도한 대로 작동하는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:130 msgid "Why is there no data output in the app after a successful scan?" msgstr "스캔에 성공한 후에도 앱에 데이터가 출력되지 않는 이유는 무엇인가요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:132 msgid "" "When scanning a barcode, the scanner might beep, indicating a successful " "scan, but there is no data output in the app." msgstr "바코드를 스캔할 때 스캐너에서 스캔에 성공했다는 신호음이 울리나 앱에는 데이터가 출력되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "" "To fix this issue, adjust the output method to *keyboard analogue* in the " "*Scanner* app on the device." msgstr "이 문제를 해결하려면 장치에서 *스캐너* 앱 출력 방법을 *키보드 아날로그* 로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`Scanner App --> " "Settings`. From the :guilabel:`Settings` page, click :guilabel:`Output " "Mode`. The resulting pop-up window presents the different output options " "available to users. Select :guilabel:`Keyboard Mode`, then click " ":guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" "장치의 홈 화면에서 :menuselection:`스캐너 앱 --> 설정` 을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`설정` 페이지에서 " ":guilabel:`출력 모드` 를 클릭합니다. 결과 팝업 창에는 다양한 출력 옵션이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`키보드 모드` 를 " "선택한 다음 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Output mode pop-up window on MUNBYN scanner." msgstr "MUNBYN 스캐너의 출력 모드 팝업 창" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:147 msgid "" "Go back to the app that needs to be scanned, and click on the input dialog " "box first before scanning. Finally, perform a test scan to ensure the MUNBYN" " Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" "스캔할 앱으로 돌아간 후, 스캔하기 전에 먼저 입력 대화 상자를 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 테스트 스캔을 통해 MUNBYN Android " "스캐너가 의도한 대로 작동하는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:152 msgid "Datalogic Android devices" msgstr "Datalogic 안드로이드 장치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" "When using Datalogic Android scanners, ensure the following configurations " "are set to prevent errors." msgstr "" "Datalogic 안드로이드 스캐너를 사용할 경우 오류를 방지하기 위해 환경 설정에서 다음과 같이 설정되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:157 msgid "" "To view and configure all settings for the scanner, use the *Settings* app " "on the Datalogic Android device. From the applications menu, select " ":menuselection:`Settings --> System --> Scanner Settings`." msgstr "" "스캐너에 대한 모든 설정을 확인하고 환경 설정을 하려면 Datalogic 안드로이드 장치에서 *설정* 앱을 사용하세요. 애플리케이션의 " "메뉴에서 :menuselection:`설정 --> 시스템 --> 스캐너 설정` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:161 msgid "" "From the resulting list of settings, select :guilabel:`Wedge`. From this " "menu, under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, ensure that the " ":guilabel:`Enable keyboard wedge` feature is activated." msgstr "" "설정 목록이 나타나면 :guilabel:`웨지` 를 선택합니다. 이 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`키보드 웨지` 섹션에 있는 " ":guilabel:`키보드 웨지 활성화` 기능이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, also under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode` option. By default, the input mode is " "set to :guilabel:`Text injection`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`키보드 웨지` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`키보드 웨지 입력 모드` 을 확인합니다. 기본적으로 입력 모드는" " :guilabel:`텍스트 입력` 으로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Wedge configuration menu on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "Datalogic 스캐너의 웨지 환경설정 메뉴" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:172 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode`, and change the setting to " ":guilabel:`Key pressure`. This ensures that scanned barcodes are translated " "into keyboard strokes, instead of being injected into the text area." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`키보드 웨지 입력 모드` 를 클릭하고 설정을 :guilabel:`키 누르기` 로 변경합니다. 이렇게 하면 스캔한 " "바코드가 텍스트 영역에 삽입되는 대신 키보드 입력 기능으로 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Keyboard wedge input mode selection on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "Datalogic 스캐너의 키보드 웨지 입력 모드를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:180 msgid "" "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Datalogic Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "모든 단계대로 진행한 후 테스트 스캔을 하여 Datalogic 안드로이드 스캐너가 의도한 대로 작동하는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:186 msgid "Screenless scanners" msgstr "스크린리스 스캐너" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:188 msgid "" "Screenless scanners are barcode scanning devices that have no screens. These" " include USB scanners and bluetooth scanners." msgstr "스크린리스 스캐너는 화면이 없는 바코드 스캐닝 장치입니다. 여기에는 USB 스캐너와 블루투스 스캐너 등이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:192 msgid "" "Odoo supports most USB and Bluetooth barcode scanners, as they all emulate a" " keyboard. However, to verify that a scanner is compatible with a specific " "keyboard layout (or can be configured to do so), refer to Odoo's `Inventory " "& Barcode compatible hardware `_ documentation." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 대부분의 USB 및 블루투스 바코드 스캐너를 지원하고 있으며, 키보드 에뮬레이션을 모두 할 수 있습니다. 단 스캐너가 특정" " 키보드 레이아웃과 호환되는지 (또는 호환되도록 설정할 수 있는지) 확인하려면 Odoo의 `재고 관리 및 바코드 호환 하드웨어 " "문서`_ 를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:198 msgid "NETUM devices" msgstr "NETUM 장치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, the NETUM barcode scanner's user manual only shows the French " "keyboard configuration. To use the Belgian keyboard, scan the code below:" msgstr "" "기본적으로 NETUM 바코드 스캐너의 사용 설명서에는 프랑스어 키보드에 대한 설정 방법만 실려 있습니다. 벨기에어 키보드를 사용하려면 " "아래의 코드를 스캔하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Belgian FR key barcode." msgstr "벨기에 FR 키 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:207 msgid "" "Once that code has been scanned, ensure the NETUM scanner has the correct " "keyboard configuration, and is working as intended." msgstr "코드를 스캔한 후 NETUM 스캐너에서 키보드 환경 설정이 알맞게 되어 있는지 여부 및 의도한 대로 작동하는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:211 msgid ":doc:`../setup/hardware`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/hardware`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:165 msgid ":doc:`../setup/software`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/software`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Barcode scanner setup" msgstr "바코드 스캐너 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with " "Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "Odoo의 *재고 관리* 및 *바코드* 앱과 호환되는 바코드 스캐너를 선택하고 구성하려면 이 가이드를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." msgstr "바코드 스캐너의 예시 이미지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "Scanner types" msgstr "스캐너 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17 msgid "" "Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which type" " of scanner best meets the needs of the business. There are three main types" " of scanners that can be used with Odoo, each with their own benefits and " "use cases:" msgstr "" "바코드 스캐너를 설정하기 전에 비즈니스 요구 사항에 가장 알맞은 스캐너 유형을 결정하는 것이 중요합니다. Odoo에서 사용할 수 있는 " "스캐너에는 세 가지 주요 유형이 있으며 각각 고유한 장점과 사용 사례가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:21 msgid "" "**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for " "businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout line" " in a grocery store." msgstr "" "**USB 스캐너**는 컴퓨터에 연결되어 있으므로, 슈퍼마켓 계산대와 같이 고정된 위치에서 품목을 스캔하는 비즈니스에 적합합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:23 msgid "" "**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them both a " "cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, Odoo " "is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle " "operations, and check stock, directly through their mobile devices." msgstr "" "**블루투스 스캐너**는 스마트폰이나 태블릿과 페어링할 수 있어 가격 대비 효율적이고 휴대성이 뛰어나다는 점에서 바코드 스캐너로 " "선택하기에 손색이 없습니다. 여기에서 Odoo가 스마트폰에 설치되어 있으면 창고 운영자가 작업 관리 및 재고 확인을 모바일 디바이스로 " "직접 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26 msgid "" "**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode " "scanner." msgstr "**모바일 컴퓨터 스캐너**는 바코드 스캐너가 내장되어 있는 모바일 디바이스입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:29 msgid "" "If using a USB scanner, ensure the scanner is compatible with the keyboard " "layout of the computer." msgstr "USB 스캐너를 사용할 경우, 스캐너가 컴퓨터에 있는 키보드 레이아웃과 호환되는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "If using a mobile computer scanner, ensure the device can run the Odoo " "mobile app properly. Recent models that use Android OS with the Google " "Chrome browser, or Windows OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, " "testing is crucial due to the variety of available models and " "configurations." msgstr "" "모바일 컴퓨터 스캐너를 사용할 경우, 디바이스에서 Odoo 모바일 앱이 원활하게 실행되는지 확인하세요. 일반적으로 Google " "Chrome 브라우저가 구동되는 Android OS 또는 Microsoft Edge가 구동되는 Windows OS를 사용하는 최신 모델의" " 경우 호환됩니다. 그러나 사용할 수 있는 모델과 설정이 다양하기 때문에 철저한 테스트가 필수적입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:38 msgid "" "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode • Compatible Hardware " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 재고 관리 및 바코드 • 하드웨어 호환 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:43 msgid "" "When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations " "are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo." msgstr "바코드 스캐너를 설정할 때 다음 구성이 올바른지 확인하여 스캐너가 Odoo에서 바코드를 올바르게 해석할 수 있도록 하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "키보드 레이아웃" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:49 msgid "" "When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the " "operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. " "Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), " "with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use." msgstr "" "USB 바코드 스캐너를 사용하는 경우 문자를 정확하게 해석하려면 키보드 레이아웃을 운영 체제의 레이아웃과 일치시켜야 합니다. 일반적으로 " "스캔 모드를 USB 키보드(HID)를 허용하도록 설정하고 사용 중인 키보드에 따라 언어를 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard " "wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual." msgstr "" "**Zebra** 스캐너의 키보드 레이아웃을 설정하려면 원하는 언어의 키보드 웨지 바코드를 스캔합니다. 이 바코드는 스캐너의 사용 " "설명서에서 찾을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout." msgstr "키보드 레이아웃에 대한 사용 설명서의 예입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "" "Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual." msgstr "Zebra 스캐너 사용 설명서의 키보드 언어 설정 예시." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:63 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "자동 운송장 반송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:65 msgid "" "Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental" " double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include" " a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)" " after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the " "barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one." msgstr "" "Odoo는 실수로 인한 이중 스캔을 방지하기 위해 스캔 사이에 기본 100밀리초 지연을 설정합니다. 바코드 스캐너와 동기화하려면 각 스캔" " 후에 *운송장 반송*(:dfn:`키보드의 \"엔터\" 키와 같은 문자`)을 포함하도록 바코드 스캐너를 구성하세요. Odoo는 운송장 " "반송을 바코드 입력의 끝으로 해석하여 스캔을 수락하고 다음 스캔을 기다립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:70 msgid "" "Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure " "it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix" " ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`." msgstr "" "일반적으로 대부분의 스캐너에는 운송장 반송이 포함되어 있습니다. 사용자 설명서에 있는 특정 바코드(예: `CR 접미사 켜기` 또는 " "`접미사 입력 적용`)를 스캔하여 이 설정을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:74 msgid "Zebra scanner" msgstr "Zebra 스캐너" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:85 msgid "" "It is **not** suggested to use the \"DWDemo\" profile, as it does not work " "properly in every circumstance." msgstr "DWDemo 프로필이 어떤 상황에서나 원활하게 작동하는 것은 아니므로 사용을 권장하지 **않습니다**. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:88 msgid "" "Instead, it is recommended to create a new, personal profile. Once a new " "profile is created, add the *Odoo Mobile* app and *Google Chrome* app in the" " :guilabel:`Associated Apps` on the scanner's home screen." msgstr "" "대신 새로운 개인 프로필을 생성하는 것이 좋습니다. 새 프로필이 생성되면 스캐너 홈 화면의 :guilabel:`관련 앱`에 *Odoo " "모바일* 앱과 *Google Chrome* 앱을 추가합니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:107 msgid "" "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Zebra scanner is working properly, as intended." msgstr "모든 단계를 마친 후에는 테스트 스캔을 하여 수행하려는 작업이 Zebra 스캐너에서 제대로 작동하는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:111 msgid "Honeywell mobile computer scanner" msgstr "Honeywell 모바일 컴퓨터 스캐너" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:113 msgid "" "When using Honeywell scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure " "barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "Honeywell 스캐너를 사용할 경우 Odoo에서 바코드를 스캔하려면 아래의 안내를 따르세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:116 msgid "" "Begin on the Honeywell scanner's home screen, and select " ":guilabel:`Settings`, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Honeywell Settings`, followed by :guilabel:`Scanning`." msgstr "" "시작하려면 Honeywell 스캐너의 홈 화면에서 :guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘으로 표시되어 있는 " ":guilabel:`설정`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`Honeywell 설정`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`스캔`을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:120 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Internal Scanner`, followed by " ":guilabel:`Default Profile`. From the resulting list of options, select " ":guilabel:`Data Processing Settings`." msgstr "" "여기에서 :guilabel:`내부 스캐너`를 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`기본 프로필`을 클릭합니다. 선택 결과 목록 중에서 " ":guilabel:`데이터 처리 설정`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:123 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Data Processing Settings` specify how barcode data is " "processed by the computer. Locate the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting. By " "default, this is set to :guilabel:`Standard`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`데이터 처리 설정`에서는 컴퓨터에서 바코드 데이터가 처리되는 방법을 지정합니다. :guilabel:`웨지 방법` 설정" " 위치를 찾습니다. 기본값은 :guilabel:`표준형`으로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Data processing settings options for Honeywell scanner." msgstr "Honeywell 스캐너의 데이터 처리 설정 항목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:130 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting to :guilabel:`Keyboard`." msgstr ":guilabel:`웨지 방법` 설정을 :guilabel:`키보드`로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:132 msgid "" "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Honeywell " "scanner is working as intended." msgstr "모든 단계를 마친 후에는 테스트 스캔을 하여 수행하려는 작업이 Honeywell 스캐너에서 제대로 작동하는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:136 msgid "Cipherlab mobile computer scanner" msgstr "Cipherlab 모바일 컴퓨터 스캐너" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:138 msgid "" "When using Cipherlab scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure " "barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "Cipherlab 스캐너를 사용할 경우 Odoo에서 바코드를 스캔하려면 아래의 안내를 따르세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:141 msgid "" "Begin on the Cipherlab scanner's home screen, and navigate to the " ":menuselection:`App Drawer (All Applications)`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` app, represented by an orange :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)`" " icon over a blue :guilabel:`(barcode)` icon." msgstr "" "시작하려면 Cipherlab 스캐너의 홈 화면에서 :menuselection:`앱 서랍 (모든 애플리케이션)`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음" " 파란색 :guilabel:`(바코드)` 아이콘 위에 주황색 :guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘으로 표시되어 있는 " ":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` 앱을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:145 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Default Profile`, or create a new profile, if " "needed." msgstr "그 다음에는, :guilabel:`기본 프로필`을 선택하거나 필요한 경우 새로운 프로필을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:147 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`General Settings`, click :guilabel:`Data Output`, " "followed by :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일반 설정`아래에 있는 :guilabel:`데이터 출력` 클릭 후 :guilabel:`키보드 에뮬레이션`을 클릭합니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner data output setting page." msgstr "Cipherlab 스캐너 데이터 출력 설정 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:154 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Input Method`, under :guilabel:`Keyboard " "Emulation`, is set to :guilabel:`Default Mode`. Change this setting to " ":guilabel:`KeyEvent`." msgstr "" "기본값으로, :guilabel:`키보드 에뮬레이션` 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`입력 방법`은 :guilabel:`기본 모드`로 " "설정되어 있습니다. 설정 내용은 :guilabel:`키이벤트`로 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner keyboard emulation settings." msgstr "Cipherlab 스캐너 키보드 에뮬레이션 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:161 msgid "" "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Cipherlab " "scanner is working as intended." msgstr "모든 단계를 마친 후에는 테스트 스캔을 하여 수행하려는 작업이 Cipherlab 스캐너에서 제대로 작동하는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서 바코드 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" "바코드 스캔 기능을 활용하면 키보드, 마우스, 스캐너 사이를 전환할 필요가 없어 시간을 크게 절약할 수 있습니다. 바코드를 제품, 피킹 " "위치 등에 정확하게 할당하면 바코드 스캐너로 소프트웨어를 주로 제어할 수 있어 작업 효율성이 높아집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" "이 기능을 사용하려면 먼저 :menuselectio:`재고 관리 --> 설정 --> 바코드 스캐너`를 통해 *바코드* 기능을 활성화해야 " "합니다. 이 기능을 선택한 후 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "제품 바코드 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" "*재고 관리* 앱을 통해 다양한 제품에 손쉽게 바코드를 할당할 수 있습니다. 그러려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 제품 " "바코드 구성`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "그런 다음 품목 양식에서 품목을 생성할 때 직접 바코드를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "품목 양식이 아닌 품목 세부사항에 직접 바코드를 추가하도록 주의하세요. 그렇지 않으면 품목을 구분할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "위치 바코드 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" "여러 위치를 효율적으로 관리하려면 각 위치에 바코드를 할당하고 해당 물리적 위치에 부착하는 것이 좋습니다. 위치 바코드는 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 설정 --> 위치`로 이동하여 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "*인쇄* 메뉴를 사용하여 위치에 할당된 바코드를 쉽게 인쇄할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "바코드 양식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " "Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " "their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," " GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " "barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" "많은 리테일 제품에는 GTIN(국제거래단품식별코드)으로도 알려진 EAN-13 바코드가 사용됩니다. GTIN은 제품 및 서비스에 대한 고유" " 식별자 역할을 합니다. GTIN과 UPC는 종종 같은 의미로 사용되지만, GTIN은 바코드에 표시된 번호를 의미하고 UPC는 바코드 " "자체를 의미합니다. GTIN에 대한 자세한 정보는 GS1 웹사이트에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "" "In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." " This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " "and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " "it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " "license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" "품목에 대한 GTIN을 생성하려면 반드시 회사에 GS1 회사 코드를 입력해야 합니다. 이 코드는 각 GTIN의 시작 부분에 표시되는 " "번호로, 바코드가 나타내는 제품의 소유자로 회사를 식별합니다. GS1 업체 코드에 대한 자세한 내용을 확인하거나 코드 라이선스를 받으려면" " GS1 업체 코드 페이지를 방문하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "" "Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " "However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " "possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" "Odoo 사용자는 GTIN 바코드를 사용하여 품목을 식별할 수 있습니다. 그러나 Odoo는 모든 숫자 문자열을 바코드로 사용할 수 " "있으므로 내부용으로 사용자 정의 바코드를 정의할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:84 msgid "Barcode Lookup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:86 msgid "" "`Barcode Lookup `_ allows you to scan (or " "enter) products' barcodes (:abbr:`UPC (Universal Product Code)`, :abbr:`EAN " "(European Article Number)`, or :abbr:`ISBN (International Standard Book " "Number)`) to automatically create them in your Odoo database, complete with " "product names, descriptions, images, categories, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:91 msgid "" "To use Barcode Lookup to scan and create products in Barcode, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to " "the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and enable :guilabel:`Stock Barcode " "Database`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:96 msgid "" "If your database is hosted on **Odoo.sh** or **on-premise**, you must also " ":ref:`configure an API key `. If your database " "is hosted on **Odoo Online**, you can use Barcode Lookup without further " "configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:187 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "재고 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" " system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " "replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "" "Odoo *재고 관리* 는 재고 애플리케이션이자 창고 관리 시스템의 역할을 합니다. 이 앱을 통해 사용자는 리드 타임을 효율적으로 관리할" " 수 있으며, 보충을 자동화하고, 고급 경로를 구성하는 등 다양한 창고 관리 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 재고 관리 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5 msgid "Product management" msgstr "품목 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 msgid "Configure product" msgstr "품목 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:11 msgid "A group of products in Odoo can be further defined using:" msgstr "Odoo에서 다음 내용을 기준으로 품목을 추가적으로 그룹 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:13 msgid "" ":doc:`Units of measure (UoM) `: a standard quantity for " "specifying product amounts (e.g., meters, yards, kilograms). Enables " "automatic conversion between measurement systems in Odoo, such as " "centimeters to feet." msgstr "" ":doc:`단위(UoM) `: 품목의 양을 지정하기 위한 표준 수량입니다(예: 미터, 야드, 킬로그램). " "센티미터 단위에서 피트 단위로 전환하는 것과 같이, Odoo의 측정 시스템에서 자동으로 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:17 msgid "" "*Ex: Purchasing fabric measured in meters but receiving it in yards from a " "vendor.*" msgstr "*예: 미터 단위로 구매한 원단이 공급업체에서는 야드 단위로 입고되는 경우*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`configure/package`: A physical container used to group products " "together, regardless of whether they are the same or different." msgstr "" ":doc:`configure/package`: 품목을 그룹으로 만들 때 사용되는 물리적인 컨테이너로, 동일한 품목인지 여부는 무관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:22 msgid "" "*Ex: A box containing assorted items for delivery, or a storage box of two " "hundred buttons on a shelf.*" msgstr "*예: 여러 가지 품목이 들어 있는 배송 상자 또는 200개의 단추가 들어 있는 선반 보관함*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:25 msgid "" ":doc:`configure/packaging`: groups the *same* products together to receive " "or sell them in specified quantities." msgstr "" ":doc:`configure/packaging`: *동일* 품목을 같이 그룹으로 묶어서 지정된 수량만큼 입고 또는 판매합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:28 msgid "*Ex: Cans of soda sold in packs of six, twelve, or twenty-four.*" msgstr "*예: 6개, 12개 또는 24개들이 팩으로 판매되는 탄산음료 캔*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:31 msgid "Comparison" msgstr "세부 항목 비교" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:33 msgid "" "This table provides a detailed comparison of units of measure, packages, and" " packaging to help businesses evaluate which best suits their requirements." msgstr "" "아래의 표에서는 단위, 패키지 및 포장에 대해 자세히 비교하여 이 중에서 어떤 항목이 기업에서 요구하는 조건에 가장 부합하는지 검토할 수" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:40 msgid "Feature" msgstr "기능" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:41 msgid "Unit of measure" msgstr "단위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:303 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:159 msgid "Packages" msgstr "패키지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:44 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "목적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:45 msgid "Standardized measurement for product units (e.g., cm, lb, L)" msgstr "품목에 대한 단위 표준화(예: cm, lb, L)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:46 msgid "Tracks the specific physical container and its contents" msgstr "특정한 실제 컨테이너 및 내용물 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:47 msgid "" "Groups a fixed number of items together for easier management (e.g., packs " "of 6, 12 or 24)" msgstr "일정 수량으로 품목을 그룹화하여 용이하게 관리(예: 6개, 12개 또는 24개들이 패키지)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:48 msgid "Product uniformity" msgstr "동일한 품목 여부" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:49 msgid "Defined per product; saved as one |UoM| in the database" msgstr "품목별로 지정; 단일 |UoM| 으로 데이터베이스에 저장" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:50 msgid "Allows mixed products" msgstr "품목 혼합 허용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:51 msgid "Same products only" msgstr "동일한 품목만 허용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:52 msgid "Flexible" msgstr "유동적인지 여부" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:53 msgid "Converts between vendor/customer |UoMs| and database |UoM|" msgstr "공급업체/고객 |UoM| 및 데이터베이스 |UoM| 간에 변환 가능" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:54 msgid "Items can be added or removed from the container" msgstr "품목을 컨테이너에 추가하거나 제거 가능" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:55 msgid "Quantities are fixed (e.g., always packs of 6, 12 or 24)" msgstr "고정 수량(예: 6, 12 또는 24팩으로 고정)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:56 msgid "Complexity" msgstr "복잡한 정도" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:57 msgid "Simplest for unit conversions" msgstr "가장 간단하게 단위 변환 가능" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:58 msgid "More complex due to container-level inventory tracking" msgstr "조금 복잡하며 컨테이너 수준에서 재고를 추적해야 함" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:59 msgid "Simpler; suitable for uniform product groupings" msgstr "간단한 편임; 품목이 동일한 그룹인 경우에 적합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:60 msgid "Inventory tracking" msgstr "재고 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:61 msgid "" "Tracks product quantities within the warehouse in the specific |UoM| defined" " in the product form" msgstr "창고 내 품목 수량을 품목 양식에서 지정한 |UoM| 기준으로 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:63 msgid "Tracks package location and contents within the warehouse" msgstr "창고 내 패키지 위치와 내용물 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:64 msgid "Tracks grouped quantities but not individual items' locations" msgstr "그룹화된 수량을 추적하나, 개별 품목 위치는 미추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:65 msgid "Smooth barcode operations" msgstr "바코드 작업 가능 여부" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:78 msgid "Not available" msgstr "사용할 수 없음" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:67 msgid "" "Requires scanning both the package and individual items for reception. (even" " if there are 30 items in a package). Can enable the :ref:`Move Entire " "Packages ` feature to update " "the package's contained items' locations, when moving the package" msgstr "" "패키지 및 개별 품목 모두 입고 시 스캔 필요(30개들이 패키지인 경우에도 동일). 패키지 이동 시 :ref:`전체 패키지 이동 " "` 기능을 활성화하면 패키지에 있는 품목 위치 " "업데이트 가능" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:71 msgid "" "Scanning a packaging barcode automatically records all included units. (e.g." " 1 pack = 12 units)" msgstr "패키지 바코드 스캔 시 패키지에 들어있는 모든 단위를 자동으로 기록(예: 1팩 = 12개)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:73 msgid "Product lookup" msgstr "품목 조회" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:75 msgid "" "Scanning a product's barcode identifies its typical storage location in the " "Odoo database" msgstr "품목에 있는 바코드를 스캔하면 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 일반적인 보관 위치 식별" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:76 msgid "Barcode identifies grouped quantity, not storage location" msgstr "바코드를 통해 그룹 수량을 식별, 보관 위치가 아님 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:77 msgid "Unique barcodes" msgstr "고유 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:79 msgid "Unique barcodes for individual packages (e.g. Pallet #12)" msgstr "개별 패키지의 고유 바코드(예: 팔레트 #12)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:80 msgid "Barcodes set at the packaging type level (e.g. for a pack of 6)" msgstr "바코드를 포장 유형 수준에서 설정(예: 6개들이 패키지)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:81 msgid "Reusability" msgstr "재사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:87 msgid "Not applicable" msgstr "해당 없음" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:83 msgid "" "Can be disposable or reusable, configured via the :ref:`Package Use " "` field" msgstr "" "일회용 또는 재사용 가능, :ref:`패키지 사용 ` 필드를" " 통해 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:85 msgid "Disposable only" msgstr "일회용만 가능" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:86 msgid "Container weight" msgstr "컨테이너 중량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:88 msgid "" "Weight of the container itself is included in the *Shipping Weight* field of" " a package (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`)" msgstr "" "컨테이너 자체 무게를 패키지의 *배송 중량* 필드에 포함(:menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 패키지`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:90 msgid "Weight of the container is defined in the *Package Type* settings" msgstr "컨테이너의 중량은 *패키지 유형* 설정에서 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" msgstr "로트/일련번호 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:92 msgid "" "Requires manual adjustments to track |UoMs| via lots (See :ref:`use case " "` for details)" msgstr "" "로트를 기준으로 |UoM| 을 추적하려면 수동 조정 필요(자세한 내용은 :ref:`사용 사례 " "` 참조)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:94 msgid "Applies only to contained products" msgstr "포함된 품목에만 적용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:95 msgid "Applies to both contained products and the container" msgstr "포함된 품목과 컨테이너에 모두 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:96 msgid "Custom routes" msgstr "사용자 지정 경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:98 msgid "Cannot be set" msgstr "설정 불가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:99 msgid "" "Routes can define specific warehouse paths for a particular packaging type" msgstr "경로 작업에서 특정 포장 유형에 대해 특정 창고 경로를 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:102 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "사용 사례" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:104 msgid "" "After comparing the various features, consider how these businesses, with " "various inventory management and logistics workflows, came to their " "decision." msgstr "" "여러 가지 기능을 비교해 본 후, 다양한 재고 관리 및 물류 워크플로우를 갖춘 기업에서 어떤 결정을 내리게 되었는지 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:108 msgid "Pallets of items using packaging" msgstr "품목 팔레트에 포장 기능을 활용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:110 msgid "" "A warehouse receives shipments of soap organized on physical pallets, each " "containing 96 bars. These pallets are used for internal transfers and are " "also sold as standalone units. For logistical purposes, the pallet's weight " "must be included in the total shipping weight for certain deliveries. " "Additionally, the pallet requires a barcode to facilitate tracking, and the " "number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when " "the pallet is received." msgstr "" "창고로 들어오는 실제 팔레트에 정리되어 담긴 비누 선적물이 입고되며, 여기에는 각각 96개의 비누가 들어 있습니다. 이 팔레트는 내부 " "이송을 할 때 사용되며 별도 단위로도 판매됩니다. 물류 목적으로 배송 시 팔레트의 중량은 총 배송 중량에 포함되어야 합니다. 또한 " "팔레트를 용이하게 추적할 수 있도록 바코드가 있어야 하며 팔레트를 수령할 때 개별 비누 개수를 재고 수에 포함시켜야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116 msgid "" "After evaluating various options, *product packaging* was the most suitable " "solution. Packaging enables assigning a barcode to a pallet, identifying it " "as a \"pallet type\" containing 96 soap bars. This barcode streamlines " "operations by automatically registering the grouped quantity. Key " "distinctions include:" msgstr "" "여러 가지 옵션 항목들을 검토한 결과, 가장 알맞은 솔루션은 *품목 포장* 이었습니다. 포장 기능을 이용하여 팔레트에 바코드를 지정하여 " "이 품목을 96개의 비누가 들어 있는 \"팔레트 유형\" 으로 식별할 수 있습니다. 이와 같은 바코드로 그룹 지정이 된 수량을 자동으로 " "등록하여 작업을 간소화합니다. 주요 특징은 다음과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:121 msgid "" "**Warehouse tracking limitations**: Odoo tracks only the total quantity, not" " the number of packagings. For instance, if a pallet with 12 and 24 " "quantities is received, Odoo records 36 quantities, not the pallet details." msgstr "" "**창고 추적에서의 한계점**: Odoo는 포장 개수가 아니라 총 수량에 대해서만 추적합니다. 예를 들어, 수량이 12개와 24인 " "팔레트가 입고되면 Odoo에서는 팔레트 세부 정보가 아니라 36개의 수량이 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:124 msgid "" "**Packaging barcodes are type-specific, not unique**: Barcodes represent " "packaging types (e.g., \"pallet of 96 soap bars\") but do not uniquely " "identify individual pallets, such as Pallet #1 or Pallet #2." msgstr "" "**포장 바코드는 유형에 대해 적용되며 고유하지 않음**: 바코드에서는 포장 유형(예: \"비누 96개 팔레트\")이 표시되어 있으나, " "팔레트 #1 또는 팔레트 #2와 같이 개별 팔레트를 고유하게 식별하지는 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:129 msgid "Capture product information using barcode" msgstr "바코드로 품목 정보 확인하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:131 msgid "" "An Odoo user expects the **Barcode** app to display the typical storage " "location of a product by scanning a barcode for a container." msgstr "Odoo 사용자는 **바코드** 앱으로 컨테이너의 바코드를 스캔하여 일반적으로 품목이 보관되는 위치를 확인하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:134 msgid "" "*Packages* was the most suitable. When the :ref:`appropriate setting is " "enabled `, scanning a package " "barcode displays its contents in the **Barcode** app." msgstr "" "가장 적합한 *패키지* 가 선택되었습니다. :ref:`설정 메뉴에서 알맞게 활성화 " "` 한 후, 패키지 바코드를 스캔하면 **바코드** 앱에" " 해당 내용이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:138 msgid "" "Packages represent physical containers, enabling detailed tracking of the " "items they hold. Scanning a package provides visibility into its contents " "and facilitates operations, like inventory moves." msgstr "" "패키지란 물리적인 컨테이너를 의미하며, 이를 통해 보관 중인 품목을 자세히 추적할 수 있습니다. 패키지를 스캔하면 내용물을 확인할 수 " "있으며 재고 이동과 같은 작업을 용이하게 진행할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:145 msgid "Track different units of measure in storage" msgstr "여러 가지 보관 단위 추적하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:147 msgid "A fruit juice distributor tracks multiple |UoMs| for their operations:" msgstr "과일 주스 유통업체에서 작업 중에 여러 가지 |UoM| (단위)을 추적하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:149 msgid "Fruits are purchased in tons." msgstr "과일은 톤 단위로 구매합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:150 msgid "Juice is produced and stored in kilograms." msgstr "주스는 킬로그램 단위로 생산 및 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:151 msgid "Small samples are stored in grams for recipe testing." msgstr "소형 샘플의 경우 방식 테스트를 위해 그램 단위로 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:153 msgid "" "*Unit of Measure* was most suitable. Odoo automatically converts tons to " "kilograms during receipts. However, since Odoo tracks only one |UoM| per " "product in the database, the company uses lot numbers to differentiate " "|UoMs|:" msgstr "" "가장 적합한 *단위* 가 선택되었습니다. Odoo는 자동으로 입고 중에 톤 단위를 킬로그램 단위로 자동 변환합니다. 그러나 Odoo " "데이터베이스에서는 품목당 하나의 |UoM| 만 추적하기 때문에 회사에서 로트번호를 사용하여 |UoM| 을 구분합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:157 msgid "LOT1: Grams (g)" msgstr "LOT1: 그램(g)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:158 msgid "LOT2: Kilograms (kg)" msgstr "LOT2: 킬로그램(kg)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:160 msgid "" "Manual inventory adjustments are required to convert between lots, such as " "subtracting 1 kg from LOT2 to add 1,000 g to LOT1. While functional, this " "workaround can be time-consuming and prone to errors." msgstr "" "로트 간 변환을 하려면 수동으로 재고 조정을 해야 하며, LOT2에서 1kg을 빼서 LOT1에 1,000g을 추가하는 것과 같이 " "진행합니다. 기능적으로 작동이 가능한 방법이지만, 시간이 많이 걸리고 오류가 발생하기 쉽습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:7 msgid "" "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " "can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "" "*패키지* 란 하나 이상의 품목을 담는 물리적인 컨테이너를 말합니다. 패키지는 물품을 대량 보관하는 경우에도 사용될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:10 msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" msgstr "패키지는 일반적으로 다음과 같은 용도로 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " "`." msgstr ":ref:`품목을 그룹화하여 대량으로 이동하는 경우 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Shipping to customers `: " "configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight " "requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" " carrier shipping specifications." msgstr "" ":ref:`고객에게 배송하는 경우 `: 배송업체에서 규정되어" " 있는 크기 및 중량 요건에 맞게 패키지의 유형을 구성하여, 포장 프로세스를 간소화하며 업체의 배송 조건을 준수할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:16 msgid "Storing items in bulk." msgstr "대량으로 품목을 보관하는 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:18 msgid "" "*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by" " enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" "*패키지 사용* 필드는 Odoo 패키지 양식에 있는 항목으로 *일괄 이동* 및 *패키지* 기능을 활성화해야 표시되는 필드입니다 " "(:menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable" " Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring " "packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." msgstr "" "기본값으로 *패키지 사용* 필드는 패키지 양식에서 *일회용 상자* 로 설정되어 있습니다. 이 필드는 :ref:`클러스터 피킹 " "` 패키지를 설정하는 경우에 **한해서만** *재사용 상자*" " 로 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:25 msgid "" "*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping " "cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>`, based on real shipping" " weight. Create package types to include the weight of the package itself " "(e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping cost " "calculations." msgstr "" "*패키지 유형* 은 선택적인 기능으로 :doc:`배송비 계산 " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>` 을 할 때 사용하며 실제 배송 중량을 기준으로 " "합니다. 패키지 유형을 생성할 때 패키지 자체의 중량 (예: 박스, 팔레트, 기타 배송 컨테이너)이 배송비 계산에 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:31 msgid "" "While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " "be used in any workflow involving storable products." msgstr "" "패키지는 일반적으로 :doc:`3단계 배송 " "경로<../../shipping_receive/daily_Operations/delivery_3_steps>` 를 통해 사용하지만, 저장" " 가능 품목과 관련된 모든 워크플로우에서 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:40 msgid "" "To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " ":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "패키지를 사용하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`작업` 제목 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`패키지` 기능을 활성화합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "재고 관리 > 환경설정 > 설정 에서 *패키지* 설정 메뉴를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:50 msgid "" "When moving packages internally, the *Move Entire Packages* feature can be " "enabled on an operation type to update a package's contained item's location" " upon updating the package's location." msgstr "" "패키지를 내부에서 이동할 때, 작업 유형에서 *전체 패키지 이동* 기능을 활성화할 경우 패키지 위치가 ​​업데이트되면 패키지에 포함된 " "품목 위치도 업데이트되게 할 수 있습니다.." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:53 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types` and select the desired operation this feature will apply " "to (may have to set it for multiple)." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 작업 유형` 으로 이동하여 이 기능이 적용될 작업을 " "선택합니다(여러 가지를 설정해야 할 수 있음)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:56 msgid "" "On the operation type page, in the :guilabel:`Packages` section, tick the " ":guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox." msgstr "작업 유형 페이지에서 :guilabel:`패키지` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`전체 패키지 이동` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:62 msgid "Pack items" msgstr "품목 포장 (패키지)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:64 msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" msgstr "다음과 같은 이송 방법으로 품목을 패키지에 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:66 msgid "" "Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations " "` icon on the product " "line." msgstr "" "품목 내역에서 각각의 :ref:`세부 작업 ` 아이콘을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:68 msgid "" "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " "button to place everything in the transfer into a package." msgstr "" ":ref:`패키지에 넣기 ` 버튼으로 전체 이송 물품을 " "패키지에 넣습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:280 msgid "Detailed operations" msgstr "세부 작업" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:76 msgid "" "On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a" " package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "창고 이송 (예: 입고, 배송 주문)을 하게 되는 경우, :guilabel:`작업` 탭에서 :guilabel:`⦙≣ (글머리 기호 " "목록)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 패키지에 품목이 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." msgstr "품목 내역에서 \"상세 작업\" 아이콘을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:83 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "그러면 :guilabel:`품목`에 대한 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:85 msgid "" "To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an " "existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," " then select :guilabel:`Create...`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목`을 패키지에 추가하려면 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`대상 패키지`에 품목을 " "지정합니다. 기존 패키지를 선택하거나 패키지 이름을 새로 입력하여 새 패키지를 생성한 다음 :guilabel:`만들기...`를 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93 msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." msgstr "\"대상 패키지\" 항목에 패키지를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93 msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." msgstr "'PACK0000001'에는 '어쿠스틱 블록 스크린'이 12개 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the " ":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the " ":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." msgstr "" "그런 다음, 패키지에 들어갈 항목의 수량을 :guilabel:`완료` 열에 지정합니다. 다른 패키지에 :guilabel:`품목`을 " "배치하려면 위의 단계를 반복합니다. 완료 후에는 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:100 msgid "" ":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`단일 주문 건을 여러 개의 패키지로 배송하기 " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:106 msgid "Put in pack" msgstr "패키지에 넣기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:108 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse" " transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " "in that newly-created package." msgstr "" "다른 방법으로는, 창고 이송 건 **어디에서나** :guilabel:`패키지에 넣기` 버튼을 클릭하면 새로운 패키지가 생성되며 이송할 " "모든 품목을 새로 생성된 패키지에 넣을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and" " other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`패키지에 넣기` 버튼은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 에서 *패키지* " "기능이 활성화되어 있는 입고확인서, 배송주문서 및 기타 이송 관련 양식에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120 msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." msgstr "패키지에 넣기 버튼을 클릭하는 이미지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120 msgid "" "In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was " "clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " "in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." msgstr "" "일괄 이동 항목인 `BATCH/00003`에서 :guilabel:`패키지에 넣기` 버튼을 클릭하면 새로`PACK0000002` 패키지가 " "생성되고 모든 항목이 :guilabel:`대상 패키지`에 배정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:128 msgid "" "Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and " "weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " "shipping costs." msgstr "" "패키지 유형을 생성할 수 있도록 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 패키지 유형` 으로 이동하고, 여기에서" " 치수 및 중량에 대한 제한 사항을 사용자 지정으로 설정합니다. 이 기능은 주로 배송비와 관련하여 패키지 중량을 계산하는 데 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:133 msgid "" ":doc:`Shipping carriers " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`배송업체 <../../shipping_receive/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:136 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " "blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`패키지 유형` 목록에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기`를 클릭하면 패키지 유형 양식이 공백인 상태로 열립니다. " "양식에 있는 항목은 다음과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:139 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 유형` (필수): 패키지 유형의 이름을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). " "The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " ":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`크기`: 패키지 치수는 밀리미터 (mm) 단위로 지정합니다. 왼쪽에서 오른쪽 방향으로 :guilabel:`길이`, " ":guilabel:`너비` 및 :guilabel:`높이` 항목을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." msgstr ":guilabel:`중량`: 패키지가 비어있을 때의 중량 (예: 빈 상자, 팔레트)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:145 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty " "package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the " ":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " "form." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 패키지의 무게를 계산하며 빈 패키지의 무게에 품목의 중량을 더하는 방식으로 계산합니다. 품목의 중량은 각 품목 양식의 " ":guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`중량` 항목에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`최대 중량`: 패키지에서 허용되는 최대 배송 중량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:150 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " "scan." msgstr ":guilabel:`바코드`: 스캔을 할 때 패키지 유형을 식별할 수 있도록 바코드를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " "at all companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 회사 중에서 **선택한 회사만** 패키지 유형을 사용할 수 있게 지정합니다. 모든 회사에서 사용할 수 있게 " "허용하려면 해당 항목을 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " "type." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송업체`: 이 패키지 유형에 대해 배송업체를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:154 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송업체 코드`: 패키지 유형에 연결된 코드를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." msgstr "FedEx 25kg 박스에 대한 패키지 유형입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:163 msgid "Cluster packages" msgstr "클러스터 패키지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:165 msgid "" "To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " "makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" "*클러스터 패키지* 를 사용하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`작업` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`일괄 이동` 기능을 활성화합니다. 활성화가 되면 패키지 양식에 *패키지 사용*" " 필드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "재고 관리 > 환경 설정 > 설정에서 *일괄 이동* 기능을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:174 msgid "" "Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" " so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 패키지` 로 이동하여 새로운 패키지를 추가합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하거나 기존 패키지를 선택합니다. 그러면 패키지 양식이 열리고 다음과 같은 필드를 확인할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 참조` (필수): 패키지 이름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:179 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " "to the customer `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`패키지 유형`: :ref:`고객에게 배송할 배송 박스 환경설정 " "` 을 할 때 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:183 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" " pickings." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 유형`은 클러스터 피킹용 패키지를 설정할 때는 필요하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " "measuring it on a scale." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 중량`: 패키지의 중량을 측량계로 측정한 후 입력할 때 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:187 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " "available at all companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 회사 중에서 **선택한 회사만** 패키지를 사용할 수 있게 회사를 지정합니다. 모든 회사에서 사용하게 " "허용하려면 해당 항목을 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 패키지의 현재 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 날짜`: 패키지가 생성된 날짜입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for " "moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " "used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`패키지 사용`: 창고 내 품목 이동용으로 패키지를 사용하는 경우 :guilabel:`재사용` 을 선택합니다. 고객에게" " 품목을 배송하는 용도로 패키지를 사용하려면 :guilabel:`일회용` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." msgstr "클러스터 패키지 생성용으로 패키지 양식을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:199 msgid "" ":doc:`Using cluster packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`패키지 클러스터 사용하기 <../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:202 msgid "View packages" msgstr "패키지 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:204 msgid "" "To view all packages go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`. By default, packages are shown in Kanban view, in their current " "storage location." msgstr "" "모든 패키지를 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 패키지` 로 이동합니다. 기본값으로 패키지는 칸반 " "보기로 표시되며 현재 저장 위치에 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:208 msgid "Drag-and-drop packages to move them between internal locations." msgstr "패키지를 끌어다 놓으면 내부 위치 간에 이동할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1 msgid "Packages dashboard." msgstr "패키지 현황판" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding " "multiple units of a specific product." msgstr "Odoo *재고 관리 앱* 에서 *포장* 이란 여러 개의 지정된 품목을 담는 일회용 용기/컨테이너를 의미합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:10 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a " "12-pack, or a case of 36, **must** be configured on the individual product " "form. This is because packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" "예를 들어, 탄산음료 캔 패키지의 경우에는 6팩, 12팩 또는 36팩 세트와 같이 다양한 패키지를 **반드시** 개별 품목 양식에 맞게 " "설정해야 합니다. 일반 포장이 아니라 품목별로 달라지기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:15 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" "포장에 Odoo :ref:`바코드 ` 를 같이 활용할 수 있습니다. 공급업체에서 품목을" " 수령할 때 포장에 있는 바코드를 스캔하면 포장 단위 수가 품목의 내부 개수로 자동 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:22 msgid "" "To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " "enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "포장 기능을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`품목` 제목 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`품목 포장` 기능을 활성화 후 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"." msgstr "포장 기능을 활성화하려면 \"품목 포장\" 을 선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:33 msgid "Create packaging" msgstr "포장 항목 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:35 msgid "" "Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the " ":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page." msgstr "포장은 직접 품목 양식이나 :guilabel:`품목 포장` 페이지에서 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:39 msgid "From product form" msgstr "품목 양식에서 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:41 msgid "" "Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product." msgstr "" "품목 양식에 포장 항목을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목' 으로 이동하여 원하는 품목을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:44 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the " "table, fill out the following fields:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에서 아래로 스크롤을 내려서 :guilabel:`포장` 항목으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`줄 " "추가` 를 클릭합니다. 다음과 같은 필드를 표에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on " "sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`포장` (필수): 판매주문서나 발주서에 표시되는 포장의 이름으로 품목 포장과 관련된 선택 항목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the " "packaging." msgstr ":guilabel:`포함된 수량` (필수): 포장에 들어있는 품목의 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the" " product." msgstr ":guilabel:`측정 단위` (필수): 품목을 정량화하기 위한 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "sales orders." msgstr ":guilabel:`판매`: 판매주문서에서 포장 기능을 사용하려면 이 항목에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "purchase orders." msgstr ":guilabel:`매입`: 발주서에 포장 기능을 사용하려면 이 항목에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:55 msgid "" "Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by " "clicking the |adjust| icon to the far-right of the column titles in the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired options from the " "drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" "아래 :guilabel:`포장` 표에 나와있는 추가 필드에 액세스하려면, :guilabel:`포장` 섹션에 있는 열 제목 맨 오른쪽 " "|adjust| 아이콘을 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 원하는 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or " "pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app `. Leave " "blank if not in use." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드`: 재고 이동 또는 피킹에 대한 포장을 추적하기 위한 식별자로, :ref:`바코드 앱 " "` 을 사용합니다. 사용하지 않으려면 비워 두세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`:: 포장 기능을 선택한 회사에서만 사용할 수 있게 지정합니다. 모든 회사에서 포장을 사용하게 하려면 비워 " "두세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:65 msgid "" "To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin" " by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` " "to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings." msgstr "" "포장 유형을 만들 때 `포도 소다' 라는 6개 단위 품목에 대해 생성하려면, 먼저 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭합니다. 해당 " "줄에서 :guilabel:`포장` 이름을 `6개 패키지`로 지정하고 :guilabel:`포함된 수량` 을 `6` 으로 설정합니다. 추가 " "포장이 있을 경우 이 과정을 반복합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "품목을 위한 6팩 케이스 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:74 msgid "From product packagings page" msgstr "품목 포장 페이지에서 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:76 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "모든 포장 생성 내역을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 품목 포장` 으로 이동합니다. 이렇게" " 하면 모든 품목에 대해 생성되어 있는 전체 포장 목록이 :guilabel:`품목 포장` 페이지에 표시됩니다. 새 포장을 만들려면 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:82 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " "product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` " "of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" "두 가지 탄산음료 품목인 `포도 소다` 와 `다이어트 콜라` 에는 세 가지 종류로 포장이 설정되어 있습니다. :guilabel:`품목 " "포장` 페이지에서 품목 수가 6개인 `6개 패키지`, 12개인 `12개 패키지` 또는 32개가 들어있는 `케이스` 로 판매할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "품목에 대한 다양한 포장 목록" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:91 msgid "Partial reservation" msgstr "일부 예약하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:93 msgid "" "After :ref:`completing the packaging setup " "`, packagings can be reserved " "in full or partial quantities for outgoing shipments. Partial packaging " "flexibility expedites order fulfillment by allowing the immediate shipment " "of available items, while awaiting the rest." msgstr "" ":ref:`포장 설정 완료 ` 후, 전체 또는 일부 " "수량에 대해 포장 예약을 하여 출고 배송을 할 수 있습니다. 탄력적으로 일부만 포장하여 선적 가능한 품목은 즉시 진행하고 나머지 품목은 " "대기할 수 있으므로 신속하게 주문을 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:98 msgid "" "To configure packaging reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, " "or select the desired product category." msgstr "" "포장 예약 방법에 대한 환경설정을 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 품목 카테고리` 로 " "이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하거나 원하는 품목 카테고리를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:101 msgid "" "On the product category's form, in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, " ":guilabel:`Reserve Packagings` can be set to :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full " "Packagings` or :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings`." msgstr "" "품목 카테고리 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`물류` 섹션에서는 :guilabel:`포장 예약` 을 :guilabel:`전체 포장만 " "예약` 또는 :guilabel:`일부 포장 예약` 으로 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:105 msgid "" "To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product " "Packaging` feature **must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the" " :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` " "checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`포장 예약` 항목을 보려면 :guilabel:`품목 퍼징` 기능을 **반드시** 활성화해야 합니다. 이 기능을 " "활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 가서 :guilabel:`품목` 섹션으로 " "스크롤을 이동한 후 :guilabel:`품목 포장` 확인란을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page." msgstr "품목 카테고리 페이지에 포장 예약 필드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:115 msgid "" "To better evaluate the options based on business needs, consider the " "following example:" msgstr "비즈니스에 필요한 내용인지 여부를 검토하려면 다음의 예시를 확인해 보세요:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:117 msgid "a product is sold in twelve units per packaging." msgstr "품목은 포장당 12개 단위로 판매됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:118 msgid "an order demands two packagings." msgstr "두 개의 패키지를 넣어야 하는 주문서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:119 msgid "there are only twenty-two units in stock." msgstr "재고가 22개밖에 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:121 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` is selected, only twelve units" " are reserved for the order." msgstr ":guilabel:`전체 포장인 경우에만 예약` 을 선택할 경우, 주문서에 12개 단위만 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:124 msgid "" "Conversely, when :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings` is selected, twenty-" "two units are reserved for the order." msgstr "반대로, :guilabel:`일부 포장 예약` 을 선택하면 주문서에 22개 단위가 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:128 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "포장 적용하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:130 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is " "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` " "field." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매` 앱에서 판매주문서를 생성할 경우, 품목에서 사용하게 될 포장을 지정합니다. 선택한 포장 내용이 " ":abbr:`SO(판매주문서)`의 :guilabel:`포장` 항목 아래에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:135 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "`포도맛 탄산음료` 품목은 18캔을 6팩 3개로 구성하여 포장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "판매 주문 라인에서 패키지를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:144 msgid "Routes for packaging" msgstr "포장 경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:146 msgid "" "When receiving packagings, by default, they follow the warehouse's " ":doc:`configured reception route " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations>`. To **optionally** set up a " "packaging-specific route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" "포장품을 입고 처리할 때 기본적으로 창고에 :doc:`설정된 입고 경로 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations>` 를 따릅니다. **선택적으로** 포장별 경로를 설정하려면" " :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 경로` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:151 msgid "" "The *Product Packagings*, *Storage Locations*, and *Multi-Step Routes* " "features (found by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`) **must** be activated, and saved." msgstr "" "*품목 포장*, *보관 위치*, *다단계 경로* 기능(:menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 " "이동하여 확인)을 **반드시** 활성화한 후 저장해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes`" msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:159 msgid "Create route" msgstr "경로 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:161 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click :guilabel:`New`, or select a route " "that is **not** for a warehouse. Next, in the :guilabel:`Applicable on` " "section, tick the :guilabel:`Packagings` checkbox." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`경로` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하거나, 창고에 **적용되지 않는** 경로를 선택합니다. " "그 다음, :guilabel:`적용 대상` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`포장` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:168 msgid "Create route for a packaging." msgstr "포장에 대한 경로를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:168 msgid "" "Route with \"Packagings\" selected, with \"Products\" and \"Warehouses\" not" " selected." msgstr "\"포장품\"이 선택된 경로로, \"품목\"과 \"창고\"는 선택되지 않은 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:173 msgid "Apply route on packaging" msgstr "포장에 경로 적용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:175 msgid "" "Then, to apply the route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and select the product that uses packaging." msgstr "" "그런 다음 경로를 적용하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 포장을 적용할 품목을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:178 msgid "" "In the product form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section that contains :ref:`configured packagings " "`, click the |adjust| icon. " "Tick the :guilabel:`Routes` checkbox to make the column visible in the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` table." msgstr "" "품목 양식에서 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`포장` 섹션에서 :ref:`환경설정된 포장 항목 " "` 으로 되어 있는 |adjust| 아이콘을 " "클릭합니다. :guilabel:`경로` 확인란을 선택하면 :guilabel:`포장` 표에 해당 열이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:183 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the packaging-specific route. Repeat" " these steps for all packaging intended to use the route." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`경로` 필드에서 포장별 경로를 선택합니다. 경로를 사용하려는 모든 포장 항목에 대해 이 단계를 반복합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Set route on a packaging." msgstr "포장에 대한 경로를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:3 msgid "Product type" msgstr "품목 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, goods and services are both set up as *products*. When setting up a" " new product, there are several fields that should be carefully chosen, as " "they determine how to invoice and track a business' goods or services." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 상품과 서비스는 모두 *품목* 으로 설정되어 있습니다. 새로 품목을 설정하는 경우 일부 필드에 대해서는 신중하게 선택해야 " "하며, 이 필드를 통해 기업의 상품이나 서비스에 대한 청구서 및 추적 방법이 결정되기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure an existing product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`, and select the desired product from the list. " "Alternatively, from the :guilabel:`Products` menu, click :guilabel:`New` to " "create a new product." msgstr "" "기존에 있는 품목을 환경설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 목록에서 원하는 " "품목을 선택합니다. 또는 :guilabel:`품목` 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새로 품목을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Product Type " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 품목 유형 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:21 msgid "For sale vs. purchase" msgstr "판매 대비 구매 비교" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:23 msgid "" "Goods and services can be designated as those that can be bought, sold, or " "both. On the product form, tick the :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox if a product " "can be *sold* to a customer (e.g. finished goods). Tick :guilabel:`Purchase`" " if the product can be *purchased* (e.g. raw materials)." msgstr "" "상품과 서비스는 구매하거나 판매할 수 있게, 혹은 둘 다 가능하도록 지정할 수 있습니다. 상품을 고객에게 *판매* 할 수 있으면(예: " "완제품) 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`판매` 확인란에 표시합니다. 상품을 *구매* 할 수 있는 경우에는(예: 원자재) " ":guilabel:`구매` 에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:28 msgid "" "If a resale clothing shop buys discounted denim jackets and sells them at a " "higher cost to the end consumer, the `Jacket` product form might have *both*" " the :guilabel:`Sales` and :guilabel:`Purchase` checkbox ticked." msgstr "" "중고 의류 매장에서 데님 재킷을 할인가에 구매하여 최종 소비자에게 더 높은 가격으로 판매하는 경우에는, `재킷` 품목 양식에 있는 " ":guilabel:`판매` 및 :guilabel:`구매` 확인란에 *둘 다* 표시를 하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:32 msgid "" "On the other hand, say the store occasionally sews new jackets using denim " "and thread as raw materials. In the `Denim` and `Thread` product forms, only" " :guilabel:`Purchase` should be ticked, whereas the `Handmade Jacket` " "product form would only tick :guilabel:`Sales`." msgstr "" "반면에 매장에서 데님과 실을 원재료로 사용하여 새 재킷을 재봉하는 경우를 가정해 봅니다. `데님` 및 `실` 품목 양식에서는 " ":guilabel:`구매` 항목만 표시해야 하는 반면, `핸드메이드 재킷` 품목 양식에서는 :guilabel:`판매` 만 표시해야 " "합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:37 msgid "Goods vs. services" msgstr "상품 대비 서비스 비교" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:39 msgid "" "When configuring a product, a :guilabel:`Product Type` needs to be selected " "on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab of a product form. Each product " "type impacts different operations in other Odoo applications, such as " "**Sales** and **Purchase**, and should be chosen carefully." msgstr "" "품목에 대한 환경설정을 하려면, 품목 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 유형` 을 선택해야 " "합니다. 품목 유형은 **판매** 및 **구매** 등 다른 Odoo 애플리케이션의 여러 가지 작업에 영향을 미치므로 신중하게 선택해야 " "합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Goods`: a tangible, material object (e.g. anything from a " "hamburger to a house)" msgstr ":guilabel:`상품`: 유형적이고 물질적인 대상(예: 햄버거부터 주택까지 모든 대상)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Service`: an intangible, immaterial offering (e.g., a repair, a " "haircut, call center assistance)" msgstr ":guilabel:`서비스`: 무형적이고 비물질적으로 제공하는 내용(예: 수리, 이발, 콜센터 지원)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Combo`: any mix of goods and services (e.g. a new car (*good*) " "with an oil change included (*service*))" msgstr ":guilabel:`콤보`: 상품과 서비스가 혼합된 유형(예: 신차(*상품*)에 오일 교환(*서비스*)이 포함된 경우)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:51 msgid "" "Due to their immaterial nature, services are not trackable in Odoo's " "**Inventory** application." msgstr "서비스의 경우에는 비물질적인 특성 때문에 Odoo **재고 관리** 애플리케이션에서 추적할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:56 msgid "Configure goods" msgstr "품목에 대한 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:58 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Goods` as the :guilabel:`Product Type` automatically " "triggers the appearance of a few fields and tabs in the product form:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목 유형` 으로 :guilabel:`상품` 을 선택하면 품목 양식에 여러 가지 필드와 탭이 자동으로 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab: From here, :doc:`purchasing and manufacturing " "routes <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` and product " "logistics, such as product weight and customer lead time, can be specified." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고` 탭: 여기에서 :doc:`매입 및 생산 경로 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` 와 품목에 대한 물류를 지정할 수 " "있으며, 품목의 중량 및 고객 리드 타임과 같은 항목이 여기에 해당합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:64 msgid "" ":ref:`Invoicing Policy ` " "field: This field determines at what point in the sales process a customer " "is invoiced." msgstr "" ":ref:`청구서 발행 정책 ` 필드: 판매 프로세스" " 중에 고객에게 청구서를 발송할 지점을 이 필드에서 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:68 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field **only** appears if the **Sales** app" " is installed." msgstr ":guilabel:`청구서 발행 정책` 필드는 **판매** 앱이 **설치된 경우에만** 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:70 msgid "" ":ref:`Track Inventory ` " "field: This checkbox determines whether Odoo tracks inventory for this " "product." msgstr "" ":ref:`재고 추적 ` 필드: Odoo에서 품목" " 재고를 추적할지 여부를 이 확인란에서 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:72 msgid "" "Smart buttons: Some smart buttons appear above the form when " ":guilabel:`Goods` is selected; others show upon selecting a :guilabel:`Track" " Inventory` method. For example, :guilabel:`On Hand` and " ":guilabel:`Forecasted` display when :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked. " "In general, most smart buttons on a product form link to :ref:`inventory " "operations `." msgstr "" "스마트 버튼: 일부 스마트 버튼의 경우 :guilabel:`품목` 을 선택하면 양식 위에 표시되고, 다른 스마트 버튼은 " ":guilabel:`재고 추적` 방법을 선택하는 경우에 표시됩니다. 예를 들어, :guilabel:`재고 추적` 에 표시를 하면 " ":guilabel:`보유` 및 :guilabel:`예상` 버튼이 표시됩니다. 일반적으로 품목 양식에 있는 대부분의 스마트 버튼은 " ":ref:`재고 운영 ` 에 " "연결되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst-1 msgid "Designate a product as a good or service." msgstr "품목을 상품이나 서비스로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:84 msgid "Invoicing policy" msgstr "청구서 발행 정책" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Invoicing policy` field only shows on the product form if a " "product is for sale (in other words, if :guilabel:`Sales` is ticked, and the" " **Sales** app is installed)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`청구서 발행 정책` 필드는 판매용 품목인 경우에만 품목 양식에 표시됩니다(즉, :guilabel:`판매` 가 체크되어" " 있고 **판매** 앱이 설치되어 있는 경우)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:89 msgid "" "When configuring a product for sale, it is necessary to choose an " ":doc:`invoicing policy " "<../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy>`. When an invoicing " "policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` is selected, customers are invoiced" " once the sales order is confirmed. When :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is" " selected, customers are invoiced once the delivery is completed." msgstr "" "판매용 품목에 대한 환경설정을 할 때 필수 항목으로 :doc:`청구서 발행 정책 " "<../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy>` 을 선택해야 합니다. 청구서 발행 정책을" " :guilabel:`주문 수량` 으로 선택할 경우, 판매주문서가 확정됨과 동시에 고객에게 청구서가 발행됩니다. :guilabel:`배송" " 수량` 을 선택하면 배송이 완료되면 고객에게 청구됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:98 msgid "Tracked vs. untracked goods" msgstr "추적 품목 대비 미추적 품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field on the product form determines a lot " "of Odoo's **Inventory** operations." msgstr "품목 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`재고 추적` 필드를 통해 Odoo의 **재고 관리** 작업의 많은 부분이 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:103 msgid "" "*Tracked* products are those for which stock and inventory are maintained. " "Examples include finished goods and, often, the raw materials or components " "needed to make them." msgstr "" "*추적 대상* 품목은 판매 상품 및 재고로 비축되는 품목입니다. 예를 들어 완제품이 여기에 포함되며, 완제품 생산에 필요한 원자재나 " "구성품까지 포함되기도 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:106 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked, a drop-down menu appears, " "offering for inventory to be tracked one of three ways: :guilabel:`By Unique" " Serial Number`, :guilabel:`By Lots`, or :guilabel:`By Quantity`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 추적` 에 표시하면 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나고 재고를 추적하는 방법으로 :guilabel:`고유 일련 번호별`, " ":guilabel:`로트별`, :guilabel:`수량별` 의 세 가지 방법 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst-1 msgid "Configure a tracked good." msgstr "품목 추적을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:113 msgid "" "*Untracked* products (sometimes referred to as *non-inventory* products) are" " typically consumed in a short period of time, meaning that stock/inventory " "does *not* need to be maintained. Non-inventory products are often " "essential, but exact counts are unnecessary. Examples include: office " "supplies, packaging materials, or items used in production that do not need " "to be individually tracked." msgstr "" "*미추적* 품목(때로는 *무재고* 품목이라고도 지칭)은 보통 단시간에 소비되므로 판매 상품/재고로 유지할 필요가 *없는* 품목을 " "의미합니다. 무재고 품목은 필수품인 경우가 많지만 수량을 정확하게 파악할 필요는 없습니다. 예를 들어 사무용품, 포장재 또는 개별적으로 " "추적할 필요가 없는 생산용 품목 등이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:119 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox if it is necessary to track a " "product's stock at various locations, for inventory valuation, with lots " "and/or serial numbers, or when using reordering rules." msgstr "" "여러 곳의 위치에 있는 품목 재고를 추적해야 하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`재고 추적` 확인란을 선택하여 재고 평가를 할 수 있으며," " 로트 및/또는 일련번호를 사용하거나 재주문 규칙을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:124 msgid "" ":doc:`Tracking storable products using lot and serial numbers " "<../product_tracking>`" msgstr ":doc:`보관 가능한 품목을 로트 및 일련번호를 사용하여 추적하기 <../product_tracking>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:129 msgid "Inventory operations by product type" msgstr "품목 유형별 재고 작업" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:131 msgid "" ":ref:`Whether a good is tracked or untracked " "` affects common " "**Inventory** operations, like transfers and reordering rules." msgstr "" ":ref:`품목의 추적 여부 ` 는 이송 및 " "재주문 규칙과 같은 일반적인 **재고** 작업에 영향을 미치게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:134 msgid "" "The table below summarizes which operations (and smart buttons) are enabled " "for tracked vs. untracked goods. Click highlighted chart items to navigate " "to detailed sections and related documents." msgstr "" "아래 요약 표에서 어떤 작업(및 스마트 버튼)이 추적되는 품목과 미추적 품목에 대해 활성화되는지 확인할 수 있습니다. 강조 표시되어 있는" " 그래프 항목을 클릭하면 세부 섹션과 관련 문서로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:142 msgid "Inventory operation" msgstr "재고 작업" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:143 msgid "Tracked" msgstr "추적 됨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:144 msgid "Untracked" msgstr "추적되지 않음" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:145 msgid ":ref:`Show on-hand quantity `" msgstr ":ref:`보유 수량 표시 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:183 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:184 msgid "No" msgstr "아니요" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:148 msgid ":ref:`Show forecasted quantity `" msgstr ":ref:`예상 수량 표시 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:151 msgid "" ":ref:`Use reordering rules `" msgstr ":ref:`재주문 규칙 사용 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:154 msgid "" ":ref:`Can be included in a purchase order `" msgstr ":ref:`구매발주서에 포함 가능 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:157 msgid ":ref:`Use putaway rules `" msgstr ":ref:`보관 규칙 사용 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:160 msgid "" ":ref:`Can be manufactured, subcontracted, or used in another good's BoM " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`다른 제품의 BoM에서 생산하거나 외주 혹은 사용 가능 " "`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:164 msgid "" ":doc:`Use inventory adjustments " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`재고 조정 사용 " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:167 msgid "" ":doc:`Use inventory valuation " "<../inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" msgstr ":doc:`재고 평가 사용 <../inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:170 msgid ":ref:`Create transfer `" msgstr ":ref:`이전 생성하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`Use lot/serial number tracking <../product_tracking>`" msgstr ":doc:`로트/일련번호 추적 기능 사용하기 <../product_tracking>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:176 msgid "" ":doc:`Can be placed in a kit " "<../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`키트에 배치 가능 " "<../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:179 msgid "" ":ref:`Can be placed in a package `" msgstr ":ref:`패키지에 배치 가능 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:182 msgid "" ":ref:`Appears on inventory reports `" msgstr ":ref:`재고 보고서에 표시하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:192 msgid "On-hand and forecasted quantities" msgstr "보유 수량 및 예상 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:194 msgid "" "A tracked product's on-hand and forecasted quantities, based on incoming and" " outgoing orders, are reflected on the product form with two smart buttons:" msgstr "" "추적 대상 품목의 입고 수량 및 예상 수량은 입출고 주문을 기준으로 하며, 두 개의 스마트 버튼이 나타나 있는 품목 양식에 반영되어 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:197 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-cubes` :guilabel:`On-Hand Quantity`: This represents the number of" " units currently available in inventory. Click the button to view or add " "stock levels for a tracked product." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-cubes` :guilabel:`보유 수량`: 현재 재고로 보유 중인 단위 개수를 나타냅니다. 추적할 품목의 재고 " "수준을 확인하거나 추가려하려면 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:199 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`Forecasted`: This represents the number of " "units *expected* to be available in inventory after all orders are taken " "into account. In other words, :math:`\\text{forecasted} = \\text{on hand " "quantity} + \\text{incoming shipments} - \\text{outgoing shipments}`. Click " "the button to view the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report`." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`예상`: 전체 주문서를 검토한 후 재고로 사용 가능한 것으로 *예상되는* 단위" " 수를 나타냅니다. 즉, :math:`\\text{예상} = \\text{보유 수량} + \\text{입고 배송} - \\text{출고 " "배송}` 이 됩니다. 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`예측 보고서` 를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:204 msgid "" "On the other hand, untracked products are regarded as *always* available. " "Consequently, :guilabel:`On-Hand Quantity` is not tracked, and there is no " ":guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity available." msgstr "" "반면, 미추적 품목의 경우 *항상* 사용할 수 있는 것으로 간주됩니다. 따라서 :guilabel:`보유 수량` 은 추적이 되지 않으며, " ":guilabel:`예상 수량` 도 추적되는 수량이 아닙니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:211 msgid "Putaway rules and storage" msgstr "보관 규칙 및 보관소" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:213 msgid "Both tracked and untracked goods can optimize storage using:" msgstr "추적 품목과 미추적 품목 모두 다음과 같은 방법을 통해 최적의 조건으로 보관할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:215 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-random` :doc:`Putaway Rules " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway>`: This represents " "putaway rules that apply to a good, such as where to store it when a new " "shipment arrives." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-random` :doc:`보관 규칙 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway>: 품목에 적용할 보관 규칙을 의미하며, 새로" " 배송품이 도착할 경우 보관하는 위치 등이 이에 해당합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:218 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-cubes` :doc:`Storage Capacities " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>`: This " "represents any storage capacity limitations specified for this good. For " "example, a warehouse may require that only ten (or less) sofas be stored " "there at any given time, due to their large size." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-cubes` :doc:`보관 용량 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>`: 품목에 지정된 최대 보관" " 용량입니다. 예를 들어 소파의 경우에는 크기 때문에 창고에서 보관할 수 있는 소파 개수는 한 번에 10개(또는 그 이후)까지만 " "가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:227 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:169 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "재보충" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" msgstr "재주문 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:232 msgid "" "Only tracked products can trigger :doc:`reordering rules " "<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>` to generate " "purchase orders. Untracked goods *cannot* be managed using reordering rules." msgstr "" "추적 품목만 :doc:`재주문 규칙 " "<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>` 이 작동되어 구매발주서를 " "생성하게 됩니다. 미추적 품목은 재주문 규칙을 통해 관리할 수 *없습니다*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:236 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured directly on the product form via the " ":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`(refresh)` icon." msgstr "" "재주문 규칙은 품목 양식에서 :icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`(새로고침)` 아이콘으로 직접 환경설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:240 msgid "" "If reordering rules already exist on a product, Odoo re-labels this button " "to :guilabel:`Min / Max`, to show the minimum and maximum number of units " "that must be in stock." msgstr "" "품목에 재주문 규칙이 제품에 이미 지정되어 있는 경우에는, Odoo에서 이 버튼 제목은 :guilabel:`최소 / 최대`로 다시 " "변경되어 반드시 재고로 보유되어야 하는 최소 및 최대 단위 수가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:246 msgid "Create purchase orders" msgstr "구매발주서 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:248 msgid "" "Both tracked and untracked products can be included in a request for " "quotation in the **Purchase** app. However, when receiving untracked " "products, their on-hand quantity does not change upon validating the receipt" " (`WH/IN`)." msgstr "" "추적 품목 및 미추적 품목 모두 **구매** 앱에서 견적요청서에 포함할 수 있습니다. 다만 미추적 품목을 수령하는 경우 " "영수증(`WH/IN`)을 승인하더라도 보유 수량은 변경되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:253 msgid "Replenish smart button" msgstr "보충 스마트 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:255 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish` smart button allows all goods to be restocked " "directly from the product form, according to the *Preferred Route*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:259 msgid "" ":doc:`Replenishment <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment>` `Odoo " "Tutorials: Replenishment Methods for Manufacturing " "`_" msgstr "" ":doc:`재보충 <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment>` `Odoo 튜토리얼: 생산용 재보충 방법 " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:266 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "제조 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:268 msgid "" "Both tracked and untracked products can be manufactured, :doc:`subcontracted" " <../../../manufacturing/subcontracting>`, or included in another product's " ":doc:`bill of materials (BoM) " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:274 msgid "" "On the product form for a tracked or untracked good, there are several smart" " buttons that may appear for manufacturing operations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:277 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-flask` :guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: This shows the BoMs used to " "make this product." msgstr ":icon:`fa-flask` ​​:guilabel:`자재명세서`: 제품 생산에 사용된 BoM을 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:278 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-level-up` :guilabel:`Used In`: This shows other goods that include" " this product in their BoM." msgstr ":icon:`fa-level-up` :guilabel:`사용 대상`: 이 품목을 포함하여 다른 품목이 BoM에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:284 msgid "Transfer goods" msgstr "품목 이전" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:286 msgid "" "*Transfers* are warehouse operations that involve the movement of goods. " "Examples of transfers include :doc:`deliveries and receipts " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, as " "well as :doc:`internal transfers " "<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses>` between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:292 msgid "" "When creating a transfer for tracked products in the **Inventory** app, " "transfers modify the on-hand quantity at each location. For example, " "transferring five units from the internal location `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing" " Zone` decreases the recorded quantity at `WH/Stock` and increases it at " "`WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" "**재고 관리** 앱에서 추적하는 품목에 대해 이송 생성을 하면, 이송을 통해 각 위치에 있는 재고 수량이 수정됩니다. 예를 들어, 내부" " 위치 `창고/재고` 에서 `창고/패킹구역` 으로 5개 단위를 이송하는 경우 `창고/재고` 에 기록된 수량은 감소하고 `창고/패킹구역` " "수량은 증가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:297 msgid "" "For untracked products, transfers can be created, but exact quantities at " "each storage location are not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:305 msgid "" "Both tracked and untracked (non-inventory), products can be placed in " ":doc:`packages `." msgstr "추적 혹은 미추적(무재고) 품목 모두 :doc:`패키지 ` 에 배치할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:307 msgid "" "However, for non-inventory products, the quantity is not tracked, and the " "product is not listed in the package's :guilabel:`Contents` (which can be " "accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`, and selecting the desired package)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314 msgid "Show Packages page, containing the package contents list." msgstr "패키지 페이지에 패키지 내용물 목록이 포함되어 있는 모습" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314 msgid "" "An untracked product was placed in the package, but the **Content** section " "does not list it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:316 msgid "" "Additionally, if the *Move Entire Packages* feature is enabled, moving a " "package updates the location of the contained tracked products but not the " "contained untracked products. To enable this feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, " "select any operation, and tick the :guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` " "checkbox." msgstr "" "또한 *전체 패키지 이동* 기능을 활성화할 경우 패키지를 이동하면 여기에 있는 추적 대상잉 품목의 위치는 업데이트가 되지만 추적 대상이 " "아닌 품목은 업데이트되지 않습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 작업 유형`" " 으로 이동하여 작업을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`전체 패키지 이동` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:324 msgid "Inventory reports" msgstr "재고 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:326 msgid "**Only** tracked products appear on the following reports." msgstr "**추적된 품목만** 다음 보고서에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:329 msgid "" "These reports are only available to users with :doc:`administrator access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" "이 보고서는 :doc:`관리자 액세스 <../../../../general/users/access_rights>` 권한이 있는 경우에만 " "사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:332 msgid "" ":doc:`Stock report <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/stock>`: This report " "provides a comprehensive list of all on-hand, unreserved, incoming, and " "outgoing tracked inventory. To access the report, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:335 msgid "" ":doc:`Location report <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/locations>`: This" " report shows a breakdown of which tracked products are held at each " "location (internal, external, or virtual). The report is only available with" " the *Storage Location* feature activated (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Settings`). To access it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " app --> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" ":doc:`위치 보고서 <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/locations>`: 이 보고서를 통해 각각의 " "위치(내부, 외부 또는 가상 위치)에 어떤 추적 품목이 보관되어 있는지 자세하게 확인할 수 있습니다. 이 보고서를 사용하려면 *저장 " "위치* 기능이 활성화되어 있어야 합니다(:menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`). 이 보고서에 " "액세스하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 위치` 로 이동하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:340 msgid "" ":doc:`Moves History report " "<../../warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history>`: This report summarizes " "where and when this good has moved in/out of stock. To access the report, go" " to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`. " "Alternatively, click the :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`In / Out` smart " "button on a product form to filter the report on that product's specific " "moves history." msgstr "" ":doc:`이동 이력 보고서 <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history>`: 이 보고서는 " "제품에 대한 재고 입/출고 장소 및 시점이 요약되어 있습니다. 보고서에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> " "보고 --> 이동 이력` 으로 이동합니다. 또는 품목 양식에서 :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`입 / 출고` " "스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 제품의 이동 이력에 대한 보고서를 필터링할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis`: This report provides a pivot table view of " "inventory transfers by operation type." msgstr ":guilabel:`이동 분석`: 이 보고서에서는 재고 이전에 대한 피벗 테이블 보기를 작업 유형별로 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:347 msgid "" ":ref:`Stock Valuation report `: A detailed record of the monetary value of all tracked inventory." msgstr "" ":ref:`재고 평가 보고서 `: 모든 추적 " "재고의 금전적 가치를 자세히 기록한 보고서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "단위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:11 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" "상황에 따라서는, 취급하는 품목에서 사용되는 단위가 다른 경우가 있습니다. 예를 들어 품목에 미터법을 사용하는 국가에서 매입한 후, " "야드파운드법을 사용하는 국가에 판매하게 될 수 있습니다. 이런 경우에는, 회사에서 단위를 변환해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " "pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" "단위 변환을 해야 하는 다른 예시로는, 회사에서 공급업체로부터 대량 패키지로 품목을 구매한 다음 개별 단위로 판매하는 경우가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " "product." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 하나의 품목에 대해서 여러 가지 *단위(UoM: units of measure)* 를 설정하여 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:23 msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the" " :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " "setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 다른 측정 단위를 사용하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 품목`으로" " 이동하여 :guilabel:`측정 단위`를 사용하도록 설정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리의 설정에서 단위 기능을 활성화하는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:32 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "단위 카테고리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of " "measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can " "convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " "belong to the same category." msgstr "" "*단위* 설정 메뉴를 활성화한 다음, :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 단위 카테고리` 에서 기본 단위 " "카테고리 내용을 확인합니다. 카테고리는 단위 변환에 있어 중요한 역할을 하며, Odoo에서 품목 단위를 다른 단위로 변환하려면 " "**반드시** 두 가지 단위가 동일한 카테고리에 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "단위 카테고리가 설정되어 있는 모습" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:43 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" "모든 단위 카테고리에는 참조용 단위가 있습니다. 참조 단위는 :guilabel:`단위 카테고리` 페이지에 있는 :guilabel:`단위`" " 열에 파란색으로 강조 표시되어 있습니다. Odoo에서는 항상 참조 단위를 기준으로 하여 새로운 단위를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product" " in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on " "the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` " "field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` " "field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than" " the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" "새로 단위를 생성하려면 먼저 알맞은 카테고리를 :guilabel:`단위 카테고리` 페이지에서 선택합니다. 예를 들어, 6개들이 상자 " "단위로 품목을 판매하려면 :guilabel:`단위` 카테고리 줄을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음, 카테고리 페이지가 표시되면 " ":guilabel:`단위` 탭에서 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭합니다. 다음으로, :guilabel:`단위` 필드에 `6개들이 " "상자`와 같이 새로운 단위 제목을 지정한 다음 :guilabel:`유형` 필드에서 :guilabel:`기준 단위보다 큼` 과 같이 크기에" " 대한 참조를 적절하게 선택합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:54 msgid "" "If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally " "recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " "be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" "해당하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`UNSPSC 카테고리` 를 입력합니다. 이 항목은 전 세계적으로 통용되는 'GS1 " "`_ 관리 코드' 로, **반드시** 구매를 해야 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the " "new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" " box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`비율` 필드에는 새로운 |UOM| 를 기준으로 할 때 개별 단위 수가 몇 개인지 입력합니다. 예를 들어 `6개들이`과" " 같은 예시의 경우에는 `6.00000`을 입력합니다(6개들이 상자는 기준 단위인 '1.00000'보다 6배 *큰* 단위인 점을 반영)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "한 단위에서 다른 단위로 품목을 변환하려면 같은 카테고리에 속해 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:66 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "품목 단위 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:68 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" " page." msgstr "" "품목에 단위를 설정하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동한 다음 품목을 선택하여 " "품목 양식 페이지를 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " "The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " "inventory and internal transfers." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`단위` 필드를 수정하여 품목을 판매할 단위를 지정할 수 있습니다. 해당 지정 " "단위는 품목에 대한 재고 추적을 하거나 내부 이동 추적을 할 때 활용되는 단위이기도 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:75 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " "the product is purchased in." msgstr ":guilabel:`매입 단위` 항목을 편집하여 품목 구매에 사용할 측정 단위를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "단위 변환" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different " ":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " "Measure)`." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 자동으로 단위가 변환되는 기능이 있으며 품목에 지정된 :abbr:`UOM (측정 단위)` 와 매입 시의 :abbr:`UOM" " (측정 단위)` 가 다른 경우가 이에 해당합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:86 msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" msgstr "다음과 같은 다양한 상황에서 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:88 msgid "" ":ref:`Vendor orders `: purchase " "|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " "documents" msgstr "" ":ref:`공급업체 주문서 `: 구매발주서(PO)에 있는 " "매입 단위가 내부 창고 문서용 단위로 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:90 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatic replenishment `: " "generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " "below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" msgstr "" ":ref:`자동 보충 `: 품목의 재고 수준 (|UOM|으로" " 추적)이 특정 수준 아래로 떨어지는 경우 |PO|가 생성됩니다. 다만, |PO|는 매입 |UOM|를 사용하여 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Sell products `: if a " "different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " "to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" msgstr "" ":ref:`품목 판매 `: 다른 |UOM|를 판매주문서 " "(SO)에 사용하는 경우, 수량은 창고에서 선호하는 |UOM|으로 배송주문서에서 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:100 msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" msgstr "매입 단위로 품목 구매하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo " "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " "needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." msgstr "" "*매입* 앱에서 새로운 견적요청서 (RFQ)가 생성되면 Odoo는 자동으로 품목에 지정되어 있는 구매 측정 단위를 사용합니다. 필요한 " "경우 |RFQ|에서 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 값을 직접 편집합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:106 msgid "" "After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "|RFQ|를 |PO|로 승인한 후, |PO| 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 매입 측정 단위가 품목의 판매/재고 측정 단위로 자동 변환되므로 배송 영수증의 :guilabel:`수요` 열에 변환된 " "수량이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:113 msgid "" "When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its " "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" " the quantity in units." msgstr "" "품목 구매 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 가 `6개 박스`이고 판매/재고 측정 단위가 `단위`인 경우, |PO|에서는 6개 박스 단위로" " 수량이 표시되고 영수증(및 기타 창고 문서)에는 수량이 단위로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." msgstr "매입 측정 단위가 사용된 구매발주서 이미지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:121 msgid "" "An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " "6`." msgstr "매입 \"측정 단위\" 기준으로 3개 수량을 주문: `6개들이 박스`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." msgstr "영수증에 단위가 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:127 msgid "" "Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " "of Measure\": `Units`." msgstr "창고에 입고될 때 기록된 수량은 내부 \"측정 단위\"인 '단위'로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:135 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "품목 견적요청서는 :guilabel:`보충` 버튼을 사용하여 품목 양식에서 직접 생성할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:138 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The" " purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" " field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`보충`을 클릭하면 보충 도움 상자가 나타납니다. 필요한 경우 구매 측정 단위는 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에서 " "직접 편집할 수 있습니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하면 |RFQ|가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:143 msgid "" "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" " listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" "|PO|가 자동으로 생성되게 하려면 **반드시** 공급업체가 최소 **하나** 이상은 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`매입` 탭에 " "기재되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1 msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." msgstr "보충 버튼을 클릭하면 수기로 보충을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:150 msgid "" "Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart " "button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted " "Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, " "click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " "purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." msgstr "" "품목 양식에서 :guilabel:`예상` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 생성한 |PO|로 이동합니다. 아래로 스크롤을 내려서 " ":guilabel:`예상 재고` 항목에 있는 :guilabel:`견적요청서` 줄의 |RFQ| 참조 번호를 클릭하여 |RFQ| 초안을 " "엽니다. 필요한 경우 매입 |UOM| |PO|에서 직접 편집할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "다른 UoM에서 판매" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:160 msgid "" "When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses " "the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " "be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" "*판매* 앱을 통해 새 견적서를 생성할 때 Odoo에서는 자동으로 품목에 지정되어 있는 측정 단위를 사용합니다. 필요한 경우 견적서에서 " ":guilabel:`측정 단위`를 직접 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:163 msgid "" "After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales " "order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the " "|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's " "inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " "shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" "고객에게 견적서가 발송된 후 판매주문서 (SO)로 확정되면 |SO| 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다. " "Odoo에서는 측정 단위는 품목의 재고에 사용되는 단위로 자동 변환되므로 배송 항목의 :guilabel:`수요` 열에 수량이 변환되어 " "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:168 msgid "" "For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, " "but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" " boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" "예를 들어, |SO| 에 있는 품목의 |UOM| 가 '6개들이 박스' 로 변경되었지만 재고 단위는 '개' 인 경우, |SO| 에는 6개 " "박스 단위로 수량이 표시되고, 배송에서는 개 단위로 수량이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "재고 가치 평가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "자동 재고 가치 평가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" "All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " "inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " "records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "" "회사에서 보유하고 있는 모든 재고는 재고 가치 평가에 기여합니다. 이 가치는 회사와 모든 자산의 실제 가치를 반영하기 위해 회사의 회계 " "기록에 정확하게 표시되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " "inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team manually " "posts journal entries, based on the physical inventory of the company, and " "warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, each product " "category reflects this, with the :guilabel:`Costing Method` set to " ":guilabel:`Standard Price`, and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` (not " "visible by default) set to :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" "기본적으로 Odoo에서는 정기 재고 평가(수동 재고 평가라고도 함)를 실시합니다. 이 방법은 회계 팀에서 회사의 실제 재고를 기준으로 " "전표 항목을 수동으로 발행하고, 창고 직원이 시간을 들여 재고를 계산하는 방식입니다. Odoo에 있는 품목 카테고리에 이 내용이 반영되어" " :guilabel:`원가 계산법` 이 :guilabel:`표준 가격` 으로 설정되고 :guilabel:`재고 평가` (기본적으로 " "표시되지 않음)은 :guilabel:`수동` 으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "The Costing Method field is located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "원가 계산 방법 필드는 품목 카테고리 양식에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, perpetual (automatic) inventory valuation creates real-time " "*journal entries* in the *Accounting* app whenever stock enters or leaves " "the company's warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:24 msgid "" "This document is focused on the proper setup of automatic inventory " "valuation, which is an integrated valuation method that ensures journal " "entries in the *Accounting* app match stock valuation updates in the " "*Inventory* app. For an introduction of inventory valuation in Odoo, refer " "to the :doc:`using_inventory_valuation` documentation." msgstr "" "이 문서는 자동 재고 가치 평가를 알맞게 설정하는 것에 초점을 맞추고 있으며 *회계* 앱의 전표 항목이 *재고 관리* 앱의 재고 평가 " "변경 내용과 일치하도록 하는 통합 평가 방법입니다. Odoo의 재고 평가에 대한 안내는 " ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:30 msgid "" "Switching from manual to automatic inventory valuation may cause " "discrepancies between stock valuation and accounting journals." msgstr "수동 평가에서 자동 재고 평가 방식으로 전환하면 재고 평가와 회계 전표 사이에 불일치하는 사항이 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33 msgid "" "One `successful strategy `_ for switching to " "automated valuation:" msgstr "자동 가치 평가로 전환하기 위한 `성공 전략 `_ 소개:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 msgid "" "Clear existing stock (possibly with an :doc:`inventory adjustment " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`)" msgstr "" "기존 재고 정리(가능한 경우 :doc:`재고 조정 " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 msgid "Change the inventory valuation method to *Automatic*" msgstr "재고 평가 방법을 *자동* 으로 변경하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 msgid "" "Return the existing stock, with the original monetary value (using an " "inventory adjustment)" msgstr "기존 재고를 원래 통화 가치로 변환합니다(재고 조정 기능 활용)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the existing stock is recovered, the Odoo *Accounting* app " "automatically generates the journal entries to corresponding stock valuation" " records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 msgid "" "To properly set up automatic inventory valuation, follow these steps in " "Odoo:" msgstr "자동 재고 평가를 알맞게 설정하려면 Odoo에서 다음 단계대로 진행하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 msgid "" ":ref:`Install Accounting app and enable specific settings " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`회계 앱 설치 및 특정한 설정 메뉴 활성화하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 msgid "" ":ref:`Set Automatic inventory valuation on product categories " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`품목 카테고리에 자동 재고 평가 기능 설정하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 msgid "" ":ref:`Set costing method `" msgstr ":ref:`원가계산법 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 msgid "Accounting setup" msgstr "회계 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "" "To use automatic inventory valuation, install the *Accounting* app. Next, go" " to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` section, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic " "Accounting` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "자동 재고 가치 평가 기능을 사용하려면 *회계* 앱을 설치하세요. 그 다음 :menuselection:`회계 앱 --> 환경 설정 -->" " 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`재고 가치 평가` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`자동 회계` 확인란에 표시합니다. 그런 다음" " :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 msgid "" "Enabling :guilabel:`Automatic Accounting` shows the previously invisible " "*Inventory Valuation* field on a product category." msgstr ":guilabel:`자동 회계` 를 활성화하면 이전에는 표시되지 않던 품목 카테고리의 *재고 평가* 필드가 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "Automatic Accounting feature in Stock Valuation section of Settings page." msgstr "자동 회계 기능이 설정 페이지의 재고 평가 섹션에 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` " "and :ref:`Stock input/output ` " "sections of documentation for details on configuring the accounting journals" " shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 msgid "Product category setup" msgstr "품목 카테고리 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation " "`, the next step is to set " "the product category to use automatic inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and select the desired product category. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, set the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` field to :guilabel:`Automated`. Repeat this step for every " "product category intending to use automatic inventory valuation." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 품목 카테고리` 로 이동하여 원하는 품목 카테고리를 선택합니다. " ":guilabel:`재고 가치 평가` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`재고 가치 평가` 필드를 :guilabel:`자동화` 로 설정합니다. " "자동 재고 평가를 사용하려는 모든 품목 카테고리에서 이 단계를 반복합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 msgid "" "After enabling automatic accounting, each new stock move layer (SVL), that " "is created during inventory valuation updates, generates a journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Valuation field on the product category, with its various stock " "accounts." msgstr "품목 카테고리의 재고 가치 평가 필드에 여러 가지 재고 계정이 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 msgid "Costing method" msgstr "원가계산법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation " "`, the *costing method* for " "calculating and recording inventory costs is defined on the product category" " in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the appropriate " ":guilabel:`Costing Method`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "표준 가격" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" "The default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually " "defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation." " Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation is " "the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" "Odoo의 기본 원가 계산법입니다. 품목의 원가는 품목 양식에서 수동으로 지정하며, 이 원가로 가치 평가는 계산할 때 사용합니다. " "구매발주서에 있는 구매 가격이 달라지더라도 가치 평가는 품목 양식에서 지정되어 있는 원가를 그대로 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 msgid "Operation" msgstr "생산 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "단가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "보유 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "입고 값" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "재고 금액" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:93 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 msgid "0" msgstr "0" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:170 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:244 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:88 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 msgid "Receive 8 products for $10/unit" msgstr "품목 8개를 개당 $10에 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:247 msgid "8" msgstr "8" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "8 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:250 msgid "Receive 4 products for $16/unit" msgstr "품목 4개를 개당 $16에 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "12" msgstr "12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 msgid "4 * $10" msgstr "4 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "$120" msgstr "$120" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:255 msgid "Deliver 10 products" msgstr "10개 품목 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:235 msgid "2" msgstr "2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 msgid "-10 * $10" msgstr "-10 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "$20" msgstr "$20" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 msgid "Receive 2 products for $9/unit" msgstr "품목 2개를 개당 $9에 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:242 msgid "4" msgstr "4" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 msgid "2 * $10" msgstr "2 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 msgid "$40" msgstr "$40" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 msgid "Average Cost (AVCO)" msgstr "평균법 (AVCO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 msgid "" "Calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that " "product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this " "costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts " "based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "" "해당 품목의 평균 원가를 전체 보유 재고 수량으로 나누어 품목의 가치를 계산합니다. 이 원가 계산 방법에서 재고 평가는 *동적*이며 품목" " 구매 가격에 따라 지속적으로 조정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:253 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "4 * $16" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:187 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "-10 * $12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 msgid "Receive 2 products for $6/unit" msgstr "품목 2개를 개당 $6에 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 msgid "$9" msgstr "$9" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 msgid "2 * $6" msgstr "2 * $6" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 msgid "$36" msgstr "$36" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:267 msgid "How are unit cost and inventory value calculated at each step?" msgstr "각 단계에서 단가와 재고 가치는 어떻게 계산되나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:269 msgid "When receiving four products for $16 each:" msgstr "품목 4개를 개당 $16에 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "" "Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value with " "the incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 msgid "" "Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the quantity on-" "hand: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:204 msgid "" "When delivering ten products, the average unit cost is used to calculate the" " inventory value, regardless of the purchase price of the product. " "Therefore, inventory value is :math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24`." msgstr "" "품목 배송 수량이 10개인 경우, 품목의 구매가와 무관하게 평균 단가를 사용하여 재고 가치를 계산합니다. 따라서 재고 가치는 " ":math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24` 가 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 msgid "Receive two products for $6 each:" msgstr "품목 2개를 개당 $6에 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 msgid "Inventory value: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`" msgstr "재고 가치: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 msgid "Unit cost: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`" msgstr "단가: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the *Cost* field for products in " "the respective product category creates a new record in the *Inventory " "Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The *Cost* amount is " "then automatically updated, based on the average purchase price of both the " "inventory on-hand and the costs accumulated from validated purchase orders." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`원가 계산 방법`으로 :guilabel:`평균 원가 (AVCO)`를 선택한 경우, 해당 품목 카테고리에서 품목에 대한" " *원가* 항목의 숫자 값을 변경하면 *재고 평가* 보고서에 새 레코드가 생성되어 품목 가치가 조정됩니다. 그러면 보유 재고의 평균 구매" " 가격 및 구매주문서 확정 시 누적된 가격을 기준으로 :guilabel:`원가` 금액이 자동으로 다시 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 msgid "First In First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "선입선출법 (FIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 msgid "" "Tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time, and uses the " "real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase " "price is used as the cost for the next good sold, until an entire lot of " "that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an " "updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot." msgstr "" "입출고되는 품목의 비용을 실시간으로 추적하고, 품목의 실제 가격을 사용하여 자산 평가액에 반영합니다. 해당 품목의 전체 로트가 판매될 " "때까지 가장 오래된 구매 가격이 다음에 판매되는 품목의 원가로 사용됩니다. 다음 재고 로트가 대기열에서 상위로 이동하면 해당 로트의 " "평가액에 따라 품목 원가를 변경해서 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 msgid "" "This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a " "variety of reasons, but it is highly sensitive to input data and human " "error." msgstr "" "이 방법은 여러 가지 면에서 가장 정확한 재고 평가 방법으로 볼 수 있지만, 데이터 입력 및 인적 오류에 있어서 매우 민감합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:256 msgid "$16" msgstr "$16" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-8 * $10" msgstr "-8 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-2 * $16" msgstr "-2 * $16" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 msgid "$32" msgstr "$32" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 msgid "$11" msgstr "$11" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 msgid "$44" msgstr "$44" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:271 msgid "" "Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value to the " "incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 msgid "" "When delivering ten products, eight units were purchased for $10, and two " "units were purchased for $16." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:279 msgid "" "First, the incoming value is calculated by multiplying the on-hand quantity " "by the purchased price: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 msgid "" "The inventory value is calculated by subtracting the incoming value from the" " previous inventory value: :math:`$144 - $112 = $32`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 msgid "" "Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the remaining " "quantity: :math:`$32 / 2 = $16`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "" "When receiving two products for $6, inventory value is :math:`$32 + $12 = " "$44`. Unit cost is :math:`$44 / 4 = $11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is " "highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any " "adjustments here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" msgstr ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " "value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " "from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " "change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " "changed manually, Odoo generates a corresponding record in the *Inventory " "Valuation* report." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`원가 계산 방법` 을 변경하면 이미 재고가 보유된 품목 중 :guilabel:`표준` 원가 계산 방법을 사용하는 " "품목의 값은 **변경되지 않습니다**. 오히려 기존 단가의 값은 그대로 유지되며 이후에 품목이 이동될 경우 평균 원가에 영향이 생겨서 " "품목 원가가 변경됩니다. 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`원가` 필드 값을 수동으로 변경하면 Odoo는 *재고 평가* 보고서에 해당 " "레코드가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "제품 카테고리별로 서로 다른 밸류에이션 설정을 적용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "계정의 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "" "With automated inventory valuation set up, the generated journal entries " "depend on the chosen accounting mode: *Continental* or *Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode`, and " "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, look for `Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, " "to see if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, *Continental* " "accounting mode is in use." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 `영미식 회계` 를 찾아 기능이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. 활성화되어 있지 " "않으면 *대륙식* 회계 모드가 사용 중인 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." msgstr "영미계 회계 모드 기능을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means the cost of a good is only " "recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product." msgstr "" "*영미식* 회계에서는 품목을 판매하거나 배송이 완료되는 시점에 매출원가 (COGS)를 보고합니다. 이는 품목 원가는 고객에게 품목에 대한" " 청구서를 발행할 때만 원가로 기록될 수 있다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:328 msgid "" "So, for **manual** valuation method, set the *Expense Account* to *Stock " "Valuation* for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation method, " "set the *Expense Account* to an *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type (e.g." " *Cost of Production*, *Cost of Goods Sold*, etc.)." msgstr "" "따라서 **수동** 평가 방법의 경우 유동자산 유형에 대해 *비용 계정* 을 *재고 평가* 로 설정하고, **자동** 평가 방법의 경우 " "*비용 계정* 을 *비용* 또는 *수익 원가* 유형 (예: *생산 원가*, *매출 원가* 등)으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " "product is received into stock. Because of this, the *Expense Account* can " "be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, however, it is " "more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" "*대륙형* 회계에서는 품목이 재고로 입고되는 즉시 품목의 원가가 보고됩니다. 이 때문에 *비용 계정*은 *비용* 또는 *수익 비용* " "유형으로 설정될 수 있지만 *비용* 계정으로 설정하는 것이 일반적입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:336 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` " "and :ref:`Stock input/output ` " "sections for details on configuring each account type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expense account" msgstr "경비 계정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 msgid "" "To configure the *expense account*, which is used in both manual and " "automatic inventory valuation, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties` " "section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account " "from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "수동 및 자동 재고 평가 모두에 사용되는 *비용 계정* 을 설정하려면 원하는 품목 카테고리 (:menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 " "--> 환경 설정 --> 품목 카테고리)의 :guilabel:`계정 속성` 섹션으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`비용 " "계정` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기존 계정을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the " "|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type " "based on the information below." msgstr "" "선택한 계정 :guilabel:`유형` 이 알맞은 유형인지 확인하려면 계정 오른쪽에 있는 |오른쪽 화살표| 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그런 " "다음 아래 정보를 기준으로 계정 유형을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 msgid "Anglo-Saxon" msgstr "영미식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 msgid "Automated" msgstr "자동화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:361 msgid "" "In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the " ":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the " "|right arrow| icon to the right of the account." msgstr "" "영미식 회계에서는 자동 재고 평가 기능을 사용하려면 `경비` 계정에 :guilabel:`경비 계정` 을 설정합니다. 그런 다음 계정 " "오른쪽에 있는 |right arrow| 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:365 msgid "" "In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of " "Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "팝업창에서 :guilabel:`비용` 또는 :guilabel:`수입 비용` 을 :guilabel:`유형` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." msgstr "**비용 계정** 필드를 외부 링크 아이콘와 함께 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:273 msgid "Manual" msgstr "수동" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock " "Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by " "clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is " ":guilabel:`Current Assets`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`비용 계정` 을 설정하려면 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`재고 평가` 를 선택합니다. |오른쪽 화살표| 를 " "클릭하여 계정 유형을 확인한 후, 아이콘을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`유형` 이 :guilabel:`유동자산` 인지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." msgstr "**경비 계정** 필드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:382 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:441 msgid "Continental" msgstr "대륙식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:388 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:393 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or " ":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`비용 계정` 을 :guilabel:`비용` 또는 :guilabel:`수익 원가` 계정 유형으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" msgstr "재고 입고/출고(자동화만 해당)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "" "To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output" " Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product" " Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. " "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. " "These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 평가 계정`: 제품에서 자동 재고 평가가 활성화된 경우 이 계정에 제품의 현재 가치가 저장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:410 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are " "automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 전표`: 품목에 대한 재고 평가가 변경될 경우 항목이 자동 게시될 회계 전표입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 입고 계정`: 모든 재고 입고 이동과 관련된 전표 항목에 대한 대응 계정으로 사용되는 계정으로, 출고지에 특정 " "평가 계정이 없는 경우 그대로 적용됩니다. 이 값은 카테고리에 있는 모든 품목에 기본값으로 사용되나 각 품목에서 직접 설정할 수도 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 출고 계정`: 목적지 위치에 지정된 특정 평가 계정이 없는 경우 모든 출고 재고 이동과 관련된 거래 저널 항목이" " 이 계좌에 게시됩니다. 이 값은 특정 카테고리의 모든 상품에 대한 기본값이며, 각 상품에서 직접 설정할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:425 msgid "" "In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current " "Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer " "balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing " "vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" "앵글로색슨계 회계에서는 :guilabel:`재고 입고 계정` 및 :guilabel:`재고 출고 계정`이 *별도* " ":guilabel:`유동자산` 계정으로 설정됩니다. 이렇게 하면 품목을 배송하고 고객에게 청구서를 발행한 후에는 *재고 출고* 계정의 " "잔액이 맞춰지고, 품목을 입고한 후 공급업체 청구가 되면 *재고 입고* 계정 잔액이 맞춰지게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:430 msgid "" "To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the " "right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose " ":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "계정 유형을 변경하려면 재고 입출고 계정 오른쪽에 있는 |right arrow| 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 팝업 창에서 " ":guilabel:`유형` 드롭다운 메뉴에 있는 :guilabel:`현재 자산` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." msgstr "계정 설정 페이지가 표시되고, **유형** 필드가 강조되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:438 msgid "" "The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current " "Asset* account type." msgstr "*재고 입고* 계정은 계정 유형을 *유동 자산* 으로 하여 `중간 재고 (입고)` 로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:443 msgid "" "In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and " ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current " "Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought" " and sold." msgstr "" "대륙식 회계에서 :guilabel:`재고 입고 계정` 및 :guilabel:`재고 출고 계정` 은 **동일한** " ":guilabel:`유동자산 계정으로 설정됩니다. 그렇게 해야 항목을 판매 및 매입될 때 하나의 계정으로 잔액을 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:448 msgid "" "The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim " "(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set" " to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output " "accounts are assigned to the **same** account." msgstr "" "재고 입고 및 출고 계정은 모두 '중간 재고 (입고)' 로 설정되어 있으며 계정 유형은 :guilabel:`유동자산` 입니다. 입고 " "계정과 출고 계정이 **동일** 계정으로 되어 있으면 '중간 재고 (인도)' 로 설정할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." msgstr "재고 입고 및 출고 계정을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:458 msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" msgstr "재고 가치 평가 보고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:460 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Balance " "Sheet`. Click the :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item to unfold the drop-" "down menu, and look for the nested :guilabel:`Stock Valuation`, " ":guilabel:`Stock Interim (Received)`, and :guilabel:`Stock Interim " "(Delivered)` lines." msgstr "" "시작하려면 :menuselection:`회계 앱 --> 보고 --> 재무상태표` 로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`유동자산` 항목을 " "클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴를 펼치고 하위에 있는 :guilabel:`재고 평가`, :guilabel:`중간 재고 (입고)` 및 " ":guilabel:`중간 재고 (인도)` 행을 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:466 msgid "" "At the top of the dashboard, click the :guilabel:`As of [date]` button to " "display accounting records up to a specified date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:470 msgid "" ":ref:`Stock accounts and what they do `" msgstr ":ref:`재고 계정 및 그 역할 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:471 msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "Odoo 회계 앱에서 전체 재고 평가 내역을 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:477 msgid "" "Access more specific information by clicking the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` " ":guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon to the right of the desired journal. Select " ":guilabel:`General Ledger` to see a list of all of the journal entries, " "where each line item's :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon can" " be clicked to reveal the :guilabel:`View Journal Entry` option to open the " "individualized journal entry." msgstr "" "원하는 전표의 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(줄임표)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 더욱 구체적인 " "내용을 확인할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`총계정원장` 을 선택하면 모든 전표 항목 목록을 볼 수 있습니다. 여기서 각 항목에 있는" " :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(줄임표)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 개별 전표 항목을 열 수 있는 " ":guilabel:`전표 항목 보기` 옵션이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:483 msgid "" "Additionally, annotations to the :guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by " "choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, filling in the text box, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "Show Stock Valuation journals in a list." msgstr "재고 가치 평가 전표를 목록에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Landed costs" msgstr "양륙 비용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" "When shipping products to customers, the landed cost is the total price of a" " product or shipment, including all expenses associated with shipping the " "product." msgstr "" "양륙 비용은 고객에게 품목을 배송할 때 품목이나 배송 관련 모든 금액을 의미합니다. 여기에는 품목 배송과 관련된 모든 경비가 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Landed Costs* feature is used to take additional costs into " "account when calculating the valuation of a product. This includes the cost " "of shipment, insurance, customs duties, taxes, and other fees." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 품목에 대한 가치 평가 계산을 할 때 *양륙 비용* 기능을 사용하여 추가 비용을 고려할 수 있습니다. 여기에는 배송비, " "보험료, 관세, 세금 및 기타 수수료가 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "" "To add landed costs to products, the *Landed Costs* feature must first be " "enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "section." msgstr "" "양륙 비용을 품목에 추가하려면 먼저 *양륙 비용* 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 " "관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`가치 평가` 까지 스크롤로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:24 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` option, and click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`양륙 비용` 옵션 옆에 있는 확인란에 표시한 후 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하면 변경 사항이 저장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the page refreshes, a new :guilabel:`Default Journal` field appears " "below the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature in the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:30 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Default Journal` drop-down menu to reveal a list of " "accounting journals. Select a journal for which all accounting entries " "related to landed costs should be recorded." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기본 전표` 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 회계 전표 목록을 표시합니다. 양륙 비용과 관련된 모든 회계 항목을 기록할 " "전표를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Landed Costs feature and resulting Default Journal field in the Inventory " "settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에 있는 양륙 비용 기능과 그에 따른 기본 전표 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "Create landed cost product" msgstr "양륙 비용 품목 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "For charges that are consistently added as landed costs, a landed cost " "product can be created in Odoo. This way, a landed cost product can be " "quickly added to a vendor bill as an invoice line, instead of having to be " "manually entered every time a new vendor bill is created." msgstr "" "양륙 비용이 지속적으로 요금에 추가되는 경우에는 Odoo에서 양륙 비용을 품목으로 생성할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 새 공급업체 청구서를" " 만들 때마다 수기로 입력할 필요 없이 양륙 비용 품목을 공급업체 청구서에 청구서 항목으로 신속하게 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "To do this, create a new product by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Products --> Products`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:46 msgid "" "Assign a name to the landed cost product in the :guilabel:`Product Name` " "field (i.e. `International Shipping`). In the :guilabel:`Product Type` " "field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Service` as the " ":guilabel:`Product Type`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목명` 필드에서 양륙 비용 품목에 제목을 지정합니다 (예: `국제 배송`). :guilabel:`품목 유형` " "필드에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`품목 유형` 으로 :guilabel:`서비스` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:51 msgid "" "Landed cost products **must** have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "양륙 비용 제품은 **반드시** :guilabel:`품목 유형` 을 :guilabel:`서비스` 로 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:53 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and tick the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` in the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section. Once " "ticked, a new :guilabel:`Default Split Method` field appears below it, " "prompting a selection. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the following " "options:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`매입` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`양륙 비용임` 옆에 있는 " "확인란을 선택합니다. 선택하면, 새로운 :guilabel:기본 분할 방법` 필드가 아래에 나타나고 선택 메시지가 표시됩니다. 해당 " "드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하면 다음 옵션이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equal`: splits the cost equally across each product included in " "the receipt, regardless of the quantity of each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Quantity`: splits the cost across each unit of all products in" " the receipt." msgstr ":guilabel:`수량별`: 영수증에 있는 모든 품목에 대해 각 단위별로 비용을 배분합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Current Cost`: splits the cost according to the cost of each " "product unit, so a product with a higher cost receives a greater share of " "the landed cost." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`현재 원가 기준`: 각 품목 단위 원가에 따라 원가를 나누므로 품목 원가가 더 높을 경우 양륙 비용 중 더 많은 " "부분이 배정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Weight`: splits the cost, according to the weight of the " "products in the receipt." msgstr ":guilabel:`중량별`: 영수증에 있는 품목의 중량에 따라 비용을 분할합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Volume`: splits the cost, according to the volume of the " "products in the receipt." msgstr ":guilabel:`부피별`: 영수증에 있는 품목의 부피에 따라 비용을 분할합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Is a Landed Cost checkbox and Default Split Method on service type product " "form." msgstr "여기에는 양륙 비용 확인란 및 기본 분할 방법이 서비스 유형 제품 양식에 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:68 msgid "" "When creating new vendor bills, this product can be added as an invoice line" " as a landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:71 msgid "" "To apply a landed cost on a vendor bill, products in the original |PO| " "**must** belong to a *Product Category* with a *Costing Method* of either " "|AVCO| or |FIFO|, and the valuation method can be :doc:`manual " "` or :doc:`automatic " "`." msgstr "" "공급업체 청구서에 양륙 비용을 적용하려면 원 |PO| 의 품목이 **반드시** 카테고리 *원가 계산 방법* 이 |AVCO| 또는 " "|FIFO| 인 *품목 카테고리* 에 속해야 하며, 여기에서 평가 방법은 :doc:`수동 " "` 또는 :doc:`자동 ` 이 될 수" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "구매발주서 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:79 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> New` to create a new request " "for quotation (RfQ). In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add a vendor to order " "products from. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, under the " ":guilabel:`Products` tab, to add products to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 새로 만들기` 로 이동하여 새로운 견적요청서 (RfQ)를 생성합니다. " ":guilabel:`공급업체` 필드에 품목을 주문할 공급업체를 추가합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`품목` 탭 아래에서 " ":guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭하여 |RfQ|에 품목을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:83 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the order. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` once the products have been received, " "followed by :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:87 msgid "Create vendor bill" msgstr "공급업체 청구서 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the vendor fulfills the |PO| and sends a bill, a vendor bill can be " "created from the |PO| in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:92 msgid "" "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click into the |PO| for " "which a vendor bill should be created. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`. " "This opens a new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`매입 앱` 으로 이동하여 공급업체 청구서를 생성할 |PO| 를 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`공급업체 청구서 만들기` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 새로운 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서`가 " ":guilabel:`초안` 단계로 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:96 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, click the line to open a calendar " "popover menu, and select the date on which this draft bill should be billed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`청구일` 필드에서, 줄을 클릭하면 캘린더 팝업 메뉴가 열리고 이 청구서 초안에 대한 청구서 날짜를 선택할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`," " and click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column to select " "the previously-created landed cost product. Click the :icon:`fa-cloud-" "upload` :guilabel:`(cloud with arrow)` icon to manually save and update the " "draft bill." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`청구서 내역` 탭에서 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`품목` 열의 드롭다운 " "메뉴를 클릭하여 이전에 생성된 양륙 비용 품목을 선택합니다. 공급업체 청구서 초안을 수동으로 저장하고 업데이트하려면 :icon:`fa-" "cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(화살표가 있는 클라우드)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed Costs column checkboxes for product and landed cost." msgstr "품목 및 양륙 비용에 대한 양륙 비용 열 확인란입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:107 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column, the product ordered from the vendor " "does **not** have its checkbox ticked, while the landed cost product's " "checkbox **is** ticked. This differentiates landed costs from all other " "costs displayed on the bill." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`양륙 비용` 열에서, 공급업체에서 주문한 품목의 확인란은 표시되어 있지 **않은**. 반면, 양륙 비용 품목의 " "확인란은 **표시가 되어** 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 청구서에 표시되어 있는 다른 비용과 양륙 비용을 구별할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:111 msgid "" "Additionally, at the top of the form, a :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` " "button appears." msgstr "또한 양식 상단에 :guilabel:`양륙 비용 만들기` 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Create Landed Costs button on vendor bill." msgstr "공급업체 청구서에 양륙 비용 버튼 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:117 msgid "Add landed cost" msgstr "양륙 비용 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:119 msgid "" "Once a landed cost is added to the vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Create " "Landed Costs` at the top of the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:122 msgid "" "Doing so automatically creates a landed cost record, with a set landed cost " "pre-filled in the product line in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:125 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Landed Cost` form, click the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-" "down menu, and select which transfer the landed cost belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost form with selected receipt transfer." msgstr "입고 이송이 선택되어 있는 양륙 비용 양식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:132 msgid "" "In addition to creating landed costs directly from a vendor bill, landed " "cost records can *also* be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and clicking" " :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "공급업체 청구서에서 직접 양륙 비용을 생성하는 방법 *외에도*, :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 운영 --> 양륙 " "비용` 에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하면 양륙 비용 레코드를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:136 msgid "" "After setting the picking from the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu, " "click :guilabel:`Compute` (at the bottom of the form, under the " ":guilabel:`Total:` cost)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:139 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the impact of the " "landed costs. The :guilabel:`Original Value` column lists the original price" " of the |PO|, the :guilabel:`Additional Landed Cost` column displays the " "landed cost, and the :guilabel:`New Value` displays the sum of the two, for " "the total cost of the |PO|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`평가 조정` 탭을 클릭하여 양륙 비용이 미치는 영향을 확인합니다. :guilabel:`원래 값` 열에는 |PO|의 " "원래 가격이 표시되고, :guilabel:`추가 수입 비용` 열에는 양륙 비용이 표시되며 :guilabel:`새 값` 에는 두 값의 " "합계가 |PO|의 총 비용으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:144 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the landed cost entry to the " "accounting journal." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 양륙 비용 항목을 회계 전표에 게시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:146 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear at the top of the" " form. Click the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to open a " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, with the product's updated valuation " "listed." msgstr "" "그러면 :guilabel:`가치 평가` 스마트 버튼이 양식 상단에 나타납니다. :guilabel:`가치 평가` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 " "품목에 대한 가치 평가가 업데이트되어 있는 :guilabel:`재고 가치 평가` 페이지가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:151 msgid "" "For a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear upon validation, the " "product's :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:154 msgid "" "To view the valuation of *every* product, including landed costs, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:158 msgid "" "Each journal entry created for a landed cost on a vendor bill can be viewed " "in the *Accounting* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:161 msgid "" "To locate these journal entries, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app " "--> Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and locate the correct entry, by number" " (i.e. `PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:164 msgid "" "Click into the journal entry to view the :guilabel:`Journal Items`, and " "other information about the entry." msgstr "전표를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`전표 항목` 및 해당 항목에 대한 기타 정보를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:0 msgid "Journal Entry form for landed cost created from vendor bill." msgstr "공급업체 청구서에서 양륙 비용이 생성되어 있는 전표 입력 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" msgstr "재고 가치 평가 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7 msgid "" "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" "*재고 평가*는 보유 재고의 가치를 평가하는 기본적인 회계 프로세스입니다. 재고 평가 금액이 확정되면 기업의 전체 가치에 반영됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 이 프로세스를 창고 직원이 직접 제품을 세어 수동으로 수행하거나 데이터베이스를 통해 자동으로 수행할 수 있습니다.." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17 msgid "" "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " "entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" "Odoo를 사용하여 재고 평가 항목의 추적을 자동으로 생성하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> " "품목 카테고리`로 이동하여 원하는 :menuselection:`품목 카테고리`를 선택합니다. 양식에서 :guilabel:`재고 평가`를 " ":guilabel:`자동`으로 설정하고 :guilabel:`원가 계산 방법`을 세 가지 옵션 중 하나로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr ":doc:`재고 가치 평가 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "제품 입/출고 이동이 회사의 전체 가치에 미치는 영향을 이해하려면 제품 및 재고 이동과 관련된 다음 시나리오를 검토하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "제품 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 msgid "" "To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" " the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " "desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" " icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" " link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" "입고 품목에 대한 재고 가치를 단순한 *표* 와 같은 방법으로 추적하려면, 품목에서 직접 품목 카테고리를 설정합니다. 설정하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 원하는 품목을 선택합니다. 품목 양식에서 " ":guilabel:`품목 카테고리` 필드 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`➡️(오른쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 카테고리를 편집할 수 " "있는 내부 링크로 연결됩니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`원가 계산 방법` 을 :guilabel:`선입선출법(FIFO)` 으로 " "설정하고 :guilabel:`재고 평가` 를 :guilabel:`자동화` 로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" "또는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 품목 카테고리`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`품목 카테고리` " "대시보드에 액세스하고 원하는 제품 카테고리를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" "다음으로, 10개 테이블을 각각 $10.00의 가격으로 구매했다고 가정합니다. 이 테이블에 대한 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문)`는 추가 " "비용 또는 세금을 포함하여 구매 소계를 $100로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "각 $10.00 상당의 테이블 10개에 대한 구매 주문서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" " :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " "displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " "affected by this purchase." msgstr "" ":abbr:`PO (구매 주문)`에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택하면 :guilabel:`평가` 스마트 버튼이 활성화됩니다. 이 " "버튼을 클릭하면 이 구매로 인해 테이블의 재고 평가가 어떻게 영향을 받았는지 보여주는 보고서가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" ":ref:`개발자 모드 `가 **켜져 있어야만** :guilabel:`평가` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` feature allows " "ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not" " accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" ":doc:`위탁 <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` 기능을 사용하면 " "재고 품목에 대한 소유권을 설정할 수 있습니다. 따라서 다른 회사에서 소유하고 있는 품목은 회사의 재고 평가에 포함되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "개발자 모드를 활성화하여 입고에서 가치 평가 스마트 버튼을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " "product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" " the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" "모든 제품 배송, 재고 조정 및 창고 운영의 재고 평가가 포함된 종합 대시보드는 :ref:`재고 평가 보고서 " "`를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "제품 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " "valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" "동일한 논리에 따라 테이블이 고객에게 배송되어 창고에서 출고되면 재고 평가액은 감소합니다. 마찬가지로 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`의" " :guilabel:`승인` 스마트 버튼은 재고 평가 기록을 표시하며, 이는 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문)`에서 보이는 동작을 " "반영합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "품목 출고 후에 재고 가치 평가액이 감소한 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "재고 가치 평가 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " ":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " "with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" " :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" "창고에 있는 모든 제품의 현재 가치를 조사하려면 :ref:`개발자 모드 `을 활성화하고 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 가치 평가`로 이동합니다. `재고 평가` 대시보드에는 재고의 `날짜`, " "`수량`, `단위값`, `총액` 등 제품에 대한 자세한 기록이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" ":ref:`개발자 모드 `을 활성화해야만 :guilabel:`보고` 아래에 :guilabel:`평가` 옵션이" " 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "여러 제품을 표시하는 재고 자산 평가 보고서." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" "up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " "date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 평가` 페이지의 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`평가일` 버튼을 누르면 팝업 창이 표시됩니다. 이 " "팝업에서는 과거 특정 날짜에 재고가 있었던 제품의 재고 평가액을 확인하고 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107 msgid "" "View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" "hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " "right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" "녹색 :guilabel:`➡️ (오른쪽 화살표)` 버튼을 선택하면 제품의 재고 가치, 재고 이동 및 보유 재고에 대한 자세한 기록을 볼 " "수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "품목 단가 업데이트" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:116 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " "represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" "모든 기업에서 리드 타임, 공급망 장애 및 기타 위험 요소로 인해 보이지 않는 비용이 발생할 수 있습니다. Odoo는 재고 가치를 " "정확하게 표현하기 위해 노력하지만, *수동 평가*는 제품 단가를 업데이트하기 위한 추가 도구로 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:121 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" "수동 평가는 0보다 큰 비용으로 구매 및 입고할 수 있는 제품을 위해 설계되었습니다. 품목 카테고리가 :guilabel:`원가 계산 " "방법`이 :guilabel:`평균 비용 (AVCO)` 또는 :guilabel:`선입선출 (FIFO)`로 설정된 제품에 적용할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "제품에 수동으로 재고 가치를 평가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:129 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " ":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " "product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " "reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" "먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 평가`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`재고 평가` 대시보드에서 수동 " "평가 항목을 생성합니다. 다음으로, *제품 재평가* 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`그룹화 기준 --> 품목`을 선택하여" " 모든 기록을 제품별로 정리합니다. 회색 :guilabel:`▶️ (드롭다운 삼각형)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 아래에 재고 평가 항목이 " "표시되고 오른쪽에 청록색 :guilabel:`➕ (더하기)` 버튼이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:135 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" " Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " "recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" "녹색 :guilabel:`+ (더하기)` 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`제품 재평가` 양식이 열립니다. 이 양식에서는 단가를 " "늘리거나 줄여서 제품의 재고 평가액을 다시 계산할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:140 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" " only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`▶️ (드롭다운 삼각형)` 및 :guilabel:`➕(더하기)` 버튼은 제품별로 항목을 그룹화한 후에만 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "제품 재평가 양식에 1.00달러의 가치와 그 이유를 인플레이션으로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" msgstr "재고 가치 평가 전표 항목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:150 msgid "" "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " "dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " "valuation records are identified by checking values in the " ":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " "value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " "for receipts)." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 자동 재고 평가는 :menuselection:`회계 앱 --> 회계 --> 전표 항목` 대시보드에도 기록됩니다. 이 포괄적인" " 회계 항목 목록에서 재고 평가 기록은 :guilabel:`전표` 열의 값을 확인하거나 창고 운영 참조 (예: 입고의 경우 " "`WH/IN/00014`)와 일치하는 :guilabel:`참조` 열 값을 검색하여 식별할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:156 msgid "" "Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " "accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " "of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " "warehouse." msgstr "" "재고 평가 분개 항목을 클릭하면 *복식부기 회계* 기록이 표시됩니다. Odoo에서 생성한 이 기록은 제품이 창고에 들어오고 나갈 때 재고" " 평가의 가치 변화를 추적합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:161 msgid "" "To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " "reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " "found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." " Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " "matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" "공급업체로부터 받은 각 $10.00 가격의 *테이블* 10개에 대한 재고 평가를 검토하려면 :menuselection:`회계 앱 --> " "회계 --> 분개 항목`에 있는 :menuselection:`분개 항목` 페이지로 이동합니다. 이 섹션에서 :guilabel:`참조` 열" " 값이 영수증에 있는 참조인 `WH/IN/00014`에 해당하는 전표 행을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." msgstr "배송 내의 제품을 나타내는 재고 평가 페이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:170 msgid "" "`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " "the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " "stock." msgstr "" "`재고 중간값`은 공급업체에 제품 대금을 지급하기 위한 지정된 자금의 보유 계좌 역할을 합니다. 반면에 `재고 평가` 계정은 모든 보유 " "재고의 가치를 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." msgstr "테이블 10개의 재고 평가에 대한 회계 항목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:178 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 재고 자산 평가 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:3 msgid "Valuation by lots/serial numbers" msgstr "로트/일련번호 기준으로 평가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Track :doc:`inventory valuation ` by :doc:`lots " "or serial numbers <../../product_management/product_tracking>` to:" msgstr "" ":doc:`재고 가치 평가 ` 에 대한 조회를 :doc:`로트 또는 일련번호 " "<../../product_management/product_tracking>` 기준으로 실행합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:8 msgid "" ":ref:`Compare and differentiate purchasing cost " "`, based on lot or serial " "numbers." msgstr "" "로트 또는 일련번호를 기준으로 :ref:`매입 비용을 비교하고 차등화합니다 " "`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:10 msgid "" "Track the actual cost of manufactured products, based on the real cost of " "each tracked component used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:12 msgid "" "Depreciate specific lot or serial numbers when they :doc:`sit in stock for " "too long <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/aging>`." msgstr "" "특정 로트번호 또는 일련번호가 :doc:`재고로 너무 장기간 보관되어 있는 경우 " "<../../warehouses_storage/reporting/aging>` 감가상각을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:16 msgid "" "Please read this :doc:`introduction to inventory valuation " "` before setting up valuation by lot/serial " "numbers." msgstr "" "본 :doc:`재고 평가 소개 ` 를 로트/일련번호를 기준으로 평가 설정을 하기 전에 " "읽어보시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable valuation by lots or serial numbers, begin by enabling the " ":doc:`Lots and Serial Numbers feature <../product_tracking>`. After that, go" " to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the" " desired product, or create a new product, by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "가치 평가를 로트 ​​또는 일련번호를 기준으로 실행하려면 먼저 :doc:`로트 및 일련 번호 기능 " "<../product_tracking>` 을 활성화하세요. 그런 다음 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> " "품목` 으로 이동하여 원하는 품목을 선택하거나, 새로운 품목을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:26 msgid "" "On the product form, in the :guilabel:`Category` field, choose a product " "category. Ensure the product category's :ref:`Costing Method " "` is set to *First In First " "Out (FIFO)* or *Average Cost (AVCO)*." msgstr "" "품목 양식의 :guilabel:`카테고리` 필드에서 품목 카테고리를 선택합니다. 품목 카테고리의 :ref:`원가 계산 방법 " "` 이 *선입선출법(FIFO)* 또는 " "*평균원가법(AVCO)* 으로 설정되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:31 msgid "" "To check the costing method set on the product category, hover over the " ":guilabel:`Category` field, and click the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` " ":guilabel:`(Internal Link)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`Costing methods `" msgstr ":ref:`원가 계산법 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:37 msgid "" "Next, activate the product to be tracked by lots or serial numbers by " "ticking the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox. Then, click the adjacent " "field that appears, and choose either :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By " "Unique Serial Number` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" "다음으로, 품목을 로트 또는 일련번호로 추적할 수 있도록 :guilabel:`재고 추적` 확인란에 표시합니다. 그런 다음 옆에 있는 " "필드를 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 :guilabel:`로트 기준` 또는 :guilabel:`고유 일련 번호 기준` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:41 msgid "" "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Valuation by Lot/Serial number` checkbox " "appear below it. Tick that checkbox, and the configuration to track " "valuation by lot or serial numbers is complete." msgstr "" "그러면 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호별 평가` 확인란이 아래에 나타납니다. 확인란에 표시하면, 로트 또는 일련번호별로 재고 가치를 " "추적하는 환경설정이 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:47 msgid "Product form showing the Valuation by Lot or Serial Number feature." msgstr "로트 또는 일련번호별 평가 기능이 품목 양식에 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:47 msgid "Product form showing the Valuation by Lot or Serial Number feature" msgstr "로트 또는 일련번호별 평가 기능이 품목 양식에 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:50 msgid "Valuation layers" msgstr "가치 평가 단계" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:52 msgid "" "To understand how valuation by lots and serial numbers works, consider these" " scenarios:" msgstr "로트 및 일련번호별로 어떻게 평가가 진행되는지 파악하려면 다음 내용을 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:54 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase and sell products `: cost is calculated based on the *product category's* costing" " method." msgstr "" ":ref:`품목 구매 및 판매 `: 관련 " "비용은 *품목 카테고리* 의 원가 계산 방법에 따라 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Create new lot/serial numbers ` using an inventory adjustment: value of the new lot/serial number" " is assigned to the cost from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:59 msgid "" "Inventory adjustment to update quantities for an :ref:`existing lot/serial " "number `: value is " "assigned based on the most recent cost for that lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:63 msgid "" "For both :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First In First Out)` " "methods, the *Cost* field on the product form is calculated using this " "formula:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:66 msgid ":math:`Avg~Cost = \\frac{Total~Value}{Total~Qty}`" msgstr ":math:`Avg~Cost = \\frac{Total~Value}{Total~Qty}`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:71 msgid "Purchase products" msgstr "제품 구매" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:73 msgid "" "Consider how purchasing products affect the inventory valuation, in the " "table below." msgstr "품목을 구매할 경우 재고 평가에 미치는 영향을 아래 표에서 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:81 msgid "Lot number" msgstr "로트번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:82 msgid "Math" msgstr "수학" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:83 msgid "Average cost on product form" msgstr "품목 양식에 있는 평균 원가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:84 msgid "Empty stock" msgstr "재고 비우기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:85 msgid "0.00" msgstr "0.00" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:89 msgid "Day 1: Receive one product at $10/unit" msgstr "1일 차: 품목 1개를 개당 $10에 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:95 msgid "1.00" msgstr "1.00" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:91 msgid "LOT 1" msgstr "로트 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:92 msgid ":math:`\\frac{10}{1}`" msgstr ":math:`\\frac{10}{1}`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:94 msgid "Day 2: Receive another product at $20/unit" msgstr "2일 차: 다른 품목을 개당 $20에 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:96 msgid "LOT 2" msgstr "로트 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:97 msgid ":math:`\\frac{10+20}{2}`" msgstr ":math:`\\frac{10+20}{2}`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:98 msgid "$15" msgstr "$15" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:103 msgid "Show Cost on the product form." msgstr "품목 양식에 비용을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:103 msgid "" "As a result, the product form displays an average cost of $15 in the " "**Cost** field." msgstr "그 결과, 품목 양식에 있는 **비용** 필드에 평균 비용 $15가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:108 msgid "Create new lot/serial number" msgstr "새 로트/일련번호 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:110 msgid "" "Creating a new lot/serial number through an :doc:`inventory adjustment " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` assigns the " "same value as the cost on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:114 msgid "" "To make an inventory adjustment, and assign a lot number, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:117 msgid "" "In the new inventory adjustment line that appears, set the " ":guilabel:`Product`, create the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, set the " ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, and click :icon:`fa-floppy-o` " ":guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:121 msgid "" "To view the valuation layer, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Valuation`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` per unit matches the " "*Cost* on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:125 msgid "" "Continuing the example in the table above, when the product cost is `$15`, " "the valuation for a newly-created `LOT3` is also be `$15`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0 msgid "Show inventory adjustment valuation." msgstr "재고 조정 가치 평가 보이기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:134 msgid "Existing lot/serial number" msgstr "기존 로트/일련번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:136 msgid "" "When adjusting the quantity of an existing lot/serial number, the value is " "based on the most recent valuation layer for that specific lot/serial " "number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:140 msgid "" "Continuing the example in the table above, the value for `LOT 1` is `$10`." msgstr "위 표의 예시에 계속 이어서, `LOT 1` 의 값은 `$10`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:142 msgid "" "So, when the quantity is updated from `1.00` to `2.00`, the additional " "quantity is also valued at `$10`, reflecting the latest valuation layer for " "`LOT 1`." msgstr "" "따라서 수량이 `1.00` 에서 `2.00` 으로 변경되면 추가 수량도 `$10`으로 평가되어 `LOT 1` 에 대한 최근의 평가 구조에" " 반영됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0 msgid "Show valuation of LOT 1 getting updated." msgstr "업데이트할 LOT 1의 평가액을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:148 msgid "" "The inventory adjustment (top line) is valued the same as LOT 1 (bottom " "line)." msgstr "재고 조정(상단 행) 값은 LOT 1(하단 행) 값과 동일합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:153 msgid "View valuation" msgstr "가치 평가 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:155 msgid "" "To find the average cost of a specific lot/serial number, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and " "select the desired record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:158 msgid "" "Both the :guilabel:`Cost` and :guilabel:`Average Cost` fields show a unit's " "average cost. The :guilabel:`Total Value` reflects the total on-hand value " "for that lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:162 msgid "" "Ensure the costing method is set to *First In First Out (FIFO)* or *Average " "Cost (AVCO)* to display the cost on this page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168 msgid "Show cost of the lot/serial number." msgstr "로트/일련번호의 비용을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168 msgid "" "Lot form, displaying **Cost** field. The **Valuation** smart button is in " "the top-right." msgstr "로트 양식에서 **경비** 필드가 나타나 있는 모습입니다. **평가** 스마트 버튼은 오른쪽 상단에 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:170 msgid "" "Valuation layers of a lot/serial number can be viewed through the " ":ref:`valuation report `, or " "by clicking the lot/serial number's :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button. " "These detailed, line-by-line records can help determine how each inventory " "move of the specific lot/serial number affects its valuation." msgstr "" "로트/일련번호의 평가 계층을 보려면 :ref:`평가 보고서 ` 를 통해 확인하거나, 로트/일련번호의 :guilabel:`평가` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 확인할 수 있습니다. 이와 같이 " "세부적인 내역별 기록은 특정한 로트/일련번호에 해당하는 각 재고 이동이 평가에 어떠한 영향을 미치는지 확인하는 데 도움이 될 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:178 msgid "Valuation report" msgstr "가치 평가 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:180 msgid "" "Display the valuation of lots and serial numbers in the database by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:183 msgid "" "On the resulting :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, click the search bar, " "and in the :icon:`oi-group` :guilabel:`Group By` section of the resulting " "drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial number`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:188 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of a " "collapsed lot number line to :ref:`manually modify the cost " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:191 msgid "" "This is useful for adjusting individual lot prices when a purchase order or " "bill includes multiple lots/serial numbers, as initial prices are identical " "upon reception." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst-1 msgid "Show valuation report, by lots." msgstr "평가 보고서를 로트별로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:198 msgid "Valuation smart button" msgstr "가치 평가 스마트 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:200 msgid "" "To access a filtered part of the *Stock Valuation* report, specific to a lot" " or serial number, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`, and select the desired item." msgstr "" "*재고 평가* 보고서에서 필터가 적용된 부분 중 로트 또는 일련번호에 대한 내용을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 " "--> 품목 --> 로트/일련번호` 로 이동하여 원하는 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` page, click the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "smart button." msgstr ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`가치 평가` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208 msgid "All stock moves relating to `LOT 1`." msgstr "`LOT 1`과 관련된 모든 재고 이동" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208 msgid "All stock moves that affect the valuation of `LOT 1`." msgstr "`LOT 1`의 평가에 영향을 미치는 모든 재고 이동입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:6 msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "품목에 대한 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:8 msgid "" "*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " "in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " "there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " "inventory reports." msgstr "" "*로트*와 *일련번호*는 Odoo 내에서 제품을 식별하고 추적하는 두 가지 방법으로 사용됩니다. 이 두 가지 추적 방법 사이에는 유사점이" " 있지만 입고, 배송 및 재고 보고서와 같은 프로세스에 영향을 미치는 중요한 차이점도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:12 msgid "" "A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " "pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" "일반적으로 *로트* 는 어떤 품목에 대한 특정 배치를 의미하며 이 품목의 경우 이미 입고 혹은 현재 보관 중이거나 창고에서 배송된 " "항목입니다. 또한 회사 내에서 제조된 제품 배치에도 해당될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:16 msgid "" "A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " or products." msgstr "" "*일련번호*는 품목 또는 제품에 점진적 또는 순차적으로 부여되는 고유 식별자로, 다른 품목 또는 제품과 구별하기 위한 목적으로 " "사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`" msgstr ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:21 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:26 msgid "" "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" " feature must be enabled." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호를 사용하여 제품을 추적하려면 *로트 및 일련번호* 기능을 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:29 msgid "" "To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션까지" " 아래로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 옆의 확인란을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 " "클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 로트 및 일련번호 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:38 msgid "When to use lots" msgstr "로트를 사용하는 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:40 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" " back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " "or expiration dates." msgstr "" "로트는 의류나 식품과 같이 대량으로 입고되거나 제조된 제품에 유용합니다. 특정 그룹으로 제품을 역추적할 수 있으므로 제품 리콜 관리나 " "유통기한 모니터링과 같은 작업을 처리할 때 특히 사용하기 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." msgstr "제품 수량이 포함된 로트를 생성했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:49 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " "end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " "cycles." msgstr "" "제조업체는 특성을 공유하는 제품 배치에 로트 번호를 할당하므로 잠재적으로 여러 품목이 동일한 로트 번호를 공유할 수 있습니다. 이 방식을" " 사용하면 단일 그룹 내에서 수많은 제품을 쉽게 식별할 수 있으며 수명 주기의 각 단계에서 이러한 제품을 포괄적으로 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:55 msgid "When to use serial numbers" msgstr "일련번호를 사용하는 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:57 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " "chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "" "개별 제품에 일련번호를 할당하는 목적은 공급망을 통해 이동하는 모든 품목의 이력을 추적할 수 있도록 하기 위함입니다. 이는 판매 및 " "배송하는 제품과 관련된 애프터 서비스를 제공하는 제조업체에 특히 유용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." msgstr "제품의 일련번호 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:66 msgid "" "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " "letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." msgstr "일련번호에는 숫자, 문자, 특수문자 또는 세 가지 유형의 문자가 혼합된 다양한 유형의 문자가 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:379 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:72 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " "like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " "sent." msgstr "" "제조업체와 기업은 추적성 보고서를 참조하여 제품의 전체 수명 주기를 확인할 수 있습니다. 이러한 보고서에는 제품의 출처 (및 날짜), " "보관 위치, 배송 수취인과 같은 필수 정보가 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:76 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " "serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "dashboard." msgstr "" "품목에 대해 전체 추적 내용을 보거나 로트/일련번호를 기준으로 하여 품목을 그룹으로 만드려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 " "--> 품목 --> 로트/일련번호` 로 이동합니다. 이렇게 진행하면 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 현황판이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:80 msgid "" "From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " "by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " "have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" "여기에서는 로트 또는 일련번호가 지정된 품목이 기본값으로 표시되어 있습니다. 또한 항목을 확장하여 품목에 특정하게 지정되어 있는 로트나 " "일련번호를 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:83 msgid "" "To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "로트 또는 일련번호 기준으로 그룹을 만들려면, 먼저 오른쪽 상단의 검색 창에 있는 기본 필터를 모두 제거합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`그룹화 기준` 을 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹 추가` 를 선택합니다. 미니 드롭다운 메뉴가 " "나타나면 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`적용` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:88 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " "expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " "unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " "product per serial number." msgstr "" "이 작업은 기존의 모든 로트 및 일련번호를 표시하며, 각 번호를 확장하여 해당 특정 번호와 관련된 모든 제품 수량을 표시할 수 있습니다." " 재사용되지 *않는* 고유 일련번호의 경우, 일련번호당 *하나의 제품만* 존재해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호의 드롭다운 목록이 있는 보고 페이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:97 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " "number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " "specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " "this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" " buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " "made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" "특정 로트 번호 또는 일련번호에 대한 자세한 내용을 보려면 해당 항목을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`로트` 또는 " ":guilabel:`일련번호` 양식을 엽니다. 이 양식에서 :guilabel:`위치` 및 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 " "클릭하면 해당 일련번호와 관련된 모든 보유 재고를 볼 수 있습니다. 또한 해당 로트 또는 일련번호를 사용하여 수행된 모든 작업을 이 " "섹션에서 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "유통기한" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " "of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 *유통기한* 을 사용하여 부패하기 쉬운 품목의 수명 주기를 매입부터 판매에 이르기까지 관리하며 추적할 수 있습니다. " "유통기한을 사용할 경우, 예기치 않게 기한이 만료되어 발생하는 품목 손실을 최소화하고 유통기한이 지난 품목이 고객에게 발송되는 사태를 " "방지할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " "can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" " assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " "companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " "buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 품목 중에서 *로트* 및 *일련번호* 를 통해 조회할 수 있는 품목에만 기한 만료 정보를 입력할 수 있습니다. 로트나 " "일련번호가 부여되면 유통기한을 설정할 수 있습니다. 이 기능은 부패하기 쉬운 품목을 지속적으로 혹은 집중적으로 매입하고 판매하는 " "기업(식품 제조업체 등)의 경우에 특히 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23 msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "유통기한 활성화하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" "To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" "*유통기한* 을 사용할 수 있게 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`추적성` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. 그런 다음 확인란을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 기능을 " "활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:29 msgid "" "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" " be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" "해당 기능이 활성화되면 새로운 옵션으로 :guilabel:`유통기한` 이 나타납니다. 확인란에 표시하여 기능을 활성화한 후 반드시 변경 " "사항을 :guilabel:`저장` 하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호, 유통기한 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, an " "additional feature appears to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on " "Delivery Slips`. Activating these features helps with end-to-end " "traceability, making it easier to manage product recalls, identify batches " "of faulty products, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "품목에 대한 유통기한 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features have been enabled in the **Inventory** app settings, expiration " "information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " "for that particular item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:52 msgid "" "To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " "information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " ":guilabel:`Goods` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field, select either :guilabel:`By Unique " "Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Tick the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` " "checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " "to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" "품목과 관련하여 로트 또는 일련번호 추적 조회 기능을 활성화하기 전에 기존에 보유 중인 재고가 있는 경우에는, 재고 조정을 통하여 기존 " "재고에 로트번호를 지정하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:66 msgid "" "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" " recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" " the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "" "대량으로 품목을 입고하거나 배송해야 하는 경우에는 로트 추적 기능을 활용하는 것을 추천하고 있습니다. 이렇게 할 경우 문제 발생 시 여러" " 품목을 동일한 로트로 되짚어 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "품목 양식에 있는 유통기한 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:72 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` section, there are four categories of expiration" " information to configure for the product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " "(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " "become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유통기한`: 품목 수령 이후의 날짜 수 (공급업체에서 혹은 생산 후 입고 처리)로, 불량 품목이 될 수 있으므로 " "사용하거나 소비해서는 안 되는 기간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " "in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** being dangerous yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr ":guilabel:`제거 기간`: 유통기한 전까지 날짜 수로 표시되며, 품목이 재고에서 제거되어야 하는 기간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" " particular serial number." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`경고 기간`: 유통기한 전까지 날짜 수로 표시되며, 특정 로트에 있거나 특정 일련번호가 포함된 품목에 대해 경고가 " "발동되는 기간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:85 msgid "" "The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " "date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " "manufactured in-house." msgstr "" "이 필드에 입력한 값을 이용하여 재고로 입력된 품목의 유통기한이 자동으로 계산되며, 계산을 할 때에는 공급업체 구입 혹은 내부 생산 " "여부는 고려되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:89 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " "expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " "receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " "they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`날짜` 필드에 유통기한 정보 값을 아무것도 입력하지 않은 경우에는, 날짜 (및 로트)를 수동으로 창고 내외부에서 입고" " 및 배송을 할 때 지정할 수 있습니다. 지정이 된 경우에도, 필요하면 수동으로 다시 덮어쓰거나 변경하는 것도 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:94 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" msgstr "영수증에 로트 및 일련번호로 유통기한 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96 msgid "" "Generating expiration dates for *incoming* goods can be done directly on the" " :guilabel:`Receipt`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Receipts`, then click on a line to open the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " "The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." " The receipt cannot be validated without an assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." msgstr "사용자 오류 팝업이 주문서 승인 과정에서 로트번호가 없는 경우에 표시된 모습" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:109 msgid "" "From here, click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(Details)` icon located on " "the of the product line. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "pop-up will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "In the pop-up, the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` automatically populates, " "based on the configuration on the product form. Click the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field on the appropriate line, then enter the " "lot or serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " "the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` can be manually entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:120 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Save` when finished to close the pop-up. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "주문한 품목의 유통기한이 표시되어 있는 세부 작업 팝업창 모습" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:125 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`; and more." msgstr "" "입고 승인이 되면 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 최신 " ":guilabel:`추적 보고서` 를 확인할 수 있으며, :guilabel:`참조` 문서, 추적 중인 :guilabel:`품목`; " ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 와 같은 자료도 함께 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:131 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" msgstr "제조품에 유통기한 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " "To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " "(MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "" "유통기한은 자체적으로 제조한 품목에 대해서도 생성할 수 있습니다. 제조품에 유통기한을 지정하려면 제조지시서(MO)에 입력을 완료해야 " "합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:136 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`New`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " ":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "제조지시서에 유통기한이 표시되어 있는 모습" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:144 msgid "" "To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" " the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " ":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" " materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "제품을 제조하려면 반드시 :guilabel:`품목` 열에 표시되어 있는 사용 부품이 있어야 합니다. 이 작업은 " ":guilabel:`품목`에 대한 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 를 생성하거나 사용할 부품을 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하여" " 수동으로 추가하는 방식으로 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:149 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:151 msgid "" "The appropriate number of :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` automatically " "populated in the field. Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(Details)` icon" " to reveal additional information for those specific numbers. On that pop-" "up, all expiration information that was previously configured for the " "product is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Components pop-up with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:160 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" msgstr "유통기한이 있는 품목 판매하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:162 msgid "" "Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " "other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " "create a sales order." msgstr "" "부패하기 쉬운 품목에 유통기한을 지정하여 판매하는 방법도 다른 종류의 품목을 판매하는 것과 동일합니다. 부패하기 쉬운 품목을 판매하려면 " "먼저 판매주문서를 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New` to create a new " "quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:168 msgid "" "Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " ":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:171 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " "date, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to confirm the date. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:176 msgid "" "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " "product form, then no alerts are created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:179 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " "order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "그런 다음 판매주문서 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 창고 입고 양식을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:182 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " "process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " "customer." msgstr "" "창고 입고 양식에서 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭한 후 함께 제공되는 팝업창에서 :guilabel:`적용` 을 선택하면, " ":guilabel:`완료` 로 표시되어 있는 모든 수량이 자동으로 처리되어 고객에게 품목이 배송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:187 msgid "" "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " "set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " "of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " "remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " "expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " "Categories`." msgstr "" "부패하기 쉬운 품목을 유통기한을 지정하여 판매하려면 보관 :guilabel:`위치` 에 대한 :guilabel:`제거 방식` 이 반드시 " ":abbr:`선입선출법(FEFO)` 으로 설정되어 있어야 합니다. 한 로트에 있는 부패하기 쉬운 품목의 재고가 부족할 경우에는, " "Odoo는 자동으로 잔여 수량에 대해 유통기한이 임박한 두 번째 로트에서 가져오게 됩니다. 이러한 제거 방식은 :guilabel:`품목 " "카테고리` 에 대해서도 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:197 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" msgstr "로트 및 일련번호로 유통기한 확인하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:199 msgid "" "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" "유통기한이 지정되어 있는 모든 품목을 로트를 기준으로 보려면(또는 그룹화하려면), :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목" " --> 로트/일련번호` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:202 msgid "" "Once there, remove any default search filters from the search bar. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select " "the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down menu. Doing so " "breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and the " "assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "유통기한을 기준으로 로트 및 일련번호 페이지에서 그룹화된 모습" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "Customers can also view the expiration date alert in their customer portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:216 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "유통기한 알림" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:218 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "유통기한 알림을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련번호` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:220 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:224 msgid "" "To view expiration date information in the list view, click the :icon:`oi-" "settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust settings)` icon at the top of the list " "of records, then tick the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:228 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` detail form, the :guilabel:`Dates` " "lists all expiration information related to the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231 msgid "" "If the expiration date for a lot/serial number has passed, the form displays" " a red :guilabel:`Expiration Alert` at the top of the page to indicate that " "the products in this lot are either expired or expiring soon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:235 msgid "" "From here, click back to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the " "breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:237 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), click back to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial " "Numbers` page via the breadcrumbs. Remove all of the search filters from the" " search bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:241 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`필터` 를 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`유통기한 알림` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "유통기한 알림이 유통기한이 만료된 품목에 대해 표시된 모습 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration notifications" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Users can be notified when the expiration date for a product has passed. " "This can help keep specific employees up to date on the status of items " "under their purview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:252 msgid "" "To configure a notification, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`. Select a product configured with lot/serial numbers " "and expiration date tracking. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. " "Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, select a user in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 msgid "" "When the expiation date passes for a lot/serial number for this product, a " "notification is sent to the user in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "로트번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "" "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They " "typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored," " shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" "*로트* 는 Odoo에서 품목을 식별하고 조회하는 두 가지 방법 중 하나입니다. 일반적으로 내부에서 수령, 보관, 배송 또는 제조된 품목" " 배치를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common " "properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "" "Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received " "products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for " "product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" "로트는 대량으로 제조되거나 입고된 품목을 관리하는 데 유용하며 품목을 해당 그룹으로 역추적할 경우에 유용합니다. 특히 품목이 리콜되거나 " ":doc:`유통기한 ` 관련된 경우가 이에 해당합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "" "To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go" " to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox " "next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "로트를 사용하여 품목을 추적하려면 *로트 및 일련번호* 기능을 활성화하세요. :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정" " --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤한 후 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련 번호` 옆에 " "있는 확인란에 표시합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr ":doc:`만료일 추적`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid "" ":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers " "`" msgstr ":ref:`로트 및 일련번호에 대한 GS1 바코드 인쇄 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 msgid "Track by lots" msgstr "로트 기준으로 추적하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure " "individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a " "product to configure." msgstr "" ":guilabel:` 로트 및 일련번호` 기능이 활성화되면 로트를 사용하여 추적할 개별 품목을 설정할 수 있습니다. 설정하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 설정할 품목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in " "the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" "품목 양식에서 :guilabel:`재고` 탭으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`추적` 필드에서" " :guilabel:`로트 기준` 옵션을 선택합니다. 이제 이 품목 배치에 새로 입고되거나 제조가 되는 경우에 신규 또는 기존 로트 " "번호를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" msgstr ":doc:`expiration_dates`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment" " ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" "로트 또는 일련번호 추적 기능을 활성화하기 전에 보유 중인 재고 품목이 있는 경우에는, 경고 메시지가 나타나게 됩니다. :doc:`재고 " "조정 ` 을 통해 기존 재고에 로트번호를 지정하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "품목 양식에서 로트 기준으로 추적 기능을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "배송 및 수령 시 사용할 로트 지정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods " "` on the receipt form. When " "shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " "form." msgstr "" "영수증 양식에서 새 로트 번호를 :ref:`입고 품목 ` 에 " "지정합니다. :ref:`출고 품목 ` 을 " "배송하는 경우에는 배송주문서 양식에서 특정 로트 번호가 있는 품목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 msgid "On receipts" msgstr "입고 시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" " on receipts." msgstr "신규 또는 기존 로트번호를 입고 품목에 지정하는 작업을 영수증에서 직접 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 msgid "" "To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm " "`_ a |PO| for products tracked " "by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " "appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" "시작하려면 :menuselection:`매입` 앱으로 이동하여 로트 번호로 추적되는 품목 |PO| `만들기 및 확인 " "`_ 을 합니다. 그런 다음 페이지 상단에 나타나는 " ":guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 창고 입고 확인증 양식으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban " "card, and choosing the desired receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an " "error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating " "the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "로트/일련번호 사용자 오류 팝업 추가." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 msgid "" "On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, " "select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot " "numbers." msgstr "" "영수증 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`작업` 탭의 품목 줄에서 품목 오른쪽에 있는 |list| 아이콘을 선택하며 이 품목은 로트번호로 " "추적되는 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." msgstr "품목 내역에 글머리 기호 목록 아이콘이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." msgstr "두 가지 로트번호 지정 방법: **수동** 및 **가져오기**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 msgid "Manual assignment" msgstr "수동 배정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 msgid "" "To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, " ":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 msgid "" "To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for " "additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." msgstr "" "로트번호를 여러 개 지정하거나 여러 곳에 있는 위치에 저장하려면 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭한 후 추가할 수량에 대해 새 " ":guilabel:`로트/일련 번호`를 입력합니다. :guilabel:`수량` 열의 합계가 상단의 :guilabel:`수요` 와 일치할 " "때까지 반복합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "로트 번호 지정 세부 작업 팝업." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 msgid "Import lots" msgstr "로트 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import " "Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "엑셀 스프레드시트에 복사된 로트 번호 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." msgstr "로트번호 목록이 *Google* 스프레드시트에 복사되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." msgstr "로트번호 줄에 로트번호가 복사된 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "" "Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import " "Lots** pop-up window." msgstr "\"로트/일련번호\" 필드에 붙여넣은 로트번호가 **로트 가져오기** 팝업창에 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* " "lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace " "the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option" " unticked." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`현재 줄 유지` 확인란을 선택하면 *추가* 로트 번호가 " "생성됩니다. 목록의 로트 번호를 바꾸려면 :guilabel:`현재 줄인 유지` 항목에 표시하지 않고 그대로 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "마지막으로, :guilabel:`생성` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 msgid "" ":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" msgstr "" ":ref:`로트번호에 대한 추적성 보고서 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 msgid "On delivery orders" msgstr "배송 주문 시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 msgid "" "Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen" " for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 msgid "" "To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for " "that specific |SO|." msgstr "" "시작하려면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱에서 견적서를 생성하거나 기존 견적서를 선택합니다. |SO|를 확인하면 " ":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 사용할 수 있게 됩니다. :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 특정한 |SO|과 " "관련된 창고 영수증 양식을 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`" " kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order " "form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the " "product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 배송 주문 양식이 열리며, 여기에서 배송할 로트번호를 선택합니다. " ":guilabel:`운영` 탭에서 로트번호로 추적되는 품목 오른쪽에 있는 |목록| 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 아이콘을 클릭하면 " ":guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 msgid "" "In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is " "displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full " ":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock " "in that particular lot)." msgstr "" "팝업 창에서 선택한 로트번호와 저장 위치가 :guilabel:`피킹 위치` 열에 표시되며, 해당 로트에서 가져온 전체 " ":guilabel:`수량` 도 함께 표시됩니다 (해당하는 특정 로트에 재고가 충분한 경우)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 msgid "" "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " ":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` directly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 msgid "" "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " "selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also " "depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is " "enough to fulfill the order." msgstr "" "배송주문서에서 자동 선택되는 로트의 경우, 처분 방식 (:abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)`, :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 또는 " ":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)`)을 무엇으로 선택하는지에 달라집니다. 또한 주문 수량 및 로트에 보유 중인 수량이 주문을 처리하기에 " "충분한지 여부에 따라 달라지게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 msgid "" "Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the " ":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. " "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the " "products." msgstr "" "위의 단계를 반복하여 :guilabel:`수요` 에 충분할 만큼의 로트를 선택하고 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하여 팝업 창을 " "닫습니다. 마지막으로, |DO| 에서 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하면 품목이 배송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "원래의 로트번호가 판매주문서에 팝업창으로 나타난 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 msgid "Lot management" msgstr "로트 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 msgid "" "Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 msgid "" "By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down " "menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number" " to :ref:`modify or add details ` " "linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created " "` from this page, by clicking " "the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" "기본적으로 로트번호는 품목별 그룹으로 되어 있으며, 각 품목의 드롭다운 메뉴를 선택하면 기존 로트번호가 표시됩니다. 로트에 연결된 로트 " "번호를 :ref:`수정하거나 세부 정보를 추가 ` 하려면 " "선택합니다. 로트 번호는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하여 이 페이지에서 :ref:`생성 " "` 할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." msgstr "\"로트/일련번호\" 현황판을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 msgid "" "Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** " "dashboard." msgstr "로트번호를 품목별로 그룹화하여 **로트/일련번호** 현황판에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 msgid "Modify lot" msgstr "로트 수정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 msgid "" "Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a " "separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 msgid "" "Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow " "the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line " "under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated " "number to any desired one." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 새 로트/일련번호를 생성할 때 일반적으로 최신 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 를 자동으로 생성합니다. 그러나 " ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 필드 아래에 있는 줄을 클릭하면 원하는 번호로 변경하여 편집할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" msgstr "로트번호 양식에서 다음 필드를 수정할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the " ":guilabel:`Product`" msgstr ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`: :guilabel:`품목` 에 연결된 Lot 번호를 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number " "used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier " "manufacturer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 로트번호를 사용할 회사를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in" " this text field." msgstr ":guilabel:`설명`: 이 텍스트 필드에 로트 또는 일련번호에 대한 별도의 세부 정보를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 msgid "" "On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " "fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing " "stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the lot number form." msgstr "로트번호 양식을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" msgstr ":doc:`로트에 만료일 설정하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 msgid "Add property" msgstr "영역 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 msgid "" "To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two " "methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page," " then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below " "the existing fields." msgstr "기존 필드 아래에 있는 :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`속성 추가` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid "" "Name and :doc:`configure the new field " "<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the " "property value in the new field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 msgid "" "The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry " "wood`." msgstr "새로운 속성으로 `목재 유형` 이 추가되었습니다. 값은 `체리목` 으로 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." msgstr "로트번호 양식에 \"속성 추가\" 버튼을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 msgid "" ":doc:`Configuring custom properties " "<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" msgstr ":doc:`사용자 지정 속성 환경설정 <../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" msgstr "품목에 로트번호 예약하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 msgid "" "To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and " "click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 msgid "" "Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. " "To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers " "on receipts `." msgstr "" "로트번호를 생성하면 품목이 예약되지만 **지정되지는 않습니다.** 로트번호를 지정하려면 :ref:`영수증에 로트번호 지정하기 " "` 섹션을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " "number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field " "on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 새 로트/일련번호를 생성하면 자동으로 가장 최근 번호로 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 가 생성됩니다. 원하는 번호로 " "수정하여 변경하려면 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 필드 아래에 있는 줄을 클릭하고 생성된 번호를 수정하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" "새 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`가 생성되면 :guilabel:`품목` 옆의 빈 필드를 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되면 " "여기에서 이 새로 생성된 번호에 연결할 특정 제품을 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "로트번호 `000001`이 `Drawer Black` 품목에 대해 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "제품이 할당된 새로운 로트 번호 생성 양식." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " "product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the " "product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on" " a receipt `, or when making an " "inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "대상으로 하는 품목에 새로운 로트번호를 생성, 저장하고 부여하게 되면 해당 로트번호는 품목과 연계된 기존 로트번호에 저장되며, " ":ref:`입고 시 품목에 로트번호 부여` 또는 재고 조정를 " "할 때 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "" "After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer " "Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` " "page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "재고 조정 페이지에서 로트번호를 지정하는 방법을 보여주는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "다양한 작업 유형에 따른 로트 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "" "By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and " "existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot " "numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery " "order." msgstr "" "기본적으로, 새로운 로트는 품목이 입고될 때만 생성할 수 있으며, 기존의 로트번호는 사용할 수 없습니다. 판매주문서에는 기존 로트번호만 " "활용할 수 있으며, 새로운 로트번호를 배송지시서에서 생성하는 것은 불가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" "작업 유형에서 신규 (또는 기존) 로트 번호를 사용하는 기능을 변경하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 " "--> 작업 유형` 으로 이동하여 작업 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "" "On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers " "to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing " "ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" "작업 유형 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 확인란을 선택하면 이 작업 유형에서" " 새 로트 번호를 생성할 수 있습니다. 기존 로트 번호만 선택할 수 있는 경우에는 :guilabel:`기존 항목 사용` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "작업 유형 양식에서 추적성 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" "창고 간 이동을 할 때 품목을 로트 기준으로 추척하는 경우에는, :guilabel:`기존 로트/일련번호 사용` 옵션을 활성화하면 창고 " "입고 업무에 유용하게 활용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Display lots on delivery slips" msgstr "배송 전표에 로트 표시하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" "When selling products tracked with lots, it is possible to include the lot " "numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can be helpful to " "customers in cases where lot numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or " "repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:349 msgid "" "To include lot numbers on delivery slips, open the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:354 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips` setting, lot numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by lots, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:357 msgid "" "To view lot numbers on delivery orders and delivery slips, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and " "select an order containing a product tracked using lots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" "To view the lot numbers of products included in the order, make sure the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab is selected, then click the :icon:`oi-settings-" "adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` button to the right of the tab. Ensure that the" " :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox is ticked, which causes a " ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The lot number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" "품목 로트번호를 주문서에서 확인하려면 :guilabel:`작업` 탭을 선택했는지 확인한 다음, 탭 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`oi-" "settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(조정)` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`일련번호` 확인란에 표시가 되어 " "있는지 확인하며, 그러면 :guilabel:`일련번호` 열이 표시됩니다. 주문서에 있는 각 품목의 로트번호가 이 열에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:367 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326 msgid "" "When the order is ready to be processed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "confirm the delivery and add product information to the delivery slip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:370 msgid "" "At the top of the order's form, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " ":guilabel:`(Actions)` button, and select :guilabel:`Print --> Delivery " "Slip`. The delivery slip is then downloaded. Open the delivery slip using " "the device's browser or file manager. Lot numbers are listed next to their " "respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "" "The order lines section of a delivery slip, showing a product and its serial" " number." msgstr "배송 전표의 주문서 내역 섹션에 품목과 일련번호가 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:381 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it" " was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" "추적성 보고서를 통해 제조업체와 기업은 제품의 전체 수명주기, 즉 제품의 출처 및 도착 시기, 보관 위치, 사용처 (및 사용 시기)를 " "확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:384 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" "품목에 대해 전체 추적 내용을 보거나 로트를 기준으로 그룹화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> " "로트/일련번호` 로 이동합니다. 이렇게 진행하면 :menuselection:`로트/일련번호` 현황판이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:388 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" "이 섹션에서는 로트 번호에 연결된 품목이 기본적으로 표시됩니다. 항목을 확장하여 각 품목에 할당된 관련 로트 번호를 표시할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:391 msgid "" "To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to" " open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options," " and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click " "the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "로트 기준으로 그룹화하려면, 먼저 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 필터를 모두 삭제합니다. 그런 다음 :icon:`fa-" "caret-down` :guilabel:`(아래쪽 표시)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`필터`, :guilabel:`그룹 기준`" " 옵션 및 :guilabel:`즐겨찾기` 드롭다운 메뉴를 엽니다. :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`사용자" " 지정 그룹 추가` 옵션을 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:397 msgid "" "Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing " "lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of " "products with that assigned number." msgstr "" "이렇게 하면 페이지의 모든 레코드가 초기화되어 기존의 로트번호 및 일련번호가 모두 표시되고, 해당 번호인 제품의 수량이 모두 표시되도록 " "확장할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 추적 보고서." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:405 msgid "Traceability report" msgstr "추적 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:407 msgid "" "To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number " "line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number " "form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." msgstr "" "특정 로트 번호에 대하여 전체 재고 이동 보고서를 확인하려면 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 현황판에서 로트 번호 줄을 선택합니다. " "로트 번호 양식에서 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." msgstr "로트에 대한 추적 보고서를 표시하여, 재고 이동을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:416 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" msgstr "로트번호/일련번호 재지정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 msgid "" "Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, " "*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent " "records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory " "adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not " "originally assigned lots." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 로트번호나 일련번호 없이 품목을 저장한 *이후에* 관련 번호를 기준으로 품목 추적을 하도록 설정을 변경할 경우, 레코드 " "내용이 정확하지 않을 수 있습니다. 본 문서를 통해 재고 조정으로 원래 로트번호가 지정되지 않았던 품목에 로트번호나 일련번호를 지정하는 " "방법을 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." msgstr "경고 메시지: 재고로 보유 중인 품목에 로트번호/일련번호가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 msgid "" "This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one " "to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the " "quantities *with* the lot numbers." msgstr "" "본 문서에서는 두 가지 재고 조정 방법을 활용한 프로세스에 대해 설명합니다. 먼저 *로트번호가 없는* 상태에서 잘못된 레코드를 삭제하는 " "방법을 설명하고, 두번째로는 *로트번호가 있는* 상태에서 수량을 저장하는 방법을 살펴봅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" msgstr ":doc:`로트번호 설정 및 사용 방법 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" msgstr ":doc:`일련번호 사용 방법 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:23 msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" msgstr "보유 수량을 0으로 변경하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:25 msgid "" "To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin " "by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select the intended product." msgstr "" "추적 기능에 대한 설정을 변경하여 로트나 일련번호로 품목에 대한 추적을 할 수 있게 하려면, 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리" " 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 가서 원하는 품목을 선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:28 msgid "" "Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " "column, change the value to zero." msgstr "" "다음으로, 품목에 있는 :guilabel:`보유 중` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`수령 업데이트` 페이지를 엽니다. " ":guilabel:`보유 수량` 열에서 값을 0으로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:32 msgid "" "If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on " "hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." msgstr "품목이 보관되어 있는 위치가 여러 곳인 경우에는, 반드시 **모든** 위치에서 **총** 보유 수량이 0인지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "" "Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" " "field." msgstr "재고 조정 모델을 표시한 다음, \"보유 수량\" 필드를 강조 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:40 msgid "Change traceability setting" msgstr "추적 설정 변경하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:42 msgid "" "Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option " "from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique " "Serial Number`." msgstr "" "품목 양식으로 돌아가서 (:menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`) :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭으로 " "전환합니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`추적` 옵션을 변경하여 :guilabel:`조회 안 함` 에서 " ":guilabel:`로트 기준` 또는 :guilabel:`고유 일련번호 기준` 으로 바꿉니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:55 msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" msgstr "보유 수량 복원하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:57 msgid "" "After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the " "quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired" " product form." msgstr "" "보유 수량을 0으로 수동 변경하고 :guilabel:`추적` 기능에 대한 설정을 로트 또는 일련번호로 변경한 후, " ":guilabel:`보유 중` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 품목 양식에 수량이 복원됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:61 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had " "been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning " "appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-" "left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the " ":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` to its original value." msgstr "" "보유 수량을 이미 0으로 변경시켰기 때문에 :guilabel:`수량 업데이트` 페이지에는 :guilabel:`재고 없음` 으로 경고가 " "표시됩니다. 이 경우, 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`수량 업데이트`" " 페이지에 수정할 수 있는 새 줄이 표시됩니다. 그런 다음 지정할 로트 번호를 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호` 필드에 입력하면, " ":guilabel:`보유 수량` 이 원래 값으로 조정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." msgstr "\"로트/일련번호\" 및 \"보유 수량\" 필드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:75 msgid "" "To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` " "accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the " ":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` " "button on the far-right." msgstr "" "원래의 수량을 찾아서 이에 맞게 :guilabel:`보유 수량` 을 조정하려면, 새로운 로트번호 또는 일련번호를 지정한 다음 " ":guilabel:`보유 수량` 열에 있는 :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(연필)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음" " 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`이력` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "재고 조정 페이지에 있는 \"내역\" 버튼을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:84 msgid "" "The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is " "displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "재고 조정을 통해 보유 수량이 0으로 변경되어 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 msgid "Show the history entry." msgstr "입력된 이력이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Serial numbers" msgstr "일련번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " "Odoo, along with :doc:`lots `. A serial number is a unique identifier " "assigned to a product to distinguish it from other products in a series. " "Serial numbers can consist of several character types: they can contain " "numbers, letters, other typographical characters, or any mix of these " "character types." msgstr "" "*일련번호* 는 Odoo에서 품목을 식별하고 추적하는 두 가지 방법 중 하나로, :doc:`로트 ` 와 함께 사용되는 " "방법입니다. 일련번호는 품목에 부여되는 고유한 식별자로 품목을 일련의 다른 품목과 구별합니다. 일련번호는 여러 가지 문자 유형으로 설정할" " 수 있습으며, 숫자, 문자, 기타 활자를 포함할 수 있으며 이러한 문자 유형을 조합할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:10 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers allows for the tracking of individual " "products and their :doc:`expiration dates ` and location " "throughout the supply chain. For instance, serial numbers can help " "manufacturers locate products to provide after-sales services or in the " "event of a recall." msgstr "" "일련번호를 지정하는 목적은 개별 품목과 해당 :doc:`유통 기한 ` 및 공급망 전체에 걸쳐 위치를 " "​​추적하는 것입니다. 예를 들어, 일련번호를 활용하여 제조업체에서는 애프터 서비스를 제공하거나 리콜이 발생할 경우 품목을 찾아낼 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Serial Numbers `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 일련번호 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:23 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, two settings need to be enabled: the" " :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers traceability setting " "`, and :ref:`serial " "number usage by operation type `." msgstr "" "일련번호로 품목을 추적하려면 :ref:`로트 및 일련번호 추적 설정 " "` 및 :ref:`작업 유형별 일련번호 사용 " "` 의 두 가지 설정을 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "Traceability setting" msgstr "추적성 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:32 msgid "" "The *Lots & Serial Numbers* traceability feature *must* be enabled first to " "track products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " "section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` checkbox. Remember " "to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" "*로트 및 일련번호* 추적 기능이 *반드시* 먼저 활성화되어야 품목을 추적할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`추적 가능성` 섹션까지 아래로 " "스크롤로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 확인란에 표시합니다. :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 " "저장하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Lots & Serial Numbers setting." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:44 msgid "By operation type" msgstr "작업 유형별" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "" "Next, specify whether the ability to create new or use existing serial " "numbers should be turned on for particular operation types (such as shipping" " or receiving goods). In other words, this setting allows for serial number " "tracking on warehouse receipts and delivery orders." msgstr "" "다음으로, 새로운 일련번호를 생성하거나 기존 일련번호를 사용할 수 있는 기능을 특정 작업 유형 (예: 품목 배송이나 수령)에 대해 켤지 " "여부를 지정합니다. 즉, 이 설정이 적용될 경우 창고 영수증 및 배송주문서를 대상으로 일련번호 추적을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:51 msgid "" "Enabling the *Create New* option for receipts allows new serial numbers to " "be assigned as items are received. However, for delivery orders, it is often" " disabled to prevent workers from accidentally assigning serial numbers that" " do not exist in inventory." msgstr "" "영수증에 대해 *새로 만들기* 옵션을 활성화하면 물품 입고 시 새 일련번호를 지정할 수 있습니다. 그러나 배송주문서의 경우에는 보통 " "작업자 측에서 재고에 없는 일련번호를 실수로 지정하는 것을 방지하기 위해 비활성화하는 경우가 많습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:55 msgid "" "To enable the creation of new serial numbers on an operation, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:58 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation " "type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing`), and select the :guilabel:`Create New` option in " "the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section of the operation type's " "configuration page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업 유형` 페이지에서 원하는 작업 유형 (예: :guilabel:`영수증`, :guilabel:`배송주문서` 또는 " ":guilabel:`제조 관리`)을 선택한 후 작업 유형의 환경 설정 페이지에 있는 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 섹션에서 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "입고 작업 유형에서 \"새로 만들기\" 옵션이 선택된 것을 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on individual products" msgstr "개별 품목에 일련번호 추적 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers setting " "` has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To track a " "product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and" " select the desired product." msgstr "" ":ref:`로트 및 일련번호 설정 ` 기능이 " "활성화되면 이제 개별 품목을 일련번호를 사용하여 추적할 수 있습니다. 품목을 추적하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 -->" " 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 원하는 품목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the product form, make sure " "the box next to :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is checked. Then, select " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "changes. Now, existing or new serial numbers can now be selected and " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" "품목 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`재고 추적` 옆의 확인란에 표시가 되어 있는지 확인합니다. " "그런 다음 :guilabel:`고유 일련번호 기준` 을 선택하고 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하면 변경 사항이 저장됩니다. 이제 " "기존 또는 새로운 일련번호를 선택하여 새로 입고되거나 이 품목에 대해 제조된 배치에 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "품목 양식에서 일련번호 추적을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:86 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "일련번호 지정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:88 msgid "In Odoo, serial numbers can be assigned at several times and places:" msgstr "Odoo에서 일련번호는 다양한 시간과 장소에 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:90 msgid "" "When a product is :ref:`already in stock " "`" msgstr "" "품목이 :ref:`이미 재고 있음 ` 으로 되어 있는" " 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "Via the :ref:`Moves smart button ` on a receipt" msgstr "" "입고 시 :ref:`이동 스마트 버튼 ` 을 활용하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:92 msgid "" "Via the :ref:`Open: Stock move window ` on a receipt" msgstr "" "영수증에 있는 :ref:`열기: 재고 이동 창 ` 을 통하여 " "진행하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:93 msgid "" ":doc:`During a manufacturing order " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " "product tracked by lots/serial numbers" msgstr "" "로트/일련번호로 추적되는 제품에 대한 :doc:`생산 주문 중 " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:96 msgid "" "When :doc:`making an inventory adjustment " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`재고 조정 <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` " "을 할 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "이미 재고가 있는 제품에 대한 새 일련번호 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so " "reveals a blank lot/serial number form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" "일련번호가 지정되지 않은 품목이 이미 재고로 있는 경우 새로운 일련번호를 생성할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련번호` 로 이동하여 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." " 그러면 새로운 로트/일련번호 양식이 표시됩니다. 이 양식에서 새로운 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 가 자동으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:110 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " "clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " "changing the generated number." msgstr "" "Odoo는 일반적으로 가장 최근 번호 다음에 새 로트 또는 일련번호를 생성하지만, :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 필드 아래의 줄을 " "클릭하고 자동 생성된 번호를 변경하여 원하는 번호로 편집할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`가 생성되면 :guilabel:`품목` 옆의 빈 필드를 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴를 열 수 있습니다. 이 " "메뉴에서 이 새 번호를 할당할 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:118 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, to assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for " "additional traceability), and to assign this specific lot/serial number " "configuration to a specific company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. A " "detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added in" " the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" "또한 이 양식을 통해 :guilabel:`보유 수량` 을 조정하고, 고유한 :guilabel:`내부 참조` 번호를 지정할 수 있으며 " "(추적 가능성을 높일 수 있음), 특정한 로트/일련번호 환경설정을 :guilabel:`회사` 필드에 있는 특정 회사에 지정할 수 " "있습니다. 이러한 특정 로트/일련 번호에 대한 자세한 설명도 아래의 :guilabel:`설명` 탭에 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:125 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number field is a space for manufacturers" " to input an additional unique number to allow for easier tracking. For " "instance, SKU values may be used here." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`내부 참조` 번호 필드는 제조업체에서 추가 고유 번호를 입력할 수 있는 곳으로 추적을 더욱 용이하게 합니다. 예를 " "들어, 여기에는 SKU 값을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." msgstr "설정이 모두 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "기존 제품 재고에 대한 새 일련번호가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:134 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "product that this newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" "새로운 일련번호를 생성하여 원하는 품목에 지정하고 저장한 후, 다시 품목 양식으로 돌아가서 :menuselection:`품목 --> " "품목` 으로 이동하여 새로 생성한 일련번호를 방금 지정한 품목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:138 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" "해당 품목의 세부 정보 양식에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 새 일련번호를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Create serial numbers for incoming or outgoing products" msgstr "입고 또는 출고 품목에 일련번호 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned to both incoming and outgoing goods. The " "receipt and delivery order forms mirror one another; the instructions below " "can be followed to assign serial numbers in either form." msgstr "" "일련번호는 입고 및 출고 품목에 모두 지정할 수 있습니다. 영수증과 배송주문서 양식은 서로 동일하게 반영되며, 아래 지침에 따라 두 가지" " 양식 모두에 일련번호를 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "**Incoming goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **receipt**. " "Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:152 msgid "" "**Outgoing goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **delivery " "order**. Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory" " app --> Operations --> Deliveries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:156 msgid "" "Before assigning serial numbers on receipts or delivery orders, be sure that" " the ability to :ref:`create new serial numbers by operations type " "` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:161 msgid "Lots/serial number field" msgstr "로트/일련번호 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:163 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be entered directly into the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` " "field on a receipt or delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Select value for Serial Number field on receipt." msgstr "입고 시 일련번호 필드에 값을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:170 msgid "" "To make the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` field visible on a receipt or " "delivery order, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(Adjust " "Settings)` icon, and in the drop-down menu, tick the :guilabel:`Serial " "Numbers` checkbox." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일련번호` 필드가 영수증 또는 배송주문서에 나타나게 하려면 :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " ":guilabel:`(설정 조정)` 아이콘을 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`일련번호` 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "Allow Serial Numbers field to show on a receipt or delivery order." msgstr "입고증 또는 배송주문서에 일련번호 필드가 표시되도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:177 msgid "Example **Serial Numbers** field on a delivery order." msgstr "배송주문서에 있는 **일련번호** 필드의 예시입니다," #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:182 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "재고 이동 팝업창" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:184 msgid "" "For various methods of assigning serial numbers individually or in bulk, " "click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the product line of a " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:188 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "항목 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:190 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, manually enter serial " "numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column. This method is best " "reserved for adding only one or a few serial numbers." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 창에서, :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 열에 일련번호를 수동으로 입력합니다. 이 방법은" " 일련번호 하나 또는 몇 개만 추가하는 데 가장 적합한 방법입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Add a line on the stock move pop-up." msgstr "재고 이동 팝업에 줄 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:200 msgid "Generate Serials/Lots" msgstr "일련번호/로트 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:202 msgid "" "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate " "Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Show generate serials pop-up." msgstr "일련번호 생성 팝업창이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "Doing so opens a new popup, :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers`, which " "contains a few fields:" msgstr "그러면 몇 가지 필드가 있는 :guilabel:`일련번호 생성`이라는 새 팝업창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:210 msgid "" ":guilabel:`First SN`: Input the first serial number that should start the " "sequence. From there, Odoo automatically detects what pattern should be " "followed to generate more serial numbers." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`첫 번째 SN`: 번호를 시작할 첫 번째 일련번호를 입력합니다. 그 다음부터는 Odoo에서 자동으로 감지하여 패턴에 " "따라 일련번호가 계속 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Number of SN`: Specify the desired number of serial numbers to " "generate." msgstr ":guilabel:`일련번호로 지정할 숫자`: 일련번호를 생성할 때 원하는 숫자를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "The number of serials generated will be reflected in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field on a receipt or delivery order. Even if the " "number of serial numbers generated exceeds the :guilabel:`Demand` value, " "Odoo still allows the quantity (based on the serial numbers) to be delivered" " or received." msgstr "" "생성된 일련번호 개수는 영수증 또는 배송주문서의 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 반영됩니다. 생성된 일련번호의 개수가 " ":guilabel:`수요` 값을 초과하더라도 Odoo에서 계속 (일련번호를 기준으로) 수량을 배송하거나 수령할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show how the quantity of serial numbers alters the delivery order quantity." msgstr "일련번호의 수량에 따라 배송주문서 수량이 어떻게 변경되는지 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox: Check this box to keep existing " "serial numbers that may have been previously added. To replace existing " "serial numbers in the list, leave the box unchecked." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`현재 내역 유지` 확인란: 이 확인란에 표시하면 이전에 추가한 기존의 일련번호를 그대로 유지합니다. 목록에서 기존 " "일련번호를 바꾸려면 확인란에 표시하지 않은 상태로 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "After filling out these fields, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button. The " "newly generated serials now appear in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "window. By clicking :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` fields on the " "delivery order or receipt update automatically." msgstr "" "이러한 필드를 입력한 후, :guilabel:`생성` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이제 새로 생성된 일련번호가 :guilabel:`열기: 재고 " "이동` 창에 나타납니다. :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(저장)` 을 클릭하면 배송주문서 또는 영수증의 " ":guilabel:`수량` 및 :guilabel:`일련번호` 필드가 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:233 msgid "Import Serials/Lots" msgstr "일련번호 및 로트번호 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:235 msgid "" "Another option for assigning multiple serial numbers at once is to click the" " :guilabel:`Import Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:239 msgid "" "If the import button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` box " "is checked in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Serials` pop-up window. Enter each " "serial number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text" " field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:245 msgid "" "As when :ref:`generating serials `, check the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` box to keep existing " "serial numbers, or leave it unchecked to overwrite them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:250 msgid "" "To expedite this process, copy/paste serial numbers from an existing " "spreadsheet and add them to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Show import serials pop-up." msgstr "일련번호 가져오기 팝업창이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:259 msgid "" "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has " "already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:262 msgid "" "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` " "and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following " "in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" "따라서 :guilabel:`로트 가져오기` 팝업창에서 두 개의 일련번호 `124`와 `125` 가 나머지 품목에 지정되도록 " ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 입력 항목에 다음 내용을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:271 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two " "serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already" " been assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "Show example of correctly inputting serial numbers in the text field." msgstr "텍스트 필드에 일련번호를 정확히 입력하는 것을 보여주는 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:282 msgid "" "Accessible from both receipt and delivery order forms, the *Detailed " "Operations* page shows a detailed view of product movements, including " "information about serial numbers, exact locations, expiration dates, etc. " "This level of detail permits more precise tracking, for example, when " "handling perishable or regulated goods." msgstr "" "입고 및 배송주문서 양식에서 모두 액세스할 수 있는 *상세 작업* 페이지에는 품목 이동에 대한 자세한 보기가 표시되며, 해당 정보에는 " "일련번호, 정확한 위치, 유통기한 등이 포함되어 있습니다. 이러한 수준의 세부 정보를 통해 보다 정확하게 추적할 수 있으며, 예를 들어 " "부패하기 쉬운 품목이나 규제된 품목을 처리할 때 활용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:287 msgid "" "To access this page, first :ref:`select a warehouse receipt or delivery " "order `. Then, " "click on the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`Moves` smart button at the top of " "the page." msgstr "" "이 페이지에 액세스하려면 먼저 :ref:`창고 입고증 또는 배송주문서 " "` 을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " "페이지 상단의 :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`이동` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column, manually type (or select from " "the drop-down menu) the desired serial numbers for each individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Show the detailed Moves page." msgstr "자세한 이동 페이지를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:297 msgid "" "When finished, click the receipt/delivery order's breadcrumbs, and the " "assigned serial numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "완료 후에는, 영수증/배송주문서에 있는 이동 경로를 클릭하면 지정된 일련번호가 자동으로 저장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301 msgid "Display serial numbers on delivery slips" msgstr "배송 전표에 일련번호 표시하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "When selling products tracked using serial numbers, it is possible to " "include the serial numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can" " be helpful to customers in cases where serial numbers are needed, such as " "filing an RMA or repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:307 msgid "" "To include serial numbers on delivery slips, open the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips` setting, serial numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by serial numbers, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:316 msgid "" "To view serial numbers on delivery orders and delivery slips, navigate to " "the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, " "and select an order containing a product tracked using serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:320 msgid "" "To view the serial numbers of products included in the order, make sure the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab is selected, then click the :icon:`oi-settings-" "adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the right of the tab. Ensure that the " ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox is ticked, which causes a " ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The serial number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" "품목 일련번호를 주문서에서 확인하려면 :guilabel:`작업` 탭이 선택되어 있는지 확인한 다음, 탭 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`oi-" "settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(조정)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`일련번호` 확인란에 표시가 되어 " "있는지 확인하며, 그러면 :guilabel:`일련번호` 열이 나타납니다. 주문서에 있는 각 품목의 일련번호가 이 열에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:329 msgid "" "At the top of the order's form, click the :icon:`fa-cog` " ":guilabel:`(Actions)` button, and select :menuselection:`Print --> Delivery " "Slip`. The delivery slip is then downloaded. Open the delivery slip using " "the device's browser or file manager. Serial numbers are listed next to " "their respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:338 msgid "Traceability & reporting" msgstr "추적 및 보고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:340 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the *Lots/Serial Numbers* dashboard" " and traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: when and" " where it originated, where it was stored, and who it was shipped to." msgstr "" "제조업체와 기업에서는 *로트/일련번호* 현황판과 추적 보고서를 참조하여 품목의 전체 수명 주기를 확인할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 제품 " "생산 시기와 장소, 보관 장소 및 도착지를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:345 msgid "Lots/Serial Numbers dashboard" msgstr "로트/일련번호 현황판" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:347 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" "품목에 대해 전체 추적 내용을 보거나 일련번호를 기준으로 그룹으로 만드려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 -->" " 로트/일련번호` 로 이동합니다. 이렇게 진행하면 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 현황판이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:352 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "보고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:354 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, products with serial " "numbers assigned to them are listed by default. Click the :icon:`fa-caret-" "right` :guilabel:`(expand)` icon to show which serial numbers are assigned " "to the chosen product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 현황판에는 일련번호가 지정된 품목이 기본값으로 표시됩니다. :icon:`fa-caret-right` " ":guilabel:`(펼치기)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 선택한 품목에 지정되어 있는 일련번호가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:358 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-" "down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," " which reveals a mini drop-down menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "일련번호 (또는 로트)를 기준으로 그룹화하려면, 먼저 기본 필터를 오른쪽 상단에 있는 검색 창에서 제거합니다. 그런 다음 " ":icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹 " "추가`를 선택하면 미니 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다. 미니 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호` 를 선택한 후 " ":guilabel:`적용` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:363 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots. Each row can be " "expanded to show all quantities of product assigned to that serial/lot " "number. For unique serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just " "one product per serial number." msgstr "" "이렇게 하면 기존의 일련번호와 로트가 모두 표시됩니다. 각각의 행을 확장하여 해당 일련번호/로트번호에 지정되어 있는 품목 수량을 모두 " "나타나게 할 수 있습니다. 재사용을 하지 않는 고유한 일련번호인 경우에는 일련번호당 품목이 하나만 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "드롭다운 목록이 있는 일련번호 보고 페이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:371 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial (or lot) number, " "click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " ":guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " ":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " "stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " "serial number." msgstr "" "개별 일련번호 (또는 로트)에 대한 추가 정보를 보려면 일련번호에 있는 줄 항목을 클릭하여 해당 :guilabel:`일련번호` 양식을 " "표시합니다. 이 양식에서 :guilabel:`위치` 및 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 일련번호를 사용 중인 " "모든 재고와 해당 일련번호로 수행되는 모든 작업을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:377 msgid ":doc:`Reassign `" msgstr ":doc:`재할당 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:379 msgid "" "In addition to using the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, there " "are several other reporting templates that display the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" " Number` field or the ability to filter by serial number. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting` to access:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 현황판을 사용하는 방법 외에도, 여러 가지 다른 보고용 템플릿으로 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`" " 필드를 표시하거나 일련번호로 필터하는 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 보고` 로 이동하여" " 다음과 같은 내용에 액세스해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:383 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations` report" msgstr ":guilabel:`위치` 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:384 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves History` report" msgstr ":guilabel:`이동 이력` 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:385 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis` report" msgstr ":guilabel:`이동 분석` 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" msgstr "배송 및 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:6 msgid "Inbound and outbound flows" msgstr "인바운드 및 아운바운드 흐름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:8 msgid "" "There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " "(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " "such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " "amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" " handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" "창고에서 품목을 수령(입고)하고 배송(출고)하는 방법에는 여러 가지가 있습니다. 재고 품목이나 판매되는 품목 유형, 창고 크기, 일일 " "입고 및 배송 확정 주문량 등 여러 가지 요인에 따라서 창고에서 품목을 입고 및 배송 처리하는 방식이 크게 달라질 수 있습니다. 입고 및" " 배송에 대한 환경설정은 각기 다르게 설정할 수 있으며, 반드시 단계 수가 같지 않아도 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" "`경로 사용 (온라인 학습 튜토리얼)`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:16 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" "`푸쉬-풀 방식 (온라인 학습 튜토리얼) `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:20 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "입고 및 배송 처리에 적합한 재고 흐름 선택하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:22 msgid "" "By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " "one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " "the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " "receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " "perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" " depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" "기본적으로 Odoo에서는 배송 및 입고 처리를 할 때 1단계부터 3단계까지 세 가지 다른 방식으로 진행합니다. 기본 환경설정은 1단계가 " "기본값으로 되어 있습니다. 창고에서 입고나 출고 작업을 진행할 때 별도 단계가 필요하여 추가할 경우, 품목 입고나 출고 전에 부수적인 " "단계를 추가할 수 있습니다. 이같은 단계에 대한 환경설정은 입고 품목에 대한 품질 검사 혹은 출고 품목 특수 포장과 같이 보관 중인 " "품목의 요구 사항에 따라 전적으로 달라지게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:30 msgid "One-step flow" msgstr "1단계 플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:32 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "1단계 설정에 대한 입고 및 배송 규칙은 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:34 msgid "" "**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "**입고**: 제품이 창고로 바로 입고됩니다. 입고와 재고 사이에 품질 관리팀으로 이관하는 등의 중간 단계가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:36 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" "**배송**: 재고에서 바로 품목을 발송합니다. 재고와 배송 간에 패키지 장소로의 이동과 같은 중간 단계가 발생하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:38 msgid "" "Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" "처리 방식으로 :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)`, :abbr:`LIFO (후입선물)` 또는 :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 방식을 " "선택하지 않는 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:40 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." msgstr "입고 및/또는 배송이 빠르게 처리됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:41 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "재고 수준이 낮고 부패하기 어려운 품목이 있는 소규모 창고에 권장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:42 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "품목은 창고로 직접 입고되거나 출고됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:48 msgid "Two-step flow" msgstr "2단계 플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:50 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "2단계 설정에 대한 입고 및 배송 규칙은 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:52 msgid "" "**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " "stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" "**입고 + 창고**: 제품이 입고되기 *전*에 제품을 입고 위치로 가져옵니다. 제품을 창고에 보관하기 전에 여러 선반, 냉동고, 잠금" " 구역 등 다양한 내부 보관 위치별로 제품을 정리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:55 msgid "" "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "" "**피킹 + 발송**: 배송하기 전에 제품을 출고 위치로 가져옵니다. 배송 전에 여러 배송업체 또는 배송 화물 적재 플랫폼에서 패키지를 " "정리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:57 msgid "" "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" "로트번호 또는 일련번호로 품목을 추적할 때 :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)`, :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 또는 " ":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 처리 방식을 사용하기 위한 최소 요구 사항입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:60 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "" "재고 수준을 높게 유지하는 대형 창고, 혹은 보관하는 품목이 대형 품목(예: 매트리스, 대형 가구, 중장비 등)인 경우에 권장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:83 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "입고된 제품은 재고로 전환될 때까지 제조, 배송 등에 사용할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:69 msgid "Three-step flow" msgstr "3단계 플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:71 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "3단계 설정에 대한 입고 및 배송 규칙은 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:73 msgid "" "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "" "**입고 + 품질 + 재고**: 입고 지점에서 제품을 수령하고 품질 관리 구역으로 가져가 검사를 통과한 제품을 창고에 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:75 msgid "" "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "" "**피킹 + 포장 + 배송**: 처리 방식에 따라 품목을 피킹하고 전용 포장 공간에 포장한 후 배송을 위해 출고 위치로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:77 msgid "" "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" "로트 또는 일련번호로 품목을 추적할 때 :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)`, :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 또는 " ":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 처리 방식을 적용하는 경우에 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:80 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "재고 수준이 매우 높은 초대형 창고에 권장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:81 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "상품을 입고하기 전에 품질 관리 검사를 수행해야 하는 모든 창고에 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "창고에서 크로스도킹 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "" "크로스 도킹을 사용하면 입고된 제품이 창고에 들어가지 않고 고객에게 바로 배송됩니다. 화물차는 *크로스 도킹* 구역에 제품을 하역하고 " "다른 화물차에 적재하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" "창고 정리 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 블로그 '크로스 도킹이란 무엇이며 어떤 비즈니스에 적합한가요?'를 참조하세요. " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "*재고 관리* 앱에서 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`을 열고 *다중 단계 경로*를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "이렇게 하면 *보관 위치* 기능도 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" "이제 *입고*와 *출고*가 모두 2단계로 작동하도록 구성되어야 합니다. 설정을 구성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> " "환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동하여 창고를 편집합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" "이 변경은 *크로스 도킹* 경로를 생성하며, :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 경로`에서 확인할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "크로스 도킹 경로로 제품 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" "*크로스 도킹 경로*를 사용하는 제품을 생성한 다음 재고 탭에서 *구매* 및 *크로스 도킹* 경로를 선택합니다. 이제 구매 탭에서 제품을" " 구매할 공급업체를 지정하고 가격을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" "작업 완료 후, 제품에 대한 판매주문서을 생성한 후 확정합니다. Odoo에서는 두 건의 이송 작업을 자동으로 생성하여 판매주문서에 " "연결합니다. 첫 번째는 *입고 위치* 에서 *출고 위치* 로의 전송하는 작업이며, 이는 *크로스 도킹* 구역에서의 제품 이송에 " "해당합니다. 두 번째는 *출고 위치* 에서 *고객 위치* 로의 배송 작업입니다. 두 건 모두 *다른 작업 대기 중* 상태로 표시되며 아직" " 공급업체에서 제품 주문 작업이 진행되지 않았기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" "이제 *매입* 앱으로 이동합니다. 여기에서는 시스템에서 자동으로 진행된 구매발주서를 확인하실 수 있습니다. 확인 후 *수령 장소*에서 " "상품을 수령합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "공급자로부터 품목을 수령하면 초기 판매 주문으로 돌아가 *입고*에서 *출고* 위치로의 내부 이동을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "이제 배송 주문을 처리 및 승인할 준비가 완료되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Three-step delivery" msgstr "3단계 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " "include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" "일부 회사의 경우 매일 대량의 배송을 처리하는데, 그 중 상당수는 품목이 여러 가지 종류이거나 특수한 포장이 필요한 경우가 많습니다. " "이를 효율적으로 처리하려면 품목을 배송하기 전에 포장 단계가 있어야 합니다. 이를 위해 Odoo는 품목 배송을 위한 3단계 프로세스를 " "갖추고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " "delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " "strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " "into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" "기본 3단계 배송 프로세스에서 배송주문서에 있는 품목은 지정된 처분 방식에 따라 창고에서 피킹 후 포장 구역으로 이동하여 작업합니다. " "포장 구역에서 품목에 대한 포장 작업을 여러 가지 배송 상황에 맞게 진행한 후, 출고하기 전까지 출고지 위치로 가져옵니다. 이와 같은 " "단계는 비즈니스의 요구 상황에 맞게 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "To change delivery settings from :doc:`one step " "` to three steps, make sure the *Multi-Step " "Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" ":doc:`1단계 ` 에서 3단계로 배송 설정을 변경하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 창고` 에서 *다단계 경로* 가 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다." " :guilabel:`다단계 경로` 를 활성화하면 *저장 위치*도 같이 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다단계 경로 및 보관 위치를 활성화하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:27 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "다음으로 3단계 배송을 위해 창고를 구성해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> " "창고`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고`를 클릭하여 편집합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`상품 포장, 출고 후 배송 " "(3단계)`에 대해 :guilabel:`출고 배송`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "발송 옵션을 설정하여 3단계로 배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " "rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " "and update the name." msgstr "" "3단계 입고 및 배송을 활성화하면 *포장 구역* (WH/Packing Zone)과 *출고 구역 *(WH/Output)이라는 두 개의 내부" " 위치가 새로 생성됩니다. 위치의 이름을 변경하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동하여 " "변경할 :guilabel:`위치`를 클릭한 다음 이름을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:42 msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "3단계 배송 (픽업 + 포장 + 배송)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:35 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "판매주문서 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a new quote, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, which " "reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "새 견적서를 만들려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 만들기` 로 이동하여 빈 견적서 양식이 나타나게 합니다. 빈 견적서 " "양식에서 :guilabel:`고객` 을 선택하고 저장 가능한 :guilabel:`품목` 을 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`확인` 을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " "quotation form. Clicking it opens the picking order to move the ordered " "product from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" "견적서 양식의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 피킹 주문서가 열리고 주문한 품목이" " `WH/Stock` 에서 `WH/Packing Zone` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" "판매 주문을 확인하면 판매 주문과 관련된 세 가지 항목이 표시된 배송 스마트 버튼이\n" "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:60 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "피킹 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 msgid "" "The picking order will be created once the sales order is confirmed. To view" " the picking, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the" " :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" "판매주문서가 확정되면 피킹 주문서가 생성됩니다. 피킹을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱` 으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`재고 전체보기` 현황판에서 :guilabel:`피킹` 작업 카드를 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button, which reveals the picking order " "generated from the previously confirmed sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " "picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`." msgstr "" "작업하려는 피킹을 클릭합니다. 품목에 재고가 남아 있으면 Odoo에서 자동으로 품목을 예약합니다. :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여" " 피킹을 완료 표시하고 :guilabel:`패킹 구역` 으로 이동하여 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Picking order operation showing source location and destination location." msgstr "출고지와 도착지 위치가 표시되어 있는 피킹 주문 작업입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "포장 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "After validating the picking, the packing order is ready to process. Click " "back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, and locate the :guilabel:`Pack` " "task card on the dashboard." msgstr "" "피킹이 승인되면 포장 주문을 처리할 준비가 완료되었습니다. :guilabel:`재고 전체보기` 로 돌아가서 현황판에서 " ":guilabel:`포장` 작업 카드를 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button (in this case, :guilabel:`1 To " "Process`). This reveals the packing order generated from the previously " "confirmed sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "판매 주문에 연결된 패킹 주문을 열고 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택하여 패킹 프로세스를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Packing order operation showing source location and destination location." msgstr "출고지와 도착지 위치를 보여주는 포장 주문 작업입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:93 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "포장 주문이 확인되면 제품은 :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` 위치를 벗어나 :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "위치로 이동하여 문서의 상태가 :guilabel:`완료`로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "배송 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" "Once the packing order has been validated, the delivery order is ready to " "process. Navigate back to the original sales order to process the delivery " "by going to :menuselection:`Sales app`, and selecting the sales order " "created previously." msgstr "" "패킹 주문서가 확인되면 배송주문서를 처리할 준비가 된 것입니다. :menuselection:`판매 앱` 으로 이동하여 이전에 생성한 " "판매주문서를 선택하면 원래의 판매주문서로 돌아가서 배송을 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "Delivery orders can *also* be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory" " app --> Operations --> Deliveries`." msgstr "" "배송주문서는 *또한* :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 배송` 으로 이동하는 방법으로도 액세스할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are 3 transfers, " "instead of one. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button shows the " "three operations for this sales order: the picking, the packing, and the " "delivery." msgstr "" "이제 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼에서는 이송 작업이 1개가 아니라 3개로 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을" " 클릭하면 이 판매주문서에 대한 세 가지 작업으로 피킹, 포장 및 배송 작업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click the delivery (WH/OUT) transfer to open the delivery order. Then, click" " :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "배송(창고/출고) 이전을 클릭하여 배송주문서를 엽니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" "배송 주문에서 승인을 클릭하여 제품을 출력 위치에서 고객 위치로\n" "전송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "배송 주문이 확인되면 제품이 :guilabel:`WH/Output` 위치에서 :guilabel:`파트너/고객` 위치로 이동합니다. 그러면" " 문서 상태는 :guilabel:`완료`로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Dropshipping" msgstr "직배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:7 msgid "" "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " "items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " "purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" " it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " "supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" "직배송 방식은 판매자가 공급업체에서 고객에게 직접 품목을 배송하도록 하는 주문 처리 방식입니다. 일반적으로 판매자는 공급업체로부터 품목을" " 구매하여 재고로 보관하고 있다가 주문이 접수되면 고객에게 품목을 보냅니다. 이와는 다르게 직배송 방식의 경우에는 공급업체 측에서 " "책임지고 품목의 보관 및 배송을 담당합니다. 이 방식은 판매자가 창고 운영비와 같은 재고 비용을 절감할 수 있다는 장점이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" msgstr "직배송할 품목 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "주문 처리 전략으로 직배송을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`구매` 앱으로 이동하여 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> " "설정`을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`물류` 제목 아래에서 :guilabel:`직배송` 확인란을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`저장`을" " 클릭하여 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:20 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " "--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" " configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동한 다음 :menuselection:`품목 --> 품목`에 액세스합니다. 기존 제품을 " "선택하거나 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 새 제품을 설정합니다. :guilabel:`품목` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`판매 " "가능` 및 :guilabel:`구매 가능` 확인란이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " "product form." msgstr "품목 양식에서 '판매 가능' 및 '구매 가능' 확인란을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:29 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " "that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " "vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " "purchase orders." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구매` 탭으로 이동하여 공급업체를 지정하고 해당 공급업체가 제품에 대해 제안하는 판매 가격을 지정합니다. 필요한 경우" " 여러 공급업체를 추가할 수 있지만, 목록 맨 위에 있는 공급업체가 구매 주문에 대해 자동으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "공급업체가 지정된 품목 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "" "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" "마지막으로 :guilabel:`재고` 탭을 선택하고 :guilabel:`경로` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`직배송` 확인란을 " "활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "품목 재고 탭에서 직배송 옵션을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "While it is not necessary to enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route in addition to" " the :guilabel:`Dropship` route, enabling both provides the option of " "dropshipping the product or purchasing it directly." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구매` 경로를 :guilabel:`직배송` 경로에 추가하여 활성화할 필요는 없지만, 모두 활성화하면 품목 직배송이나 " "직접 구매 중에서 선택하게 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" msgstr "직배송을 사용하여 주문 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "When a sales order is created for a dropshipped product, an associated " "request for quotation (RfQ) is automatically generated to purchase the " "product from the vendor. Sales orders can be viewed in the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. " "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top right of a sales " "order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" "직배송 품목에 대한 판매주문서를 생성하면 공급업체에서 품목을 구매하기 위해 관련된 견적요청서 (RfQ)가 자동으로 생성됩니다. " "판매주문서는 :menuselection:`주문서 --> 주문서` 를 선택하면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱에서 볼 수 있습니다." " 판매주문서 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`매입` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 관련 :abbr:`RFQ (견적요청서)` 를 볼 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "오른쪽 상단에 구매 스마트 버튼이 있는 직배송 판매 주문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " "purchase order, and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " "receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button in " "the top-right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" ":abbr:`RFQ (견적요청서)` 를 확인하면 구매발주서로 전환되어 여기에 연결된 직배송 영수증이 생성됩니다. 영수증은 구매발주서 양식" " 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`직배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "오른쪽 상단에 수령 스마트 버튼이 있는 직배송 발주서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:70 msgid "" "The dropship receipt displays :guilabel:`Partners/Vendors` in the " ":guilabel:`Source Location` field, and :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` in the" " :guilabel:`Destination Location` field. Upon delivery of the product to the" " customer, click on the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top-left of the " "dropship receipt to confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" "직배송 영수증에 있는 :guilabel:`출고지` 필드에 :guilabel:`파트너/공급업체` 가 표시되고 :guilabel:`대상지` " "필드에는 :guilabel:`파트너/고객` 이 표시됩니다. 고객에게 품목이 배송되면 직배송 영수증 왼쪽 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하여 배송된 수량을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "배송 후 상품 수령 문서를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:79 msgid "" "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" "모든 직배송 주문을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고` :guilabel:`현황` 대시보드로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`직배송` 카드의 초록색 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "모든 직배송 관련 주문을 보려면 직배송 카드의 녹색 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "위탁: 재고를 소유하지 않고 재고를 사고 파는 행위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " "purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " "will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" "일반적으로 회사 창고에 보관되는 제품은 공급업체로부터 구입하거나 자체적으로 생산합니다. 간혹 공급업체가 제품을 미리 구매하지 않아도 회사" " 창고에 제품을 보관하고 판매할 수 있도록 허용하는 경우가 있는데, 이를 *위탁*이라고 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" "Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " "easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " "storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" "위탁은 공급업체가 새로운 제품을 출시하고 고객에게 편리하게 배송할 수 있는 유용한 방식입니다. 동시에 제품을 보관하는 회사 " "(수탁자)에게는 노력에 대한 수익을 얻을 수 있는 기회를 제공합니다. 수탁업체는 자신이 직접 소유하지 않은 제품을 편리하게 보관하는 것에" " 대해 수수료를 부과할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "위탁 설정 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " "enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "위탁 재고를 수령, 보관 및 판매하려면 설정에서 해당 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 " "--> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`위탁` 옆의 확인란을 선택한 다음" " :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "재고 관리 환경설정에서 위탁을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" msgstr "위탁 재고 입고 (및 보관)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 이 기능을 활성화하면 이제 위탁 재고를 창고로 입고할 수 있습니다. 기본 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 대시보드로" " 이동하여 :guilabel:`입고` 섹션에 액세스한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" "Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " "received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" "위탁 재고는 실제로 공급업체로부터 구매하는 것이 아니라 단순히 수령하여 보관하는 것입니다. 따라서 위탁 재고를 입고하는 과정에는 견적서나" " 구매 주문서가 포함되지 않습니다. *모든* 위탁 재고는 입고될 때마다 수동 입고 생성으로 시작됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" "공급업체를 선택하여 :guilabel:`출고 업체` 필드에 입력한 다음, 동일한 공급업체를 선택하여 :guilabel:`소유자 배정` " "필드에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" "Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" "공급업체로부터 받은 제품은 동일한 공급업체가 소유하게 되므로 :guilabel:`출고업체` 및 :guilabel:`소유자 배정` 필드의 " "값은 반드시 동일해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " "warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " "Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" "공급업체 관련 필드가 설정되면 :guilabel:`품목` 줄에 품목을 입력하고 :guilabel:`완료` 열 아래에는 창고로 입고될 " "수량을 설정합니다. :guilabel:`단위` 기능이 활성화되어 있으면 :abbr:`UoM (측정 단위)`도 변경할 수 있습니다. 위탁된" " 모든 재고가 입고되면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "위탁 입고 생성에서 공급업체 필드를 일치시킵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" msgstr "위탁 판매 및 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" "창고에 위탁 재고가 입고된 후에는 제품 양식에서 :guilabel:`판매 가능` 옵션이 활성화된 다른 재고 제품과 동일한 방식으로 판매할" " 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" "To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" "판매 주문을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`견적` 현황에서 " ":guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`고객` 필드에 입력할 고객을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`고객`은 창고에 입고 (및 보관)된 위탁 재고를 공급한 :guilabel:`공급업체`와 달라야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " "order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "주문 항목의 :guilabel:`품목` 열 아래에 위탁 제품을 추가하고 :guilabel:`수량`을 설정한 다음 양식에 기타 관련 제품 " "세부 정보를 입력합니다. 견적이 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "위탁 재고의 판매 주문." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been confirmed, it becomes a sales order. From here, " "the products can be delivered by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " "button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" msgstr "위탁 재고 추적 및 보고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" "위탁 재고는 창고에 보관하는 회사가 아니라 이를 공급한 공급업체가 소유하지만, 위탁 제품은 특정 재고 보고서에 *여전히* 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "" "재고 관리 보고서를 찾으려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 보고서`로 이동한 다음 필요한 보고서를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" "Since the consignee does not actually own consignment stock, these products " "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" msgstr "품목 이동 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" "To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " "in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " "moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " ":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " ":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" "소유권을 기준으로 위탁 제품의 이동을 확인하려면 :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 필터를 활용하세요. :guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹" " 추가` 매개변수를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`소유주로부터`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`적용`을 차례로 선택하여 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "위탁 재고 이동 기록." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "예상 위탁 재고 단위를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 보고 --> 예상 재고`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" msgstr "보유 재고 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" "View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " "report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " "addition to the quantities per location. For consignment products, the " ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" msgstr "보관 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations " "upon shipment arrival." msgstr "보관 규칙이란 배송 입고 시 품목을 적절한 보관 장소로 라우팅하는 프로세스입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how" " products move through specified warehouse locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to " "efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval " "for future delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can " "also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by " "directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager." msgstr "" "창고에서 특정한 종류의 품목을 처리하는 경우에는 보관 규칙을 통해 휘발성 물질을 창고 관리자가 결정한 다른 위치로 이동시켜서 해당 물질이" " 가까운 곳에 보관되는 것을 방지할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 보관 규칙 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated." msgstr "" "저장 규칙을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`창고` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`다단계 경로` 기능을 활성화합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`저장 " "위치` 기능도 자동으로 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다중 단계 경로를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:36 msgid "Define putaway rule" msgstr "보관 규칙 지정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" "To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the " ":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects." msgstr "" "특정 품목을 보관하기 위해 라우팅되는 위치를 관리하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 보관 규칙` " "으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`만들기` 버튼을 사용하여 규칙이 영향을 미치는 :guilabel:`품목` 또는 " ":guilabel:`품목 카테고리` 에 대한 새로운 보관 규칙을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:43 msgid "" "Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or " "package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)." msgstr "" "보관 규칙은 품목/품목 카테고리별로 지정하거나 패키지 유형별로 지정할 수 있습니다(설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 " "--> 환경설정 --> 설정` 에서 *패키지* 설정을 활성화)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:47 msgid "" "In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where " "the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Store to` location." msgstr "" "해당하는 내용 중에서, :guilabel:`제품 입고 시` 위치는 제품을 :guilabel:`다음에 저장:` 위치로 이동 작업을 생성하는" " 저장 규칙이 실행되는 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:50 msgid "" "For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*" " of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside " "`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)." msgstr "" "이 기능이 작동하려면, :guilabel:`다음에 저장` 위치는 반드시 최초 위치의 *하위 위치* 여야 합니다 (예: " "`창고/재고/과일`은 저장된 품목을 더 쉽게 찾을 수 있도록 `창고/재고` 내부에 특정한 이름으로 지정된 위치입니다)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:55 msgid "" "In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-" "locations:" msgstr "창고 위치인 **창고/재고** 에는 다음과 같은 하위 위치가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:57 msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits" msgstr "WH/Stock/Fruits" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:58 msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables" msgstr "WH/Stock/Vegetables" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:60 msgid "" "Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field " ":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the " ":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" "사과가 모두 과일 섹션에 저장될 수 있도록, `사과` :guilabel:`품목`이 `WH/재고` 에 도착하면 :guilabel:`저장 " "대상` 필드에 위치로 `WH/재고/과일` 를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:63 msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "모든 품목에 대해 이 내용을 반복한 후 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots." msgstr "사과와 당근에 대한 보관 규칙을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:70 msgid "Putaway rule priority" msgstr "보관 규칙 우선순위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from " "highest to lowest) until a match is found:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:75 msgid "Package type and product" msgstr "패키지 유형 및 품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:76 msgid "Package type and product category" msgstr "패키지 유형 및 품목 카테고리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:79 msgid "Product category" msgstr "품목 카테고리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:82 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:" msgstr "`레모네이드 캔` 품목에는 다음과 같은 보관 규칙이 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:84 msgid "" "When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it " "is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "" "`레모네이드 캔` 의 `팔레트`(:guilabel:`패키지 유형`)를 수령하면 `창고/재고/팔레트/PAL1`로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" "`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when " "receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected" " to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:88 msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`" msgstr "`팔레트`에 있는 모든 품목은 `창고/재고/팔레트`로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:89 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" msgstr "`레모네이드 캔` 제품은 `창고/재고/선반 2`로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:90 msgid "" "Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small" " Refrigerator`." msgstr "`전체/음료` 품목 카테고리의 항목이 `창고/재고/소형 냉장고` 로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "보관 규칙의 몇 가지 예." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "One-step receipt and delivery" msgstr "1단계 입고 및 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " "process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " "directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " "customers." msgstr "" "Odoo *재고 관리* 에서는 기본적으로 입출고 배송이 모두 1단계로 처리되도록 설정되어 있습니다. 설정을 변경하려면 *다단계 경로* " "기능을 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:28 msgid "" "Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " "same amount of steps." msgstr "입고 및 출고 배송을 설정할 때 단계의 수는 **동일하지 않아도 됩니다.** " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 msgid "" "For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " "received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " "ship)." msgstr "" "예를 들어, 창고 설정에 대한 환경설정에서 품목을 1단계로 직접 수령하고 3단계(피킹 + 포장 + 배송)로 배송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 msgid "" "To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " "a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " "Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "창고 양식에서 입고 및 출고 배송이 1단계로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 msgid "" "Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" " shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 msgid "" "However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " "form, the feature **must** be enabled." msgstr "그러나 :guilabel:`배송` 설정을 창고 양식에 나타내려면 이 기능을 **반드시** 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " "feature." msgstr "" "*다단계 경로* 를 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`창고` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`다단계 경로` 옆에 있는 확인란에 표시한 후 :guilabel:`저장` 을 " "클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`저장 위치` 기능도 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:48 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "상품을 바로 입고(1단계)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "" "When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " "location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "품목을 1단계 방식으로 입고하면, 구매발주서(PO)가 승인되는 즉시 공급업체 위치에서 데이터베이스의 창고 재고로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:59 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " "fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "새로운 견적 요청 양식이 작성되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:89 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." msgstr "" "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 |RfQ| 가 :guilabel:`구매주문서` 단계로 " "이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 msgid "" "Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " "the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " "(WH/IN) form." msgstr "" "|PO| 가 확정되면 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼이 양식 상단에 나타납니다. 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 창고 입고(WH/IN) " "양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "확정이 완료된 구매주문서 양식에 있는 입고 스마트 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "입고 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 msgid "" "From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " "the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " "validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" "창고 수령증 양식을 통해 주문한 품목을 창고로 받을 수 있습니다. 품목을 받으려면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭합니다. 승인이 " "완료되면 수령증이 :guilabel:`완료` 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." msgstr "완료 단계에서 승인된 창고 입고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" " the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" "다시 |PO| 로 돌아가서 클릭하면 (양식 상단의 이동 경로를 통해) |PO| 양식을 확인할 수 있습니다. 이제 품목 줄의 " ":guilabel:`입고 완료` 열에 있는 수량은 주문 :guilabel:`수량` 과 일치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "상품을 바로 배송(1단계)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "" "When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" " to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " "sales order (SO)." msgstr "품목을 1단계 방식으로 출고하면, 판매주문서(SO)가 승인되는 즉시 창고 재고에서 데이터베이스의 고객 위치로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 msgid "Create sales order" msgstr "판매주문서 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "" "To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" " fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "새로운 판매용 견적서 양식을 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:115 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " ":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" "준비가 되면 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 견적서가 :guilabel:`판매주문서` 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "" "Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " "the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " "(WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" "|SO| 가 확정되면 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 양식 상단에 나타납니다. 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 창고 배송(WH/OUT) " "양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "확정이 완료된 판매주문서 양식에 있는 배송 스마트 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 msgid "Process delivery" msgstr "배송 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 msgid "" "From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can " "be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" "창고 배송 양식을 이용하여 고객이 주문한 품목을 창고에서 배송할 수 있습니다. 품목을 배송하려면 :guilabel:`수량` 필드 값을 " ":guilabel:`수요` 필드의 주문 수량과 일치하도록 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order " "moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭합니다. 승인이 완료되면 배송주문서가 :guilabel:`완료` 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." msgstr "완료 단계에서 승인된 배송주문서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:142 msgid "" "Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view" " the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" "다시 |SO| 로 돌아가서 클릭하면 (양식 상단의 이동 경로를 통해) |SO| 양식을 확인할 수 있습니다. 이제 품목 줄의 " ":guilabel:`입고 완료` 열에 있는 수량은 주문 :guilabel:`수량` 과 일치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations`" msgstr ":doc:`../daily_operations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Two-step receipt and delivery" msgstr "2단계 입고 및 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:10 msgid "" "Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " "of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " "this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" "회사의 필요에 따라서, 창고에 품목을 입출고하는 데 여러 단계의 작업이 필요할 수 있습니다. Odoo *재고 관리* 에서는 *다단계 " "경로* 를 통해 작업을 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might" " be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as " "freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " "shelves." msgstr "" "2단계 입고 프로세스에서는 품목이 투입 영역에 입고된 후 재고로 이송됩니다. 이러한 종류의 입고 배송 프로세스는 냉동고 및 냉장고, 보안" " 잠금 구역 또는 특수 통로 및 선반과 같은 특정 보관 위치가 있는 창고에 유용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " "products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " "transferred into stock." msgstr "" "저장 위치에 따라 품목을 분류할 수 있으며 특정 위치로 이동할 품목을 직원이 모두 입고시킬 수 있습니다. 해당 품목은 재고로 이전될 " "때까지 추가 처리를 할 수 *없습니다*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " "respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" " before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "2단계 배송 프로세스에서 품목은 먼저 창고의 해당 위치에서 피킹된 후 고객에게 배송되기 전에 출고 위치로 이송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:24 msgid "" "This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " "Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " "strategy." msgstr "" "이 기능은 선입선출(FIFO), 후입선출(LIFO), 선한선출(FEFO) 방식을 처리 방식으로 사용하는 회사에서 유용하게 사용할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " "received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " "pack + ship)." msgstr "" "예를 들어, 창고 설정에 대한 환경설정에서 품목을 2단계(입고 + 재고)로 수령하고 3단계(피킹 + 패킹 + 배송)로 배송할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " "process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " "Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" "Odoo *재고 관리* 에서는 기본적으로 입출고 배송이 모두 1단계로 처리되도록 설정되어 있습니다. 설정을 변경하려면 *다단계 경로* " "기능을 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정에서 다단계 경로 기능이 활성화되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " "select a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:51 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming " "Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, " "and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " "and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`창고 구성` 탭에서 :guilabel:`입고 배송` 에 :guilabel:`입고 후 재고 수령 (2단계)` 으로 " "설정하고 :guilabel:`출고 배송` 은 :guilabel:`출고 상품 발송 후 배송 (2단계)`으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "창고 양식에서 입고 및 출고 배송이 2단계로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:60 msgid "" "Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*" " and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " "`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:63 msgid "" "To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " "other necessary changes." msgstr "위치 양식에서 :guilabel:`위치명` 을 변경한 후 필요한 기타 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70 msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "2단계(입고 + 재고)로 입고 처리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 msgid "" "When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor " "location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to " "warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " "and a subsequent internal transfer." msgstr "" "품목이 두 단계로 입고될 경우 먼저 공급업체 위치에서 입고된 위치로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 구매발주서 (PO)가 확인되면 입고 위치에서 " "데이터베이스의 창고 재고로 이동하고 후속적으로 내부 이동을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:82 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " "fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." msgstr "공급업체로부터 새로운 견적요청서를 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." msgstr "승인된 구매발주서에 대한 배송 스마트 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " "configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** " "be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " "warehouse." msgstr "" "회사에 다수의 창고가 있으며 각각의 환경설정의 단계가 다른 경우, |PO| 양식의 :guilabel:`배송 대상` 항목은 **반드시** " "2단계 창고에 연결된 정확한 *입력 위치* 를 지정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:107 msgid "" "This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " "includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 msgid "" "From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into " "the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " "validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" " move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" "창고 영수증 양식을 통해 주문한 품목을 창고로 받을 수 있습니다. 품목을 받으려면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭합니다. 승인이 " "완료되면 영수증이 :guilabel:`완료` 단계로 이동하고 품목은 :guilabel:`창고/입고` 위치로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "공급업체에서 주문한 품목에 대한 영수증 양식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:126 msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "내부 이동 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." msgstr "영수증이 승인되면 내부 이송이 생성되어 처리 준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:133 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " "of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " "with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" "작업 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`처리할 숫자` 버튼을 클릭하면 처리해야 하는 내부 이송 목록이 모두 표시되며, 이전에 확정한 " "입고증과 연결되어 있는 이송 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" "준비가 끝나면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 전송을 완료하고 품목을 :guilabel:`창고/입고` 에서 " ":guilabel:`창고/재고` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:139 msgid "" "Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "공급업체에 주문한 제품에 대한 내부 전송 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "배송 주문을 2단계(피킹 + 배송)로 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" "When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to " "an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " "location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " "subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" "품목이 두 단계로 배송될 경우 창고 재고에서 출고될 위치로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 피킹 주문과 후속 배송주문서 (DO)가 승인되면 출고 " "위치에서 데이터베이스의 고객 위치로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "새로운 판매주문서 양식 작성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "확정이 완료된 판매주문서 양식에 있는 배송 스마트 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 msgid "Process picking" msgstr "피킹 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." msgstr "판매주문서를 확정하면 피킹 주문이 생성되어 처리 준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" "To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and " "locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " "dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" "피킹을 완료하려면 :guilabel:`재고 관리 앱` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`재고 관리 전체보기` 현황판에서 " ":guilabel:`피킹` 작업 카드를 찾습니다. 또는 판매주문서 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 통해 피킹 " "주문서에 액세스할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " "all pickings to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." msgstr "판매주문서와 연결되어 있는 피킹(창고/피킹) 작업을 클릭하면 피킹 주문이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "판매주문서에 있는 품목에 대한 피킹 주문 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" "Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" " product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" msgstr "" "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 피킹을 완료한 후, 품목을 :guilabel:`창고/재고` 에서 " ":guilabel:`창고/출고` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" "Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to " "process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " "form reveals the newly created delivery order." msgstr "" "피킹이 승인되면 배송주문서가 생성되고 처리할 준비가 완료됩니다. 판매주문서 양식에서 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 " "새로 생성한 배송주문서가 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 msgid "" "Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " "of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the " "previously validated picking." msgstr "" "작업 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`처리할 숫자` 버튼을 클릭하면 처리해야 하는 배송주문서가 모두 표시되며, 이전에 확정한 피킹과 " "연결되어 있는 주문서를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "고객이 주문한 품목에 대한 배송주문서 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "" "To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field " "to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Three-step receipt" msgstr "3단계 입고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "" "일부 회사는 공급업체로부터 제품을 받기 전에 품질 관리 프로세스를 요구합니다. 이를 위해 Odoo는 3단계의 제품 수령 프로세스를 갖추고" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " "quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" "3단계 입고 프로세스에서 제품은 입고 구역에 제품을 입고한 후 검사를 위해 품질 구역으로 이동합니다. 품질 검사를 통과한 제품은 창고 " "재고로 입고됩니다. 제품은 품질 구역에서 창고로 이동한 후에야 추가 가공이 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed in order " "to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* " "option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 환경 설정 기본값은 :doc:`1단계 상품 입고 및 배송 프로세스 ` " "이므로, 3단계 입고 프로세스를 사용하려면 설정을 변경해야 합니다. 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경 설정 -->" " 설정 --> 창고` 에서 *다중 단계 경로* 옵션이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 를 활성화하면 " "*저장 위치* 도 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다중 단계 경로 및 보관 위치를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" "다음으로 3단계 입고를 위해 창고를 구성해야 합니다. 그러려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로" " 이동하여 편집할 창고를 선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 해당 특정 창고에 대한 세부 양식이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" "해당 :guilabel:`창고` 세부 양식 페이지에서 :guilabel:`상품 입고, 품질 검사, 재고 입고 (3단계)`에 대해 " ":guilabel:`입고 배송`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "입고 배송 옵션을 설정하여 3단계로 입고 및 배송을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " "To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" "3단계 입고 및 배송을 활성화하면 두 개의 내부 위치가 추가됩니다: *입고* (WH/입고) 및 *품질 관리* (WH/품질 관리). 이러한" " 위치의 이름을 변경하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동한 다음 원하는 위치를 클릭하여" " 이름을 변경 (또는 업데이트)합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "3단계(입고 + 품질 + 재고)로 받기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "발주서 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " "(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" "새 :abbr:`RfQ (견적 요청)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 신규`로 이동하여 빈 :abbr:`RfQ" " (견적 요청)` 양식 페이지를 엽니다. 이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`공급업체`를 선택하고, 저장 가능한 " ":guilabel:`품목`을 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" "오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼이 나타나고 입고 내역이 구매 주문과 연결됩니다. :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 " "버튼을 클릭하면 입고 주문이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "구매 주문을 확인하면 입고 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "입고 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "" "Once the purchase order (PO) is confirmed, a receipt (`WH/IN`) operation is " "generated and ready to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "The receipt can be confirmed from the original purchase order form, or it " "can be accessed by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and " "locating the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card." msgstr "" "영수증은 원래의 구매발주서 양식에서 확정하거나 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`영수증` " "작업 카드를 찾아서 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all incoming receipts to" " process. Click the receipt associated with the previous purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the receipt, and move the product to " "the destination location, :guilabel:`WH/Input`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하면 영수증을 승인한 후 품목을 대상 위치인 :guilabel:`창고/입고` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Receipt operation for product being moved to WH/Input location." msgstr "창고/입고 위치로 이동 중인 품목에 대한 수령 작업입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:80 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "품질 관리팀으로 이관 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, an internal transfer operation to move " "the product to quality control is ready to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs to navigate back to " "the dashboard, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all internal transfers " "to process. Then, choose the internal transfer associated with the validated" " receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to quality control zone." msgstr "품질 관리 구역으로 이동 중인 품목에 대한 내부 전송입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "재고로 이관 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" "Once the internal transfer to move the product to quality control has been " "validated, another internal transfer operation to move the product into " "warehouse stock is ready to process." msgstr "" "내부 이송을 통해 품목을 품질 관리로 이동하도록 승인되면, 품목을 창고 재고로 이동하는 또 다른 내부 이송 작업을 처리하도록 준비합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:104 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`YourCompany: Internal Transfers` in the breadcrumbs to " "reveal the list of all internal transfers to process. Then, select the new " "internal transfer to move the product from `WH/Quality Control` to " "`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" "이동 경로에서 :guilabel:`내 회사: 내부 전송` 을 클릭하면 처리할 내부 전송 목록이 모두 표시됩니다. 그런 다음 새로운 내부 " "전송을 선택하여 품목을 '창고/품질 관리'에서 '창고/재고'로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to warehouse stock." msgstr "창고 재고로 이동 중인 품목에 대한 내부 전송입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "가상 위치를 사용하여 여러 창고에서 재고 판매하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" "하나의 창고에서 재고를 관리하고 제품을 판매하는 것이 소규모 기업에는 적합할 수 있지만, 대규모 기업에서는 여러 위치에 있는 여러 " "창고에서 재고를 관리하고 판매할 수 있는 기능이 필요할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" "Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from " "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" "하나의 판매주문서에 있는 품목을 두 개 이상의 창고의 재고에서 가져와야 하는 경우도 있습니다. Odoo에서는 판매 수요를 충족하기 위해 " "여러 개의 창고에서 품목을 가져올 수 있도록 *가상 위치*를 활용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to " "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "" "이 문서의 솔루션에서는 가상 창고를 사용하여 여러 개의 창고에 대한 주문을 처리하는 방법이 설명되어 있으며, 몇 가지 제한 사항을 두고 " "있습니다. 계속 진행하기 전에 다음 내용을 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a " "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" "판매주문서에서 :guilabel:`창고` 필드가 가상 창고로 설정되어 있으면 피킹, 포장 및 배송 양식에 실제 창고 주소가 **아니라**" " 가상 창고 주소가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" "Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock" " in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real " "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" "각 위치에는 `warehouse_id` (숨겨진 필드)가 있습니다. 즉, 가상 창고의 재고는 실제 창고의 재고 합계가 **아니며**, " "창고 ID가 가상 창고 위치에 있는 재고 합계입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" "Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or " ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" ":doc:`2단계 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` 또는 " ":doc:`3단계 배송 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` 을 사용하는 경우 " "일부 제한적인 사항이 발생할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." msgstr "2단계 또는 3단계 배송에 대한 우회 방법이 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the " "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" "사용 설정을 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고` " "섹션까지 아래로 스크롤을 내려서 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로`를 사용하도록 설정합니다. 그런 " "다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" msgstr "가상 상위 위치 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." msgstr "" "가상 재고 위치를 만들기 전에 *가상* 창고 역할을 하는 새 창고를 생성합니다. 다른 실제 창고의 *상위* 위치에 있는 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " "out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" "가상 창고는 여러 개의 물리적 창고를 운영하는 기업에게 적합합니다. 특히 한 창고에서 특정 제품의 재고가 부족한 반면 다른 창고에는 " "재고가 남아 있는 경우에 유용합니다. 이러한 경우 두 개 이상의 창고에 있는 재고를 활용하여 단일 판매 주문을 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" "\"가상\" 창고는 회사의 물리적 창고에 저장된 모든 재고를 통합하는 단일 애그리게이터 역할을 하며, 특히 추적성을 목적으로 Odoo에서" " 위치 계층을 설정하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the " "warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and " "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" "새 창고를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 창고`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`만들기`를" " 클릭합니다. 여기에서 창고 :guilabel:`이름` 및 :guilabel:`약칭`을 변경할 수 있으며, 창고 세부 정보는 " ":guilabel:`창고 환경 설정` 탭에서 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. " "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "새 창고 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`창고 환경설정 <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" msgstr ":ref:`입고 및 출고 배송 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" msgstr "하위 창고 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "가상 창고에 연결할 *하위* 창고를 두 개 이상 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" "판매주문서를 처리하기 위해 재고를 가져올 창고가 여러 개인 경우에는, 상위 위치에 있는 가상 창고의 하위 위치 역할을 하는 창고가 최소한" " **2개** 이상 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding " "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" msgstr "**상위 창고**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: `가상 창고`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: `VWH/Stock`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" msgstr "**하위 창고**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: `창고 A` 및 `창고 B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: `WHA` and `WHB`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "상위 위치에 연결된 하위 위치 'WHA' 및 'WHB'의 그래픽 이미지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" "While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this " "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" "가상 재고 위치는 나중에 '보기' 로 변경되지만, 이 시점에서 :guilabel:`위치 유형`** 은 **반드시** " ":guilabel:`내부 위치` 로 되어 있어야 하며, 이는 다음 섹션에 있는 :ref:`하위 창고 " "` 를 연결하기 위한 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" msgstr "하위 창고를 가상 재고에 연결하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" "To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location " "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" "Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse " ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" "검색창에서 모든 필터를 제거합니다. 그런 다음 이전에 하위 위치(예: WHA)로 생성한 실제 창고 :guilabel:`위치` 를 클릭하고" " :guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" "Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical " "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" "To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent " "Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. " "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" "가상 창고의 재고 위치를 선택하려면 :guilabel:`상위 위치` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 상위 창고 재고 위치 (예: `VWH/재고`)을 " "**반드시** 해당 :guilabel:`위치 유형` 이 :guilabel:`내부 위치`로 설정되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "하위 창고에 대한 *상위 위치* 를 가상 창고로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "앞의 단계를 반복하여 두 개 이상의 하위 창고를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" "Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills " "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "" "완료되면 가상의 상위 창고(예: `VWH/Stock`)는 어느 한 위치에 재고가 부족한 경우 하위 창고(예: `WHA` 및 `WHB`)에" " 있는 재고를 사용하여 주문을 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" msgstr "가상 재고 위치를 '보기'로 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" "Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to " ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" "Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was " ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" "On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, " "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "위치 생성 화면의 창고 위치 유형입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." msgstr "연결된 모든 창고에 있는 재고를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" msgstr "예: 가상 창고에서 품목 판매하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, " "the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at " "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "" "가상의 상위 위치를 사용하여 여러 창고에서 제품을 판매하려면 데이터베이스에 최소한 **두 개** 이상 창고가 설정되어 있어야 하며, 각 " "창고에서는 최소한 **하나** 이상의 품목이 준비되어 수량을 보유 중이어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" msgstr "다음 제품인 `군인 모형 장난감` 은 각 위치에서 수량에 따라 구입할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" msgstr "`WHA/Stock` : 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" msgstr "`WHB/Stock` : 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." msgstr "창고 `WHA` 및 `WHB`는 가상 창고인 `VWH`의 하위 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" "Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, " "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" "새로운 견적서를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`만들기`를 클릭하여 품목 견적을 " "생성하세요. 견적서에 :guilabel:`고객`를 추가하고 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하여 두 개 창고에 저장되어 있는 두 " "가지 품목을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" "그런 다음 판매주문서 양식에서 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`배송` 섹션에서 " ":guilabel:`창고` 필드 값을 :ref:`이전에 생성 `한 가상 창고로 " "변경합니다. 그 다음, 판매주문서를 :guilabel:`확인`합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." msgstr "판매주문서의 *기타 정보* 탭에서 가상 창고를 *창고* 필드로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse " "delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 선택합니다. 창고 배송 양식에서 :guilabel:`출고지` 값이 판매 주문의 " ":guilabel:`창고` 필드 값과 일치하는지 확인합니다. 두 값 모두 가상 창고 위치를 나타내는 값이어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the " ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" "마지막으로 창고 배송 양식 내에서 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭으로 이동하여 각 품목의 :guilabel:`출발지` 열 아래의 " "*위치* 값이 가상 *상위 위치*와 연결된 *하위 위치*와 일치하는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "원본과 하위 위치가 일치하는 배송 주문." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" "창고 배송 양식의 :guilabel:`출고지` 와 판매주문서의 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`창고`" " 가 판매주문서에 있는 품목과 **반드시** 일치해야 다른 창고에서 가져올 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "가상 창고가 창고 배송 양식의 :guilabel:`출고지` 필드에 없는 경우 다음과 같이 다시 품목을 예약합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" "스케줄러 실행: :ref:`개발자 모드 `를 실행한 다음 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> " "작업 --> 스케줄러 실행`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." msgstr "배송주문서에서 :guilabel:`가능 여부 확인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" "가상 창고가 판매주문서의 :guilabel:`창고` 필드에 지정되지 **않은** 경우에는 이를 취소한 다음 :guilabel:`창고` " "필드에 가상 창고를 설정한 후 새로운 판매주문서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " "the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" "판매주문서 양식에 :guilabel:`창고` 필드가 누락되는 경우에는 대다수의 하위 창고가 제대로 설정되지 않게 됩니다. :ref:`이전" " 섹션 ` 을 검토하여 정확한 설정을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " "orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" "가상 *상위* 위치를 판매주문서의 기본 창고로 사용하려면 각 영업 담당자는 직원 양식의 :guilabel:`기본 창고` 옆에 있는 " "드롭다운 메뉴에서 가상 창고를 배정받아야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "직원 양식의 기본 창고 위치." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:3 msgid "Storage categories" msgstr "보관 카테고리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:5 msgid "" "A *storage category* is used with :doc:`putaway rules `, as an " "extra location attribute to automatically propose optimal storage locations " "for products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:8 msgid "Follow these steps to complete the setup:" msgstr "다음 단계에 따라 설정을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:10 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable the Storage Category feature `" msgstr ":ref:`저장소 카테고리 기능 활성화하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:11 msgid "" ":ref:`Define a storage category ` with " "specific limitations" msgstr "" ":ref:`보관 카테고리 지정 ` 을 할 때 특정한 제한 사항 두기. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:12 msgid "" "Assign a :ref:`category to storage locations `" msgstr ":ref:`보관 위치에 대한 카테고리 ` 지정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:13 msgid "" "Add the storage category as an attribute to a :ref:`putaway rule " "`" msgstr "" "보관 카테고리를 :ref:`보관 규칙 ` 에 속성으로 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`putaway`" msgstr ":doc:`적치`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:20 msgid "" "Assigning categories to storage locations tells Odoo these locations meet " "specific requirements, such as temperature or accessibility. Odoo then " "evaluates these locations, based on defined capacity, and recommends the " "best one on the warehouse transfer form." msgstr "" "저장 위치에 카테고리를 지정하면 해당 위치가 온도나 접근성 등 특정 요건을 충족하는지 여부를 Odoo에서 확인할 수 있습니다. 그런 다음" " Odoo에서는 지정한 수용량을 기준으로 위치에 대해 평가하여 창고 이전 양식에서 가장 적합한 위치를 추천합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:28 msgid "" "To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " "ensure the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "features are enabled." msgstr "" "저장소 카테고리를 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`창고` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`저장소 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다단계 경로` 기능이 활성화되어 있는지 " "확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:32 msgid "" "Next, activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "다음으로 :guilabel:`저장소 카테고리` 기능을 활성화합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst-1 msgid "Show the Storage Categories feature." msgstr "저장 카테고리 기능을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:41 msgid "Define storage category" msgstr "창고 카테고리 지정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:43 msgid "" "A storage category with specific limitations **must** be created first, " "before it is applied to locations, in order to decide the optimal storage " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:49 msgid "" "On the storage category form, type a name for the category in the " ":guilabel:`Storage Category` field." msgstr "저장 카테고리 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`저장 카테고리` 필드에 카테고리 이름을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:52 msgid "" "Options are available to limit capacity by weight, product, and package " "type." msgstr "중량, 품목 및 패키지 유형별로 용량을 제한하도록 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:55 msgid "" "Weight limits can be combined with capacity by package or product (e.g. a " "maximum of one hundred products with a total weight of two hundred " "kilograms)." msgstr "" "중량 제한을 할 때 패키지나 품목 기준 수용량을 조합하여 적용할 수 있습니다(예: 총 무게가 200kg인 최대 100개의 제품)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:58 msgid "" "While it is possible to limit capacity by product and package type at the " "same location, it may be more practical to store items in different amounts " "across various locations, as shown in this example of :ref:`capacity by " "package `." msgstr "" "동일한 위치에서 품목 및 패키지 유형별로 수용량을 제한할 수 있으나, :ref:`패키지별 수용량 ` 의 예시와 같이 여러 위치에 다양한 수량으로 품목을 보관하는 것이 더 실용적일 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the location is " "considered available to store a product:" msgstr ":guilabel:`새 품목 허용` 필드에는 해당 위치에서 품목을 보관할 준비가 되는 시기가 지정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치가 비어 있는 경우`: 해당 위치가 비어 있는 경우에만 품목을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목이 동일한 경우`: 해당 위치에 동일한 제품이 이미 있는 경우에만 품목을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr ":guilabel:`혼합 제품 허용`: 이 위치에 여러 가지 제품을 동시에 저장할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:72 msgid "" "When clicked, the :guilabel:`Location` smart button shows which storage " "locations the category has been assigned to." msgstr "클릭하면 저장 위치가 :guilabel:`위치` 스마트 버튼에 표시되며 여기에는 카테고리가 지정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:76 msgid "Capacity by weight" msgstr "중량별 수용량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:78 msgid "" "On a storage category form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Storage Categories`), set a maximum product weight in the :guilabel:`Max" " Weight` field. This limit applies to each location assigned this storage " "category." msgstr "" "저장 카테고리 양식 (:menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 저장 카테고리`)에서 :guilabel:`최대 " "중량` 항목에 품목의 최대 중량을 설정합니다. 해당 제한 사항은 저장 카테고리에 지정되어 있는 각 위치에 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:83 msgid "Capacity by product" msgstr "품목별 용량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:85 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to " "input items, and enter their capacities in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:89 msgid "" "Ensure only a maximum of five `Large Cabinets` and two `Corner Desk Right " "Sit` are stored at a single storage location, by specifying those amounts in" " the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab of a storage category form." msgstr "" "단일 저장 위치에 최대 5개의 `대형 캐비닛`과 2개의 `코너 데스크 오른쪽 좌석` 만 보관할 수 있도록 저장 카테고리 양식의 " ":guilabel:`품목별 수용량` 탭에 해당하는 수량을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Show storage category limiting by product count." msgstr "품목 수를 기준으로 보관 카테고리 제한을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:100 msgid "Capacity by package" msgstr "패키지별 용량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:102 msgid "" "For companies using :doc:`packages " "<../../product_management/configure/package>`, it becomes possible to ensure" " real-time storage capacity checks, based on package types (e.g., crates, " "bins, boxes, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:107 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Packages` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Settings` to show the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` " "tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:111 msgid "" "Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items, by creating the `High " "Frequency pallets` storage category." msgstr "`자주 사용하는 팔레트` 보관 카테고리를 생성하여, 팔레트에 보관된 품목에 대한 보관 규칙을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, specify the number of packages " "for the designated :guilabel:`Package Type`, and set a maximum of `2.00` " "`Pallets` for a specific location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`패키지별 수용량` 탭에서 지정된 :guilabel:`패키지 유형` 에 대한 패키지 수를 설정하고 특정 위치에 대해 " "최대 `2.00` `팔레트` 를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Create a storage category on the page." msgstr "페이지에 저장소 카테고리 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:124 msgid "Assign to location" msgstr "위치에 배정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the storage category is created, assign it to a location. Navigate to " "the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Locations`, and select the desired location. Then, select the created " "category in the :guilabel:`Storage Category` field." msgstr "" "저장소 카테고리가 생성되면 해당 위치에 배정을 시작합니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치` 를 " "통해 위치 메뉴로 가서 원하는 위치를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장소 카테고리` 에서 생성된 카테고리를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:131 msgid "" "Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category (which limits pallets " "stored at any location to two pallets) to the `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-" "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "보관 카테고리를 생성하면 창고 위치와의 연결을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:141 msgid "Putaway rule" msgstr "보관 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:143 msgid "" "With the :ref:`storage category ` and " ":ref:`location ` set up, create the " ":doc:`putaway rule ` by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:147 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the putaway rule. In the " ":guilabel:`Having Category` field of the new putaway rule form, select the " "storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:151 msgid "" "Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage " "category is assigned to the putaway rule directing pallets of lemonade to " "locations with the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category :ref:`assigned " "to them `." msgstr "" "위 예시에 계속 이어서, `자주 사용하는 팔레트` 저장 카테고리에 보관 규칙을 적용하여 레모네이드 팔레트를 `자주 사용하는 팔레트` 저장" " 카테고리를 :ref:`지정 ` 된 위치로 보낼 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "보관 카테고리는 다양한 보관 규칙에 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:160 msgid "Use case: limit capacity by package" msgstr "사용 사례: 패키지별 수용량 제한하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:162 msgid "" "To limit the capacity of a storage location by a specific number of " "packages, :ref:`create a storage category with a Capacity By Package " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:165 msgid "" "Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage " "category is assigned to the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:168 msgid "" "Then, :ref:`putaway rules ` are set, so that " "any pallets received in the warehouse are directed to be stored in `PAL1` " "and `PAL2` locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:171 msgid "" "Depending on the number of pallets on-hand at each of the storage locations," " when one pallet of lemonade cans is received, the following scenarios " "happen:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:174 msgid "" "If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are empty, the pallet is redirected to " "`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "`PAL1` 및 `PAL2`가 비어 있으면 팔레트가 `창고/재고/팔레트/PAL1` 로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:175 msgid "" "If `PAL1` is full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2`." msgstr "`PAL1`이 가득 차게 되면, 팔레트가 `창고/재고/팔레트/PAL2` 로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:176 msgid "" "If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to " "`WH/Stock/Pallets`." msgstr "`PAL1` 및 `PAL2`가 가득 차면 팔레트가 `창고/재고/팔레트` 로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" msgstr "경로 및 풀/푸시 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "" "*Routes* in Odoo control the movement of products between different " "locations, whether internal or external, using push and pull rules. Once set" " up, these rules help automate the logistics of product movement based on " "specific conditions." msgstr "" "Odoo의 *경로* 는 내부 또는 외부의 여러 위치 간 품목 이동에 대해 푸시 및 풀 규칙을 사용하여 제어합니다. 이러한 규칙을 설정하면" " 특정 조건에 따라 품목 이동의 물류를 자동화하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:10 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Routes `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 경로 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Standard routes in Odoo <../daily_operations>`" msgstr ":doc:`Odoo 표준 경로 <../daily_operations>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "" "Routes are applicable on products, product categories, shipping methods, " ":ref:`packagings `, and on " "the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "About routes and terminology" msgstr "경로 및 용어 안내" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:20 msgid "" "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " "storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" "일반적인 창고 설정에는 입고 도크, 품질 관리 구역, 보관 장소, 피킹 및 포장 구역, 배송 도크와 같은 다양한 주요 영역이 있습니다. " "모든 제품은 이러한 위치를 통과합니다. 제품이 이러한 영역을 통과할 때 각 위치는 해당 제품과 관련된 사전 정의된 경로 및 규칙을 " "트리거합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "재고 및 품질 관리 구역이 있는 일반 창고 전경." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:29 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " "receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " "Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " "to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" "이 예시에서는 공급업체 트럭이 주문한 제품이 들어 있는 팔레트를 입고 부두에서 하역합니다. 그 후 작업자가 입고 구역 내에서 제품을 " "스캔합니다. 각 제품에 대해 미리 정해진 경로와 규칙에 따라 특정 품목 (예: 제조 공정에서 부품 역할을 하는 제품)은 품질 관리 " "구역으로 이동하고, 다른 품목은 지정된 위치에 즉시 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "제품 입고 시 규칙에 대한 일반 푸시 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:38 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective " "boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be " "delivered to customers." msgstr "" "다음은 주문 처리 경로의 예시입니다. 오전에는 당일에 준비해야 하는 모든 주문서 품목에 대한 피킹을 진행합니다. 해당 품목을 보관 " "위치에서 피킹한 후 주문을 포장하는 장소와 가까운 피킹 구역으로 운반합니다. 그런 다음 주문이 지정된 박스에 포장되고 컨베이어를 통해 " "배송 도크로 이동되면 고객에게 배송할 준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "배달을 준비할 때 규칙에서 일반 풀을 가져오는 보기입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "푸시 전략" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "" "Push rules are used to *supply products into a storage locations* as soon as" " they arrive at a specific receiving location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "푸시 규칙은 이미 제품 이송을 생성한 풀 규칙이 없는 경우에만 작동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "" "In a :doc:`one-step receipt route `, which uses " "one push rule, when a product arrives in the warehouse, a push rule can " "automatically transfer it to the *Storage Location*. Different push rules " "can be applied to different products, allowing for customized storage " "locations." msgstr "" ":doc:`1단계 입고 경로 ` 에서는 하나의 푸시 규칙을 사용하며, 품목이 창고에 " "도착하면 푸시 규칙을 자동으로 *보관 위치* 로 전송할 수 있습니다. 각 품목마다 다른 푸시 규칙을 적용하여 보관 위치를 사용자 지정할 " "수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66 msgid "Rule for a Receive in one step route." msgstr "1단계 입고 경로 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66 msgid "Push rule for the 'Receive in one step' route." msgstr "'1단계 입고' 경로에 대한 푸시 규칙입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:90 msgid "" "For more information about configuring rules, skip to the :ref:`Configure " "rules section `." msgstr "" "규칙에 대해 환경설정을 하는 자세한 방법은 :ref:`규칙 환경설정 섹션 " "` 으로 가서 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "풀 전략" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:74 msgid "" "Pull rules trigger product moves on demand, such as a sales order or a " ":doc:`need to restock " "<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" "Pull rules work backward from the demand location. For example, in a " ":ref:`two-step delivery ` " "route, where items move from *Stock* to *Output* before being delivered to " "the *Customer Location*, the pull rule first creates a transfer from " "*Output* to the customer. If the product is not at *Output*, another pull " "rule creates a transfer from *Stock* to *Output*. The warehouse workers then" " process these transfers in the reverse order: picking, then shipping." msgstr "" "풀 규칙은 수요 위치에서 역방향으로 작동합니다. 예를 들어 :ref:`2단계 배송 " "` 에서 *고객 위치* 로 해당 품목이 배송되기 " "전에 *재고* 에서 *출고* 로 이동하게 되며, 이럴 경우 풀 규칙에서는 먼저 *출고* 에서 이송하는 작업을 생성하여 고객에게 " "배송합니다. 품목이 *출고* 위치에 없는 경우에는, 다른 풀 규칙을 통해 *재고* 에서 *출고* 로 이송 항목이 생성됩니다. 그런 다음 " "창고 작업자는 해당 이송 작업을 역순으로 처리하여, 피킹 후 배송을 실행하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 msgid "Example pull rule." msgstr "풀 규칙 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 msgid "Pull rules for the 'Deliver in two steps' route." msgstr "'2단계 배송' 경로에 대한 풀 규칙입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" "*경로*는 *푸시 및 풀 규칙*의 집합으로 구성되어 있기 때문에 Odoo는 다음과 같은 고급 경로 구성을 관리할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:101 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "제품 제조망을 관리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "품목별 기본 위치를 관리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "품질 관리, 애프터서비스 또는 공급업체 반품과 같은 비즈니스 요구사항에 따라 재고 창고 내 경로를 지정하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:105 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "대여 제품에 대한 반납 이동 생성을 자동화하여 대여 관리를 용이하게 하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:107 msgid "" "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "제품에 대한 경로를 설정하려면 먼저 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 앱에 액세스하여 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> " "설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 guilabel:`창고` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 기능을 활성화하고 변경 사항을 " ":guilabel:`저장`합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리에서 다중 단계 경로 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr ":guilabel:`보관 위치` 기능은 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 기능과 함께 자동으로 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:119 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" "이 초기 단계가 완료되면 사용자는 Odoo에서 제공하는 사전 구성된 경로를 활용하거나 특정 요구 사항에 따라 사용자 지정 경로를 만들 수" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:123 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "사전 구성된 경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:125 msgid "" "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "Odoo의 사전 구성된 경로를 탐색하려면 :menuselection:`재고관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동합니다. 창고 양식을 " "열고 :guilabel:`창고 구성` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`입고 배송` 및 :guilabel:`출고 배송` 모두에 대해 " "미리 구성된 경로를 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리에서 미리 설정되어 있는 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:134 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " "user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" "픽업-배송과 같은 일부 고급 경로도 이용할 수 있습니다. 사용자는 자신의 비즈니스 요구에 가장 적합한 경로를 선택할 수 있습니다. " ":guilabel:`입고 배송` 및 :guilabel:`출고 배송` 경로가 설정되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> " "환경설정 --> 경로`로 이동하여 Odoo가 생성한 특정 경로를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "Odoo에서 제공하는 모든 사전 구성된 경로 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:143 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " "the route form, the user can view which places the route is " ":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " "a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`경로` 페이지로 이동하여 경로를 클릭하면 경로 양식이 열립니다. 경로 양식에서 :guilabel:`적용 가능` 인 " "경로 위치를 확인할 수 있습니다. 또한 경로를 설정하여 특정 :guilabel:`회사` 에만 적용되도록 제한하는 것도 가능합니다. 이 " "기능은 다중 회사를 설정할 때 유용하며, A 국가에 회사와 창고를 두고 B 국가에눈 다른 회사와 창고를 두는 것과 같이 다양하게 활용할 " "수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:150 msgid "" ":ref:`Applicable on packagings `" msgstr ":ref:`포장에 적용 가능 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "제품 카테고리 및 창고에 적용할 수 있는 경로 예시 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:156 msgid "" "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " ":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" "경로 양식의 하단에서 경로의 세부 :guilabel:`규칙` 을 확인할 수 있으며, 각 :guilabel:`규칙` 에는 " ":guilabel:`추가 작업`, :guilabel:`출고지`, :guilabel:`도착지` 가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Odoo 재고에서 푸시 및 풀 동작이 있는 규칙의 예입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "사용자 지정 경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:167 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" "개인화된 경로를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 경로`로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`생성`을" " 선택합니다. 그런 다음 이 경로를 선택할 수 있는 장소를 지정하여 하나의 경로를 여러 장소에 조합하여 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "픽업 배송 경로 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:175 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" "각 장소마다 다른 동작을 보이므로 관련 동작만 선택적으로 체크하고 각 경로를 그에 맞게 조정하는 것이 중요합니다. 그런 다음 경로와 " "연결된 :guilabel:`규칙`을 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:178 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " "be manually set on the product category form by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" "각 장소마다 다른 동작을 보이므로 관련 동작만 선택적으로 체크하고 각 경로를 그에 맞게 조정하는 것이 중요합니다. 그런 다음 경로와 " "연결된 :guilabel:`규칙`을 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:183 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " "the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" "제품 카테고리에 경로를 적용하면 경로에 구성된 모든 규칙이 해당 카테고리의 **모든** 제품에 적용됩니다. 이는 비즈니스가 동일한 " "카테고리의 모든 제품에 대해 생산자 직송 프로세스를 사용하는 경우 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "\"전체\" 제품 카테고리에 적용된 경로 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:191 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " ":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" "창고에도 동일한 동작이 적용됩니다. 경로가 :guilabel:`창고`에 적용될 수 있는 경우 선택한 창고 내에서 경로 규칙의 조건을 " "충족하는 모든 운송은 해당 경로를 따릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "창고에서 적용 가능을 선택한 경우의 창고 드롭다운 메뉴 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:199 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" "경로가 :guilabel:`판매 주문 항목`에 적용 가능한 경우에는 그 반대가 됩니다. 견적 생성 시 경로를 수동으로 선택해야 합니다. " "이는 일부 제품이 다른 경로를 거치는 경우에 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:203 msgid "" "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" "견적/판매 주문에서 :guilabel:`Route` 열의 표시 여부를 전환해야 합니다. 그런 다음 견적/판매 주문의 각 항목에서 경로를 " "선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "판매 주문에 새 항목을 추가할 수 있는 메뉴 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:210 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" "마지막으로 제품에 적용할 수 있는 경로가 있습니다. 이는 제품 카테고리와 거의 비슷하게 작동하며, 일단 선택하면 제품 양식에서 경로를 " "수동으로 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:213 msgid "" "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " "--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" "상품에 경로를 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 원하는 상품을 선택합니다. 그런 " "다음 :guilabel:`재고` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`작업` 섹션 아래에서 :guilabel:`경로`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "경로를 선택해야 하는 품목 양식 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:222 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "경로가 작동하려면 경로에 규칙이 설정되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:227 msgid "Rules" msgstr "규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "" "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "작동할 경로에 대한 규칙을 정의하려면 :menuselection:`재고관리 --> 환경설정 --> 경로`로 이동하여 원하는 경로 양식을 " "엽니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`규칙` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "새 규칙을 추가할 수 있는 규칙 메뉴 보기입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:237 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" "사용할 수 있는 규칙을 통해 다양한 동작을 트리거합니다. Odoo에서 *푸시* 및 *풀* 규칙을 제공하는 경우 다른 규칙도 사용할 수 " "있습니다. 각 규칙에는 :guilabel:`활동` 이 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" " specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " "from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`풀 방식`: 이 규칙은 특정 위치에서 제품이 필요할 때 트리거됩니다. 이러한 요구는 검증된 판매 주문 또는 특정 구성" " 요소가 필요한 제조 주문에서 발생할 수 있습니다. 대상 위치에 니즈가 나타나면 Odoo는 이 요건을 충족하기 위해 피킹을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:244 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " "in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" "guilabel:`푸시 방식`: 이 규칙은 지정된 출고지에 일부 제품이 도착하면 작동합니다. 사용자가 제품을 출고지로 이동하면 Odoo는" " 해당 제품을 대상지로 이동하는 피킹을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " "two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " "at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`풀 앤 푸시`: 이 규칙으로 위에서 설명한 두 가지 상황에서 피킹을 생성할 수 있습니다. 즉, 특정 위치에서 품목이 " "필요한 경우, 요구에 맞게 이전 위치에서 이송을 생성합니다. 이렇게 하면 이전 위치에서 요구 사항이 생성되고 이를 충족하는 규칙을 " "작동시키게 됩니다. 두 번째 요건이 충족되면 품목이 대상 위치로 푸시되어 모든 요구 사항에 맞출 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr ":guilabel:`구매`: 목적지 위치에 제품이 필요한 경우, 필요를 충족하기 위해 견적 요청이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "guilabel:`제조`: 출고지에서 품목이 필요한 경우, 해당 요구 사항에 맞는 제조지시서가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" "재고와 패킹 영역 간에 이동을 생성하는 \"풀 방식\" 규칙 \n" "개요입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:262 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "규칙에 :guilabel:`작업 유형`도 정의해야 합니다. 이것은 규칙에서 생성되는 선택의 종류를 정의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" "규칙에서 지정된 :guilabel:`활동` 이 :guilabel:`풀 방식` 또는 :guilabel:`풀 및 푸시` 로 설정된 경우, " ":guilabel:`공급 방법` 을 설정해야 합니다. :guilabel:`공급 방법` 을 통해 출고지에서 진행되는 작업을 지정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr ":guilabel:`재고에서 가져오기`: 출고지에서 사용할 수 있는 재고에서 품목을 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:271 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`다른 규칙 트리거하기`: 시스템에서 품목을 출고지로 가져올 재고 규칙을 검색합니다. 사용할 수 있는 재고에 대해서는 " "무시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " "products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고에서 가져오기, 재고가 없는 경우 다른 규칙 작동`: 출고지에 있는 재고에서 품목을 가져옵니다. 사용 가능한 " "재고가 없는 경우에는 품목을 출고지로 가져오는 규칙을 시스템에서 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278 msgid "Example flow" msgstr "예시 흐름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:280 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" "이 예제에서는 사용자 지정 *픽업 - 포장 - 배송* 경로를 활용하여 고급 사용자 지정 경로를 사용한 전체 플로우를 시도해 보겠습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "" "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" "먼저 경로의 규칙과 그 공급 방법을 간단히 살펴보겠습니다. 세 가지 규칙이 있으며, 모두 :guilabel:`풀 방식` 규칙입니다. 각 " "규칙의 :guilabel:`공급 방법`은 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고에서 가져오기`: 제품이 :guilabel:`WH/포장 구역`에 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`WH/재고`에서 " "*피킹*(내부 전송)이 생성되어 필요 사항을 충족합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`다른 규칙 트리거`: 제품이 :guilabel:`WH/출고`에 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`WH/포장 구역`에서 " ":guilabel:`WH/출고`로 *포장* (내부 이송)이 생성되어 필요를 충족합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`다른 규칙 트리거`: 제품이 :guilabel:`파트너 위치/고객`에 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`WH/출고`에서" " *배송 주문*이 생성되어 요구를 충족합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "픽업 - 포장 - 배송 경로에 의해 생성된 모든 운송에 대한 개요입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:300 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "즉, 고객이 *픽업 - 포장 - 배송* 경로가 할당된 제품을 주문하면 주문을 처리하기 위한 배송 주문이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "이송에서 가져오기로 생성된 작업 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:308 msgid "" "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" "여러 이송의 원본 문서가 동일한 판매 주문인 경우, 목록의 이전 이송이 아직 완료되지 않은 경우 상태는 :guilabel:`다른 작업 " "대기 중`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "프로세스 시작 시 이송의 다양한 상태를 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:316 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "배송 주문을 준비하려면 포장된 제품이 출고 영역에 필요합니다. 이를 위해 포장 구역에서 내부 이송이 시작됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "포장 구역과 출력 구역 간의 이송에 대한 세부 작업 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:323 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" "당연히 포장 구역에는 포장할 준비가 된 제품이 필요합니다. 따라서 재고에 대한 내부 이동이 요청되고 직원이 창고에서 필요한 제품을 가져올" " 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "재고 구역과 포장 구역 간 이동에 대한 세부 작업 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330 msgid "" "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " "process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " "which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" " (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" "문서 소개에서 언급했듯이 프로세스의 마지막 단계 (이 경로에서는 배송 주문)가 가장 먼저 트리거되며, 이후 프로세스의 첫 번째 단계 " "(여기서는 재고에서 포장 영역으로 내부 이송)에 도달할 때까지 다른 규칙이 활성화됩니다. 이 시점에서 고객이 주문한 상품을 받을 수 있는" " 모든 준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:335 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "이 예제에서는 모든 규칙이 트리거되고 전송이 완료되면 제품이 고객에게 전달됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "경로가 완료되었을 때 전송의 상태 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods.rst:5 msgid "Picking methods" msgstr "피킹 방법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "일괄 선별" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the number of times needed to navigate to a warehouse location. " "When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" "*일괄 피킹* 은 피킹 담당자 한 명이 여러 건의 주문을 한 번에 처리하는 방식으로, 창고 위치로 이동해야 하는 횟수를 줄일 수 " "있습니다. 일괄 피킹 시 주문은 그룹화되어 피킹 목록으로 통합됩니다. 피킹이 완료되면 출고 위치로 배치가 이동되어 품목이 지정된 배송 " "패키지로 분류됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:12 msgid "" "Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " "this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" "이 피킹 방법은 피킹 후 출고 위치에서 품목을 분류해야 하므로 주문이 자주 발생하는 제품이 적은 비즈니스에 적합합니다. 수요가 많은 " "품목을 손이 닿기 쉬운 곳에 보관하면 주문 처리 횟수를 효율적으로 늘릴 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:16 msgid "" "Batch picking is ideal for industries or warehouses that handle high order " "volumes with a stable demand. This method increases efficiency by allowing " "workers to pick items for multiple orders in one trip through the warehouse," " reducing travel time and boosting productivity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:23 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster " "Transfers` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "재고 관리 > 환경설정 > 설정에서 *일괄 이송*을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:30 msgid "" "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "일괄 피킹은 Odoo에서 *피킹*작업을 최적화하므로 이 설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`보관 " "위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옵션을 반드시 체크해야 합니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr "재고 관리 > 환경설정 > 설정에서 *보관 위치* 및 *다중 단계 경로*를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:107 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery in two steps " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" msgstr ":doc:`2단계 배송 <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:42 msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "일괄 이동 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually group transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`, hover over the desired operation type from the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Overview` menu (e.g. the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban card), click the " ":icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon, then select " ":guilabel:`Prepare Batch`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "The Inventory dashboard with the Prepare Batch option highlighted." msgstr "재고 관리 현황판에서 배치 준비 옵션이 강조 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:230 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "일괄 이동 양식에서 다음 필드를 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr ":guilabel:`담당자`: 피킹에 배정된 직원. 모든 작업자가 이 피킹을 수행할 수 있는 경우 이 필드는 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 피킹이 분류되는 작업 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr ":guilabel:`예정 날짜`: :guilabel:`책임자`가 출고 위치로 이송을 완료해야 하는 날짜를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:62 msgid "" "To learn more about the :guilabel:`Dock Location`, :guilabel:`Vehicle`, and " ":guilabel:`Vehicle Category` fields, see :doc:`dispatch management system " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:66 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" "다음으로 :guilabel:`이송` 목록에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`추가: 이송` 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업 유형` 필드가 채워진 경우 목록에서 선택한 :guilabel:`작업 유형`과 일치하는 이송 레코드를 " "필터링합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:72 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "새 이송을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`신규` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:74 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "이송 레코드가 선택되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 일괄 피킹을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:77 msgid "" "A new batch transfer is assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel " "Willis`, for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled" " Date` is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "*일괄 이동* 양식 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:83 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`항목 추가` 버튼을 클릭하면 선택 항목만 표시되는 :guilabel:`추가:이송` 창이 열립니다. 이는 일괄 이송 " "양식에서 :guilabel:`작업 유형`이 `선택`으로 설정되었기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:87 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" "`WH/PICK/00001` 및 `WH/PICK/00002`라고 표시된 이동 옆의 확인란을 선택하여 새 이동에 포함시킵니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`선택` 버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`추가:전송` 창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "*Add:이송* 창에서 여러 개의 이송을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:97 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "이동 목록에서 배치 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:99 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" "목록 내에서 :guilabel:`일괄 추가` 옵션을 사용하여 일괄 이동을 만들 수 있습니다. 시작하려면 :menuselection:`재고" " 관리 앱 --> 작업` 드롭다운 메뉴로 이동하여 :guilabel:`전송` 중 하나를 선택하고 필터링된 이동의 필터링한 목록을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "모든 이동 유형을 드롭다운 메뉴에 표시합니다: 입고, 배송, 내부 이동, 제조, 일괄 이동 및 직배송." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:107 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :icon:`fa-cog` " ":guilabel:`Actions` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the " "resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "*작업* 버튼 목록에서 *배치에 추가* 버튼을 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:126 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" "이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`배치에 추가` 팝업 창이 열리며, 여기서 피킹을 담당할 :guilabel:`책임자`를 지정할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:117 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기존 일괄 전송`에 추가하거나 :guilabel:`새 일괄 전송`을 생성하는 두 가지 라디오 옵션 중 하나를 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:120 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." msgstr "이 배치에 대한 :guilabel:`설명` 을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Description` field can be used to add additional information " "to help workers identify the source of the batch, where to place the batch, " "what shipping containers to use, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:126 msgid "" "To create a batch to be processed at a later time, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "나중에 처리할 일괄 항목을 만들려면 :guilabel:`초안` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr ":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 절차를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "일괄 전송을 생성하려면 *일괄 추가* 창을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:134 msgid "Automatic batches" msgstr "자동 배치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:136 msgid "" "Batches can be automatically created and assigned based on several criteria." " The *Automatic Batches* option is defined on the *operation type* level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:140 msgid "" "In a multi-steps delivery process, the picking operation can be grouped by " "customer, while the shipping operation can be organized by carrier and " "destination country." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:143 msgid "" "To enable *Automatic Batches*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type " "(e.g. :guilabel:`Delivery`, :guilabel:`Pick`, etc). Then, select one or more" " :guilabel:`Batch Grouping` criteria by ticking the appropriate checkbox. " "Even if more than one grouping option is selected, only one batch is " "created." msgstr "" "*자동 배치* 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 작업 유형` 으로 이동하여 작업 " "유형(예: :guilabel:`배송`, :guilabel:`피킹` 등)을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 알맞은 확인란에 표시한 후 하나 이상 " ":guilabel:`배치 그룹` 기준을 선택합니다. 그룹화 옵션을 두 개 이상 선택하더라도 배치는 하나만 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:148 msgid "" "Batches can be automatically generated based on the following criteria:" msgstr "다음 기준에 따라 자동으로 배치를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Contact`" msgstr ":guilabel:`연락처`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송업체`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`대상 국가`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Source Location`" msgstr ":guilabel:`출고지 위치`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Location`" msgstr ":guilabel:`목적지 위치`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "" "The Batch and Wave Transfers settings page with the Auto batch grouping " "criteria visible." msgstr "일괄 및 웨이브 전송 설정 페이지에 자동 일괄 그룹 기준이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:160 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "일괄 이동 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:162 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 일괄 전송` 페이지에서 일괄 전송을 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:165 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" "여기에서 목록에서 전송할 제품을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 일괄 전송 양식의 :guilabel:`완료` 탭에서 각 제품에 대해 " ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 수량을 입력합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택하여 피킹을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:170 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`승인` 버튼이 보라색으로 강조 표시되면 일괄 전송이 완료된 것인지 확인합니다. 대신 :guilabel:`재고 확인` " "버튼이 강조 표시되면 배치에 현재 재고가 없는 품목이 있다는 뜻입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:177 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " "product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" "`WH/PICK/00001` 및 `WH/PICK/00002`의 제품을 일괄 전송하는 경우 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭에 `문 있는" " 캐비닛` 제품이 피킹된 것으로 표시되는 이유는 :guilabel:`완료` 열이 :guilabel:`예약` 열의 값과 일치하기 " "때문입니다. 그러나 다른 제품인 `케이블 관리 상자`에 대해서는 수량이 `0.00`으로 선택되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "*세부 작업* 탭에서 두 피킹의 제품 일괄 전송을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:185 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭에는 재고가 있는 제품만 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:187 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" " for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" "전체 제품 목록을 보려면 :guilabel:`작업` 탭으로 전환합니다. 이 목록에서 :guilabel:`수요` 열은 주문에 필요한 수량을" " 나타냅니다. guilabel:`예약` 열에는 주문 처리에 사용할 수 있는 재고가 표시됩니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`완료` 열은" " 피킹이 완료되어 다음 단계로 넘어갈 준비가 된 제품을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:193 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in stock to fulfill the batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:197 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 재고가 있는 제품을 다시 검색합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "*작업* 탭에 사용할 수 없는 예약 수량을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:203 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "잔여주문 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:205 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" "일괄 전송 양식에서 제품의 :guilabel:`완료` 수량이 :guilabel:`예약` 수량보다 *적은* 경우 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:208 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "이 팝업 창에는 다음과 같은 옵션이 표시됩니다: :guilabel:`이월 주문 생성`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:210 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer." msgstr ":guilabel:`백오더 생성` 버튼을 클릭하면 자동으로 새 일괄 전송이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:213 msgid "" "When creating a new backorder, the transfers that have **not** been " "validated in the batch will be removed from it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:216 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "다른 일괄 피킹을 생성하지 않고 피킹을 완료하려면 :guilabel:`이월 주문 없음`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:218 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr ":guilabel:`폐기` 를 클릭하면 승인이 취소되고 일괄 전송 양식으로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "*이월 주문 생성* 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" msgstr "클러스터 피킹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced picking method that combines the efficiency " "of :ref:`batch picking ` with immediate " "sorting during the picking process. It is best suited for warehouses with " "high order volumes where organization and speed are critical." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:14 msgid "" "Unlike batch picking, which requires a separate sorting step after picking, " "cluster picking sorts items directly into designated bins or containers for " "each *sales order* (SO). This eliminates the need for post-picking " "consolidation, making it ideal for operations prioritizing speed and " "accuracy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:18 msgid "" "Cluster picking is particularly effective in environments where immediate " "organization is crucial, and orders contain a mix of items that need precise" " sorting during, rather than after, the picking process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:22 msgid "" "However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent " "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" "클러스터 피킹에는 몇 가지 단점이 있습니다. 긴급한 주문에 대해 우선순위를 지정할 수 없으며, 배치를 수동으로 미리 계획해야 하므로 피킹" " 프로세스 중에 병목 현상이 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" msgstr "|SO| 1에는 사과와 오렌지 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" msgstr "|SO| 2는 사과와 바나나 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:31 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" msgstr "|SO| 3에는 사과와 오렌지, 바나나 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:33 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." msgstr "사과는 선반 A에, 오렌지는 선반 B에, 바나나는 선반 C에 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:35 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." msgstr "한 번에 세 건의 주문에 대한 제품을 피킹하기 위해 카트에는 빈 패키지 세 개가 적재됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:37 msgid "" "Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the " "picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated " "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" "피킹 담당자는 선반 A부터 시작하여 각 패키지에 사과를 담습니다. 그런 다음 선반 B로 이동하여 |SO| 1과 |SO| 3에 지정되어 " "있는 패키지에 오렌지를 추가합니다. 마지막으로 피킹 담당자가 선반 C로 이동하여 |SO| 2와 |SO| 3의 패키지에 각각 바나나를 " "담습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:41 msgid "" "With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to " "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr "" "세 개의 |SOS|에 대한 패키지가 모두 포장되면 피커는 카트를 지정된 출고 위치로 이동합니다. 출고 위치에서 패키지는 밀봉되고 배송 " "준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." msgstr "판매 주문 2와 3을 한 번에 처리하는 예시를 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:50 msgid "" "To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & " "Cluster Transfers` options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "설정에서 *패키지* 및 *일괄 이송* 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:57 msgid "" "Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" "일괄 피킹은 Odoo에서 *피킹*작업을 최적화하므로 이 설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`보관 " "위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옵션을 반드시 체크해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:48 msgid "" "*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they " "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" "*보관 위치*를 사용하면 피킹할 수 있는 특정 위치에 품목을 보관할 수 있으며, *다중 단계 경로*를 사용하면 피킹 작업을 수행할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:64 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "완료 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:72 msgid "Packages setup" msgstr "패키지 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:74 msgid "" "To configure the containers to be used during the picking process, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:78 msgid "" "On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled " "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" "새 패키지 양식에서 :guilabel:`패키지 참조`는 시스템 내에서 다음으로 접근 가능한 `포장` 번호로 채워집니다. " ":guilabel:`포장 날짜`는 양식의 생성 날짜와 일치하도록 자동으로 구성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:82 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 사용` 필드에 :guilabel:`재사용 가능한 상자` 를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:85 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>`" msgstr ":doc:`패키지 <../../product_management/configure/package>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:88 msgid "" "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy " "identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using " "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "신규 패키지 양식 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:96 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "클러스터 배치 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:98 msgid "" "To create a cluster, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app` and select " "the operation type card, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` " "(whichever is the first operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:103 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "1단계, 2단계 또는 3단계로 배송 패키지에 대한 클러스터 피킹 배치를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:106 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery in one step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`" msgstr ":doc:`1단계 배송 <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:108 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery in three steps <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr ":doc:`3단계 배송 <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:110 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to " "add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the " ":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:115 msgid "" "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above " "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" ":ref:`위의 예시 `와 유사하게 클러스터 배치를 생성하려면 " "2단계 출고로 구성된 창고에서 다음 피킹 작업이 선택됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:119 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "`WH/PICK/00007`: |SO| 88에 사과와 오렌지 1개를 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:120 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "`WH/PICK/00008`: |SO| 89에 사과와 바나나 1개를 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:121 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "`WH/PICK/00009`: |SO| 90에 사과, 오렌지, 바나나 1개를 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:129 msgid "" "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add " "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`추가` 필드에 있는 두 가지 옵션 중 하나를 선택하여 :guilabel:`기존 일괄 이송`에 추가하거나 " ":guilabel:`새 일괄 이송`을 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:132 msgid "Then, add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." msgstr "그런 다음, 이 배치에 대한 :guilabel:`설명` 을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:138 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "나중에 승인할 초안 일괄 피킹 항목을 만들려면 :guilabel:`초안` 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:147 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "일괄 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:149 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" "일괄 처리를 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 일괄 이송`으로 이동합니다. 배치를 클릭하여 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:152 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭에 선택하려는 제품이 위치별로 그룹화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:154 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Destination Package` to the package dedicated to that " "particular order." msgstr ":guilabel:`대상 패키지` 를 해당 주문 전용 패키지로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157 msgid "" "Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and " "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" "각 피킹을 전용 패키지에 할당하여 사과, 오렌지, 바나나 세 가지 주문에 대한 클러스터 배치 :ref:`예시 " "`를 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:160 msgid "" "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in" " all three pickings to one of the three reusable packages, `CLUSTER-PACK-1`," " `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:163 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭의 :guilabel:`대상 패키지` 필드를 사용하여 Odoo에 기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "*재고 관리*에서 클러스터 피킹을 처리하는 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:3 msgid "Wave transfers" msgstr "웨이브 전송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:7 msgid "" "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " "contains certain parts of different pickings. In Odoo, wave transfers are " "batch transfers with an extra step: transfers are split before being grouped" " in a batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:11 msgid "" "Wave picking is ideal for warehouses that need to optimize the handling of " "high order volumes while managing complex picking criteria. With wave " "transfers, orders are grouped into waves based on factors like product " "location, category, or scheduled shipping times. Each wave is assigned to a " "different employee for the most efficient execution." msgstr "" "웨이브 피킹은 복잡한 피킹 기준을 관리하는 동시에 대량 주문 처리에 대한 최적점을 찾아야 하는 창고에 이상적입니다. 웨이브 전송을 " "사용하면 품목 위치, 카테고리 또는 배송 예정 시간과 같은 요인에 따라 웨이브로 주문이 그룹화됩니다. 모든 웨이브는 가장 효율적으로 " "실행할 수 있도록 각기 다른 직원에게 배정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16 msgid "" "Wave picking is particularly useful for operations where multiple sales " "orders (SOs), or a single order, must be picked across different waves. This" " approach enables flexible scheduling, allowing warehouses to align picking " "activities with shipping deadlines, or resource availability." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and one orange" msgstr "|SO| 1에는 사과 1개와 오렌지 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:22 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and one banana" msgstr "|SO| 2는 사과 1개와 바나나 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:23 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, one orange, and two bananas" msgstr "|SO| 3건에 사과 1개, 오렌지 1개, 바나나 2개 필요" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:25 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C. A " "warehouse employee is assigned to the wave, and is provided with the " "following instructions:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:28 msgid "" "Shelf A: Pick three apples. Place them into a central cart designated for " "the wave." msgstr "선반 A: 사과 3개를 선택합니다. 웨이브용으로 지정되어 있는 중앙 장바구니에 넣습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:29 msgid "Shelf B: Pick two oranges. Add them to the same cart." msgstr "선반 B: 오렌지 2개를 선택합니다. 같은 장바구니에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30 msgid "Shelf C: Pick three bananas. Add them to the cart." msgstr "선반 C: 바나나 세 개를 선택합니다. 장바구니에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32 msgid "" "The employee then takes the cart to the sorting/packing station. Items are " "then sorted and packed into individual orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:38 msgid "" "To enable wave picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick " "the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` checkbox to enable the " "setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "웨이브 이송 옵션을 활성화하기 위한 Odoo 재고 관리 앱 설정 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:45 msgid "" "Next, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "options, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on " "this settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하면 변경 사항이 저장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54 msgid "Create a wave" msgstr "웨이브 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56 msgid "" "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " "operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " "operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`. Find the desired " "Kanban card, then click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical " "ellipsis)` icon to open the options menu. Under :guilabel:`New`, click " ":guilabel:`Prepare Wave`." msgstr "" "웨이브 전송에는 동일한 작업 유형으로 전송되는 품목 라인만 포함할 수 있습니다. 특정 작업에 대해 모든 전송 내역 및 품목 라인을 보려면" " :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱` 으로 이동합니다. 원하는 칸반 카드를 찾은 다음 :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` " ":guilabel:`(세로 줄임표)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 옵션 메뉴를 엽니다. :guilabel:`새로 만들기`에서 " ":guilabel:`웨이브 준비` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "작업 유형의 작업 목록을 가져오는 방법." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66 msgid "Create a new wave" msgstr "새 웨이브 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:68 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Prepare Wave` pop-up, stock moves lines are grouped by " "source location. Select the checkboxes for the product lines that should be " "added. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "웨이브에 추가할 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:75 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:79 msgid "Add products to an existing wave" msgstr "기존 웨이브에 품목 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:81 msgid "" "To add products to an existing wave, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the appropriate wave from the " "list to open it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:84 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." " Then, in the :guilabel:`Product` field, search for the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:88 msgid "Process a wave" msgstr "웨이브 처리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:90 msgid "" "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the " "appropriate wave from the list to open it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:93 msgid "" "To assign the wave to a specific employee, click the :guilabel:`Responsible`" " field and select the appropriate name from the drop-down list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:96 msgid "" "To designate a :ref:`Dock location `, " "select an option from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Docks Location` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:100 msgid "" "The :doc:`dispatch management system " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>` feature in Odoo is " "used to plan and build shipments. Assigning batches to loading docks ensures" " the right products are pack into the appropriate trucks for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:104 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Vehicle` from the drop-down. Making a selection in this " "field automatically updates the :guilabel:`Vehicle Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:107 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Description` for this wave, if desired." msgstr "필요 시 배치에 대한 :guilabel:`설명` 을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:110 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Description` field is automatically generated for " ":ref:`automatic waves `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`설명` 필드가 :ref:`자동 웨이브 ` 에" " 대해 자동으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:116 msgid "Automatic waves" msgstr "자동 웨이브" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:118 msgid "" "Waves can be automatically created and assigned based on different criteria." " The *Automatic Batches* option is defined on the *operation type* level, " "which enables the creation of waves with distinct grouping criteria for each" " operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:122 msgid "" "To enable *Automatic Batches*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" " Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type " "(e.g. :guilabel:`Delivery`, :guilabel:`Pick`, etc). Under the " ":guilabel:`Batch & Wave Transfers` heading, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic " "Batches` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:127 msgid "" "Then, select one or more :guilabel:`Wave Grouping` criteria by ticking the " "appropriate checkbox. Even if more than one grouping option is selected, " "only one wave is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:130 msgid "Automatic waves can be created based on the following criteria:" msgstr "자동 웨이브는 다음 기준에 따라 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: Split transfers by product, then group transfers that " "have the same product." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 품목별로 나누어 이송한 다음, 동일한 품목이 있는 이송 건을 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: Split transfers by product category, then " "group transfers that have the same product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "" "The Automatic batches feature with the wave grouping option for product " "category selected." msgstr "자동 일괄 기능이 선택한 품목 카테고리에 대한 웨이브 그룹화 옵션에 선택되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:6 msgid "Removal strategies" msgstr "처분 방식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:8 msgid "" "For companies with warehouses, *removal strategies* determine **which** " "products are taken from the warehouse, and **when**. For example, for " "perishable products, prioritizing the picking of goods with the nearest " "expiration date helps minimize food spoilage." msgstr "" "창고를 보유한 기업의 경우, *처분 방식* 에 따라 창고에서 출고될 품목의 **종류** 가 결정됩니다. 예를 들어, 부패하기 쉬운 품목인" " 경우에는 유통기한이 가장 임박한 품목을 우선적으로 피킹하면 식품이 부패하는 것을 최소화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:12 msgid "" "The following columns in the table below list the removal strategies " "available in Odoo, and detail how pickings are determined along with the " "picking order. Leverage these removal strategies to have Odoo automatically " "select how products are selected for orders:" msgstr "" "아래 표에 있는 다음의 열에는 Odoo에서 사용할 수 있는 처분 방식이 표시되어 있으며, 피킹이 선택되는 순서가 피킹 순서와 함께 자세히" " 설명되어 있습니다. 이러한 처분 방식을 활용하여 Odoo에서 주문서에 있는 품목을 선택할 때 자동 선택되도록 하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`FIFO `" msgstr ":doc:`FIFO `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`LIFO `" msgstr ":doc:`LIFO `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`FEFO `" msgstr ":doc:`선한선출 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Closest Location `" msgstr ":doc:`가장 가까운 위치 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:25 msgid ":doc:`Least Packages `" msgstr ":doc:`최소 패키지 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:26 msgid "Based on" msgstr "기준" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Incoming date `" msgstr ":ref:`입고 날짜 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr ":ref:`제거 날짜 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`Location sequence `" msgstr ":ref:`위치 순서 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Package quantity `" msgstr ":ref:`패키지 수량 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:32 msgid "Selection order" msgstr "선택 순서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:33 msgid "First in" msgstr "첫 번째" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:34 msgid "Last in" msgstr "마지막" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`First to expire `" msgstr ":ref:`가장 먼저 만료되는 항목 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:36 msgid "Alphanumeric name of location" msgstr "영숫자 위치명" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:37 msgid "Quantity closest to fulfilling demand" msgstr "수요에 가장 근접한 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:39 msgid "" "For comprehensive examples for how to use each removal strategy, refer to " "each individual documentation page." msgstr "처분 방식에 대한 자세한 활용 방법의 예시는 각 방식에 있는 해당 문서 페이지를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Removal strategies are set on either the product category or storage " "location." msgstr "품목 카테고리 또는 보관 위치에 대해 처분 방식을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "품목 카테고리 또는 위치에 대한 강제 처분 방식을 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:53 msgid "" "Configure removal strategies on the location by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, and selecting " "the desired location. On the location form, choose a removal strategy from " "the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field's drop-down menu options." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 위치` 로 이동하여 지정하려는 위치를 선택하면 해당 위치에 대한 처분 " "방식을 설정할 수 있습니다. 위치 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`처분 방식` 필드 드롭다운 메뉴에서 처분 방식을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To set a removal strategy on a location, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " "and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "어떤 위치에 대해 처리 방식을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 에서 **반드시** " ":guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 설정이 활성화되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:62 msgid "" "These features are **only** necessary when setting the removal strategy on a" " location." msgstr "이러한 기능은 어떤 위치에 대해 처분 방식을 **설정할 때만** 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " "selecting the intended product category. Next, choose a removal strategy " "from the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` drop-down menu options." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 품목 카테고리`로 이동하여 지정하려는 품목 카테고리를 선택하면 품목에 대한" " 처분 방식을 설정할 수 있습니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`강제 처분 방식` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 처분 방식을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:69 msgid "" "When there are different removal strategies applied on both the location and" " product category for a product, the value set on the :guilabel:`Force " "Removal Strategy` field set on a :guilabel:`Product Category` form is " "applied as top priority." msgstr "" "품목의 위치와 품목 카테고리에 적용되어 있는 처분 방식이 다른 경우에는, :guilabel:`품목 카테고리` 양식에서 설정된 " ":guilabel:`강제 처분 방식` 필드에서 지정되어 있는 값이 최우선적으로 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:94 msgid "Required features" msgstr "필수 기능" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:76 msgid "" "While some removal strategies are available by default, some additional " "features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings` for the removal strategy option to appear in the drop-down " "menu of the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` or :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` field." msgstr "" "일부 처분 방식의 경우에는 기본값으로 되어 있으나, 추가 기능 중 일부는 **반드시** :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> " "환경설정 --> 설정` 에서 활성화해야 :guilabel:`강제 처분 방식` 또는 :guilabel:`처분 방식` 필드 드롭다운 메뉴에 " "나타나게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:81 msgid "" "Refer to the table below for a summary of required features. Otherwise, " "refer to the dedicated sections for the removal strategy for more details on" " requirements and usage." msgstr "" "아래 표를 참조하여 필수 기능에 대한 요약 내용을 확인해 보세요. 또는 처리 방식을 집중 설명하고 있는 섹션에서 요건 및 사용법에 관하여" " 자세한 내용을 살펴볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:89 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "선입선출" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:90 msgid "LIFO" msgstr "후입선출" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:91 msgid "FEFO" msgstr "선한선출" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:92 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "가까운 위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:93 msgid "Least Packages" msgstr "최소 패키지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:96 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers" msgstr "LOT 및 일련번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:97 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers, Expiration Date" msgstr "로트 및 일련번호, 유효기간" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:98 msgid "Storage Locations, Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "보관 위치, 다중 단계 경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:104 msgid "Lots and serial numbers" msgstr "로트 및 일련번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:106 msgid "" "Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track " "information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under" " the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots " "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" "로트 및 일련번호는 동일한 제품을 구분하고 도착 또는 만료일과 같은 정보를 추적하는 데 사용됩니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션에서 " ":guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 옆의 확인란을 선택하여 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " "navigating to the product form through :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product. On the product " "form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field, select either the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial " "Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` options." msgstr "" "다음으로, 대상으로 하는 품목이 로트 또는 일련번호로 추적되는지 확인할 수 있도록 품목 양식으로 이동하며, " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 가서 원하는 품목을 선택하면 됩니다. 품목 양식에서, " ":guilabel:`재고` 탭으로 전환한 후 :guilabel:`추적` 필드에 있는 :guilabel:`고유 일련번호 기준` 또는 " ":guilabel:`로트 기준` 옵션 중에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:121 msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment " "<../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` or during " ":ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" msgstr "위치 및 경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:128 msgid "" "**Storage locations** and **multi-step routes** are necessary features for " "setting **all** types of removal strategies on a location. However, these " "features are specifically required for the closest location removal strategy" " since it is only applied at the location level." msgstr "" "**보관 위치** 와 **다중 단계 경로** 는 어떤 위치에 대해 처분 방식을 지정할 때 **모든** 종류의 방식에 적용되는 필수적인 " "기능입니다. 단, 이러한 기능은 처분 방식으로 가장 가까운 위치를 선택하는 경우 반드시 필요하게 되며, 이는 위치 수준에서만 적용되기 " "때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:132 msgid "" "To activate these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, enable" " the :guilabel:`Storage Location` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "features." msgstr "" "이러한 기능을 사용할 수 있도록 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 " "다음 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`저장 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다단계 경로` 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the locations and route features." msgstr "위치 및 경로 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97 msgid "Expiration date" msgstr "만료 일자" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:145 msgid "" "Enable the **expiration date** feature to track expiration dates, best " "before dates, removal dates, and alert dates on a lot or serial number by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 **만료일** 기능을 활성화하면 로트 또는 일련번호의 " "만료일, 유통기한, 제거일, 경고일을 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:149 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, ensure the :guilabel:`Lots & " "Serial Numbers` feature is selected, and then select the check box for " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` to enable the feature." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`추적성` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 기능이 선택되어 있는지 확인한 다음 :guilabel:`유효" " 기간` 확인란을 선택하여 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable expiration dates feature for FEFO." msgstr "선한선출에 만료일 기능을 사용 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:161 msgid "" "The *packages* feature is used to group products together and is required " "for the least packages removal strategy." msgstr "*패키지* 기능은 품목을 함께 그룹으로 만들 때 사용하며 최소 패키지 처리 방식에서 필요한 기능입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "select the check box for the :guilabel:`Packages` feature." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`패키지` 기능의 확인란을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the packages feature." msgstr "패키지 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../product_management/configure/package>`" msgstr ":doc:`패키지 <../product_management/configure/package>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`2-step delivery `" msgstr ":doc:`2단계 배송 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:174 msgid ":doc:`3-step delivery `" msgstr ":doc:`3단계 배송 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:3 msgid "Closest location removal" msgstr "가장 가까운 위치 기준의 처분 방식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:5 msgid "" "For the *Closest Location* removal strategy, products are picked based on " "the alphanumeric order of storage location titles." msgstr "*가장 가까운 위치* 이 처리 방식으로 지정된 경우, 보관 위치 제목의 영숫자 순서에 따라서 품목이 피킹됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:8 msgid "" "The goal of this strategy is to save the warehouse worker from taking a long" " journey to a farther shelf when the product is also available at a closer " "location." msgstr "이 전략의 목표는 가장 가까운 보관 위치에서 제품을 선택하여 창고 작업자가 이동해야 하는 거리를 최소화하는 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`" msgstr ":doc:`처리 방식 정보 <../removal_strategies>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16 msgid "" "To understand *location sequence* in the closest removal strategy, consider " "the following example:" msgstr "가장 가까이에 있는 품목부터 처분하는 방식의 경우에 *위치 순서* 에 대한 이해를 돕기 위해, 다음 예시를 살펴봅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:19 msgid "" "A product is stored in the following locations: `Shelf A/Pallet`, `Shelf " "A/Rack 1`, and `Shelf A/Rack 2`." msgstr "제품은 다음 위치에 보관됩니다: `선반 A/팔레트`, `선반 A/랙 1`, `선반 A/랙 2`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1 msgid "Show a mockup of real storage location in a warehouse." msgstr "창고 내 실제 보관 위치의 모형을 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:26 msgid "" "The sublocation, `Pallet`, is on the ground level. Products stored here are " "easier to retrieve, compared to requiring a forklift to reach `Rack 1` and " "`Rack 2`. The storage locations were strategically named in alphabetic " "order, based on ease of access." msgstr "" "하위 위치인 '팔레트'는 지상층에 위치합니다. 이곳에 보관된 제품은 지게차를 타고 `랙 1`과 `랙 2`로 이동해야 하는 것에 비해 쉽게" " 찾을 수 있습니다. 보관 위치는 접근하기 쉽도록 의도적으로 알파벳 순서로 명명했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:31 msgid "" "To use this removal strategy, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "이와 같은 처리 방식을 선택하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 에서 **반드시** " ":guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 설정이 활성화되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:35 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up removal strategy `" msgstr ":ref:`처분 방식 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:40 msgid "Location names" msgstr "위치 이름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:42 msgid "" "To configure location names, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Then, select" " an existing location, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, and " "then enter the desired name in the :guilabel:`Location Name` field." msgstr "" "위치 이름을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 기존 위치를 " "선택하거나 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 위치를 만듭니다. :guilabel:`위치 이름` 필드에 원하는 이름을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the locations are named in alphabetical order, based on their proximity" " to the output or packing location, set the removal strategy on the " ":ref:`parent location `." msgstr "" "위치에 대한 이름을 출고 또는 포장 위치와의 근접성에 따라 알파벳 순으로 지정한 후, 처분 방식을 :ref:`상위 위치 " "` 에서 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:50 msgid "" "To do that, in the :guilabel:`Locations` list, select the parent location of" " the alphabetically named storage locations." msgstr "이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`위치` 목록에서 알파벳순으로 명명된 보관 위치를 포함하는 상위 위치를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:53 msgid "" "Doing so opens the form for the parent location. In the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` field, select :guilabel:`Closest Location`." msgstr "" "이 작업을 수행하면 상위 위치에 대한 양식이 열립니다. g:uilabel:`처리 방식` 필드에서 :guilabel:`가장 가까운 위치` " "를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:57 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the storage location `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` is located closest " "to the packing area, where products retrieved from shelves are packed for " "shipment. The popular product, `iPhone charger` is stored in three " "locations, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" "창고에서 보관 장소인 `WH/재고/선반 1`은 포장 구역에서 가장 가까운 곳에 위치하며, 진열대에서 꺼낸 상품을 배송을 위해 포장하는 " "곳입니다. 인기 상품인 `아이폰 충전기`는 `WH/재고/선반 1`, `WH/재고/선반 2`, `WH/재고/선반 3`의 세 곳에 보관되어 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:62 msgid "" "To use closest location, set the removal strategy on the parent location, " "'WH/Stock'." msgstr "가장 가까운 위치를 사용하는 방식을 선택하려면, 상위 위치인 'WH/재고'에서 처분 방식을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:37 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "업무 순서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:67 msgid "" "To see how the closest location removal strategy works, consider the " "following example, featuring the popular product, `iPhone charger`, which is" " stored in `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" "가장 가까운 위치를 대상으로 하는 처리 방식이 어떻게 진행되는지, 인기 상품인 `아이폰 충전기`가 `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, " "`WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3` 위치에 저장되어 있는 예시를 통해 살펴봅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:71 msgid "" "Fifteen, five, and thirty units are in stock at each respective location." msgstr "각 위치에는 15개, 5개, 30개의 단위가 재고로 준비되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:74 msgid "" "To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, navigate to the product" " form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "각 보관 위치에 있는 보유 재고를 확인하려면 품목 양식으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`보유 중` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock at all locations." msgstr "모든 위치에서 보유 중인 재고를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:81 msgid "" "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighteen " "units of the `iPhone charger` by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매 앱`으로 이동하여 새 견적을 작성하고 `아이폰 충전기` 18대에 대한 :ref:`배송 주문 " "`을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:84 msgid "" "After adding the products, clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery " "order that reserves items stored at the closest location, using the removal " "strategy." msgstr "" "품목을 추가한 후 :guilabel:`확인` 을 선택하면 처리 방식이 적용되어 가장 가까운 위치에서 품목을 예약하는 배송주문서가 " "생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:87 msgid "" "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so " "opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that displays how the " "reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" "아이템을 선택한 *위치* 에 대해 자세한 내용을 보려면 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`⦙≣ (글머리 기호 목록)` 아이콘을 " "클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업창이 열리고, 처분 방식에 따라 예약된 상품이 어떻게 선택되었는지 " "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked. All fifteen of the units stored at the closest location, " "`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, are picked first. The remaining three units are then " "selected from the second closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`피킹 장소` 필드에 :guilabel:`수요`를 충족할 수 있는 " "수량이 표시됩니다. 처음에는 가장 가까운 위치인 `WH/재고/선반 1`에서 15개 단위가 모두 선택됩니다. 그 후 나머지 3개는 두 " "번째로 가까운 위치인 `WH/재고/선반 2`에서 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1 msgid "Display *Pick From* quantities for the order for iPhone chargers." msgstr "아이폰 충전기 주문 시 *피킹 품목* 수량을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:3 msgid "FEFO removal" msgstr "선한선출 처분 방식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) removal strategy targets products for " "removal based on their assigned removal dates." msgstr "" "선한선출 (First Expired, First Out) 처리 방식의 경우에는 지정된 처리 날짜에 따라 품목에 대한 처리를 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:14 msgid "Removal date" msgstr "제거 날짜" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:16 msgid "" "Products **must** be removed from inventory before their *removal date*, " "which is set as a certain number of days before the product's *expiration " "date*." msgstr "제품은 제품의 *유통기한*으로부터 일정 일수로 설정된 *제거 날짜* 이전에 재고에서 제거되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:19 msgid "" "The user sets this number of days by navigating to the product form's " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, " "ensure the :guilabel:`Tracking` field is set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` " "or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" "사용자는 해당 날짜 수를 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭으로 이동하여 설정할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`추적성` " "섹션에서 :guilabel:`추적` 필드가 :guilabel:`로트 기준` 또는 :guilabel:`고유 일련번호 기준` 으로 설정되어 " "있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` option, which makes the " ":guilabel:`Removal Date` field (and other date fields) appear." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`만료일` 옵션을 선택하면 :guilabel:`제거 날짜` 필드 (및 기타 날짜 필드)가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:27 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings` to track expiration dates." msgstr "" "만료일을 추적하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호`와" " :guilabel:`만료일` 기능을 **활성화**해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:31 msgid "" "The expiration date of a product is determined by adding the date the " "product was received to the number of days specified in the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Date` field of the product form." msgstr "제품의 유효기간은 제품 양식의 :guilabel:'유효기간' 필드에 지정된 일수에 제품을 수령한 날짜를 더하여 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:34 msgid "" "The removal date takes this expiration date, and subtracts the number of " "days specified in the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field of the product form." msgstr "제거 날짜는 이 만료 날짜에서 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`제거 날짜` 필드에 지정된 일수를 뺀 값입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:38 msgid "" ":doc:`Expiration dates " "<../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`만료일 <../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:41 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, `Egg`, the following " ":guilabel:`Dates` are set by the user:" msgstr "" "제품의 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에서 사용자가 `계란` 제품에 대해 다음과 같은 :guilabel:`날짜`를 구성했습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: `30` days after receipt" msgstr ":guilabel:`만료일`: 입고 후 `30`일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Date`: `15` days before expiration date" msgstr ":guilabel:`제거 날짜`: 만료일 `15`일 전" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "Display expiration and removal dates set on the product form." msgstr "품목 양식에 설정된 만료 및 제거 날짜를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:51 msgid "" "A shipment of Eggs arrive at the warehouse on January 1st. So, the " "expiration date of the Eggs is **January 31st** (Jan 1st + 30). By " "extension, the removal date is **January 16th** (Jan 31 - 15)." msgstr "" "1월 1일에 창고에 계란이 도착하면 만료일은 **1월 31일**(1월 1일 + 30일)로 설정됩니다. 따라서 제거 날짜는 **1월 " "16일**(1월 31일 - 15일)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:57 msgid "" "To view the expiration dates of items in stock, navigate to the product " "form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "재고가 있는 품목의 유통기한을 확인하려면 제품 양식으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`보유 중` 스마트 버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:60 msgid "" "Next, click the additional options icon, located on the far-right, and " "select the columns: :guilabel:`Expiration Date` and :guilabel:`Removal " "Date`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 오른쪽에 있는 추가 옵션 아이콘을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`만료일` 및 :guilabel:`제거일` 열을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "" "Show expiration dates from the inventory adjustments model accessed from the *On Hand*\n" "smart button from the product form." msgstr "" "제품 양식의 *보유 중* 스마트 버튼을 통해 재고 조정 모델에 액세스하여 \n" "만료일을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:71 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy ensures " "that products with the nearest removal date are picked first." msgstr ":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 처리 방식을 선택하면 품목 중에서 처리 날짜가 가장 임박한 품목이 먼저 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:74 msgid "" "To understand how this removal strategy works, consider the following " "example below about the product, `Carton of eggs`, which is a box containing" " twelve eggs." msgstr "이 처리 방식이 어떻게 작동하는지 이해를 돕기 위해 달걀 12개들이 박스인 `달걀 박스` 제품을 예로 들어 살펴봅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:77 msgid "" "The product is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots`, and the product category's " ":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`First Expired, First" " Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" "품목은 :guilabel:`로트 기준` 으로 추적되며, 품목 카테고리의 :guilabel:`강제 처리 방식` 은 " ":guilabel:`FEFO (선한선출)` 로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up force removal strategy `" msgstr ":ref:`강제 처분 방식 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Enable lots tracking `" msgstr ":ref:`로트 추적 사용 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:83 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Perishable Products " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 부패하기 쉬운 제품 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:35 msgid "LOT1" msgstr "로트1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:36 msgid "LOT2" msgstr "로트 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:37 msgid "LOT3" msgstr "로트3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:38 msgid "On-hand stock" msgstr "재고 보유량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:231 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:96 msgid "1" msgstr "1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:98 msgid "April 4" msgstr "4월 4일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:99 msgid "April 10" msgstr "4월 10일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:100 msgid "April 15" msgstr "4월 15일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:101 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr ":ref:`제거 날짜 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:102 msgid "February 26" msgstr "2월 26일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:103 msgid "March 4" msgstr "3월 4일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:104 msgid "March 9" msgstr "3월 9일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:106 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and create a new quotation." msgstr "처리 방식이 실제로 작동하는지 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱` 으로 이동하여 새로운 견적서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:109 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order for today, December " "29th, and the lot numbers with the soonest expiration dates are reserved, " "using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하면 12월 29일 오늘을 기준으로 배송주문서가 생성됩니다. :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 처리 " "방식이 적용되어 유통기한이 가장 임박한 로트번호가 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:113 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the Carton of egg's product line, in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" "자세한 피킹을 확인하려면 배송 주문의 :guilabel:`⦙≣(글머리 기호 목록)` 탭에서 달걀 상자 제품 항목의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 " ":guilabel:`작업` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`선택 위치` 필드에 :guilabel:`수요`를 충족하는 데 " "필요한 수량이 선택된 위치가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:120 msgid "" "Since the order demanded six Cartons of eggs, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First " "Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, all five Cartons from `LOT1`, with " "the removal date of February 26th, are picked. The remaining Carton is " "selected from `LOT2`, which has a removal date of March 4th." msgstr "" "주문서에 계란 6박스가 있으므로, :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 처분 방식을 적용하여 `LOT1`에 있는 박스 5개를 모두 먼저 " "피킹하며, 처분일은 2월 26일이 됩니다. 남은 박스는 `LOT2`에서 선택되며, .처분일은 3월 4일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "The stock moves window that shows the lots to be removed using FEFO." msgstr "FEFO를 사용하여 제거할 로트를 표시하는 재고 이동 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:3 msgid "FIFO removal" msgstr "선입선출 처분 방식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *First In, First Out* (FIFO) removal strategy selects products with the " "earliest arrival dates. This method is useful for companies selling products" " that have short demand cycles, like clothes, for example. By using " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, companies can prevent prolonged stock " "retention of specific styles." msgstr "" "*선입선출 (FIFO)* 처분 방식에서는 품목이 입고된 순서대로 처분됩니다. 이 방식은 의류와 같이 수요 주기가 짧은 품목을 판매하는 " "회사에서 유용하게 쓸 수 있습니다. :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)` 방식을 선택하면 특정 스타일의 재고가 장기간 보관되는 것을 방지할" " 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:14 msgid "" "Various quantities of the product, `T-shirt`, tracked by lot numbers, arrive" " on August 1st and August 25th. For an order made on September 1st, the " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy prioritizes lots that " "have been in stock the longest. So, products received on August 1st are " "selected first for picking." msgstr "" "다양한 수량이 보유된 품목인 `티셔츠` 품목은 로트번호로 추적을 하고 있으며, 입고일은 8월 1일과 8월 25일입니다. 9월 1일 주문 " "건의 경우, 재고 처분 방식으로 :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)` 을 사용하여 가장 오래 재고로 보관 중인 로트부터 우선적으로 " "처리합니다. 따라서, 8월 1일에 입고된 품목이 가장 먼저 피킹 대상으로 선정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Illustration of FIFO selecting the oldest products in stock." msgstr "재고 중 가장 오래된 제품을 선택하는 FIFO의 그림." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Lot/serial number setup details `" msgstr ":ref:`로트/일련번호 설정 세부 사항 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:29 msgid "Arrival date" msgstr "도착일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:31 msgid "" "To see the product lot or serial number that arrived in inventory first, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" "재고에 먼저 도착한 제품 로트 또는 일련 번호를 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련번호`로 " "이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:34 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`▶️ (right-pointing arrow)` icon on the left of a" " product line, in order to reveal a list of the product's lots or serial " "numbers that are in stock. The :guilabel:`Created On` field shows the " "lot/serial number creation date, which is, essentially, the arrival date." msgstr "" "다음으로 제품 라인 왼쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`▶️(오른쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 재고가 있는 제품의 로트 또는 일련번호 " "목록이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`생성일` 필드에는 로트/일련번호 생성 날짜가 표시되며, 이는 도착 날짜를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:39 msgid "" "Serial number `00000000500` of the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, arrived on" " December 29th, as displayed in the :guilabel:`Created On` field." msgstr "" "`문이 있는 캐비닛` 제품의 일련번호 `00000000500`는 12월 29일에 입고되었으며, 이 정보는 :guilabel:`생성일` " "필드에 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Display arrival date of a lot for an item." msgstr "품목에 대한 로트의 도착 날짜를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:49 msgid "" "To understand how :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` rotates products out, " "consider the following example, focusing on three lots of white shirts." msgstr ":abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)` 전략이 제품을 회전시키는 방법을 이해하기 위해 흰색 셔츠 세 로트의 예를 살펴보겠습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:52 msgid "" "The shirts are from the *All/Clothes* category, where :abbr:`FIFO (First In," " First Out)` is set as the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy`." msgstr "" "셔츠는 *전체/의류* 카테고리에 있으며, 여기에는 :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)` 이 :guilabel:`강제 처분 방식` 으로 " "설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:55 msgid "" "The white shirts are tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "흰색 셔츠는 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭에서 :guilabel:`수량 기준` 으로 추적됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:62 msgid "" "The following table represents the on-hand stock and lot number details of " "white shirts." msgstr "다음 표는 흰색 셔츠의 보유 재고 및 로트의 세부 정보를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:228 msgid "3" msgstr "3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Created on `" msgstr ":ref:`생성일 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:77 msgid "March 1" msgstr "3월 1일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:78 msgid "April 1" msgstr "4월 1일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:79 msgid "May 1" msgstr "5월 1일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order " "` for six white shirts by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" "처리 방식이 실제로 작동하는지 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱` 으로 이동하여 흰색 셔츠 6장에 대한 " ":ref:`배송주문서 ` 를 생성하고 새 견적서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:84 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the sales order, a delivery order with" " the oldest lot numbers for shirts are reserved, using the :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" "판매주문서를 :guilabel:`확정` 하면 배송주문서에서는 가장 오래된 로트 번호를 셔츠 제품에 대해 예약하며 " ":abbr:`FIFO(선입선출)` 처리 방식에 따라 진행하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:87 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the white shirt's product line in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" "자세한 피킹을 검토하려면 배송 주문의 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에서 흰색 셔츠 제품 라인의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 " ":guilabel:`⦙≣(글머리 기호 목록)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from. Since the order demanded six shirts, all five shirts from " "`LOT1`, and one shirt from `LOT2`, are selected." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`피킹 위치` 필드에 :guilabel:`수요`를 처리할 수량을 " "선택하는 위치가 표시됩니다. 주문에 셔츠 6개가 필요하므로 `LOT1`에서 셔츠 5개와 `LOT2`에서 셔츠 1개가 모두 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "선입선출 전략으로 판매 주문을 위해 두 개의 로트가 예약되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:3 msgid "Least packages removal" msgstr "최소한의 패키지 처분 방식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Least Packages* removal strategy fulfills an order by opening the " "fewest number of packages, which is ideal for maintaining organized stock " "without needing to open multiple boxes." msgstr "" "*최소 패키지* 처리 방식은 주문을 처리할 때 가장 적은 수의 패키지를 개봉하는 방식으로, 상자를 여러 개 개봉할 필요 없이 재고를 " "체계적으로 관리하는 데 이상적입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:10 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Least Packages " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 최소 포장물 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:12 msgid "" "To understand how the removal strategy works, consider the following " "example, featuring a warehouse that stores packages of flour in bulk " "packages of `100 kg`." msgstr "처리 방식이 어떻게 작동하는지 이해를 돕기 위해 '100kg' 벌크 패키지로 밀가루를 보관하는 창고를 예로 들어 살펴봅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:15 msgid "" "To minimize moisture, and/or prevent pests from entering open packages, the " "least packages removal strategy is used to pick from a single, opened " "package." msgstr "" "습기에 대한 노출을 최소화하고 포장이 개봉되어 해충이 유입되는 것을 방지하기 위해서는, 포장 최소 제거 방식을 적용하여 개봉을 한 단일 " "패키지에서 피킹 작업을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:21 msgid "" "A package of `100 kg` of flour is depleted to `54 kg` after fulfilling some " "orders. There are other packages of `100 kg` in stock." msgstr "" "밀가루 `100kg` 패키지가 일부 주문을 처리한 후 `54kg`으로 감소했지만, 다른 `100kg` 패키지의 재고가 남아 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:24 msgid "" "When an order for `14 kg` of flour is placed, the package of `54 kg` is " "selected." msgstr "밀가루 `14kg`을 주문하면 `54kg`의 패키지가 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:25 msgid "" "When an order for *more* than `54 kg` of flour is placed, an unopened `100 " "kg` package is used to fulfill the order. While this temporarily results in " "two open packages, these open packages are prioritized in the next picking." msgstr "" "`54kg` *이상*의 밀가루 주문이 접수되면 미개봉 `100kg` 포장이 주문을 처리하는 데 사용됩니다. 이로 인해 일시적으로 두 개의" " 개봉된 패키지가 발생할 수 있지만 시스템은 다음 피킹에서 이러한 개봉된 패키지의 우선순위를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:32 msgid "" "Using the least package removal strategy, the fewest number of packages is " "used to fulfill an order." msgstr "최소 패키지 처리 방식을 사용할 경우, 주문을 처리하는 데 소요되는 패키지 수가 가장 적게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:35 msgid "" "The :ref:`Packages feature ` " "**must** be enabled to use this strategy." msgstr "" "이 전략을 사용하려면 :ref:`패키지 기능 `이 " "**활성화**되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "Consider the following example, featuring the product, `Flour`. The " "product's :guilabel:`Units of Measure` field, located on the product form, " "is set to `kg`. The product is stored in packages of `100 kg`, with one " "remaining package containing `54 kg`. The product category's " ":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`Least Packages`." msgstr "" "`밀가루` 제품의 예시를 보면. 품목 양식에 있는 제품의 :guilabel:`단위` 필드는 `kg` 으로 설정되어 있습니다. 이 제품은 " "`100kg` 패키지로 보관되며, 남아있는 패키지 하나에는 `54kg` 이 들어 있습니다. 제품 카테고리에서 :guilabel:`강제 " "처분 방식` 은 :guilabel:`최소 패키지` 로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Set removal strategy on product category " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`품목 카테고리에 대한 처분 방식 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:47 msgid "" "To check the product's on-hand stock, navigate to the product form, and " "click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "품목의 보유 재고를 확인하려면 품목 양식으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`보유 중` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock in each package." msgstr "각 패키지의 보유 재고를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:54 msgid "" "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighty " "kilograms of flour by going to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a" " new quotation. After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, the delivery order is " "created." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매 앱`으로 이동하여 새 견적을 생성하여 밀가루 80킬로그램에 대한 :ref:`배송 주문 " "`을 생성합니다. :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하면 배송 주문이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:58 msgid "" "On the delivery order, the :guilabel:`Quantity` field displays the amount " "automatically picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "배송주문서에 있는 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에는 자동 피킹된 수량이 표시되며, 처분 방식에 따라 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:61 msgid "" "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so " "opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, displaying how the " "reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" "아이템을 선택한 *위치* 에 대해 자세한 내용을 보려면 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`⦙≣ (글머리 기호 목록)` 아이콘을 " "클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업창에서 처분 방식에 따라 예약된 상품이 어떻게 선택되었는지 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:65 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked. Since the order demanded eighty kilograms, which exceeds the " "quantity in the opened package of `54 kg`, an unopened package of `100 kg` " "is selected." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`피킹 위치` 필드에 :guilabel:`수요`를 이행할 수량이 " "표시됩니다. 주문이 80킬로그램을 요청하여 개봉된 포장재에서 사용할 수 있는 수량인 `54킬로그램`을 초과하므로 개봉되지 않은 포장재 " "`100킬로그램`이 선택되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst-1 msgid "Show which package was picked in the *Pick From* field." msgstr "*피킹 대상* 필드에 어떤 패키지를 선택했는지 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:3 msgid "LIFO removal" msgstr "후입선출 처분 방식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Last In, First Out* (LIFO) removal strategy picks the **newest** " "products on-hand, based on the date they entered a warehouse's stock." msgstr "" "*LIFO (후입선출)* 처리 방식에서는 보유 중인 품목 중 **가장 최신** 품목이 선택되며 창고에 재고가 입고된 날짜를 기준으로 " "합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:8 msgid "" "Every time an order is placed for products using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, " "First Out)` strategy, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that " "has most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that " "entered the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" ":abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 전략을 사용하여 제품을 주문할 때마다 가장 최근에 재고에 입고된 로트/일련번호 (창고에 재고로 입고된" " **마지막** 로트/일련 번호)에 대한 전송이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:16 msgid "" "In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy is" " banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete " "products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" "많은 국가에서는 :abbr:`LIFO(후입선출)` 처리 방식을 금지하고 있으며, 이 방식을 채택할 경우 오래되거나 유통기한이 지난 제품," " 또는 단종된 제품이 고객에게 전달될 가능성이 있기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:19 msgid "" "Consider the following example, with the product, `Cinder Block`, which is " "tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form. The :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` for the cinder block's product " "category is set to :guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" "다음의 예시를 통해, `콘크리트 블록`이라는 품목을 :guilabel:`로트 기준` 으로 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭에서 " "추적해 봅니다. 콘크리트 블록의 품목 카테고리에 대한 :guilabel:`강제 처분 방식` 은 :guilabel:`선입선출 (LIFO)`" " 로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`Check arrival date `" msgstr ":ref:`도착일 확인 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:28 msgid "" "The following table represents the cinder blocks in stock, and their various" " lot number details." msgstr "다음은 콘크리트 블록의 재고와 각 로트 번호가 자세히 나와 있는 표입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:43 msgid "June 1" msgstr "6월 1일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:44 msgid "June 3" msgstr "6월 3일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:45 msgid "June 6" msgstr "6월 6일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:47 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order " "` for seven cinder blocks by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" "처리 방식이 실제로 작동하는지 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱` 으로 이동하여 콘크리트 블록 7개에 대한 " ":ref:`배송주문서 ` 를 생성하고 새 견적서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order to create a delivery order. Doing so " "reserves the newest lot numbers are using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" "판매주문서를 :guilabel:`확인` 하면 배송주문서가 생성됩니다. 이렇게 하면 :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 처분 방식이 적용된" " 가장 최신인 로트번호가 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:54 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the cinder block's product line in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" "자세한 피킹을 확인하려면 배송 주문의 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에서 콘크리트 블록 제품 항목의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (글머리 기호 목록)` 아이콘을 선택합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 " "창이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:58 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from. Since the order demanded seven cinder blocks, the newest cinder" " blocks from `LOT3` are selected, using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`열기: 재고 이동` 팝업 창에 있는 :guilabel:`피킹 위치` 필드를 보면 :guilabel:`수요` 에 있는 " "수량을 선택할 수 있는 위치를 확인할 수 있습니다. 주문서에 7개의 콘크리트 블록이 있으므로 `LOT3`에서 가장 최근에 입고된 블록이 " "선택되며, :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 처분 방식이 적용된 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "세부 작업은 피킹을 위해 어떤 로트가 선택되는지 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:6 msgid "Reservation methods" msgstr "예약 방법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:8 msgid "" "Companies that sell and deliver goods to customers need to make sure they " "always have stock on-hand, so when new sales orders are confirmed, they can " "deliver products on time." msgstr "" "고객에게 품목을 판매하고 배송할 때 회사에서는 항상 재고를 확보해야 새로운 판매주문서가 확정될 경우 적시에 제품을 배송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be handled using *reservation methods*. Reservation " "methods control how products included in a delivery order (DO) should be " "reserved for delivery, ensuring they are reserved at the correct times, for " "the correct orders." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 *예약 방법* 을 사용하여 해당 작업을 처리할 수 있습니다. 예약 방법은 배송주문서 (DO)에 있는 품목을 배송하기 위한 " "예약되는 방식을 제어하여 알맞은 주문서대로 정확한 시간에 예약되도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:15 msgid "" "There are three different reservation methods in Odoo: *At Confirmation*, " "*Manually*, and *Before scheduled date*." msgstr "Odoo에서 예약하는 방법으로는 *확인 시*, *수동*, *예약 날짜 전* 의 세 가지 방법이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:20 msgid "At Confirmation" msgstr "확인 시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:22 msgid "" "Reserves products **only** when a sales order is confirmed, **and** if stock" " is already available." msgstr "품목 예약은 **반드시** 판매주문서가 확정되고 **동시에** 재고가 이미 확보된 경우에만 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:25 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:27 msgid "" "Once a quote is confirmed, product availability **must** be checked " "manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:30 msgid "Before scheduled date" msgstr "예정일 전" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:32 msgid "" "A specific number of days can be selected; this is the maximum number of " "days **before** a scheduled delivery date that products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:38 msgid "" "Reservation methods are set on individual operations types. To configure " "reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Operations Types`. Then, select the desired operation type. Or, create a" " new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "예약 방법은 개별 작업 유형에 따라 설정됩니다. 예약 방법에 대해 환경 설정을 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> " "환경 설정 --> 작업 유형` 으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 원하는 작업 유형을 선택합니다. 또는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 " "클릭하여 새로 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:42 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab of the operation type form, locate the " ":guilabel:`Reservation Method` option, and choose which method should be " "used for this type of operation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일반` 탭에 있는 작업 유형 양식에서, :guilabel:`예약 방법` 옵션을 찾아 어떤 방법을 이 유형의 작업에 " "사용할지 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Reservation method field on delivery order operation type form." msgstr "배송주문서 작업 유형 양식에 있는 예약 방법 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:50 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Before scheduled date` reservation method is selected, a " "new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears below. From this" " field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and :guilabel:`days before " "when starred` can be changed from the default `0`." msgstr "" "예약 방법을 :guilabel:`예정일 전`으로 선택할 경우에는 아래에 새로운 :guilabel:`예정일 전 예약` 필드가 나타납니다. " "이 필드에서 기본값 '0'부터 :guilabel:`다음 일 이전:` 및 :guilabel:`별표가 표시된 경우 다음 일 이전:`의 개수를" " 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:38 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before` value changes the maximum number of " "days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:58 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum " "number of days before a scheduled date that starred (favorited) transfers " "for products should be reserved." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`별표 표시 전 대기 기간` 값을 변경하면 별표 표시(즐겨찾기)된 품목 이송을 예약해야 하는 예약일 전 최대 " "기간(일)이 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:0 msgid "" "Reserve before scheduled date fields with before scheduled date method " "chosen." msgstr "예약일 이전 방법을 선택하여 예약 날짜 이전 필드를 예약합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:66 msgid "Required applications" msgstr "필수 애플리케이션" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:68 msgid "" "The two required applications that **must** be :ref:`installed " "` to use reservation methods are the *Sales* and " "*Inventory* apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:72 msgid "" "In addition to delivery orders, reservation methods can also be used for " "*manufacturing orders*, *resupply subcontractor* orders, orders for " "*repairs*, and *internal transfers*, if desired. To enable this, configure " "the additional settings:" msgstr "" "배송주문서 외에도 *제조지시서*, *외주업체 재공급* 주문서, *수리* 주문서, *내부 이전* 에도 예약 방법을 적용할 수 있습니다. " "사용하려면 추가 설정 메뉴를 환경 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:76 msgid "" "**For manufacturing orders:** Install the *Manufacturing* application by " "going to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Manufacturing*" " app, and clicking :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:79 msgid "" "**For resupply subcontractor:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, enable :guilabel:`Subcontracting`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:82 msgid "" "**For repairs:** Install the *Repairs* application by going to the " ":menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Repairs* app, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:84 msgid "" "**For internal transfers:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " "enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:88 msgid "" "Once these apps are installed, no additional features need to be enabled " "from the settings for reservation methods to work. They will be available by" " default on certain operations types, and can be viewed and changed by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" " Types`, and then clicking on a specific operations type." msgstr "" "이러한 앱을 설치하면 예약 방법 설정에서 추가 기능을 활성화지 않아도 작동할 수 있습니다. 특정 운영 방식에서 기본적으로 사용할 수 " "있으며 :menuselection:`재고 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 작업 유형` 으로 이동한 다음 특정 운영 방식을 클릭하여 확인 및 " "변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:33 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Type of Operation` is changed to :guilabel:`Receipt` on " "an :guilabel:`Operations Type` form, reservation methods are **not** " "available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1 msgid "" "Operations Types highlighted from the Configurations submenu in the " "Inventory app." msgstr "재고 관리 앱의 환경설정 하위 메뉴에서 작업 유형이 강조 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`" msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`" msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`" msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:3 msgid "At confirmation reservation" msgstr "확정 시 예약" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:9 msgid "" "The *at confirmation* reservation method reserves products **only** when a " "sales order (SO) is confirmed, **and** if enough stock of the products " "included in the |SO| is already available." msgstr "" "예약 방법 중 *확정 시* 방식은 판매주문서(SO)가 **확정된 경우에만** 품목을 예약할 수 있으며, **동시에** |SO| 에 있는 " "품목의 재고가 충분한 경우에 한해서만 예약을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`About reservation methods <../reservation_methods>`" msgstr ":doc:`예약 방법 정보 <../reservation_methods>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:18 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *at confirmation*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new" " one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "*확인 시* 예약되도록 예약 방법을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 작업 유형` 으로 " "이동합니다. 그런 다음 원하는 :guilabel:`작업 유형` 을 선택하여 설정하거나 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새로" " 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:22 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab on the operation type form, locate the " ":guilabel:`Reservation Method` field, and select :guilabel:`At " "Confirmation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:32 msgid "" "To see the *at confirmation* reservation method in action, create a new |SO|" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:42 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a " "product to add to the quotation from the drop-down menu. Finally, in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of the product to " "sell." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`고객` 필드에 고객을 추가합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 내역` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가` " "를 클릭하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 견적에 추가할 품목을 선택합니다. 마지막으로 판매할 품목의 수량을 :guilabel:`수량` 열에서 " "조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:46 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "준비가 완료되어 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하면 판매주문서가 확정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:41 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to reveal the " "product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip, which reveals the " ":guilabel:`Reserved` number of units for this order." msgstr "" "품목 내역에서 :guilabel:`📈(영역 그래프)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 품목의 :guilabel:`사용 가능 여부` 도구 설명이 " "나타나며, 이 주문에서 :guilabel:`예약된` 단위 수가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:57 msgid "" "If there is **not** sufficient quantity of stock for the product included in" " the |SO|, the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon is red, instead of green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the " ":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Available`, and reveals " "the available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" "주문에 대해 예약한 수량이 표시되는 대신, :guilabel:`사용 가능 여부` 도구 설명에 :guilabel:`사용 가능` 이라는 " "표시가 나타나고 사용할 수 있는 수량(예: `0 개`)이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Confirmed sales order with product availability tooltip selected." msgstr "확정이 완료된 판매주문서에 제품에 대한 사용 가능 여부 도구 설명이 선택되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:56 msgid "Forecasted Report" msgstr "예측 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:58 msgid "" "To see all the factors that affect product reservation, click the " ":guilabel:`View Forecast` internal link arrow to view the " ":guilabel:`Forecasted Report` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` displays forecast information about the " "product(s) included in the sales order; namely, any live receipts of the " "product, and any active sales orders, which are listed in the " ":guilabel:`Used By` column. See how each order is fulfilled in the " ":guilabel:`Replenishment` column." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예측 보고서` 는 판매주문서에 포함된 품목에 대한 예측 정보를 표시합니다. 즉, 실시간 품목 입고 상황 및 활성화 " "상태인 판매주문서가 :guilabel:`사용자` 열에 표시됩니다. 각 주문서가 어떻게 처리되는지 :guilabel:`보충` 열에서 확인할" " 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:66 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity is calculated at the top " "of the page, by adding the :guilabel:`On Hand` and :guilabel:`Incoming` " "quantity, and subtracting the :guilabel:`Outgoing` quantity, as shown below:" msgstr "" "또한 :guilabel:`예상` 수량은 페이지 상단에서 계산되며, 아래와 같이 :guilabel:`보유` 및 :guilabel:`입고` " "수량을 더하고 :guilabel:`출고` 수량을 뺍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 msgid "Forecasted quantity equation from the Forecasted Report page." msgstr "예측 보고서 페이지에 있는 예측 수량 수식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:74 msgid "" "If one order should be prioritized over another order, click the " ":guilabel:`Unreserve` button on the corresponding order line in the " ":guilabel:`Replenishment` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:77 msgid "" "To deliver the products, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the " "top of the sales order form. To confirm that the reservation worked " "properly, ensure that the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field reads " "`Available` (in green text), and the numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` and " ":guilabel:`Quantity` columns match (in this case, both should read " "`100.00`)." msgstr "" "품목을 배송하려면 판매주문서 상단의 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다. 예약이 제대로 되었는지 확인하려면 " ":guilabel:`품목 사용 가능 여부` 에 `사용 가능` (초록색 텍스트)이 표시되고 :guilabel:`요청` 및 " ":guilabel:`수량` 열의 숫자가 일치하는지 확인합니다 (이 경우 둘 다 '100.00' 으로 표시되어야 합니다.)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 msgid "" "Delivery order for product included in sales order with at confirmation " "reservation." msgstr "품목에 대한 배송주문서에 확인 예약이 된 판매주문서가 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:108 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`Manual reservation `" msgstr ":doc:`수동 예약 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`Before scheduled date reservation `" msgstr ":doc:`예약된 날짜 전 예약 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:3 msgid "Before scheduled date reservation" msgstr "예정일 전 사전 예약" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Before scheduled date* reservation method allows users to select a " "specific number of days that act as the maximum number of days **before** a " "scheduled delivery date, when products included in a sales order (SO) should" " be reserved." msgstr "" "*예정일 전* 예약하는 방법을 사용하면 사용자는 판매주문서 (SO)에 있는 품목을 예약해야 하는 배송 예정일 **이전** 의 최대 " "기간으로 작용하는 특정한 날짜 수를 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:19 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *Before scheduled date*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new" " one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "예약 방법을 *예약일 전* 으로 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 작업 유형` 으로 " "이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`작업 유형` 을 선택하여 설정하거나 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새 유형을 " "생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` " "field, and select :guilabel:`Before scheduled date`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일반` 탭에서 :guilabel:`예약 방법` 필드를 찾아 :guilabel:`예약일 이전` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:34 msgid "" "Once selected, a new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears" " below. From this field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and " ":guilabel:`days before when starred` can be changed from the default `0`." msgstr "" "선택하면, 새로운 :guilabel:`예정일 전 예약` 필드가 아래에 나타납니다. 이 필드에 :guilabel:`일 전` 및 " ":guilabel:`일 전: 별표 표시된 경우` 수를 기본값 `0` 에서 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:41 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum " "number of days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved if " "the transfers are starred (favorited)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`별표 표시 전 날짜 수` 값을 변경하면 예약일 전 최대 날짜 수가 변경되며, 이 예약일은 이송에 별표(즐겨찾기) " "표시를 한 경우 품목을 예약해야 하는 날짜입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:45 msgid "" "Here, the :guilabel:`days before` value is set to `2` days before, and the " ":guilabel:`days before when starred` value is set to `3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:48 msgid "" "This means products are reserved two days before the scheduled delivery date" " for normal orders, and three days before the scheduled delivery date for " "starred (favorited) transfers." msgstr "" "일반 주문의 경우에는 배송 예정일 2일 전에 품목이 예약되고 별표(즐겨찾기)한 배송의 경우에는 예정된 배송일 3일 전에 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 msgid "Reserve before scheduled date field with set numerical values." msgstr "예약일 필드에 있는 날짜 전에 숫자 값으로 설정하여 예약합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:55 msgid "" "This is the configuration applied for the following workflow found below." msgstr "다음의 워크플로우에 적용된 환경설정을 아래에서 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:58 msgid "Edit product form" msgstr "품목 양식 편집" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:60 msgid "" "Before the *Before scheduled date* reservation method can be used, ensure " "that a *customer lead time* is added to products that plan to be sold with " "this method." msgstr "*예약일 이전* 을 예약 방법으로 사용하기 전에, 이 방법으로 판매할 품목에 *고객 리드 타임* 을 추가해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:63 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Products`, and select the desired product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the " ":guilabel:`Logistics` section, change the value in the :guilabel:`Customer " "Lead Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:69 msgid "For this example workflow, change it to `5` days." msgstr "이 예제 워크플로우의 경우, `5`일로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:71 msgid "" "This sets the scheduled delivery date for this specific product to five days" " after the creation date of the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 msgid "Product form with customer lead time set in Inventory tab." msgstr "품목 양식에서 재고 관리 탭에 고객 리드 타임이 설정되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the *Before scheduled date* reservation method in action, create a " "new |SO| by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:84 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, then, in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a " "product from the drop-down menu that has a configured *customer lead time*, " "to add to the quotation form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`고객` 필드에 고객을 추가한 후 :guilabel:`주문서 내역` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭하고" " 드롭다운 메뉴에서 *고객 리드 타임* 이 설정되어 있는 품목을 선택하여 견적서 양식에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:88 msgid "" "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of " "the product to sell." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`수량` 열에서 판매할 품목에 대해 원하는 수량대로 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:90 msgid "For this sample workflow, set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to `10`." msgstr "이 예제 워크플로우의 경우, `10`일로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:94 msgid "" "Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to " "reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals " "the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method " "is set to *Before scheduled date*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads " "`0 Units`." msgstr "" "품목 내역에서 초록색 :guilabel:`📈 (영역 그래프)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 품목의 :guilabel:`가능 여부` 툴팁이 " "표시됩니다. 이 툴팁에는 주문서에서 예약된 수량이 표시됩니다. 예약 방법이 *예정일 이전* 으로 설정되어 있으므로 " ":guilabel:`예약` 수량은 `0개` 로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:99 msgid "" "However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the" " quantity is available, but the scheduled date, for this example workflow, " "is five days from the order date." msgstr "" "그러나 해당 수량 아래에는 '재고 있음'이라고 표시되어 있습니다. 수량은 확보되어 있으나 워크플로우 예시에서 예약한 날짜는 주문일로부터 " "5일 후이기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:102 msgid "" "Since reservation is not until two days before the scheduled delivery, it " "will not reserve the products until then." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:60 msgid "" "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the " ":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Reserved`, and reveals the" " available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" "주문에 대해 예약된 단위 수량이 표시되는 대신, :guilabel:`사용 가능 여부` 도구 설명에 :guilabel:`예약됨` 이라는 " "표시가 나타나고 사용할 수 있는 단위 수량(예: `0 개`)이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, unless there is a set replenishment or a live receipt, it also" " reads :guilabel:`No future availability`, in red text." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:119 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to see the delivery order form." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 배송 주문 양식을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:121 msgid "" "On the delivery order form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of " "green. This is because there is sufficient stock on-hand for this order, but" " no quantity has been reserved yet." msgstr "" "배송주문서 양식에서 :guilabel:`품목 사용 가능 여부` 필드 상태가 초록색 대신 노란색 텍스트로 `사용 가능` 으로 표시됩니다. " "이는 주문에 대한 재고가 충분하지만 아직 수량이 예약되지 않았기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:125 msgid "" "Note the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, above the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field, displays the date five days from the order creation " "date. This indicates that the products are not reserved until three days " "from today's date (two days before the scheduled delivery date)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목 사용 가능 여부` 필드 위에 있는 :guilabel:`예정일` 필드에는 주문 생성일부터 5일 후의 날짜가 " "표시됩니다. 오늘부터 3일 (배송 예정일 2일 전)까지 해당 품목이 예약되어 있지 않다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order form with product availability and reserved quantity." msgstr "배송주문서 양식에 품목에 대한 가능 여부 및 예약 수량이 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:133 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the " "numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column" " do not match (in this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, " "while the :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목` 줄의 :guilabel:`운영` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`수요` 열에 있는 숫자와 " ":guilabel:`수량` 열의 숫자가 일치하지 않습니다 (이 경우 :guilabel :`수요` 열에는 있는 숫자는 `10.00`이고, " ":guilabel:`수량` 열 숫자는 `0`입니다)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:137 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0` because the products aren't " "reserved until two days *before* their delivery date. Odoo automatically " "reserves the products once the scheduled date arrives, at which point the " ":guilabel:`Demand` and :guilabel:`Quantity` columns will match." msgstr "" "품목을 배송 2일 *이전까지* 예약하지 않았기 때문에 :guilabel:`수량` 열은 '0'으로 표시됩니다. Odoo에서는 예정일이 되면" " 자동으로 품목이 예약되며, 이 시점에서는 :guilabel:`수요` 및 :guilabel:`수량` 열이 일치하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:142 msgid "" "If the products in the |SO| should be reserved *sooner* than the scheduled " "reservation date, the reservation can be manually overridden. To manually " "reserve the products sooner than scheduled, click :guilabel:`Check " "Availability` at the top of the form." msgstr "" "|SO|에 있는 품목을 예정된 예약일보다 *빨리* 예약해야 하는 경우, 수동으로 예약을 재지정할 수 있습니다. 품목을 예정보다 빨리 " "수동으로 예약하려면 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`가능 여부 확인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:146 msgid "" "This turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product Availability` " "field green, and changes the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column to " "match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`At confirmation reservation `" msgstr ":doc:`예약 확정 시 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:3 msgid "Manual reservation" msgstr "수동 예약" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:9 msgid "" "Unlike the *At Confirmation* reservation method, the *Manually* reservation " "method does **not** reserve products automatically." msgstr "*확인 시* 를 기준으로 하는 예약 방법과는 달리 *수동* 예약 방법은 품목이 자동으로 예약되지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:12 msgid "" "Instead, once a sales order (SO) is confirmed, product availability **must**" " be checked manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved " "manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:21 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *Manually*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to be configured, or create a" " new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "예약 방법을 *수동* 으로 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 작업 유형` 으로 이동합니다. " "그런 다음 원하는 :guilabel:`작업 유형` 을 선택하여 설정하거나 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새 유형을 " "생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:25 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` " "field, and select :guilabel:`Manually`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일반` 탭에서 :guilabel:`예약 방법` 필드를 확인한 후 :guilabel:`수동` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:39 msgid "" "To see the *Manually* reservation method in action, create a new |SO| by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:48 msgid "" "Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to " "reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals " "the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method " "is set to *Manually*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads `0 Units`." msgstr "" "품목 내역에서 초록색 :guilabel:`📈 (영역 그래프)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 품목의 :guilabel:`가능 여부` 툴팁이 " "표시됩니다. 이 툴팁에는 주문서에서 예약된 수량이 표시됩니다. 예약 방법이 *수동* 으로 설정되어 있으므로 :guilabel:`예약` " "수량은 `0개` 로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:53 msgid "" "However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the" " quantity is available, but must be manually reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:70 msgid "" "Once the |SO| is confirmed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, " "and locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card on the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Overview` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:73 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card displays the current status of live " "orders, including those with a :guilabel:`Waiting` status. Orders with this " "status indicate that the products in those orders have either not been " "reserved yet, or are not in stock at all." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송주문서` 카드에 :guilabel:`대기 중` 상태와 같이 실시간 주문에 대한 현재 상태가 표시됩니다. 주문서가 " "해당 상태에 있는 경우는 주문서에서 아직 예약된 품목이 없거나 재고가 전혀 없다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Delivery orders task card with waiting status orders." msgstr "배송주문서 작업 카드에 대기 상태 주문이 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the |SO| created previously, click the :guilabel:`(#) Waiting` button" " on the card (in this case, `8 Waiting`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:84 msgid "" "Locate the delivery order (DO) tied to the |SO| that was previously created," " and click the line to view it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:87 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product" " Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of " "green. This is because there is sufficient stock on hand for this order, but" " no quantity has been reserved yet." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송주문서` 양식에서 :guilabel:`품목 사용 가능 여부` 필드 상태가 초록색 대신 노란색 텍스트로 `사용 " "가능` 으로 표시됩니다. 이는 주문에 대한 재고가 충분하지만 아직 수량이 예약되지 않았기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the " "numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column" " do *not* match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:94 msgid "" "In this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, while the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`." msgstr "이 경우 :guilabel:`수요` 열에는 `10.00` 이, :guilabel:`수량` 열에는 `0`이 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:101 msgid "" "To manually reserve the specified quantity of the product for this order, " "click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the form. " "Doing so turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field green, and changes the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" "이 주문에 대해 품목을 지정된 수량만큼 수동으로 예약하려면 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`가능 여부 확인` 버튼을 클릭합니다. " "이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`품목 가능 여부` 필드의 `사용 가능` 상태가 초록색으로 바뀌고 :guilabel:`수량` 열에 " "있는숫자가 :guilabel:`요청` 열과 일치하도록 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:106 msgid "" "This is because there is sufficient quantity in stock to reserve for the " "order." msgstr "이는 주문에 대해 예약할 수 있는 재고 수량이 충분하기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:111 msgid "" "Multiple orders with a *Waiting* status can be manually reserved at the same" " time, and set to *Ready* status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:114 msgid "" "To do that, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, which reveals the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page. The :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page" " is also accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Overview`." msgstr "" "그러려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱을 열고 :guilabel:`재고 관리 전체보기` 페이지를 표시합니다. " ":guilabel:`재고 관리 전체보기` 페이지는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 전체보기` 를 통해서도 액세스할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:118 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`(#) " "Waiting` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 전체보기` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`배송주문서` 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`(#) 대기` 버튼을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:121 msgid "" "Then, tick the checkboxes to the left of each desired order, or tick the " "checkbox in the header row, to the far-left, to select all orders on the " "page at once." msgstr "" "그런 다음 각 주문서의 왼쪽에 있는 확인란에 표시하거나, 맨 왼쪽에 있는 헤더 행의 확인란에 표시하면 페이지에 있는 전체 주문이 한 번에" " 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:124 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the " "page." msgstr "그런 다음 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`사용 가능 여부 확인` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:126 msgid "" "If the products included in every selected order have enough stock on-hand, " "this reserves the products, and moves the order into :guilabel:`Ready` " "status. Upon receiving a :guilabel:`Ready` status, the order disappears from" " the :guilabel:`Waiting` list." msgstr "" "선택한 모든 주문서에 있는 품목이 충분히 재고가 있는 상태이면 품목을 예약하고 주문을 :guilabel:`준비` 상태로 전환합니다. " ":guilabel:`준비` 상태가 되면 주문이 :guilabel:`대기 중` 목록에서 사라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:130 msgid "" "If there is *not* enough stock on-hand, the order retains its current " "status, and remains on the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:0 msgid "List of orders in waiting status and check availability button." msgstr "대기 상태의 주문 목록 및 사용 가능 여부 확인 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Delivery methods" msgstr "배송 방법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of " "calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping " "carts." msgstr "Odoo에서 *배송 방법* 설정을 활성화하면 판매 주문 및 이커머스 장바구니에서 배송비를 계산할 수 있는 옵션이 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:10 msgid "" "When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`, shipping prices are calculated based on " "the carrier's pricing information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr ":ref:`외부 배송업체 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 배송 가격 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:21 msgid "" "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* " "module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " "application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" "판매 주문 및 이커머스에 대한 배송비 계산을 활성화하려면 *배송비* 모듈을 설치해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 기본 Odoo 대시보드에서 " ":menuselection:`앱` 애플리케이션으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in " "the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` " "module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`앱` 필터를 제거하고 :guilabel:`검색`창에 `배달 비용`을 입력합니다. :guilabel:`배달 " "비용` 모듈을 찾아 :guilabel:`활성화`를 선택하여 설치를 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module." msgstr "배송비 모듈을 설치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:33 msgid "Add shipping" msgstr "선적 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:35 msgid "" "Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery " "products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the " "desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`." msgstr "" "배송 방법은 개별 품목으로 표시되는 배송 제품 형태로 판매 주문에 추가할 수 있습니다. 먼저 :menuselection:`판매 앱 -->" " 주문 --> 주문`으로 이동하여 원하는 판매 주문으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens " "the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" "판매 주문에서 :guilabel:`배송 추가` 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`배송 방법 추가` 팝업 창이 열립니다. 그런 다음 " "목록에서 :guilabel:`배송 방법`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights " "(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). " "Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to add the shipping method." msgstr "" "각 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭에 설명된 제품 중량에 따라 :guilabel:`총 주문 중량`이 자동으로 채워집니다. 이 " "필드를 수정하고 정확한 중량을 지정한 다음 :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭하여 배송 방법을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:47 msgid "" "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total " "product weights defined on the product form." msgstr ":guilabel:`총 주문 중량`에 정의된 금액은 제품 양식에 정의된 총 제품 중량을 덮어씁니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:50 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "배송비는 *판매 주문 항목*에 배송 방법 양식에 자세히 설명된 :guilabel:`배송 품목`으로 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:54 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "고정 요금 '$200'의 배송 상품인 '가구 배송'이 판매 주문 'S00088'에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "판매 주문 항목에 배송 주문을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:265 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "배송 주문" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:63 msgid "" "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping " "carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method " "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" "판매 주문에 추가된 배송 방법은 배송 주문의 배송업체 세부 정보에 연결됩니다. 배송 자체에 배송 방법을 추가하거나 변경하려면 " ":guilabel:`추가 정보` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`배송업체` 필드를 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "배송 양식의 배송업체 정보입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3 msgid "Bpost integration" msgstr "Bpost 통합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:5 msgid "" "Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to " "clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:8 msgid "Create a Bpost account." msgstr "Bpost 계정을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:9 msgid "" "Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase `." msgstr "" ":ref:`계정 ID 및 암호 ` 를 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up the shipping method in Odoo " "`." msgstr ":ref:`Odoo에서 배송 방법 설정하기 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12 msgid "" "Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on " "package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost " "business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through " "Odoo." msgstr "" "완료되면 패키지 크기와 무게를 기준으로 배송비를 계산하여 요금을 Bpost 비즈니스 계정에 직접 적용하고 Odoo를 통해 Bpost 추적" " 라벨을 자동으로 인쇄할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`dhl_credentials`" msgstr ":doc:`dhl_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`" msgstr ":doc:`ups_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23 msgid "Account setup" msgstr "계정 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25 msgid "" "To begin, go to the `Bpost website " "`_ to create, or log into, the " "company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the " "company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready." msgstr "" "시작하려면 `Bpost 웹사이트`_ 로 이동하여 회사의 " "Bpost 비즈니스 계정을 생성하거나 로그인합니다. Bpost 계정을 생성하려면 회사의 부가가치세 번호와 휴대폰 번호가 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:29 msgid "" "Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for " "shipping services. Doing so submits a request to enter a contractual " "business relationship between the company and Bpost." msgstr "" "웹사이트의 단계에 따라 회원 등록을 하고 배송 서비스에 가입합니다. 그러면 회사와 Bpost 간의 법인 계약 체결을 신청하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:33 msgid "" "Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost " "`_ accounts." msgstr "" "Odoo는 `업무용이 아닌 Bpost `_ 계정과는 **통합할 수 없습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:35 msgid "" "After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:40 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, " "then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account " "ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 관리자` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`관리자` 탭으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`일반 설정` 탭에서 " "Odoo의 배송 방법을 설정할 때 필요한 :guilabel:`계정 ID` 및 :guilabel:`암호` 를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1 msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase." msgstr "*관리자* 탭에서 계정 ID와 암호를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50 msgid "Shipping method configuration" msgstr "배송 방법 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52 msgid "" "With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in " "Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:55 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 방법` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-" "down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the " "bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`공급업체` 항목에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`Bpost` 를 선택합니다. 그러면 양식 하단에 " "Bpost 자격 증명을 입력할 수 있는 :guilabel:`Bpost 환경설정` 탭이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:61 msgid "" "For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party " "carrier ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:65 msgid "" "To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels ` through Odoo, ensure the " ":guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and " "Create Shipment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:68 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Bpost 환경설정` 탭에 있는 다음 필드를 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's " "unique :ref:`account ID ` from " "the Bpost website." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bpost 계정 번호`(필수 필드): Bpost 웹사이트에서 받은 회사의 고유 :ref:`계정 ID " "` 를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase " "` from the Bpost website." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`암호 문구`(필수 필드): Bpost 웹사이트에서 받은 :ref:`암호 " "문구` 를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or " ":guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` " "shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` " "enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel " "Return Instructions` fields." msgstr "" "guilabel:`Bpost 배송 성격`: :guilabel:`국내` 또는 :guilabel:`국제` 배송 서비스 중에서 선택합니다. " "guilabel:`국내` 를 선택하면 :guilabel:`옵션` 섹션이 표시되고, :guilabel:`국제` 를 선택하면 " ":guilabel:`Bpost 배송 유형` 및 :guilabel:`Bpost 소포 반송 지침` 필드가 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`Bpost 패키지 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 배송 서비스 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:80 msgid "" "For `domestic delivery `_, the options are: " ":guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or " ":guilabel:`bpack Bus`." msgstr "" "`국내 배송 `_ 의 경우 :guilabel:`bpack 24시간 프로`, " ":guilabel:`bpack 24시간 비즈니스` 또는 :guilabel:`bpack 비즈니스` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:83 msgid "" "For `international delivery `_, the options are:" " :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or " ":guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international " "deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, " ":guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or " ":guilabel:`OTHER`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an " "international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: " ":guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or " ":guilabel:`Return to sender by road`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bpost 소포 반송 주소`: 국제 배송이 배송 실패한 경우에 반송될 주소입니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " ":guilabel:`파기`, :guilabel:`항공편으로 발신자에게 반송` 또는 :guilabel:`육상으로 발신자에게 반송` 을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:91 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`라벨 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 라벨 크기로 :guilabel:`A6` 또는 :guilabel:`A4` 를 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`라벨 형식`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`PDF` 또는 :guilabel:`PNG` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:95 msgid "" "For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the " ":guilabel:`Options` section:" msgstr "국내 배송의 경우, 다음과 같은 기능을 :guilabel:`옵션` 섹션에서 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:97 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as " "possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` " "selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`토요일 배송` 기능을 활성화하면 토요일이 배송 가능일에 포함됩니다. 선택한 :guilabel:`Bpost 패키지 " "유형` 에 따라서, 이 옵션을 사용할 경우 회사에 추가 비용이 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:100 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print " "a return label upon validating the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1 msgid "Show Bpost shipping method." msgstr "Bpost 배송 방법을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "배송업체에 대한 배송 요청을 취소하려면 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "전체보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "" "Odoo는 다양한 배송 방법을 지원하고 있으며, 외부 배송업체를 이용하는 방법 등이 있습니다. Odoo는 배송 회사의 조회 시스템과 " "연동됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "이 기능을 사용하면 시스템 내에서 운송 회사, 실제 가격 및 목적지 세부 정보 등을 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "이동 통신사 시스템으로 전송된 요청을 쉽게 취소할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "배송 요청을 취소하려면 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" "배송 주문이 **확인됨**으로 표시되지 않으면 요청이 처리되지 않았음을 나타냅니다. 이 단계에서는 배송을 취소하거나 배송업체를 변경할 수" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" "**승인**을 클릭하면 요청이 시작되고 추적 번호와 라벨이 생성됩니다. 그러나 필요한 경우 **배송업체 추적 참조** 필드 옆에 있는 " "**취소** 버튼을 클릭하여 요청을 취소할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "이제 배송이 취소되었다는 메시지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "이제 원하는 경우 이동 통신사를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "취소 후 배송 요청을 보내려면 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" "배송 요청을 취소하면 선택한 배송업체를 변경할 수 있는 옵션이 제공됩니다. 배송업체를 변경한 후에는 **배송업체로 보내기** 버튼을 " "클릭하여 선택을 확인합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 업데이트된 배송업체 선택에 해당하는 새 추적 번호와 새 레이블이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:163 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:164 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "DHL integration" msgstr "DHL 통합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "DHL is one of the shipping carriers for which a *shipping connector* is " "available in Odoo's **Inventory** app. By enabling the shipping connector in" " the app's settings, and configuring at least one *shipping method*, the " "process of :doc:`calculating shipping rates <../setup_configuration>` and " ":doc:`generating shipping labels ` is greatly simplified." msgstr "" "DHL은 Odoo **재고 관리** 앱에서 *배송 커넥터* 를 사용할 수 있는 운송업체 중 하나입니다. 앱 설정에서 배송 커넥터를 " "활성화한 후 최소 하나 이상 *배송 방법* 을 설정해 두면 :doc:`배송 요금 계산 <../setup_configuration>` 및 " ":doc:`배송 라벨 생성` 프로세스를 크게 간소화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "While a variety of shipping connectors are available for different carriers," " this documentation details the configuration settings specific to " "integrating DHL. For instructions on configuring the integration settings " "common to all shippers, see the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers " "`." msgstr "" "배송업체마다 이용하는 배송 커넥터는 각기 다르지만, 이 문서에서는 환경설정에 대해 자세히 설명하며 DHL와 통합하는 경우에 대해 " "설명합니다. 모든 배송업체에 공통적으로 적용되는 통합 환경설정 방법에 대한 안내는 :doc:`외부 배송업체 " "` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Enable DHL shipping connector" msgstr "DHL 배송 커넥터 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Before creating a DHL shipping method, it is necessary to enable the " "carrier's shipping connector. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "DHL 배송 방법을 생성하기 전에 배송업체의 배송 커넥터를 활성화해야 합니다. 그러려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 -->" " 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, and tick the " "checkbox next to :guilabel:`DHL Express Connector`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:25 msgid "" "Once the connector has been enabled, a :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`DHL" " Shipping Methods` link appears below. Click the link to open a page showing" " all shipping methods configured for DHL." msgstr "" "커넥터가 활성화되면 아래에 :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`DHL 배송 방법` 링크가 나타납니다. 링크를 " "클릭하면 다른 페이지가 열려서 DHL에 설정되어 있는 모든 배송 방법이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:29 msgid "Configure DHL shipping method" msgstr "DHL 배송 방법 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:31 msgid "" "After enabling the shipping connector for DHL, shipping methods can be " "configured for the carrier. Once configured, a shipping method can be added " "as a line item to sales orders (SOs), which allows for automatic computation" " of shipping rates, and generation of shipping labels." msgstr "" "DHL 배송 커넥터를 활성화한 후, 배송업체에 대한 배송 방법을 설정할 수 있습니다. 설정이 완료되면 판매주문서 (SO)에 배송 방법을 " "아이템 내역으로 추가하여 배송 요금을 자동으로 계산하고 배송 라벨을 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a new DHL shipping method, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` " "section, select the :guilabel:`DHL Shipping Methods` link below the " ":guilabel:`DHL Express Connector` checkbox." msgstr "" "새로 DHL 배송 방법을 만들려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`배송 커넥터` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`DHL 익스프레스 커넥터` 확인란 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`DHL " "배송 방법` 링크를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "It is also possible to see existing shipping methods for every carrier, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:43 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank shipping method form. If a shipping " "method has already been created, it can be selected from this screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst-1 msgid "The form for a DHL shipping method." msgstr "DHL 배송 방법에 대한 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:60 msgid "General information" msgstr "일반 정보" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:53 msgid "" "Begin configuring the shipping method by entering its title in the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "배송 방법에 대한 환경설정은 :guilabel:`배송 방법` 필드에 제목을 입력하는 것부터 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:56 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Provider` drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`DHL` " "option. After doing so, a new :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab appears at " "the bottom of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:59 msgid "" "All other fields in this section are identical on the shipping method forms " "for each shipping carrier. See the documentation on :doc:`third-party " "shippers ` for instructions on how to properly " "configure them." msgstr "" "이 섹션에 있는 필드는 각 배송업체의 배송 방법 양식에 있는 것과 모두 동일합니다. 관련된 :doc:`외부 배송업체 " "` 문서에서 알맞게 설정하는 방법을 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:64 msgid "DHL Configuration" msgstr "DHL 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab on the shipping method form is used to" " connect the user's DHL account to Odoo, and configure the shipping method's" " details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:70 msgid "DHL SiteID, password, and account number" msgstr "DHL 사이트 ID, 비밀번호 및 계정 번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:72 msgid "" "A DHL SiteID, password, and account number are used to link a DHL account " "with third-party services, like Odoo's **Inventory** app. The SiteID and " "password are different credentials than the ones used to log in to a DHL " "account." msgstr "" "DHL 사이트 ID, 비밀번호, 계정 번호는 DHL 계정을 Odoo **재고 관리** 앱과 같은 타사 서비스와 연결하는 데 사용됩니다. " "사이트 ID와 비밀번호는 DHL 계정에 로그인할 때 사용하는 것과는 다른 자격 증명입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:76 msgid "" "To obtain a DHL SiteID, password, and account number, it is necessary to " "register on the `DHL API Developer Portal " "`_, by filling out the following " "information:" msgstr "" "DHL 사이트 ID, 비밀번호, 계정 번호를 받으려면 다음 정보를 입력하여 `DHL API 개발자 포털 " "`_ 에 등록해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`First name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Last name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`성`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Email address`" msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일 주소`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`" msgstr ":guilabel:`사용자 이름`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`회사명`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`국가`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:87 msgid "" "After filling out all of the fields, tick the :guilabel:`I have read and " "accept the terms of use and the privacy policy` checkbox, and click " ":guilabel:`Send` to register." msgstr "" "모든 필드에 입력을 완료한 후, :guilabel:`이용 약관 및 개인정보 처리방침을 읽었으며 동의합니다` 확인란을 선택한 후 " ":guilabel:`보내기` 를 클릭하면 등록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:90 msgid "" "After registering, a confirmation email is sent to verify the application. " "Click the link inside the email to activate the developer portal account, " "and set a password." msgstr "" "등록 후에는 신청서를 확인하기 위해 확인용 이메일이 전송됩니다. 이메일 본문에 있는 링크를 클릭하여 개발자 포털 계정을 활성화하고 " "비밀번호를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:93 msgid "" "This email also includes the account number for the developer portal " "account. Enter the number in the :guilabel:`DHL Account Number` field on the" " shipping method form." msgstr "" "또한 이메일에서 개발자 포털 계정의 계정 번호를 확인할 수 있습니다. 배송 방법 양식의 :guilabel:`DHL 계정 번호` 필드에 " "번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:96 msgid "" "Once the developer portal account has been confirmed, log in to the portal " "using the username and password. Click on the user avatar in the top-right " "corner of the screen to open the user dashboard." msgstr "" "개발자 포털 계정에 대한 승인이 완료되면 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 사용하여 포털에 로그인합니다. 화면 오른쪽 상단에 있는 사용자 아바타를" " 클릭하면 사용자 현황판이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:99 msgid "" "On the dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`Apps` tab, and select an app. In " "the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, click the :guilabel:`Show key` button " "below the :guilabel:`API Key` and :guilabel:`API Secret` fields." msgstr "" "현황판에서 :guilabel:`앱` 탭을 클릭하고 앱을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`자격 증명` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`키 " "표시` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 버튼은 :guilabel:`API 키` 및 :guilabel:`API 비밀번호` 필드 아래에 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:103 msgid "" "Return to the shipping method form in the Odoo database. Enter the *DHL API " "Key* in the :guilabel:`DHL SiteID` field, and the *API Secret* in the " ":guilabel:`DHL Password` field." msgstr "" "Odoo 데이터베이스의 배송 방법 양식으로 돌아갑니다. :guilabel:`DHL 사이트 ID` 필드에 *DHL API 키* 를 입력하고" " :guilabel:`DHL 비밀번호` 필드에는 *API 비밀번호* 를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:123 msgid "Shipping details" msgstr "배송 세부 내용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:109 msgid "" "The rest of the fields in the :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab are used to " "configure the shipping method itself:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Region`: the region in which the shipping method is used." msgstr ":guilabel:`지역`: 배송 방법이 사용되는 지역입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DHL Product`: the shipping service purchased from DHL (e.g. " "Express Worldwide)." msgstr ":guilabel:`DHL 제품`: DHL에서 구매한 배송 서비스(예: Express Worldwide)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DHL Package Type`: the type of DHL package used for delivery " "(e.g. DHL Box)." msgstr ":guilabel:`DHL 패키지 유형`: DHL 배송용 패키지 유형입니다(예: DHL 상자)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: the unit of measure used to display package" " weight." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 중량 단위`: 패키지 중량을 표시하는 데 사용하는 측정 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Dimension Unit`: the unit of measure used to display " "package size." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 치수 단위`: 패키지 사이즈를 표시하는 데 사용하는 측정 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: the file format used to generate shipping labels." msgstr ":guilabel:`라벨 형식`: 배송 라벨을 생성하는 데 사용되는 파일 형식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Template`: the paper size used to print shipping labels." msgstr ":guilabel:`라벨 템플릿`: 배송 라벨을 인쇄하는 데 사용되는 용지 크기입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:121 msgid "" "Before selecting service options for a shipping method, make sure those " "services are actually available for the DHL account. Available services " "depend on the contract negotiated with DHL." msgstr "" "배송 방법에 대한 서비스 옵션을 선택하기 전에 해당 서비스가 실제 DHL 계정에 적용될 수 있는 서비스인지 확인하세요. 사용 가능한 " "서비스는 DHL와 체결한 계약 내용에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:125 msgid "Options" msgstr "옵션" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:127 msgid "" "Additional settings are available in the :guilabel:`Options` section at the " "bottom of the :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab:" msgstr "추가적인 설정은 :guilabel:`DHL 환경설정` 탭 하단의 :guilabel:`옵션` 섹션에서 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Enable this option to automatically " "generate a return label after validating a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dutiable Material`: Enable this option if the shipping method is " "liable to customs or other duties." msgstr ":guilabel:`관세 부과 자재류`: 배송 방법에 관세 또는 기타 세금이 부과되는 경우 이 옵션을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:3 msgid "Dispatch management system" msgstr "배차 관리 시스템" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:5 msgid "" "The *dispatch management system* feature in Odoo is used to plan and build " "shipments. Key features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:8 msgid "" "**Load building**: Group products for specific carriers, assign those " ":doc:`batches <../picking_methods/batch>` to loading docks, and manage " "vehicle assignments based on fleet capacity. This ensures the right products" " are packed into the appropriate trucks for delivery." msgstr "" "**적재 관리**: 특정 배송업체용으로 품목을 그룹화하고, 해당 :doc:`배치 <../picking_methods/batch>` 를 " "적재 도크에 할당하며, 차량 용량에 따라 차량 배치를 관리합니다. 이렇게 하면 알맞은 품목을 배송에 적합한 트럭에 실리도록 할 수 있게 " "됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:11 msgid "" ":doc:`Fleet management <../../../../hr/fleet>`: Track and manage the " "capacity of in-house delivery vehicles." msgstr ":doc:`차량 관리 <../../../../hr/fleet>`: 사내 배송 차량의 수용량을 추적하고 관리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:17 msgid "" "To use the dispatch management system, the following setup must be " "completed:" msgstr "배차 관리 시스템을 사용하려면 반드시 다음과 같이 설정을 완료해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Install ` the **Fleet** application." msgstr "**차량 관리** 애플리케이션을 :ref:`설치 ` 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:20 msgid "" "Configure vehicle :ref:`capacity (volume and weight) " "`." msgstr "" "차량 :ref:`수용량 (부피 및 중량) ` 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:22 msgid "Enter vehicle :doc:`car model(s) <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`." msgstr "차량에 대한 :doc:`자동차 모델 <../../../../hr/fleet/models>` 을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:23 msgid "" "Enable :ref:`necessary features ` in the **Inventory** app." msgstr "" "**재고 관리** 앱의 :ref:`필수 기능 ` " "을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:25 msgid "" "Set up :ref:`vehicles as delivery methods " "`." msgstr "" ":ref:`배송 방법으로 차량` " "을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:27 msgid "Create :ref:`dock locations `." msgstr ":ref:`도크 위치 ` 를 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:32 msgid "Vehicle capacity" msgstr "차량 수용 인원" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:34 msgid "" "To configure the vehicle capacity, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> " "Configuration --> Categories`." msgstr "차량의 수용량을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`차량 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 카테고리` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:37 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new category, or click into an existing" " category to modify it. In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter the type of " "vehicle (e.g., `Pick-up truck`, `Van`, or `Cargo truck`). Then, enter the " "vehicle capacity in the :guilabel:`Max Weight` (in kilograms) and " ":guilabel:`Max Volume` (in cubic meters) fields." msgstr "" "다음으로 :guilabel:`새로 만들기`를 클릭하여 새 카테고리를 추가하거나, 기존 카테고리를 클릭하여 카테고리를 수정합니다. " ":guilabel:`이름` 필드에 차량의 종류 (예: `픽업 트럭`, `밴` 또는 `화물 트럭`)를 입력합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`최대 중량 `(킬로그램) 및 :guilabel:`최대 용량` (세제곱미터) 필드에 차량 용량을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1 msgid "Vehicle categories with defined weight and volume." msgstr "중량과 부피가 지정되어 있는 차량 카테고리입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:47 msgid "" "The units of measurement for vehicle capacity are assigned at the global " "level in the **Settings** app, in the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0 msgid "Show units of measure settings." msgstr "단위 설정 메뉴를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:54 msgid ":ref:`Vehicle category `" msgstr ":ref:`차량 카테고리 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:58 msgid "Car model" msgstr "차량 모델" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:60 msgid "" "Configuring a vehicle's car model is required when adding vehicles in Odoo. " "Ensure the correct *Category* is selected for a car model. Doing so " "automatically applies weight and volume capacities to all vehicles of that " "type." msgstr "" "차량에 대한 차종을 설정해야 Odoo에서 차량을 추가할 수 있습니다. 차종에 대해 *카테고리* 가 정확하게 선택되어 있는지 확인하세요. " "이렇게 하면 해당 유형의 모든 차량에 자동으로 무게와 부피 용량이 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:64 msgid "" "To configure, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> " "Models`." msgstr "설정하려면 :menuselection:`차량 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 모델` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:66 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Models` list, select an existing model, or click " ":guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner to create a new model. Then, set the " "relevant :guilabel:`Category` field to the relevant vehicle category." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`모델` 목록에서, 기존 모델을 선택하거나 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새 모델을 " "만듭니다. 그런 다음 관련 :guilabel:`카테고리` 필드 설정을 관련 차량 카테고리로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`Create car model <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`" msgstr ":doc:`차량 모델 <../../../../hr/fleet/models>` 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:77 msgid "Inventory settings" msgstr "재고 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " "and enable the required features for dispatch management." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:82 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & " "Cluster Transfers` checkbox to prepare batches of orders for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:85 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, tick the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` " "and :guilabel:`Dispatch Management System` checkboxes. Doing so allows " "specific vehicles to be :ref:`set as carriers " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:89 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage Locations`" " checkbox to assign specific locations in the warehouse as loading zones for" " delivery trucks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:92 msgid "" "Then, once all the configurations are complete, be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "그런 다음 설정이 모두 완료되면 반드시 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Delivery method" msgstr "배송 방법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, assign each delivery vehicle as a *Carrier* by configuring a delivery " "method." msgstr "다음으로 환경설정에 있는 배송 방법에서 각 배송 차량을 *배송차량* 으로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:101 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Select an existing delivery method, or " "click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery method <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr ":doc:`배송 방법 환경설정 <../setup_configuration>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:107 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Method` form, enter a name for the delivery " "method. It is recommended to use identifying information, such as the " "vehicle description and license plate number (e.g. `Truck 123-ABCD`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 방법` 양식에 배송 방법에 대한 이름을 입력합니다. 차량 설명 및 번호판 번호와 같은 식별 정보(예: `트럭 " "123-ABCD`)를 사용하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:111 msgid "" "Since the delivery methods are managed internally, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` to either :guilabel:`Fixed Price` or :guilabel:`Based " "on Rules`. For more information about how shipping prices are calculated, " "refer to the :doc:`Delivery method <../setup_configuration>` article." msgstr "" "배송 방법은 내부적으로 관리되므로 :guilabel:`공급업체` 를 :guilabel:`고정 가격` 또는 :guilabel:`규칙 기준`" " 으로 설정합니다. 배송 가격 계산 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`배송 방법 <../setup_configuration>` 문서를" " 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, set a :guilabel:`Delivery Product`, which is the product that shows up" " as the customer's :ref:`delivery charge ` " "on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:118 msgid "" "Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Availability` tab, set the " ":guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, or :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` to " "limit the range of local delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:124 msgid "Delivery method form." msgstr "배송 방법 양식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:124 msgid "" "Example delivery method, with the :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` set to San " "Francisco's zip code." msgstr "배송 방법에 대한 예시로, :guilabel:`우편번호 앞자리` 가 샌프란시스코 지역의 우편번호로 설정되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:129 msgid "Dock locations" msgstr "도크 위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:131 msgid "" "Each loading dock must have a dedicated location. To create or configure " "dock locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:134 msgid "" "Click the desired location, which opens the :guilabel:`Location` form. In " "the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, tick the :guilabel:`Is a " "Dock Location` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:140 msgid "Location configuration." msgstr "위치 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:140 msgid "" "Location configuration page with :guilabel:`Is a Dock Location` checkbox " "ticked." msgstr "위치 환경설정 페이지에서 :guilabel:`도크 위치` 확인란이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:143 msgid "Build loads" msgstr "빌드 불러오기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:145 msgid "" "Once setup is complete, :ref:`assign orders to a carrier " "` and :ref:`group them into " "batches `. Then, :ref:`configure " "the batch form `, as needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:150 msgid "" "To group products, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Deliveries`, which reveals a list of outgoing deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:154 msgid "" "Since this article is about a specific use case, explore details about each " "picking method in their dedicated articles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/batch`" msgstr ":doc:`../picking_methods/batch`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`Wave picking <../picking_methods/wave>`" msgstr ":doc:`Wave 피킹 <../picking_methods/wave>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/cluster`" msgstr ":doc:`../picking_methods/cluster`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:165 msgid "Carrier assignment" msgstr "배송업체 배정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:167 msgid "" "Reveal the *Carrier* column, if it is not visible by default, by clicking " "the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(settings)` icon in the top-right " "corner, and ticking the :guilabel:`Carrier` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:172 msgid "" "Other useful columns to enable can be :guilabel:`Zip` code, " ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`, and :guilabel:`Shipping Volume`." msgstr "" "활성화할 수 있는 기타 유용한 열에는 :guilabel:`우편번호`, :guilabel:`배송 중량`, :guilabel:`배송 부피` " "가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:175 msgid "" "Select the delivery orders for the batch by ticking the checkboxes on the " "left. Next, click into the line's :guilabel:`Carrier` fields. In the " "resulting drop-down menu, choose the desired vehicle's :ref:`delivery method" " `. A " ":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, indicating the number of " "orders being added to the batch. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and the carrier " "is updated for all the selected records." msgstr "" "배치에 대한 배송주문서를 선택하려면 왼쪽에 있는 확인란에 표시합니다. 그런 다음, 줄에 있는 :guilabel:`배송업체` 필드를 " "클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 차량의 :ref:`배송 방법 ` 을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`확인` 팝업 창이 나타나고 배치에 추가될 주문 수가 표시됩니다." " :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하면 선택한 모든 레코드에 대해 배송업체가 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:184 msgid "Set carrier." msgstr "배송업체를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:184 msgid "" "The delivery method `Truck 1-MER-001` is set as the :guilabel:`Carrier` for " "two delivery orders." msgstr "배송 방법로는 `트럭 1-MER-001` 이 두 가지 배송 주문에 대해 :guilabel:`배송업체` 로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:189 msgid "Create batch" msgstr "일괄 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:191 msgid "" "With the carrier set, begin adding orders to a batch or wave transfer by " "ticking the checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:194 msgid "" "If a delivery order is already assigned to a batch transfer, assigning a " "batch transfer here does **not** update it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:197 msgid "" "Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and click either " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` or :guilabel:`Add to wave`. In the pop-up window, " "ensure :guilabel:`Add to` is set to :guilabel:`a new [batch/wave] transfer`," " then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`배치에 추가` 또는 " ":guilabel:`웨이브에 추가` 를 클릭합니다. 팝업창에서 :guilabel:`추가` 가 :guilabel:`새 [배치/웨이브] " "전송` 으로 설정되어 있는지 확인 후 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:204 msgid "Example wave." msgstr "이동 예시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:204 msgid "Delivery orders are selected to be grouped into a wave transfer." msgstr "배송주문서를 웨이브 전송 그룹으로 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:207 msgid "Alternative batch creation method" msgstr "일괄 생성 대체 방법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:209 msgid "" "Another place to create batches is by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card," " click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(three dots)` icon. In the " "resulting drop-down menu, click :guilabel:`Prepare batch`." msgstr "" "다른 방법으로도 일괄 항목을 생성할 수 있으며, :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`배송주문서`" " 카드에 있는 :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(세 개의 점)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 됩니다. 이후 나타나는 " "드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`일괄 준비` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:214 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Transport Management` drop-down menu contains other tools for" " fleet management:" msgstr ":guilabel:`이송 관리` 드롭다운 메뉴에는 차량 관리를 위한 다른 도구가 포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:216 msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Batches`: open list of batches" msgstr ":guilabel:`배치 관리`: 배치 목록 열기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:217 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dock Dispatching`: open weekly calendar view of scheduled batch " "operations" msgstr ":guilabel:`도크 배차`: 예약된 일괄 작업의 주간 캘린더 보기 열기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batches by Route`: Kanban view of batches grouped by fulfillment " "route" msgstr ":guilabel:`경로별 배치`: 주문 처리 경로별로 그룹화된 일괄 항목에 대한 칸반 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Calendar`: open hourly calendar view of scheduled operations" msgstr ":guilabel:`캘린더`: 예약된 작업에 대한 시간별 캘린더 보기를 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:220 msgid ":guilabel:`Statistics`: open pivot table of the batch transfers" msgstr ":guilabel:`통계`: 일괄 전송에 대한 피벗 테이블을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1 msgid "" "Show prepare batch option from the Transport Management drop-down menu." msgstr "배송 관리 드롭다운 메뉴에서 일괄 준비 옵션을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:228 msgid "Batch form" msgstr "일괄 양식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave blank if " "*any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr ":guilabel:`담당자`: 피킹에 배정된 직원입니다. *모든* 작업자가 피킹 작업을 할 수 있게 하려면 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:238 msgid ":guilabel:`Dock Location`: select the loading location." msgstr ":guilabel:`도크 위치`: 적재 위치를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle, which will auto-fill " ":guilabel:`Vehicle Category`." msgstr ":guilabel:`차량`: 차량을 선택하면 :guilabel:`차량 카테고리` 가 자동으로 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vehicle Category`: show if the order exceeds the :ref:`vehicle's " "capacity limits `" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`차량 카테고리`: 주문이 :ref:`차량 수용량 최대치 " "` 를 초과하는 경우 표시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:244 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Volume` bar is grayed out because the capacity has been " "reached." msgstr "최대치에 도달하면 :guilabel:`수량` 막대가 회색으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0 msgid "Show batch form." msgstr "일괄 양식 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:250 msgid "Prepare delivery route" msgstr "배송 경로 준비" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:252 msgid "" "To help the driver prepare, click the :guilabel:`Map` button at the top of " "the batch or wave form to view delivery destinations on a map. Selecting an " "individual delivery order pinpoints its location." msgstr "" "배송 기사가 준비를 할 수 있도록 배치 또는 웨이브 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`지도` 버튼을 클릭하여 배송 목적지를 지도에서 " "확인합니다. 개별 배송 주문을 선택하면 해당 위치가 정확히 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:256 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Map` button is only visible for transfers with the " ":guilabel:`In progress` status." msgstr ":guilabel:`지도` 버튼은 이송 상태가 :guilabel:`진행 중` 상태인 경우에만 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1 msgid "Show map in Odoo, with information of the delivery orders." msgstr "Odoo에 지도가 표시되며, 배송 주문 정보와 함께 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:261 msgid "" "Additionally, use the :guilabel:`View in Google Maps` button to generate a " "route from the warehouse to the delivery points." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1 msgid "Show Google Map route." msgstr "Google 지도 경로 표시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:3 msgid "FedEx integration" msgstr "FedEx 통합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:5 msgid "" "Integrating a FedEx account with Odoo's **Inventory** app makes it possible " "to :doc:`calculate shipping rates <../setup_configuration>`, and " ":doc:`generate shipping labels ` within Odoo. This is accomplished " "by enabling the FedEx *shipping connector*, then configuring at least one " "*shipping method*." msgstr "" "FedEx 계정을 Odoo의 **재고 관리** 앱과 연동시키면 :doc:`배송비 계산 <../setup_configuration>` 및 " ":doc:`배송 라벨 생성 ` 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. 이와 같은 작업은 FedEx *배송 커넥터* 를 활성화한 후 " "*배송 방법* 을 최소 하나 이상 설정하면 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:11 msgid "" "This documentation contains configuration details specific to FedEx " "integration. See the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers " "` for general shipper integration instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:16 msgid "Enable shipping connector" msgstr "배송 커넥터 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:18 msgid "" "To enable the shipping connector for FedEx, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, and tick the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`." msgstr "" "FedEx용 배송 커넥터를 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`배송 커넥터` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤을 이동하여 :guilabel:`FedEx 커넥터` 옆에 있는 확인란에 " "표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:22 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. After doing so, a " ":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping Methods` button appears " "below :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst-1 msgid "The FedEx Shipping Methods button below the FedEx Connector." msgstr "FedEx 배송 방법 버튼이 FedEx 커넥터 아래에 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:30 msgid "Configure shipping method" msgstr "배송 방법 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the FedEx shipping connector is enabled, it is necessary to configure " "at least one shipping method. After doing so, the shipping method can be " "included in sales orders (SOs), and used to compute shipping costs, and " "print shipping labels." msgstr "" "FedEx 배송 커넥터가 활성화되면 배송 방법을 최소한 하나 이상 설정해야 합니다. 이렇게 하면 배송 방법을 판매주문서 (SO)에 " "기재하여 배송비를 계산하고 배송용 라벨을 인쇄할 때 활용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:36 msgid "" "To enable a shipping method, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and click the :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping " "Methods` button below the :guilabel:`FedEx Connector` checkbox. Doing so " "opens a page that shows all existing FedEx shipping methods." msgstr "" "배송 방법을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`FedEx 커넥터` 확인란 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`FedEx 배송 방법` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 기존의 " "모든 FedEx 배송 방법이 별도의 페이지로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:41 msgid "" "To see all shipping methods for every shipper with a connector enabled, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:44 msgid "" "Select a shipping method to open its form. Alternatively, click " ":guilabel:`New` to open a blank form, and configure a new shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst-1 msgid "The form for a FedEx shipping method." msgstr "FedEx 배송 방법에 대한 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:52 msgid "" "Enabling the FedEx shipping connector automatically creates two default " "shipping methods: :guilabel:`FedEx US` and :guilabel:`FedEx International`. " "Each of these methods are pre-configured with test credentials, allowing " "them to be used for testing purposes." msgstr "" "FedEx 배송 커넥터를 활성화하면 자동으로 두 가지 기본 배송 방법인 :guilabel:`FedEx 미국` 및 " ":guilabel:`FedEx 글로벌` 이 생성됩니다. 각각의 방법은 테스트용 자격 증명으로 미리 설정되어 있으므로 테스트 목적으로 " "실행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:56 msgid "" "Before the shipping method can be used to create actual shipments, the test " "credentials must be replaced with credentials from a valid FedEx account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:62 msgid "" "At the very top of a shipping method form are fields used to configure the " "way the method operates in Odoo. In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select " ":guilabel:`FedEx` from the drop-down menu, if it is not already selected." msgstr "" "배송 방법 양식의 맨 위에는 Odoo에서 방법을 운영할 수 있도록 하는 환경설정 항목이 있습니다. 아직 선택하지 않은 경우에는 " ":guilabel:`공급자` 항목에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`FedEx` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:66 msgid "" "The rest of the fields in this section are general to all shipping " "providers. For details on how to fill them out, see the documentation on " ":doc:`third-party shippers `." msgstr "" "이 섹션의 나머지 필드는 모든 배송 서비스 공급업체에 공통으로 적용됩니다. 작성 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`외부 배송업체 " "` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:70 msgid "Fedex Configuration tab" msgstr "Fedex 환경설정 탭" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:72 msgid "" "The options in the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of a FedEx shipping " "method form are used to connect the method to a FedEx account, and configure" " the shipping details associated with the method (drop-off type, package " "type, etc.)." msgstr "" "FedEx 배송 방법 양식의 :guilabel:`Fedex 환경 설정` 탭 항목에서는 해당 방법을 FedEx 계정에 연결하고 관련된 배송" " 세부 정보 (배송 유형, 패키지 유형 등)를 설정하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:76 msgid "" "A FedEx business account is required to obtain the information needed to " "fill out the fields in this tab. To create a new account, navigate to " "FedEx's `Open Account `_ " "page, click on :guilabel:`Create Account`, and follow the instructions." msgstr "" "이 탭에 있는 항목에 내용을 입력하려면 FedEx 비즈니스 계정이 있어야 합니다. 새로 계정을 생성하려면 FedEx의 `계정 생성 " "`_ 페이지로 이동하여 :guilabel:`계정 " "만들기` 를 클릭한 후 안내대로 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:82 msgid "Developer Key and Meter Number fields" msgstr "개발자 키 및 미터 번호 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:84 msgid "" "A *developer key* is used to integrate a FedEx account with an external " "service, like the Odoo **Inventory** app. A *meter number* is a unique ID " "number used by FedEx to identify negotiated shipping rates for each account." msgstr "" "*개발자 키* 는 Odoo **재고 관리** 앱과 같은 외부 서비스를 FedEx 계정과 통합하는 데 사용합니다. *미터 번호* 는 " "FedEx에서 각 계정에서 협상한 배송비를 식별하는 데 사용하는 고유 ID 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:88 msgid "" "To get a developer key and meter number, begin by navigating to FedEx's " "`Developer Resource Center `_. Then, click on the :guilabel:`FedEx Web Services` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" "개발자 키와 미터 번호를 받으려면 먼저 FedEx의 `개발자 리소스 센터 `_ 로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`FedEx 웹 서비스` " "드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:92 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Get Test Key` to start the process of getting a developer " "key and meter number which can be used to configure a shipping method for " "testing purposes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`테스트 키 가져오기` 를 클릭하면 개발자 키와 미터 번호를 가져오는 프로세스를 시작되며, 이 키를 통해 테스트 " "목적으로 배송 방법에 대한 환경설정을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:95 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Get Production Key` to start the process of getting a " "developer key and meter number, which can be used to configure a shipping " "method that generates real shipments with FedEx." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`프로덕션 키 가져오기` 를 클릭하면 개발자 키와 미터 번호를 가져오는 프로세스가 시작되며, 이 키를 통해 배송 방법을" " 설정하여 FedEx에서 실제 배송 항목을 생성하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:98 msgid "" "After clicking either option, follow the instructions until the " ":guilabel:`Confirmation` screen is reached. This screen displays the " "developer key and meter number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:101 msgid "" "Once the developer key and meter number are determined, enter them in the " ":guilabel:`Developer Key` and :guilabel:`Meter Number` fields on the " ":guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of the shipping method form." msgstr "" "개발자 키와 미터 번호가 결정되면 이 내용을 배송 방법 양식의 :guilabel:`Fedex 환경설정` 탭에서 :guilabel:`개발자" " 키` 및 :guilabel:`미터 ​​번호` 필드에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:106 msgid "Password and Account Number fields" msgstr "비밀번호 및 계정 번호 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:108 msgid "" "A *password* is used, along with a username, to log into a FedEx account. An" " *account number* is the unique number assigned to each FedEx account." msgstr "" "FedEx 계정에 로그인하려면, 사용자 이름과 함께 *비밀번호* 를 사용합니다. *계정 번호* 는 각 FedEx 계정에 지정되어 있는 " "고유 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:111 msgid "" "To find a FedEx account number, log in to a FedEx account at " "https://www.fedex.com. Click on the account holder's name in the top-right " "corner of the screen, and select :menuselection:`My Profile` from the drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" "FedEx 계정 번호를 확인하려면 https://www.fedex.com 에서 FedEx 계정에 로그인하세요. 화면 오른쪽 상단에 있는 " "계정 소유자 이름을 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`내 프로필` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:115 msgid "" "On the profile page, click :guilabel:`Account Management` on the left side " "of the screen. The account number is displayed on this screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the password and account number are determined, enter them in the " ":guilabel:`Password` and :guilabel:`Account Number` fields on the " ":guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of the shipping method form." msgstr "" "비밀번호와 계정 번호가 지정되면 배송 방법 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`Fedex 환경설정` 탭의 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 및 " ":guilabel:`계정 번호` 필드에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:125 msgid "" "The main section of the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab includes a " "number of additional fields used provide information about the shipping " "method:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fedex Service Type`: The FedEx service used to ship a package." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fedex 서비스 유형`: 패키지 배송에 사용되는 FedEx 서비스입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fedex Drop-Off Type`: The method for getting a package into " "FedEx's possession." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fedex 드롭오프 유형`: FedEx에서 패키지를 맡기는 방법입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fedex Package Type`: The type of package used for the shipping " "method." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fedex 패키지 유형`: 배송 방법에 사용하는 패키지 유형입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure used to weigh packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 중량 단위`: 패키지 무게를 측정하는 데 사용하는 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Length Unit`: The unit of measure used to determine the " "dimensions of packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 길이 단위`: 패키지의 치수를 지정할 때 사용하는 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Label Type`: The type of shipping label used for packages." msgstr ":guilabel:`라벨 유형`: 패키지에 사용되는 배송 라벨 유형입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: The file format used by Odoo to generate shipping " "labels." msgstr ":guilabel:`라벨 형식`: Odoo에서 배송 라벨을 생성하는 데 사용하는 파일 형식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Commercial Invoice Type`: The dimensions and type of the paper " "used to print invoices." msgstr ":guilabel:`상업용 청구서 유형`: 청구서 인쇄 용지의 크기 및 종류입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:138 msgid "" "The options that should be selected on the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` " "tab of a shipping method depend on the negotiated shipping services of the " "associated FedEx account. To confirm the available services for a FedEx " "account, visit the *Account Management* page after logging in to the FedEx " "website, or speak with a customer service representative." msgstr "" "배송 방법 중 :guilabel:`Fedex 환경 설정` 탭에서 선택해야 하는 항목은 관련된 FedEx 계정에서 협의되어 있는 배송 " "서비스에 따라 달라집니다. FedEx 계정에서 사용할 수 있는 서비스를 확인하려면 FedEx 웹사이트에 로그인한 후 *계정 관리* " "페이지를 확인하거나 고객 서비스 담당자에게 문의하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:144 msgid "Options section" msgstr "옵션 섹션" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:146 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Options` section of the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab " "provides a few additional options to further configure the shipping method:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Saturday Delivery`: Tick the checkbox to allow packages shipped " "with the delivery method to be delivered on Saturdays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Tick the checkbox to automatically " "generate a return label upon validation of a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Use the drop-down menu to select whether duty " "charges should be paid by the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:157 msgid "Activate shipping method" msgstr "배송 방법 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:159 msgid "" "By default, shipping methods in Odoo are created within a *test " "environment*. This means they can only be used for testing purposes, and are" " unable to generate actual shipping orders." msgstr "" "기본적으로 Odoo에서 배송 방법은 *테스트 환경* 에서 생성됩니다. 즉, 테스트 목적으로만 사용할 수 있으며 실제 배송주문서는 생성할 " "수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:162 msgid "" "To activate a shipping method in a *production environment*, click the " ":icon:`fa-stop` :guilabel:`Test Environment` smart button at the top of the " "shipping method form. After doing so, the smart buttons changes to read " ":icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`Production Environment`." msgstr "" "*생산 환경* 에서 배송 방법을 활성화하려면 배송 방법 양식의 상단에 있는 :icon:`fa-stop` :guilabel:`테스트 환경`" " 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 스마트 버튼이 :icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`생산 환경` 으로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:166 msgid "" "With the production environment enabled, validating a delivery order using " "the shipping method generates an actual shipping label with FedEx." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:169 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`Production Environment` smart button to" " return the shipping method to a test environment." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`프로덕션 환경` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 배송 방법이 테스트 환경으로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:173 msgid "" "**Do not** enable the production environment for a shipping method before it" " is ready to be used for actual shipping orders. Doing so may lead to the " "creation of unwanted charges with FedEx." msgstr "" "실제 배송주문서에 사용할 준비가 되기 전에는 배송 방법에 대한 프로덕션 환경을 **활성화하지 마세요**. 사용하지 않더라도 FedEx " "요금이 부과될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Shipping cost invoicing" msgstr "배송비에 대한 청구서 발행" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "" "Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges " "based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:" msgstr "Odoo에서 배송비를 청구하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "" "Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale " "order. `" msgstr "" "고정비에 대해 고객과 합의를 마친 후 :ref:`판매주문서에 기재합니다 .`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery " "`, reflecting the actual expenses " "incurred by the business." msgstr "" ":ref:`고객에게 배송 후 배송비 사후 청구 ` 를 하며, 여기에는 " "비즈니스 과정에서 실제 발생된 비용을 반영합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:19 msgid "" "To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable " "the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "배송 방법에 가격을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`배송` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`배송 방법` 기능을 활성화합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings." msgstr "설정에서 \"배송 방법\" 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "Add shipping method" msgstr "배송 방법 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and " "click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide " "details about the shipping provider, including:" msgstr "" "다음으로, :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 배송 방법` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`만들기` " "버튼을 클릭하여 각 배송 방법의 가격을 설정합니다. 그러면 다음과 같이 배송업체에 대한 세부 정보를 입력하는 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method " "(e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 방법`(*필수 입력*) 배송 방법의 이름입니다(예: `균일가 배송`, `당일 배송` 등)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, " "if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`공급업체` (*필수 항목*): 외부 배송업체를 이용하는 경우 FedEx와 같은 배송 서비스를 선택합니다. 배송업체에 " "대해 알맞게 통합 설치가 되어 있는지 확인하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 업체를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific " "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 특정 회사에 배송 방법을 적용해야 하는 경우 드롭다운 메뉴에서 해당 회사를 선택합니다. 모든 회사에 배송 " "방법을 적용하려면 이 필드를 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. " "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`웹사이트`: 이커머스 페이지에 대한 배송 방법을 구체적으로 구성합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 해당 웹사이트를 선택하거나," " 비워두면 모든 웹페이지에 적용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 품목`(*필수 입력*): :ref:`판매주문서 항목 ` 에서 배송료로 기재되어 있는 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free " "shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 금액 이상이면 무료`: 이 확인란을 선택하면 고객이 지정된 금액 이상을 결제할 경우 무료 배송이 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:57 msgid "Invoice cost on sales order" msgstr "판매주문서에 대한 청구서 비용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:59 msgid "" "To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, " "go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:62 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-" "right corner." msgstr "판매주문서 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송 추가` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total." msgstr "오른쪽 하단의 총계 옆에 있는 \"배송 추가\" 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:68 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended " "carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price " "based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the " "items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method." msgstr "배송 방법을 선택하여 배송비를 계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order " "Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost " "calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window." msgstr "" "판매주문서에서 배송 품목이 :guilabel:`주문 내역` 탭에 표시되며 :guilabel:`단가` 는 :guilabel:`배송 방법 " "추가` 팝업 창에서 계산된 배송비로 설정됩니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line." msgstr "판매주문서 줄에 있는 배송 품목이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:91 msgid "" "Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create " "invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost " "that was added earlier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button." msgstr "\"청구서 만들기\" 버튼을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:98 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft " "invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the " ":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line." msgstr "청구서 줄에 배송 품목을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:108 msgid "Invoice real shipping costs" msgstr "실제 배송비로 청구서 발행" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:110 msgid "" "To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps" " :ref:`above ` to create an invoice with a " "delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero." msgstr "" "실제 배송비가 반영되도록 청구서를 수정하려면 :ref:`위 내용 ` 에 있는 " "단계대로 :guilabel:`단가` 가 0인 배송품을 추가하여 청구서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:114 msgid "" "Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the " "real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost" " by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 청구서 초안에서 실제 배송비가 반영될 수 있도록:guilabel:`단가` 를 수정합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`확인`" " 을 클릭하여 조정된 배송 비용을 고객에게 청구서로 발행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1 msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line." msgstr "청구서 줄에 배송 품목을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" msgstr "배송 라벨 크기 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " "be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 배송 주문에 대해 선택할 수 있는 다양한 유형의 배송 라벨이 있습니다. 사용되는 배송 패키지에 따라 패키지 크기에 더 " "적합하도록 다양한 라벨 크기를 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" " delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " "International* will be used." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고` 앱에서 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 배송 --> 배송 방법`으로 이동하고 배송 방법을" " 클릭하여 선택합니다. 다음 예제에서는 *FedEx International*이 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "다른 배송 방법." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`환경설정` 탭의 :guilabel:`라벨 유형` 에 있는 라벨 유형 중에서 하나를 선택합니다. 사용 가능 여부는 " "배송업체에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "라벨 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" "지정된 배송업체와 연결된 판매 주문이 확인되고 배송 주문이 승인되면 배송 레이블이 PDF로 자동 생성됩니다. 이 라벨은 " ":guilabel:`채팅`에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " "select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매` 앱에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 해외 고객을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`품목 " "추가`를 클릭하고 주문에 포함할 품목을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`배송 추가`를 클릭하고 배송 방법을 선택한 다음 " ":guilabel:`요금 받기`와 :guilabel:`추가`를 차례로 클릭하여 선택 사항을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "판매 주문에 배송 방법 및 요금을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr ":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 견적을 확인하면 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "배송 주문 스마트 버튼." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" "배송 주문에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 배송 주문을 승인하면 배송 문서가 :guilabel:`대화창`에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "PDF 문서 발송." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" msgstr "라벨 예시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" "기본 :guilabel:`라벨 유형`은 :guilabel:`종이 편지`입니다. FedEx 편지 크기의 라벨의 예는 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "전체 페이지 편지 크기 FedEx 배송 라벨." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "아래쪽 하단에 있는 FedEx 패키지 라벨의 예는 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "반쪽짜리 편지 크기의 FedEx 배송 라벨." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:3 msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "배송 라벨 인쇄" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate " "shipping labels that includes prices, destination addresses, tracking " "numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatically print shipping carrier labels " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`배송업체 라벨을 자동으로 인쇄하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:18 msgid "" "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install " "the third-party shipping connector " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate " "the :ref:`delivery method `, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to " ":guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. " "Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address " "` and :ref:`product " "weights `." msgstr "" "외부 배송업체용 라벨을 생성하려면 먼저 :doc:`외부 배송 커넥터를 설치합니다 " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. 그런 다음 :ref:`배송 방법 " "` 에 대한 환경설정 및 활성화를 설정한" " 후, 배송 라벨을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`통합 수준` 을 :guilabel:`요금 받기 및 배송 생성` 으로 설정해야 합니다. " "마지막으로 회사의 :ref:`원래 주소 `" " 및 :ref:`품목 중량 ` 를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "\"요금 확인 및 배송 작업 생성하기\" 옵션을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:36 msgid "Labels for multi-step" msgstr "다단계용 라벨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:38 msgid "" "For companies using :doc:`two " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step " "delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be " "triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations " "Types`, and choose the desired operation." msgstr "" ":doc:`2단계 <../daily_actions/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` 또는 :doc:`3단계 배송 " "<../daily_Operations/delivery_two_steps>` 을 사용하는 회사의 경우 피킹 또는 패키지 작업을 확인한 후 " "라벨을 인쇄하도록 트리거할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 작업 유형` " "으로 이동하여 원하는 작업을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:43 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the " ":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the " "third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업 유형` 설정 페이지에서 :guilabel:`라벨 인쇄` 확인란을 선택합니다. 이 기능을 활성화한 후 이 작업을 " "승인하면 타사 배송 라벨이 인쇄됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:48 msgid "" "For :doc:`two-step delivery " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are " "placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping " "labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the " ":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve " "this flexibility." msgstr "" ":doc:`2단계 배송<../daily_Operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` 의 경우 품목을 피킹 " "중에 직접 패키지를 하게 되며, 회사는 배송 대신 피킹 중에 배송 라벨을 인쇄할 수 있습니다. Odoo에서는 '피킹' 작업 자체에서 " ":guilabel:`라벨 인쇄` 기능을 사용할 수 있으므로 매우 탄력적으로 운영할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0 msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." msgstr "\"라벨 인쇄\" 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:58 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "추적용 라벨 인쇄" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:60 msgid "" "Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By " "default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the " "chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:64 msgid "" "For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing " "labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking " "or packing operation." msgstr "" "2단계 또는 3단계 배송을 사용하는 회사의 경우 :ref:`다단계 배송용 라벨 인쇄 " "` 섹션을 참조하여 피킹 또는 패킹 작업을 승인한 후 라벨을" " 인쇄하는 방법을 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:68 msgid "" "When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales " "order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost " "` to the order. Then, " "navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-" "step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." msgstr "" "*판매* 및 *재고 관리* 앱이 모두 설치되어 있는 경우에는, :menuselection:`판매` 앱부터 시작하여 원하는 견적서 또는 " "판매주문서(SO)로 이동합니다. 이 문서에서 :ref:`배송비 ` 를 주문서에 추가합니다. 그런 다음 연결된 |DO|로 이동하며(다단계 배송을 하는 경우에는 다른 작업 유형으로 이동) " "작업을 승인하고 라벨을 인쇄합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:74 msgid "" "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery " "Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the " "third-party carrier ` in " "the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" "*재고 관리* 앱만 설치되어 있는 경우에는, :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱에서 :abbr:`DO(배송주문서)` 를 직접 " "생성한 후 :ref:`외부 배송업체 추가 ` " "항목에 :guilabel:`배송업체` 를 추가한 다음 |DO| 를 승인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:82 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "견적서에 배송 방법 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:84 msgid "" "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in " ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking " ":guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation." msgstr "" "주문서에 대한 추적용 라벨을 생성하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 주문서 --> 견적서` 에서 견적서를 생성하고 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭한 후 견적 양식을 작성합니다. 그런 다음 견적서의 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송" " 추가` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "견적서에 \"배송 추가\" 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:92 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order " "Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of " "products in the order `. " "Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to " "estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" "팝업 창이 나타나면 :guilabel:`배송 방법` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 배송업체를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`총 주문 중량` " "필드는 :ref:`주문서의 품목 중량` 을 기준으로 " "자동으로 입력됩니다. 이 필드를 수정하여 예상 중량을 덮어쓴 후 이 중량을 사용하여 배송비를 추정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the " "customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:101 msgid "" "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the " ":ref:`warehouse's address ` and :ref:`weight of products in the order " "` are properly configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:105 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as " "the :ref:`configured delivery product " "`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to access the |DO|." msgstr "" "견적서에 있는 :ref:`환경 설정되어 있는 배송 품목 ` 에 :guilabel:`추가` 를 클릭하여 견적서에 비용을 추가합니다. 마지막으로 견적에서 :guilabel:`확인` " "을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 |DO| 에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "\"요금 확인\" 팝업창을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:115 msgid "" "For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, " "navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" "*판매* 앱을 설치하지 않은 경우에는 :guilabel:`배송업체` 를 지정합니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱을 열고 " "|DO| 로 가서 :guilabel:`추가 정보` 탭으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "배송주문서의 \"추가 정보\" 탭을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:126 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "배송주문서 승인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:128 msgid "" "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to" " ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:132 msgid "" "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the " ":guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "*판매* 앱이 설치되지 않은 경우 타사 배송업체가 :guilabel:`배송업체` 필드에 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:135 msgid "" "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to" " get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping " "label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:139 msgid "" "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery " "Orders` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the " ":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` smart button to access the tracking link from the " "shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" "배송주문서의 :guilabel:`추가 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`조회 참조` 번호가 생성됩니다. 배송업체 웹사이트의 배송 조회 " "링크를 확인하려면 :guilabel:`조회` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:146 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "추적 라벨은 메시지창에서 PDF 형식으로 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1 msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "생성된 배송 라벨을 메시지창에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:153 msgid "" "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "여러 개의 패키지로 배송하는 경우 패키지당 하나의 라벨이 생성됩니다. 메시지창에 각각의 라벨이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "Odoo의 배송 커넥터에서 FedEx에 대해 생성된 라벨 샘플입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "여러 패키지 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " "in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " "to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " "together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " "flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " "multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" "경우에 따라 배송주문서에 여러 개의 품목이 있는 경우에는 두 개 이상의 패키지로 출고해야 할 수 있습니다. 이는 품목이 하나의 패키지로 " "포장하기에는 너무 크거나 특정 품목은 함께 포장을 할 수 없는 경우에 발생합니다. 하나의 배송 주문 건을 여러 패키지로 출고하면 별도의 " "배송주문서를 여러 개 생성하지 않고도 각 품목의 포장 방식을 유연하게 조정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " "setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" "하나의 배송 주문을 여러 패키지로 분할하려면 *패키지* 설정을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselectio:`재고 관리 " "--> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`패키지` 옆의 확인란을 활성화합니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정 페이지의 패키지 설정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "여러 개의 패키지로 품목 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:26 msgid "" "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" " delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " "item, or both." msgstr "" "동일한 배송 주문의 품목을 여러 패키지로 분할하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 배송 주문`으로 이동한 다음 여러" " 품목이 포함된 배송 주문, 동일한 품목의 여러 수량 또는 둘 다 포함된 배송 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " "the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업` 탭으로 이동하여 첫 번째 패키지로 출고될 제품 줄에 있는 :guilabel:`⁞≣ (메뉴)` 아이콘을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "배송 주문에 포함된 제품의 메뉴 아이콘입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:37 msgid "" "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " "table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " "shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" "이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 이 창 하단의 표에 있는 :guilabel:`예약됨` 열에는 " "배송 주문에 포함된 제품의 총 수량이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:41 msgid "" "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " "from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" " than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " "smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." " Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " "close the pop-up." msgstr "" "전체 수량을 첫 번째 패키지로 출고할 경우 :guilabel:`완료` 열의 숫자를 :guilabel:`예약` 열에 입력합니다. 첫 번째 " "패키지에 일부 수량만 출고하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`예약됨` 열에 표시되는 숫자보다 작은 숫자를 입력합니다. " "guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`완료` 수량을 확인한 후 팝업창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "배송 주문의 제품에 대한 세부 작업 팝업입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:51 msgid "" "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" " the selected items." msgstr "" "첫 번째 패키지에 포함하려는 모든 품목 수량에 대해 이 단계를 반복합니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`패키지에 담기`를 클릭하여 선택한" " 모든 품목을 포함하는 패키지를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "배송 주문의 포장에 넣기 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:58 msgid "" "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " "quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " "before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " "doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" "이후 각 패키지에 대해 앞서 설명한 단계를 반복하여 해당 패키지에 넣을 각 품목의 수량을 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시합니다. 그런 " "다음 배송 주문 내에서 :guilabel:`패키지에 담기`를 클릭합니다. 모든 품목의 전체 수량이 필요한 패키지에 할당될 때까지 이 " "과정을 계속 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:62 msgid "" "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "마지막으로 패키지 출고가 모두 완료되면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 배송주문서 작업이 완료되었다는 확정을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:66 msgid "" "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " "appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" " the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " "items included in it." msgstr "" "패키지가 하나 이상 생성되면 배송 주문의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`패키지` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 " ":guilabel:`패키지` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 배송 주문과 연결된 해당 :guilabel:`패키지` 페이지로 이동합니다. " "여기에서 각 패키지를 개별적으로 선택하여 패키지에 포함된 품목의 전체 목록을 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "배송 주문에 있는 패키지 스마트 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "나중에 출고될 품목에 대한 이월 주문 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78 msgid "" "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " "to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" " a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" "특정 품목이 다른 품목보다 늦게 출고될 예정인 경우에는 출고 준비가 될 때까지 패키지에 포함할 필요가 없습니다. 대신 나중에 출고될 " "품목에 대해서만 이월 주문을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:81 msgid "" "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " "be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " "` to package them as required. If they" " will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " "column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " ":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" "즉시 배송해야 하는 품목부터 출고를 시작합니다. 이러한 품목을 여러 개의 패키지로 출고해야 하는 경우에는 :ref:`위의 단계 " "` 에 따라 알맞게 포장합니다. 품목을 하나의 패키지로 출고하려면 " ":guilabel:`완료` 열에 각 출고 품목의 수량을 표시합니다. 그러나 :guilabel:`패키지에 담기` 버튼은 **클릭하지 " "마세요**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:86 msgid "" "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " "shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" " be shipped later." msgstr "" "모든 수량이 출고되면 즉시 :guilabel:`완료` 표시가 나타나고 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하며, 그러면 " ":guilabel:`이월 주문서 생성?` 팝업창이 나타납니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`이월 주문서 생성하기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. " "이렇게 하면 출고된 품목을 즉시 확정할 수 있으며 이후 출고될 품목에 대해 새로운 배송주문서가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "이월 주문을 생성하시겠습니까? 라는 팝업 창이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:95 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " "delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" " has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " "view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" "이월 주문 배송 주문은 원래 배송 주문의 채팅에 :guilabel:`이월 주문 WH/OUT/XXXXX가 생성되었습니다.`라는 메시지로 " "표시됩니다. 이월 주문 배송 주문을 보려면 메시지에서 :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " "order." msgstr "이월 주문 배송 주문은 원래 배송 주문의 채팅 섹션에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:103 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" " the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" "이월 주문 배송 주문에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`재고`로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`# 배송 주문` 카드에 있는 " ":guilabel:`# 이월 주문` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 거기에서 보려는 특정 이월 주문 배송 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "배송 주문 카드의 주문 취소 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:111 msgid "" "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " "delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " ":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " "multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" "나머지 품목에 대한 출고 준비가 완료되면 이월 주문 배송주문서로 이동합니다. 품목을 하나의 패키지로 배송하려면 :guilabel:`확인`" " 을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`즉시 이송?` 팝업창이 나타나면 :guilabel:`적용` 을 선택하여 모든 품목을 단일 패키지로 " "배송할 수 있으며, 이전 섹션에 설명된 대로 여러 패키지를 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " "backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " "create the first backorder." msgstr "" "첫 번째 이월 주문을 생성하는 데 사용한 단계를 반복하여 일부 품목을 배송하고 나머지 품목에 대한 또 다른 이월 주문을 생성할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "Add a new delivery method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of calculating the cost of " "shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping carts. The shipping cost " "can then be added to a sales order as a delivery product, and the shipping " "details can be added to the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:19 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` option is not available from the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is " "enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:23 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송` 섹션으로 스크롤을 내려 해당 확인란을 선택하고 :guilabel:`배송 방법` 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "The Delivery Methods feature enabled in the settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:31 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` page, add a method by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping" " provider, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an **eCommerce** page. " "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like " "FedEx, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`. Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu. For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as " ":ref:`fixed price ` or :ref:`based on rules " "` options, refer to their respective sections " "below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: If the shipping method should apply to a specific " "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 배송 방법을 특정한 회사에 적용하려면 드롭다운 메뉴에서 회사를 선택합니다. 모든 회사에 배송 방법을 " "적용하려면 이 필드를 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Routes`: select the applicable routes to define different " "delivery methods, such as standard or express shipping, based on varying " "lead times. For more information, jump to the :ref:`Set routes on shipping " "method ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 품목`(*필수 입력*): :ref:`판매 주문 항목 `에 나열된 제품을 배송료로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tracking Link`: This option adds a link to the portal so the " "customer can track their delivery. When a custom carrier is added in a " "delivery order, the tracking button is enabled, and the link directs to the " "tracking portal with that URL." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:59 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Availability` tab to define conditions for the delivery " "method based on the order's content or destination:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: Specify one or more countries where the method is " "available." msgstr ":guilabel:`국가`: 해당 수단을 사용할 국가를 하나 이상 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: Set a maximum weight; the method is only available " "for orders below this limit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Volume`: Set a maximum volume; the method is only available " "for orders below this limit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Must Have Tags`: The method is available only if at least one " "product in the order has one of these tags." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Excluded Tags`: The method is unavailable if at least one product" " in the order has one of these tags." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:72 msgid "" "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the " "sections below." msgstr "특정 배송 방법을 구성하는 방법에 대한 예는 아래 섹션을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:77 msgid "Fixed price" msgstr "고정 가격" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:79 msgid "" "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Then," " click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this " "option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is " "where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:85 msgid "" "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified " "amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in " "the amount." msgstr "" "지정된 금액을 초과하는 주문에 대해 무료 배송을 활성화하려면 ':guilabel:`주문 금액 이상일 경우 무료` 확인란을 선택하고 원하는" " 금액을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:89 msgid "" "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends " "over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "고객이 `$100` 이상 구매할 경우 무료 배송으로 전환되는 균일 배송료 `$20`를 설정하려면 다음 필드를 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" msgstr ":guilabel:`공급자`: :guilabel:`고정 가격`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`고정 가격`: `$20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`다음 주문 금액 이상일 경우 무료`: `$100.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 품목`: '[배송] 플랫'" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." msgstr "배송 방법 입력 예제." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:104 msgid "Based on rules" msgstr "규칙 기준" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:106 msgid "" "To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. " "Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional " "margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" "가격 책정 규칙을 사용하여 배송비를 계산하려면 ':guilabel:`공급업체`' 필드를 ':guilabel:`규칙 기준`' 옵션으로 " "지정합니다. 필요한 경우 ':guilabel:`요금에 대한 마진`' 및 ':guilabel:`추가 마진`'을 수정하여 추가 배송비를 " "포함하도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:111 msgid "Create pricing rules" msgstr "가격 규칙 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:113 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. " "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the " ":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or " "quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`가격` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`요금제 규칙 " "생성` 창이 열립니다. 여기에서 제품 무게, 부피, 가격 또는 수량과 관련된 :guilabel:`조건`을 정의된 금액과 비교하여 " ":guilabel:`배송비`를 결정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "" "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " ":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" "완료되면 :guilabel:`저장 후 새로 만들기`를 클릭하여 다른 규칙을 추가하거나 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:121 msgid "" "To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, " "set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" "제품이 5개 이하인 주문에 $20의 배송료를 부과하려면 ':guilabel:`조건`'을 `수량 <= 5.00`으로 설정하고 " "':guilabel:`배송비`'를 `$20`으로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "가격 책정 규칙을 추가할 수 있는 창을 표시합니다. 배송비와 함께 조건을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:127 msgid "" "To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the **eCommerce** website, " "in the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination " "Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, " "and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:132 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" msgstr "배송비 계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:134 msgid "" "Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that " "satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the " ":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" "배송비에는 ':guilabel:`조건`'을 충족하는 규칙에 명시된 ':guilabel:`배송비`'에 ':guilabel:`요금에 대한 " "마진`' 및 ':guilabel:`추가 마진`'의 추가 수수료가 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:138 msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" "총액 = 규칙~배송~비용 + (증거~금~율 \\규칙~배송~비용) + 추가~마진\n" "\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:142 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" msgstr "다음 두 가지 규칙을 설정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:144 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "주문에 5개 이하의 제품이 포함된 경우 배송비는 $20입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:145 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "주문에 5개 이상의 제품이 포함된 경우 배송비는 $50입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is " "`$9.00`." msgstr ":guilabel:`마진율`은 `10%`이고 :guilabel:`추가 마진`은 `$9.00`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "" "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "마진이 지정된 \"규칙 기반\" 배송 방법의 예시를 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:152 msgid "" "When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + " "9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * " "50) + 9)." msgstr "" "첫 번째 규칙이 적용되면 배송비는 $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + 9)입니다. 두 번째 규칙이 적용되면 배송비는 $64 (50 " "+ (0.1 * 50) + 9)가 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:158 msgid "Route on shipping method" msgstr "배송 방법 경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:160 msgid "" "Optionally, set different warehouse delivery processes for a shipping method" " by configuring different :doc:`routes <../daily_operations/use_routes>` for" " it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:164 msgid "" "Configuring multiple routes per shipping method is helpful for adjusting " "warehouse delivery processes based on:" msgstr "배송 방법별로 여러 개의 경로를 설정해 놓으면 다음을 기준으로 창고 배송 프로세스를 조정할 때 유용하게 쓸 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:167 msgid "" "speed (e.g., use :doc:`one-step delivery " "<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>` for express shipping, or " ":doc:`two-step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` for " "standard shipping)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:170 msgid "" "international shipping (e.g. use :doc:`three-step delivery " "<../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` to prepare documents for " "customs)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:172 msgid "" "in-store pickup or home delivery: ship from the central warehouse, or pick " "from the store's stock, depending on customer selection." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:175 msgid "" "To set up routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Routes`. Click :guilabel:`New`, or select the desired route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:178 msgid "" "On the route form, in the :guilabel:`Applicable On` section, tick the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` checkbox." msgstr "경로 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`적용 대상` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`배송 방법` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184 msgid "Routes form with the Shipping Methods checkbox selected." msgstr "경로 양식에 배송 방법 확인란이 선택되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184 msgid "Routes form with the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` checkbox ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:186 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery " "Methods`, and select the desired shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:189 msgid "" "On the shipping method form, in the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the " "available fulfillment routes from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:193 msgid "" "If the desired route is not selectable, check that the *Shipping Methods* " "option is enabled in the route's *Applicable On* section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Show set routes on shipping method form." msgstr "배송 방법 양식에 설정된 경로를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:3 msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" msgstr "배송비 PDF 인쇄" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:5 msgid "" "Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, " "containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:8 msgid "" "The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*" " operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" msgstr ":ref:`배송확인서 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" msgstr ":ref:`반품확인서 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Product labels of items in the order " "`" msgstr ":ref:`주문서 아이템의 품목 라벨 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" msgstr ":ref:`로트 및 일련번호 라벨 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`Carrier labels `" msgstr ":ref:`배송업체 라벨 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Export documents `" msgstr ":ref:`문서 내보내기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`Package content `" msgstr ":ref:`패키지 내용물 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:18 msgid ":ref:`Package label `" msgstr ":ref:`패키지 라벨 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:22 msgid "" "To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired " "operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:25 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available " "in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those " "selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation " "Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the " "related section." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`하드웨어` 탭에서 :guilabel:`작업 유형` 을 확인한 후 선택한 문서의 PDF를 자동으로 다운로드하려면 " ":guilabel:`검증 시 인쇄` 섹션에서 사용할 수 있는 원하는 옵션을 각각 선택합니다. 각 확인란 옵션의 기능에 대한 자세한 내용을" " 보려면 관련 섹션으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." msgstr "\"피킹\" *작업 유형*에서 *승인 시 인쇄* 옵션을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:37 msgid "Delivery slip" msgstr "배송명세서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:39 msgid "" "A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed " "inside (or attached to) the package." msgstr "" "*배송 전표* 에는 수취인 및 패키지 세부 정보 등이 포함되어 있으며, 보통 패키지에 같이 들어 있습니다 (내부 혹은 부착)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`Tracking label <../setup_configuration/labels>`" msgstr ":doc:`추적용 라벨 <../setup_configuration/labels>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:45 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting " "` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " "configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " "operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`하드웨어` 탭 환경설정 옵션에서 :ref:`배송 영수증 설정을 활성화 " "` 한 후, 원하는 작업 유형에서 :guilabel:`승인` " "을 클릭하면 배송 영수증 PDF가 다운로드됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:49 msgid "" "The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference " "number, and the total order weight." msgstr "배송 전표에는 품목, 수량, 배송주문서 참조 번호 및 총 주문 중량이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Example delivery slip." msgstr "배송확인서 예시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:59 msgid "Return slip" msgstr "반품 명세서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:61 msgid "" "Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages." " It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item " "details and customer information. It can also include specific return " "instructions for the customer." msgstr "" "고객 반품 패키지를 배송할 때 포함할 *반품 전표* 를 인쇄합니다. 여기에서 반품 식별, 판매주문서 링크, 품목 세부 정보 및 고객 " "정보를 확인할 수 있습니다. 또한 고객을 위한 구체적인 반품 지침도 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:65 msgid "" "After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting " "` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab " "configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired " "operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`하드웨어` 탭 환경설정 옵션에서 :ref:`반품 영수증 설정을 활성화 " "` 한 후, 원하는 작업 유형에서 :guilabel:`승인` " "을 클릭하면 반품 영수증 PDF가 다운로드됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:69 msgid "" "The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes " "for both the order and the return operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Example return slip." msgstr "반품확인서 예시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:79 msgid "Product labels" msgstr "품목 라벨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:81 msgid "" "Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " "information, such as product name, barcode, and price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:84 msgid "" "After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` " "tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:140 msgid "" "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where" " each product label can be printed as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price," " fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." msgstr "2 x 7 가격 표시 예시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, " "fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." msgstr "4 x 7 가격 표시 예시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and " "twelve columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 4 x 12." msgstr "예: 4 x 12." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. " "Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language " "(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers " "to automatically print labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " "Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:125 msgid "" "Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." msgstr "품목 라벨은 배송주문서에서 수동으로 인쇄할 수 있으며, :guilabel:`라벨 인쇄` 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:131 msgid "Lot/SN Labels" msgstr "LOT/일련번호 라벨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:133 msgid "" "Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential " "information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:136 msgid "" "To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's " "options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" " Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN " "Labels` option." msgstr "" "이 PDF를 자동으로 인쇄하려면 필요한 작업 유형의 옵션 페이지 (:menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> " "작업 유형`)로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`하드웨어` 탭에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호 라벨` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial " "numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and " "barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - 로트.일련번호당 한 개`: 제품멸, 로트/일련번호 및 바코드를 포함하여 주문서의 고유한 " "로트/일련번호에 대한 라벨이 기재된 PDF입니다. 페이지당 4개의 행과 12개의 열로 되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." msgstr "주문서에 고유한 로트/일련번호 세트가 하나만 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:153 msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." msgstr "하나의 고유 로트/일련번호가 있는 주문서 라벨입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:155 msgid "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of " "items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits " "four rows and twelve columns per page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - 단위당 하나`: 품목 수량에 맞게 라벨이 기재된 PDF로, 제품명, 로트/일련번호 및 바코드가 " "표시되어 있습니다. 페이지당 4개의 행과 12개의 열 기준으로 되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:157 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra " "Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and " "barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:159 msgid "" ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of " "items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product " "name, lot/serial number, and barcode." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ZPL 라벨 - 단위당 1개`: :abbr:`ZPL(Zebra 프로그래밍 언어)` 로 품목 수량을 라벨에 인쇄하며, " "품목명, 로트/일련번호, 바코드 등이 표시됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:165 msgid "Carrier labels" msgstr "배송업체 라벨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:167 msgid "" "To automatically print a *carrier label* with the recipient address, " "tracking number, and carrier details for specific third-party shipping " "carriers, complete the following setup:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:170 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Carrier Labels` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type " "settings `." msgstr "" ":ref:`작업 유형 설정 ` 에서 " ":guilabel:`배송업체 라벨` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:257 msgid "" ":doc:`Connect a printer <../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` to Odoo's" " *IoT* app." msgstr "" ":doc:`Odoo *IoT* 앱에 프린터를 연결합니다 <../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:173 msgid "" ":ref:`Assign the carrier label to the printer " "`." msgstr "" ":ref:`프린터에 배송업체 라벨을 지정합니다 .`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:174 msgid "" "Configure the shipping method's :ref:`label type " "`." msgstr "" "배송 방법의 :ref:`라벨 유형 ` 을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:261 msgid "Assign printer" msgstr "프린터 지정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:181 msgid "" "Refer to the :doc:`Connect a printer " "<../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` documentation for details on " "connecting a printer to Odoo's *IoT* app. Upon completion, assign the " "carrier label to the printer, by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> " "Devices`, and selecting the desired printer." msgstr "" "Odoo의 *IoT* 앱에 프린터를 연결하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`프린터 연결 " "<../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` 문서를 참조하세요. 완료되면 " ":menuselection:`IoT 앱 --> 장치` 로 이동하여 원하는 프린터를 선택한 후 프린터에 운송업체 라벨을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Show a list of IoT devices." msgstr "IoT 장치 목록을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:190 msgid "" "In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab" " to configure the types of documents the printer automatically prints. Click" " :guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-up window. " "In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type `Shipping`, and select " ":guilabel:`Shipping Labels`." msgstr "" "프린터 설정 양식에서 :guilabel:`프린터 보고서` 탭으로 이동하여 프린터에서 자동으로 인쇄되는 문서 유형을 설정합니다. " ":guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`추가: 보고서` 팝업 창을 엽니다. :guilabel:`검색...` " "표시줄에 `배송` 을 입력하고 :guilabel:`배송 라벨` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:196 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report is for :ref:`export documents " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 문서` 보고서는 :ref:`출고 문서 ` 에 대한 보고서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "Show carrier label report added to the *Printer Reports*." msgstr "배송업체 라벨 보고서가 *프린터 보고서* 에 추가된 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:203 msgid "" "After adding the :guilabel:`Shipping Labels` report in the " ":guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Report Type` matches " "the IoT-connected printer's type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:206 msgid "" "For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`PDF`." msgstr "레이저 프린터의 경우 :guilabel:`보고서 유형` 을 :guilabel:`PDF` 로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:207 msgid "" "For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "Zebra 프린터의 경우 :guilabel:`보고서 유형` 을 :guilabel:`텍스트` 로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:212 msgid "Shipping carrier label type" msgstr "배송업체 라벨 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:214 msgid "" "Next, complete the setup for the :doc:`third-party shipping connector " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. After that, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`, and " "select the desired shipping method." msgstr "" "다음으로, :doc:`외부 배송 커넥터 <../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` 에 대한 설정을" " 완료합니다. 그런 다음, :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 배송 방법` 으로 이동하여 원하는 배송 " "방법을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:218 msgid "" "On the shipping method configuration form, in the :guilabel:`[carrier name] " "Configuration` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Label Format` matches the " ":ref:`report type assigned earlier `:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:222 msgid "" "For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`PDF`." msgstr "레이저 프린터의 경우 :guilabel:`라벨 형식` 을 :guilabel:`PDF` 로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:223 msgid "" "For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`ZPL2`." msgstr "Zebra 프린터의 경우 :guilabel:`라벨 형식` 을 :guilabel:`ZPL2` 로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1 msgid "" "Show the *Label Type* field on FedEx's shipping method configuration page." msgstr "FedEx 배송 방법 환경설정 페이지에서 *라벨 유형* 필드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:230 msgid "Example carrier label" msgstr "배송업체 라벨 예시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:232 msgid "" "After validating the operation, the carrier label is generated in the " "chatter, and printed using the IoT-connected printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Show an example carrier label for FedEx." msgstr "FedEx에서 사용하는 배송업체 라벨 예시를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:241 msgid "" "Carrier label for FedEx, containing the recipient address, tracking number, " "barcode, and other shipping information." msgstr "FedEx 배송 라벨에 수취인 주소, 추적 번호, 바코드 및 기타 배송 정보가 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:245 msgid ":doc:`Print carrier labels <../setup_configuration/labels>`" msgstr ":doc:`배송업체 라벨 인쇄 <../setup_configuration/labels>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:250 msgid "Export document" msgstr "문서 내보내기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:252 msgid "" "An *export document*, required by customs to ship packages from one country " "to another, can be automatically printed in Odoo by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:255 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Export Documents` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type " "settings `." msgstr "" ":ref:`작업 유형 설정 ` 에서 :guilabel:`수출 " "문서` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:258 msgid "Assign the export document to the printer." msgstr "문서 내보내기를 프린터에 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:263 msgid "" "Similar to the :ref:`printer assignment instructions for carrier labels " "`, after connecting a " "compatible printer to the Odoo *IoT* app, go to :menuselection:`IoT app --> " "Devices`, and select the desired printer." msgstr "" ":ref:`운송업체 라벨에 대한 프린터 연결 방법 ` 과" " 같이, 호환되는 프린터를 Odoo *IoT* 앱에 연결한 후 :menuselection:`IoT 앱 --> 장치` 로 이동하여 프린터를" " 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:267 msgid "" "In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " "tab, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-" "up window that appears, add the :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report to " "assign the export document to the printer." msgstr "" "프린터 설정 양식에서, :guilabel:`프린터 보고서` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭합니다. " ":guilabel:`추가: 보고서` 팝업 창이 나타나면 :guilabel:`배송 문서` 보고서를 추가하여 프린터에 내보내기할 문서를 " "지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:277 msgid "Export document for a shipment from the USA to Belgium." msgstr "미국에서 벨기에로 배송되는 경우의 수출 문서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:282 msgid "Package content" msgstr "패키지 내용물" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:284 msgid "" "A *package content* PDF includes the package's barcode, packed date, along " "with a list of contained products and quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:287 msgid "" "To print this form automatically, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type. " "Then, go to the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, and tick the :guilabel:`Package " "Contents` checkbox." msgstr "" "이 양식이 자동 인쇄되게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 작업 유형` 으로 이동하여 작업 " "유형을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`하드웨어` 탭으로 가서 :guilabel:`패키지 내용` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:292 msgid "" "If the option is not available, enable the :doc:`Packages " "<../../product_management/configure/package>` feature, by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, ticking the " ":guilabel:`Packages` checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "이 옵션을 사용할 수 없는 경우에는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 " ":doc:`패키지 <../../product_management/configure/package>` 기능을 활성화하고 " ":guilabel:`Packages` 확인란에 표시한 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:297 msgid "" "After enabling the feature in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, validating the " "operation prints a PDF of the package contents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "" "Package contents form showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date." msgstr "패키지 내용, 바코드, 포장일이 나타나 있는 패키지 내용 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:306 msgid "Package contents showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date." msgstr "패키지 내용, 바코드, 포장일이 나타나 있는 패키지 내용물입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:311 msgid "Package label" msgstr "패키지 라벨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:313 msgid "" "A *package label* that shows the package's barcode and pack date can be " "configured to print upon clicking the *Put in Pack* button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:317 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available **only** when the " ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>` feature is " "enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:321 msgid "" "After it is enabled, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available on all " "inventory operations (e.g. receipt, pickings, internal transfers, delivery " "orders, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:324 msgid "" "To automatically print the package label when the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` " "button is clicked, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Operation Types`. Select the desired operation type, and tick the " ":guilabel:`Package Label` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab. Labels " "can be printed in :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`ZPL` file formats, as " "defined in the :guilabel:`Print label as` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`패키지에 담기` 버튼을 클릭하면 패키지 라벨이 자동으로 인쇄되게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 " "--> 환경설정 --> 작업 유형` 으로 이동합니다. 원하는 작업 유형을 선택하고 :guilabel:`하드웨어` 탭에서 " ":guilabel:`패키지 라벨` 확인란을 선택합니다. 라벨은 :guilabel:`다음 라벨 인쇄` 필드에 지정된 대로 " ":guilabel:`PDF` 또는 :guilabel:`ZPL` 파일 형식으로 인쇄할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "PDF of package barcode and package date." msgstr "패키지 바코드 및 패키지 날짜의 PDF입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Sendcloud integration" msgstr "Sendcloud 통합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" "Sendcloud는 유럽 배송업체와 Odoo의 통합을 지원하는 배송 서비스 제공 회사입니다. 통합이 완료되면 사용자는 Odoo " "데이터베이스의 재고 작업에서 배송업체를 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud 통합 문서 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "Sendcloud에서 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "계정 생성 및 배송업체 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" "시작하려면 `Sendcloud 플랫폼 `으로 이동하여 계정을 설정하고 커넥터 자격 증명을" " 생성합니다. Sendcloud 계정으로 로그인하거나 필요한 경우 새 계정을 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " "Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" " and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" "새 계정을 만들려면 Sendcloud에서 :abbr:`VAT (부가가치세)` 번호 또는 :abbr:`EORI (경제 사업자 등록 및 " "식별)` 번호를 입력하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 계정 설정을 완료한 후 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 사용할 배송업체를 활성화 (또는 " "비활성화)합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " "rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "**required**." msgstr "" "Odoo에 Sendcloud를 통합하는 기능은 은행 계좌를 연결한 경우에 *한해서만* 적용되는 Sendcloud 무료 요금제에서만 사용할" " 수 있으며, Sendcloud에서 무료 배송이 되지 않습니다. 배송 규칙이나 개별 맞춤형 운송업체 연락처를 사용하려면 Sendcloud" " 유료 요금제 가입이 **필수** 입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:183 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "창고 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" "Sendcloud 계정에 로그인한 후 :menuselection:`설정 --> 배송 --> 주소`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고 " "주소` 필드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Sendcloud 설정에서 주소 추가하기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" "Sendcloud에서 반송도 처리할 수 있도록 하려면 :guilabel:`반송 주소`가 필요합니다. :guilabel:`기타 섹션` " "아래의 :guilabel:`주소 이름 (선택 사항)` 필드에 Odoo 창고 이름을 입력해야 하며, 문자는 정확히 동일해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "**SendCloud 환경설정**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr ":guilabel:`기타`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`주소 이름 (선택 사항)`: `창고 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr ":guilabel:`브랜드`: `기본값`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "**Odoo 창고 환경설정**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: `창고 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr ":guilabel:`약식 이름`: `WH`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 내 회사 (샌프란시스코)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`주소`: 내 회사 (샌프란시스코)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr ":guilabel:`창고` 필드는 Odoo 구성과 Sendcloud 구성 모두에서 동일해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Sendcloud 자격 증명 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" "Sendcloud 계정에서 오른쪽 메뉴의 :menuselection:`설정 --> 연동`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`Odoo Native`를 검색합니다. 이어서 :guilabel:`연결`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " "Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " ":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`연결`을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`Sendcloud API` 설정 페이지로 리디렉션되며, 여기서 " ":guilabel:`공개 키 및 비밀 키`가 생성됩니다. 다음 단계는 :guilabel:`통합`의 이름을 지정하는 것입니다. 이름 지정 " "규칙은 ``Odoo CompanyName`이며, 사용자의 회사 이름이 `CompanyName`을 대체합니다. (예: `Odoo " "StealthyWood`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`서비스 포인트` 옆의 확인란을 선택하고 이 통합에 사용할 배송 서비스를 선택합니다. 저장하면 " ":guilabel:`공개 및 비밀 키`가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "Sendcloud 통합 설정 및 자격 증명 받기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:165 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 msgid "" "To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install " "` and :ref:`link " "` the Sendcloud shipping" " connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields " "`, so Sendcloud can " "accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" "Odoo와 Sendcloud가 원활하게 통합할 수 있도록 Sendcloud 배송 커넥터를 Sendcloud 계정에 :ref:`설치 " "` 및 :ref:`연결 " "` 합니다. 그런 다음 :ref:`Odoo 필드" " ` 를 환경설정하면 Sendcloud에서 " "배송 데이터를 정확하게 가져와서 라벨을 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "Sendcloud 배송 모듈 설치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" "Sendcloud 계정 설정 및 환경 설정이 완료되었으면 이제 Odoo 데이터베이스를 설정할 차례입니다. 시작하려면 Odoo " ":guilabel:`앱` 모듈로 이동하여 `Sendcloud 배송` 통합을 검색하고 설치하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Odoo 앱 모듈의 Sendcloud 배송 모듈입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Sendcloud 배송 커넥터 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" "설치가 완료되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송` " "모듈을 활성화합니다. guilabel:`Sendcloud 커넥터` 설정은 :guilabel:`배송 커넥터` 섹션 아래에 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud 커넥터`를 활성화한 후, 나열된 커넥터 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송 " "방법` 링크를 클릭합니다. guilabel:`배송 방법` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 배송 --> 배송 방법`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`배송 방법`에 " "액세스할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr ":guilabel:`새 배송 방법` 양식에 다음 필드를 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 방법`: `Sendcloud DPD`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`공급업체`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`Sendcloud`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 제품`: 이 배송 방법에 대해 구성된 제품을 설정하거나 새 제품을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr ":guilabel:`SendCloud 설정` 탭에 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 공개 키`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr ":guilabel:`SendCloud 구성` 탭에 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 비밀 키`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 방법/신규` 이동 경로 기호 옆의 구름 기호를 클릭하여 양식을 수동으로 :guilabel:`저장`합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "양식을 구성하고 저장한 후에는 다음 단계에 따라 배송 제품을 로드합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "'새 배송 방법' 양식의 'SendCloud 설정' 탭에서 'SendCloud 배송 제품 로드' 링크를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "회사에서 배송 및 반품에 모두 사용할 배송 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "guilabel:`선택`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Odoo에서 구성된 Sendcloud 배송 제품 샘플:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 제품`: `DPD 홈 0-31.5kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송업체`: `DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`최소 중량`: `0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`최대 중량`: `31.50`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`국가`: 오스트리아` `벨기에` `보스니아` `헤르체고비나` `불가리아` `크로아티아` `체코` `공화국` `덴마크`" " `에스토니아` `핀란드` `프랑스` `독일` `그리스` `헝가리` `아이슬란드` `아일랜드` `이탈리아`` 라트비아` `리히텐슈타인` " "`리투아니아` `룩셈부르크` `모나코` `네덜란드` `노르웨이` `폴란드` `포르투갈` `루마니아` `세르비아` `슬로바키아` " "`슬로베니아` `스페인` `스웨덴` `스위스``" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 배송 상품`: `DPD 반품 0-20kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 배송업체`: `DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 최소 중량`: `0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 최대 중량`: `20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 국가`: `벨기에` `네덜란드`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 구성된 배송 제품의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is " "cancelled within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" "Sendcloud에서는 회사가 Odoo에서 패키지 전송을 테스트할 때는 테스트 키가 제공되지 않습니다. 즉, 패키지가 생성되면 설정한 " "Sendcloud 계정으로 요금이 청구되며, 관련 패키지를 생성한 후 24시간 이내에 취소하는 경우에는 청구되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" "Odoo에는 테스트 환경에서 실행할 때 실수로 요금이 청구되는 것을 방지하는 보호 기능이 탑재되어 있습니다. 테스트 환경에서 배송 방법을" " 지정하여 라벨을 생성하면 라벨은 생성 즉시 취소되며, 이와 같은 과정은 모두 자동으로 진행됩니다. 테스트 및 프로덕션 환경에 대한 " "설정은 각각의 스마트 버튼을 이용하여 서로 전환할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "배송 정보" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "" "To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information " "**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "" "**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected " ":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping " "address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 msgid "" "To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page." " Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along " "with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." msgstr "" "승인하려면 :guilabel:`고객` 필드를 선택하여 연락처 페이지를 엽니다. 이 페이지의 :guilabel:`연락처` 필드에 배송 " "주소와 :guilabel:`모바일` 번호, :guilabel:`이메일` 주소를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 msgid "" "**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified " ":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. " "Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section " "` of this article for " "detailed instructions." msgstr "" "**품목 중량**: 주문서의 모든 품목에 대해 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에 :guilabel:`중량` 이 지정되어 " "있는지 확인합니다. 자세한 내용은 이 문서의 :ref:`품목 중량 섹션 " "` 을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "" "**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match " "the :ref:`previously defined warehouse " "` in the Sendcloud " "setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the " ":ref:`warehouse configuration section " "` of the third-party " "shipping documentation." msgstr "" "**창고 주소**: Odoo의 창고 이름과 주소가 Sendcloud 설정에서 :ref:`기존에 지정된 창고 " "' 와 일치하는지 확인합니다. " "Odoo의 창고 설정에 대한 자세한 내용은 타사 배송 문서의 :ref:`창고 구성 섹션 " "` 를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" msgstr "Sendcloud 라벨 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" "Odoo에서 견적을 작성할 때 배송을 통합하고 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송 제품`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 배송 " ":guilabel:`승인`을 진행합니다. 채팅에서 자동으로 배송 라벨 문서가 생성되며, 이 문서에는 다음과 같은 세부 정보가 포함됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "패키지 수에 따라 :guilabel:`배송 라벨`을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr ":guilabel:`반송 레이블`을 반환하도록 Sendcloud 커넥터가 구성된 경우." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "도착지 국가에서 통관 서류가 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`통관 서류`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "이제 추적 번호도 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "반품 라벨이 생성되면 설정한 Sendcloud 계정에 Sendcloud에서 자동으로 요금이 청구됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "Shipping rules" msgstr "배송 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:223 msgid "" "Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels " "tailored to different product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be " "created for customers shipping expensive jewelry items to purchase " "insurance." msgstr "" "선택 사항으로 다양한 요구 사항에 맞게 자동으로 품목에 대한 배송 라벨을 생성하는 배송 규칙을 생성할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 고가의 " "보석류를 배송용으로 보험을 구매하고자 하는 고객을 위한 배송 규칙을 만들 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:228 msgid "" "Shipping rules do **not** affect :ref:`shipping rate calculations " "`, and are only used to " "improve the process of :doc:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232 msgid "" "To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Delivery: Shipping Methods`, and select the intended " "`Sendcloud` shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the " ":guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the kind of shipments the shipping rules" " apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud 환경설정` 탭의 :guilabel:`옵션` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송 " "규칙 사용` 필드를 통해 배송 규칙이 적용될 배송 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:239 msgid "" "From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, " ":guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`." msgstr "" "여기에서 고객에게 :guilabel:`배송`, 고객 :guilabel:`반품` 또는 :guilabel:`둘 다` 중 하나를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Use Shipping Rules field." msgstr "배송 규칙 필드를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:246 msgid "" "Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Shipping rules`. Create a new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create " "New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine" " when the rule applies. Then, configure what to do when packages meet the " "condition." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:253 msgid "" "`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud `_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud 배송 규칙 만들기 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:257 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:260 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "배송물이 너무 무거움" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" "발송물이 구성된 Sendcloud 서비스의 중량 제한을 초과하는 경우 중량을 분할하여 여러 개의 패키지를 시뮬레이션합니다. 제품을 별도의" " :guilabel:`패키지`에 배치하고 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 라벨을 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:266 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" "중량 초과 시 다른 배송 방법을 사용하도록 Sendcloud에서 `규칙`을 설정할 수 있습니다. 단, 이 규칙은 판매 주문 계산 시 " "배송료 계산에는 적용되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:271 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "개인 배송업체 계약" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " "--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" "CSV 업로드를 하여 직접 배송업체 계약서에서 가격을 사용자 지정하려면, 먼저 Sendcloud에 로그인하고 " ":menuselection:`설정 --> 배송업체 --> 내 계약` 으로 이동한 다음 계약을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "Sendcloud의 계약서 섹션으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:281 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:285 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "가격이 잘못 기재되지 않도록 CSV 파일에 있는 가격이 정확한지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "Sendcloud의 계약서 CSV 샘플에서 가격 열이 강조 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" "작성한 CSV 파일을 Sendcloud에 :guilabel:`업로드` 한 다음, :guilabel:`가격 저장하기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:294 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: 배송업체 계약 가격을 업로드하는 방법 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "부피 중량 측정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:300 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" "많은 배송업체가 여러 가지 무게 측정 방법을 사용합니다. 무게 측정 방법에는 소포에 들어 있는 제품의 실제 무게와 *용적 " "중량*(:dfn:`용적 중량은 운송 중 패키지가 차지하는 부피, 즉 패키지의 물리적 크기`)이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:305 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "선택한 배송업체에 부피 중량 계산을 위한 공식이 미리 정의되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:309 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: 소포 부피 중량 계산 및 자동화 방법 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:313 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "배송비를 계산할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:315 msgid "" "First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported " "by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" "먼저, 출고하려는 품목의 중량이 선택한 배송 방법에서 지원이 가능한 중량인지 확인합니다. 국가를 설정한 경우 배송업체에서 목적지 " "국가(고객 주소에서 확인)가 지원되는지 확인합니다. 출발지 국가(창고 주소)도 배송업체에서 지원해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" msgstr "Starshipit 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Starshipit is a shipping service operator that facilitates the integration " "of Australasian shipping couriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can " "create shipping methods that will automatically get rates from specific " "couriers (such as Australia Post, NZ Post, DHL,...) based on predefined " "conditions." msgstr "" "Starshipit은 호주 배송업체를 Odoo와 통합해주는 배송 서비스 운영업체입니다. 통합이 완료되면 사전에 지정해놓은 조건에 따라 " "자동으로 특정 택배사 (예: 호주 Post, NZ Post, DHL 등) 요금제가 적용되는 배송 방법을 만들 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Automatically calculate shipping <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr ":doc:`배송비 자동 계산 <../setup_configuration>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`Integrate other third-party couriers `" msgstr ":doc:`다른 외부 배송 회사 통합하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:15 msgid "Setup in Starshipit" msgstr "Starshipit에서 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "Create an account and activate couriers" msgstr "계정 생성 후 배송 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:20 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Starshipit's platform `_ to " "configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Starshipit account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" "시작하려면 'Starshipit 플랫폼 `_ 으로 이동하여 계정을 설정한 후 커넥터 자격 " "증명을 생성합니다. Starshipit 계정으로 로그인하거나 필요한 경우 새로 계정을 만드세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:25 msgid "Pickup address configuration" msgstr "픽업 주소 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Once logged into the Starshipit account, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Pickup address`, and fill in the " ":guilabel:`Pickup address`. Ensure this field matches the warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "Starshipit 설정에서 주소를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Couriers configuration" msgstr "배송업체 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "To integrate with third-party couriers, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Couriers`, and select :guilabel:`Couriers`." msgstr "" "외부 배송업체와 통합하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 배송업체` 로 이동하여 :guilabel:`배송업체` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:45 msgid "" "For details on integrating with different couriers, refer to `Starshipit's " "support center `_." msgstr "" "다른 배송업체와 통합하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 `Starshipit 고객 지원 센터 " "`_ 를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:49 msgid "Checkout rates" msgstr "결제 금액" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:51 msgid "" "To configure shipping rate calculations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Checkout rates`. The selected delivery costs " "are automatically applied in Odoo when calculating shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Checkout rates in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "Starshipit 설정에 있는 결제 요금입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:59 msgid "Starshipit API key" msgstr "Starshipit API 키" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Configure shipping rules to assign the correct shipping methods to orders " "based on specific conditions." msgstr "배송 규칙을 환경설정하면 특정 조건에 따라 주문에 알맞은 배송 방법이 지정되게 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "To create a rule, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Rules` and click " ":guilabel:`Add a new rule`." msgstr "" "규칙을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 규칙` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`새 규칙 추가` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:66 msgid "" "While there are multiple ways to configure rules, it is recommended to set:" msgstr "규칙을 설정하는 방법은 여러 가지가 있으나 다음과 같이 설정하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Condition` to :guilabel:`Contains`" msgstr ":guilabel:`조건` 을 :guilabel:`포함` 으로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Value` to the :guilabel:`product code`" msgstr ":guilabel:`품목 코드` 에 대한 :guilabel:`값`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Action` to :guilabel:`Set Courier & Product Code`" msgstr ":guilabel:`택배 및 품목 코드 설정`에 대한 :guilabel:`작업`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Shipping rules in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "Starshipit 설정에 있는 배송 규칙입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "Finding Starshipit API credentials" msgstr "Starshipit API 자격 증명 찾기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:81 msgid "" "In the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> API` in " "the side menu. This page contains the :abbr:`API (Application Programming " "Interface)` keys needed to connect to Odoo." msgstr "" "Starshipit 계정에 있는 사이드 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`Settings --> API` 로 이동합니다. 이 " "페이지에는 Odoo에 연결하는 데 필요한 :abbr:`API(애플리케이션 프로그래밍 인터페이스)` 키가 포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Finding the Starshipit API keys." msgstr "Starshipit API 키를 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:93 msgid "Install" msgstr "설치하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "" "After the Starshipit account is set up, integrate it with the Odoo database." " To do that, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping` module, and click :guilabel:`Activate` to " "install it." msgstr "" "Starshipit 계정을 설정한 후 Odoo 데이터베이스로 통합합니다. 통합하려면 Odoo의 :guilabel:`앱` 모듈로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`Starshipit 배송` 모듈을 검색한 다음 :guilabel:`활성화` 를 클릭하여 설치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Starshipit Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Odoo 앱 모듈의 Starshipit 배송 모듈입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:106 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the feature by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` " "section, activate the :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:110 msgid "" "After activating :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector`, click the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. " "Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "Configure Starshipit in Odoo by filling out the fields on the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` form as follows:" msgstr "Odoo에서 Starshipit 환경설정을 하려면 다음의 :guilabel:`배송 방법` 양식에 있는 필드를 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Starshipit`." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 방법`: type `Starshipit`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Starshipit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`공급업체`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`Starshipit` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: assign or create the delivery product that " "will appear on the sales order line when the cost of shipping is computed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" "The fields discussed in this section are specific to configuring Starshipit." " For more information about the other fields, refer to " ":doc:`../setup_configuration`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab, fill out these fields:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Starshipit 환경설정` 탭에서 다음 필드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit API Key`: enter the :abbr:`API (Application " "Programming Interface)` key :ref:`obtained from Starshipit " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit API 키`: Starshipit 에서 " "받은` :abbr:`API(Application " "Programming Interface)` 키를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit Subscription Key`: enter the subscription key obtained" " from the same place as the :ref:`API key " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:136 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Origin Address`: Enter the address where products are shipped " "from. This field is crucial for calculating shipping rates and " ":ref:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Package Type`: Set a default package type to include the " "weight of the empty package when automatically calculating shipping rates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:143 msgid "" "To set a default package type, the *Packages* feature **must** be enabled in" " :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:149 msgid "" "To load the newly configured shipping products, click the :guilabel:`Select " "a service linked to the Starshipit account` link at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab." msgstr "" "새로 설정된 배송품을 로드하려면 :guilabel:`Starshipit 환경설정` 탭 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`Starshipit" " 계정에 연결된 서비스 선택` 링크를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:152 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Choose Starshipit Shipping Service` pop-up " "window. In the :guilabel:`Delivery Service` field, choose the desired " "shipping service for deliveries and returns from the drop-down menu. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "그러면 :guilabel:`Starshipit 배송 서비스 선택` 팝업 창이 열립니다. :guilabel:`배송 서비스` 드롭다운 " "메뉴에서 배송 및 반품 관련 배송 서비스를 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" "The chosen delivery service will populate in the :guilabel:`Service Name` " "field." msgstr "선택한 배송 서비스가 :guilabel:`서비스 이름` 필드에 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:159 msgid "Sample of a Starshipit shipping product configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Odoo에서 설정된 Starshipit 배송 품목 예시입니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle drop off`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle 전달`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `Sendle Delivery`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Shipping 품목`: `Sendle 배송`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Starshipit Service Code`: `STANDARD-DROPOFF`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Starshipit 서비스 코드`: `스탠다드 배송`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:170 msgid "" "Starshipit does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means that if a package is created, the account may be" " charged." msgstr "" "Starshipit은 회사가 Odoo에서 패키지 전송 테스트를 하는 경우 테스트 키를 제공하지 않습니다. 즉 패키지가 생성되면 계정에 " "요금이 청구될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after creation" " — this occurs automatically. Please note that depending on the shipping " "provider being used, the account might be charged for printing label, unless" " the order is cancelled manually on the couriers’s portal." msgstr "" "Odoo에는 테스트 환경에서 작동 중일 때 실수로 요금이 부과되지 않도록 방지하는 기능이 내장되어 있습니다. 테스트 환경 내에서 배송 " "방법을 사용하여 라벨을 생성하는 경우에는 라벨은 생성 직후 즉시 취소되며, 이 과정은 자동으로 진행됩니다. 운송업체에 따라서 배송 " "포털에서 주문을 직접 취소하지 않으면 라벨 인쇄 비용이 계정에 청구될 수 있다는 점에 유의하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:180 msgid "" "Switch between the test and production environment by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Environment` smart button at the top of the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Generate a label with Starshipit" msgstr "Starshipit으로 라벨 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add the Starshipit shipping method by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:191 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select Starshipit in" " the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 방법 추가` 팝업창에서 :guilabel:`배송 방법` 필드에 있는 Starshipit을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:194 msgid "" "Calculate the shipping rate by clicking :guilabel:`Get rate`. Finally, click" " :guilabel:`Add` to include the cost of shipping to the sales order line, " "labeled as the *delivery product*." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`요금 확인하기` 를 클릭하면 배송 요금을 계산합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`추가` 를 클릭하면 판매주문서 " "내역에 배송 비용이 추가되어 *배송 제품* 으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" "Automatically calculate shipping costs for Starshipit in **both** Odoo " "*Sales* and *eCommerce* applications." msgstr "Odoo *판매* 및 *이커머스* 애플리케이션 **모두** Starshipit 배송비는 자동으로 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are " "automatically generated in the chatter, which includes the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking number(s)` if the selected courier supports it." msgstr ":guilabel:`조회 번호` 가 표시됩니다(선택한 배송업체에서 지원하는 경우)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Starshipit connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr ":guilabel:`반송 라벨` 을 반환하도록 Starshipit 커넥터가 설정된 경우." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of a shipped order in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 출고된 주문의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:214 msgid "" "Package weight in Odoo is calculated by adding the weights of the products " "plus the empty package saved in the database. Ensure the correct shipping " "option is selected, as the package weight is not automatically verified." msgstr "" "Odoo의 패키지 중량은 품목과 데이터베이스에 저장된 빈 패키지 중량을 더하여 계산됩니다. 패키지 중량은 자동으로 확인되지 않으므로 배송" " 옵션이 알맞게 선택되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:218 msgid "" "Verify the destination address, as Starshipit checks it when the order is " "created." msgstr "배송지 주소를 승인해야 하며, 주문서를 생성할 때 Starshipit에서 주소를 확인해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" "Finally, some couriers may require other information, such as an email " "address or phone number. Please ensure that all necessary information are " "set upon sending a shipping order." msgstr "" "마지막으로, 일부 배송업체의 경우 이메일 주소나 전화번호와 같은 기타 정보를 요청할 수 있습니다. 배송주문서를 전송할 때 필수 정보가 " "모든 설정되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Returns" msgstr "반품" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "Starshipit allows returns with the following couriers:" msgstr "Starshipit으로 다음 배송업체를 통해 반품을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:227 msgid "Australia Post eParcel" msgstr "호주 우편 eParcel" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:228 msgid "TNT" msgstr "TNT" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:229 msgid "Couriers Please" msgstr "배송업체 요청" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:230 msgid "Aramex" msgstr "Aramex" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:231 msgid "StarTrack" msgstr "StarTrack" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:232 msgid "DHL Express" msgstr "DHL Express" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "NZ Post Domestic" msgstr "뉴질랜드 국내 우편" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "This can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`Return` smart button on the " "intended delivery order. If the selected courier supports returns, the " ":guilabel:`Print Return Label` button will be available." msgstr "" "반품을 하려는 배송주문서에서 :guilabel:`반품` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다. 선택한 배송업체에서 반품을 지원하는 경우 " ":guilabel:`반품 ​​라벨 인쇄` 버튼을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Cancellations" msgstr "취소" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" "If a delivery order is cancelled in Odoo, it will be automatically archived " "in Starshipit. However, the cancellation will not be sent to the courier " "itself, so make sure to log onto the courier's platform to handle the " "cancellation manually." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 배송 주문이 취소되면 자동으로 Starshipit에 보관됩니다. 단, 운송업체에서 자체로 취소 내용이 전달되지 않으니 반드시" " 운송업체 플랫폼에 로그인하여 직접 취소 처리해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "Third-party shipping carriers" msgstr "외부 배송업체" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "" "Users can link third-party shipping carriers to Odoo databases, in order to " "verify carriers' delivery to specific addresses, :doc:`automatically " "calculate shipping costs <../setup_configuration>`, and :doc:`generate " "shipping labels `." msgstr "" "사용자는 외부 배송업체를 Odoo 데이터베이스에 연결할 수 있으며, 이를 통해 배송업체에서 지정된 주소로 배송하는지 여부를 확인할 수 " "있으며 :doc:`배송비를 자동으로 계산 <../setup_configuration>` 하거나 :doc:`배송 라벨을 생성 " "` 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:14 msgid "" "In Odoo, shipping carriers can be applied to a sales order (SO), invoice, or" " delivery order. For tips on resolving common issues when configuring " "shipping connectors, skip to the :ref:`Troubleshooting " "` section." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 배송업체를 판매주문서 (SO), 청구서 또는 배송주문서에 지정할 수 있습니다. 배송 커넥터 설정 시 일반적인 문제 해결에 " "대한 팁을 확인하려면 :ref:`문제 해결 `" " 색션으로 건너뜁니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`" msgstr ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23 msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:" msgstr "다음은 Odoo에서 선택할 수 있는 배송 커넥터 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "Carrier" msgstr "운송업체" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:30 msgid "Region availability" msgstr "가능 지역" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`FedEx `" msgstr ":doc:`FedEx `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:36 msgid "All" msgstr "전체" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid ":doc:`DHL Express `" msgstr ":doc:`DHL Express `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`UPS `" msgstr ":doc:`UPS `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37 msgid "US Postal Service" msgstr "미국 우편 서비스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "United States of America" msgstr "아메리카 합중국" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud `" msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 msgid "Some European countries (see details below)" msgstr "유럽 국가 일부(아래의 세부 정보 참조)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`Bpost `" msgstr ":doc:`Bpost `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "벨기에" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "Easypost" msgstr "Easypost" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:44 msgid "North America" msgstr "북미 지역" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45 msgid "Shiprocket" msgstr "Shiprocket" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "India" msgstr "인도" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`Starshipit `" msgstr ":doc:`Starshipit `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48 msgid "Australia and New Zealand" msgstr "호주 및 뉴질랜드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported." msgstr "DHL에서 다른 서비스는 **지원되지 않습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:53 msgid "" "Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, " "Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** " "any European country." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow " "these steps:" msgstr "Odoo에서 외부 배송업체를 알맞게 설정하려면 다음의 단계와 같이 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Install the shipping connector `." msgstr ":ref:`배송 커넥터 설치`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up delivery method `." msgstr "" ":ref:`배송 방법 설정`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63 msgid "" ":ref:`Activate production environment " "`." msgstr ":ref:`생산 환경 활성화 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure warehouse `." msgstr "" ":ref:`창고 환경설정 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Specify weight of products `." msgstr ":ref:`품목 중량 지정하기 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70 msgid "Install shipping connector" msgstr "배송 커넥터 설치하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72 msgid "" "To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "배송 커넥터를 설치하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:74 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party " "shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping " "connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 커넥터` 섹션에서 외부 배송업체의 확인란을 선택하면 설치할 수 있습니다. 한 번에 여러 개의 외부 배송 커넥터를" " 선택하는 것도 가능합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" ":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with" " operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, " "refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules ` " "documentation." msgstr "" "또한 :doc:`배송 방법 <../setup_configuration>` 을 *판매*, *이커머스* 및 *웹사이트* 앱에 있는 작업과 " "통합할 수 있습니다. 설치하려면 :ref:`앱 및 모듈 설치 ` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 선택할 수 있는 배송 커넥터 옵션입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin " "by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`, and select the desired delivery method." msgstr "" "API 자격 증명을 설정하고 배송업체를 활성화하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 배송 방법` " "으로 이동하여 원하는 배송 방법을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97 msgid "" "The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same " ":guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic " "shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:100 msgid "" "Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as " ":doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`." msgstr "" ":doc:`포장 <../../product_management/configure/packaging>` 등, 지정된 목적에 따라 추가로 " "배송 방법을 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr ":doc:`배송 방법 환경설정 <../setup_configuration>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "" "Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the " "*Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the " "desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart " "button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" "*웹사이트* 앱에서 배송 방법을 사용할 수 있게 하려면 게시가 되어 있는지 확인합니다. 웹사이트에 배송 방법을 게시하려면 원하는 배송 " "방법을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`게시되지 않음` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그렇게 하면 스마트 버튼이 :guilabel:`게시됨`" " 으로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, " "including:" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 방법` 페이지에는 다음과 같이 공급업체에 대한 세부 정보가 나타나 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 방법`(*필수 필드*): 배송 방법의 이름입니다(예: `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU` 등)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that" " is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable " "website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to " "all web pages." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`웹사이트`: 데이터베이스의 특정 웹사이트에 연결되어 있는 *이커머스* 페이지에 대한 배송 방법을 설정합니다. 드롭다운" " 메뉴에서 해당 웹사이트를 선택하거나, 모든 웹페이지에 적용되게 하려면 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery " "service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration " "Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` " "fields become available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an " ":ref:`estimated shipment cost `" " on an |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:128 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate " "shipping labels `." msgstr ":guilabel:`요금 확인하기 및 배송 생성` 을 선택한 후 :doc:`배송 라벨 생성 ` 도 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name " "that is added to the |SO| or invoice." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 품목`(*필수 필드*): |SO| 또는 청구서에 추가되는 배송료의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated " "cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real" " cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping " "costs ` document." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`청구서 발행 정책`: 배정업체에서 직배송하는 경우의 :guilabel:`예상 비용` 을 선택하여 계산합니다. 해당 " "내용 대신 :guilabel:`실제 배송비` 를 선택하려면 :doc:`실제 배송비 청구 ` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to" " the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, " "packaging materials, exchange rates, etc." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`요금 마진`: 추가적인 백분율 금액을 지정하여 취급 수수료, 포장재, 환율 등 추가 비용을 충당하기 위해 기본 배송 " "요금에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders " "surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding " ":guilabel:`Amount` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the " "shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in" " transit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149 msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method." msgstr "FedEx 배송 방법 스크린샷" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149 msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`." msgstr "`FedEx US`에 대한 **배송 방법** 환경설정 페이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields " "(e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party" " shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For " "more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the " "following documents:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`환경설정` 탭에서 API 자격 증명 필드 (예: API 키, 비밀번호, 계정 번호 등)를 입력합니다. " ":guilabel:`제공업체` 에서 선택한 타사 운송업체에 따라 :guilabel:`환경설정` 탭의 필수 입력 항목이 달라집니다. 특정 " "운송업체용 자격 증명을 환경설정하는 자세한 내용에 대해서는 다음 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials `" msgstr ":doc:`DHL 자격 증명 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials `" msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud 자격 증명 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials `" msgstr ":doc:`UPS 자격 증명 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:165 msgid "Production environment" msgstr "생산 환경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:167 msgid "" "With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test " "Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:171 msgid "" "Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** " "shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their " "carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers " "for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the " "delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" "배송 방법을 :guilabel:`프로덕션` 으로 설정할 경우 **실제** 배송 라벨이 생성되며, 고객에게 요금 청구가 되기 **전에** " "사용자의 배송업체 계정 (예: UPS, FedEx 등)으로 배송비가 먼저 청구될 위험이 있습니다. 배송 방법을 " ":guilabel:`프로덕션` 으로 시작하기 전에 환경설정이 모두 정확히 되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button." msgstr "\"테스트 환경\" 스마트 버튼을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:185 msgid "" "Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and " ":guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " "the desired warehouse." msgstr "" "창고의 :guilabel:`주소`(우편번호 포함) 및 :guilabel:`전화` 번호가 정확하게 입력되어 있는지 확인합니다. 확인하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 창고` 로 이동하여 원하는 창고를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:189 msgid "" "On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "창고 환경설정 페이지에서 :guilabel:`회사` 필드를 클릭하면 창고 연락처 페이지가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field." msgstr "\"회사\" 필드를 강조 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:196 msgid "" "Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are " "correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show company address and phone number." msgstr "회사 주소와 전화번호를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:206 msgid "Product weight" msgstr "품목 중량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:208 msgid "" "For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "selecting the desired product." msgstr "" "배송업체 통합이 정상적으로 작동되기 위해서는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 원하는 " "품목을 선택한 후 품목 중량을 지정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the " ":guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form." msgstr "제품 양식의 재고 관리 탭에 \"중량\" 필드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:221 msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier" msgstr "외부 배송업체 적용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:223 msgid "" "Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or " "delivery order." msgstr "배송업체를 :abbr:`SO(판매주문서)`, 청구서 또는 배송주문서에 적용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:225 msgid "" "After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method " "` in Odoo, create or" " navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders " "--> Quotations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:232 msgid "Sales order" msgstr "판매주문서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:234 msgid "" "To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of " "shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of " "shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" "외부 배송업체를 지정한 후 예상 배송비를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 주문서 --> 견적서` 로 이동합니다. " "견적서를 새로 생성하거나 기존 견적서를 선택한 후 외부 배송업체를 이용할 경우의 배송비를 견적에 추가하며, :guilabel:`주문 " "내역` 탭의 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송 추가` 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation." msgstr "견적서 하단에 \"배송 추가\" 버튼이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243 msgid "" "In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the" " intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The " ":guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:" msgstr "" "그 결과 나타나는 :guilabel:`배송 방법 추가` 팝업창의 :guilabel:`배송 방법` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 배송업체를 " "선택합니다. :guilabel:`비용` 필드는 다음을 기준으로 자동 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:247 msgid "" "the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is " "not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights " "` in the order is used)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:249 msgid "" "the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address " "` and the customer's " "address." msgstr "" "창고의 :ref:`원래 주소 ` 와 " "고객 주소 사이의 거리입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:254 msgid "" "After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` " "field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` " "pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the " "|SO| or invoice." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 방법` 필드에서 타사 공급업체를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`배송 방법 추가` 팝업 창에서 " ":guilabel:`요금 받기` 를 클릭하여 배송 커넥터를 통한 예상 비용을 확인합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`추가` 버튼을 " "클릭하여 배송료를 |SO| 또는 청구서에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:260 msgid "" ":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery `" msgstr ":doc:`제품 배송 후 고객에게 배송비 청구하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:267 msgid "" "For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the " "shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, " "and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as " ":guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`." msgstr "" "*판매* 앱을 설치하지 않고 배송하려면, 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱으로 이동하여 배송주문서에 배송업체를 " "지정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`재고 개요` 현황판에서 :guilabel:`배송주문서` 작업 유형을 선택하고 아직 " ":guilabel:`완료` 또는 :guilabel:`취소됨` 으로 표시되지 않은 배송주문서를 선택합니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:273 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to" " the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set " "to :ref:`production mode `, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`추가 정보` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`배송업체` 항목에 원하는 외부 배송업체를 설정합니다. 배송 방법을 " ":ref:`프로덕션 모드 ` 로 설정할 " "경우 :guilabel:`추적 참조` 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels `" msgstr ":doc:`배송 라벨 생성 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab." msgstr "배송주문서에서 \"추가 정보\" 탭을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:288 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "문제 해결" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:290 msgid "" "Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some " "checks to try when things are not working as expected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:293 msgid "" "Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information " "` (e.g., address and " "phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the " "shipping provider's website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:296 msgid "" "Verify that the :ref:`package type ` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure " "the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" " :ref:`패키지 유형 ` 과 매개변수가 배송업체에 대한 " "유효한 내용인지 확인합니다. 확인하려면 배송업체 웹사이트에서 직접 배송을 생성할 수 있는지 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:299 msgid "" "When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the " "provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to " ":ref:`production environment `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:303 msgid "" "Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify" " the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the " "*debug logs*." msgstr "" "그런 다음 배송업체 웹사이트 및 Odoo 양쪽에서 배송을 생성한 후 요금이 Odoo와 배송업체에서 동일한지 *디버그 로그* 에서 " "확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:307 msgid "" "When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says " "the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the " "package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's " "side." msgstr "" "디버그 로그에서 가격 불일치 내용을 확인할 때 요청 사항에는 패키지 무게가 6kg이라고 되어 있으나 FedEx에서 확인 시 패키지 무게가" " 7kg인 경우에는 FedEx 측에 문제가 있는 것으로 결론을 내립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:312 msgid "Debug log" msgstr "디버그 로그" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:314 msgid "" "Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that," " go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping" " method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate " ":guilabel:`Debug Requests`." msgstr "" "디버그 로그를 활성화하여 배송 데이터가 불일치하는 내역을 추적합니다. 배송 방법에 대한 설정 페이지 (:menuselection:`재고 " "관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 배송 방법`)로 이동하여 원하는 배송 방법을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`디버그 요청` 을 " "활성화하려면 :guilabel:`디버그 안함` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button." msgstr "\"디버그 없음\" 스마트 버튼을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:323 msgid "" "With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector " "is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the " ":guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer " "mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical" " --> Database Structure section --> Logging`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`디버그 요청` 이 활성화되어 있으면 배송 커넥터를 사용하여 예상 배송비를 계산할 때마다 :guilabel:`로깅` " "보고서에 레코드가 저장됩니다. 보고서에 액세스하려면 :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 를 켜고 " ":menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 기술 --> 데이터베이스 구조 섹션 --> 로깅` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:329 msgid "" "Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate " "` button is clicked on " ":abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the " "shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app." msgstr "" "배송 방법에 대한 로그가 생성되는 경우는, :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)` 및 청구서에서 :ref:`요금 확인 " "` 버튼을 클릭할 때마다이며, **동시에** 고객이 " "*웹사이트* 앱을 통해 주문에 배송업체를 추가하는 경우입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu." msgstr "\"기술\" 메뉴에서 \"로깅\" 옵션을 찾는 방법을 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:338 msgid "" "Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the " "correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP " "response*, verify that the same information is received." msgstr "" "*HTTP 요청* 항목을 클릭하여 세부 페이지를 열고 Odoo에서 배송업체로 정확한 정보가 전송되었는지 확인합니다. *HTTP 응답* " "에서 동일한 정보가 수신되는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging." msgstr "설정 > 기술 > 로깅에서 디버그 요청 기록을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "UPS integration" msgstr "UPS 통합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "UPS is a shipping carrier service that integrates with Odoo to coordinate " "shipping to all regions. Once integrated, users can create shipping methods " "that estimate shipping costs and :doc:`generate labels `." msgstr "" "UPS는 Odoo와 통합되어 전지역으로 배송 서비스를 진행하는고 있는 배송업체입니다. 통합을 하게 되면 배송 방법을 선택한 후 예상 " "배송비를 확인하거나 :doc:`라벨 생성 `을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:12 msgid "To set up the UPS shipping connector in Odoo, complete these steps:" msgstr "Odoo에서 UPS 배송 커넥터를 설정하려면 다음 단계를 완료합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:14 msgid "" "Create a UPS account to get :ref:`account number " "`" msgstr "" "UPS 계정을 생성하면 :ref:`계정 번호 ` " "를 받을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:16 msgid "" "Create UPS developer account to get :ref:`client credentials " "`" msgstr "" "UPS 개발자 계정을 생성하면 :ref:`클라이언트 자격 증명 ` 을 받을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:18 msgid "Set up shipping method in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo 배송 방법 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:21 msgid "" "When configuring a shipping method to use UPS, make sure the " ":guilabel:`Provider` is set to :guilabel:`UPS`, **NOT** :guilabel:`UPS " "Legacy`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:24 msgid "" "If shipping methods currently exist with the :guilabel:`Provider` set to " ":guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive them, and create new shipping methods using " ":guilabel:`UPS`, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:28 msgid "UPS account setup" msgstr "UPS 계정 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "To get started, go to the `UPS website `_ and click the" " :guilabel:`Log In` button in the top-right corner to log in or create a UPS" " account." msgstr "" "시작하려면 `UPS 웹사이트 `_ 로 이동하여 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:` 로그인` " "버튼을 클릭하여 로그인하거나 UPS 계정을 생성하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:33 msgid "" "After logging in, click the profile icon in the top-right corner, and select" " :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Show how to navigate to the \"Accounts and Payment\" page from the home " "screen." msgstr "홈 화면에서 \"계정 및 결제\" 페이지로 이동하는 방법을 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment Options` page, two accounts must be " "configured: an Odoo shipment account and a payment card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:44 msgid "Shipping account" msgstr "배송 계정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "To add an Odoo shipment account, select :guilabel:`Add New Account` from the" " :guilabel:`Add a Payment Method` drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display \"Add an account\" option from the drop-down menu." msgstr "드롭다운 메뉴에서 \"계정 추가\" 옵션을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:53 msgid "" "On the next screen, labeled :guilabel:`Open a Shipping Account`, complete " "the forms to configure the shipping account type (e.g. :guilabel:`Business`)" " and if any regulated items will be shipped. Then finish the remaining three" " steps in the wizard to :guilabel:`Add Addresses`, :guilabel:`Verify " "Identity`, and :guilabel:`Explore Discounts`, with the last option being " "optional." msgstr "" "다음 화면에서 :guilabel:`배송 계정 열기` 라고 표시된 양식을 작성하여 배송 계정 유형(예: :guilabel:`비즈니스`)을 " "설정하고 규제 품목에 대한 배송 여부를 설정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주소 추가`, :guilabel:`신원 확인` 및 " ":guilabel:`할인 검색` 마법사의 나머지 세 단계를 완료하되, 마지막 옵션은 선택 사항입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:58 msgid "" "When complete, submit the application on the last page of the wizard to " "finish setting up the shipping account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display UPS form to fill out company shipping information." msgstr "회사 배송 정보를 입력하는 UPS 양식을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:68 msgid "Get account number" msgstr "계정 번호 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:70 msgid "" "With the shipping account set up, the UPS :guilabel:`Account Number` becomes" " available. To access it, navigate to :menuselection:`Profile --> Accounts " "and Payment` and refer to the shipping account's :guilabel:`Number` field." msgstr "" "배송 계정을 설정하면 UPS :guilabel:`고객 번호` 를 사용할 수 있습니다. 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`프로필 " "--> 계정 및 결제` 로 이동하여 배송 계정 :guilabel:`번호` 항목을 참조합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show Account \"Number\" field for the shipping account." msgstr "배송 계정에 대한 계정 \"번호\" 필드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:79 msgid "Payment card" msgstr "결제 카드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payments` page and select the " ":guilabel:`Add Payment Card` option from the :guilabel:`Add a Payment " "Method` drop-down menu. Then, complete the form to add the credit card " "information." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`계정 및 결제` 페이지로 다시 돌아가서 :guilabel:`결제 수단 추가` 드롭다운 메뉴에 있는 " ":guilabel:`결제 카드 추가` 옵션을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 신용카드 정보를 추가하여 양식을 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Add Payment Card\" option from the drop-down." msgstr "드롭다운에서 \"결제 카드 추가\" 옵션을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:90 msgid "UPS developer account setup" msgstr "UPS 개발자 계정 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:92 msgid "" "Next, log into the `UPS developer account `_ to " "generate the developer key. To begin, click the profile icon in the top-" "right corner, and choose the :guilabel:`Apps` option from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" "그런 다음 `UPS 개발자 계정 `_ 에 로그인하여 개발자 키를 생성합니다. 시작하려면 " "오른쪽 상단에 있는 프로필 아이콘을 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`앱` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Display the \"Apps\" drop-down option after clicking the profile picture " "icon." msgstr "프로필 사진 아이콘을 클릭하면 \"앱\" 드롭다운 옵션이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:101 msgid "Add app" msgstr "앱 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:103 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Add Apps` button to begin filling out the form. " "In the :guilabel:`I need API credentials because \\*` field, select " ":guilabel:`I want to integrate UPS technology into my business`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`앱 추가` 버튼을 클릭하여 양식을 작성합니다. :guilabel:`\\* 목적으로 API 자격 증명이 " "필요합니다` 항목에서 :guilabel:`내 비즈니스에 UPS 기능을 통합합니다` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:107 msgid "" "Under the next label, :guilabel:`Choose an account to associate with these " "credentials. \\*`, select :guilabel:`Add existing account` from the drop-" "down menu in the corresponding field, and then select the :ref:`account " "number ` linked to the UPS " "account created in the previous step." msgstr "" "다음의 :guilabel:`이 자격 증명과 연결할 계정을 선택하세요. \\*` 라벨 아래에서, 해당 필드에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴 중 " ":guilabel:`기존 계정 추가` 를 선택한 다음, 이전 단계에서 생성한 UPS 연결 :ref:`계정 번호 " "` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show form to fill in the UPS account number." msgstr "UPS 계정 번호를 입력하는 양식을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:116 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Next`, and proceed to the :guilabel:`Add App` form, and " "fill out the fields:" msgstr ":guilabel:`다음` 을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`앱 추가` 양식으로 이동한 후 필드에 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`App Name`: Type the name to identify the app by." msgstr ":guilabel:`앱 이름`: 앱을 식별할 이름을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Callback URL`: Type the URL of the Odoo database, in the format: " "`https://databaseName.odoo.com`. Do **not** include `www` in the URL." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add Products` section on the right, search for and click " "the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon to add the following products to the app:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Authorization (O Auth)`: Used to generate the authorization token" " to request information from the UPS API." msgstr ":guilabel:`인증(O 인증)`: UPS API에서 정보를 요청하는 인증 토큰을 생성하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address Validation`: Validates addresses at the street level in " "the United States and Puerto Rico." msgstr ":guilabel:`주소 승인`: 미국 및 푸에르토리코 지역에서 도로명 수준으로 주소를 승인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locator`: Enables search for UPS shipping locations based on type" " and available services." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치 검색`: 유형 및 사용할 수 있는 서비스를 기준으로 UPS 배송 위치를 검색할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paperless Documents`: Enables the upload of document images to " "link to shipments." msgstr ":guilabel:`종이없는 문서`: 문서 이미지를 업로드하여 배송품에 링크할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping`: Enables UPS shipping services, such as preparing " "packages for shipment, managing returns, and cancelling scheduled shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Rating`: Compare delivery services and shipping rates." msgstr ":guilabel:`평가`: 배송 서비스와 배송비를 비교합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:136 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` and accept UPS's terms and conditions." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하고 UPS의 이용 약관에 동의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:139 msgid "`UPS API Catalog `_" msgstr "`UPS API 카탈로그 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Add Apps\" form, where the app details are configured." msgstr "\"앱 추가\" 양식을 표시하며, 여기에는 앱 세부 정보가 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:148 msgid "Client ID and Client Secret" msgstr "클라이언트 ID 및 클라이언트 비밀번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:150 msgid "" "With the new app created, in the :menuselection:`Profile --> My Apps --> " "App` page, select the app from the :guilabel:`Credentials` section to view " "the UPS credentials." msgstr "" "새 앱이 생성되면 :menuselection:`프로필 --> 내 앱 --> 앱` 페이지에 있는 :guilabel:`자격 증명` 섹션에서 " "앱을 선택하여 UPS 자격 증명을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show newly created app in the \"My Apps\" section." msgstr "새로 생성된 앱이 \"내 앱\" 섹션에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:157 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` and " ":guilabel:`Client Secret` key." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`자격 증명` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID` 및 :guilabel:`클라이언트 비밀번호` 키를 " "복사합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Display the \"Client ID\" and \"Client Secret\" key." msgstr "클라이언트 ID와 \"클라이언트 비밀번호\" 키를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:167 msgid "" "With the credentials obtained, configure the UPS shipping method in Odoo by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:170 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 방법` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:173 msgid "" "For existing UPS shipping methods whose :guilabel:`Provider` is " ":guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive it and create a new shipping method using " ":guilabel:`UPS`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:176 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`UPS`. Doing so reveals " "the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, where various fields must be entered." " For details instructions on configuring the other fields on the shipping " "method, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party carrier " "` documentation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`업체` 필드에서 :guilabel:`UPS` 를 선택합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`UPS 환경설정` 탭이 " "나타나며 반드시 여기 있는 여러 가지 필드에 입력을 완료해야 합니다. 배송 방법과 관련된 다른 필드 관련 자세한 환경설정 방법은 " ":doc:`외부 배송업체 환경설정 ` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:181 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:" msgstr ":guilabel:`UPS 환경설정` 탭에서 다음 필드를 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:183 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Account Number`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`account number " "` from the UPS portal." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UPS 계정 번호`: (*필수*) UPS 포털에서 :ref:`계정 번호 " "` 를 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Client ID`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client ID " "` from the UPS developer " "website." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UPS 클라이언트 ID`: (*필수*) UPS 개발자 웹사이트에서 :ref:`클라이언트 ID " "` 를 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:187 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Client Secret`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client Secret " "` key from the UPS developer " "website." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UPS 클라이언트 비밀번호`: (*필수*) UPS 개발자 웹사이트에서 :ref:`클라이언트 비밀번호 " "` 키를 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Service Type`: Select from the drop-down menu the type of " "shipping service." msgstr ":guilabel:`UPS 서비스 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 배송 서비스 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:190 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UPS Package Type`: (*required*) Select from the drop-down menu " "the :doc:`package type <../../product_management/configure/package>` that is" " supported for the shipping service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:192 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure for the package weight." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 중량 단위`: 패키지 중량의 측정 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:193 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Size Unit`: The unit of measure for the package " "dimensions." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지 사이즈 단위`: 패키지 사이즈에 대한 측정 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Label Format`: Choose the label format shipping labels: " ":guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`ZPL`, :guilabel:`EPL`, or :guilabel:`SPL`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`라벨 형식`: 배송 라벨의 라벨 형식을 :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`ZPL`, " ":guilabel:`EPL` 또는 :guilabel:`SPL` 중에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"UPS Configuration\" tab on the Shipping Methods form." msgstr "\"UPS 환경설정\" 탭을 배송 방법 양식에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:201 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Options` section, the following features are available:" msgstr ":guilabel:`옵션` 섹션에서 다음 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill My Account`: Charge the user's UPS account for shipping in " "the *eCommerce* app." msgstr ":guilabel:`내 계정에 비용 청구`: *이커머스* 앱에서 사용자의 UPS 계정에 배송비를 청구합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Collect on Delivery`: Collect payment from customers for shipping" " after the shipment is delivered." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 시 수금`: 물품이 배송된 후 고객에게서 배송비를 수금합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Print the return label for the order " "after the delivery order is validated." msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 ​​라벨 생성`: 배송주문서가 승인된 후 주문서에 대한 반품 라벨을 인쇄합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Select whether duties or other fees are charged " "to the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient` of the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:3 msgid "Zebra label configuration" msgstr "Zebra 라벨 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, labels printed in the Zebra Programming Language (ZPL) file format " "are designed to fit a four-by-six inch label. To resize (or reformat) text " "to fit a variety of |ZPL| label sizes, :ref:`navigate to the ZPL label view " "`, and alter the |ZPL| code." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 Zebra 프로그래밍 언어 (ZPL: Zebra Programming Language) 파일 형식으로 라벨을 인쇄할 경우 " "4x6인치 라벨에 맞도록 설계되어 있습니다. 다양한 |ZPL| 라벨 크기에 맞게 텍스트 크기를 조정 (또는 서식 재지정)하려면 " ":ref:`ZPL 라벨 보기 ` 로 이동하여 |ZPL| 코드를 " "변경하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:13 msgid "" "When customizing code in Odoo, please note that upgrading the database to " "newer versions may break custom |ZPL| code. **Customers are responsible for " "maintaining their custom code**." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 코드를 사용자 지정할 때 데이터베이스를 최신 버전으로 업그레이드할 경우, 사용자 지정 |ZPL| 코드가 손상될 수 있습니다." " **고객은 사용자 지정 코드를 관리해야 할 책임이 있습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:16 msgid "" "Refer to the following sections for explanations, and example code, for " "frequently requested Zebra label customizations." msgstr "다음의 섹션에서 자주 요청되는 Zebra 라벨 사용자 지정에 대한 설명과 예제 코드를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Adjust margins `" msgstr ":ref:`마진 조정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`Enlarge/minimize barcodes `" msgstr ":ref:`바코드 확대/축소 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Rotate elements `" msgstr ":ref:`요소 회전 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:26 msgid "Navigate to ZPL label view" msgstr "ZPL 라벨 보기로 이동하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:28 msgid "" "To begin customizing a Zebra label in Odoo, turn on :ref:`developer mode " "`, and on the main Odoo dashboard, type `Reports`. From the " "search results that appear in the resulting pop-up window, choose " ":guilabel:`Settings / Technical / Reporting / Reports` to open the " ":guilabel:`Reports` page." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 Zebra 라벨을 사용자 지정하려면 :ref:`개발자 모드 `를 실행한 후 기본 Odoo " "현황판에서 `보고서` 를 입력합니다. 팝업 창이 열리면 검색 결과에서 :guilabel:`설정 / 기술 / 보고 / 보고서` 를 선택하여" " :guilabel:`보고서` 페이지를 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:34 msgid "" "To manually navigate to the :guilabel:`Reports` page, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Reporting: Reports`." msgstr "" "수동으로 :guilabel:`보고서` 페이지에 이동하려면 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 기술 --> 보고: 보고서` 메뉴를" " 이용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst-1 msgid "Show global search result for \"Reports\"." msgstr "\"보고서\" 에 대한 전체 검색 결과를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:41 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Reports` page, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type " "`ZPL`, and hit :kbd:`Enter`. Upon doing so, Odoo presents a list of " "available Zebra labels in Odoo. Select the desired Zebra label from the list" " to modify it on a separate page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`보고서` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에 `ZPL` 을 입력한 후 :kbd:`엔터` 를 누릅니다." " 그렇게 하면 Odoo에서 사용할 수 있는 Zebra 라벨 목록이 표시됩니다. 사용할 Zebra 라벨을 목록에서 선택한 후 별도의 " "페이지에서 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:46 msgid "Printable ZPL labels in Odoo:" msgstr "Odoo에서 인쇄할 수 있는 ZPL 라벨:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:48 msgid ":ref:`lot/serial number `" msgstr ":ref:`로트/일련번호 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:49 msgid "operation type" msgstr "작업 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:50 msgid "package barcode" msgstr "패키지 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:51 msgid ":ref:`product label `" msgstr ":ref:`품목 라벨 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:52 msgid "product packaging" msgstr "품목 포장" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:53 msgid "finished product (Odoo *Manufacturing* app required)" msgstr "완제품(Odoo *제조 관리* 앱 필요)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:55 msgid "" "Next, click the :icon:`fa-code` :guilabel:`Qweb Views` smart button, and " "choose the desired label :doc:`view " "<../../../../../developer/reference/user_interface/view_records>`." msgstr "" "다음으로 :icon:`fa-code` :guilabel:`Qweb 보기` 스마트 버튼을 클릭한 후 원하는 :doc:`보기 " "<../../../../../developer/reference/user_interface/view_records>` 라벨을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:62 msgid "Show Qweb smart button on the Lot and Serial Number (ZPL) report." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호(ZPL) 보고서에 Qweb 스마트 버튼을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:62 msgid "" "**Lot and Serial Number (ZPL)** report, highlighting the Qweb smart button." msgstr "**로트 및 일련 번호(ZPL)** 보고서로, Qweb 스마트 버튼이 강조 표시되어 있습니다.." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:64 msgid "" "On the resulting view form, go to the :guilabel:`Architecture` tab to view " "the |ZPL| code." msgstr "결과 보기 양식에서 :guilabel:`구조` 탭으로 이동하여 |ZPL| 코드를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:67 msgid "" "To ensure the customization is **not** overwritten during an update, click " "the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon on the view page. Then, select the" " :guilabel:`View Metadata` option from the resulting drop-down menu, in " "order to open the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window. Then, ensure the " ":guilabel:`No Update` field is set to :guilabel:`true (change)`. Click " ":guilabel:`Ok` to exit the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window." msgstr "" "업데이트 중에 사용자 지정 내용이 덮어쓰기가 되지 **않도록** 하려면 보기 페이지에서 :icon:`fa-bug` " ":guilabel:`(버그)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 :guilabel:`메타데이터 보기` 옵션을 " "선택하면 :guilabel:`메타데이터 보기` 팝업창을 열립니다. 다음으로 :guilabel:`업데이트 없음` 필드가 " ":guilabel:`예 (변경)` 으로 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다. :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`메타데이터" " 보기` 팝업창을 종료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst-1 msgid "Architecture tab in the view." msgstr "보기에 있는 아키텍처 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:80 msgid "Adjust margin" msgstr "여백 조정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:82 msgid "" "Text gets cut off from standard |ZPL| labels printed in Odoo when the line " "exceeds fifty-five characters. To fit long product names, or lot numbers, on" " a single line, adjust the margin." msgstr "" "텍스트가 55자를 초과하면 Odoo의표준 |ZPL| 인쇄 라벨에서 텍스트가 잘립니다. 품목명이나 로트번호가 길 경우 한 줄에 맞추려면 " "여백을 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:85 msgid "" "To begin, navigate to the :ref:`ZPL code of the label " "` in the :guilabel:`Architecture` " "tab. In the |ZPL| code for product labels, look for the `^FT` command, which" " specifies where to start placing the text, or graphic element, on the " "label. The two numbers immediately following `^FT` define the x-coordinate " "and y-coordinate in dots (:dfn:`similar to pixels for printers`) from the " "left and top margins." msgstr "" "시작하려면 :guilabel:`아키텍처` 탭에서 :ref:`라벨의 ZPL 코드 " "` 로 이동합니다. 품목 레이블의 |ZPL| 코드에서 라벨에 " "텍스트나 그래픽 요소를 배치할 위치를 지정하는 `^FT` 명령을 찾습니다. `^FT` 바로 뒤에 오는 두 개의 숫자는 왼쪽과 위쪽 " "여백에서 점 (:dfn:`프린터의 픽셀과 유사`)으로 x 좌표와 y 좌표를 정의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:92 msgid "" "When customizing lot/serial number labels, look for the `^FO` command, " "instead of `^FT`." msgstr "로트/일련번호 라벨을 사용자 지정하는 경우, `^FT` 대신 `^FO` 명령어를 검색합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:96 msgid "" "The following is an example where the product's name gets cut off with " "Odoo's default |ZPL| formatting. In the **Fixed** tab, the x-coordinate of " "the starting position of the label is changed from `^FT100,80` to `^FT0,80`," " to fit the entire name." msgstr "" "다음은 Odoo의 기본 |ZPL| 서식에서 품목명의 일부가 잘린 예입니다. **고정** 탭에서 라벨 시작 위치의 x 좌표가 전체 이름에 " "맞도록 `^FT100,80` 에서 `^FT0,80` 으로 변경되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:203 msgid "Default" msgstr "기본" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label with the product name cut off." msgstr "품목명이 잘린 바코드 라벨의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:209 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:225 msgid "**Code**:" msgstr "**코드**:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:219 msgid "Modified" msgstr "수정됨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "" "Example barcode label with the product name margin adjusted to the left." msgstr "품목명에 있는 여백이 왼쪽으로 조정된 바코드 라벨의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:135 msgid "Resize barcode" msgstr "바코드 크기 조정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:137 msgid "" "To adjust the size of the barcode to scale, begin by navigating to the " ":ref:`ZPL code of the label ` in the " ":guilabel:`Architecture` tab. Look for the `^FO` command (typically in the " "third line), which is the starting point of the margin for the barcode." msgstr "" "바코드 크기를 조정하려면 먼저 :guilabel:`아키텍처` 탭에서 :ref:`라벨 " "에 있는 ZPL 코드` 로 이동합니다. 바코드에서 여백이 시작되는 " "부분에 있는 `^FO` 명령어 (일반적으로 세 번째 줄에 있음)를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:141 msgid "" "The `^BY` command configures barcode size, and takes three numbers: bar " "width, width of wide bars relative to narrow bars, and bar height. By " "default, |ZPL| code in Odoo uses `^BY3`, setting the bar width to three " "dots, a typical size that is easy for barcode scanners to read." msgstr "" "^BY 명령어로 바코드 크기를 설정하며, 바코드 너비, 좁은 쪽 대비 넓은 쪽 바코드의 너비 및 바코드 높이를 나타내는 세 개의 숫자를 " "사용합니다. 기본값으로, Odoo |ZPL| 코드에서는 ^BY3을 사용하여 바코드 너비를 세 점으로 설정하며, 이 값은 바코드 스캐너에서" " 판독하기가 쉬운 일반적인 크기입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:146 msgid "To shrink the barcode to scale, `^BY3` is reduced to `^BY2`." msgstr "바코드를 줄이려면 `^BY3`을 `^BY2` 로 줄입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label." msgstr "바코드 라벨 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label with the barcode size reduced." msgstr "바코드 크기를 줄인 바코드 라벨의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:185 msgid "Rotate elements" msgstr "요소 회전" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:187 msgid "" "To rotate elements in |ZPL|, begin by navigating to the :ref:`ZPL code of " "the label ` in the " ":guilabel:`Architecture` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:190 msgid "" "The `^BC` command's first parameter (:dfn:`information that affects the " "behavior of the command`) defines the rotation of an item, which can be:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:193 msgid "`N`: display normally" msgstr "`N`: 일반으로 표시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:194 msgid "`R`: rotate 90 degrees" msgstr "`R`: 90도 회전" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:195 msgid "`I`: rotate 180 degrees" msgstr "`I`: 180도 회전" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:196 msgid "`B`: rotate 270 degrees" msgstr "`B`: 270도 회전" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:199 msgid "To rotate the barcode, `^BCN` is changed to `^BCB`." msgstr "바코드를 회전하면 `^BCN`가 `^BCB`로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label with the barcode rotated." msgstr "바코드가 회전된 바코드 라벨의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" msgstr "창고 및 보관소" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:6 msgid "Inventory management" msgstr "재고 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:8 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Inventory* app, :doc:`warehouses " "` handle the broader organization and " "distribution of stock across different physical sites, while :doc:`locations" " ` provide a more detailed breakdown " "within each warehouse for efficient item management." msgstr "" "Odoo *재고 관리* 앱에서 :doc:`창고 ` 는 다양한 실제 장소에서 " "광범위하게 재고를 구성하고 분배하는 반면, :doc:`위치 ` 는 " "효율적으로 품목 관리를 할 수 있도록 각 창고 내에서 보다 세분화하여 분류하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:13 msgid "" "This document serves as an introduction to the terminology and concepts " "necessary to master *Inventory*. For specific instructions and examples of " "how things work, refer to individual documentation pages." msgstr "" "이 문서에서 소개하고 있는 용어와 개념을 통해 *재고 관리* 에 대해 마스터할 수 있습니다. 작동 방식에 대한 구체적인 지침과 예시는 " "개별 문서 페이지를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Warehouses & Locations " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 창고 및 위치 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:33 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "창고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:23 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouses ` represent a physical " "place, with a physical address, where a company's items are stored." msgstr "" ":doc:`창고 ` 는 실제 주소가 있는 실제 장소이며 여기에서 회사의 재고를" " 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:26 msgid "" "Configure :doc:`routes <../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` " "in a warehouse to control how products move to customers, from vendors, " "within the warehouse, or :doc:`between warehouses " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" msgstr "위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:33 msgid "" ":doc:`Locations ` refer to specific " "areas within a warehouse, such as shelves, floors, or aisles. These are sub-" "divisions within a warehouse, and are unique to that warehouse. Users can " "create and manage numerous locations within a single warehouse to organize " "inventory more precisely." msgstr "" ":doc:`위치 ` 는 선반, 바닥 또는 통로와 같은 창고 내 특정 " "구역을 나타냅니다. 이는 창고 내의 하위 구역이며 해당 창고에 한해 고유한 내용입니다. 하나의 창고 내에서 여러 개의 위치를 생성 및 " "관리하여 재고를 보다 정확하게 체계화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:40 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:47 msgid "Location types" msgstr "위치 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:49 msgid "" "*Location types* in Odoo help categorize and manage where products are, and " "what actions need to be taken with them. By default, on the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations` page, only " "internal locations are displayed." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 *위치 유형* 을 통해 품목이 있는 위치와 함께 수행해야 할 작업을 분류하고 관리할 수 있습니다. 기본적으로 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 위치` 페이지에서는 내부 위치만 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:53 msgid "" "To view the seven location types in Odoo, select any location, and in the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` field, there are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: defines an area where products purchased from " "vendors originate. Items here are **not** in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`View`: used to organize and structure the warehouse hierarchy. " "For example, the view location `WH` (short for warehouse) groups all " "internal locations, such as `Stock`, receiving docks, quality checkpoints, " "and packing areas to show they all belong to the same warehouse." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`보기`: 창고에 계층을 설정하고 구조화할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, `WH` (Warehouse, 창고) 보기의 " "위치는 `재고`, 하역장, 품질 검사소, 패킹 구역과 같은 내부 위치를 모두 그룹화하여 전부 같은 창고에 속해 있다는 것을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:64 msgid "" "View locations should **not** contain products, but it is possible to move " "them there." msgstr "보기 위치에는 품목이 **없어야 하지만**, 해당 위치로 품목을 이동하는 것은 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: storage locations within the warehouse. Items" " stored in these locations are accounted for in :doc:`inventory valuation " "<../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer Location`: where sold products are tracked; items here " "are no longer in stock." msgstr ":guilabel:`고객 위치`: 판매된 품목이 추적되는 위치입니다. 여기에 있는 품목은 더 이상 재고가 아닙니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: counterpart location to consume missing items or" " create stock, accounting for discrepancies." msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 손실`: 누락된 품목을 소비 처리하거나 재고를 생성하여 불일치 사항을 소명하는 대응 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, examples of inventory loss locations are *Inventory Adjustment*, " "used to account for discrepancies during an inventory count, and *Scrap*, " "which is where damaged goods are sent to account for inventory losses." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 재고 손실 위치의 예시에는 재고 집계 중에 발생한 불일치를 설명하는 데 사용되는 *재고 조정* 및 손상된 상품을 이동하여 " "재고 손실로 처리하는 *폐기* 의 경우가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:80 msgid "" "`Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment` is a location with the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Loss` type. The database shows `65` units in " "`WH/Stock`, but an inventory check reveals `60`. To correct the quantity, " "five units are moved from `WH/Stock` to `Virtual Locations/Inventory " "Adjustment`." msgstr "" "`가상 위치/재고 조정`은 :guilabel:`재고 손실` 유형에 속하는 하나의 위치입니다. 데이터베이스에는 `WH/재고` 에 단위가 " "`65`개로 표시되지만 재고 확인 결과 표시된 수량은 `60`입니다. 수량을 고치려면 5개의 단위를 `WH/재고` 에서 `가상 위치/재고" " 조정` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:0 msgid "Product ends up in Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment." msgstr "품목을 가상 위치/재고 조정으로 종료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Production`: where raw materials are consumed, and " ":doc:`manufactured products <../../manufacturing>` are created." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`생산`: 원자재 소진을 통해 :doc:`제조 제품 <../../manufacturing>` 이 생성되는 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transit Location`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse " "operations to track products shipped between different addresses, such as " ":ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst-1 msgid "List of locations in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo의 위치 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103 msgid "In Odoo, location types are color-coded:" msgstr "Odoo에서 위치 유형은 색상으로 구분됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:102 msgid "**Red**: internal locations" msgstr "**빨간색**: 내부 위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103 msgid "**Blue**: view locations" msgstr "**파란색**: 위치 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:104 msgid "" "**Black**: external locations (including inventory loss, vendor, and " "customer locations)." msgstr "**검정색**: 외부 위치(재고 손실, 공급업체 및 고객 위치 등)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:107 msgid "View locations in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo 위치 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo databases include pre-configured view locations to organize the " "hierarchy of locations. These provide helpful context, and distinguish " "between internal and external locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:112 msgid "" "*Physical locations* serve as an umbrella for external locations, without " "changing a product's inventory value. (Inventory valuation changes occur " "when products move from internal to external locations)." msgstr "" "*물리적 위치* 는 품목의 재고 가치가 변경되지 않도록, 외부 위치에 대해 우산과도 같은 역할을 합니다(품목이 내부 위치에서 외부로 " "변경할 경우 재고 가치 평가가 변동). " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:119 msgid "" "When moving products in warehouses `WH` and `WH2`, the items are not in " "either warehouse, but still belong to the company. While in transit, they " "are placed in the `Inter-warehouse transit` location, a :guilabel:`Transit " "Location` type." msgstr "" "`WH` 및 `WH2` 창고에서 품목을 운송할 때 해당 품목은 두 창고에 위치하고 있지 않지만 여전히 회사 소유 하에 있습니다. 운송 " "중에는 :guilabel:`운송 위치` 유형 중의 하나인 `창고 간 운송` 위치에 배치됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:123 msgid "" "This location is under the view location, `Physical Locations`, indicating " "that `Inter-warehouse transit` is outside of a warehouse, but still part of " "the company. Doing so does not affect the inventory valuation of the " "products." msgstr "" "이 위치는 보기 위치인 `실제 위치` 아래에 있으며, `창고 간 운송`은 창고 외부에서 발생하나 여전히 회사의 일부로 진행된다는 것을 " "나타냅니다. 이와 같은 내용은 품목의 재고 가치 평가에 영향을 미치지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:127 msgid "" "*Partner locations* group customer and vendor locations (external locations)" " together. Transfers to these locations affect inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:129 msgid "" "*Virtual locations* are locations that do **not** exist physically, but it " "is where items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items " "that are no longer in inventory due to loss, or other factors." msgstr "" "*가상 위치* 는 물리적으로는 위치가 **존재하지 않지만** 재고에 없는 품목을 배치할 수 있는 장소입니다. 분실 외 다른 사유로 인해 " "더 이상 재고에 없는 품목이 있을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "재고 조정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:8 msgid "" "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " "database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " "warehouse. Discrepancy between counts can be due to damage, human error, " "theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must be made to " "reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in the " "database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:15 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "재고 조정 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:17 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "재고 조정 페이지에 나열된 재고 제품입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page lists all products that are " "currently in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" "Only products with a quantity greater than zero are listed on the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. To view product lines with zero " "current quantity, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30 msgid "For each product line, the following information is listed:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored. This column is **only** visible if :doc:`Storage Locations " "` are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Favorite`: identifies products that have been favorited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 재고 조정 라인에 수량이 지정된 제품을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`로트/일련 번호`: 나열된 특정 제품에 할당된 추적 식별자입니다. 문자, 숫자 또는 이 둘의 조합을 포함할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:40 msgid "" "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " "than one serial number, or lot number, assigned to it, each uniquely-" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: the date on which the goods with this serial " "number are due to expire." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Last Count Date`: the last time the quantity was updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Package`: the package containing the quantity listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr ":guilabel:`보유 수량`: 현재 데이터베이스에 기록된 제품의 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " "Unless otherwise specified (e.g., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " "count. This field is left blank by default but can be changed, depending on " "if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`차이`: 재고 조정 후 :guilabel:`보유 수량`과 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 간의 차이를 나타냅니다. " "이 차이는 각 재고 조정 후 자동으로 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예약된 날짜`: 카운트가 수행되도록 예약된 날짜를 나타냅니다. 특별한 지침이 없는 경우 이 날짜는 기본적으로 현재 " "연도의 12월 31일이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`사용자`: 데이터베이스에서 카운트에 할당된 개인입니다. 이는 실제로 재고 계산을 수행하는 사람일 수도 있고 " "데이터베이스 내에서 계산을 적용하는 사람일 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:65 msgid "" "Additional columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the" " :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the far right of " "the form's top row, and reveal any desired column by ticking the checkbox " "next to that option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "재고 조정 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74 msgid "" "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:78 msgid "" "|Ia| can also be created from the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` on an " "individual product record. To open the report, navigate to a product record " "and click the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart button. Then, at the top of the " "page, click :guilabel:`Update Quantity`, then :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:0 msgid "" "The Update Quantities button on a Forecast report in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:86 msgid "" "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" " tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " "number needs to be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:92 msgid "" "The inventory adjustment line can also be used to create or record lots and " "serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" "이어서 :guilabel:`카운트된 수량` 열의 값을 재고 조정 프로세스 중에 해당 제품에 대해 카운트된 수량으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:97 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " "their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment for traceability purposes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:103 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" "새 재고 조정 라인에 대한 모든 수정을 완료한 후 해당 라인에서 다른 곳을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 조정 내용이 저장되고 해당 라인이 " "페이지 상단으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" " quantities match, and have not been changed at all, no value appears in the" " :guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "재고 조정 페이지의 차액 열." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:115 msgid "" "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" "이 단계에서는 카운트 (:dfn:`재고 조정`)가 기록되지만 아직 적용되지는 않습니다. 따라서 조정 전의 보유 수량은 새로 계산된 수량과" " 일치하도록 업데이트되지 않았습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:122 msgid "Apply adjusted count" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:124 msgid "" "|Ia| can be completed in several ways. The first way is to click the " ":guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the page. The " "second way is to tick the checkbox on the far left of the line. Doing so " "reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is an " ":guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:130 msgid "" "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " "inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reason` field is " "pre-populated with today's date, the date the adjustment is being made on, " "but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:134 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하여 재고 조정을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137 msgid "" "Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move " "line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for " "traceability." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "모두 적용 옵션은 이유를 지정하면 재고 조정을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 msgid "Relocate products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:146 msgid "" "|Ia| can also be used to relocate products to different storage locations, " "or to different packages. To relocate a product, tick the checkbox at the " "far left of the line for the desired product. At the top of the page, click " "the :guilabel:`Relocate` button. Doing so opens a pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "The Relocate products pop-up on the Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154 msgid "On the resulting pop-up, enter the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid ":guilabel:`To Location`: the new location for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:157 msgid ":guilabel:`To Package`: the new package for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason for relocation`: the reason for the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:161 msgid "" "Product relocations **only** work on internal locations. Products **cannot**" " be moved between companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164 msgid "" "Only users with *Administrator* rights can perform product relocations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:167 msgid "Set to zero" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:169 msgid "" "|Ia| can also be used to clear inventory counts by setting the quantity to " "zero. To do this, tick the checkbox at the far left of the line for the " "desired product. At the top of the page, click the :icon:`fa-gear` " ":guilabel:`Actions` button to open a drop-down menu. Click :guilabel:`Set to" " 0`. Once this is complete, :ref:`apply ` the " "adjusted count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:175 msgid "Count products" msgstr "제품 개수 계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical " "Inventory` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the :icon:`fa-" "bullseye` :guilabel:`Set` icon at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" "이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`보유 수량` 열의 값이 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열로 전송되고 :guilabel:`차이` 열은 " "`0.00`으로 조정됩니다. 따라서 적용 시 `0.00` :guilabel:`수량 완료`의 재고 이동이 제품의 재고 조정 기록에 " "기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "재고 조정 이동 횟수 없음." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " "clicking the :icon:`fa-bullseye` :guilabel:`Set` icon, record the real value" " in the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" "이 작업을 실행하려면 개수를 변경할 제품의 특정 재고 조정 라인에 있는 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열의 필드를 클릭합니다. 이 " "작업은 자동으로 :guilabel:`수량 계산`을 `0.00`으로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" "이 값을 변경하려면 새로 계산된 실제 수량과 일치하는 새 값을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 줄을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 조정 내용이 저장되고" " :guilabel:`차이` 열의 값이 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" "적용 후 제품의 재고 조정 내역에 :guilabel:`보유 수량`과 :guilabel:`계산된 수량`의 차이를 포함한 이동이 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "이전 제품 이동 목록을 자세히 보여주는 재고 조정 내역 대시보드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Actions` menu appears when one or more products' checkboxes " "are selected. The :guilabel:`Actions` menu includes the option to " ":guilabel:`Set to quantity on hand`, which sets the selected products' " ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` to the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, and " ":guilabel:`Set to 0`, which sets the selected products' :guilabel:`Counted " "Quantity` to zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Inventory Adjustments Actions menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:314 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " "product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " "can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" "때때로 계산이 이루어지지만 데이터베이스에 즉시 적용되지 않는 경우가 있습니다. 실제 집계와 재고 조정 적용 사이의 간격 동안 제품 이동이" " 발생할 수 있습니다. 이러한 경우 데이터베이스의 보유 수량이 변경되어 처음에 계산된 수량과 차이가 발생할 수 있습니다. 추가적인 " "안전장치로 Odoo는 재고 조정 적용을 실행하기 전에 확인 메시지를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233 msgid "Revert an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" "To revert the changes made in an inventory adjustment, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:238 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox at the far left of the line for the desired product. At " "the top of the page, click the :icon:`fa-gear` :guilabel:`Actions` button to" " open a drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Revert Inventory Adjustment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:243 msgid "" "After an inventory adjustment is reverted, the line is not removed from the " ":guilabel:`Moves History` report. Instead, an additional line is added, this" " time with the word `[reverted]` added to the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:0 msgid "The reference fields on the Moves History report in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:251 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "재고 수 계산 주기 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:253 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for |ia| are always scheduled for the 31st " "of December of the current year. However, for some companies, it is crucial " "that they have an accurate inventory count at all times. In such cases, the " "default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:257 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" "기본 예약 날짜를 조정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`작업` 섹션에서 기본적으로 `12월 31일`로 설정된 드롭다운 메뉴가 있는 :guilabel:`연간 인벤토리 요일 및" " 월` 설정을 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "연간 재고 요일 및 월 설정을 활용하여 다음 재고 집계 날짜를 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:264 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, enter a number from `1-31`, depending on " "the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" "그런 다음 월을 수정하려면 :guilabel:`12월`을 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴를 표시한 다음 옵션에서 원하는 월을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:270 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "원하는 대로 모두 변경했으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:273 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "대규모 재고 관리 계획" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:275 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Physical Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:278 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by ticking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:282 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, tick the checkbox" " at the top of the table, in the header row next to the :guilabel:`Location`" " label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count pop-up on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:289 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Request" " a Count` pop-up window, where the following information can be filled:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:293 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 날짜`: 카운트 예정일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:294 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`사용자`: 카운트를 담당하는 사용자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:295 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr ":guilabel:`회계 처리 날짜`: 재고 조정이 회계 처리되는 날짜입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:296 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`개수`: 각 품목 줄에 있는 보유 수량을 비워두려면 :guilabel:`비워두기` 를 선택합니다. 각 품목 줄에 있는" " 보유 수량을 데이터베이스에 기록된 현재 값으로 미리 입력해 놓으려면 :guilabel:`현재 값 설정` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:301 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Leave Empty` option forces the employee conducting the audit " "to manually type in the number they counted, while the :guilabel:`Set " "Current Value` option only requires the employee to *verify* the counted " "quantity and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:305 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "마지막으로 준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 카운트를 요청합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "재고 조정 페이지에서 개수 요청 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:311 msgid "" "In the Odoo **Barcode** app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to *them*, and are scheduled for *today* or *earlier*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:321 msgid "Adjustment history" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:323 msgid "" "Details regarding inventory adjustment can be viewed by clicking the " ":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:326 msgid "" "The user who performed the count is listed in parenthesis in the " ":guilabel:`Reference` field, while the user who applied the count is listed " "in the :guilabel:`Done By`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "The history record for an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:333 msgid "Inventory audit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:335 msgid "" "An inventory audit can be accessed from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment`" " page. This audit includes an inventory record both before and after a count" " is completed, to track what changed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:338 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page, tick the checkbox at the top-" "left of the page to select all of the lines. Then click the " ":guilabel:`Request a Count` button. On the pop-up, set :guilabel:`Count` to " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:342 msgid "" "After returning to the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page, select all of " "the lines again. Click :menuselection:`Print --> Count Sheet`. The " ":guilabel:`Count Sheet` exports in PDF form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:346 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr ":doc:`cycle_counts`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "순환 계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" "For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " "This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" "대부분의 기업에서 창고 재고는 1년에 한 번만 계산합니다. 따라서 Odoo에서 *재고 조사*를 수행한 후에는 기본적으로 현재 연도의 " "12월 31일이 다음 재고 조사 일자로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" "However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " "count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " "stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" "하지만 일부 비즈니스의 경우, 항상 정확한 재고 수준을 파악하는 것이 중요합니다. 이러한 기업들은 재고 수준을 정확하게 유지하기 위해 " "*주기 계산*을 사용합니다. 주기 계산은 기업이 특정 *위치*에서 재고를 더 자주 계산하여 실제 재고 수와 시스템 상의 재고 기록이 " "일치하는지 확인하는 방법입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are performed by location. Therefore, the *Storage " "Locations* feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "section. Then, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "이 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하고 " ":guilabel:`창고` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장 위치` 옆에 있는 확인란에 표시한 후 " ":guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "재고 설정에서 저장 위치 설정을 활성화했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "위치별 재고 수 계산 주기 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the *Storage Locations* feature is enabled, and there are multiple " "locations created in the warehouse, the inventory count frequency can be " "changed for specific locations." msgstr "" "*보관 위치* 기능이 활성화되고 창고에 여러 개의 위치가 생성되면, 특정한 위치에 대해 재고 집계 빈도를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" "To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" "창고 위치를 보고 편집하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동합니다. 그러면 창고에 현재 " "생성되어 나열된 모든 위치가 포함된 :guilabel:`위치` 페이지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` by " "default (if this location has not been edited previously). In this field, " "change the value to any number of days desired for the frequency of counts." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`정기 수량 조사` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`재고 주기 (일)` 필드를 확인하세요. 이 필드는 기본적으로 `0`으로" " 설정되어야 합니다 (이 위치를 이전에 편집하지 않은 경우). 이 필드에서 계산 주기를 원하는 일수 값으로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "위치에서 위치 빈도 설정." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "" "30일마다 재고 계산이 필요한 위치의 경우 :guilabel:`재고 주기 (일수)` 값이 `30`으로 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this location, the next " "scheduled count date is automatically set, based on the value entered into " "the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field." msgstr "" "이제 이 위치에 재고 조정이 적용되면 다음 예정 날짜가 계산되어 :guilabel:`재고 주기(일)` 필드에 입력된 값에 따라 자동으로 " "설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:57 msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "위치별 재고 계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "" "To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. " "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in-stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" "특정 창고 위치에 대해 주기적으로 수량을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 앱 --> 운영 --> 실제 재고` 로 이동합니다." " 그러면 현재 재고가 있는 모든 품목이 품목별로 각각의 줄에 기재된 :guilabel:`재고 조정` 페이지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:64 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options " "(accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right " "of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to select specific locations " "and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" "이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`필터` 및 :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 옵션 (:guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄 오른쪽에 있는" " :guilabel:`⬇️ (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 사용 가능)을 사용하여 위치를 선택하고 재고 수량을 계산할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:68 msgid "" "To select a specific location, and view all products within that location, " "click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, in the :guilabel:`Group By` column, click " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to reveal a new drop-down menu." msgstr "" "특정 위치를 선택하여 해당 위치에 있는 모든 품목을 보려면 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`⬇️" " (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 열에서 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹 추가`" " 를 클릭하면 새 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Filters and Group By menu on Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "재고 조정 페이지의 필터 및 그룹화 기준 메뉴입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:76 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu. Doing so sorts products " "into their storage locations on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, " "and a cycle count can be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" "드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`위치` 를 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`재고 조정` 페이지에서 저장 위치별로 품목이" " 정렬되고 해당 위치에 있는 모든 품목에 대해 주기 계산을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:81 msgid "" "In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " "it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ " "(down arrow)` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" "여러 위치에 많은 품목을 두고 있는 대형 창고에서는 필요한 위치를 검색하는 것이 더 편리할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 " ":guilabel:`재고 조정` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`⬇️ (아래쪽 " "화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:85 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`" " to open an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:88 msgid "" "In the first field, click the value and select :guilabel:`Location` from the" " list of options. Select :guilabel:`contains` in the second field. In the " "third field, type in the name of the location being searched for." msgstr "" "첫 번째 필드에서 값을 클릭하고 옵션 목록에서 :guilabel:`위치` 를 선택합니다. 두 번째 필드에서 :guilabel:`다음을 " "포함` 을 선택합니다. 세 번째 필드에는 검색할 위치 이름을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:92 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "페이지에 해당 위치를 표시하려면 :guilabel:`추가` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:0 msgid "Add Custom Filter pop-up window with location values entered." msgstr "사용자 지정 필터 추가 팝업 창에 위치 값이 입력되어 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "전체 재고 조사 주기 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:101 msgid "" "While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " "for full inventory counts of all in-stock products in the warehouse can also" " be manually changed, to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" "일반적으로는 위치별로 정기 실사를 진행하지만 창고에 있는 총 입고 품목에 대한 전체 재고 실사를 예약일은 직접 변경할 수 있으며, 표시된" " 날짜보다 더 빠른 날짜로 앞당길 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:105 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " "field, which includes a drop-down field that is set to `31` " ":guilabel:`December`, by default." msgstr "" "기본 예약일을 변경하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`작업` 섹션에서 기본값이 :guilabel:`12월` `31`로 설정된 드롭다운 필드가 있는 :guilabel:`연간" " 재고 일 및 월` 설정 필드를 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정의 주기 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:114 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "요일을 조정하려면 `31`을 선택하고 원하는 연도 월에 따라 `1-31` 범위 내의 날짜로 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:120 msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "원하는 대로 변경 사항이 모두 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr ":doc:`count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr ":doc:`use_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:3 msgid "Product catalog" msgstr "품목 카탈로그" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:10 msgid "" "The product *catalog* is a feature integrated with any Odoo app that allows " "users to add products or components to an order. This includes the " "**Inventory**, **Manufacturing**, **Sales**, **Purchase**, and **Repairs** " "apps, among others." msgstr "" "품목 *카탈로그* 는 모든 Odoo 앱과 통합되어 있는 기능으로 사용자가 주문서에 품목이나 구성품을 추가할 수 있습니다. 여기에는 " "**재고 관리**, **제조 관리**, **판매**, **매입**, **수리** 앱 등이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:14 msgid "" "The product catalog can be accessed from the first tab of a quotation, " "request for quotation (RfQ), order, or bill of materials (BoM) form, and " "opens in a new page when selected. The catalog displays products and " "components in a user-friendly, POS-style format, from which they can be " "selected and added to forms." msgstr "" "품목 카탈로그는 견적서, 견적요청서 (RfQ), 주문서 또는 자재명세서 (BoM) 양식에 있는 첫 번째 탭을 통해 액세스할 수 있으며 " "탭울 선택하면 새 페이지에서 열립니다. 카탈로그에는 품목과 구성품이 사용자 친화적인 POS 스타일 형식으로 표시되며, 여기에서 선택하여 " "양식에 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:19 msgid "" "The product catalog simplifies the creation of new sales orders (SOs), " "purchase orders (POs), manufacturing orders (MOs), bill of materials (BoMs)," " and more, by providing a visual interface through which products and " "components can be quickly selected." msgstr "" "품목 카탈로그를 통해 새로운 판매주문서 (SO), 구매발주서 (PO), 제조지시서 (MO), 자재명세서 (BOM) 등을 생성하는 작업을 " "간소화할 수 있으며, 이는 시각적인 인터페이스로 품목과 구성품을 신속하게 선택할 수 있기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:24 msgid "Use product catalog" msgstr "품목 카탈로그 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "To use the product catalog, begin by creating or opening a quotation, |RfQ|," " order, or |BoM| to which products or components can be added. For example, " "create a new sales quotation by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app`, " "and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "품목 카탈로그를 사용하려면, 먼저 견적서, |RfQ|, 주문서 또는 |BoM| 을 생성하거나 여는 것으로 시작하며 여기에 품목이나 " "구성품을 추가할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 :menuselection:`판매 앱` 으로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 " "클릭하여 새로운 판매용 견적서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:30 msgid "" "On the form (quotation, |RfQ|, order, |BoM|), make sure the first tab on the" " bottom is selected. Depending on the form being configured, this tab may be" " titled *Order Lines*, *Components*, *Products*, or *Parts*." msgstr "" "양식 (견적서, |RfQ|, 주문서, |BoM|) 하단의 첫 번째 탭이 선택되어 있는지 확인하세요. 양식에서 환경 설정 중인 내용에 따라" " 이 탭의 제목은 *주문 내역*, *구성품*, *품목* 또는 *부품* 이 될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:34 msgid "" "On the first blank line of the tab, click the :guilabel:`Catalog` link to " "open the catalog in a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1 msgid "The \"Catalog\" button on the \"Order Lines\" tab of a sales quotation." msgstr "판매견적서 \"주문서 내역\" 탭에 있는 \"카탈로그\" 버튼의 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:41 msgid "" "The product catalog displays a card for each product added to Odoo. Each " "card displays a few key details about the corresponding product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:44 msgid "Product photo" msgstr "품목 사진" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:45 msgid "Product title" msgstr "품목 제목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:46 msgid "" "Price or cost of the product, depending on whether it is bought, sold, or " "used as a component" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:48 msgid "Reference code (e.g. *DESK0005*)" msgstr "참조 코드 (예: *DESK0005*)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:49 msgid "On-hand quantity" msgstr "보유 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:50 msgid "Variant attributes (e.g. *Color: White*)" msgstr "세부 옵션 속성(예: *색상: 흰색*)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1 msgid "A product card in the product catalog." msgstr "품목 카탈로그의 품목 카드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:56 msgid "" "Products can be filtered using the search bar at the top of the page, or the" " sidebar on the left side of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:59 msgid "" "To filter by product type, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down " "arrow)` button on the right side of the search bar to open the search menu. " "In the :guilabel:`Filters` section, select the :guilabel:`Services` filter " "to only show service products, or the :guilabel:`Products` filter to only " "show physical products." msgstr "" "품목을 유형별로 필터하려면 검색창 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(아래쪽 화살표)` 버튼을 " "클릭하여 검색 메뉴를 엽니다. :guilabel:`필터` 섹션에서 서비스 품목만 표시되게 하려면 :guilabel:`서비스` 필터를 " "선택하고 물리적으로 존재하는 품목을 표시되게 하려면 :guilabel:`품목` 필터를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating or configuring a quotation or |SO|, specifically, an " ":guilabel:`In the Order` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Filters` section " "of the search bar. Select this filter to only show products that have " "already been added to the form." msgstr "" "특히 견적서나 |SO| 를 생성 혹은 설정할 때, :guilabel:`주문서 내` 필터가 검색 표시줄의 :guilabel:`필터` 섹션에" " 나타납니다. 이 필터를 선택하면 양식에 이미 추가되어 있는 품목만 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:68 msgid "" "In the sidebar on the left side of the page, select an option in the " ":icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`PRODUCT CATEGORY` section to filter by product" " category, or an option in the :icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`ATTRIBUTES` " "section to filter by variant attribute." msgstr "" "페이지 왼쪽 사이드바에서, :icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`품목 카테고리` 섹션에 있는 옵션을 선택하여 품목 " "카테고리별로 필터하거나 :icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`속성` 섹션에서 옵션을 선택하여 세부 옵션 속성별로 필터를 " "적용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1 msgid "The filter sidebar in the product catalog." msgstr "품목 카탈로그의 필터 사이드바입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:76 msgid "" "To add a product, click on the product's card, or click the :icon:`fa-" "shopping-cart` :guilabel:`Add` button in the bottom-right corner of the " "card. Doing so adds one unit of the product, which is displayed in a field " "in the bottom-left corner of the card." msgstr "" "품목을 추가하려면 품목 카드를 클릭하거나 카드 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` :guilabel:`추가`" " 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 품목에 대해 한 단위가 추가되고 카드 왼쪽 하단에 있는 필드에 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:80 msgid "" "Once a product has been added, clicking the product card continues to add " "units of the product in increments of one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:83 msgid "" "To adjust the quantity of the product added, click the :icon:`fa-minus` " ":guilabel:`(minus)` button to reduce the quantity by one, or the :icon:`fa-" "plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` button to increase it by one." msgstr "" "추가할 품목의 수량을 조정하려면 :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(마이너스)` 버튼을 클릭하여 수량을 하나씩 줄이거 나" " :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(플러스)` 버튼을 클릭하여 수량을 하나씩 늘릴 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:87 msgid "" "Alternatively, a specific quantity can be entered by selecting the field " "between the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` and :icon:`fa-plus` " ":guilabel:`(plus)` buttons, and typing in the desired quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:91 msgid "" "To remove a product from the order or |BoM| entirely, either click the " ":icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`Remove` button in the bottom-right corner of the" " product card, or click the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` button " "until the quantity has been reduced to zero." msgstr "" "어떤 품목을 주문서나 |BoM| 에서 완전히 제거하려면, 품목 카드의 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :icon:`fa-trash` " ":guilabel:`제거` 버튼을 클릭하거나, :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` 버튼을 수량이 0이 될 " "때까지 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1 msgid "A product card for a product that has been added." msgstr "추가된 품목에 대한 품목 카드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the desired quantity of each product has been added, return to the form" " by clicking the :guilabel:`Back to [X]` button at the top of the screen. " "This button differs depending on the type of form being configured " "(quotation, |BoM|, etc.)." msgstr "" "각 품목을 원하는 수량만큼 추가한 후 화면 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`[X]로 돌아가기` 버튼을 클릭하면 양식으로 돌아갑니다. 이 " "버튼은 설정 중인 양식 유형 (견적서, |BoM| 등)에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:104 msgid "" "Products appear in the product catalog, and can be added to orders, even if " "there are zero units of the product on hand. As a result, it is important to" " confirm the quantity of a product being added to an order is actually " "available, or inventory inconsistencies may arise." msgstr "" "품목은 품목 카탈로그에 표시되며 보유 중인 품목 수량이 0개라도 주문서에 추가할 수 있습니다. 따라서 주문서에 추가되는 품목의 수량이 " "실제로 가능한 수량인지 확인하는 것이 중요하며, 그렇지 않은 경우 재고가 맞지 않는 사태가 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "재고 폐기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" "Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be " "damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not " "possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be" " scrapped." msgstr "" "회사의 창고 재고에 있는 품목이 수리 가능한 시점이 지나 손상되거나 결함이 발견될 수도 있습니다. 품목을 수리할 수 없거나 공급업체로 " "반품할 수 없는 경우에는 폐기할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or " "materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by " "removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a " "virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" "데이터베이스에서 재고를 폐기하면 재고 수를 정확하게 유지할 수 있으며, 폐기된 품목을 실제 재고에서 제거하고 가상 폐기 위치(*가상 " "위치/폐기*)에 배치하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" "*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a " "warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide " "tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" "Odoo *가상 위치* 는 실제의 물리적인 창고 공간이 **아닙니다**. 그보다는, 데이터베이스에 지정되어 있는 위치로서 물리적 재고로 " "계산하지 않아야 하는 항목을 추적하기 위해 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`location types " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "재고에서 폐기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" "재고가 있는 품목을 대상으로 새로운 폐기주문서(SP)를 만들려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 폐기` 로" " 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 새 |SP| 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "" "Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the " "product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be " "scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목` 필드의 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 후 재고에서 폐기해야 하는 품목을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`수량` " "필드에서 값을 폐기할 품목 수량으로 변경합니다 (기본적으로 이 값은 `1.00` 으로 설정되어 있음)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "품목 세부 정보가 있는 새로운 폐기 주문서 양식을 작성했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:40 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " "is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the " "designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of " "these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their " "respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`출고지` 의 기본값은 품목이 현재 저장되어 있는 위치입니다. :guilabel:`폐기 위치` 는 지정된 폐기 " "위치(:guilabel:`가상 위치/폐기`)가 기본값으로 설정됩니다. 두 가지 위치 모두 드롭다운 메뉴에서 다른 위치를 선택하여 변경할 " "수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 msgid "" "If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the " "operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this " "product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " "scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사` 필드에는 이 품목이 속해 있는 창고의 회사가 표시됩니다. 폐기되는 품목에 대한 보충 규칙이 설정되는 상황에서 " "품목을 보충해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`수량 보충` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:52 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once " "validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of " "the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" "준비가 끝나면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 새로운 |SP| 를 완성합니다. 승인이 되면 :guilabel:`품목 이동` 스마트" " 버튼이 양식 상단에 나타납니다. 스마트 버튼을 클릭하시면 폐기 작업에 대한 세부 내용을 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "품목 이동 스마트 버튼이 새로운 폐기 주문서 양식에 있는 모습입니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 msgid "" "To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the " ":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" "여태까지 폐기된 품목의 총 수량을 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 위치` 로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄의 :guilabel:`내부` 필터에서 :guilabel:`x (삭제)` 버튼을 클릭하여 가상 " "위치를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:65 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart" " button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:68 msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "모든 폐기 품목의 목록으로, 수량과 함께 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." msgstr "모든 폐기 품목의 현재 재고 목록으로 가상 폐기 위치에 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" msgstr "기존 작업에서 폐기하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:77 msgid "" "Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as " "receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered " "into, or removed from, stock for an operation." msgstr "" "폐기주문서 (SP) *또한* 입고증이나 배송주문서 및 내부 이송 등과 같은 기존 작업에서 생성할 수 있으며, 작업을 위해 재고로 " "입력되거나 재고에서 삭제되기 전에 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 msgid "" "To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, " "click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. " "the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" "작업 중에 제품을 폐기하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱` 으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`재고 전체보기` 에서 " "작업에 대한 작업 카드 (예: :guilabel:`입고` 작업 카드)에 있는 :guilabel:`처리할 숫자` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." msgstr "처리할 작업 수 버튼이 재고 전체보기 페이지의 입고 작업 카드에 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 msgid "" "Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing " "orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:92 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select " ":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a " ":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." msgstr "작업 양식의 품목 폐기 팝업창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:99 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`" " field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. " "Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." msgstr "" "이 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`품목` 에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 작업에서 폐기할 제품을 선택합니다. 필요한 경우 " ":guilabel:`수량` 필드의 값을 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number," " a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that" " field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be " "changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being " "scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" "필요한 경우 :guilabel:`출고지` 및 :guilabel:`폐기 위치` 를 변경할 수 있습니다. 폐기되는 품목에 대해 보충 규칙이 " "설정되어 있는 상태에서 품목을 보충하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`보충 수량` 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:110 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to " "view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." msgstr "" "준비가 되면 :guilabel:`폐기 품목` 을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`폐기` 스마트 버튼이 작업 양식 상단에 나타납니다. " "스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 이와 같은 특정 작업으로 생성된 모든 폐기 주문서의 세부 정보를 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "작업 중인 모든 폐기 주문을 보여주는 폐기 스마트 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " "room, aisle, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:10 msgid "" "To create specific storage locations, enable the *Storage Locations* feature" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "In the :guilabel:`Warehouses` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage " "Locations` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "저장 위치를 지정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 *저장 위치* 기능을 " "활성화합니다. :guilabel:`창고` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`저장 위치` 확인란에 표시한 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 msgid "" "Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with " ":doc:`Multi-Step Routes " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, which controls how " "products move between locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Show Storage Locations feature." msgstr "저장소 위치 기능을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create new location" msgstr "새 위치 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "*보관 위치* 를 활성화한 후, :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "List of internal locations." msgstr "내부 위치 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`New`. The new location form can then be " "configured as follows:" msgstr "이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 새로운 위치 양식을 다음과 같이 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Location Name`: recognizable name of the location." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치 이름`: 인식 가능한 위치명입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location within which the new location " "exists. After the location is created, it is listed on the " ":guilabel:`Locations` page using a *location hierarchy*, to describe how a " "specific location fits within larger areas of the warehouse." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`상위 위치`: 새 위치가 자리하게 되는 위치입니다. 위치가 생성되면 특정한 위치가 창고에서 더 큰 영역에 어떻게 " "들어맞는지 알 수 있도록 :guilabel:`위치` 페이지에 *위치 계층 구조* 를 사용하여 나타내게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 msgid "" "In `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`, \"Refrigerator 1\" is the location " "name, \"Zone A\" is the parent location, and everything before it is the " "path showing where this spot is within the warehouse." msgstr "" "`창고/재고/구역 A/냉장고 1` 에서 \"냉장고 1\"은 위치명이고, \"구역 A\"는 상위 위치이며, 그 앞에 있는 내용은 모두 창고" " 내에서 위치하고 있는 지점을 표현하는 경로입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46 msgid "Additional Information section" msgstr "추가 정보 섹션" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 msgid "" "In addition to the required fields above, configure the following location " "fields to ensure the location serves its intended purpose in the database:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Vendor" " Location`, :guilabel:`View`, :guilabel:`Internal Location`, " ":guilabel:`Customer Location`, :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`, " ":guilabel:`Production`, or :guilabel:`Transit Location` to categorize the " "location. For details on each location type, refer to the :ref:`Location " "Types section `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`위치 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`공급업체 위치`, :guilabel:`보기`, " ":guilabel:`내부 위치`, :guilabel:`고객 위치`, :guilabel:`재고 손실`, :guilabel:`생산` 또는 " ":guilabel:`운송 위치` 를 선택하여 위치를 카테고리로 분류합니다. 각 위치 유형에 대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`위치 유형 섹션" " ` 을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Category`: only available with the :doc:`Storage " "Categories <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` " "feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the location belongs to." msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 위치가 속한 회사입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to " "be returned to this location." msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 ​​위치입니까?`: 확인란을 선택하면 품목이 이 위치로 반품됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: used with the *Barcode* app, enter the barcode to " ":ref:`identify actions ` at this location when " "scanned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: used for :doc:`configuring routes " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, tick this checkbox " "to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, " "*Manufacture*, or other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly " "supplied to the warehouse." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`보충 위치`: :doc:`경로 설정 " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` 을 할 때 적용하며, 확인란에 " "표시하면 *매입*, *제조 관리* 또는 기타 조달 경로에서 제품이 입고될 목적지로 위치를 설정하여 제품이 창고에 정확하게 입고되도록 할 " "수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." msgstr "새 위치 생성 양식에 있는 추가 정보 섹션입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:75 msgid "" "Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` " "section as follows:" msgstr ":guilabel:`추가 정보` 섹션의 나머지 필드를 다음과 같이 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. " "Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." msgstr ":guilabel:`바코드`: 위치에 지정된 바코드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to " "replenish at this location." msgstr ":guilabel:`보충 위치`: 확인란에 표시하면 이 위치에 있는 수량을 모두 보충합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if " "necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." msgstr "새 위치 생성 양식에 있는 순환 계산 섹션입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:94 msgid "" "When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at " "this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` " "field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy " "<../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies>` for how items should be " "removed from this location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`물류` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`처리 방식` 필드에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 :doc:`처리 방식 " "<../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies>` 을 선택하면 이 위치에서 항목을 처리하는 방법을 " "확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:104 msgid "Cyclic Counting section" msgstr "주기적 계산 섹션" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 msgid "" "To schedule regular inventory counts at this location, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field to the desired interval. By " "default, it is set to `0` (no scheduled counts)." msgstr "" "이 위치에서 정기 재고 수량을 예약하려면 :guilabel:`재고 주기(일)` 필드에 원하는 간격으로 설정합니다. 기본값은 `0`(예약된" " 수량 없음)으로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:109 msgid "" "For example, setting this field to `30`, schedules a count every thirty " "days. For more specifics on setting up and using this feature, refer to the " ":doc:`Cycle Counts documentation `." msgstr "" "예를 들어, 이 항목을 `30` 으로 설정하면 30일을 주기로 예약됩니다. 이 기능을 설정 및 사용하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 " ":doc:`주기 횟수 문서 ` 를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` field displays the date the last " "inventory count at this location occurred. When scheduled inventory counts " "are enabled, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` field displays the date" " of the next inventory count." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최근 유효 재고` 에는 이 위치에서 가장 최근에 재고를 집계한 날짜가 표시됩니다. 재고 집계를 예약한 후 활성화하면 " ":guilabel:`다음 예상 재고` 에 다음 재고 집계일이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:117 msgid "" "With inventory counts scheduled to occur every `30` days, and the " ":guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` count occurring on July 16, the " ":guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` is August 15." msgstr "" "재고가 `30` 일마다 집계되도록 예약한 상태에서 :guilabel:`마지막 유효 재고` 집계를 진행한 날이 7월 16일인 경우, " ":guilabel:`다음 예상 재고` 는 8월 15일이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0 msgid "Show Cyclic Count section of the locations form." msgstr "위치 양식의 순환 계산 섹션을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:125 msgid "Logistics section" msgstr "물류 섹션" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:127 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section of the locations form, optionally " "select a :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` to determine the order and priority of" " how products are picked from inventory. The options are: :guilabel:`First " "In First Out (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)`, " ":guilabel:`Closest Location`, and :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" "위치 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`물류` 섹션에서, 선택 항목으로서 :guilabel:`처분 방식` 을 선택하여 재고에서 품목이 " "피킹되는 순서와 우선순위를 결정할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`선입선출 (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`후입선출 (LIFO)`," " :guilabel:`가장 가까운 위치`, :guilabel:`선한선출 (FEFO)` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:136 msgid "Current stock at location" msgstr "위치에 있는 현재 재고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:138 msgid "" "To view the current stock at a single location, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select " "the desired location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:141 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button to get a list of all " "products at the location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:145 msgid "" "A list of current stock at `Shelf 1` consists of `266` cabinets and `39` " "desks." msgstr "`선반 1` 의 현재 재고 목록에는 `266`개 캐비닛과 `39`개 책상이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0 msgid "Show stock at Shelf 1." msgstr "선반 1의 재고를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Inventory* app, a *warehouse* is a physical space with an " "address for storing items, such as a storage facility, distribution center, " "or physical store." msgstr "" "Odoo *재고 관리* 앱에서 *창고* 는 품목이 보관될 주소가 있는 실제 공간으로, 여기에는 보관 시설, 유통 센터 또는 실제 매장 " "등이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "Each database has a pre-configured warehouse with the company's address. " "Users can set up multiple warehouses, and :doc:`create stock moves " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:15 msgid "" "To create or manage warehouses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "창고를 생성하거나 관리하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 창고` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "Then, select an existing warehouse, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the warehouse form, which contains the " "following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse` (*required field*): the full name of the warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`(*필수 필드*): 창고의 전체 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name` (*required field*): the abbreviated code for the " "warehouse (maximum five characters). The short name for the default " "warehouse in Odoo is `WH`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on warehouse documents, so it is " "recommended to use an memorable one, like \"WH[first letters of location]\" " "(e.g. `WHA`, `WHB`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` (*required field*): the address of the warehouse. To " "change the warehouse address when creating two or more warehouses, hover " "over the field, and click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right " "arrow)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주소` (*필수 필드*): 창고의 주소입니다. 창고를 두 개 이상의 만들 때 창고 주소를 변경하려면 필드 위에 " "마우스를 가져간 다음 :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(오른쪽 화살표)` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` (*required field*): the company that owns the warehouse;" " this can be set as the company that owns the Odoo database, or the company " "of a customer or vendor." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`(*필수 필드*): 창고를 소유한 회사입니다. Odoo 데이터베이스를 소유하고 있는 회사, 혹은 고객이나 " "공급업체의 회사로 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Intrastat region`: :doc:`region name " "<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` required for companies" " in the European Union." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`인트라스탯 지역`: :doc:`지역명 " "<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` 은 유럽 연합 지역에 있는 회사에는 필수" " 항목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "The options below are available **only** when the *Multi-Step Routes* " "feature is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`: select the option to receive products from " "the warehouse in :doc:`one " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, " ":doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or" " :doc:`three " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`: select the option to deliver products from " "the warehouse in :doc:`one " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, " ":doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or" " :doc:`three " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* " "feature enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Tick this checkbox to purchase components from vendors, and " "dropship them to subcontractors." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`외주업체 직배송`: :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 에서 *외주* 기능을 " "활성화한 상태에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 확인란에 표시하면 공급업체에서 구성품을 구매하여 외주업체에 직배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* " "feature, tick this checkbox to supply subcontractors with raw materials " "stored in *this* specific warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for items " "to be manufactured in this warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`생산 후 재공급`: 확인란을 선택하면 품목이 이 창고에서 생산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: choose whether to manufacture products in :doc:`one" " <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`two " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>`, or :doc:`three" " steps <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제조`: 제품 생산 시 :doc:`1단계 " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`2단계 " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>`, 또는 :doc:`3단계 " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` 중에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for purchased " "products to be delivered to the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: available with multiple warehouses in the " "database, select warehouses to pull stock *from* to fulfill orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:69 msgid "" ":doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses " "`" msgstr ":doc:`재고 조정을 통해 새 창고에 재고 추가하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Example warehouse form." msgstr "창고 양식의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, stock can be replenished one of three ways: *reordering rules*, the" " *make to order* (MTO) route, or using the *master production schedule* " "(MPS)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:18 msgid "" "Each replenishment mechanism triggers the creation or suggestion of a " "purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO), with the best choice " "depending on the business process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:42 msgid "Replenishment strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:45 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "보충 보고 및 재주문 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:47 msgid "" "Reordering rules are rules that can be set up to maintain a minimum stock " "level. They are often configured to support manufacturing or sales " "requirements. When a product's stock falls at or below the minimum level, " "Odoo generates (or suggests) a purchase or manufacturing order to replenish " "stock to the maximum level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:52 msgid "" "When using automatic reordering rules, Odoo generates a new order. When " "using manual, Odoo suggests orders on the replenishment report. For detailed" " guidance, refer to the :doc:`replenishment report ` " "and :doc:`reordering rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56 msgid "Key points include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:58 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatic reordering rules `: " "Automatically create |POs| or |MOs| when stock falls below the minimum " "level. While this is convenient, it is less flexible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Manual reordering rules `: " "Generate suggestions in the replenishment report for user review, allowing " "adjustments and batch orders while meeting deadlines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:64 msgid "" ":ref:`Just-in-time logic `: A " "strategy to replenish only what is needed to prevent overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/report`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:74 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "주문 제작" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:76 msgid "" "An |MTO| strategy means that procurement or production is triggered only " "after a sales order has been confirmed. This strategy is recommended when " "products are customizable, demand is unpredictable, there is limited storage" " capacity, and when products are high in value and low in demand. In such " "cases, it does not make sense to keep on-hand inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" "재주문 규칙을 통해 보충되는 품목과 달리 Odoo는 판매 주문을 |MTO| 경로를 통해 생성된 |PO| 또는 |MO|와 자동으로 " "연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:84 msgid "" "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " "generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" " reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " "forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" "재주문 규칙과 |MTO|의 또 다른 차이점은 작동 타이밍입니다. |MTO|의 경우, Odoo는 |SO|가 확정된 직후에 즉시 |PO| " "또는 |MO| 초안을 생성합니다. 반대로, 재주문 규칙의 경우, 품목의 예상 재고가 설정된 최소 수량 아래로 떨어질 때 Odoo가 발주서" " 초안 |PO| 또는 |MO|를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:88 msgid "" "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " "forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "또한, Odoo는 예측이 확정되지 않은 경우 예측 변경에 따라 수량 조정을 |PO| 또는 |MO|에 자동으로 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:91 msgid "" "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "|MTO| 경로는 맞춤형 제품 및/또는 보유 재고가 없는 제품에 가장 적합한 보충 전략입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/mto`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Master production schedule" msgstr "마스터 생산 일정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:100 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` is a dashboard where products " "and their forecasted quantities are entered. Based on confirmed " "manufacturing and purchase orders, the dashboard recommends amounts to order" " or produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:104 msgid "" "This a useful **manual** tool for keeping track of quantities. The " ":abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` **should absolutely not** be used " "alongside reordering rules, as the automated workflow disrupts its manual " "replenishment method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Lead times" msgstr "리드 타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:11 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the **Inventory** app allows for comprehensive lead " "time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing " "orders, deliveries, and receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:16 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "리드 타임 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:18 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " "in Odoo:" msgstr "" "작업마다 리드 타임이 다르면 주문 처리 프로세스 내의 여러 단계에 영향을 미칠 수 있습니다. 다음은 Odoo의 리드 타임 유형에 대한 " "개요입니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "모든 리드 타임이 함께 작동하는 그래픽을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Customer lead time `: " "default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is" " the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the " "date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as " "*delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:29 msgid "" ":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of " "days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing " "shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " "process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:34 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number" " of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders " "earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products " "that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment " "report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Days to Purchase `: " "days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and " "confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified " "number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:49 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: " "number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date " "of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in " "Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished" " good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:54 msgid "" ":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order " "`: number of days " "needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the " "product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click " "*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in " "the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:60 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the |MO| forward by a specified " "number of days. When used in conjunction with :ref:`replenish to order " "`, the security lead time makes " "the need appear earlier on the replenishment report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:68 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "영업 리드 타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:70 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* " "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" "고객 리드타임 및 판매 보안 리드타임은 *예상 배송일* 이 자동 계산되게 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)` 에서 설정할 수 있습니다. " "예상 배송일을 통해 창고에서 배송과 관련하여 실제 *배송일* 을 설정할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" "지정된 배송 날짜가 예상 날짜보다 앞당겨지면 Odoo는 경고 메시지를 트리거합니다. 이 경고 메시지는 지정된 시간까지 주문을 처리하는 " "것이 불가능하여 다른 창고 작업에 영향을 미칠 수 있음을 알려줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:78 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" " the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead " "time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th." msgstr "" "7월 11일에 `코코넛 향 캔들`에 대한 `SO (판매 주문)`가 확인되었습니다. 이 제품의 고객 리드 타임은 14일이며, 비즈니스는 " "판매 보안 리드 타임을 1일로 사용합니다. 입력된 리드 타임을 기반으로 Odoo는 배송일을 15일 후인 7월 26일로 제안합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "판매 주문에서 *배송 날짜*를 설정합니다. 배송 리드 타임 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:85 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "다음 섹션에서는 예상 배송일을 자동으로 계산하는 방법을 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:88 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "고객 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:90 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " "Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` " "field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery " "order from start to finish." msgstr "" "품목 페이지로 이동하여 각 품목 양식에서 고객 리드타임을 설정합니다. 설정하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 품목 -->" " 품목` 으로 이동합니다. 설정 대상 품목을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭으로 전환합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`고객 리드타임` 필드에 배송주문서 전체를 처음부터 끝까지 처리하는데 소요되는 캘린더 기준 일수를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:96 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" " `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" "품목 양식으로 이동하여 '코코넛 향 캔들' 의 고객 리드타임을 14일로 설정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭의 " ":guilabel:`고객 리드타임` 필드에 `14.00` 일을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "품목 양식에서 *고객 리드타임* 을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:106 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "판매 보안 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:108 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "*판매 보안 리드타임*은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 전체 비즈니스에 대해 보편적으로 " "설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:111 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" "설정 페이지에서 :guilabel:`고급 예약` 제목 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`판매 보안 리드타임` 상자를 찾아서 이동합니다. " "확인란에 표시하여 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:114 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" "다음으로 원하는 달력 일수를 입력합니다. 이 보안 리드타임은 버퍼 역할을 하여 팀에서 예정된 날짜보다 일찍 발송을 준비하도록 유도합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:118 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " "In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th," " but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the " "delivery order would be April 5th." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`판매를 위한 보안 리드 타임`을 `1.00`일로 설정하면 배송 주문 (DO)의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`가 하루" " 앞당겨집니다. 예를 들어 제품이 처음에 4월 6일에 배송 예정이었던 경우 보안 리드 타임이 1일인 새 예약 날짜는 4월 5일이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings." msgstr "판매 설정에서 판매 구성에 대한 보안 리드타임을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:127 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "여러 제품 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:129 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " "quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" "리드 타임이 다른 여러 제품이 포함된 주문의 경우 견적 자체에서 직접 리드 타임을 구성할 수 있습니다. 견적에서 :guilabel:`기타" " 정보` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`배송 정책`을 다음과 같이 조정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" "제품 준비 시 배송을 앞당기려면 배송 정책에서 :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`를 선택합니다. 이 경우 주문에 포함된 제품 중 가장 " "짧은 리드 타임에 오늘 날짜를 더하여 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`가 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" "전체 주문을 한 번에 통합하여 주문 처리를 수행하려면 :guilabel:`모든 제품이 준비되면`을 선택합니다. :abbr:`DO(배송 " "주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`는 주문에 포함된 제품 중 가장 긴 리드 타임에 오늘 날짜를 더하여 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "견적의 *기타 정보* 탭에 *배송 정책* 필드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:145 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" "'요가 매트'와 '레지스턴스 밴드' 두 가지 제품이 포함된 견적에서 제품의 리드 타임은 각각 8일과 5일입니다. 오늘 날짜는 4월 " "2일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:148 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " "the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 정책`이 :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`로 설정된 경우, 배송 예정일은 오늘로부터 5일 후인 4월 7일이 " "됩니다. 반면에 :guilabel:`모든 제품이 준비되면`을 선택하면 오늘로부터 8일 후인 4월 10일이 배송 예정일로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:155 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "구매 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:157 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "공급업체에 주문할 날짜를 자동으로 결정하면 조달 프로세스를 간소화하는 데 도움이 될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:160 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" " in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead " "times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to " "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" "Odoo는 제품이 창고에 필요한 날짜를 기준으로 공급업체 배송 *수령일*과 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문서)` 기한을 계산합니다. 이 " "계산은 수령일로부터 역산하여 공급업체 리드 타임과 구매 보안 리드 타임을 고려해 :abbr:`PO (발주서)` 기한을 결정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:165 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." msgstr "이 마감일은 주문이 예상 수령일까지 적시에 도착할 수 있도록 주문을 확인해야 하는 날짜를 나타냅니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "공급업체 리드 타임과 함께 사용되는 PO 마감일 및 수령 날짜를 시각화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`PO scheduling with reordering rules `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:175 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "거래처 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:177 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" "공급업체 위치에서 창고에 도착하는 주문의 공급업체 리드타임을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` " "경로를 사용하여 품목 양식으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:180 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " "button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, " ":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 원하는 제품을 선택하고 :guilabel:`구매` 탭으로 전환합니다. 편집 가능한 공급업체 가격 목록에서 " ":guilabel:`줄 추가` 버튼을 클릭하여 공급업체 세부 정보를 입력합니다. :guilabel:`공급업체` 이름과 제품에 대해 제공된" " :guilabel:`가격`을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`배송 리드 타임`을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:186 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" "공급업체 가격표에서는 여러 공급업체를 각각의 리드타임과 함께 추가할 수 있습니다. 항목 상단에 나열된 공급업체 및 리드타임이 기본 선택 " "항목으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:190 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" msgstr "품목 양식의 공급업체 가격 목록에서 선택한 공급업체의 :guilabel:`배송 리드타임`이 `10일`로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "제품의 공급업체 가격표에 배송 리드타임을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:196 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse " "employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the " "expected timeframe." msgstr "" "공급업체 리드타임을 구성하면 품목의 예상 도착 날짜가 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문)` 확인 날짜에 공급업체 리드타임을 더한 날짜로 자동 " "설정됩니다. 이렇게 하면 제품이 예상 기간 내에 도착하지 않을 경우 창고 직원에게 알림이 전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:202 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " ":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from " "the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase" " Order)`." msgstr "" "공급업체 리드타임이 10일로 구성된 제품의 경우 7월 11일에 확인된 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문서)`에서 Odoo는 자동으로 " ":guilabel:`수령 날짜`를 7월 21일로 지정합니다. 입고 날짜는 창고 입고 양식의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`로 표시되며, " "이는 :guilabel:`PO (구매 주문서)`에 있는 :guilabel:`수령` 스마트 버튼에서 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor." msgstr "공급업체로부터 제품의 예상 *수령 날짜*를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "공급업체로부터 제품이 도착할 것으로 예상되는 *예정일*을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:216 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "구매 보안 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:218 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "*구매 보안 리드타임*은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 전체 비즈니스에 대해 보편적으로 " "설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:221 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:224 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " "deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "다음으로 원하는 캘린더 일수를 입력합니다. 보안 리드 타임을 설정하면 공급업체의 배송 지연 가능성을 고려하여 완충 기간이 설정됩니다. " "그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:228 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " "pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구매 보안 리드 타임` 을 `2.00`일로 설정하면 수령 :guilabel:`예정일` 이 이틀 뒤로 미뤄집니다. 이 " "경우, 품목이 원래 4월 6일에 도착할 예정이었던 경우 보안 리드 타임을 2일로 설정하면 새로운 수령 예정일이 4월 8일로 수정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "" "Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "재고 관리 > 환경설정 > 설정에서 구매 시 보안 리드타임을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:239 msgid "Days to purchase lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:241 msgid "" "To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` section, in the " ":guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the number of days required for " "the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it from the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:248 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "제조 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:250 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " "materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:253 msgid "" "The |MO| deadline, which is the deadline to begin the manufacturing process " "to complete the product by the scheduled delivery date, can be determined by" " configuring the manufacturing lead times and manufacturing security lead " "times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead " "times." msgstr "계획된 제조 주문 날짜의 제조 리드타임을 시각화하여 결정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:261 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "제조 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:263 msgid "" "Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill " "of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "제품에 대한 제조 리드타임은 제품의 자재명세서(BoM) 양식에서 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:265 msgid "" "To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:268 msgid "" "On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value" " (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar" " days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" "|BoM| 양식에서 :guilabel:`기타` 탭을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`제조 리드 타임` 필드에 있는 값(일)을 변경하여 " "제품을 제조하는 데 필요한 캘린더 기준 날짜 수를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "제조 리드 타임 값에 제품의 자재명세서 양식에 지정되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:275 msgid "" "If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times " "of the components are added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:278 msgid "" "If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can " "be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" "|BoM| 제품을 외주로 진행한 경우, :guilabel:`생산 리드 타임` 을 통해 구성품을 외주업체에 보내야 하는 날짜를 정할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:281 msgid "" "Establish a |MO| deadline, based on the *expected delivery date*, indicated " "in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:284 msgid "" "The |MO| deadline, which is the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the " "|MO|, is calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the " "manufacturing lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:287 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "이렇게 하면 납기를 맞추기 위해 제조 공정이 정시에 시작될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:289 msgid "" "However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days." " Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center " "capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work " "center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" "그러나 리드 타임은 달력의 날짜 수를 기준으로 한다는 점에 유의하세요. 리드 타임은 주말, 공휴일 또는 *작업 센터 수용 능력* " "(:dfn:`작업장에서 동시에 수행할 수 있는 작업 수`)을 고려하지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:294 msgid "" ":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr ":doc:`생산 계획 <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:295 msgid ":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules `" msgstr ":doc:`MO 스케줄을 재주문 규칙으로 지정합니다 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:298 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " "date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment " "date is August 1st." msgstr "" ":abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`에 표시된 제품의 배송 예정일은 8월 15일입니다. 제품을 제조하는 데 14일이 필요하므로 이 약정을 " "충족하기 위한 제조 주문(MO)의 가능한 가장 최근 시작 날짜는 8월 1일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:305 msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" msgstr "제조지시서 준비 기간" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:307 msgid "" "Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by" " going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" " Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." msgstr "" "|BoM| 으로 이동하여 품목을 제조하기 위해 구성품을 모으는데 필요한 날짜를 설정합니다. 설정하려면 :menuselection:`제조 " "앱 --> 품목 --> BOM` 으로 이동하여 |BoM|을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:311 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days" " needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to " "prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and " "ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture " "semi-finished products." msgstr "" "|BoM|의 :guilabel:`기타` 탭에서 :guilabel:`제조 주문 준비 기간` 필드에 제품 구성품 수급에 필요한 달력 기준 " "일수를 지정합니다. 이렇게 하면 |MO|가 생성되어 구성품을 보충하거나 반제품을 제조할 수 있는 충분한 시간을 확보할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:317 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare" " Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the " "components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:320 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also " "added to this value." msgstr "해당하는 특정한 |BoM| 에 영향이 있는 *구매 보안 리드타임* 도 이 값에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:324 msgid "" "A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, " "and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to " "prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." msgstr "" "|BoM| 에 필요한 구성품이 2개라고 할 때, 하나는 제조 리드 타임이 2일이고, 다른 하나는 구매 리드 타임이 4일입니다. 이 경우 " ":guilabel:`제조 주문 준비 기간` 은 4일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:331 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "제조 보안 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:333 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" " :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security " "Lead Time`." msgstr "" "*제조 보안 리드 타임* 은 전체 비즈니스에 대해 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 에서 " "설정됩니다. :guilabel:`계획` 제목 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`보안 리드 타임` 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:337 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " "manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 원하는 캘린더 상의 날짜 수를 입력합니다. 보안 리드 타임을 설정할 경우 제조 공정에서 지연될 가능성까지 고려하여 여유 시간이" " 설정됩니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings." msgstr "제조 앱 설정에서 제조에 필요한 보안 리드타임을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:344 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " "manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled " "Date` on the |MO| reflects the latest date to begin the manufacturing order." " In this example, the planned date on the |MO| is August 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:350 msgid "Global example" msgstr "글로벌 예시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:352 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "다음 예시를 참조하여 모든 리드타임이 적시에 주문을 처리하기 위해 함께 작동하는 방식을 파악하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:355 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**영업 보안 리드타임**: 1 일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:356 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "**제조 보안 리드타임**: 2 일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:357 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "**제조 보안 리드타임**: 3 일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:358 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**구매 보안 리드타임**: 1 일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:359 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "**공급업체 리드타임**: 4 일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:361 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " "Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the " "necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, " "September 20th:" msgstr "" "고객이 9월 1일에 제조된 제품을 주문하고 창고 배송이 9월 20일로 예정된 경우 Odoo는 리드타임 및 자동 재주문 규칙을 사용하여 " "출고 배송일인 9월 20일을 기준으로 필요한 작업을 예약합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse " "operations." msgstr "리드타임이 창고 운영 일정과 어떻게 연동되는지 타임라인을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:368 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "**9월 1일**: 판매 주문이 생성되어 영업 담당자가 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:370 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "**9월 9일**: 제조가 시작될 때 제때 도착할 수 있도록 부품을 주문해야 하는 마감일입니다. (공급업체 리드타임 4일)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:373 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" "**9월 13일**: 부품의 수령 예정일은 당초 9월 14일로 설정되었으나, 구매 보안 리드타임이 1일이 소요되어 하루 앞당겨졌습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:376 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " "security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September " "19th." msgstr "" "**9월 14일**: 제조를 시작하기 위한 마감일입니다. 예상 배송일인 9월 19일에서 제조 리드 타임 3일과 제조 보안 리드 타임 " "2일을 차감하여 계산한 값입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:380 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " "September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by " "a day." msgstr "" "**9월 19일**: 배송 주문서의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`는 원래 9월 20일로 설정되었지만 판매 보안 리드타임으로 인해 하루 " "앞당겨진 수정된 예상 배송 날짜를 반영합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:384 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " "buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on " "time." msgstr "" "Odoo의 보충 계획은 잠재적 지연에 대비한 완충일을 포함하여 미리 정해진 마감일과 원자재 주문 날짜를 설정함으로써 기업의 주문 이행을 " "간소화합니다. 이러한 방식을 통해 제품을 적시에 배송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" msgstr "주문 시 보충 (MTO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:13 msgid "" "*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " "replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time " "it is required to fulfill a sales order (SO), or when it is needed as a " "component in a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" "*주문 시 보충*, *MTO* (주문 제작)라고도 하며, 판매주문서 (SO)대로 진행하기 위해 제품이 필요할 때마다 혹은 제조지시서 " "(MO)의 구성품으로 필요할 때마다 제품에 대한 발주서 초안을 작성하는 보충 방법입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:17 msgid "" "For products that are purchased from a vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ)" " is created to replenish the product, while an |MO| is created for products " "that are manufactured. The creation of an |RFQ| or |MO| occurs every time an" " |SO| or |MO| that requires the product is confirmed, regardless of the " "current stock level of the product being ordered." msgstr "" "공급업체에서 품목을 매입할 경우 품목을 보충하기 위해 견적요청서 (RFQ)가 생성되고, 품목을 제조하는 경우에는 |MO| 가 생성됩니다." " |RFQ| 또는 |MO| 는 주문 품목의 현재 재고 수준에 관계없이 해당 품목을 필요로 하는 |SO| 또는 |MO| 가 확정이 될 " "때마다 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:23 msgid "" "In order to use the |MTO| route, the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature " "must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." msgstr "" "|MTO| 경로를 사용하려면 반드시 :guilabel:`다단계 경로` 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. 그러려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고` 제목 아래에 있는 " ":guilabel:`다단계 경로` 옆 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하면 변경 사항이 저장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:32 msgid "Unarchive MTO route" msgstr "MTO 경로 보관 취소" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:34 msgid "" "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " "is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " "However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" "기본적으로 Odoo는 |MTO| 경로를 *보관됨*으로 설정합니다. 이는 |MTO|가 특정 회사에서만 사용하는 다소 전문화 된 워크플로우로" " 간주되기 때문입니다. 그러나 몇 가지 간단한 단계만 거치면 경로의 보관을 해제할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "" "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the " ":icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon on the right side of the" " search bar, and click the :guilabel:`Archived` filter to enable it." msgstr "" "활성화하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 경로` 로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`경로` " "페이지에서 검색 창 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 " ":guilabel:`보관됨` 필터를 클릭하여 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "경로 페이지의 보관된 필터입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:46 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Archived` filter, the :guilabel:`Routes` page " "shows all routes which are currently archived. Tick the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click the :icon:`fa-cog` " ":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`보관됨` 필터를 활성화하면 :guilabel:`경로` 페이지에 현재 보관된 모든 경로가 표시됩니다. " ":guilabel:`주문 시 보충 (MTO)` 항목 옆 확인란에 표시한 다음 :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`활동` 버튼을" " 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴를 표시합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`보관 취소` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "경로 페이지의 보관 취소 작업입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55 msgid "" "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the search bar. The " ":guilabel:`Routes` page now shows all unarchived routes, including " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is selectable on the *Inventory*" " tab of each product page." msgstr "" "마지막으로 검색창에서 :guilabel:`보관됨` 필터를 제거합니다. :guilabel:`경로` 페이지에는 이제 보관되지 않은 모든 " "경로가 표시되고 :guilabel:`주문 시 보충 (MTO)` 도 여기에 포함되며 각 품목 페이지의 *재고* 탭에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:60 msgid "Configure product for MTO" msgstr "MTO에 대한 품목 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:62 msgid "" "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " "use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then select an " "existing product, or click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new one." msgstr "" "|MTO| 경로가 보관 취소되었으므로, 이제 품목을 적절히 설정하여 주문 시 보충 전략을 활용할 수 있습니다. 진행하려면 먼저 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동한 후 기존 품목을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`새로 " "만들기` 를 클릭하여 새로 품목을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section, along with the :guilabel:`Buy` or :guilabel:`Manufacture` route." msgstr "" "품목 페이지에서 :guilabel:`재고` 탭을 선택하고 :guilabel:`경로` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`주문 시 보충(MTO)`" " 경로와 :guilabel:`매입` 또는 :guilabel:`제조` 경로를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " "another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" " replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy or manufacture " "it)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 시 보충 (MTO)` 경로는 추가 경로를 선택하지 않을 경우 작동하지 **않습니다**. 이는 Odoo에서 품목 " "보충 방법에 대해 정보가 주문을 받는 시점에 있어야 하기 때문입니다 (매입 또는 제조)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "재고 탭에서 MTO 경로와 두 번째 경로를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:79 msgid "" "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill |SOs|, enable the " ":guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so makes" " the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other tabs below." msgstr "" "품목을 공급업체에서 매입하여 |SO| 작업을 진행하는 경우, 품목명 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`구매 가능` 확인란을 활성화합니다. " "이렇게 하면 아래쪽에 :guilabel:`구매` 탭이 다른 탭과 함께 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the " ":guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`매입` 탭을 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`공급업체` 및 품목에 대한 판매 :guilabel:`가격` 을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87 msgid "" "Specifying a vendor is essential for this workflow, because Odoo cannot " "generate an |RFQ| without knowing who the product is purchased from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, make sure it has a bill of materials (BOM) " "configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`New` on the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" "품목이 제조된 경우 해당 품목에 대해 BOM (자재명세서)이 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다. 확인하려면 화면 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭한 다음, :guilabel:`자재명세서` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기`" " 를 클릭하여 품목에 대한 새 |BOM| 을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:95 msgid "" "For a full overview of |BOM| creation, see the documentation on :doc:`bills " "of materials <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" "|BOM| 에 대한 전체보기를 풀 버전으로 확인하려면, :doc:`자재명세서 " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>` 에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:99 msgid "Replenish using MTO" msgstr "MTO를 사용하여 보충하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:101 msgid "" "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" " created for it every time an |SO| or |MO| including the product is " "confirmed. The type of order created depends on the second route selected in" " addition to |MTO|." msgstr "" "|MTO| 경로를 사용하도록 품목 설정을 하면 품목이 포함된 |SO| 또는 |MO| 를 확정할 때마다 해당 품목에 대한 보충 주문이 " "생성됩니다. 주문 생성 유형은 |MTO| 외에도 두 번째 경로 선택에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:105 msgid "" "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a |PO| is created " "upon confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:109 msgid "" "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " "always created upon confirmation of an |SO| or |MO|. This is the case, even " "if there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|, without" " buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" "제품에 대해 |MTO| 경로를 활성화하면 |SO| 또는 |MO| 가 확정될 때마다 보충 주문이 생성됩니다. 이 경우에는 제품을 추가로 " "구매하거나 제조하지 않더라도, |SO| 처리하기에 충분히 재고가 있는지 여부에 관계없이 주문을 생성하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "" "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with the *Buy* or *Manufacture* " "routes, the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`New`, " "which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" "|MTO| 경로는 *매입* 또는 *제조* 경로와 함께 사용할 수 있으며, 이 워크플로우에서는 *구매* 경로를 예시로 사용합니다. 먼저 " ":menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하면 견적서 양식이 새로 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "" "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" " product configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`, and the quotation is turned into an |SO|." msgstr "" "빈 견적서 양식에 :guilabel:`고객` 을 추가합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 내역` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 " "추가` 를 클릭하고 *MTO* 및 *매입* 경로를 활용하도록 설정한 품목을 입력합니다. :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하면 견적서가 " "|SO| 로 전환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:121 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears at the top of the page. " "Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:124 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " "|PO|. A purple :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears above the " "|PO|. Once the products are received, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to " "open the receipt order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to enter the products" " into inventory." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하여 |RFQ| 를 확인한후 |PO| 로 전환합니다. 이제 보라색 :guilabel:`품목 수령`" " 버튼이 |PO| 위에 표시됩니다. 품목이 입고되면 :guilabel:`품목 수령` 을 클릭하여 입고 주문을 열고 " ":guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 품목을 재고로 입고 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:129 msgid "" "Return to the |SO| by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`, and " "selecting the|SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:132 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the order" " to open the delivery order. Once the products have been shipped to the " "customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" "마지막으로 주문서 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 배송주문서가 열립니다. 품목이 고객에게 출고되면 " ":guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 배송 확인을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:137 msgid "" "For information on workflows that include the |MTO| route, see the following" " documentation:" msgstr "|MTO| 경로 외 워크플로우에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`resupply_warehouses`" msgstr ":doc:`resupply_warehouses`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " "threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" " specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " "maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "" "*재주문 규칙* 은 예측 재고 수준이 지정한 상한선을 초과하지 않게 특정한 임계값 이상으로 유지하기 위해 사용합니다. 이는 특정 수준 " "이하로 떨어지지 않아야 하는 최소 수량 및 수준 이상으로 초과되지 않아야 하는 최대 수량을 지정하여 진행됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:21 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " "to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a *request for " "quotation* (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " "product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a *manufacturing order* (MO) is " "created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " "route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:27 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 자동 재주문 규칙 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:28 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 직접 재주문 규칙 설정하기 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:30 msgid "To set up reordering rules for the first time, refer to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Reordering rules setup `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136 msgid ":ref:`Trigger `" msgstr ":ref:`트리거 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:137 msgid ":ref:`Preferred route `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:36 msgid "To understand and optimize replenishment using advanced features, see:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38 msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:141 msgid ":ref:`Visibility days `" msgstr ":ref:`공개 범위 기간 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:44 msgid "Reordering rules setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:46 msgid "" "To configure automatic and manual reordering rules, complete the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:48 msgid "" ":ref:`Product type configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:49 msgid ":ref:`Replenishment method `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:50 msgid ":ref:`Create rule `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:55 msgid "Product type configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:57 msgid "" "A product must be configured correctly to use reordering rules. Begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then" " select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:61 msgid "" "On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Goods`, and make sure the " ":guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked. This is necessary for Odoo " "to track the product's stock levels and trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Product Type and Track Inventory configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71 msgid "Replenishment method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73 msgid "" "Next, configure the replenishment method (e.g., buy or manufacture) by going" " to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes from the " ":guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:76 msgid "" "If the product is purchased, :ref:`install ` the " "**Purchase** app, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Purchase` checkbox is " "enabled under the product name. In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, add at " "least one vendor to the :doc:`vendor pricelist " "<../../../purchase/products/pricelist>`. Odoo uses the vendor at the top of " "the list to generate |RFQs| when reordering rules are triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:81 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab's :guilabel:`Routes` field, tick the " ":guilabel:`Buy` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`Buy route <../../../purchase/manage_deals/rfq>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:85 msgid ":doc:`Vendor pricelist <../../../purchase/products/pricelist>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:87 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, :ref:`install ` the " "**Manufacturing** app, and in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab's " ":guilabel:`Routes` field, tick the :guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, ensure at least one :doc:`bill of materials " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>` (BoM) is displayed " "in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the product " "form. This is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for " "products with a |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:95 msgid "" "If a |BoM| does not already exist for the product, click the :guilabel:`Bill" " of Materials` smart button, then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new " "|BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:99 msgid "" ":doc:`Manufacture route " "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:104 msgid "Create new reordering rules" msgstr "새 재주문 규칙 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Operations --> Replenishment`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and fill out " "the following fields for the new reordering rule line item:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 규칙에 의해 보충되는 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:111 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 품목이 저장된 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted without the " "rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this number, a " "replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max`: The maximum quantity at which the stock is replenished." msgstr ":guilabel:`최대`: 재고가 보충되는 최대 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: If the product should be ordered in specific " "quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " "products are replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." msgstr "새로운 재주문 규칙을 만들기 위한 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126 msgid "" "Reordering rules can also be created from the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " "smart button on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130 msgid "" "To learn how the :guilabel:`On Hand`, :guilabel:`Forecast`, and " ":guilabel:`To Order` fields are calculated using on-hand quantities and " "future demand, see the :ref:`Just-in-time logic " "` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:134 msgid "" "For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering" " rule fields:" msgstr "재주문 규칙 사용법의 고급 단계에 대해 알아보려면, 다음 재주문 규칙 내용을 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:138 msgid ":ref:`Vendor `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:139 msgid ":ref:`Bill of materials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:140 msgid "" ":ref:`Procurement group `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:144 msgid "" "The fields above are not available by default, and must be enabled by " "selecting the |adjust| in the far-right corner and selecting the desired " "column from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:150 msgid "0/0/1 reordering rule" msgstr "0/0/1 재주문 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:152 msgid "" "The *0/0/1* reordering rule is a specialty rule used to replenish a product " "that is not kept on-hand, each time a sales order (SO) is confirmed for that" " product." msgstr "" "*0/0/1* 재주문 규칙은 재고가 없는 품목을 보충할 때 사용하는 특수 규칙으로, 품목에 대한 판매주문서 (SO)를 확인할 때마다 해당" " 품목을 보충합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:156 msgid "" "The 0/0/1 reordering rule is similar to the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* " "route, in that both workflows are used to replenish a product upon " "confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "" "두 가지 워크플로우 모두 |SO| 를 확인할 경우 품목이 재주문된다는 점에서, 0/0/1 재주문 규칙은 *주문 시 보충 (MTO)* " "경로와 유사합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:159 msgid "" "The main difference between the two methods is that the *Replenish on Order*" " route automatically reserves the product for the |SO| that caused it to be " "replenished. This means the product **cannot** be used for a different |SO|." msgstr "" "두 가지 방법 사이에 가장 큰 차이점은 *주문 시 보충* 경로의 경우에는 품목 보충의 근거가 된 |SO|에 대해 품목을 자동으로 " "예약한다는 점입니다. 즉, 해당 품목은 다른 |SO|에 대해서는 사용할 수 **없습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:163 msgid "" "The 0/0/1 reordering rule does not have this limitation. A product " "replenished using the rule is not reserved for any specific |SO|, and can be" " used as needed." msgstr "" "0/0/1 재주문 규칙에는 이러한 제한이 없습니다. 이 규칙을 통해 재주문된 제품은 특정 |SO| 에 예약이 되지 않으며 필요에 따라 " "사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166 msgid "" "Another key difference is that replenishment orders created by the " "*Replenish on Order* route are linked to the original |SO| by a smart button" " at the top of the order. When using the 0/0/1 reordering rule, a " "replenishment order is created, but is not linked to the original |SO|." msgstr "" "또 다른 주요 차이점으로는 *주문 시 보충* 경로로 생성된 보충 주문이 주문서 상단에 있는 스마트 버튼을 통해 원래의 |SO|로 " "연결된다는 점입니다. 0/0/1 재정렬 규칙을 사용하면 보충 주문이 생성되지만 원래 |SO|에 연결되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 msgid "" "See the :doc:`Replenish on Order (MTO) ` documentation for a full " "overview of the MTO route." msgstr "MTO 경로에 대한 전체보기의 전문은 :doc:`주문 시 보충 (MTO) ` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172 msgid "" "To create a 0/0/1 reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Products --> Products`, and select a product." msgstr "" "0/0/1 재주문 규칙을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 품목을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175 msgid "" "At the top of the product's page, click the :icon:`fa-refresh` " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Reordering " "Rules` page for the product. On the resulting page, click :guilabel:`New` to" " begin configuring a new reordering rule." msgstr "" "품목 페이지 상단에 있는 :icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 품목에 대한 " ":guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 페이지를 엽니다. 페이지 결과에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새로운 재정렬 규칙에 " "대한 환경 설정을 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Location` field of the new reordering rule, select the " "location in which replenished products should be stored. By default, this " "location is set to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" "새 재주문 규칙의 :guilabel:`위치` 에서 재주문된 품목을 보관할 위치를 선택합니다. 기본값으로 이 위치는 " ":guilabel:`WH/재고` 로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:182 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Route` field, select the route the rule should use to " "replenish the item. For example, if the product should be purchased from a " "vendor, select the :guilabel:`Buy` route." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`경로` 에 규칙에서 항목을 보충하는 데 사용할 경로를 선택합니다. 예를 들어, 공급업체에서 품목을 매입하는 경우 " ":guilabel:`구매` 경로를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:185 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` field and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` field, " "leave the values set to `0.00`. In the :guilabel:`To Order` field, enter a " "value of `1.00`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최소 수량` 및 :guilabel:`최대 수량` 에 값을 `0.00` 으로 설정합니다. :guilabel:`주문 " "예정` 에 `1.00` 값을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "A 0/0/1 reordering rule." msgstr "0/0/1 재주문 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:191 msgid "" "With the reordering rule configured using these values, each time an |SO| " "causes the forecasted quantity of the product to fall below the " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `0.00`, the selected :guilabel:`Route` is used " "to replenish the product in one-unit increments, back up to the " ":guilabel:`Max Quantity` of `0.00`." msgstr "" "이 값을 사용하여 재정렬 규칙을 설정하면 |SO| 에서의 품목 예상 수량이 :guilabel:`최소 수량` 인 '0.00' 아래로 " "떨어지게 되면 선택한 :guilabel:`경로` 를 사용하여 1단위 증분으로 품목을 보충하고:guilabel:`최대 수량`인 " "`0.00`까지 다시 보충하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:197 msgid "" "A picture frame is configured with a 0/0/1 reordering rule that uses the " "*Buy* route. Zero units of the picture frame are kept on-hand at any given " "time." msgstr "" "액자에 대한 0/0/1 재주문 규칙을 *구매* 경로를 사용하도록 설정했습니다. 액자의 재고 보유 수량은 0개로 계속 유지합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:200 msgid "" "An |SO| is confirmed for one unit of the picture frame, which causes the " "forecasted quantity to drop to `-1.00`. This triggers the reordering rule, " "which automatically creates a |PO| for one unit of the picture frame." msgstr "" "액자 한 개에 대해 |SO|를 확인하면 예상 수량이 `-1.00`으로 떨어집니다. 그러면 재주문 규칙을 트리거해서 액자 한 단위에 대해 " "|PO|가 자동으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:204 msgid "" "Once the product is received from the vendor, the forecasted quantity of the" " picture frame returns to `0.00`. There is now one picture frame on-hand, " "but it is not reserved for the |SO| which triggered its purchase. It can be " "used to fulfill that |SO|, or reserved for a different order." msgstr "" "공급업체에서 품목을 수령하면 액자의 예상 수량은 '0.00'으로 돌아갑니다. 현재 액자를 한 개 보유 중이나 매입 작업을 트리거한 " "|SO|용으로는 예약되어 있지 않습니다. 해당 품목은 |SO|용으로 사용하거나 다른 주문서에 사용하도록 예약할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:212 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "자동 실행" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" "A reordering rule's *trigger* can be set to *automatic* or *manual*. While " "both function the same way, the difference between the two types of " "reordering rules is how the rule is launched:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 msgid "" ":ref:`Auto `: A purchase or " "manufacturing order is automatically created when the forecasted stock falls" " below the reordering rule's minimum quantity. By default, the " ":guilabel:`Auto` trigger is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:220 msgid "" ":ref:`Manual `: The " ":doc:`Replenishment report ` lists products needing replenishment, " "showing current/forecasted stock, lead times, and arrival dates. Users can " "review forecasts before clicking *Order*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:224 msgid "" "To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Operations --> Replenishment`. Then, click the |adjust|, located to the" " far-right of the column titles, and tick the :guilabel:`Trigger` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or " ":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different" " types of reordering rules." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`트리거` 열에 :guilabel:`자동`이나 :guilabel:`수동`을 선택합니다. 다양한 재주문 규칙 유형에 대해" " 알아보려면 아래 섹션을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:234 msgid "Auto" msgstr "자동" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 msgid "" "*Automatic reordering rules*, enabled by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generate purchase or " "manufacturing orders when either:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 msgid "" "The scheduler runs, and the *Forecasted* quantity is below the minimum, or" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "" "A sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the " "product below the minimum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:243 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an |RFQ| is generated. To " "view and manage |RFQs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders " "--> Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:246 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an |MO| is generated." " To view and manage |MOs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" " Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:249 msgid "" "When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in " "the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" "선택된 경로가 없는 경우에는, Odoo에서는 품목 양식 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에 지정된 :guilabel:`경로`가 " "선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default." msgstr "스케줄러는 하루에 한 번 실행되도록 기본 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:255 msgid "" "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure " ":ref:`developer mode ` is enabled, and select " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, click" " the purple :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that " "appears." msgstr "" "스케줄러 실행 전에 재주문 규칙을 직접 실행하려면 :ref:`개발자 모드 `가 사용하도록 설정되어 있는지 " "확인하고 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 스케줄러 실행`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음, 팝업 창이 나타나면 " "보라색 :guilabel:`스케줄러 실행` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:260 msgid "Be aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "이렇게 할 경우 예약되어 있는 다른 작업도 트리거가 된다는 점에 유의하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 msgid "" "The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger " "when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of " "`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering " "rule is **not** triggered." msgstr "" "사무실 스탠드' 품목은 예측하는 수량이 :guilabel:`최소 수량` '5.00' 아래로 떨어지면 실행되도록 재주문 규칙이 설정되어 " "있습니다. 현재 :guilabel:`예상`은 `55.00`이므로 재주문 규칙은 트리거가 되지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page." msgstr "재주문 규칙 페이지에서 자동 재주문 규칙을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "" "*Manual reordering rules*, configured by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, list a product on the " ":doc:`replenishment dashboard ` when the forecasted quantity falls " "below a specified minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, " "because they are needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, for which the " "forecasted quantity is not enough." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:281 msgid "" "The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers " "sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It " "displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items, thanks to the " ":guilabel:`To Reorder` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:286 msgid "" "When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the " ":guilabel:`Order` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order with " "the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the Order button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:295 msgid "Route" msgstr "경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:297 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected as replenishment methods " "under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it " "is possible to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, " "indicating to Odoo that the product can be bought or manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:302 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the replenishment method (e.g., buying or manufacturing) that " "the rule defaults to, if multiple are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306 msgid "" "To specify a preferred route, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:309 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden. To reveal it, select the" " |adjust| to the far-right of the column titles, and ticking " ":guilabel:`Route` from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:312 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " "preferred route." msgstr "" "재주문 규칙 행의 열 안쪽을 클릭하면 해당 규칙에 사용 할 수 있는 모든 경로가 드롭다운 메뉴로 나타납니다. 목록에서 하나를 선택하여 " "기본 경로로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "드롭다운에서 선호하는 경로를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:319 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the *Buy* route, " "then *Manufacture*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:323 msgid "Advanced uses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:325 msgid "" "Pairing :guilabel:`Route` with one of the following fields on the " "replenishment report unlocks advanced configurations of reordering rules. " "Consider the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:330 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: When the selected :guilabel:`Route` is :guilabel:`Buy`, " "setting the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to one of the multiple vendors on the " "vendor pricelist indicates to Odoo that the vendor is automatically " "populated on |RFQs| when a reordering rule triggers the creation of a " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:337 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: When the :guilabel:`Route` is set to " ":guilabel:`Manufacture`, and there are multiple |BoMs| in use, specifying " "the desired |BoM| in the replenishment report, draft manufacturing orders " "are created with this |BoM| in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:343 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: This is a way to group related |POs| or |MOs|" " that are tied to fulfilling a specific demand, like an |SO| or a project. " "It helps organize and track which orders are linked to a particular demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:348 msgid "" "Procurement groups link replenishment methods to demand, enabling smart " "buttons to appear when using the :doc:`MTO route `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Showing smart button to PO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:354 msgid "" "Sales order (demand) with a linked purchase order (replenishment method)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:356 msgid "In the context of reordering rules:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:358 msgid "" "Reordering rules do not automatically assign a procurement group, which is " "why there are no smart buttons that link |SOs| to |POs|, unlike the " ":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)` route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:360 msgid "" "To enable smart buttons for products replenished by reordering rules (not " ":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)`), with specific quantities linked to specific " "demands (e.g. |SOs|), assign a procurement group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:363 msgid "" "Without a procurement group, demands for the same product can be combined " "into a single |RFQ|, even if the reordering rule is executed multiple times " "for those demands. This allows for more efficient procurement by " "consolidating demands into fewer orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:367 msgid "" "Selecting a procurement group in the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` field on " "the replenishment report ensures that all linked orders are grouped under " "the same demand, based on the defined route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:372 msgid "" "How can you set the *Procurement Group*, *Vendor*, and *Route* fields on the" " replenishment report to generate a single |RFQ| for five different products" " in sales order SO35, given they share the same vendor, Azure Interior, and " "ensure other demands for these products are handled separately?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:379 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` to `SO35`, in the reordering rule for " "all five products. This groups the demands for `SO35` in the same |RFQ| or " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:381 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Vendor` to `Azure Interior` to ensure the |RFQ| is " "created for the same supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:383 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Route` to :guilabel:`Buy` to generate an |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:384 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Order` button to generate a single |RFQ| for the five " "products tied to `SO35`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "" "After placing the order, remove `SO35` from the :guilabel:`Procurement " "Group` field of the five products' reordering rules. This ensures future " "demands for these products are managed separately and assigned to different " "|RFQs| (the usual behavior)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:394 msgid "Just-in-time logic" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:396 msgid "" "*Just-in-time logic* in Odoo minimizes storage costs by placing orders " "precisely to meet deadlines. This is achieved using the :ref:`forecasted " "date `, which determines when " "replenishment is necessary to avoid overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:400 msgid "" "The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** to receive a product " "if the replenishment process starts immediately. It is calculated by summing" " the lead times linked to the replenishment process, such as :ref:`vendor " "lead times ` and :ref:`purchasing " "delays ` for purchases, " "or :ref:`manufacturing lead times ` " "for production. Both automatic and manual reordering rules work this way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:408 msgid "" "For a product with a 5-day total lead time and a sales order delivery date " "in 10 days, Odoo waits 5 days to place the order, ensuring it arrives just " "in time for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:411 msgid "Important considerations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:413 msgid "" "**If this feels risky**, consider adding buffer time or :doc:`adjusting lead" " times ` for more flexibility." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:415 msgid "" "While lead times and just-in-time logic provide additional control, " "**reordering rules work perfectly fine without them**. Keeping delivery " "dates on sales orders as their *creation date* ensures purchases are " "immediately triggered when needed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:422 msgid "Forecasted date and To Order quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:424 msgid "" "To view the *forecasted date*, go to the replenishment report and click the " ":icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon for the desired reordering " "rule. The :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window displays the " ":guilabel:`Forecasted Date` and various lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:428 msgid "" "The *forecasted date* is the total time needed to procure a product in Odoo." " It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the product's " "replenishment process. The total of these lead times, added to the current " "date, determines when Odoo checks for demanded stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:433 msgid "" "The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** the customer can " "receive the product if the replenishment process began right **now**. It is " "calculated by adding all lead times related to the product to the current " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:438 msgid "" "A manual reordering rule is set up with no minimum or maximum quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:440 msgid "" "Vendor lead time is 4 days, the purchase security lead time is 1 day, and " "the days to purchase is 2 days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:442 msgid "Today's date is November 26." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:443 msgid "These add up to 7 days, making the forecasted date, December 3rd." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:445 msgid "" "A confirmed |SO| for 5 units has a delivery date of December 3rd (7 days " "from today). This demand will appear on the replenishment report today, in " "the **To Order** field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:448 msgid "" "However, if the delivery date were later than December 3rd, it would not yet" " appear on the report. Odoo only displays quantities to replenish when they " "fall within the forecasted date window, ensuring orders are placed precisely" " when needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show forecasted date in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:455 msgid "" "The *just-in-time* logic ensures replenishment happens only when it's " "necessary for the forecasted date's demand, helping avoid overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:458 msgid "For example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:460 msgid "" "If the forecasted quantity drops below the minimum **on** the forecasted " "date, replenishment must begin immediately to avoid shortages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:462 msgid "" "If the quantity drops below the minimum **after** the forecasted date, " "replenishment can wait." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:464 msgid "The **To Order** quantity is the total demand on the forecasted date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:466 msgid "" "By timing purchase orders based on the combined lead times, Odoo optimizes " "stock levels, keeping inventory minimal while ensuring future requirements " "are ordered at the last possible moment—strategic procrastination without " "the stress!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:471 msgid "Common confusion about forecasted quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:473 msgid "" "|SOs| due **after** the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` are not accounted for in" " the :guilabel:`Forecast` quantities of the reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:476 msgid "" "They are, however, accounted for on the forecasted report that is opened by " "clicking the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon on the " "replenishment report, as this one represents the **long-term forecasted " "quantity**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Forecast and To Order quantities is zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:485 msgid "" "Continuing the above example, when the sales order's deadline is adjusted to" " December 4th, the :guilabel:`Forecast` and :guilabel:`To Order` quantities " "are zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show forecasted report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:491 msgid "" "Opening the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` shows the :guilabel:`Forecasted` " "units is `5.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:496 msgid "Visibility days" msgstr "공개 범위 기간" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:498 msgid "" "*Visibility days* enable the ability to determine if additional quantities " "should be added to the planned replenishment. Odoo checks if forecasted " "stock on the forecasted date will drop below the minimum in the reordering " "rule. **Only if** it is time to reorder, visibility days check additional " "future demand by the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:503 msgid "" "This feature helps consolidate orders by grouping immediate and near-future " "needs, reducing transport costs and enabling supplier discounts for larger " "orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:506 msgid "" "To set visibility days to incorporate orders for a specified number of days " "in the future, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> " "Replenishment`, or by clicking the *Reordering Rules* smart button from the " "product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:510 msgid "" "Next, enable the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field by clicking the |adjust| " "to the far right and choosing the feature from the drop-down menu. Then, " "enter the desired visibility days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:514 msgid "" "The forecasted date is never pushed forward or extended; Odoo only checks " "the extra visibility days if the stock falls below the minimum threshold on " "the forecasted date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:518 msgid "Example where visibility days is triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:520 msgid "" "A product shipped from Asia has a combined vendor lead time of 30 days and a" " shipping cost of $100 (including :doc:`landed costs " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs>` and tariffs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:524 msgid "" "November 4: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:525 msgid "" "|SO| 1: Requires the product by Dec 4. Odoo places the order today, costing " "$100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:526 msgid "" "|SO| 2: Requires the product by Dec 19. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov " "19, costing an additional $100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:528 msgid "" "|SO| 3: Requires the product by Dec 25. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov " "25, costing another $100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:531 msgid "" "Ordering separately for these sales orders totals $300 in shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Show forecasted date visualization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:536 msgid "" "Setting :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `20.0` allows Odoo to \"look ahead\" " "20 days from December 4 (|SO| 1's forecasted date) to December 24." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:539 msgid "" "It groups |SO| 2's order with |SO| 1, reducing shipping costs by " "consolidating orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:540 msgid "" "|SO| 3, which is due on Dec 25, is one day late and is not grouped with the " "other two orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Visibility days visualization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:546 msgid "Counterexample where visibility days is not triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:548 msgid "Considering the example above, if |SO| 1 does not exist, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:550 msgid "" "**November 4**: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days " "later)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:551 msgid "**November 5**: The forecasted date shifts to December 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:552 msgid "" "|SO| 2: Requires the product by December 19. Odoo will only trigger the " "order on November 19, meaning the user will not see a replenishment " "notification until then." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:555 msgid "" "This shows that visibility days complement just-in-time logic by optimizing " "it to balance replenishment costs more effectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Example where the visibility days does not trigger." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:8 msgid "" "The *replenishment report* is an interactive dashboard that uses " ":doc:`manual reordering rules `, lead times, and upcoming " "demands to forecast quantities of products that need restocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:12 msgid "" "Reordering rules used on this dashboard are normal reordering rules, but the" " user benefits from a monitoring menu with extra options to manage " "suggestions for replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:15 msgid "" "This enables users to anticipate future needs, keep less products on hand " "without the risk of running out, plan and consolidate orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:18 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "보충 보고서에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 보충`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:21 msgid "" "The fields and features unique to the replenishment dashboard are displayed " "below. For definitions of the other fields, go to the :ref:`Create " "reordering rules section `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:25 msgid "" "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " "required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " "changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :icon:`fa-truck` " ":guilabel:`Order Once`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:30 msgid "" "Clicking :icon:`fa-bell-slash` :guilabel:`Snooze` temporarily deactivates " "the reordering rule for the set period, hiding the entry from the " "replenishment dashboard, when it is supposed to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:34 msgid "" "Defining a :guilabel:`Vendor` allows filtering or grouping demands by the " "vendor. This simplifies the process of identifying products to order and can" " reduce shipment costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst-1 msgid "Replenishment report that displays recommended quantities to order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:41 msgid "" "Automatic reordering rules appear on this menu, too but are hidden by " "default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:44 msgid "Replenishment information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:46 msgid "" "In each line of the replenishment report, clicking the :icon:`fa-info-" "circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment " "Information` pop-up window, which displays the *lead times* and *forecasted " "date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:50 msgid "" "For detailed information on how to use this feature for replenishment, go to" " the :ref:`Just in time logic ` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "창고 간 보충" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:7 msgid "" "When a business operates multiple locations, such as warehouses, retail " "shops, or manufacturing facilities, resupplying stock from a central " "warehouse is sometimes necessary. Odoo uses a *Route* configuration that " "enables locations to replenish from a central distribution center, " "automatically generating *inter-warehouse transfers*. Odoo " ":guilabel:`Inventory` manages these transfers to keep stores in stock." msgstr "" "비즈니스를 운영하는 장소가 창고, 소매점 또는 제조 시설과 같이 여러 개의 위치인 경우에, 중앙 창고에서 재고를 재공급해야 하는 경우가 " "있습니다. Odoo에서는 *경로* 설정 기능을 사용하여 각 지점이 중앙 물류 센터에서 보충할 수 있도록 하여, 자동으로 *창고 간 이전*" " 을 생성합니다. Odoo :guilabel:`재고 관리` 는 이같은 이전 작업을 관리하여 매장에 재고를 유지합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" "This guide explains how to conduct inter-warehouse transfers using two " "replenishment strategies:" msgstr "이 가이드에서는 창고 간 이전을 할 때 활용할 수 있는 두 가지 보충 방법에 대해 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`Make to order (MTO) `" msgstr ":ref:`주문 생산 (MTO) `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Reordering rule `" msgstr ":ref:`재주문 규칙 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`Difference between MTO and reordering rules <../replenishment>`" msgstr ":doc:`MTO와 재주문 규칙의 차이점 <../replenishment>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "The initial configuration for both replenishment strategies is the same. " "First go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, activate :guilabel:`Storage " "Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" "두 가지 보충 전략에 대한 초기 설정은 동일합니다. 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 " "이동합니다. :guilabel:`창고` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 를 활성화합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하면 설정이 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 저장 위치를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:35 msgid "" "Configure the settings for the central warehouse and connecting storage " "locations by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "Each central warehouse and other locations *must* have its own warehouse. " "For example, each shop is considered a local warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:42 msgid "" "Select an existing warehouse, or create a new one to be resupplied from the " "central warehouse, by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, give the warehouse a " "name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`, which will appear on that warehouse's " "transfers." msgstr "" "기존 창고를 선택하거나 혹은 중앙 창고에서 재공급할 새 창고를 만들 수 있으며 이런 경우 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 " "클릭합니다. 그런 다음 창고 이름과 :guilabel:`약식 이름` 을 지정하면 해당 창고의 이동 작업에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the " ":guilabel:`Resupply From` field. Check the box next to the central " "warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " "warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Now, Odoo knows " "which warehouses can resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`창고 환경설정` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`재공급 공급처` 필드로 이동합니다. 중앙 창고 이름 ​​옆에 있는 " "확인란에 표시합니다. 창고로 재공급하는 창고가 두 개 이상인 경우에는 해당 창고의 확인란에도 표시해야 합니다. 이제 Odoo에는 해당 " "창고로 재공급할 수 있는 창고에 대한 정보가 확인되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:52 msgid "" "The central warehouse that will supply the shops is called `Central " "warehouse`. The :guilabel:`Resupply From` field is set to this warehouse on " "the shop's warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" "중앙에서 상점으로 공급하는 창고를 `중앙 창고`라고 합니다. 상점의 창고 설정 페이지에 있는 :guilabel:`재공급처` 필드에 이 " "창고가 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`" msgstr ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "창고 설정 탭에서 한 창고를 다른 창고에 공급합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:64 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "품목 경로 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:66 msgid "" "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " "transferred between warehouses." msgstr "또한 반드시 품목을 알맞게 설정해야 창고 간 이송을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and select " "the desired product." msgstr ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 원하는 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:70 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the new route appears as :guilabel:`X: " "Supply Product from Y` in the :guilabel:`Routes` section, where 'X' is the " "store's warehouse that receives products, and 'Y' is the warehouse that " "sends products." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고` 탭에서, 새로운 경로가 :guilabel:`X: Y에서 품목 공급` 으로 :guilabel:`경로` 섹션에 " "나타납니다. 여기서 'X'는 품목을 수령하는 매장의 창고이고 'Y'는 품목을 발송하는 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:74 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` checkbox, which is intended to" " be used with the |MTO| route or a reordering rule to replenish stock by " "moving the product from one warehouse to another. Proceed to the dedicated " "sections below to continue the process." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`X: Y에서 품목 공급` 확인란에 표시할 경우, |MTO| 경로 또는 재주문 규칙을 활용하여 한 창고에서 다른 창고로" " 품목을 이동하는 방식으로 재고를 보충할 수 있습니다. 아래의 전용 섹션으로 이동하여 프로세스를 진행하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:81 msgid "MTO" msgstr "MTO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "" "To replenish products using the make-to-order method, go to the product form" " and ensure the :ref:`MTO route is unarchived " "`, so it appears in the " ":guilabel:`Routes` section of the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" "품목 보충을 주문 제작 방식으로 하려면, 품목 양식으로 이동하여 :ref:`MTO 경로가 보관되지 않음 " "` 으로 되어 있는지 확인합니다. 그러면 " ":guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭의 :guilabel:`경로` 섹션에 나타나는 것을 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:87 msgid "" "With the resupply and |MTO| routes ticked, jump to the section titled: " ":ref:`Replenish from another warehouse " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" "The product, sold at the warehouse, `Store`, is resupplied from the central " "warehouse, named `YourCompany`. To replenish the product using |MTO|, the " "following routes are selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Store: Supply Product from YourCompany`" msgstr ":guilabel:`매장: YourCompany에서 품목 공급하기`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`주문 시 보충(MTO)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "두 번째 창고에서 제품을 재공급할 수 있도록 경로 설정을 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:104 msgid "Reordering rule" msgstr "재주문 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:106 msgid "" "To replenish products using reordering rules, first ensure the :guilabel:`X:" " Supply Product from Y` route is selected in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab " "of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:109 msgid "" "Then, create a reordering rule to automate replenishment by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button." msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 보충을 자동화하는 재주문 규칙을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:112 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`, and set:" msgstr ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 클릭 후 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the stock location of the retail store. For example, " "`SHOP/Stock`." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 소매 매장의 재고 위치입니다. 예를 들어 `매장/재고` 로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Route`: :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`." msgstr ":guilabel:`경로`: :guilabel:`X: Y에서 품목 공급`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` to trigger automatic " "stock transfers when inventory falls below the set threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`reordering_rules`" msgstr ":doc:`재주문 규칙`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" "A :ref:`0/0 reordering rule ` to " "replenish the shop's warehouse is created, with the :guilabel:`Location` set" " to `SHOP/Stock`, and the :guilabel:`Route` set to :guilabel:`Store: " "Resupply from YourCompany`." msgstr "" "상점에서 창고 보충을 하기 위한 :ref:`0/0 재주문 규칙 `" " 이 생성되고, :guilabel:`위치` 는 `상점/재고` 로 설정되며 :guilabel:`경로` 는 :guilabel:`매장: " "YourCompany에서 재공급` 으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Show reordering rule configurations." msgstr "재정렬 규칙 환경설정을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:134 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "한 창고에서 다른 창고로 보충" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:136 msgid "" "After completing the setup, trigger replenishment using one of several " "methods, such as:" msgstr "설정을 완료한 후 보충 작업이 실행되게 하려면 다음에 있는 여러 방법 중에서 한 가지를 선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:138 msgid "" "Navigate to the product form of the product that is resupplied from another " "warehouse." msgstr "다른 창고에서 재공급되는 품목에 대한 품목 양식으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top-left of the product page. " "In the pop-up window, set the warehouse to the retail shop, (e.g. `Store`), " "and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "품목 페이지 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`보충` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 팝업창에서 창고를 소매점(예: `매장`)으로 설정하고 " ":guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Replenish pop-up window on the product form." msgstr "품목 양식에 있는 보충 팝업창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" "Create a quotation, and in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, set the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` to the retail shop (e.g. `Store`), when selling the " "product makes the on-hand quantity of the product go below the minimum set " "on the reordering rule." msgstr "" "견적서를 생성한 후 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`창고` 를 소매점 (예: `매장`)으로 설정하면, 품목판매" " 시 보유 수량이 재주문 규칙에 설정된 최소값 이하로 떨어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Create a quote at the store." msgstr "매장에서 견적서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" "Once triggered, Odoo creates two transfers: One is a *delivery order* from " "the central, supplying warehouse, which contains all the necessary products " "to the store, and the second is a *receipt* at the shop, from the main " "warehouse." msgstr "" "작동이 되면, Odoo에서 두 건의 이동이 생성됩니다. 하나는 중앙에서 창고로 공급하는 *배송주문서* 로 매장에 필요한 모든 품목이 " "포함되어 있으며, 두 번째는 매장의 *영수증* 으로, 기본 창고에서 보내온 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:159 msgid "" "While in transit, the product is located at `Physical Locations/Inter-" "warehouse transit`." msgstr "이송 중에는 품목이 `물리적 위치/창고 간 이송` 위치에 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:162 msgid "" "A sales order for the product at the shop is created. To replenish the " "product at the shop and ship it from there, Odoo generates a delivery order " "from the central warehouse's stock, `WH/Stock` to the shop's warehouse " "`SHOP/Stock`. While the products are traveling between warehouses, they are " "in `Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit`." msgstr "" "품목에 대한 판매주문서가 매장에서 생성됩니다. 매장에서 품목을 보충하고 배송할 수 있도록, Odoo는 중앙 물류 창고의 재고인 " "`창고/재고`에서 `매장/재고`로 배송주문서를 생성합니다. 해당 품목이 창고 간 이동이 되는 동안에는 `물리적 위치/창고 간 이동`에 " "있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:167 msgid "" "The final delivery order is from the shop to the customer's delivery " "address, and is not pertinent to the workflow in this guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Show shipments from warehouse to store." msgstr "창고에서 매장으로의 배송을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 msgid "Stock valuation dashboard" msgstr "재고 평가 현황판" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 msgid "" "When a company has physical assets, such as inventory, they often want to " "know approximately how much has been spent on these goods, or how much they " "are worth at the moment. This process of assigning a monetary value to " "account for inventory is known as *stock valuation*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:11 msgid "" "This value is often reported for accounting purposes. For instance, an " "insurance company may want to know the value of goods stored in a warehouse," " in the event of a flood or fire." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:14 msgid "" ":doc:`Stock valuation " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` " "typically utilizes one of two accounting systems:" msgstr "" ":doc:`재고 가치 평가 " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` 에는" " 일반적으로 두 가지 회계 시스템 중에서 하나가 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:17 msgid "" "**Perpetual**: The inventory is constantly (perpetually) being updated, and " "the value is constantly changing." msgstr "**영구**: 재고는 지속적으로(영구적으로) 업데이트되고 값은 계속 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:19 msgid "" "**Periodic**: The inventory value is checked on an occasional (periodic) " "basis, and the value is set at this occasional time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:22 msgid "" "Using :ref:`tracked inventory ` in Odoo necessitates a *perpetual* inventory accounting system " "because of the need to know when and where inventory exists, and how much of" " it is available or forecasted. There are a few common :ref:`stock valuation" " methods ` used in Odoo: " "*standard price*, *average cost* (AVCO), and *first in, first out* (FIFO) " "accounting. It is important to know that the valuation method chosen for a " "product impacts the calculation of several fields in the stock valuation " "reports." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 :ref:`추적 재고 ` 항목을 " "사용하려면, *영구* 재고 회계 시스템이 필요하며, 이러한 시스템을 통해 재고가 언제 어디에 있는지, 얼마나 사용 혹은 예측 가능한지를 " "알 수 있어야 하기 때문입니다. Odoo에서 사용되는 일반적인 :ref:`재고 평가 방법 " "` 으로는 *표준 가격*, *평균 비용* (AVCO)," " *선입선출* (FIFO) 회계 방식이 있습니다. 선택한 평가 방법은 품목에 대하여 재고 평가 보고서의 여러 필드 계산에 영향을 미친다는" " 것을 인지하는 것이 중요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:31 msgid "Open the dashboard" msgstr "현황판 열기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 msgid "" "Odoo's *Stock Valuation* dashboard displays the financial value of all " "tracked inventory, according to each product's stock valuation method. This " "report can provide insights into potential issues in the supply chain, such " "as sunken purchase costs or delays in profitability. To access the " "dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" "Odoo *재고 평가* 현황판에는 각 품목의 재고 평가 방법에 따라 추적된 모든 재고의 회계적인 가치가 표시되어 있습니다. 이 보고서를 " "통해 매입 관련 매몰 비용이나 수익성 지연과 같은 공급망의 잠재적인 문제에 대해 인사이트를 얻을 수 있습니다. 현황판에 액세스하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 평가` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:39 msgid "" "The :menuselection:`Reporting`` menu in **Inventory** is only accessible to " "users with :doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" "**재고 관리** 에 있는 :menuselection:`보고` 메뉴는 :doc:`관리자 액세스 " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>` 권한이 있는 경우에만 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:42 msgid "" "This dashboard has three different views, or inventory reports — :ref:`list " "view ` (i.e. the default " "stock valuation report), :ref:`pivot view " "` (i.e. the stock aging report), " "and :ref:`graph view `. Each view " "can be customized with different fields to break down inventory valuation by" " product, operation type, date, or company." msgstr "" "이 현황판에는 세 가지 다른 보기, 혹은 재고 보고서가 있습니다. :ref:`목록 보기 " "` (즉, 기본 재고 평가 보고서), :ref:`피벗" " 보기 `(즉, 재고 연령 보고서), :ref:`그래프 보기" " `. 각 보기는 다양한 필드로 사용자 지정하여 품목, 작업 " "유형, 날짜 또는 회사별로 재고 평가를 세분화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 msgid "" "All three views can be filtered by various fields. To apply filters, click " "into the search bar at the top of the report, or click the drop-down arrow " "next to it. For example, selecting the filter :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty` " "will show only products that are currently in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:55 msgid "List view: stock valuation" msgstr "목록 보기: 재고 평가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays in *list " "view*, represented by the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon. This" " report shows a detailed record of stock movements and their valuations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:199 msgid "Configure" msgstr "설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:64 msgid "The following columns are displayed by default:" msgstr "기본값으로 다음 열이 표시됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: the date and time when the :ref:`stock move " "` was created. The valuation report is " "sorted by this field by default, emphasizing the importance of time when " "valuing inventory. To sort the report by a different column, simply click on" " the column title." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reference`: the reference document associated with this stock " "move (e.g., a warehouse receipt, a delivery order, or a manual inventory " "adjustment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that is being moved and valued." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 이동 및 평가 중인 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units by which this product's stock has " "increased or decreased in this particular stock move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Value`: the value of the product's stock in this particular" " stock move, calculated by multiplying the :guilabel:`Quantity` and " ":guilabel:`Unit Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 msgid "" "If a :guilabel:`Reference` document includes several goods, there will be a " "separate line item generated on the report for each good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:82 msgid "" "There are additional fields that can be added to this view to provide more " "insight into the stock's valuation. To add fields, click the :icon:`oi-" "settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, and select the desired fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the uniquely identifying lot or serial number" " for this product." msgstr ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`: 해당 품목에 고유한 식별용 로트 또는 일련번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: for businesses that operate with multiple companies, " "this field displays the company by which this stock move took place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Remaining Quantity`: the number of units remaining for this " "valuation of the product, after demand has been accounted for (even from " "other stock moves). This field can be especially helpful for :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` accounting, as it " "conveys which units of stock came into a warehouse first and the value of " "said stock." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`잔여 수량`: 품목에 대한 가치 평가 후에 남아있는 수량이며, 수요가 반영되어 있습니다(다른 재고 이동으로 인한 " "경우까지 반영). 이 필드는 :abbr:`FIFO(선입선출)` 및 :abbr:`AVCO(평균 비용)` 을 회계에서 채택 중인 경우에 특히" " 유용할 수 있습니다. 창고에 먼저 입고된 재고 단위 및 재고 가치를 반영할 수 있기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit Value`: the cost of one unit of the product for the company " "(**not** the price to consumers)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: a description of the reason for this stock " "valuation (typically, a stock move has occurred). By default, this field is " "set as the concatenation of the :guilabel:`Reference` and " ":guilabel:`Product` fields. However, the field may also display other " "important messages for this line item, such as a note stating that the line " "item is an adjustment due to a change in the product's inventory valuation " "method." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`설명`: 재고 평가 사유에 대한 설명입니다(일반적으로 재고 이동이 발생된 상황). 기본적으로 이 필드는 " ":guilabel:`참조` 및 :guilabel:`품목` 필드에 연결하여 설정됩니다. 다만 이 필드에는 다른 주요 메시지가 표시될 수도 " "있으며, 예를 들어 품목 재고 평가 방법이 변경되어 줄에 있는 항목이 조정되었다는 메모 등이 나타나게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Remaining Value`: the value of this product's current stock " "levels for this particular stock move, after demand has been accounted for. " "Along with :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity`, this field can be especially " "helpful for :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`AVCO (Average " "Cost)` accounting, as they convey which stock came into a warehouse first " "and the value of said stock." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`잔존 가치`: 수요를 고려하여 해당하는 특정 재고 이동에 대해 품목에 남아있는 현재 재고 수준의 가치입니다. " ":guilabel:`잔여 수량` 과 함께 이 필드는 :abbr:`FIFO(선입선출)` 및 :abbr:`AVCO(평균 비용)` 을 회계에서" " 채택 중인 경우에 특히 유용할 수 있습니다. 창고에 먼저 입고된 재고 및 재고 가치를 반영할 수 있기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:107 msgid "" "Some of these settings may not appear unless first enabled in Odoo's " "**:doc:`Settings <../../../general>`** application." msgstr "" "일부 설정 항목은 Odoo **:doc:`설정 <../../../general>`** 애플리케이션에서 먼저 활성화하지 않으면 나타나지 " "않을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock valuation report." msgstr "재고 평가 보고서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:116 msgid "Stock valuation layers (SVLs)" msgstr "재고 평가 레이어(SVL)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:118 msgid "" "Each line item in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report represents a record" " in Odoo's system known as a *stock valuation layer (SVL)*. :abbr:`SVLs " "(stock move layers)` are generated when products move in a way that impacts " "their stock valuation. Specifically, the stock moves that generate " ":abbr:`SVLs (stock move layers)` are warehouse receipts, deliveries, " "dropshipping orders, and dropshipping returns. These stock moves must first " "be validated (by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button) for the " ":abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` to be created." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 평가` 보고서의 각 줄에 있는 항목은 Odoo 시스템에서 *재고 평가 계층(SVL)* 이라고 하는 레코드입니다." " :abbr:`SVL(재고 평가 계층)` 은 품목이 재고 평가에 영향을 미치는 방식으로 재고가 이동할 때 생성됩니다. 좀 더 구체적으로 " "보면 재고 이동 중에서 :abbr:`SVL(재고 평가 계층)` 을 생성하는 항목에는 창고 입고, 배송, 직배송 주문 및 반품이 있습니다." " 이러한 재고 이동의 경우 반드시 먼저 승인을 해야(:guilabel:`승인` 버튼 클릭) :abbr:`SVL(재고 이동 계층)` 을 " "생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:125 msgid "" "If a product's inventory valuation method changes on the product form, new " "line items are generated on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report to " "reflect the resulting :abbr:`SVLs (stock move layers)`. For example, if the " "valuation method changes from *standard price* to either :abbr:`AVCO " "(Average Cost)` or :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` accounting, " "*revaluation entries* will be automatically posted to reflect the change in " "pricing for goods that remain in stock. One entry will be negative to " "\"remove\" the old pricing, and the second entry will be positive to record " "the new pricing. These entries are connected to journal entries in Odoo's " "**Accounting** app." msgstr "" "품목 양식에서 품목의 재고 평가 방법이 변경되면 :guilabel:`재고 평가` 보고서에 새로운 항목 줄이 생성되어 그 결과로 " ":abbr:`SVL(재고 이동 계층)` 이 반영됩니다. 예를 들어 평가 방법이 *표준 가격* 에서 :abbr:`AVCO(평균 비용)` " "또는 :abbr:`FIFO(선입선출)` 회계로 변경될 경우에는 재고에 남아 있는 품목의 가격 변경을 반영하기 위해 *재평가 항목* 이 " "자동으로 게시됩니다. 한 항목은 음수로 입력되어 이전 가격을 \"제거\" 하고, 두 번째 항목은 양수로 입력되어 새 가격을 기록합니다. " "이러한 항목은 Odoo의 **회계** 앱에의 전표 항목으로 연결됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:133 msgid "" "Below is an example of what the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` table shows when" " a few stock moves have occurred for a product using standard price " "accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock valuation table in standard price accounting." msgstr "표준 가격 회계에 있는 재고 평가표입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:139 msgid "" "Conversely, the following image depicts what the *Stock Valuation* Report " "table might look like after a product has switched from standard price to " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "" "Stock valuation table after switching from standard price to FIFO " "accounting." msgstr "표준 원가에서 FIFO 회계 방식으로 전환된 재고 평가표입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:146 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Remaining Value` and :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` fields " "are derived from what occurs at the :abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` level in " "Odoo and, as such, are better understood with an example." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:150 msgid "" "Frankie's Consignment Shop buys sweaters at the cost, or :guilabel:`Unit " "Value`, of `5.00` dollars. For the first time, Frankie's purchases and " "receives a :guilabel:`Quantity` of `100.00` sweaters in one stock move, then" " re-sells and delivers `-10.00` sweaters in a second stock move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:154 msgid "" "In the first stock move line item, the :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` will " "change from `100.00` to `90.00`, once the second stock move is recorded. " "This change reflects that, although 100 sweaters were originally purchased, " "only 90 of those sweaters remain in stock and should be counted in the " "valuation. Similarly, the :guilabel:`Remaining Value` will drop from " "`$500.00` to `$450.00`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` will remain at " "`$500.00`, regardless of subsequent transactions." msgstr "" "첫 번째 재고 이동 라인 항목에서, :guilabel:`남은 수량` 은 두 번째 재고 이동이 기록되면 `100.00`에서 `90.00` " "으로 변경됩니다. 이와 같은 변경에는 원래 구입한 스웨터는 100개이나 그 중 90개만 재고로 남아서 평가액에 포함된다는 내용이 반영되어" " 있습니다. 마찬가지로 :guilabel:`잔존 가치` 는 `$500.00`에서 `$450.00` 으로 하락합니다. 이후의 거래와 " "무관하게 :guilabel:`총 가치` 는 `$500.00` 으로 유지됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:161 msgid "" "On the other hand, the :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` of the second stock " "move line item will be recorded and remain at `0.00` because the quantity of" " `-10.00` was sold. In the system, because the :abbr:`SVL (stock move " "layer)` was a sale, there is no stock left that needs to be valued from that" " transaction." msgstr "" "한편, 두 번째 재고 이동 라인 항목의 :guilabel:`잔여 수량` 은 `-10.00` 의 수량이 판매되었기 때문에 `0.00` 으로" " 기록되어 보존됩니다. 시스템에서는 :abbr:`SVL(재고 이동 계층)` 이 판매되었으므로 해당 거래에서 평가 대상인 재고가 남아있지 " "않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 msgid "" "Remaining value and quantity are calculated based on :abbr:`SVLs (stock move" " layers)`." msgstr "잔존 가치 및 수량은 :abbr:`SVL(재고 이동 계층)` 을 기준으로 계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:170 msgid "Change the valuation date" msgstr "평가일 변경하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:172 msgid "" "To see the valuation of stock moves at a specific date and time, click the " ":guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of the " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page. The report will show the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Total Value` of each stock move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:177 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` of the " "stock moves will *not* be point-in-time for any dates chosen in the past. " "The stock moves shown when selecting a past date will still display the " "*current on-hand quantity and value* of the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:182 msgid "" "A business has 100 sofas in stock on January 1st and sells 20 of those sofas" " on February 1st. The :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` of the :abbr:`SVL " "(stock move layer)` will drop from `100.00` to `70.00` on February 1st. If " "no other stock moves take place, and on February 1st, the " ":guilabel:`Valuation at Date` is selected as January 1st, the " ":guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` will still show as `70.00`." msgstr "" "사업체에서 1월 1일에 소파 100개를 재고로 보유 중이며 2월 1일에 그 중 20개를 판매합니다. :abbr:`SVL(재고 이동 " "계층)`의 :guilabel:`잔여 수량` 은 2월 1일에 `100.00`에서 `70.00` 으로 떨어집니다. 다른 재고 이동이 발생힌 " "내역이 없는 상황에서, 2월 1일에 :guilabel:`평가 날짜` 를 1월 1일로 선택하면 :guilabel:`잔여 수량` 은 여전히 " "​​`70.00` 으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:191 msgid "Pivot view: stock aging" msgstr "피벗 보기: 재고 연령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:193 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, access pivot view by " "clicking the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon. This view is " "essentially a *stock aging report*, and it shows the on-hand quantity and " "value of inventory by purchase date, which can help monitor products with " "expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:201 msgid "" "By default, the pivot view shows the value of all *product categories* by " "*day and month*. Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon" " in each column or row will reveal a drop-down list of options to create a " "more granular breakdown of the inventory valuation. The drop-down options " "include: :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Company`, or " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " ":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses the field back to an empty state." msgstr "" "기본적으로 피벗 보기에서는 모든 *품목 카테고리* 값이 *일 및 월* 기준으로 표시됩니다. 각각의 열이나 행에 있는 :icon:`fa-" "plus-square` :guilabel:`(더하기)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 옵션 드롭다운 목록이 표시되어 재고 평가액을 더욱 세분화할 수 " "있습니다. 드롭다운 옵션에 있는 내용으로는 :guilabel:`품목`, :guilabel:` 로트/일련번호`, :guilabel:`품목 " "카테고리`, :guilabel:`날짜`, :guilabel:`회사` 또는 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹 추가` 가 있으며, " ":icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`(빼기)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 필드가 다시 비어있는 상태로 축소됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:208 msgid "" "In the table, the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` column displays the number of " "on-hand items, and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of " "purchasing these items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock aging report, showing product row items and day columns." msgstr "재고 연령 보고서에서 품목의 행 항목과 날짜 열이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:301 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "그래프 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:219 msgid "" "The stock value can be depicted graphically by clicking the :icon:`fa-area-" "chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon. By default, the graph is displayed in " ":icon:`fa-line-chart` line chart view and filtered to show the cumulative " "total of all inventory value over time in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:223 msgid "" "At the top of the report, a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` bar chart or :icon:`fa-pie-" "chart` pie chart view can be selected instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:227 msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting essentials <../../../../essentials/reporting>`" msgstr ":doc:`Odoo 보고 필수 정보 <../../../../essentials/reporting>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations dashboard" msgstr "위치 현황판" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an " "overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report " "to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items " "`, or view past inventory to see " "product locations on specific dates." msgstr "" "*재고* 애플리케이션의 *위치* 현황판에서는 회사의 품목이 현재 보관되어 있는 위치를 전체보기로 확인할 수 있습니다. 이 보고서를 통하여" " 재고가 보관된 위치를 확인하고, :ref:`잘못 배치된 품목 ` 을" " 식별하거나 이전 재고를 검토하여 특정 날짜의 품목 위치를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with " ":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" "*재고 관리* 의 *보고* 메뉴는 사용자에게 :doc:`관리자 액세스 " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>` 가 있는 경우에만 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 msgid "" "To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be " "enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the " "locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" "위치 보고서에 액세스하려면 *저장 위치* 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. 그렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경" " 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`창고` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`저장 위치` 확인란을 선택하고 " ":guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 위치` 로 이동하여 " "위치 현황판에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" msgstr "위치 현황판 확인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products " "in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following " "information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at " "`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at " "each location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." msgstr ":guilabel:`패키지`: 해당하는 경우, 품목이 저장된 패키지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it" " is specified here." msgstr ":guilabel:` 로트/일련번호`: 로트번호나 일련번호가 제품의 경우에는 여기에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the " ":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand " "quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, " "such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." msgstr ":guilabel:`예약 수량`: 보유 수량 중에서 피킹, 납품 주문 또는 생산 등의 작업용으로 예약된 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`단위`: 품목의 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 msgid "" "Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional " "information:" msgstr "각 행에 있는 항목의 오른쪽에 있는 버튼을 클릭하면 추가적인 정보에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the" " product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why " "the product was moved from one location to another." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`이력`: 품목의 재고 이동 내역에 액세스하여, 수량에 대한 정보와 품목이 한 " "위치에서 다른 위치로 이동된 사유에 대한 설명을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 msgid "" "View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` " ":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` " ":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the " ":guilabel:`To Do` filter." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`이동 이력` 페이지에서 :icon:`fa-filter` :guilabel:`완료` 필터를 제거합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄 오른쪽에 있는 |아래| 아이콘을 클릭하여 필터 옵션을 표시한 후 :guilabel:`할 일` " "필터를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "" "Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." msgstr "품목이 예약되어 있는 할 일 배송에 대한 *이동 내역* 페이지를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 msgid "" ":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering " "rules <../replenishment/reordering_rules>` page to replenish products at the" " specific location." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`보충`: :doc:`재주문 규칙 " "<../replenishment/reordering_rules>` 페이지를 통해 특정 위치에 품목을 보충할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:61 msgid "" "In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button " "to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment " "<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain " "product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." msgstr "" "페이지의 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하면 :doc:`재고 조정 " "<../inventory_management/count_products>` 을 하여 특정 품목의 수량을 지정된 :guilabel:`위치`" " 에 기록할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:65 msgid "" "To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, " "click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-" "left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory" " at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "특정 날짜의 품목, 수량, 위치를 보려면 :guilabel:`다음 날짜의 재고` 버튼 (페이지 왼쪽 상단에 위치)을 클릭합니다. " ":guilabel:`다음 날짜의 재고` 필드에서 날짜와 시간을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:70 msgid "Generate reports" msgstr "보고서 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:72 msgid "" "After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard " "`, it can be used to create " "and share different reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:76 msgid "" "A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` " "dashboard are detailed below." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치` 현황판에서 생성할 수 있는 일반적인 보고서 일부는 아래에서 자세히 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:80 msgid "Dead stock report" msgstr "불용 재고 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:82 msgid "" "To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these" " steps:" msgstr "만료된 품목 목록은 *불량 재고* 라고도 하며, 이 내용을 가져오려면 다음과 같은 단계로 진행하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:142 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 위치` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 msgid "" "Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to" " reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and " ":guilabel:`Favorite` options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:87 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` " "option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." msgstr ":guilabel:`내부 위치` 및 :guilabel:`만료 알림` 옵션을 :guilabel:`필터` 섹션에서 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:90 msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." msgstr "이제 보고서에 기한이 만료된 품목 목록이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:93 msgid "" "This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers " "` page, accessed by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1 msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." msgstr "오늘 기준으로 만료일이 지난 품목 목록을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:104 msgid "Stranded inventory report" msgstr "요주의 재고 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:106 msgid "" "Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* " "apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper " "storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check" " transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items " "are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in " "the database." msgstr "" "비즈니스에서 *재고 관리* 또는 *제조 관리* 앱에 여러 단계에 걸친 플로우를 사용하는 경우에는, 품목에 *위치 오류* 가 발생할 수 " "있으며 이는 인적 오류로 인해 품목이 적절한 보관 위치에 있지 않게 되는 것입니다. 이 보고서를 사용하여 정기적으로 이동 위치 (예: " "*WH/입력*, *WH/사전 처리*)를 확인하여 품목이 목표로 하는 저장 위치로 이동하고 데이터베이스에 정확하게 기록되는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:111 msgid "" "To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these " "steps:" msgstr "유휴 상태로 보관 중인 품목 목록을 확인하려면 다음 단계에 따라 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location " "where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or " "`WH/Packing`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:116 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the " "resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show search result for the location." msgstr "위치에 대한 검색 결과를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:123 msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." msgstr "이제 보고서에 이송 위치의 제품 목록이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:126 msgid "" "Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a " "*WH/Input* location." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치` 에서 `입고` 로 검색하면 *창고/입고* 위치에 있는 제품 목록이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:128 msgid "" "The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not " "refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps " "identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." msgstr "" "목록에 있는 '치킨' 항목의 수량은 '500'개로, 수령 즉시 바로 냉장 보관하지 않으면 우려할 만한 수준입니다. 요주의 재고 보고서는 " "보관 장소가 아닌 곳에서 유휴 상태로 방치된 품목을 식별하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." msgstr "저장된 항목을 특정 위치에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:137 msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" msgstr "재고 불일치 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:139 msgid "" "To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last " ":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these " "steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:145 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option " "from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." msgstr ":guilabel:`내부 위치` 및 :guilabel:`충돌` 옵션을 :guilabel:`필터` 섹션에서 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:147 msgid "" "The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last " "cycle count." msgstr "이제 보고서에는 최근에 실행한 주기 계산 이후에 수량 변경이 있는 항목이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." msgstr "보고서에서 *충돌* 필터의 항목이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:153 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory " "transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the " "inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "*이동 이력* 을 통해, 재고 조정 후에 배송된 내용을 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 msgid "Moves history dashboard" msgstr "이동 이력 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of" " product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and" " reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making " "this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory " "turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." msgstr "" "Odoo *재고 관리* 의 *이동 이력* 보고서를 통해 품목 이동 (과거 및 현재 위치 포함), 로트번호 및 이동 사유에 대한 상세 " "기록을 확인할 수 있습니다. 모든 기간에 대해 보고서를 생성할 수 있으며 재고 수준 분석과, 재고 회전율 모니터링 및 재고 불일치 식별을" " 위해 필수적인 보고서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 msgid "" "The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" "보고 기능에 액세스하려면 :doc:`관리자 액세스 <../../../../general/users/access_rights>` 권한이 " "있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 msgid "" "To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "재고 보고서에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`재고 앱 --> 보고 --> 이동 이력` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1 msgid "Display Moves History report." msgstr "이동 내역 보고서를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 msgid "Navigate the moves history report" msgstr "이동 내역 보고서 확인하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" msgstr "보고서에서, 열에 표시된 내용은 다음과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." msgstr ":guilabel:`날짜`: 재고 이동의 달력 기준의 날짜 및 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or " "quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 이동에 관련된 품목명입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the " "tracked product being moved." msgstr ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`: 이동 중인 추적 대상 품목에 로트 또는 일련번호를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." msgstr ":guilabel:`출고지`: 이동 품목의 원래 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." msgstr ":guilabel:`도착지`: 이동 품목의 목적지 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." msgstr ":guilabel:`수량`: 이동된 품목의 수입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." msgstr ":guilabel:`단위`: 이동된 품목의 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be " ":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or " ":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the " "operation)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 msgid "Search options" msgstr "검색 옵션" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 msgid "" "Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` " "report to display relevant information" msgstr "다음과 같은 검색 기능을 선택하면 :guilabel:`이동 이력` 보고서를 사용자 지정하여 관련 정보를 나타낼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 msgid "Filters" msgstr "필터" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and " "custom filters to find specific stock records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This " "includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of " ":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr ":guilabel:`완료`: 완료된 재고 이동으로, :guilabel:`상태` 가 :guilabel:`완료` 인 경우입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." msgstr ":guilabel:`수신`: 공급업체 위치에서 이동 레코드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including" " customer returns." msgstr ":guilabel:`발신`: 고객 반품을 포함하여, 고객 위치로의 이동 기록을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to " "another." msgstr ":guilabel:`내부`: 한 내부 위치에서 다른 내부 위치로 이동 레코드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from " "the virtual, production :doc:`location " "<../inventory_management/use_locations>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제조 관리`: 가상의 생산 :doc:`위치 <../inventory_management/use_locations>` " "에서 제품이 생산된 레코드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter " "options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty " "days." msgstr ":guilabel:`지난 30일`: 지난 30일 동안 생성된 레코드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." msgstr ":guilabel:`지난 3개월`: 지난 3개월에 대한 레코드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 msgid "Group By" msgstr "그룹별" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " "groupings to the search." msgstr ":guilabel:`그룹화 기준` 섹션을 활용하면 미리 제작된 그룹 및 사용자 지정 그룹을 검색에 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 품목별로 레코드를 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: " ":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially " "Available`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`상태`: 레코드를 세 가지 상태 유형인 :guilabel:`완료`, :guilabel:`사용 가능`, " ":guilabel:`부분적으로 사용 가능` 으로 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, " ":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`날짜`: :guilabel:`연도`, :guilabel:`분기`, :guilabel:`월`, " ":guilabel:`주`, 또는 :guilabel:`일` 를 기준으로 레코드를 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. " "`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`이전`: 작업 번호를 기준으로 레코드를 그룹화합니다(예: `WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`" " column in this report)." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 출고지(보고서에 있는 :guilabel:`시작일` 열)별로 레코드를 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these," " go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product" " Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch " "<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일괄 전송`: 레코드를 :doc:`일괄 " "<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch>` 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:123 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "즐겨찾기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 msgid "" "To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can " "be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current " "search`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 msgid "" "Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " "current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` " "report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option " "available to other users." msgstr "" "선택 사항으로, :guilabel:`이동 이력` 보고서를 열 때 현재 보기를 기본 필터로 설정하려면 :guilabel:`기본 필터` " "확인란에 표시합니다. 또는 :guilabel:`공유` 확인란에 표시하면 다른 사용자가 검색하여 선택할 수 있게 됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:132 msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 msgid "Stock report" msgstr "재고 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored " "products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as " "those delivered to customers." msgstr "" "Odoo *재고 관리* 의 재고 보고서를 사용하여 모든 저장 품목에 대한 자세한 목록을 확인할 수 있으며, 여기에는 예약, 구매 및 배송" " 중인 품목과 고객에게 배송된 품목 등이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 msgid "" "To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "재고 보고서에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`재고 앱 --> 보고 --> 재고` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1 msgid "" "Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." msgstr "재고 보고서를 표시되며, 재고 > 보고 > 재고로 이동하면 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 msgid "Navigate the stock report" msgstr "재고 보고서 확인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 msgid "" "On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow " "down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`," " which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, " "which shows products within a selected product category." msgstr "" "재고 보고서의 왼쪽 사이드바에는 표시되는 항목의 범위를 좁혀나갈 수 있는 그룹이 여러 개 포함되어 있습니다. 기본 그룹은 특정 창고별로 " "품목에 필터를 적용하는 :guilabel:`창고` 및 선택한 품목 카테고리 내에서 품목이 표시되는 :guilabel:`카테고리` 입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple" " warehouses in the database. Refer to the " ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses` documentation for more details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:29 msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" msgstr "보고서 열에는 다음 내용이 나타나 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:31 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 품목명입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based " "on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, " "calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." msgstr ":guilabel:`총 가치`: 재고 가치 평가 총액으로 단가에 보유 수량을 곱하여 계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:38 msgid "" ":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit " "`" msgstr ":ref:`단위당 평균 재고 평가 비용 계산하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 msgid "" ":doc:`Inventory valuation methods " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`재고 가치 평가 방법 " "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-" "pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity " "<../inventory_management/count_products>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for " "delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of " "products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed " "in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in " "confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`출고`: 제조지시서를 통해 창고에서 출고되거나 소비될 것으로 예상되는 품목입니다. 품목의 숫자는 확정된 판매주문서나 " "제조지시서의 수량을 기준으로 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, " "displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product" " was moved from one location to another." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`이력`: 품목의 재고 이동 내역에 액세스하여 수량에 대한 정보와 품목이 한 위치에서 다른 위치로 이동된 사유에 대한 " "설명을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules " "<../replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for the product to create or " "manage methods of procuring the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage " "locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, " "incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed " "purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are " "confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예측`: 예측 보고서에 액세스하여 보유 수량 및 입출고 수량을 확인합니다. 보고서에는 확인이 완료된 매입, 판매 또는" " 제조 관련 주문서에의 링크도 포함되어 있습니다. 해당 상품에 대한 판매, 매입, 제조 주문을 확인한 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only " "available with the *Website* app installed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`게시됨`: 웹사이트에 게시되어 있는 품목이 표시됩니다. *웹사이트* 앱이 설치된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " "of Sale* app." msgstr ":guilabel:`POS에서 사용 가능`: *POS* 앱에서 사용할 수 있는 품목을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order " "through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the " ":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the " ":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab." " The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox" " is ticked." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`셀프 주문 가능`: *POS* 앱에서 셀프 주문을 할 수 있는 품목을 표시합니다. 품목 양식에 있는 " ":guilabel:`판매` 탭 :guilabel:`POS` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`셀프 주문 가능` 확인란에 표시가 되어 있으면 " "검색할 때 나타나게 됩니다. 이 옵션은 :guilabel:`POS에서 사용 가능` 확인란에 표시한 경우에만 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 msgid "" "In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* " "setting." msgstr "품목 양식에 있는 판매 탭에서 *자체 주문에서 사용 가능* 설정을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but " "not available in self order." msgstr ":guilabel:`자체적으로 사용 불가`: *POS* 에서는 가능하나 자체 주문에서는 사용이 불가한 품목을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" msgstr "`POS 품목 환경설정 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. " "Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked" " on the product form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`판매 가능`: 고객에게 판매할 수 있는 품목을 표시합니다. 검색에 표시되는 이유는 품목 양식에서 " ":guilabel:`판매 가능` 확인란이 선택되어 있기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from " "vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` " "checkbox is ticked on the product form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구매 가능`: 공급업체에서 구매할 수 있는 품목이 표시됩니다. 검색에 표시되는 이유는 품목 양식에서 " ":guilabel:`구매 가능` 확인란이 선택되어 있기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by " "ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only " "available with the *Subscription* app activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for" " a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`" " checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* " "app installed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`대여 가능`: 일정 기간 동안 고객에게 대여할 수 있는 품목을 표시합니다. 품목 양식에 :guilabel:`대여 " "가능` 확인란에 표시하면 검색할 때 나타납니다. *렌탈* 앱이 설치된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a" " third-party manufacturer. Available only with the *Manufacturing* app " "installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available" " with the *Expenses* app installed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`비용 처리 가능`: 비용으로 처리할 수 있는 항목을 표시합니다. *경비* 앱이 설치되어 있는 경우에만 사용할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/configure/type`" msgstr ":doc:`../../product_management/configure/type`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom " "groupings to the search results." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`그룹화 기준` 섹션을 활용하면 미리 만들어져 있는 그룹 및 사용자 지정 그룹을 검색 결과에 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type " "<../../product_management/configure/type>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목 유형`: 항목을 :doc:`품목 유형 " "<../../product_management/configure/type>` 기준으로 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure " "these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: " "Product Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 msgid "" ":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product" " categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`POS 품목 카테고리`: :doc:`POS 품목 카테고리 " "<../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>` 기준으로 항목을 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 msgid "" "To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information " "can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save " "current search`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:128 msgid "" "Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this " "current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the " ":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other " "users." msgstr "" "선택 사항으로, 재고 보고서를 열 때 현재 보기를 기본 필터로 설정하려면 :guilabel:`기본 필터` 확인란에 표시합니다. 또는 " ":guilabel:`공유` 확인란에 표시하면 다른 사용자가 검색하여 선택할 수 있게 됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "유지보수" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " "track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "**Odoo 유지보수**는 유지보수 요구 사항을 모니터링하고 관리하여 장비의 효율성을 높이는 데 도움을 줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 장비 유지보수 관리 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "새 장비 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations," " including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery" " on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a " "computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by " "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 *장비* 는 제품 제조와 같이 일상적인 업무에 사용되는 모든 물품을 나타냅니다. 여기에는 생산 라인에 있는 기계장치류, " "다양한 위치에서 사용되는 도구 또는 사무실 공간의 컴퓨터 등이 있습니다. Odoo에 등록된 장비는 Odoo 데이터베이스를 사용 중인 " "회사의 소유이며, 장비를 대여한 경우 공급업체와 같이 외부업체가 소유자가 될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" "Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " "add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " "module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" "Odoo *유지보수*를 사용하면 개별 장비와 해당 장비의 유지보수 요구 사항을 모니터링할 수 있습니다. 새 장비를 추가하려면 " ":guilabel:`유지보수` 모듈로 이동하여 :menuselection:`장비 --> 기계 및 도구 --> 생성`을 선택한 후 다음 " "구성으로 장비를 설정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`장비 이름`: 장비의 제품 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:19 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " "created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`장비 카테고리`: 장비가 속한 카테고리를 나타내며, 예를 들어 컴퓨터, 기계장치, 도구 등이 있습니다. 새로 " "카테고리를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 장비 카테고리` 로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`만들기` 를 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 장비를 소유한 회사를 지정합니다. Odoo 데이터베이스를 사용하는 회사 또는 타사 회사가 될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`사용자: 특정 직원, 부서 또는 둘 다에서 장비를 사용하는지 지정합니다. 직원과 부서를 모두 지정하려면 " ":guilabel:`기타`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " "page" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유지보수 팀`: 장비의 서비스를 담당하는 팀이 지정됩니다. 새 팀은 :menuselection:`환경설정 " "-->유지보수 팀`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 선택하면 설정할 수 있으며, 이 페이지에서 각 팀의 구성원을 할당할 수도 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " "maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " "should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기술자`: 장비 서비스를 담당하는 사람입니다. 유지보수 팀이 지정되지 않았거나 지정된 팀의 특정 구성원이 항상 장비를" " 책임져야 하는 경우 특정 개인을 지정하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다. Odoo에 사용자로 추가된 사람은 누구나 기술자로 지정할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`사용 위치`: 장비가 사용되는 위치를 나타냅니다. 사무실과 같이 업무 센터가 아닌 위치를 지정하는 데 사용할 수 있는" " 간단한 텍스트 필드입니다. 예를 들어," #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " "work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" "장비가 작업장에서 사용되는 경우 여기에 지정합니다. 장비는 :menuselection:`유지보수 --> 장비 --> 작업 센터`로 " "이동하여 작업장을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`생성` 버튼을 사용하여 새 작업장을 생성한 후 양식에서 :guilabel:`장비` 탭을 " "클릭하여 작업장에 할당할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "완전히 구성된 새로운 장비 양식의 예입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "추가 품목 정보 포함" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the page can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr ":guilabel:`거래처`: 장비를 구매한 공급업체입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "guilabel:`거래처 참조`: 공급업체에 할당된 참조 코드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`모델l`: 장비의 특정 모델을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`일련번호`: 장비의 고유 일련 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유효 일자`: 장비를 사용할 수 있게 된 날짜입니다. 이 날짜는 :abbr:`MTBF (평균 고장 간격)` 계산에 " "사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr ":guilabel:`비용`: 장비가 구매된 금액을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr ":guilabel:`보증 만료일`: 장비의 보증이 만료되는 날짜입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "새 장비에 대한 제품 정보 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "유지보수 세부 정보 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab at the bottom of the page provides " "information about the failure frequency of the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days " "the equipment is expected to operate between failures. This number can be " "configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days the " "equipment operates between failures. This number is calculated automatically" " based on previous failures, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`평균 고장 간격`: 장비가 고장나기 전까지 작동하는 평균 날짜 수입니다. 이 수치는 이전에 발생한 장애를 기준으로 " "자동으로 계산되며, 수동 설정은 할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the estimated date the equipment may " "experience its next failure. This date is calculated automatically based on " "the data in the :guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure` and :guilabel:`Latest " "Failure` fields, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예상 차기 고장일`: 장비에 장애가 발생할 것으로 예상하는 다음번의 날짜입니다. 이 날짜는 :guilabel:`평균 " "고장 간격` 및 :guilabel:`최근 고장일` 필드에 있는 데이터를 기반으로 자동으로 계산되며 수동으로는 설정할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: the most recent date on which the equipment " "failed. This date is based on the creation date of the equipment's most " "recent maintenance request, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최근 장애 발생일`: 가장 최근에 장비에 장애가 발생한 날짜입니다. 이 날짜는 장비의 가장 최근에 생성한 유지관리 " "요청일을 기준으로 하며 수동으로 설정할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the average number of days needed to repair" " the equipment. This number is calculated automatically based on the " "duration of previous maintenance requests, and cannot be configured " "manually." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`평균 수리 시간`: 장비를 수리하는 데 걸리는 평균 날짜 수입니다. 이 숫자는 이전에 있었던 유지보수 요청 기간을 " "기준으로 자동 계산되며 수동 설정은 할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for a piece of equipment." msgstr "장비에 대한 유지보수 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:91 msgid "" "To see any open maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the " "page for the equipment, and click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button " "at the top of the page." msgstr "" "장비에 대해 미결 상태인 유지보수 요청을 확인하려면 해당 장비 페이지로 이동하여 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`유지보수` 스마트" " 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance calendar" msgstr "유지보수 캘린더" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:7 msgid "" "Avoiding equipment breakdowns, and blocks in warehouse work centers, " "requires constant equipment maintenance. Timely corrective maintenance for " "machines and tools that break unexpectedly, as well as preventive " "maintenance to ensure that such issues are avoided, are key to keeping " "warehouse operations running smoothly." msgstr "" "장비 고장 및 창고 작업장 차단을 방지하려면 지속적으로 장비를 유지보수해야 합니다. 예기치 않게 파손된 기계 및 공구를 적시에 " "유지보수하고 이러한 문제를 방지하기 위한 예방적으로 관리하는 것은 원활하게 창고를 운영하는 데 핵심입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can access the *Maintenance Calendar* to " "create, schedule, and edit both corrective and preventive maintenance " "requests, to stay on top of equipment and work centers." msgstr "" "Odoo *유지보수* 를 통해 *유지보수 일정* 에 액세스하여 시정 및 예방적 유지보수 요청에 대한 생성, 예약 및 편집을 할 수 있으며" " 항상 장비 및 작업 센터의 상태를 파악할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:16 msgid "Create maintenance request" msgstr "유지보수 요청 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:18 msgid "" "Maintenance requests can be created directly from the *Maintenance " "Calendar*. To access the calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:21 msgid "" "To create a new request, click anywhere on the calendar. Doing so opens a " ":guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Name:` field, assign " "a title to the new request." msgstr "" "새로운 요청을 만들려면 캘린더에서 아무 곳이나 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`새 행사` 팝업창이 열립니다. " ":guilabel:`이름:` 필드에 새 요청에 대한 제목을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "New event creation pop-up window." msgstr "새로운 행사 생성 팝업창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:28 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the pop-up window saves the new request with " "no additional details. If the request's creation should be cancelled, click " ":guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:31 msgid "" "To add more details and schedule the request for a specific date and time, " "click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "자세한 내용을 추가한 후 특정 날짜와 시간에 요청 예약을 하려면 :guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:33 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens a blank maintenance request form, where " "various details about the request can be filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:37 msgid "Edit maintenance request" msgstr "유지보수 요청 수정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:39 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Request` field, assign a title to the new request. In the " ":guilabel:`Created By` field, from the drop-down menu, select which user the" " request was created by. By default, this field populates with the user " "actually creating the request." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`요청` 필드에서 새 요청 제목을 지정합니다. :guilabel:`작성자` 필드에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 요청한 " "사용자를 선택합니다. 기본적으로 이 필드에는 실제로 요청 항목을 생성한 사용자가 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "New maintenance request form creation." msgstr "새로운 유지보수 요청 양식을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:47 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`For` field, from the drop-down menu, select if this " "request is being created for a piece of :guilabel:`Equipment`, or a " ":guilabel:`Work Center`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:51 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Work Center` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field's drop-" "down menu, two additional fields appear on the form: :guilabel:`Work Center`" " and :guilabel:`Block Workcenter`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`대상` 필드의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`작업장` 을 선택하면 양식에 :guilabel:`작업장` 및 " ":guilabel:`작업장 차단` 이라는 두 개의 추가 필드가 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, select which work center in the " "warehouse this maintenance request applies to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Block Workcenter` option's checkbox is ticked, it is not " "possible to plan work orders, or other maintenance requests, in this work " "center during the time that this request is being performed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업장 차단` 확인란에 표시하면 요청이 처리되는 동안 이 작업장에서 작업지시서나 기타 유지 관리 요청을 진행할 수 " "없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Equipment` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, which it " "is by default, select which machine or tool requires maintenance from the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` field. Once a specific piece of equipment is selected," " a greyed-out :guilabel:`Category` field appears, listing the *Equipment " "Category* to which the equipment belongs." msgstr "" "기본적으로 :guilabel:`장비` 가 :guilabel:`대상` 필드에 선택되어 있는 경우, :guilabel:`장비` 필드에서 " "유지관리가 필요한 기계 또는 공구를 선택합니다. 특정 장비를 선택하면 장비가 속한 *장비 카테고리* 를 있는 회색 " ":guilabel:`카테고리` 필드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:66 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field, if necessary, click the drop-" "down menu to select a worksheet template. These templates are custom " "templates that can be filled out by the employee performing the maintenance." msgstr "" "필요한 경우 :guilabel:`워크시트 템플릿` 필드에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 워크시트 템플릿을 선택합니다. 이러한 템플릿은 유지 " "관리를 담당하는 직원이 작성할 수 있는 사용자 지정 템플릿입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:70 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Category` field, the :guilabel:`Request Date` field " "displays the date requested for the maintenance to happen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:73 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field provides two selectable radio button " "options: :guilabel:`Corrective` and :guilabel:`Preventive`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유지 관리 유형` 필드에 두 가지 옵션 버튼으로 나타나 있는 :guilabel:`시정` 및 :guilabel:`예방`" " 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Corrective` maintenance is for requests that arise for immediate " "needs, such as broken equipment, while :guilabel:`Preventive` maintenance is" " for planned requests, to avoid breakdowns in the future." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`시정` 방식의 유지보수의 경우는 장비가 고장난 경우와 같이 즉각적으로 필요한 요청인 반면, :guilabel:`예방`" " 유지보수는 향후 고장을 방지하기 위한 계획의 일환으로 요청을 하는 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:80 msgid "" "If this request is tied to a specific |MO|, select that |MO| from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:83 msgid "" "From the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the desired " "maintenance team who will perform the maintenance. In the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field, select the technician responsible for the " "request." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`팀` 필드에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 유지보수를 진행할 유지보수 팀을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`책임자` 필드에서" " 요청을 담당할 기술자를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Filled-out details of maintenance request form." msgstr "유지보수 요청 양식이 세부 작성되어 있는 모습" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to open a calendar " "popover. From this popover, select the planned date of the maintenance, and " "click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예정일` 항목에서 날짜를 클릭하면 캘린더 팝업 창이 열립니다. 이 팝업 창에서 유지관리 예정일을 선택한 후 " ":guilabel:`적용` 을 클릭하여 날짜를 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:94 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Duration` field, enter the the amount of hours (in a " "`00:00` format) that the maintenance is planned to take." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Priority` field, choose a priority between one and three " ":guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`. This indicates the importance of the maintenance " "request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:100 msgid "" "If working in a multi-company environment, from the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Company` field, select the company to which this maintenance " "request belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:103 msgid "" "At the bottom of the form, there are two tabs: :guilabel:`Notes` and " ":guilabel:`Instructions`." msgstr "양식 하단에는 :guilabel:`메모` 및 :guilabel:`지침` 탭이 각각 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:105 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, type out any internal notes for the team or " "technician assigned to the request, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:108 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab, if necessary, select one of the three " "radio button options to provide maintenance instructions to the assigned " "team or technician. The available methods for providing instructions are via" " :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`Google Slide`, or :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" "필요한 경우 :guilabel:`지침` 탭에 있는 세 개의 선택 버튼 중에서 하나를 선택하여 배정받은 팀이나 테크니션에게 유지보수 안내를" " 할 수 있습니다. 지침을 전달하는 방법으로는 :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`Google Slide` 또는 " ":guilabel:`텍스트` 를 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Instructions tab options on maintenance request form." msgstr "유지보수 요청 양식의 지침 탭 옵션입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:117 msgid "Calendar elements" msgstr "캘린더 요소" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:119 msgid "" "The *Maintenance Calendar* provides various views, search functions, and " "filters to help keep track of the progress of ongoing and planned " "maintenance requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:122 msgid "" "The following sections describe elements found across various views of the " "calendar." msgstr "다음 섹션에서는 다양한 캘린더 보기에 있는 요소에 대해 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:125 msgid "Filters and Favorites" msgstr "필터 및 즐겨찾기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:127 msgid "" "To access the maintenance calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`." msgstr "" "유지관리 일정에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`유지관리 앱 --> 유지관리 --> 유지관리 일정` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:130 msgid "" "To add and remove filters for sorting data on the *Maintenance Calendar*, " "click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle pointed down)` icon, to the right of the " "search bar at the top of the page." msgstr "" "*유지보수 캘린더* 에 데이터 정렬 필터를 추가하거나 제거하려면 페이지 상단의 검색창 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`🔻(아래쪽을 " "가리키는 삼각형)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:133 msgid "" "The left-hand side of the resulting drop-down menu lists all the different " ":guilabel:`Filters` users can select. By default, :guilabel:`To Do` and " ":guilabel:`Active` are selected, so all open requests are displayed." msgstr "" "드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 왼쪽에 사용자가 선택할 수 있는 다양한 :guilabel:`필터` 가 모두 표시되어 있습니다. 기본값으로 " ":guilabel:`할 일` 및 :guilabel:`활성화` 가 선택되어 있어서 미결 상태인 요청 내용이 모두 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:138 msgid "" "To add a custom filter to the :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar`, click " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, under the :guilabel:`Filters` section of the " "drop-down menu. This opens an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유지보수 캘린더` 에 사용자 지정 필터를 추가하려면 드롭다운 메뉴에 있는 :guilabel:`필터` 섹션의 " ":guilabel:`사용자 지정 필터 추가` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 필터 추가` 팝업창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:142 msgid "" "From this pop-up window, configure the properties of the new rule for the " "filter. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:145 msgid "" "The right-hand side of the drop-down menu lists the :guilabel:`Favorites`, " "or any searches that have been saved as a favorite to be revisited at a " "later date." msgstr "" "드롭다운 메뉴의 오른쪽에는 :guilabel:`즐겨찾기` 로 저장한 항목이나 나중에 다시 방문하기 위해 즐겨찾기로 저장된 검색어가 나타나" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Favorites section of filters drop-down menu." msgstr "필터 드롭다운 메뉴의 즐겨찾기 섹션입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:152 msgid "" "To save a new :guilabel:`Favorite` search, select the desired " ":guilabel:`Filters`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save current search`. In the " "field directly below :guilabel:`Save current search`, assign a name to the " "search." msgstr "" "새로운 :guilabel:`즐겨찾기` 검색 내용을 저장하려면 원하는 :guilabel:`필터` 를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`현재 검색 저장` 을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`현재 검색 저장` 바로 아래에 있는 필드에 있는 검색에 이름을 " "지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:156 msgid "" "Under the assigned name, there are two options, to save the current search " "either as the :guilabel:`Default filter`, or as a :guilabel:`Shared` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:159 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Default filter` sets this filter as the default when " "opening this calendar view." msgstr ":guilabel:`기본 필터` 를 선택하면 이 캘린더 보기를 열 때 해당 필터가 기본값으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:162 msgid "" "Selecting the :guilabel:`Shared` filter makes this filter available to other" " users." msgstr ":guilabel:`공유` 필터를 선택하면 다른 사용자가 이 필터를 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:164 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save`. When clicked, the new " ":guilabel:`Favorite` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Favorites` column, and" " a :guilabel:`⭐ (gold star)` icon appears with the filter's name in the " "search bar." msgstr "" "준비가 되면 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다. 클릭하면 :guilabel:`즐겨찾기` 열에 새 :guilabel:`즐겨찾기` " "필터가 나타나고 :guilabel:`⭐ (금색 별)` 아이콘이 검색창에 필터명과 함께 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:169 msgid "Views" msgstr "화면" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:171 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is available in six different views: " ":guilabel:`Calendar` (default), :guilabel:`Kanban`, :guilabel:`List`, " ":guilabel:`Pivot`, :guilabel:`Graph`, and :guilabel:`Activity`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Different view type icons for maintenance calendar." msgstr "유지보수 일정에 대한 다양한 보기 유형 아이콘입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:180 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "캘린더 화면" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Calendar` is the default view displayed when the " ":guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is opened. There are a number of options in" " this view type for sorting and grouping information about maintenance " "requests." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`캘린더` 는 :guilabel:`유지보수 캘린더` 를 열면 표시되는 기본 보기입니다. 해당 보기에서는 다양한 방식으로" " 유지보수 요청에 대한 내용을 정렬하고 그룹으로 만들 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:186 msgid "" "In the top-left corner of the page, there is a drop-down menu set to " ":guilabel:`Week`, by default. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the " "different periods of time, in which the calendar can be viewed: " ":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. There is also an " "option to :guilabel:`Show weekends`, selected by default. If unselected, " "weekends are not shown on the calendar." msgstr "" "페이지 왼쪽 상단에는 기본적으로 :guilabel:`주` 로 설정된 드롭다운 메뉴가 있습니다. 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하면 캘린더를 볼 수 " "있도록 다양하게 :guilabel:`일`, :guilabel:`월`, :guilabel:`연도` 로 표시됩니다. 기본적으로 선택되어 있는" " :guilabel:`주말 표시` 옵션도 있습니다. 이 옵션을 선택하지 않으면 주말이 캘린더에 표시되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Calendar period drop-down menu options." msgstr "캘린더 기간 드롭다운 메뉴 옵션입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:196 msgid "" "To the left of this menu, there is a :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon and a " ":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icon. Clicking these arrows moves the calendar " "backward or forward in time, respectively." msgstr "" "메뉴 왼쪽에는 :guilabel:`⬅️ (왼쪽 화살표)` 아이콘과 :guilabel:`➡️ (오른쪽 화살표)` 아이콘이 있습니다. " "화살표를 클릭하면 캘린더에 있는 기간이 앞뒤로 각각 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:199 msgid "" "To the right of the drop-down menu set to :guilabel:`Week`, by default, is a" " :guilabel:`Today` button. Clicking this button resets the calendar to view " "today's date, no matter which point in time is being viewed before clicking " "it." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주` 로 설정된 드롭다운 메뉴 오른쪽에는 기본값으로 :guilabel:`오늘` 버튼이 있습니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 " "클릭하기 전에 확인 중이었던 날짜에 관계없이 오늘 날짜를 볼 수 있도록 캘린더가 초기화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:203 msgid "" "At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a " "minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, " "displaying all the *Technicians* with requests currently open. Click the " ":guilabel:`(panel)` icon at the top of this sidebar to open or close the " "sidebar." msgstr "" "페이지 맨 오른쪽에는 사이드바 열에 오늘 날짜로 설정된 달력이 최소화되어 있으며, :guilabel:`기술자` 목록에 현재 진행 중인 " "요청이 있는 모든 *테크니션* 과 함께 표시되어 있습니다. 사이드바를 열거나 닫으려면 사이드바 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`(패널)`" " 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:209 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Technician` list only displays if technicians are assigned to" " open requests, and individual technicians are only listed, if they are " "listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` on at least **one** maintenance request " "form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기술자` 목록은 미결된 요청에 기술자가 배정된 경우에만 표시되며, 기술자가 :guilabel:`책임자` 로 지정되어 " "있는 유지관리 요청 양식이 최소한 **하나** 이상 있는 경우에만 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:214 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "칸반 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:216 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Kanban` view, all open maintenance requests are " "displayed in Kanban-style columns, in their respective stages of the " "maintenance process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:219 msgid "" "Each maintenance request appears on its own task card, and each task card " "can be dragged-and-dropped to a different stage of the Kanban pipeline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:222 msgid "" "Each column has a name (i.e. :guilabel:`In Progress`). Hovering at the top " "of a column reveals a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️" " (gear)` icon reveals a list of options for that column: :guilabel:`Fold`, " ":guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Automations`, and :guilabel:`Delete`." msgstr "" "각 열마다 제목이 있습니다 (예: :guilabel:`진행 중`). 열 상단에 마우스를 올리면 :guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` " "아이콘이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`접기`, :guilabel:`편집`, " ":guilabel:`자동화` 및 :guilabel:`삭제` 와 같이 해당 열에서 사용할 수 있는 옵션 목록이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Column options for stage in Kanban view." msgstr "칸반 보기의 단계에 대한 열 옵션입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:230 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` folds the column to hide its contents." msgstr ":guilabel:`접기` 를 클릭하면 열을 접어서 내용을 숨깁니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:232 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens an :guilabel:`Edit: (stage name)` pop-up " "window, with the corresponding stage name, wherein the column's details can " "be edited. The following are the column options that can be edited:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭하면 해당하는 단계명이 나타나 있는 :guilabel:`편집: (단계명)` 팝업 창이 열리고 열에 대한" " 세부 정보를 편집할 수 있습니다. 열과 관련하여 편집할 수 있는 내용은 다음과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Edit In Progress pop-up window." msgstr "편집 진행 중 팝업창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the stage in the Kanban pipeline." msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 칸반 파이프라인 단계의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:241 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Maintenance Pipe`: when checked, this stage's column is" " folded by default in the :guilabel:`Kanban` view type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:243 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Request Confirmed`: when this box is not ticked, and the " "maintenance request type is set to *Work Center*, no leave is created for " "the respective work center when a maintenance request is created. If the box" " *is* ticked, the work center is automatically blocked for the listed " "duration, either at the specified date, or as soon as possible, if the work " "center is unavailable." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`요청 확인`: 이 확인란에 표시를 하지 않고 유지관리 요청 유형은 *작업장* 으로 설정한 경우에는, 유지관리 요청이 " "생성될 때 해당 작업장에 휴무일이 생성되지 않습니다. 이 확인란에 *표시가 되어 있으면* 지정된 날짜에 혹은 작업장을 이용할 수 없는 " "경우 가장 가까운 날짜에 해당하는 기간 동안 자동으로 작업장을 사용 불가로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sequence`: the order in the maintenance process, in which this " "stage appears." msgstr ":guilabel:`순서`: 유지 관리 프로세스에서 이 스테이지가 나타나는 순서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:249 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Request Done`: if ticked, this box indicates this stage is the " "final step of the maintenance process. Requests moved to this stage are " "closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:252 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. If no changes have been made, " "click :guilabel:`Discard`, or click the :guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:256 msgid "List view" msgstr "목록 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:258 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`List` view selected, all open maintenance requests are " "displayed in a list, with information about each request listed in its " "respective row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:261 msgid "" "The columns of information displayed in this view type are the following:" msgstr "이 보기 유형에 표시되는 정보의 열은 다음과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:263 msgid ":guilabel:`Subjects`: the name assigned to the maintenance request." msgstr ":guilabel:`제목`: 유지보수 요청 내역에 지정된 제목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:264 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee who originally created the maintenance " "request." msgstr ":guilabel:`직원`: 처음에 유지 관리 요청을 생성한 직원입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for the maintenance " "request." msgstr ":guilabel:`테크니션`: 유지보수 요청을 담당하는 테크 기술자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:266 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: the category the equipment being repaired belongs to." msgstr ":guilabel:`카테고리`: 수리 중인 장비가 속한 카테고리입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stage`: the stage of the maintenance process the request is " "currently in." msgstr ":guilabel:`스테이지`: 유지관리 프로세스에서 요청 사항이 현재 진행 중인 스테이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:268 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company environment, the company in the " "database the request is assigned to." msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 다중 회사 환경인 경우, 요청 사항이 지정된 데이터베이스의 회사입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:272 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "피벗 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:274 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Pivot` view selected, maintenance requests are displayed" " in a pivot table, and can be customized to show different data metrics." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:277 msgid "" "To add more data to the pivot table, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button " "to reveal a drop-down menu. By default, :guilabel:`Count` is selected. " "Additional options to add to the table are :guilabel:`Additional Leaves to " "Plan Ahead`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and :guilabel:`Repeat Every`." msgstr "" "피벗 테이블에 데이터를 추가하려면 :guilabel:`측정` 버튼을 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴를 표시합니다. 기본적으로 " ":guilabel:`개수` 가 선택되어 있습니다. 테이블에 추가할 수 있는 추가 옵션은 :guilabel:`미리 계획할 추가 휴가`, " ":guilabel:`소요 기간` 및 :guilabel:`매번 반복` 입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Measures options on Pivot view page." msgstr "피벗 보기 페이지의 측정값 옵션입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:285 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` button is the :guilabel:`Insert in " "Spreadsheet` button. Clicking this button opens a pop-up window titled " ":guilabel:`Select a spreadsheet to insert your pivot.`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`측정값` 버튼 오른쪽에는 :guilabel:`스프레드시트에 삽입` 버튼이 있습니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 " ":guilabel:`피벗을 삽입할 스프레드시트 선택`라는 제목의 팝업창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:289 msgid "" "There are two tabs in this pop-up window: :guilabel:`Spreadsheets` and " ":guilabel:`Dashboards`. Click into one of these tabs, and select a " "spreadsheet or dashboard in the database to add this pivot table to. Once " "ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. If this table shouldn't be added to a " "spreadsheet or dashboard, click :guilabel:`Cancel`, or click the " ":guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" "이 팝업 창에는 두 개의 탭에 :guilabel:`스프레드시트` 및 :guilabel:`현황판` 이 있습니다. 탭 중 하나를 클릭하여 " "데이터베이스에서 피벗 테이블을 추가할 스프레드시트나 현황판을 선택합니다. 준비가 되면 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭합니다. 이 " "테이블을 스프레드시트나 현황판에 추가하지 않으려면 :guilabel:`취소` 를 클릭하거나 :guilabel:`X` 아이콘을 클릭하여 " "팝업 창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:294 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button are three " "buttons:" msgstr ":guilabel:`스프레드시트에 삽입` 버튼 오른쪽에는 세 개의 버튼이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Flip axis`: the x and y axis of the pivot data table flip." msgstr ":guilabel:`축 전환`: 피벗 데이터 테이블에서 x 및 y 축을 전환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:297 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand all`: all the available rows and columns of the pivot data" " table expand fully." msgstr ":guilabel:`전체 확장`: 피벗 데이터 테이블에 있는 행과 열이 모두 완전히 확장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:298 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download xlsx`: the pivot data table is downloaded as an .xlsx " "file." msgstr ":guilabel:`xlsx 다운로드`: 피벗 데이터 테이블이 .xlsx 파일로 다운로드됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:303 msgid "" "With the graph view selected, the following options appear between the " "search bar and visual representation of the data. These graph-specific " "options are located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` and " ":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` buttons." msgstr "" "그래프 보기를 선택하면 검색 표시줄과 데이터의 시각적 표시 내용 사이에 다음과 같은 옵션이 나타납니다. 이러한 그래프별 옵션은 " ":guilabel:`측정` 및 :guilabel:`스프레드시트에 삽입` 버튼 오른쪽에 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Graph type icons on Graph view page." msgstr "그래프 보기 페이지에 있는 그래프 유형 아이콘입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:311 msgid "" "There are three different types of graphs available to users to view the " "data:" msgstr "데이터는 세 가지 그래프를 활용하여 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:313 msgid ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`: the data is displayed in a bar chart." msgstr ":guilabel:`막대그래프`: 데이터가 막대그래프로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:314 msgid ":guilabel:`Line Chart`: the data is displayed in a line chart." msgstr ":guilabel:`선그래프`: 데이터가 꺾은선그래프로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Pie Chart`: the data is displayed in a pie chart." msgstr ":guilabel:`원그래프`: 데이터가 원그래프로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:317 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Bar Chart` graph, the data can be " "formatted in the following ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:327 msgid ":guilabel:`Stacked`: the data is stacked on the graph." msgstr ":guilabel:`누적`: 그래프에 데이터가 누적 표시됩니다," #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:321 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:329 msgid ":guilabel:`Descending`: the data is displayed in descending order." msgstr ":guilabel:`내림차순`: 데이터가 내림차순으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:322 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:330 msgid ":guilabel:`Ascending`: the data is displayed in ascending order." msgstr ":guilabel:`오름차순`: 데이터가 오름차순으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:324 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Line Chart` graph, the data can be " "formatted in the following ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:328 msgid ":guilabel:`Cumulative`: the data is increasingly accumulated." msgstr ":guilabel:`누적`: 데이터가 증가하는 방향으로 누적됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:332 msgid "" "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Pie Chart` graph, all relevant data is" " displayed by default, and no additional formatting options are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:336 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "활동 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:338 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, all open maintenance requests " "are listed in their own row, with the ability to schedule activities related" " to those requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance requests on Activity view." msgstr "활동 보기의 유지보수 요청입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:345 msgid "" "Maintenance requests are listed in the :guilabel:`Maintenance Request` " "column as activities. Clicking a request opens a :guilabel:`Maintenance " "Request` popover that indicates the status of the request, and the " "responsible technician. To schedule an activity directly from the popover, " "click :guilabel:`➕ Schedule an activity`. This opens a :guilabel:`Schedule " "Activity` pop-up window." msgstr "" "유지 관리 요청은 :guilabel:`유지 관리 요청` 열에 활동으로 기재되어 있습니다. 요청 내용을 클릭하면 요청 상태와 담당 기술자를" " 나타내는 :guilabel:`유지 관리 요청` 팝업이 열립니다. 팝업 창에서 활동을 직접 예약하려면 :guilabel:`➕ 활동 예약`" " 을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`활동 예약` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:350 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, choose the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, provide a " ":guilabel:`Summary`, schedule a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and choose the " "responsible user in the :guilabel:`Assigned to` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Schedule Activity pop-up window." msgstr "활동 예약 팝업창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:358 msgid "" "Type any additional notes for the new activity in the blank space under the " "greyed-out :guilabel:`Log a note...` field. When clicked, this changes to " ":guilabel:`Type \"/\" for commands`." msgstr "" "새 활동에 대한 추가 메모를 :guilabel:`메모 로그...` 필드 아래에 회색으로 표시된 빈 공간에 입력합니다. 클릭하면 " ":guilabel:`명령어는 \"/\"를 입력합니다` 로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:361 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Schedule` to schedule the activity. " "Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done` to close the " "activity, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` to close the activity and " "open a new one, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to cancel the activity." msgstr "" "준비가 되면 :guilabel:`예약` 을 클릭하여 활동을 예약합니다. 또는 :guilabel:`스케줄 후 완료로 표시` 를 클릭하여 " "활동을 닫고 :guilabel:`완료 후 다음 스케줄` 을 클릭하여 활동을 닫고 새 활동을 열거나 :guilabel:`취소` 를 클릭하여" " 활동을 취소합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:365 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, each activity type available " "when scheduling an activity is listed as its own column. These columns are " ":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " ":guilabel:`Maintenance Request`, :guilabel:`To-Do`, :guilabel:`Upload " "Document`, :guilabel:`Request Signature`, and :guilabel:`Grant Approval`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`활동` 보기를 선택하면 활동을 예약할 때 사용할 수 있는 각 활동 유형이 별도의 열에서 표시됩니다. 표시되는 열에는 " ":guilabel:`이메일`, :guilabel:`통화`, :guilabel:`미팅`,:guilabel:`유지보수 요청`, " ":guilabel:`할 일`, :guilabel:`문서 업로드`, :guilabel:`서명 요청` 및 :guilabel:`승인 요청` " "등이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:370 msgid "" "To schedule an activity with that specific activity type, click into any " "blank box on the corresponding row for the desired maintenance request, and " "click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon. This opens an :guilabel:`Odoo` pop-up " "window, wherein the activity can be scheduled." msgstr "" "특정 활동 유형에 해당하는 활동을 예약하려면 원하는 유지 관리 요청에 해당하는 행의 빈 상자를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`➕ " "(더하기)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`Odoo` 팝업 창이 열리고 활동을 예약할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1 msgid "Odoo pop-up schedule activity window." msgstr "Odoo 팝업 일정 활동 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:379 msgid ":doc:`maintenance_requests`" msgstr ":doc:`maintenance_requests`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:380 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:243 msgid ":doc:`add_new_equipment`" msgstr ":doc:`add_new_equipment`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance requests" msgstr "유지보수 요청" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:7 msgid "" "In order to keep equipment and work centers functioning properly, it is " "often necessary to perform maintenance on them. This can include preventive " "maintenance, intended to prevent equipment from breaking down, or corrective" " maintenance, which is used to fix equipment that is broken or otherwise " "unusable." msgstr "" "장비와 작업장이 제대로 작동할 수 있도록 유지하려면 유지 관리를 해야 하는 경우가 많습니다. 여기에는 장비가 고장나는 상황을 방지하기 " "위한 예방적 유지 관리 또는 파손되었거나 사용할 수 없는 장비를 수리하는 데 사용되는 수리 유지 관리가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can create *maintenance requests* to schedule " "and track the progress of equipment and work center maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:18 msgid "" "To create a new maintenance request, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance" " app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Requests`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:21 msgid "" "Begin filling out the form by entering a descriptive title in the " ":guilabel:`Request` field (e.g., `Drill not working`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:24 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Created By` field auto-populates with the user creating the " "request, but a different user can be selected by clicking on the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:27 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`For` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Equipment` if the " "maintenance request is being created for a piece of equipment, or " ":guilabel:`Work Center` if it is being created for a work center." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`대상` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 유지보수 항목을 장비에 대한 생성하려는 경우 :guilabel:`장비` 를 선택하고, " "작업장에 대해 생성하려는 경우에는 :guilabel:`작업장` 을 선택합니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:31 msgid "" "Depending on the option selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, the next " "field is titled either :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center`. " "Using the drop-down menu for either field, select a piece of equipment or a " "work center." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`대상` 에서 선택한 항목에 따라 다음 항목의 제목이 :guilabel:`장비` 또는 :guilabel:`작업장` 으로" " 지정됩니다. 두 항목에서의 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 장비 또는 작업장을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:35 msgid "" "If the *Custom Maintenance Worksheets* setting is enabled in the " "*Maintenance* app's settings, a :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field appears" " below the :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center` field. If " "necessary, use this field to select a worksheet to be filled out by the " "employee performing the maintenance." msgstr "" "*유지보수* 앱 설정에서 *사용자 지정 유지보수 워크시트* 설정이 활성화되어 있으면 :guilabel:`장비` 또는 " ":guilabel:`작업장` 필드 아래에 :guilabel:`워크시트 템플릿` 필드가 나타납니다. 필요한 경우 이 필드를 사용하여 " "유지보수를 담당하는 직원이 작성할 워크시트를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:40 msgid "" "The next field is titled :guilabel:`Request Date`, and is set by default to " "the date on which the maintenance request is created. This date cannot be " "changed by the user." msgstr "" "다음 항목의 제목은 :guilabel:`요청일` 이며 기본적으로 유지관리 요청이 생성된 날짜로 설정됩니다. 이 날짜는 사용자가 변경할 수" " 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:43 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Corrective`" " option if the request is intended to fix an existing issue, or the " ":guilabel:`Preventive` option if the request is intended to prevent issues " "from occurring in the future." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유지 관리 유형` 필드에서 기존 문제를 해결하기 위한 요청인 경우에는 :guilabel:`수정` 옵션을 선택하고, " "향후 문제가 발생하지 않도록 방지하기 위한 목적으로 요청하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`예방` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:47 msgid "" "If the request is being created to address an issue that arose during a " "specific manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing" " Order` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:50 msgid "" "If an |MO| was selected in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field, a " ":guilabel:`Work Order` field appears below it. If the issue arose during a " "specific work order, specify it in this field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제조지시서` 에서 |MO| 를 선택하면 아래에 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 필드가 나타납니다. 특정 작업 주문 " "중에 문제가 발생한 경우 이 필드에서 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:53 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the maintenance team that is " "responsible for managing the request. If a specific team member is " "responsible, select them in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`팀` 필드에서 요청 관리 담당인 유지보수 팀을 선택합니다. 담당자로 지정된 팀원이 있는 경우에는 " ":guilabel:`담당자` 항목에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:56 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field is used to specify the date on which " "maintenance should take place, and the time it should begin. Choose a date " "by clicking on the field to open a calendar in a pop-up window, and then " "select a day on the calendar. Enter an hour and minute in the two fields " "below the calendar, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date and time." msgstr "" "guilabel:`예정 날짜` 는 유지관리를 수행해야 하는 날짜와 시작 시간을 지정하는 데 사용합니다. 해당 필드를 클릭하면 캘린더가 " "팝업창으로 열리고 캘린더에서 날짜를 선택할 수 있습니다. 캘린더 아래에 있는 두 필드에 시와 분을 입력한 후 :guilabel:`적용` " "을 클릭하여 날짜와 시간을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Duration` field is used to specify the time it takes to " "complete the maintenance request. Use the text-entry field to enter the time" " in a `00:00` format." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`소요 기간` 필드는 유지보수 요청을 완료하는 데 걸리는 기간을 지정할 때 사용합니다. 텍스트 입력 필드를 통해 시간을" " `00:00` 형식으로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:64 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Work Center` was selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, a " ":guilabel:`Block Workcenter` checkbox appears below the :guilabel:`Duration`" " field. Enable the checkbox to prevent work orders or other maintenance from" " being scheduled at the specified work center while the maintenance request " "is being processed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`대상` 필드에서 :guilabel:`작업장` 을 선택하면 :guilabel:`소요 기간` 필드 아래에 " ":guilabel:`작업장 차단` 확인란이 나타납니다. 이 확인란에 표시하면 유지관리 요청이 처리되는 동안 지정된 작업장에서 작업지시서 " "또는 기타 유지 관리가 예약되지 않도록 하게 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to communicate the importance (or " "urgency) of the maintenance request. Assign the request a priority between " "zero and three :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`, by clicking on the desired star " "number. Requests assigned a higher priority appear above those with a lower " "priority, on the Kanban board used to track the progression of maintenance " "requests." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`우선순위` 필드는 유지 관리 요청의 중요성 (또는 긴급성) 을 알리기 위해 사용합니다. 원하는 별 개수를 클릭하여 " "요청의 우선순위를 0과 3 사이의 :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (별)` 로 지정합니다. 우선순위가 높은 요청은 유지 관리 요청의 진행 " "상황을 추적하는 데 사용되는 칸반 보드에서 우선순위가 낮은 요청보다 위에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:74 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "details about the maintenance request (why the maintenance issue arose, when" " it occurred, etc.)." msgstr "" "양식 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`메모` 탭에서 유지보수 요청에 대한 관련 세부 정보(유지보수 문제가 발생한 이유, 발생 시기 등)를" " 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:77 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Instructions` tab is used to include instructions for how " "maintenance should be performed. Select one of the three options, and then " "include the instructions as detailed below:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`지침` 탭은 유지보수 수행 방법에 대한 지침을 기재할 때 사용합니다. 세 가지 옵션 중 하나를 선택한 다음 아래에 " "자세히 설명된 대로 지침을 기재합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`PDF`: click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the " "device's file manager, and then select a file to upload." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Google Slide`: enter a :guilabel:`Google Slide link` in the text-" "entry field that appears after the option is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Text`: enter the instructions in the text-entry field that " "appears after the option is selected." msgstr ":guilabel:`텍스트`: 옵션을 선택한 후 텍스트 입력 필드가 나타나면 지침을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst-1 msgid "A maintenance request form filled out for a piece of equipment." msgstr "유지관리 요청 양식이 장비에 대해 작성되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:92 msgid "Process maintenance request" msgstr "유지보수 요청 처리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:94 msgid "" "Once a maintenance request has been created, it appears in the *New Request*" " stage of the *Maintenance Requests* page, which can be accessed by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> " "Maintenance Requests`." msgstr "" "유지 관리 요청이 생성되면 *유지 관리 요청* 페이지에 있는 *새 요청* 단계에 표시되며, 이 페이지는 :menuselection:`유지" " 관리 앱 --> 유지 관리 --> 유지 관리 요청` 으로 이동하여 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:98 msgid "" "Maintenance requests can be moved to different stages by dragging and " "dropping them. They can also be moved by clicking on a request to open it in" " a new page, and then selecting the desired stage from the stage indicator " "bar, located above the top-right corner of the request's form." msgstr "" "유지 관리 신청서는 드래그 앤 드롭 방식을 이용하여 다른 단계로 이동시킬 수 있습니다. 신청서를 클릭하여 새 페이지에서 연 다음 신청서 " "양식의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 단계 표시줄에서 원하는 단계를 선택하여 이동시킬 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:102 msgid "" "Successful maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Repaired` " "stage, indicating that the specified piece of equipment or work center is " "repaired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:105 msgid "" "Failed maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Scrap` stage, " "indicating the specified piece of equipment, or work center, could not be " "repaired, and must instead be scrapped." msgstr "" "유지보수 요청이 실패한 경우에는 :guilabel:`폐기` 단계로 이동하게 되며, 지정된 장비나 작업장을 수리할 수 없으므로 그 대신 " "반드시 폐기해야 한다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance setup" msgstr "유지보수 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Maintenance* helps companies schedule corrective and preventive " "maintenance on equipment used in their warehouse. This helps companies avoid" " equipment breakdowns, blocks in warehouse work centers, and emergency " "repair costs." msgstr "" "Odoo *유지보수* 는 기업이 창고에서 사용하는 장비 보수 및 예방적 유지보수 스케줄을 계획할 수 있도록 도와줍니다. 이를 통해 " "기업에서는 장비가 고장나는 상황이나, 창고 작업장이 차단되는 사태를 방지하고 긴급 수리 비용이 발생되지 않도록 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:13 msgid "Maintenance teams" msgstr "유지보수 팀" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:15 msgid "" "When creating maintenance requests, a *maintenance team* can be assigned to " "the request as the team responsible for handling the request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:18 msgid "" "To view existing maintenance teams, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Configuration --> Maintenance Teams`." msgstr "기존 유지관리 팀을 보려면 :menuselection:`유지관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 유지관리 팀` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:21 msgid "" "From the resulting :guilabel:`Teams` page, a list of all existing teams (if " "any) is displayed, with the :guilabel:`Team Name`, :guilabel:`Team Members`," " and :guilabel:`Company` listed in the columns, by default." msgstr "" "그러면 :guilabel:`팀` 페이지가 나타나서 모든 기존 팀목록이 표시되고(있는 경우) , 기본적으로 열에는 :guilabel:`팀 " "이름`, :guilabel:`팀 구성원`, :guilabel:`회사` 가 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "List of Teams on Maintenance Teams page." msgstr "유지보수 팀 페이지의 팀 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:29 msgid "" "To add a new team, click :guilabel:`New`. This adds a blank line at the " "bottom of the list of teams. In the blank field that appears below the " ":guilabel:`Team Name` column, assign a name to the new maintenance team." msgstr "" "새 팀을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 팀 목록 하단에 빈 줄이 추가됩니다. :guilabel:`팀" " 이름` 열 아래에 나타나는 빈 필드에 새 유지 관리 팀 이름을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team Members` column, click the field to reveal a drop-" "down menu with existing users in the database. Choose which users should be " "members of the new maintenance team." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`팀 구성원` 열에 있는 필드를 클릭하면 드롭다운 메뉴로 데이터베이스의 기존 사용자가 표시됩니다. 새 유지보수 팀의 " "구성원으로 지정할 사용자를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:36 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Search More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Team Members` " "pop-up window to search for users **not** shown on the initial drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Search: Team Members pop-up window." msgstr "검색: 팀원 팝업창" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:43 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Company` column, if in a multi-company environment, click " "the drop-down menu to select the company in the database to which this new " "maintenance team belongs." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사` 열에서, 다중 회사 환경인 경우 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 데이터베이스에서 해당 신규 유지보수 팀이 소속될 " "회사를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:49 msgid "" "The team members assigned to maintenance teams are also referred to as " "*Technicians*, when viewing the *Maintenance Calendar*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:52 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance " "Calendar`, and click on an existing maintenance request. From the resulting " "popover, locate the :guilabel:`Technician` field. The name listed in the " "field is the team member, and is the user responsible for that particular " "request." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`유지보수 앱 --> 유지보수 --> 유지보수 캘린더` 로 이동하여 기존 유지보수 요청을 클릭합니다. 팝오버 " "결과에서 :guilabel:`기술자` 필드를 찾습니다. 팀원 이름이 필드에 표시되며 해당 요청에 대한 담당자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance request popover with Technician field shown." msgstr "기술자 필드가 표시된 유지보수 요청 팝업입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:61 msgid "" "At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a " "minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, " "displaying all the technicians (or team members) with requests currently " "open." msgstr "" "페이지 맨 오른쪽에 있는 사이드바 열에는 오늘 날짜로 설정된 캘린더가 최소화되어 있으며 :guilabel:`기술자` 목록에 현재 진행 " "중인 요청 사항과 함께 모든 테크니션이 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:66 msgid "Equipment" msgstr "장비" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:68 msgid "" "In Odoo *Maintenance*, *equipment* refers to machines and tools used " "internally in warehouse work centers. Equipment can include technology such " "as computers or tablets, power tools, machines used for manufacturing, and " "more." msgstr "" "Odoo *유지관리* 에서 *장비*는 창고 작업장 내부에서 사용되는 기계 및 도구를 의미합니다. 장비에는 컴퓨터나 태블릿, 전동 공구, " "제조에 사용되는 기계 등과 같은 기술 장비가 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:73 msgid "Equipment categories" msgstr "장비 카테고리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:75 msgid "" "Each piece of equipment belongs to an *equipment category*. Before adding " "new equipment, make sure that a fitting equipment category is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:78 msgid "" "To create a new equipment category, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance " "app --> Configuration --> Equipment Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. " "Doing so opens a blank equipment category form." msgstr "" "새로 장비 카테고리를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`유지관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 장비 카테고리` 로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 빈 장비 카테고리 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Equipment category form with various information filled out." msgstr "장비 카테고리 양식에 다양한 정보가 입력되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:86 msgid "" "On the blank form, assign a name in the :guilabel:`Category Name` field." msgstr "빈 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`카테고리명` 필드에 이름을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:88 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, assign a user to be responsible for " "the equipment in this category, if necessary. By default, the user who " "creates the category is selected as :guilabel:`Responsible`, by default." msgstr "" "필요한 경우 :guilabel:`담당자` 필드에서 카테고리에 있는 장비를 책임질 담당자를 선택합니다. 기본적으로 카테고리를 생성한 " "사용자가 기본값 :guilabel:`담당자` 로 지정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:92 msgid "" "If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom " "the equipment in this category belongs." msgstr "" "다중 회사 환경인 경우 :guilabel:`회사` 항목의 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 후 데이터베이스에서 해당 카테고리에 있는 장비를 보유하는" " 회사를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:95 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, assign an email alias to this " "category, if necessary." msgstr "필요한 경우, :guilabel:`이메일 별칭` 필드에 이 카테고리에 대한 이메일 별칭을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:97 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Comments` field, type any comments or notes for internal " "users to reference in relation to this category, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:101 msgid "" "Once a new equipment category is created, all equipment belonging to that " "category, as well as any past or currently open maintenance requests, are " "available from the equipment category form." msgstr "" "새로운 장비 카테고리가 생성되면 해당 카테고리에 속하는 모든 장비는 물론 이전 혹은 현재 진행 중인 유지보수 요청을 장비 카테고리 " "양식에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:104 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories`, and select a category to view. Locate the :guilabel:`Equipment`" " and :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart buttons at the top of the form." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`유지보수 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 장비 카테고리` 로 이동하여 카테고리를 선택합니다. 양식 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`장비` 및 :guilabel:`유지보수` 스마트 버튼을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Equipment and Maintenance smart buttons on equipment category form." msgstr "장비 카테고리가 양식에 있는 장비 및 유지 관리 스마트 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:112 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Equipment` smart button to view all equipment belonging" " to this category. Click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button to view " "any past, or currently open, maintenance requests." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`장비` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 이 카테고리에 속한 모든 장비를 확인할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`유지보수` " "스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 과거 또는 현재 진행 중인 유지보수 요청 내역을 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:117 msgid "Machines & tools" msgstr "장비 및 도구" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:119 msgid "" "To add new equipment, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> " "Equipment --> Machines & Tools`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a " "blank equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, assign a name for the new equipment. In the " ":guilabel:`Equipment Category` field, click the drop-down menu and select " "which category this new equipment should belong to." msgstr "" ":guilabel:` 이름` 필드에 새 장비의 이름을 지정합니다. :guilabel:`장비 카테고리` 에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 후 새" " 장비가 속할 카테고리를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:126 msgid "" "If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom " "the new equipment belongs." msgstr "" "다중 회사 환경인 경우 :guilabel:`회사` 필드의 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 후 데이터베이스에서 새 장비를 보유하게 될 회사를 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:129 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Used By` field, select from one of three radio button " "options: :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Employee`, or :guilabel:`Other`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Left-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "신규 장비 양식에 있는 정보 필드 왼쪽 부분입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:136 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Department` is selected, a :guilabel:`Department` field " "appears below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu and " "select the department that uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:140 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Employee` is selected, an :guilabel:`Employee` field appears " "below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu, and select " "the employee who uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:143 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Other` option is selected, both the :guilabel:`Department`" " and :guilabel:`Employee` fields appear below the :guilabel:`Used By` field." " Click the drop-down menus for the respective fields, and choose which " "department and employee uses this equipment." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기타` 옵션을 선택하면 :guilabel:`사용자` 필드 아래에 :guilabel:`부서` 및 " ":guilabel:`직원` 필드가 나타납니다. 각 필드에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 후, 이 장비를 사용할 부서 및 직원을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:147 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Team` field, select the team responsible for " "this equipment. In the :guilabel:`Technician` field, select the team " "member/user responsible for this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Right-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "신규 장비 양식에 있는 정보 필드 오른쪽 부분입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:154 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Used in location` field, enter the location wherein this " "equipment will be used, if not in an internal work center (e.g. in an " "office)." msgstr "" "프로젝트에서 상단 표시줄을 설정하려면 :guilabel:`프로젝트` 앱으로 이동하여 프로젝트 카드를 클릭한 다음 상단 표시줄에 있는 " ":icon:`fa-sliders` :guilabel:`(슬라이더)` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 검색창 위에 표시되는 표시줄 :icon:`fa-" "sliders` :guilabel:`(슬라이더)` 버튼을 클릭하여 근무 시간표, 판매주문서, 청구서, 문서, 현황판 등 표시하려는 " "레코드를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:157 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, click the drop-down menu, and select " "which work center this equipment will be used in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:160 msgid "" "In the blank space under the :guilabel:`Description` tab at the bottom of " "the form, add any relevant information describing the equipment for users to" " reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:164 msgid "Product Information tab" msgstr "품목 정보 탭" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:166 msgid "" "To add any relevant information while creating a new piece of equipment, " "from the equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Product Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Product Information tab with available fields below it." msgstr "품목 정보 탭에서 아래에 선택할 수 있는 필드가 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:173 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add the vendor from which the equipment was" " purchased. In the :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field, add the product " "reference number obtained from the vendor, if applicable." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`공급업체` 필드에 공급업체를 추가하며 장비를 구매한 공급업체를 추가합니다. :guilabel:`공급업체 참조` 항목에" " 공급업체에서 받은 품목의 참조 번호를 해당되는 경우 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:177 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Model` field, specify which model this equipment is, if " "applicable. If the equipment is serialized, add a serial number in the " ":guilabel:`Serial Number` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:180 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar" " popover, and select a date. This date indicates when this equipment was " "first put in use, and will be used to compute the Mean Time Between Failure " "(MTBF) in the equipment's :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유효 일자` 필드에서 날짜를 클릭하면 캘린더 팝업창이 나타나고 여기에서 날짜를 선택할 수 있습니다. 이 날짜는 장비를" " 처음 사용한 날짜를 의미하며 장비의 :guilabel:`유지관리` 탭에서 MTBF(평균 고장 간격)를 계산하는 데 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:184 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Cost` field, specify how much the equipment cost to " "acquire, if applicable." msgstr "해당하는 경우, :guilabel:`비용` 필드에 장비 구매비를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:186 msgid "" "If the equipment is covered under a warranty, specify the " ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date` by selecting a date from the calendar " "popover in that field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:190 msgid "Maintenance tab" msgstr "유지보수 탭" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:192 msgid "" "Various maintenance metrics are available for each piece of equipment, and " "are automatically computed, based on corrective maintenance, and planned " "preventive maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:195 msgid "" "To view the maintenance metrics for a specific piece of equipment, from the " "equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Maintenance tab on equipment form showing computed metrics fields." msgstr "유지 관리 탭에서 계산이 완료된 지표 필드가 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:202 msgid "Doing so reveals the following fields:" msgstr "그렇게 하면 다음 필드가 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days)" " before the next failure is expected. This is the **only** field not greyed-" "out, and the **only** field users can edit." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예상 평균 고장 간격`: 다음에 고장이 발생할 것으로 예상되는 기간 (일 단위)입니다. 이 필드는 회색으로 표시가 " "되어있지 않은 **유일한** 항목이자 편집이 가능한 **유일한** 항목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days) between " "reported failures. This value is computed based on completed corrective " "maintenances." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:209 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the date on which the next failure is " "expected. This date is computed as the Latest Failure Date + |MTBF|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:211 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: The date of the latest failure. The value in " "this field updates once a failure is reported for this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:213 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the amount of time (in days) it takes to " "repair this equipment upon failure. This value updates once a maintenance " "request is completed for this equipment." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`평균 수리 시간`: 장비가 고장났을 경우 수리하는 데 걸리는 기간 (일 단위)입니다. 해당 장비에 대한 유지보수 요청" " 건이 완료되면 이 값이 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:217 msgid "Work centers" msgstr "작업장" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:219 msgid "" "To view the work centers where equipment is being used, and how the " "equipment is being used in them, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app" " --> Equipment --> Work Centers`, and click into a work center." msgstr "" "작업장에서 사용되는 장비 및 장비 사용 상황을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`유지 관리 앱 --> 장비 --> 작업장` 으로 " "이동하여 작업장을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:223 msgid "" "From the resulting work center form, click the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab to " "view all machines and tools being used in that specific work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:226 msgid "" "Each piece of equipment is listed with certain relevant information: the " ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`, the responsible :guilabel:`Technician`, the " ":guilabel:`Equipment Category` it belongs to, and a few important " "maintenance metrics: its |MTBF|, |MTTR|, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` " "date." msgstr "" "각각의 장비 내용이 다음과 같은 관련 정보와 함께 표시됩니다: :guilabel:`장비명`, 담당 :guilabel:`테크니션`, 장비가" " 속한 :guilabel:`장비 카테고리` 및 |MTBF|, |MTTR| 및 :guilabel:`다음 예상 실패일`과 같은 몇 가지 " "중요한 유지 관리 지표" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "List of equipment included in a work center." msgstr "장비 목록이 작업장에 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:235 msgid "" "To add new equipment to a work center directly from the work center form, " "click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This opens" " an :guilabel:`Add: Maintenance Equipment` pop-up window." msgstr "" "작업장 양식을 통해 작업장에 직접 새로운 장비를 추가하려면 :guilabel:`장비` 탭 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 " "클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`추가: 장비 유지보수` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:239 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, select the equipment that should be added to the " "work center, and click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " "manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" "**Odoo 제조 관리** 는 제조업체에서 제조 주문을 예약, 계획 및 처리하는 작업을 지원합니다. 작업장 제어판을 통해, 작업장에 " "배치된 태블릿을 활용하여 작업 주문을 실시간으로 관리할 수 있으며, 작업자가 유지보수 작업을 실행하거나, 피드백 루프 관리 및 품질 문제" " 등의 작업을 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: MRP `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 바코드 스캐너 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr ":doc:`IoT 박스 (MES) `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "고급 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "키트 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " "manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 *키트*는 제조 및 판매할 수 있는 일종의 자재명세서 (BoM)입니다. 키트는 고객에게 판매되는 조립되지 않은 부품 " "세트입니다. 키트는 독립적인 제품으로 판매할 수도 있지만, 더 복잡한 자재명세서(BoM)를 관리하기 위한 효과적인 도구로도 사용할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "" "키트를 사용, 제조 및 판매하려면 :guilabel:`제조 관리` 및 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 앱이 모두 설치되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "키트를 제품으로 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "키트를 판매용 품목으로 사용하거나 단순히 부품을 정리하는 도구로 쓰려면, 먼저 키트를 품목으로 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "키트 제품을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을" " 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " ":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " "stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" "그런 다음 새로 생성한 키트 제품에 이름을 지정합니다. :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 유형`을 " ":guilabel:`소모품`으로 설정합니다. 키트 제품은 일반적으로 재고 수준을 모니터링하지 않으므로 소모품으로 지정하는 것이 가장 " "적합합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " "companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " ":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " "kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" "키트는 일반적으로 :guilabel:`소모품`으로 설정해야 하지만, **영미형** 회계를 사용하는 회사는 키트를 " ":guilabel:`보관용 제품`으로 지정해야 할 수도 있습니다. 이는 키트에 대한 청구서를 처리할 때 회계 전표에 매출원가(COGS)가" " 기록되기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "" "Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " "routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " "other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " "preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" "Odoo는 키트 개별 구성품의 경로를 보충 목적으로 사용하므로 보관용 제품과 달리 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에서 " ":guilabel:`경로`를 지정해도 키트에는 영향을 미치지 않습니다. 키트 제품에 대한 다른 모든 매개변수는 기본 설정에 따라 조정할 " "수 있습니다. 구성이 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 새 제품을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "The kit's components must also be configured as products via " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "" "키트의 구성 요소도 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`을 통해 제품으로 설정해야 합니다. 이러한 구성 " "요소는 특정 구성이 필요하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "자재명세서 키트 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "키트 제품 및 구성 요소를 완전히 구성한 후 키트 제품에 대한 새 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " "field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" " previously configured kit product." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 자재명세서`로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 " "클릭합니다. :guilabel:`품목` 필드 옆에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 제품 목록을 표시한 다음 이전에 구성한 키트 제품을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." " Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`자재명세서 유형` 필드에서 :guilabel:`키트` 옵션을 선택합니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`부품` 탭에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭하고 각 필수 부품을 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`수량` 열에" " 해당 수량을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 새로 생성된 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "자재명세서에서 키트를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" "키트를 판매용 품목으로만 사용하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`구성품` 탭에 구성품만 추가하면 되며 제조 작업에 대한 환경설정은 하지 " "않아도 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "" "키트가 제품으로 판매되는 경우 견적서와 판매주문서 모두에 단일 품목으로 표시됩니다. 그러나 배송 주문에는 키트의 각 구성품이 개별적으로 " "나열됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "키트를 사용하여 복잡한 BoM 관리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " "These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" " materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" " (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" "키트는 다중 단계 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`를 관리하는 데에도 사용됩니다. 이는 **기타** :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`" " 항목을 부품으로 포함하는 제품을 나타내며, *중첩된* :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`이 필요합니다. 사전 구성된 키트를 다중 단계 " ":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 통합하면 번들 제품을 보다 체계적으로 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " "component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "키트를 구성 요소로 사용하여 이러한 형식의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 " "--> 품목 --> 부품 명세서`로 이동하고 :guilabel:`생성`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "" "Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " "list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목` 필드 옆에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 열어 제품 목록을 표시한 다음 원하는 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`를 " "선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`BoM 유형` 필드에서 :guilabel:`이 제품 제조하기`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " "select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " "need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " "be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`부품` 탭에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 누르고 키트를 구성품으로 지정합니다. 키트를 구성품으로 지정하면 " "키트의 부품을 별도로 입력할 필요가 없습니다. 상위 제품의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에는 모든 :guilabel:`BoM " "유형`을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "키트를 다중 단계 자재명세서의 구성 요소로 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" msgstr "구조 및 원가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" "To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " "material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" "다중 단계 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 내의 구성품에 대한 자세한 요약을 보려면 :guilabel:`구조 및 비용` 스마트 버튼을" " 클릭합니다. 이 보고서 내에서 하위 레벨 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 확장하여 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "구조 및 비용 보고서의 확장 키트." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " "show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" "다중 단계로 구성된 제품에 대한 제조 주문을 생성하는 경우, 키트 제품이 자동으로 펼쳐져 모든 구성품이 표시됩니다. 또한 키트 내의 모든" " 작업은 제조 주문의 작업 주문 목록에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " "sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" "components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" "assemblies." msgstr "" "키트는 주로 구성품을 함께 묶어 정리하거나 판매하는 데 사용됩니다. 제조된 하위 구성품이 필요한 다중 단계 제품을 취급하려면 하위 " "어셈블리에 대한 :doc:`문서 `을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "품목 세부사항에 대한 BoM 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " "the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " "a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" " :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" "Odoo는 동일한 제품의 여러 품목 세부사항에 대해 단일 자재명세서 (BoM)를 사용할 수 있도록 허용합니다. 품목 세부사항이 있는 " "품목에 대해 통합 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 사용하면 프로세스가 간소화되고 여러 개의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 " "관리할 필요가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "품목 세부선택사항 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" " the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " "apply the setting." msgstr "" "품목 세부사항 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`품목` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. 그런 다음 확인란을 체크하여 :guilabel:`품목 세부사항` 옵션을 " "활성화합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 설정을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " ":doc:`product variants " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" "품목 세부사항에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`품목 세부사항 " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정에서 '품목 세부사항'을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" msgstr "사용자 지정 제품 속성 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "품목 세부사항 기능이 활성화되면 :guilabel:`속성` 페이지에서 제품 속성을 생성하고 편집할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`속성` 페이지는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 " ":guilabel:`속성` 버튼을 클릭하거나 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 속성`으로 이동하여 " "액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "" "Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " "attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " "For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " "changes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`속성` 페이지에서 기존 속성을 클릭하거나 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 새 속성을 만듭니다. 속성을 사용자 " "지정할 수 있는 새 빈 양식이 표시되면 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 기존 속성이 있는 경우 해당 양식에서 " ":guilabel:`변경`을 클릭하여 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" "Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " ":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " "options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " "Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " "new value." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`속성 이름`을 지정하고 :guilabel:`카테고리` 필드의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 카테고리를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`표시 유형` 및 :guilabel:`품목 세부사항 생성 모드` 필드 옆의 원하는 옵션을 선택합니다. 원하는 옵션을 " "선택한 후 :guilabel:`속성 값` 탭 아래의 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭하여 새 값을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "" "Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " "checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " "which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " "a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`값` 행에는 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 값입니다` 확인란이 포함되어 있습니다. 확인란을 선택하면 이 값이 사용자" " 지정 값으로 인식되어 고객이 세부사항 품목을 주문할 때 특별한 사용자 지정 요청을 입력할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." msgstr "품목 세부사항 속성 설정 화면." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." msgstr "원하는 :guilabel:`값`을 모두 추가했으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 새 속성을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" msgstr "품목 양식에 품목 세부사항 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" "Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " "products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " "make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" "생성된 속성은 특정 제품의 세부사항 품목에 적용할 수 있습니다. 제품에 세부사항을 추가하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 " "--> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 제품 양식으로 이동합니다. 제품을 변경하려면 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`세부사항` 탭을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " "a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`속성` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭하여 새 속성을 표시하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 추가할 속성을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " "choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " "them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " "added to the product." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`값` 섹션 아래에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 기존 값 목록에서 선택합니다. 원하는 값을 각각 클릭하여 " "포함시키고 제품에 추가해야 하는 모든 추가 속성에 대해 이 프로세스를 반복합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "값 및 속성이 있는 품목 세부사항 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " "manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " "or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" ":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 제품 중 자체 제조되는 세부사항 품목이 여러 개 있는 제품은 **0,0 재주문 규칙**을 설정하거나 " "보충 경로를 *주문 시 보충 (MTO)*로 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "품목 세부사항에 BoM 부품 적용하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" "Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " "one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " "of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" "새 :abbr:`BoM(자재 명세서)`을 생성하거나 기존 자재 명세서를 수정하여 진행합니다. :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 " "--> 품목 --> 자재명세서`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 새 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 양식을" " 열고 처음부터 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "" "Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" "down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " "product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목` 필드의 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 원하는 제품을 선택하여 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 제품을 " "추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "" "Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " "choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`부품` 탭의 :guilabel:`부품` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭하고 드롭다운 " "메뉴에서 원하는 구성품을 선택하여 부품을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "" "Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" " Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`수량` 및 :guilabel:`제품 측정 단위` 열에서 원하는 값을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`품목 " "세부사항에 적용` 열에서 원하는 값을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " "product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " "the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" " field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " "menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목 세부사항에 적용` 옵션은 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에서 특정 품목 세부사항에 부품을 할당할 수 있으며," " :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱에서 :guilabel:`품목 세부사항` 설정이 활성화되면 액세스할 수 있습니다. " ":guilabel:`품목 세부사항에 적용` 필드가 즉시 표시되지 않으면 추가 옵션 메뉴 (헤더 행 오른쪽에 있는 점 3개 아이콘)에서 " "활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "추가 옵션 메뉴의 \"품목 세부사항에 적용\" 옵션을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" "각 구성품은 여러 품목 세부사항에 할당할 수 있습니다. 품목 세부사항이 지정되지 않은 부품은 제품의 모든 세부사항에 사용됩니다. 작업 및" " 부산물을 구성할 때도 동일한 원칙이 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" "When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " "assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" " :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " "used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" "부품 할당을 통해 이형 상품 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 정의하는 경우 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`의 기본 섹션에 있는 " ":guilabel:`품목 세부사항` 필드를 비워 두어야 합니다. 이 필드는 하나의 제품 이형 상품에 대한 :abbr:`BoM " "(자재명세서)`을 생성할 때*만* 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "" "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "" ":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 원하는 구성을 모두 적용했으면 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 " "적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "" "For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " "operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " "in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " "additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" "특정 세부사항에만 적용되는 부품의 경우, 부품이 소비되어야 하는 작업을 지정합니다. :guilabel:`운영 소모품` 열이 즉시 표시되지" " 않는 경우 추가 옵션 메뉴 (헤더 행 오른쪽에 있는 점 3개 아이콘)에서 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" msgstr "BoM 품목의 세부사항 품목 판매 및 제조" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" "To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" " to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" " quotation." msgstr "" "주문할 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`의 세부사항 품목을 판매 및 제조하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 생성`으로 " "이동하여 새 견적을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" msgstr "BoM 품목의 세부사항 품목 판매" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " "the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." msgstr "빈 :guilabel:`견적` 양식에서 :guilabel:`고객` 필드 옆의 드롭다운을 클릭하여 고객을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " ":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 선택한 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 품목 " "세부사항이 있는 이전에 생성한 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 제품을 선택합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`품목 설정`" " 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:144 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" " correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " ":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " "to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" "팝업 창에서 원하는 속성 옵션을 클릭하여 제조할 제품의 올바른 이형 상품을 구성합니다. 그런 다음 `1` 옆의 녹색 " ":guilabel:`+` 또는 :guilabel:`-` 아이콘을 클릭하여 원하는 경우 판매 및 제조할 수량을 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." msgstr "품목 세부사항을 선택하기 위한 제품 팝업을 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " "will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" "사양을 모두 선택한 후 :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭합니다. 그러면 팝업창이 두 번째 :guilabel:`환경설정` 팝업으로 전환되며" " 이전에 생성한 옵션 품목이 있는 경우에는 사용할 수 있는 모든 옵션 품목이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 팝업을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " "and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 저장하고 :guilabel:`견적` 양식 상단의 " ":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 새 판매주문서 (SO)를 생성 및 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" msgstr "BoM 품목의 세부사항 제조" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" ":abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`가 확인되면 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)` 양식 상단에 :guilabel:`제조` 스마트 버튼이 " "나타납니다. :guilabel:`제조` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`제조 주문` 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "" "On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " "components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," " different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " ":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" "이 양식의 :guilabel:`부품` 탭에서 선택한 세부사항 품목의 관련 부품을 찾을 수 있습니다. 나열된 구성 요소는 선택한 품목 " "세부사항에 따라 달라집니다. 필수 또는 선택 사항인 :guilabel:`작업` 단계를 보려면 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭으로 " "이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "" "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " "icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "" "태블릿 보기 작업 주문 화면으로 들어가려면 원하는 작업의 행 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`태블릿 아이콘`을 클릭하여 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "" "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " "progresses to complete the operation steps." msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 작업이 진행되면 :guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭하여 작업 단계를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " "manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "또는 제조 주문 양식 상단의 :guilabel:`완료로 표시` 버튼을 클릭하여 주문을 완료할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." msgstr "BoM 품목의 세부사항 품목에 대한 제조 주문." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " "the top of the page." msgstr "그런 다음 페이지 상단의 이동 경로를 사용하여 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`로 돌아옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "" "Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" "이제 제품이 제조되었으므로 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 고객에게 제품을 배송합니다. :guilabel:`배송 주문`" " 양식에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하여 배송 프로세스를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "" "To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " ":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " "invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" "판매를 완료하려면 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`사이트 이동 경로`를 통해 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`로 다시 돌아갑니다. 그런" " 다음 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 다시 한번 클릭하여 고객에게 주문에 대한 청구서를" " 발행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "반제품 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " "product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " "(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " "(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" "*반제품*은 *하위 부품* 이라고도 하며, 다른 제품의 자재명세서 (BoM)에서 구성품으로 사용되는 제조 제품입니다. 반제품은 복잡한 " ":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 을 단순화하거나 제조 흐름을 보다 정확하게 기술하는 데 사용됩니다. 반제품이 포함된 " ":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 을 *다단계 BoM* 이라고 하며, 여기서 주요 *최상위 제품* 과 그 하위 부품이 구분됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "반제품 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " "product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" "다중 단계 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 설정하려면 최상위 제품과 반제품을 모두 구성해야 합니다. 따라서 초기 단계에서는 반제품을" " 각각의 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`와 함께 생성하는 것이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../basic_setup/bill_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`../basic_setup/bill_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "반제품에 대한 자재명세서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "최상위 자재명세서 (BoM) 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "반제품이 완전히 구성되면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 최상위 제품을 선택합니다. 원하는 대로 제품의 사양을 구성한 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " "to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" "최상위 제품을 설정한 후 제품 양식에서 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 선택합니다. 다음으로 :guilabel:`생성`을 " "선택하여 최상위 제품에 대한 :abbr:`BoM(자재명세서)`을 생성합니다. 여기에서 반제품을 이 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 " "추가하고 기타 필요한 부품을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "하위 부품을 포함하는 최상위 품목에 대한 자재명세서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "생산 계획 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "다중 단계로 구성된 제품의 제조 주문 자동화를 관리하는 방법에는 여러 가지가 있습니다 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " "products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" "반제품은 특히 다단계 BoM을 통해 생산되는 제품을 관리할 때 사용합니다. BoM를 단순히 구성품을 정리하거나 판매용 제품을 번들로 묶기" " 위해 생성한 경우에는, 이보다는 :doc:`키트 ` 를 활용하는 것이 더 낫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "주요 제품에 대한 제조 주문을 확인한 후 반제품에 대한 제조 주문을 자동으로 트리거하려면 두 가지 옵션이 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" "**옵션 1 (권장):** 반제품에 대한 *재주문 규칙*을 생성하고 최소 및 최대 희망 재고 수량을 모두 `0`으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" "**옵션 2:** 반제품 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭 아래에서 :guilabel:`주문 시 보충 (MTO)` 및 " ":guilabel:`제조` 경로를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " "Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" " allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." " The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" "옵션 1은 옵션 2에 비해 더 많은 유연성을 제공하므로 권장됩니다. 재주문 규칙은 수요와 보충을 직접 연결하지 않으므로 필요한 경우 " "재고를 예약 해제하고 다른 주문으로 전환할 수 있습니다. 반면 주문 시 보충 (MTO) 경로는 반제품과 최상위 제품 사이에 고유한 링크를" " 설정하여 확정된 최상위 제조 주문에 대해서만 수량을 예약합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "선택한 방법에 관계없이 반제품은 최상위 제품에서 제조를 시작하기 전에 완전히 제조되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "최상위 제품에 대한 제조 주문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" msgstr "작업장을 사용하여 작업 지시 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" " centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " "orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " "materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " "specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" "Odoo 제조 관리를 사용하면 지정된 작업 센터에서 작업 주문을 수행합니다. 제품에 대한 제조 주문을 생성하면 제품의 자재명세서 " "(BoM)의 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에 나열된 모든 관련 작업 주문도 자동으로 생성되어 지정된 작업 센터에 할당됩니다. 이러한 " "작업지시서를 관리하려면 :guilabel:`제조` 모듈로 이동하여 :menuselection:`작업 --> 작업 지시서`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" " be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" "작업센터를 사용하려면 먼저 :guilabel:`작업 지시` 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`제조` 모듈로 " "이동하여 :menuselection:`설정 --> 환경설정`을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 옆의 확인란을 활성화합니다. " "그런 다음 :menuselection:`설정 --> 작업센터`를 선택하여 작업센터를 생성하고 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" msgstr "작업장 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" "Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제조` 모듈 내에서 :menuselection:`설정 --> 작업 센터 --> 생성`을 선택합니다. 그러면 다음과 " "같이 작업 센터 양식을 작성할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr ":guilabel:`작업장 이름`: 작업장에 사용할 작업 유형을 설명하는 간결한 이름을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr ":guilabel:`대체 작업장`: 주 작업장을 사용할 수 없는 경우 작업을 수행할 대체 작업장을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr ":guilabel:`코드`: 작업장에 참조 코드를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr ":guilabel:`근무 시간`: 작업장이 주당 운영되는 시간을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 작업장이 속한 회사를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "완전히 구성된 작업장 양식의 예입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" msgstr "작업장 생산성을 위한 표준 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "작업장 양식의 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭을 통해 작업장에 생산성 목표를 할당할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " "work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`시간 효율성`: 작업장에서 작업 주문의 예상 소요 시간을 계산하는 데 사용됩니다. 예를 들어, 작업 주문이 일반적으로" " 1시간이 걸리고 효율성이 200%로 설정된 경우 작업 주문은 30분이 걸립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of products that can be processed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr ":guilabel:`수용량`: 작업장에서 동시에 처리할 수 있는 품목 수" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr ":guilabel:`설비종합효율 대상`: 작업장의 목표 설비종합효율을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr ":guilabel:`생산 전 시간.`: 생산을 시작하기 전에 필요한 설정 시간을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr ":guilabel:`생산 후 시간.`: 작업 완료 후 필요한 고장 또는 정리 시간" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr ":guilabel:`시간당 비용`: 1시간 동안 작업장을 운영하는 데 드는 비용입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr ":guilabel:`분석 계정`: 작업장의 비용을 기록하는 계정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "작업장 양식의 일반 정보 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" msgstr "작업장에 장비 할당하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "" "Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`장비` 탭을 사용하여 특정 장비를 작업장에 할당할 수 있습니다. 추가된 각 장비에는 다음 정보가 표시됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`장비 이름`: 장비의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`기술자`: 장비 서비스를 담당하는 기술자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr ":guilabel:`장비 카테고리`: 장비가 속한 카테고리입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr ":guilabel:`MTBF`: 평균 고장 간격을 의미하며, 장비가 고장나기 전까지 작동하는 평균 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr ":guilabel:`MTTR`: 평균 복구 시간; 장비가 다시 완전히 작동하는 데 걸리는 평균 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr ":guilabel:`예상 다음 장애`: 다음 장비 장애가 발생할 예상 시점입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "작업장 양식의 장비 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR` 및 :guilabel:`예상 다음 장애`는 모두 과거 장애 데이터가 있는 " "경우 이를 기반으로 자동으로 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "IoT 기기 통합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`IoT 트리거` 탭을 사용하면 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 장치를 작업장과 쉽게 통합할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`장치`: 트리거할 IoT 장치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr ":guilabel:`키`: 디바이스의 보안 키" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`작업`: 트리거된 IoT 장치 동작" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "작업장 양식의 IoT 트리거 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "사용 사례: 대체 작업장 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" "작업장이 정원을 초과하면 추가 작업 주문을 받을 수 없습니다. 이러한 경우 작업장이 사용 가능해질 때까지 기다리는 대신 대체 작업 센터를" " 지정하여 잉여 작업 주문을 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" " ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" "먼저 새 작업장을 생성합니다. 기본 작업장과 동일한 장비로 :guilabel:`장비` 탭을 구성하여 두 위치에서 유사한 작업을 수행할 수" " 있도록 합니다. 그런 다음 기본 작업장으로 이동하여 새 작업장을 :guilabel:`대체 작업장` 선택 필드에 포함시킵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " "the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" "이제 작업 중 하나에 주 작업장이 지정된 새 제조 주문을 생성합니다. 주 작업 센터는 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭에서 이 작업에 " "대해 미리 선택되어 있습니다. 제조 주문이 확인되면 양식의 왼쪽 상단에서 :guilabel:`계획` 버튼을 찾아 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "계획 버튼을 클릭하면 가능한 작업장이 자동으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "주 작업장의 수용 인원이 초과되면 작업에 지정된 작업장이 자동으로 대체 작업장으로 전환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "대체 작업장이 자동으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "작업장 성과 모니터링" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" "개별 작업장의 성과를 보려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 작업장`으로 이동한 다음 원하는 작업장을 클릭합니다. 양식의 오른쪽" " 상단에 작업장의 성과를 나타내는 다양한 메트릭이 표시됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr ":guilabel:`OEE`: 작업장이 완전히 생산성을 발휘한 시간의 백분율을 나타내는 전체 장비 효율성입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr ":guilabel:`손실`: 작업 중단으로 인해 손실된 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr ":guilabel:`로드`: 현재 작업량을 완료하는 데 걸리는 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr ":guilabel:`성과`: 예상 기간의 백분율로 표시되는 실제 작업 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" msgstr "작업 지시 종속성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:7 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be " "completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried" " out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order " "dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill" " of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur " "first." msgstr "" "특정 제품을 제조할 때 다른 작업을 시작하기 전에 특정 작업을 먼저 완료해야 하는 경우가 있습니다. 작업이 올바른 순서로 실행되도록 하기" " 위해 Odoo *제조 관리*는 *작업 주문 종속성* 설정을 제공합니다. 이 기능을 활성화하면 자재명세서 (BoM)의 작업을 먼저 " "수행해야 하는 다른 작업에 의해 *차단*할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" "The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable " "it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is " "not already active." msgstr "" "*작업 주문 종속성* 설정은 기본적으로 활성화되어 있지 않습니다. 활성화하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 설정 " "--> 환경설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work " "Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order " "Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업 주문` 설정을 활성화하면 그 아래에 :guilabel:`작업 주문 종속성` 설정이 표시됩니다. " ":guilabel:`작업 주문 종속성` 설정도 켠 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 수정 사항을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" msgstr "BoM에 종속성 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "" "Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "작업 주문 종속성은 제품의 |BOM|에 구성됩니다. 설정하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 품목 --> 자재명세서`로 " "이동한 다음 |BOM|을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새로 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "추가 정보" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " "documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials " "<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "|BOM|에서 :guilabel:`기타` 탭으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`작업 종속성` 확인란을 활성화합니다. 이렇게 하면 " ":guilabel:`작업` 탭의 설정에서 새로운 :guilabel:`차단 대상` 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." msgstr "BoM의 기타 탭에 있는 작업 종속성 확인란입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, " "click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field " "appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "다음으로 :guilabel:`작업` 탭으로 이동합니다. 탭의 오른쪽 상단에서 :guilabel:`설정` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 " ":guilabel:`차단 기준` 확인란을 활성화합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`작업` 탭의 각 작업에 대해 " ":guilabel:`차단 기준` 필드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." msgstr "BoM의 운영 탭에 대한 설정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "" "In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, " "click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` " "pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the " "pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*" " the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" "다른 작업에 의해 차단되어야 하는 작업에 해당하는 줄에서 :guilabel:`차단 대상` 필드를 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 " ":guilabel:`열기: 작업` 팝업 창이 열립니다. 이 창의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`차단 대상`을 선택합니다. 이는 " "현재 구성 중인 작업을 진행하기 *전에* 선택한 작업을 완료해야 한다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." msgstr "차단 대상 드롭다운 필드에는 BoM에 대한 작업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 |BOM|을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" msgstr "종속성을 사용하여 작업 지시 계획" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:65 msgid "" "Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo " "*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on " "their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" "작업 주문 종속성이 |BOM|에 설정되면, Odoo *제조 관리*는 이러한 종속성을 기반으로 작업 주문의 일정을 효과적으로 계획할 수 " "있습니다. 제조 주문에 대한 작업 주문을 계획하려면 :menuselection:`제조 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order " "dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a " "|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "다음으로, |BOM|에 작업 주문 종속성이 설정된 제품에 대한 제조 주문을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 제조 " "주문을 생성합니다. 새 제조 주문을 생성하는 경우 :guilabel:`자재 명세서` 드롭다운 필드에서 작업 주문 종속성으로 구성된 " "|BOM|을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that " "are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the " ":guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" "제조 주문을 확인한 후 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭으로 이동하여 해당 주문을 처리하는 데 필요한 작업 주문을 확인합니다. 다른 " "작업 주문에 의해 차단되지 *않는* 모든 작업 주문은 :guilabel:`상태` 섹션에 `준비` 태그가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "" "Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting " "for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, " "the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" "하나 이상의 작업 주문에 의해 차단된 작업 주문은 대신 `다른 WO 대기 중` 태그가 표시됩니다. 차단된 작업 주문이 완료되면 태그가 " "`준비`로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문의 작업 주문에 대한 상태 태그입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "" "To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and " "time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period " "specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that " "precedes it." msgstr "" "제조 주문의 작업 주문을 예약하려면 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`계획` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 작업은 예약된 시작 날짜와 시간으로 " ":guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭의 각 작업 주문에 대한 :guilabel:`예약된 시작 날짜` 필드를 채웁니다. 작업 주문이 차단된 " "경우에는 이전 작업 주문의 :guilabel:`예상 기간` 필드에 지정된 기간 이후에 시작하도록 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문의 작업 주문에 대한 예약된 시작 날짜 필드입니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "" "A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has " "two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of" " 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "" "제품 A에 대해 두 가지 작업이 포함된 제조 주문이 생성됩니다: 절단 및 조립. 두 작업 모두 각각 60분이 소요될 것으로 예상되며, " "조립 작업은 절단 작업의 완료 여부에 따라 차단됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 " "pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut " "operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is " "scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" "오후 1시 30분에 제조 주문에 대한 :guilabel:`계획` 버튼을 클릭하면 절단 작업이 바로 시작되도록 예약되어 있습니다. 절단 " "작업의 예상 소요 시간은 60분이므로 조립 작업은 오후 2시 30분에 시작되도록 예약되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" msgstr "작업장별 계획" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:108 msgid "" "To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to " "the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This" " page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" "작업 주문 계획을 시각화하려면 :guilabel:`제조 관리 --> 계획 --> 작업장별 계획`에 있는 :guilabel:`작업 주문 " "계획` 페이지로 이동합니다. 여기에는 각 작업에 대해 예약된 모든 작업 주문의 타임라인이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "" "If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order " "that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking" " it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the " "blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" "한 작업 주문이 다른 작업 주문의 완료로 인해 차단된 경우, 차단된 작업 오더는 이를 차단하는 작업 오더 다음에 시작하도록 예약된 것으로" " 표시됩니다. 또한 화살표가 두 작업 주문을 연결하여 차단 작업에서 차단된 작업으로의 종속성을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "차단된 작업 주문과 이를 차단하는 작업 주문을 연결하는 화살표입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup.rst:5 msgid "Basic setup" msgstr "기본 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "자재명세서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" "A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, " "along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair" " a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, " "and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as " "well." msgstr "" "*자재명세서* (또는 줄여서 *BoM*)는 특정 구성품을 해당 수량과 함께 문서화한 것으로, 이 구성품은 제품을 생산하거나 수리할 때 " "필요한 항목입니다. Odoo에서 |BoM|는 생산 제품 및 키트에 대해 청사진과 같은 역할을 하며 종종 생산 작업 및 단계별 지침도 " "포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "자재명세서 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "" "To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " "Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "|BOM| 을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 자재명세서` 로 이동하여 :guilabel:`새로" " 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "다음으로, :guilabel:`BoM 유형` 을 :guilabel:`해당 제품 생산` 으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations " "`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :ref:`필수 구성품 ` 을 지정하고 필요한 " "경우 :ref:`제조 작업 ` 을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" "Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as " "accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as " "well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in" " a field or a line item)." msgstr "" "개별 |BOM| 에 대해 좀 더 빠르게 액세스하거나 새로 생성하려면 품목 양식에서 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 " "클릭합니다. *판매*, *재고 관리*, *제조 관리* 앱 뿐만 아니라 내부 링크를 통해 품목이 참조되는 위치 (예: 필드 또는 아이템 " "내역)을 통해 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." msgstr "품목의 BOM에 구성품이 기재되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." msgstr "`Drawer` 제품의 BoM에서, **구성품** 탭이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" msgstr ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 msgid "Components" msgstr "구성품" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to " "manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the " ":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or " "create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the " ":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the " ":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to " "its configuration form." msgstr "" "|BOM| 에 있는 :guilabel:`구성품` 탭에서 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하면 제품 생산에 사용될 구성품을 지정할 수" " 있습니다. :guilabel:`구성품` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기존 제품을 선택하거나 이름을 입력하고 :guilabel:`\" \" 만들기`" " 옵션을 선택하여 해당 항목을 빠르게 추가하거나 :guilabel:`만들기 및 편집...` 옵션을 선택하여 구성품을 추가한 후 설정 " "양식을 계속 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "드롭다운 메뉴에서 구성품을 선택하여 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "" "Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-" "adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the " ":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features " "to enable these columns:" msgstr "" "선택 사항으로, :guilabel:`환경 설정 요소` 탭의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " ":guilabel:`(설정 조정)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 추가 필드에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 다음 기능에 있는 확인란에 표시하면 해당 열이 " "활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant " "<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. " "When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`세부 옵션에 적용`: 구성품을 사용할 :doc:`품목 세부 옵션 " "<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` 을 지정합니다. 필드를 비워두면 구성품은 모든 품목 " "세부 옵션에서 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the " "component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업 중 소비`: 구성품이 사용될 작업을 지정합니다. :ref:`제조 준비 상태 " "` 를 지정할 때 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to " "check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." msgstr "제조주문서에서 *소진됨* 필드가 강조 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, " "where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, " "the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "소비 경고 오류 메시지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Operations" msgstr "작업" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and " "register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the " "*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" "|BOM|에 *작업* 을 추가하여 생산 지침을 지정하고 작업에 소요된 시간을 등록합니다. 이 기능을 사용하려면 먼저 " ":menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 *작업지시서* 기능을 활성화합니다. " ":guilabel:`운영` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 확인란을 선택하여 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." msgstr "설정 페이지에 있는 \"작업지시서\" 기능입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app " "--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add " "a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "다음으로 |BOM|으로 이동합니다. :menuselection:`제조 앱 --> 품목 --> BOM` 으로 이동하여 원하는 |BOM|을 " "선택합니다. 새 작업을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`운영` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the " "various fields of the operation are configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업`: 작업명입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation," " or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the " ":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available " "for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product " "variants, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 msgid "" ":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants " "<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`품목 세부 옵션에 대한 BOM 환경설정 <../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is " "tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the " "operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators " "can record and modify time themselves." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`소요 기간 계산`: 작업에 소요된 기간을 추적하는 방법을 선택합니다. 작업에 있는 기간 추적기를 사용하려면 " ":guilabel:`추적된 기간을 기준으로 계산` 을 선택하고, 작업자가 직접 기간을 기록하고 수정할 수 있는 경우에는 " ":guilabel:`수동으로 기간 설정` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 msgid "" "Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the " ":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically " "estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few " "operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`추적 시간을 기준으로 계산` 옵션을 선택하면 :guilabel:`마지막 __ 작업지시서 기준` 옵션이 활성화되어 " "마지막 몇 가지 작업을 기준으로 하여 이 작업을 완료하는 데 걸리는 시간을 자동으로 계산합니다. 대신 :guilabel:`직접 소요 기간" " 설정` 을 선택하면 :guilabel:`기본 소요 기간` 필드가 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the " "operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders " "`_ and determining `work center" " availability `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: |BOM| 을 사용할 회사를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 msgid "" "Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose " ":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* " "access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the " ":guilabel:`Description` text field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`워크시트` 탭에 작업 세부 정보를 포함시킵니다. 파일을 첨부하려면 :guilabel:`PDF` 를 선택하고, 링크를 " "공유하려면 *공개* 액세스 권한이 있는 :guilabel:`Google Slide` 를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`설명` 텍스트 " "필드에 지침을 입력하려면 :guilabel:`텍스트` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 msgid "" "Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." msgstr "ChatGPT와 같은 서식 옵션 및 기능 목록을 확인하려면 `/`를 입력하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." msgstr "ChatGPT 기능을 표시하여 작업 주문서에 대한 지침을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." msgstr "작업 만들기 팝업창에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add" " more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps " "above to configure another operation." msgstr "" "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기` 를 클릭하여 팝업창을 닫습니다. 작업을 더 추가하려면 :guilabel:`저장 후 새로 " "만들기` 를 클릭한 후 위의 단계와 동일하게 단계를 반복하여 다른 작업을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." msgstr "각각의 작업은 고유하며, 항상 하나의 |BOM| 에 단독 연결되어 있습니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 msgid "" "After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` " "button to choose an operation to duplicate." msgstr "작업을 생성한 후 :guilabel:`기존 작업 복사` 버튼을 클릭하여 복제할 작업을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." msgstr "작업 탭에서, \"기존 작업 복사\" 필드가 강조되어 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 msgid "Instructions" msgstr "지침" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 msgid "" "To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be " "installed." msgstr "작업에 세부 지침을 추가하려면 반드시 *품질* 앱이 설치되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 msgid "" "Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the " "operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` " "column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the " "operation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`지침` 열에 있는 작업 :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(목록)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 기존 작업에" " 특정 지침을 추가합니다. :guilabel:`지침` 열에 있는 숫자는 해당 작업에 대한 기존 세부 지침의 수를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." msgstr "지침 열과 목록 아이콘을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank " "quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. " "Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the " ":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the " "step in the operation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`단계` 현황판에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새로운 제조 단계를 생성할 수 있도록 비어있는 품질 " "관리 포인트 양식을 엽니다. 여기에서 특정 지침에 :guilabel:`제목` 을 지정하고 :guilabel:`유형` 으로 " ":guilabel:`지침` 을 설정합니다. 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`지침` 탭에 작업 단계에 대한 지침을 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 msgid "" "Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary " "instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that " "carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality " "control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check " "<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." msgstr "" "이 양식에서는 일반적인 지침을 넘어서 특정 (또는 복잡한) 조건이 적용되는 유형의 품질 관리 지점을 포함하기 위해 추가로 사용자 지정할 " "수 있습니다. 품질 관리 지점에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`지침 확인 " "<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` 문서를 참조합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." msgstr "품질 검사를 추가할 페이지를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to " "customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are " "consumed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for" " the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as " "a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are " "consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although " "not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the " "first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` " "displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all " "components are in available." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제조 준비 상태`: :guilabel:`첫 번째 작업에 대한 구성품을 사용할 수 있는 경우` 를 선택하면 " ":guilabel:`구성품 상태`가 **초록색** :guilabel:`사용 불가` 로 표시됩니다. 첫 번째 작업에서 소비된 재고가 " "있습니다. 모든 구성품을 사용할 수는 없지만 운영자가 최소한 첫 번째 작업부터 시작은 할 수 있다는 의미입니다. :guilabel:`모든" " 구성품을 사용할 수 있는 경우` 를 선택하면 모든 구성품을 사용할 수 없는 경우에는 구성품 상태가 **빨간색** " ":guilabel:`사용 불가` 로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 msgid "" "Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the " ":ref:`Manual Consumption field `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`수동 소비 처리`: 확인란에 표시하면 운영자는 반드시 제조지시서(MO)에서 :guilabel:`소비됨` 확인란에 " "표시해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "" "Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." msgstr "제조지시서 현황판에 *구성품 상태* 필드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the " "Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate " "from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if " "operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose " ":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`소비량을 유연하게 적용`: 구성품을 사용할 때 |BoM| 에서 지정된 수량을 벗어나서 사용할 수 있는지 여부를 " "지정합니다. 작업자가 **반드시** |BoM| 수량을 엄격하게 준수해야 할 경우 :guilabel:`제한` 을 선택합니다. 제안하지 " "않으려면 :guilabel:`허용` 또는 :guilabel:`경고 및 허용` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing " "operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, " "this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic " "distribution models " "<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list " "to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen " "journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a " "|MO| from the date of confirmation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to " "replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 msgid "" ":doc:`Analytic distribution " "<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`분석적 분배 <../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 msgid "" ":doc:`Lead times " "<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times>`" msgstr "" ":doc:`리드 타임 <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." msgstr "BoM의 *기타* 탭을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" msgstr "BOM에 부산물 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 msgid "" "A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there " "can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." msgstr "" "*부산물* 이란 생산 과정에서 |BOM|의 주요 품목 외에 생성되는 잔여 생성품입니다. 기본 품목과 달리 |BOM|에는 부산물이 두 개 " "이상 있을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 msgid "" "To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-" "Products` to enable the feature." msgstr "" "|BOM| 에 부산물을 추가하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 에서 *부산물* 기능을" " 활성화합니다. :guilabel:`운영` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`부산물` 확인란에 표시하면 기능이 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." msgstr "설정 페이지에 있는 품목별 기능입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the " ":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the " ":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the " "by-product." msgstr "" "기능이 활성화되면 :guilabel:`부산물` 탭을 클릭하여 부산물을 |BOM|에 추가합니다. guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하고 " ":guilabel:`부산물`, :guilabel:`수량` 및 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 를 입력합니다. 선택 사항으로 부산물에 대해" " :guilabel:`작업 중 생산` 을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 msgid "" "The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when " "producing `Red Wine`." msgstr "`레드 와인` 생산 과정에서 부산물인 `머쉬` 가 `포도 갈기` 작업에서 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "BOM에 부산물 샘플을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" msgstr "제품 제조 관리 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " "be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " "route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " "steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" "Odoo *제조 관리* 에서 제품을 생산하려면, 반드시 제품에 대해 알맞게 환경설정을 해야 합니다.여기에는 *제조 관리* 경로를 " "활성화하고 제품에 대한 자재명세서 (BoM)를 설정하는 작업 등이 있습니다. 이같은 단계가 완료되면 새로 제조지시서를 생성할 때 제품 " "선택을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" msgstr "제조 경로 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16 msgid "" "The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." " To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" " --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "제조 경로는 제품 페이지에서 각 제품에 대해 개별적으로 활성화됩니다. 이렇게 하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 --> 품목 " "--> 품목`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 기존 제품을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 제품을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" "품목 페이지에서 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`경로` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`제조` " "확인란을 사용하도록 설정합니다. 이렇게 하면 Odoo에 제품을 제조할 수 있음을 알립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "품목 페이지의 재고 관리 탭에 있는 제조 경로입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 msgid "" "The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is " "optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers " "<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking>` to newly manufactured" " products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." msgstr "" "새로 제조된 제품에 로트나 일련번호를 지정하는 것은 선택 사항입니다. 새로 제조된 제품에 :doc:`로트 또는 일련번호 " "<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking>` 를 지정하려면 " ":guilabel:`재고` 탭의 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`추적` 필드에서 " ":guilabel:`고유 일련번호 기준` 또는 :guilabel:`로트 기준` 중에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 msgid "" "Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or " "the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop " "Floor* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." msgstr "MO의 로트/일련번호 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." msgstr "MO의 **로트/일련번호** 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 msgid "" "**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order" " card." msgstr "**생산 등록** 을 선택하면 작업주문서 카드에 로트/일련번호를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "자재명세서(BoM) 환경설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" "다음으로, 필히 제품과 관련된 |BOM| 환경설정을 해야 Odoo에서 제품에 대한 제조 방법이 인식될 수 있습니다. BOM는 일종의 " "목록으로 제품 제조에 필요한 부품과 작업이 기재되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " "product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " "new |BOM|." msgstr "" "특정 제품에 대한 |BOM| 를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동한 다음 제품을 " "선택합니다. 제품 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 " "선택하면 새 |BOM| 가 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "제품 페이지에 자재명세서 스마트 버튼이 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" "|BOM| 에 있는 :guilabel:`품목` 필드에 제품이 자동으로 입력됩니다. :guilabel:`수량` 필드에는 BoM를 통해 " "생산되는 단위 수를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " ":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " "all components have been added." msgstr "" "|BOM| 에 구성품을 추가할 수 있도록:guilabel:`구성품` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`항목 추가` 를 선택합니다. " "guilabel:`구성품` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 구성품을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량을 입력합니다. 구성품이 모두 " "추가될 때까지 새 줄에 구성품을 계속 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "자재명세서에 있는 구성품 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " ":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " "(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " "be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`작업` 탭으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하면 :guilabel:`작업 만들기` " "팝업창이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`작업` 필드에 추가할 작업 이름을 지정합니다 (예: 조립, 절단 등). " ":guilabel:`작업장` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 작업이 수행될 작업 센터를 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기` 를 " "클릭하여 작업 추가를 완료하거나 :guilabel:`저장 후 새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 더 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업` 탭은 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 설정이 활성화된 경우에만 표시됩니다. 표시되게 하려면 " ":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 설정 --> 환경설정` 으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 확인란에 " "표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "자재명세서에 있는 작업 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " "to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" "위 섹션에서는 Odoo에서 제품을 생산하는 경우에 기본 |BOM| 을 만드는 방법에 대해 설명하고 있습니다. 다만 |BOM| 를 설정할 " "때 선택할 수 있는 모든 항목이 여기에 전부 요약되어 있지는 않습니다. 자재명세서에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`자재명세서 만들기 " "` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing order costs" msgstr "제조 주문 비용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:11 msgid "" "The ability to accurately calculate the cost of manufacturing a product is " "critical when determining product profitability. Odoo's **Manufacturing** " "app simplifies this calculation by automatically calculating the cost to " "complete each manufacturing order (MO), as well as the average production " "cost of a product, based on all completed |MOs|." msgstr "" "제품에 대한 제조비를 정확하게 계산하는 능력은 제품의 수익성 결정에 있어 매우 중요합니다. Odoo **제조 관리** 앱은 완료된 모든 " "|MO| 를 기반으로 각 제조지시서(MO)를 진행하는 데 드는 비용과 제품의 평균 생산 비용을 자동으로 계산하여 계산 작업을 " "간소화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo's Manufacturing app distinguishes between the *MO cost* and the *real " "cost* of an |MO|." msgstr "Odoo의 제조 관리 앱에서 *MO 비용* 과 |MO| 의 *실제 비용* 은 구분되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:19 msgid "" "The |MO| cost represents how much it *should* cost to complete an |MO|, " "based on the configuration of the product's bill of materials (BoM). This " "takes into account the cost and quantity of components, as well as the cost " "of completing the necessary operations." msgstr "" "|MO| 비용은 제품의 자재명세서 (BoM) 구성 내용에 따라 |MO| 를 완료하는 데 드는 *필수* 비용을 의미합니다. 여기에는 " "구성품의 비용과 수량 뿐 아니라 필요한 작업을 완료하는 비용까지 고려됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:23 msgid "" "The real cost represents how much it *actually* costs to complete the |MO|. " "A few factors can cause the real cost to differ from the |MO| cost. For " "example, an operation may take longer to complete than estimated, a greater " "component quantity might be needed than was specified on the |BoM|, or the " "price of components may change during manufacturing." msgstr "" "실제 비용은 |MO| 를 완료하는 데 *실제로* 소요되는 비용을 나타냅니다. 몇 가지 요인으로 인해 실제 비용이 |MO| 비용과 다른 " "경우가 있습니다. 예를 들어, 예상보다 작업을 완료하는 데 걸리는 기간이 오래 지속되거나 |BoM| 에 지정된 것보다 구성 요소 수량이 " "더 많이 필요할 수 있으며 제조 중에 구성 요소 가격이 변경될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:29 msgid "Cost configuration" msgstr "원가 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:31 msgid "" "Odoo computes |MO| costs based on the configuration of the |BoM| used to " "manufacture a product. This calculation includes the cost and quantity of " "components and operations listed on the |BoM|, in addition to the operating " "costs of the work centers where those operations are carried out, and the " "amount paid to each employee who works on an operation." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 제품을 제조할 때 사용하는 |BoM| 환경설정을 기준으로 |MO| 비용이 계산됩니다. 계산 시 |BoM| 에 기재된 구성품" " 및 작업의 비용과 수량 등이 포함되어 계산되며, 추가로 이와 같은 작업이 진행되는 작업장의 운영 비용 및 작업을 하는 각 직원에게 " "지급되는 금액도 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:37 msgid "Component cost" msgstr "구성품 원가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "Component cost is calculated automatically, based on the average purchase " "cost of a component across all purchase orders (POs). To view a component's " "cost, navigate to :guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a component product. The cost is displayed in the :guilabel:`Cost` " "field of the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the component's product" " form." msgstr "" "구성품과 관련된 비용은 전체 매입발주서 (PO)에 있는 구성품의 평균 매입 비용을 기준으로 자동 계산됩니다. 구성품의 가격을 보려면 " ":guilabel:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 구성품 제품을 선택합니다. 비용은 구성품의 제품 양식에 있는 " ":guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭의 :guilabel:`비용` 필드에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:44 msgid "" "It is possible to set the cost of a component manually, by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Cost` field on the component's product form and entering a value." " However, any future |POs| for the component override a manually entered " "value, resetting the :guilabel:`Cost` field back to an automatically " "computed value." msgstr "" "구성품의 품목 양식에서 :guilabel:`비용` 필드를 클릭하고 값을 입력하여 구성품 비용을 수동으로 설정할 수 있습니다. 그러나 향후" " |PO| 에서는 구성품에 대해 수동으로 입력한 값이 재입력되어 :guilabel:`비용` 필드는 자동으로 계산된 값으로 초기화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:52 msgid "Work center cost" msgstr "작업장 비용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:54 msgid "" "To set the operating cost for a specific work center, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and " "select a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:57 msgid "" "To set the cost of operating the work center for one hour, enter a value in " "the :guilabel:`per workcenter` field, located beside the :guilabel:`Cost per" " hour` section on the work center's :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" "작업장에 대해 1시간 동안의 운영비를 설정하려면 :guilabel:`작업장당` 필드에 값을 입력하며, 이 필드는 작업장의 " ":guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`시간당 비용` 섹션 옆에 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:61 msgid "" "To set the hourly cost of each employee that operates the work center, enter" " a value in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, located beside the " ":guilabel:`Cost per hour` section on the work center's :guilabel:`General " "Information` tab. For example, if `25.00` is entered in the :guilabel:`per " "employee` field, it costs $25.00 per hour for *each* employee working at the" " work center." msgstr "" "작업장에서 운영 작업을 하고 있는 각 직원에 대한 시간당 비용을 설정하려면, 작업장의 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에 있는 " ":guilabel:`시간당 비용` 섹션 옆 :guilabel:`직원당` 필드에 값을 입력합니다. 예를 들어, :guilabel:`직원당`" " 필드에 `25.00` 를 입력하면 작업장에서 일하는 *각각의* 직원에 대한 시간당 비용은 $25.00이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:68 msgid "" "The value entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field is only used to " "calculate the |MO| cost, which is the estimated cost of completing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:71 msgid "" "The actual cost of completing the |MO| is represented by the real cost. " "Instead of using the value entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, " "the real cost is calculated using the hourly cost specific to each employee." msgstr "" "|MO| 완료에 드는 실비가 실제 비용으로 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`직원당` 필드에 입력된 값 대신, 실제 비용은 각 직원에 대한" " 시간당 비용을 이용하여 계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:75 msgid "" "For example, if the :guilabel:`per employee` cost of a work center is " "'$50.00', and an employee with an hourly cost of '$60.00' completes a work " "order there, the |MO| cost (estimated) is calculated using the $50/hr cost, " "while the real cost is calculated using the $60/hr cost." msgstr "" "예를 들어, 작업장에서 :guilabel:`직원당` 비용이 '$50.00'인 경우에, 시간당 비용이 '$60.00'인 직원이 해당 " "작업장에서 작업지시서를 완료하면 |MO| 비용(예상)은 시간당 $50의 비용을 사용하여 계산하고 실제 비용은 시간당 $60를 비용으로 " "계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:79 msgid "" "See the :ref:`employee cost section ` " "below for information on how to set the cost for specific employees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:85 msgid "Employee cost" msgstr "직원 비용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:87 msgid "" "To set the hourly cost for a specific employee, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Employees` app, and select an employee. On the employee's " "form, select the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, and enter the employee's rate in " "the :guilabel:`Hourly Cost` field of the :guilabel:`Application Settings` " "section." msgstr "" "특정 직원에 대해 시간당 비용을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`직원` 앱으로 이동하여 직원을 선택합니다. 직원 양식에서 " ":guilabel:`설정` 탭을 선택하고 :guilabel:`애플리케이션 설정` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`시간당 비용` 필드에 " "직원 시급을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:93 msgid "" "As detailed in the :ref:`work center cost section ` above, the value entered in the :guilabel:`Hourly " "Cost` field on the employee's form is used to calculate the real cost of an " "|MO|. The estimated cost of an |MO|, referred to as the |MO| cost, uses the " "per employee cost set on each work center's form." msgstr "" "위의 :ref:`작업장 비용 섹션 ` 에서 자세히 설명된 것과 " "같이, 직원 양식의 :guilabel:`시간당 비용` 필드에 입력된 값은 |MO| 의 실제 비용을 계산하는 데 사용됩니다. |MO| 예상" " 비용이라고 하는 |MO| 비용에서는 각 작업장 양식에 설정되어 있는 직원당 비용 항목을 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:99 msgid "|BoM| configuration" msgstr "|BoM| 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:101 msgid "" "Configuring a |BoM| so Odoo can accurately calculate the cost of |MOs| that " "use it requires two steps. First, components **must** be added, and the " "required quantity specified. Second, operations **must** be added, along " "with the work centers where they are carried out." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 |MO| 비용을 정확하게 계산할 수 있도록 |BoM| 설정을 하려면 다음과 같은 두 가지 단계를 진행합니다. 첫째, " "**반드시** 구성품을 추가해야 하며 필요한 수량을 지정해야 합니다. 둘째, **반드시** 작업을 추가해야 하며, 작업을 진행할 작업장도" " 추가해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:105 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> " "Bills of Materials`. Select a |BoM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:108 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM| form, add each component by " "clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component from the drop-down " "menu in the :guilabel:`Component` column, and entering the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" "|BoM| 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`구성품` 탭에서 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`구성품` 열 " "드롭다운 메뉴에서 구성품을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`수량` 열에 수량을 입력하여 각각의 구성품을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:112 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, add an operation by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up " "window. Enter a title for the operation in the :guilabel:`Operation` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업` 탭에서 작업을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`작업 만들기` 팝업 " "창을 엽니다. 작업의 제목을 :guilabel:`작업` 항목에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:116 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Work Center` where the operation is carried out. Then," " add a :guilabel:`Default Duration`, which is the estimated amount of time " "the operation takes to complete." msgstr "" "작업을 진행할 :guilabel:`작업장` 을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 작업을 완료하는 데 걸리는 예상 시간인 :guilabel:`기본 " "소요 기간` 을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:119 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Duration Computation` field is set to " ":guilabel:`Set duration manually`, which means that the number entered in " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field is always used as the expected duration " "of the operation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기간 계산` 의 기본값은 :guilabel:`수동으로 기간 설정` 으로 설정되어 있으므로, :guilabel:`기본 " "기간` 에 입력된 숫자가 항상 작업의 예상 기간이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:123 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` causes Odoo to " "automatically compute the :guilabel:`Default Duration` based on a certain " "number of work orders, which is set in the :guilabel:`Based on` field. " "Before there are work orders to compute this duration, the value in the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field is used instead." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`추적된 시간을 기준으로 계산` 을 선택하면 Odoo에서는 :guilabel:`기준` 필드에 설정된 작업 주문 수에 " "따라 :guilabel:`기본 기간` 을 자동으로 계산합니다. 이 기간을 계산할 작업지시서가 입력되기 전까지는 :guilabel:`기본 " "기간` 필드의 값을 대신 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:128 msgid "" "The hourly cost of operating the work center, and the duration of the " "operation, are used to calculate the operation's cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:131 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the operation to the |BoM|, " "and close the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window. Alternatively, " "click :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the operation to the |BoM|, and open a " "blank :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window to add another operation." msgstr "" "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장 및 닫기` 를 클릭하여 |BoM|에 작업을 추가한 후 :guilabel:`작업 만들기` 팝업 창을 " "닫습니다. 또는 :guilabel:`저장 및 새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 |BoM|에 작업을 추가한 후 새로 :guilabel:`작업 " "생성` 팝업 창을 열어서 다른 작업을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:137 msgid "" "For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the documentation on " ":doc:`bills of materials `." msgstr "" "|BoM| 의 각 구성품에 대한 소비 작업을 지정하려면 :ref:`수동 소비 필드 ` 에 입력합니다." " " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:141 msgid "|MO| overview" msgstr "|MO| 전체보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:143 msgid "" "Each |MO| has an *overview* page, which lists a variety of information about" " the |MO|, including |MO| cost and real cost. To view the overview for an " "|MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`, and select an |MO|. Then, click the :icon:`fa-bars` " ":guilabel:`Overview` smart button at the top of the |MO|." msgstr "" "각 |MO| 에는 *전체보기* 페이지가 있으며, 여기에는 |MO| 비용 및 실제 비용을 포함하여 |MO| 에 대한 다양한 정보가 표시되어" " 있습니다. |MO| 에 대한 개요를 보려면 :menuselection:`제조 앱 --> 운영 --> 제조지시서` 로 이동하여 |MO| " "를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 |MO| 상단에 있는 :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`전체보기` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:148 msgid "" "Both the |MO| cost and real cost take into account the cost and quantity of " "components, as well as the cost of completing each work order. The overview " "page lists a row for each of these values, with the sum of them listed at " "the bottom of the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` columns." msgstr "" "|MO| 비용 및 실제 비용에는 모두 구성품의 비용과 수량, 그리고 각 작업 주문을 완료하는 데 소요되는 비용을 반영되어 있습니다. " "전체보기 페이지에는 이러한 값이 행에 표시되어 있으며, 그 합계는 :guilabel:`MO 비용` 및 :guilabel:`실제 비용` " "열의 하단에 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:152 msgid "" "Before work begins on an |MO|, the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real " "Cost` columns display the same costs. This is the *estimated* cost of " "completing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:155 msgid "" "However, once work commences, the values in the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column" " may begin to diverge from the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column. " "This happens if a different component quantity is used than was listed on " "the |MO|, the duration of a work order is different than expected, or the " "hourly cost of the employee performing a work order differs from the " "employee cost set on the work center." msgstr "" "그러나 작업이 시작되면 :guilabel:`실제 비용` 열의 값이 :guilabel:`MO 비용` 열의 값과 달라질 수 있습니다. 이는 " "구성품 수량이 |MO| 에 기재된 것과 다르거나 작업지시서의 기간이 예상과 다른 경우, 혹은 작업지시서에 있는 업무를 진행하는 직원의 " "시간당 비용이 작업장에 설정된 직원 비용과 다른 경우 발생합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:161 msgid "" "Once the |MO| has been completed by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`, the " "values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column update to match those displayed in " "the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column." msgstr "" "|MO| 이 :guilabel:`모두 생산` 을 클릭하여 완료되면 :guilabel:`MO 비용` 열의 값이 :guilabel:`실제 " "비용` 열에 표시된 값과 일치하도록 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1 msgid "The MO Overview page." msgstr "MO 전체보기 페이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:169 msgid "Average manufacturing cost" msgstr "평균 생산 비용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:171 msgid "" "In addition to the cost of each individual |MO| for a product, Odoo also " "tracks the average cost of manufacturing the product, taking into account " "the cost of every completed |MO|. To view this, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product." msgstr "" "Odoo는 제품에 대한 개별 |MO| 비용 외에도, 완료된 전체 |MO| 의 비용을 고려하여 제품을 제조하는 데 드는 평균 비용까지 " "추적합니다. 내용을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:175 msgid "" "The manufacturing cost of the product is displayed per unit of measure in " "the :guilabel:`Cost` field, located in the :guilabel:`General Information` " "tab. The value continues to update as the costs of additional |MOs| are " "factored into the average cost." msgstr "" "제품 제조비는 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`비용` 필드에 측정 단위별로 표시됩니다. 이 값은 추가 " "|MO| 비용이 평균 비용에 반영됨에 따라 계속 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:179 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Cost` field is a :guilabel:`Compute Price " "from BoM` button, which only appears for products with at least one |BoM|. " "Click this button to reset the cost of the product to the expected cost, " "which only takes into account the components and operations listed on the " "|BoM|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`비용` 필드 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`BoM에서 가격 계산` 버튼은 최소한 |BoM| 가 하나 이상 있는 " "품목 에만 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 품목 비용을 예상 비용으로 재설정할 수 있으며, 여기에서는 |BoM| 에 표시된 구성품과 " "작업만 고려됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:186 msgid "" "Be aware that clicking :guilabel:`Compute Price from BoM` does not set the " "price permanently. The cost continues to update based on the average of the " "|BoM| price and the real cost of any future |MOs|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`BoM에서 가격 계산` 을 클릭하더라도 가격이 영구적으로 설정되지는 않는다는 점에 유의하세요. |BoM| 평균 가격 " "및 향후 |MO| 의 실제 가격을 기준으로 가격이 계속 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:190 msgid "Example workflow: manufacturing cost" msgstr "워크플로우 예시: 생산 비용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:193 msgid "" "Golf product manufacturer *Fairway Fields* produces a variety of golf " "products, including an indoor *putting green*. They have configured a |BoM| " "for the putting green, so Odoo automatically calculates the manufacturing " "cost of each putting green |MO|." msgstr "" "골프 제품 제조업체인 *페어웨이 필드*는 실내용 *퍼팅 그린* 과 같은 다양한 골프 제품을 생산합니다. 퍼팅 그린에 대한 |BoM| 이 " "설정되어 있으므로 Odoo에서 각 퍼팅 그린의 |MO| 에 있는 제조비를 자동으로 계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:197 msgid "The |BoM| lists two components:" msgstr "|BoM| 에는 두 가지 구성품이 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:199 msgid "One unit of *green felt*, which costs $20.00." msgstr "*초록색 펠트* 한 개로, 가격은 $20.00입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:200 msgid "One unit of a *rubber pad*, which costs $30.00." msgstr "*고무 패드* 1개로, 가격은 $30.00입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:202 msgid "" "The |BoM| also lists four operations, all of which are carried out at " "*Assembly Station 1*, which has an hourly operating cost of $30.00. Those " "operations are as follows:" msgstr "" "|BoM| 에도 4가지 작업이 표시되어 있으며, 모든 작업은 *조립 스테이션 1* 에서 시간당 운영 비용 $30.00으로 진행됩니다. " "해당 작업은 다음과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:205 msgid "" "*Cut felt*: default duration of seven minutes, for a total cost of $3.50." msgstr "*펠트 재단*: 기본 기간은 7분이며 총 비용은 $3.50입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:206 msgid "" "*Cut rubber pad*: default duration of five minutes, for a total cost of " "$2.50." msgstr "*고무 패드 절단*: 기본 지속 시간은 5분이며 총 비용은 $2.50입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:207 msgid "" "*Attach pad to felt*: default duration of 15 minutes, for a total cost of " "$7.50." msgstr "*펠트에 패드 부착*: 기본 소요 시간은 15분이며 총 비용은 $7.50입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:208 msgid "" "*Cut holes*: default duration of three minutes, for a total cost of $1.50." msgstr "*구멍 뚫기*: 기본 기간은 3분이며 총 비용은 $1.50입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:210 msgid "" "Altogether, the components required to produce one putting green cost " "$50.00, and the operations required cost $15.00, for a total manufacturing " "cost of $65.00. This cost is reflected in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on the " "putting green's product form." msgstr "" "모두 합하면, 퍼팅 그린 하나를 생산하는 데 필요한 구성품 가격은 $50.00이고 필요한 작업비는 $15.00이며 총 제조비는 " "$65.00입니다. 이 비용은 퍼팅 그린 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`비용` 필드에 반영됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:214 msgid "" "Fairway Fields confirms an |MO| for one putting green. Before manufacturing " "starts, the |MO| overview lists a cost of `$65.00` in both the :guilabel:`MO" " Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` fields." msgstr "" "Fairway Fields에서 |MO| 를 퍼팅 그린 1개에 대해 확정합니다. 제조를 시작하기 전에 |MO| 전체보기에 `$65.00` " "의 비용이 :guilabel:`MO 비용` 및 :guilabel:`실제 비용` 항목에 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1 msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, before production starts." msgstr "MO 전체보기 페이지로, 생산이 시작되기 전의 퍼팅 그린 한 개에 대한 내용입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:222 msgid "" "Manufacturing begins, and the operations take ten minutes longer than " "expected, for a total manufacturing time of 40 minutes. This deviation from " "the |BoM| is reflected on the |MO| overview, which now lists a " ":guilabel:`Real Cost` of `$70.00`." msgstr "" "제조를 시작하고, 작업이 예상보다 10분 더 걸려서 총 제조 시간은 40분이 됩니다. 이와 같은 |BoM| 와의 편차는 |MO| " "전체보기에 반영되어 이제 :guilabel:`실제 비용` 은 `$70.00` 로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1 msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, during production." msgstr "MO 전체보기 페이지로, 생산 중인 퍼팅 그린 한 개에 대한 내용입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:230 msgid "" "Once manufacturing is finished, and the |MO| is marked as *Done*, the |MO| " "overview updates again, so the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and " ":guilabel:`Real Cost` columns match, each displaying a value of `$70.00`." msgstr "" "제조가 완료된 후 |MO| 가 *완료* 로 표시되면 |MO| 전체보기가 다시 업데이트되므로 :guilabel:`MO 비용` 및 " ":guilabel:`실제 비용` 열의 값이 같게 되어 각각 `$70.00` 값이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:234 msgid "" "On the putting green's product page, the :guilabel:`Cost` field now displays" " a cost of `$67.50`, the average of the original cost of $65.00 and the real" " cost of $70.00 from the |MO|." msgstr "" "퍼팅 그린의 제품 페이지에 있는 :guilabel:`비용` 필드에 이제 가격이 `$67.50`로 표시됩니다. 이 가격은 원래 비용인 " "$65.00의 평균과 |MO| 의 실제 비용인 $70.00의 평균입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" msgstr "1단계 제조 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement " "of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory " "counts still update based on the number of components used and products " "manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not " "tracked." msgstr "" "Odoo *제조 관리* 를 사용하면 1단계, 2단계 또는 3단계 제조 방식으로 제품을 생산할 수 있습니다. 1단계 제조 방식을 선택할 " "경우 Odoo에서 제조지시서(MO)는 생성할 수 있으나, 구성품을 일반 재고나 판매용 재고로 이동하거나 완제품을 판매용 재고로 이동하는 " "이송 작업은 생성되지 않습니다. 사용된 구성품 및 제조된 제품 수에 따라 재고 수가 계속 업데이트되기는 하지만, 일반 재고에서 혹은 일반" " 재고로 이송되는 활동은 추적되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, " "allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change " "the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select" " a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen." msgstr "" "제조에 사용되는 단계 수는 창고 수준에서 설정되므로 창고마다 다른 단계 수를 사용할 수 있습니다. 특정 창고에 사용되는 단계 수를 " "변경하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`창고` 화면에서 " "창고를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three " "options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and " "then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and " "then store products (3 steps)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`창고 설정` 탭에서 :guilabel:`제조` 라디오 입력 필드를 찾아 :guilabel:`제조 (1단계)`, " ":guilabel:`부품 선택 후 제조 (2단계)` 또는 :guilabel:`부품 선택, 제조 후 제품 보관 (3단계)`의 세 가지 옵션" " 중 하나를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." msgstr "창고 구성 페이지의 제조 관리 라디오 입력 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in " "Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to " ":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing " "`." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 제품 생산을 하려면 반드시 제품에 대한 환경설정을 먼저 해야 합니다. 자세한 내용은 :ref:`제조 관리에서 제품 환경설정을" " 하는 방법 ` 문서를 " "참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "Create manufacturing order" msgstr "제조 주문 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38 msgid "" "To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" "Odoo *제조 관리*에서 제품을 생산하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 |제조주문서|를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" "새 |제조주문|에서 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴를 열고 생산할 제품을 선택합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`자재명세서` " "필드가 관련 자재명세서 (BoM)로 자동으로 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| " "can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the " ":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product." msgstr "" "제품에 두 개 이상의 |자재명세서|가 구성된 경우, 특정 |자재명세서|를 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 필드에서 선택할 수 있으며 " ":guilabel:`품목` 필드에 관련 제품이 자동으로 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49 msgid "" "After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and " "operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations " "are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the " ":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "|자재명세서|를 선택하면 :guilabel:`부품` 및 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭이 자동으로 |자재명세서|에 지정된 부품과 " "작업으로 채워집니다. 구성 중인 |제조 주문|에 추가 부품 또는 작업이 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`부품` 및 " ":guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭하여 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 |MO|를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "Process manufacturing order" msgstr "제조 주문 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79 msgid "" "An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from " "the work order tablet view." msgstr "" "|제조 주문|은 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭에 나열된 모든 작업 주문을 완료하면 처리됩니다. 이 작업은 |제조 주문| 자체에서 " "수행하거나 작업 주문 태블릿 보기에서 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "Basic workflow" msgstr "기본 워크플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|." msgstr "" "|제조 주문| 자체에서 작업 주문을 완료하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동한 " "다음 |제조 주문|을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" "|제조 주문| 페이지에서 :guilabel:`작업 지시` 탭을 선택합니다. 완료가 필요한 첫 번째 작업 주문에서 작업이 시작되면 해당 " "특정 작업 주문에 대한 :guilabel:`시작` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 Odoo *제조*가 타이머를 시작하여 작업 지시를 완료하는 " "데 걸리는 시간을 모니터링합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문에 대한 작업 시작 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96 msgid "" "When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that" " work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" "작업 주문을 완료하면 해당 작업 주문에 대해 :guilabel:`완료` 버튼을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭에 나열된 " "각 작업 주문에 대해 이 과정을 반복합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문에 대한 작업의 완료 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at " "the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the" " manufactured product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" "모든 작업 주문이 완료되면 화면 상단의 :guilabel:`모두 생산`을 클릭하여 |제조 주문|을 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시하고 " "제조된 제품을 재고에 등록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107 msgid "Shop Floor workflow" msgstr "작업장 워크플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the *Shop Floor* module, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" "|MO| 에 대한 작업 주문을 *작업 현장* 모듈을 사용하여 완료하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 운영 --> " "제조지시서` 로 이동한 다음 |MO| 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "On the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the " ":guilabel:`↗️ (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on the line of " "the first work order to be processed. Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` pop-up window, with details and processing options for the work " "order." msgstr "" "|MO|에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 탭을 클릭한 다음 처리할 첫 번째 작업지시서 줄에 있는 :guilabel:`↗️ (화살표가 " "나오는 사각형)` 버튼을 선택합니다. 그러면 작업지시서에 대한 세부 정보 및 처리 항목이 있는 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 팝업 창이" " 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:117 msgid "" "On the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button at the " "top-left of the window to open the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Open Shop Floor button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조지시서에 있는 작업 주문용 작업 현장 열기 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:124 msgid "" "When accessed directly from a specific work order within an |MO|, *Shop " "Floor* defaults to the page for the work center where the work order is " "configured to be carried out. The page shows a card for the work order that " "displays the |MO| number, the product and number of units to be produced, " "and the steps required to complete the work order." msgstr "" "|MO| 내의 특정 작업지시서에 직접 액세스하는 경우 *작업 현장*은 작업지시서대로 수행되도록 설정된 작업장의 페이지로 기본 설정됩니다." " 페이지에는 |MO| 번호, 생산할 제품 및 단위 수, 작업 주문을 완료하는 데 필요한 단계가 나타나 있는 작업지시서 카드가 표시됩니다." " " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "A work order card on a work center page in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "작업지시서 카드가 작업 현장 모듈의 작업 센터 페이지에 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:133 msgid "" "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This " "can be done by clicking on a step and following the instructions listed on " "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" "작업지시서를 처리하려면 카드에 나열된 각 단계를 완료합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 나타나는 팝업 창에 기재된 안내를 따르면 됩니다. 단계를 " "완료한 후에는 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`다음` 을 클릭하여 다음 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:137 msgid "" "Alternatively, work order steps can be completed by clicking the checkbox " "that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. " "When using this method, the step is automatically marked as completed, " "without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" "또는 작업지시서 카드의 단계 줄 오른쪽에 표시되는 확인란을 클릭하면 작업지시서에서 단계를 완료할 수 있습니다. 이 방법을 사용하면 팝업 " "창이 나타나지 않고 단계가 자동으로 완료 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:141 msgid "" "The final step on a work order card is titled *Register Production*. This " "step is used to register the number of product units that were produced. If " "the number produced is equal to the number that the |MO| was created for, " "click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the line to " "automatically register that number as the quantity produced." msgstr "" "작업지시서 카드에 있는 마지막 단계의 제목은 *프로덕션 등록* 입니다. 이 단계에서는 생산된 품목의 개수를 등록합니다. 생성한 개수가 " "|MO| 에서 생성된 개수와 동일한 경우 줄 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`단위 수` 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 숫자가 생산 수량으로 자동" " 등록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:146 msgid "" "If a different number must be entered, click the :guilabel:`Register " "Production` step to open a pop-up window. Enter the number of units produced" " in the :guilabel:`Units` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "register that number." msgstr "" "반드시 다른 숫자를 입력해야 하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`프로덕션 등록` 단계를 클릭하여 팝업창을 엽니다. " ":guilabel:`단위` 필드에 생산된 단위 수를 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 해당하는 숫자를 등록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:151 msgid "" "The *Register Production* step appears on every work order card. It must be " "completed for the first work order that is processed. After doing so, the " "step appears as already completed for each remaining work order in the |MO|." msgstr "" "*생산 등록* 단계가 모든 작업지시서 카드에 나타납니다. 첫 번째 작업지시서를 처리할 때 이 단계를 반드시 완료해야 합니다. 이렇게 하면" " |MO|의 나머지 작업지시서에 대해 해당 단계가 이미 완료된 것으로 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:155 msgid "" "After completing all of the steps for a work order, a button appears on the " "footer of the work order card. If any other work orders must be completed " "before the |MO| can be closed, the button is titled :guilabel:`Mark as " "Done`. If there are no additional work orders to complete, the button is " "titled :guilabel:`Close Production`." msgstr "" "작업지시서에 있는 단계를 모두 완료하면 작업지시서 카드 바닥글에 버튼이 나타납니다. |MO| 를 종료하기 전에 완료해야 할 다른 " "작업지시서가 있는 경우에는 버튼 제목이 :guilabel:`완료로 표시` 로 나타납니다. 완료해야 할 추가 작업지시서가 없는 경우에는 " "버튼 제목은 :guilabel:`생산 종료` 로 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:160 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` causes the work order card to fade away. " "Once it disappears completely, the work order's status is marked as " "*Finished* on the |MO|, and the next work order appears in the *Shop Floor* " "module, on the page of the work center where it is configured to be carried " "out. Any additional work orders can be processed using the instructions " "detailed in this section." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`완료로 표시` 를 클릭하면 작업지시서 카드가 사라집니다. 완전히 사라지면 작업지시서의 상태가 |MO| 에 *완료* 로" " 표시되고, 다음 작업 지시 내용이 수행되도록 설정되어 작업장 페이지의 *작업 현장* 모듈에 나타납니다. 추가적인 작업지시서가 있을 경우" " 이 섹션에서 자세히 설명된 지침에 따라 처리하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:166 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` causes the work order card to fade " "away. Once it disappears, the |MO| is marked as *Done*, and the units of the" " product that were produced are entered into inventory." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`생산 종료` 를 클릭하면 작업지시서 카드가 사라집니다. 사라지면 |MO| 가 *완료* 로 표시되며, 생산된 제품의 " "단위가 재고에 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:170 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` or :guilabel:`Close Production`, " "each button is replaced by an :guilabel:`Undo` button. Click the " ":guilabel:`Undo` button before the work order card fades away to keep the " "work order open." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`완료로 표시` 또는 :guilabel:`생산 종료` 를 클릭하면, 각 버튼은 :guilabel:`실행 취소` 버튼으로" " 바뀝니다. 작업지시서를 계속 열어두려면 작업지시서 카드가 사라지기 전에 :guilabel:`실행 취소` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:175 msgid "" "This section details the basic workflow for processing an |MO| in the *Shop " "Floor* module. For a more in-depth explanation of the module and all of its " "features, please see the :ref:`Shop Floor overview " "` documentation." msgstr "" "이 섹션에서는 *작업 현장* 모듈에서 |MO|를 처리하는 기본적인 워크플로우에 대해 자세히 설명합니다. 모듈 및 전체 기능에 대한 자세한" " 설명은 :ref:`작업 현장 전체보기 ` 문서를 " "참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" msgstr "3단계 제조 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick " "components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished " "products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of " "components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" "Odoo *제조 관리*를 통해 사용자는 1단계, 2단계 또는 3단계로 제품을 제조할 수 있습니다. 3단계 제조의 경우, Odoo는 부품 " "이송, 제조 주문 (MO), 완제품 보관 이송을 생성합니다. 또한 사용된 부품과 생산된 완제품을 반영하여 재고 수량을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" "새 |MO|에서 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴를 열고 생산할 제품을 선택합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 필드가" " 관련 자재명세서 (BoM)로 자동으로 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" msgstr "부품 피킹 전송 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the " ":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: " "*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store " "finished products transfer)." msgstr "" "3단계 |MO|를 확인하면 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`이송` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 |MO|에 대한 " ":guilabel:`이송` 페이지로 이동합니다. 이 페이지에는 두 개의 이송이 표시됩니다: *WH/PC/XXXXX* (부품 피킹 이송)와" " *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (완제품 보관 이송)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the " "|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the " "locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX`를 선택하여 |MO|에 대한 부품 피킹 이송을 엽니다. 이 이송은 부품이 보관된 위치에서 제품 " "제조에 사용되는 위치로 부품의 이동을 추적하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "" "After transferring the components out of their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" "보관 위치에서 부품을 이동한 후에는 이송 상단에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 이어지는 :guilabel:`즉시 " "이송` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭합니다. 이 작업은 이송을 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시하고 제조를 위해 전송된 " "부품의 수량을 반영하도록 재고 수량을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " "breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "마지막으로 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` 이동 경로를 클릭하여 |MO|로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." msgstr "부품 피킹 이송에 대한 제조 관리 사이트 이동 경로." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" "|MO| 자체에서 작업 주문을 완료하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동한 다음 " "제조 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문에 대한 작업 주문의 시작 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문의 작업 주문에 대한 완료 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:136 msgid "" "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This " "can be done by clicking on a step, and following the instructions listed on " "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" "작업지시서를 처리하려면 카드에 나열된 각 단계를 완료합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 나타나는 팝업 창에 기재된 안내를 따르면 됩니다. 단계를 " "완료한 후에는 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`다음` 을 클릭하여 다음 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:183 msgid "Process finished product transfer" msgstr "완제품 이송 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:185 msgid "" "After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page " "by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This " "time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products " "transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products " "from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they " "are stored." msgstr "" "|MO| 를 완료한 후 주문서 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`이송` 버튼을 클릭하여 주문의 :guilabel:`이송` 페이지로 " "돌아갑니다. 이번에는 :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` 를 선택하여 완제품 보관 이송에 액세스합니다. 이 이송 항목은 제조 " "위치에서 보관 위치로 완제품의 이동을 추적하는 데 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:190 msgid "" "After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" "보관 위치에서 완제품을 이동한 후에는 이송 상단에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 이어지는 :guilabel:`즉시" " 이송` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭합니다. 이 작업은 이송을 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시하고 제조를 위해 전송된" " 부품의 수량을 반영하도록 재고 수량을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" msgstr "2단계 제조 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not " "generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. " "Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, " "but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" "Odoo *제조*를 사용하면 1단계, 2단계 또는 3단계를 사용하여 제품을 제조할 수 있습니다. 2단계 제조를 사용하는 경우 Odoo는 " "제조 주문 (MO)과 부품 피킹 이송을 생성하지만 완제품을 재고로 이동하기 위한 이송은 생성하지 않습니다. 재고 수는 여전히 제조된 제품" " 수에 따라 업데이트되지만 재고에서 재고로 이동하는 실제 추적은 기록되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "" "After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components " "transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of " "components from the locations where they are stored to the location where " "they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" "2단계 |MO| 가 확정되면 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`이송` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 |MO| 와 관련된 " "구성품 피킹 이송 항목이 열립니다. 이와 같은 이송을 통해 구성품이 보관된 위치에서 제품이 제조되는 위치로 구성품이 이동되는 상황을 " "추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" "|MO| 페이지에서 :guilabel:`작업 지시` 탭을 선택합니다. 완료가 필요한 첫 번째 작업 주문에서 작업이 시작되면 해당 특정 " "작업 주문에 대한 :guilabel:`시작` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 Odoo *제조*가 타이머를 시작하여 작업 지시를 완료하는 데 " "걸리는 시간을 모니터링합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문에 대한 작업 주문의 시작 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문의 작업 주문에 대한 완료 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:3 msgid "Allocation reports" msgstr "할당 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:11 msgid "" "When fulfilling sales orders (SOs), or sourcing components for manufacturing" " orders (MOs), it is sometimes necessary to prioritize one |SO| or |MO| over" " another. In situations where there is insufficient stock on-hand to fulfill" " every |SO| or |MO|, ensuring that products and components are reserved for " "priority orders is essential." msgstr "" "판매주문서(SO) 내용을 진행하거나 제조지시서(MO)에 맞추어 구성품을 조달하는 중에, 우선적으로 처리해야 하는 |SO| 또는 |MO| " "가 있게 될 수 있습니다. 보유 재고가 충분하지 않은 관계로 모든 |SO| 나 |MO| 를 처리할 수 없는 상황에서는, 우선순위에 따라서" " 제품 및 구성품을 예약해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, allocation reports are used on |MOs| to assign " "products to specific sales orders |SOs|, or components to specific |MOs|. " "This ensures the products or components are available for those orders, and " "are not used by mistake." msgstr "" "Odoo *제조 관리* 에서는 할당 보고서를 통해 |MO| 에 특정 판매주문서 |SO| 로 제품을 할당하거나 특정 |MO| 에 구성품을 " "할당할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 관련된 주문서에 제품이나 구성품을 지정할 수 있으며 실수로 사용되는 것도 방지할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:23 msgid "" "To use allocation reports, the *Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders* " "feature **must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders`." " Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "할당 보고서를 사용하려면 **반드시** *제조지시서에 대한 할당 보고서* 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. 활성화하려면 " ":menuselection:`제조 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`제조지시서에 대한 배정 보고서` " "옆에 있는 확인란에 표시합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:28 msgid "" "For products that are sold, it is also necessary to configure them so they " "can be included in |SOs|. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. " "Under the :guilabel:`Product Name` field on the product form, make sure that" " the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` checkbox is ticked." msgstr "" "판매되는 품목의 경우 |SO|에 포함될 수 있도록 설정해야 합니다. 설정하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 품목 " "--> 품목` 으로 이동하여 품목을 선택합니다. 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`품목명` 필드 아래에서 :guilabel:`판매 가능` " "확인란이 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:34 msgid "Allocate products" msgstr "제품 할당하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:36 msgid "" "To allocate products or components from an |MO| to an |SO|, or to a " "different |MO|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" " Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new" " |MO|." msgstr "" "한 |MO| 에 있는 제품이나 구성품을 |SO| 이나 다른 |MO| 로 이동하려면, 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 " "--> 운영 --> 제조지시서` 로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새로운 |MO| 를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:40 msgid "" "On the |MO| form, select a product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and " "specify the quantity to be produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" "|MO| 양식에서 품목을 :guilabel:`품목` 항목에서 선택한 후 생산할 수량을 :guilabel:`수량` 항목에 지정합니다. " "마지막으로 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 |MO| 를 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:43 msgid "" "The rest of the allocation workflow depends on the current on-hand quantity " "of the product being manufactured, and whether or not there are any |SOs| or" " |MOs| which require the product, but have not already been allocated units." msgstr "" "할당 작업의 나머지 워크플로우는 변경될 수 있으며, 생산 중인 제품의 현재 보유 수량에 따라 달라지거나 혹은 제품이 필요한 것은 확실하나" " 아직 단위가 할당되지 않은 |SO| 또는 |MO| 가 있는지 여부에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:47 msgid "" "If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** " "there are too few units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then" " an :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button appears at the top " "of the page as soon as the |MO| is confirmed." msgstr "" "제품을 필요로 하는 기존의 |SO| 및 |MO| 가 **있고** **동시에** 해당 주문을 처리하기에는 보유 중인 제품 수량이 너무 적은" " 경우에는, |MO| 가 확정되는 즉시 페이지 상단에 :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`할당` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:51 msgid "" "If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** " "there are enough units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then " "the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button only appears at the " "top of the page once the |MO| has been marked as done, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Produce All`." msgstr "" "제품을 필요로 하는 기존의 |SO| 및 |MO| 가 **있고** **동시에** 해당 주문을 처리할 수 있을 만큼 보유 제품 수량이 충분한" " 경우에는, :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`할당` 스마트 버튼은 |MO| 가 완료되었다는 표시가 된 후에만 페이지 " "상단에 나타나게 되며 :guilabel:`모두 생산` 을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1 msgid "The Allocation smart button at the top of an MO." msgstr "제조지시서 상단에 표시되어 있는 할당 스마트 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:61 msgid "" "If there **are not** any existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, " "the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button does not appear, " "even when the |MO| has been marked as done." msgstr "" "제품을 필요로 하는 기존의 |SO| 및 |MO| 가 **없는** 경우에는, |MO| 가 완료되었다는 표시가 되더라도 :icon:`fa-" "list` :guilabel:`할당` 스마트 버튼이 나타나지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:64 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`MRP Reception Report` for the |MO|. This report lists open " "delivery orders or |MOs|, depending on the type of product produced in the " "original |MO|." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`할당` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 |MO| 에 대한 :guilabel:`MRP 입고 보고서`" " 를 엽니다. 이 보고서에는 원래의 |MO| 에서 생산된 제품 유형에 따라 미결 상태인 배송주문서나 |MO| 가 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:69 msgid "Allocate to delivery order" msgstr "배송주문서에 할당하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:71 msgid "" "If the |MO| contains a finished product, the report lists any open delivery " "orders for which quantities of the product have yet to be reserved." msgstr "" "|MO| 에 완제품이 포함되어 있는 경우에는, 보고서에는 아직 제품 수량이 예약되지 않은 미결 배송주문서 내역이 모두 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:75 msgid "" "An |MO| is created to produce three units of a *rocking chair*. Clicking the" " :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report " "that lists open delivery orders that require one or more rocking chairs." msgstr "" "*흔들의자* 세 단위를 생산하기 위해 |MO| 를 생성합니다. |MO| 에서 :guilabel:`할당` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 할당 " "보고서가 열리고 여기에는 흔들의자가 하나 이상 있어야 하는미결 배송주문서 내역이 나타나 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:79 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` button to the right of a specific order to " "assign products for each quantity required to fulfill that order." msgstr "" "주문서 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`모두 할당` 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 주문서를 처리하는 데 필요한 각 수량에 대해 제품이 " "할당됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:83 msgid "" "If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one " "quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` assigns" " five units of the product to fulfill both quantities." msgstr "" "주문서에서 필요한 제품이 4개 단위 제품 1개와 1개 단위 제품 1개인 경우, :guilabel:`모두 할당` 을 클릭하면 제품 단위 " "5개가 지정되어 두 가지 제품 수량을 모두 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:87 msgid "" "Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Assign` next to a specific quantity to only " "assign products to that quantity, and not any others in the order." msgstr "" "또는 지정한 수량 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`할당` 을 클릭하면 해당 수량에 대해서만 제품을 할당하고 주문서의 다른 제품에 대해서는 " "할당이 되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:91 msgid "" "If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one " "quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign` next to the" " quantity of one unit assigns a product to that quantity, but leaves the " "quantity of four units without any products assigned." msgstr "" "주문서에서 필요한 제품이 4개 단위 제품 1개와 1개 단위 제품 1개인 경우, 1개 단위 수량 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`할당` 을 " "클릭하면 해당 수량에 대해 제품이 할당되지만 4개 단위 수량에는 제품이 할당되지 않은 상태로 남아있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1 msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing finished products." msgstr "완제품이 포함된 MO에 대한 MRP 입고 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:100 msgid "Allocate to MO" msgstr "제조지시서에 할당하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:102 msgid "" "If the |MO| contains a component, the report lists any open |MOs| for which " "quantities of the component have yet to be reserved." msgstr "|MO| 에 구성품이 있는 경우, 보고서에는 해당 구성품 수량이 아직 예약되지 않은 모든 미결 |MO| 내역이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:106 msgid "" "An |MO| is created to produce three units of *wood*, which is used as a " "component for the *rocking chair* product. Clicking the " ":guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report " "that lists open rocking chair |MOs| that require one or more pieces of wood." msgstr "" "*목재* 세 단위를 생산할 수 있도록 |MO| 를 생성하며 이 제품은 *흔들의자* 제품에서 사용되는 구성품입니다. |MO| 에 있는 " ":guilabel:`할당` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 할당 보고서가 열리며 하나 이상 목재가 들어가는 흔들의자 |MO| 내역이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:110 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign` button to the right " "of a specific |MO| to assign components to that |MO|." msgstr "" "|MO| 의 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`모두 할당` 또는 :guilabel:`할당` 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 |MO| 에 구성품을 " "할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1 msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing components." msgstr "구성품이 포함된 MO에 대한 MRP 입고 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:118 msgid "Unassign products" msgstr "제품 할당 취소하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:120 msgid "" "After assigning products to a quantity within a delivery order, or " "components to an |MO|, the :guilabel:`Assign` button turns into an " ":guilabel:`Unassign` button. Click :guilabel:`Unassign` to unreserve the " "assigned products from that quantity, making them available for other " "quantities." msgstr "" "배송주문서에 있는 수량에 제품을 할당하거나 |MO| 에 구성품을 할당하면 :guilabel:`할당` 버튼이 :guilabel:`할당 " "취소` 버튼으로 바뀝니다. 해당 수량에 할당된 품목에 대한 예약을 취소하여 다른 수량에서 사용할 수 있게 하려면 :guilabel:`할당" " 취소` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:125 msgid "Print labels" msgstr "라벨 인쇄하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:127 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign`, the " ":guilabel:`Print Labels` or :guilabel:`Print Label` button to the right of " "either button becomes selectable. Selecting either button generates and " "downloads a PDF document with one label for each product that was assigned. " "These labels are used to designate each product as being reserved for that " "specific order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`모두 할당` 또는 :guilabel:`할당` 을 클릭하면, 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`라벨 대량 인쇄` 또는 " ":guilabel:`라벨 인쇄` 버튼을 선택할 수 있게 됩니다. 두 버튼 중 하나를 선택하면 PDF 문서가 생성되어 다운로드할 수 있으며" " 여기에는 할당된 각 제품별로 라벨이 하나씩 만들어져 있습니다. 이 라벨은 각 제품이 예약되어 있는 주문서를 지정하는 데 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1 msgid "" "The assignment labels generated by clicking Print Labels or Print Label." msgstr "라벨 대량 인쇄 혹은 라벨 인쇄를 클릭하면 해당 라벨이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:3 msgid "Overall equipment effectiveness" msgstr "설비종합효율" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Manufacturing* app, *overall equipment effectiveness* (OEE) " "represents the amount of time a work center is fully productive. |OEE| is " "displayed as a percentage of the total time a work center is active." msgstr "" "Odoo *제조 관리* 앱에서 *설비 종합 효율* (OEE)이란 작업장이 보유하는 생산성이 완전히 발휘되는 시간을 나타냅니다. |OEE|" " 는 작업장이 활성화된 총 시간의 백분율로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:13 msgid "" "Fully productive time is considered to be time when the work center is " "operational **and** processing work orders that have not exceeded their " "*expected duration*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:16 msgid "" "|OEE| helps manufacturing teams understand the efficiency of work centers, " "and the causes of manufacturing downtime." msgstr "|OEE| 를 활용하면 생산 부서에서 작업장을 효율적으로 운영하고 생산 다운타임의 원인을 파악할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:20 msgid "" "Since |OEE| tracks work center productivity, using it requires enabling the " "work centers feature in the settings of the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:23 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Work Orders`, under " "the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:28 msgid "Efficiency standards" msgstr "효율 기준" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:30 msgid "" "For |OEE| to accurately reflect the percentage of fully productive time for " "a work center, the work center **must** be properly configured with the " "correct productivity metrics. These include the work center's *time " "efficiency*, *capacity*, and *OEE target*." msgstr "" "|OEE| 에 작업장의 완전 생산 시간 비율을 정확하게 반영하려면 **반드시** 정확한 생산성 지표를 통해 작업장을 알맞게 설정해야 " "합니다. 지표에는 작업장의 *시간 효율성*, *수용 능력* 및 *OEE 목표* 등이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:35 msgid "Time efficiency" msgstr "시간 효율" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:37 msgid "" "Time efficiency represents the efficiency of a work center when processing " "work orders, and is represented as a percentage. A time efficiency value of " "100% signifies that the work center processes work orders at the speed of " "the expected duration, as listed on a product's |BoM|. A value less than or " "greater than 100% signifies that the work center processes work orders " "slower or faster than an operation's expected duration, respectively." msgstr "" "시간 효율성이란 작업 주문을 처리하는 경우에 작업장의 효율성을 나타내며 백분율로 표시됩니다. 시간 효율성 값이 100%이면 작업장이 " "제품의 |BoM| 에 표시된 예상 기간의 속도대로 작업 주문을 처리한다는 것을 의미합니다. 100%보다 작거나 큰 값은 작업장에서 작업 " "예상 기간보다 작업 주문 처리가 느리거나 빠르게 진행된다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:43 msgid "" "To set the time efficiency for a work center, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and " "select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a " "numerical value in the :guilabel:`Time Efficiency` field." msgstr "" "작업장에 대해 시간 효율성을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 작업장` 으로 이동하여 작업장을" " 선택합니다. :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`시간 효율성` 에 숫자 값을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:48 msgid "" "Manufacturing a *chair* product requires two operations: *cut* and " "*assemble*. The product's |BoM| lists an expected duration of 30 minutes for" " each operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:51 msgid "" "The cut operation is carried out at the *cut station* work center, which has" " a time efficiency value of 50%. This means it takes twice as long to " "complete the operation, for a total time of one hour." msgstr "" "절단 작업은 시간 효율값이 50%인 *절단 스테이션* 작업장에서 수행됩니다. 즉, 작업을 완료하기까지 두 배의 시간이 걸리며 총 1시간이" " 소요됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:55 msgid "" "The assemble operation is carried out at the *assembly line* work center, " "which has a time efficiency value of 200%. This means it takes half as long " "to complete the operation, for a total time of 15 minutes." msgstr "" "조립 작업은 *조립 라인* 작업장에서 진행되며, 이 작업장의 시간 효율성 값은 200%입니다. 즉, 작업을 완료하는 데 걸리는 시간은 " "절반으로 줄어들어 총 15분의 시간이 소요됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:60 msgid "Capacity" msgstr "생산 능력" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:62 msgid "" "Capacity represents how many units of a product can be produced in parallel " "at a work center. The duration of work orders for multiple units increases " "or decreases, based on how many units the work center can handle." msgstr "" "수용 능력은 작업장에서 동시에 생산할 수 있는 제품 단위 수를 나타냅니다. 작업장에서 처리할 수 있는 단위 수에 따라서 여러 개의 단위에" " 대한 작업 주문 시간이 증가 혹은 감소하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:66 msgid "" "To set the capacity for a work center, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and " "select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a " "numerical value in the :guilabel:`Capacity` field." msgstr "" "작업장에 대해 수용 능력을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 작업장` 으로 이동하여 작업장을 " "선택합니다. :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`수용 능력` 에 숫자 값을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:71 msgid "" "A *drill station* work center has a capacity of one unit. An |MO| is " "confirmed for 10 units of a *chair*, a product manufactured using the drill " "station." msgstr "" "*드릴 스테이션* 작업장의 수용 능력은 1 단위입니다. *의자* 10개에 대한 |MO| 가 확정되며, 이 품목은 드릴 스테이션에서 제조된" " 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:74 msgid "" "Since there are ten times as many units to produce than the work center can " "handle at once, the operation time is ten times the duration listed on the " "product's |BoM|." msgstr "" "작업장에서 한 번에 처리할 수 있는 수량보다 생산해야 할 단위가 10배나 많으므로 작업 시간은 제품의 |BoM| 에 표시되어 있는 기간의" " 10배입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:78 msgid "|OEE| target" msgstr "|OEE| 대상" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:80 msgid "" "The |OEE| target is the goal for how much of a work center's operating time " "should be fully productive time. It is displayed as a percentage, and should" " only be set as high as `100%`." msgstr "" "|OEE| 의 목표는 작업장의 운영 시간 중 최대한 많은 시간을 완전 생산 시간으로 활용하는 것을 목표로 하고 있습니다. 이 시간은 " "백분율로 표시되며 최대 `100%`까지만 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:83 msgid "" "To set the |OEE| target for a work center, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Work " "Centers`, and select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` " "tab, enter a numerical value of `100.00` or less in the :guilabel:`OEE " "Target` field." msgstr "" "작업장에 대한 |OEE| 목표를 설정하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정 --> 작업장` 으로 " "이동하여 작업장을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`OEE 목표` 필드에 `100.00` 이하의 " "숫자 값을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:88 msgid "Calculating |OEE|" msgstr "|OEE| 계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:90 msgid "" "|OEE| is represented as a percentage value between zero and 100. The value " "signifies the amount of time that a work center was fully productive. The " "remainder signifies the amount of time that the work center was operating at" " less than full efficiency. This can occur for a number of reasons, " "including *reduced speed*, *material availability*, and *equipment failure*." msgstr "" "|OEE| 는 0에서 100 사이의 백분율 값으로 표시됩니다. 이 값은 작업장에서 생산적 시간으로 소요된 시간을 나타냅니다. 나머지 " "시간은 작업장에서 최대 효율 이하로 운영된 시간을 나타냅니다. 그 이유로는 *속도 감소*, *자재 사용 가능성*, *장비 고장* 등 여러" " 가지 이유로 발생한 것일 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:96 msgid "Fully productive time" msgstr "완전생산 시간" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:98 msgid "" "For a work center to be considered fully productive, it must be able to " "receive work orders, have the components necessary to process work orders, " "and be operating within the expected duration of the work order it is " "processing." msgstr "" "작업장이 완전히 생산적으로 간주될 수 있으려면 작업주문서를 수신할 수 있어야 하고 작업 주문을 처리하는 데 필요한 구성품을 갖추고 있어야" " 하며, 처리 중인 작업 주문의 예상 기간 내에 운영되고 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:103 msgid "" "An *assembly line* work center is not blocked, and receives a work order to " "assemble a *bicycle*. The required components are available, so production " "begins as soon as they are picked and delivered to the work center. The work" " order has an expected duration of 30 minutes, and is completed in 27 " "minutes. All of this time is considered fully productive time." msgstr "" "*조립 라인* 작업장은 차단되지 않고 *자전거* 를 조립하기 위한 작업 주문을 받습니다. 필요로 하는 구성 요소가 맞추어져서, 작업장에서" " 선택한 후 배송이 되자마자 즉시 생산을 시작합니다. 작업지시서에서 예상 소요 시간은 30분이었으나, 27분 만에 완료됩니다. 해당하는 " "전체 시간은 모두 생산적 시간으로 간주됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:109 msgid "Reduced speed" msgstr "속도 감소" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:111 msgid "" "When a work center is operating at reduced speed, it means that it is " "processing a work order that has exceeded its expected duration. While the " "work center may be operational, this is not considered fully productive " "time." msgstr "" "작업장에서 작업 속도가 저하될 경우, 처리 중인 작업 주문은 예상 기간을 초과하게 됩니다. 작업장이 작동되고는 있지만 완전 생산 시간으로" " 간주되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:116 msgid "" "A *cutting station* work center receives a work order to cut boards for a " "*table*. The expected duration of the work order is 15 minutes. The work " "order ends up taking 18 minutes to complete. The work center is considered " "to have been operating at reduced speed during the three minutes that " "exceeded the expected duration." msgstr "" "*커팅 스테이션* 작업장에서 *테이블* 용 보드를 커팅하는 작업 주문을 받습니다. 작업지시서에서 예상 시간은 15분입니다. 작업 주문을 " "완료하는 데 걸린 시간은 18분입니다. 작업장은 예상 시간을 초과한 3분 동안 감속된 속도로 작동한 것으로 간주합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:122 msgid "Material availability" msgstr "자재 가용성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:124 msgid "" "Material availability refers to situations where a work center is able to " "accept a work order, but the required components are not available. This can" " occur because the components are not in stock, or are reserved for a " "different order." msgstr "" "자재 가용성 (사용 가능성)이란 작업장에서 작업 주문을 수락할 수 있으나 여기에 필요한 구성품을 사용할 수 없는 상황에 발생합니다. 이런" " 상황은 구성품이 재고에 없거나 다른 주문에 예약이 되어 있기 때문에 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:129 msgid "" "Manufacturing of a *bench* requires 20 units of *wood*. A manufacturing " "order (MO) is confirmed for 10 units of the bench, but there is not enough " "wood in stock to begin manufacturing. The time it takes to acquire the wood " "is recorded as material availability downtime." msgstr "" "*벤치* 를 제조하려면 *목재* 20개가 필요합니다. 벤치 10개에 대한 제조지시서 (MO)를 확인했으나, 제조를 시작하기에 재고에 " "목재가 충분하지 않습니다. 목재를 확보하는 데 걸리는 시간은 자재 가용성 다운타임으로 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:134 msgid "Equipment failure" msgstr "장비 고장" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:136 msgid "" "Equipment failure signifies any period of time when a work center is " "unusable due to maintenance issues with its equipment. This can be due to " "equipment breaking down, or when a work center is shut down for scheduled " "maintenance. In these cases, a work center can be blocked using a " ":doc:`maintenance request <../../maintenance/maintenance_requests>`." msgstr "" "장비 고장은 장비의 유지보수 문제로 인해 작업장을 사용할 수 없는 기간을 나타냅니다. 장비가 고장나거나 예정된 유지보수로 인해 작업장 " "사용이 중단될 때 발생할 수 있습니다. 이러한 경우 :doc:`유지보수 요청 " "<../../maintenance/maintenance_requests>` 을 통해 작업장을 차단할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:142 msgid "" "The drill at a *drill station* work center breaks down, causing the work " "center to be unusable. A maintenance request is created to fix the drill, " "and the work center is blocked from receiving work orders. It takes two " "hours to fix the drill, and make the work center available again. This two-" "hour period is recorded as equipment failure downtime." msgstr "" "*드릴 스테이션* 작업장의 드릴이 고장나서 작업장을 사용할 수 없게 되었습니다. 드릴을 수리하기 위해 유지보수 요청이 생성되고 작업장은 " "작업 주문을 수신하지 못하게 차단되었습니다. 드릴을 수리하고 작업장을 다시 사용할 수 있게 되는 데 2시간이 걸립니다. 이 2시간 동안의" " 기간은 장비 고장으로 인한 가동 중지 시간으로 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:148 msgid "|OEE| reporting" msgstr "|OEE| 보고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:150 msgid "" "To view |OEE| reporting metrics for every work center, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Reporting --> Overall Equipment " "Effectiveness`. This page shows the metrics for each work center with |OEE| " "data." msgstr "" "전체 작업장에 대한 |OEE| 보고용 지표를 보려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 설비 종합 효율` 으로" " 이동합니다. 이 페이지에서는각 작업장에 대한 지표를 |OEE| 데이터와 함께 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:154 msgid "" "Alternatively, to see |OEE| reporting metrics for a single work center, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work " "Centers`, and select a work center. At the top of the work center's form, " "click the :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`OEE` smart button." msgstr "" "또는 단일 작업장에 대한 |OEE| 보고용 지표를 보려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 작업장` " "으로 이동하여 작업장을 선택합니다. 작업장 양식의 맨 위에 있는 :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`OEE` 스마트" " 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:158 msgid "" "By default, the main |OEE| reporting page shows data in a bar chart, while " "the page for a specific work center shows it in a pie chart. To select a " "different chart type on either page, click the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` " ":guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line chart)`, or " ":icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` button above the displayed " "chart." msgstr "" "기본적으로 기본 |OEE| 보고 페이지는 막대 그래프로 데이터가 표시되는 반면 일부 작업장의 페이지는 원 그래프로 데이터를 나타냅니다. " "각각의 페이지에서 그래프 유형을 다르게 선택하려면 표시된 그래프 위에 있는 :icon:`fa-bar-chart` " ":guilabel:`(막대 그래프)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(선 그래프)` 또는 " ":icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(원 그래프)` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:163 msgid "" "It is also possible to see |OEE| data in a pivot view, or a list displaying " "each time entry, by clicking the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot " "view)` or :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list view)` buttons at the top-" "right corner of the page." msgstr "" "페이지 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(피벗 보기)` 또는 :icon:`oi-view-" "list` :guilabel:`(목록 보기)` 버튼을 클릭하면 피벗 보기에서 |OEE| 데이터를 보거나 시간 항목을 목록으로 볼 수도 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst-1 msgid "The dashboard of the OEE report." msgstr "OEE 보고서의 현황판입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:3 msgid "Production analysis" msgstr "생산 분석" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:8 msgid "" "The *Production Analysis* report provides statistics about products " "manufactured using Odoo's *Manufacturing* app. The report is useful when " "trying to understand production costs, manufacturing durations, and other " "important statistics about manufactured products." msgstr "" "*생산 분석* 보고서에서는 Odoo의 *제조 관리* 앱을 통해 제조된 제품에 대한 통계를 확인할 수 있습니다. 이 보고서는 생산 비용, " "제조 기간 및 제조된 제품에 대한 기타 주요 통계를 파악하고자 하려는 경우에 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:12 msgid "" "To open the Production Analysis report, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Reporting --> Production Analysis`." msgstr "생산 분석 보고서를 열려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 생산 분석` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report is one of many reports available " "across the Odoo app suite. This documentation only covers the measures " "specific to the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report, along with a few use" " case examples." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`생산 분석` 보고서는 Odoo 앱 제품군에서 사용할 수 있는 여러 가지 보고서 중 하나입니다. 이 문서에서는 " ":guilabel:`생산 분석` 보고서와 연관된 측정값만 다루고 있으며, 몇 가지 사용 사례를 다룹니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:21 msgid "" "For a full overview of the basic features available in most Odoo reports, " "see the documentation on :doc:`reporting essentials " "<../../../essentials/reporting>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:25 msgid "Measures" msgstr "계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:26 msgid "" "*Measures* are the datasets that can be selected in the " ":guilabel:`Production Analysis` report. Each dataset represents a specific " "statistic about |MOs| in the database. Choose a measure by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button, and selecting one of the " "options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" "*측정값* 은 :guilabel:`생산 분석` 보고서에서 선택할 수 있는 데이터 세트입니다. 각 데이터 세트를 통해 데이터베이스의 " "|MO| 에 대한 특정한 통계를 확인할 수 있습니다. 측정값을 선택하려면 :guilabel:`측정값` :icon:`fa-caret-" "down` 버튼을 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 해당하는 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:31 msgid "" "The options displayed in the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` " "drop-down menu, and the order they appear in, differ depending on the " "filters, groupings, and comparisons enabled in the :guilabel:`Search...` " "bar. By default, the available measures appear as follows:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`측정값` :icon:`fa-caret-down` 드롭다운 메뉴에 나타나는 항목 및 표시 순서는 " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 활성화되어 있는 필터, 그룹 기준 및 비교값에 따라 다릅니다. 기본적으로 사용할 수 있는 " "측정값은 다음과 같이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Average Employee Cost/Unit`: the average cost paid to employees " "to produce one unit of the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`평균 직원 비용/단위`: 제품 한 단위를 생산하기 위해 직원에게 지급되는 평균 비용입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`By-Products Total Cost`: the total value of all by-products " "created by manufacturing the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`부산물 총 비용`: 제품을 제조하는 과정에서 만들어진 모든 부산물에 대한 총 가치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Component Cost/Unit`: the average cost of the components required" " to produce one unit of the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`구성품 비용/단위`: 제품 한 단위를 생산하기 위해 필요한 구성품의 평균 비용입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost/Unit`: the average cost of producing one unit of the " "product, including component, employee, operation, and subcontracting costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration of Operations/Unit`: the average total duration of " "operations required to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity Demanded`: the total number of units of the product " "included in |MOs|." msgstr ":guilabel:`수요량`: |MO| 에 나타나 있는 품목의 총 단위 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity Produced`: the total number of units of the product that" " have actually been produced." msgstr ":guilabel:`생산 수량`: 실제로 생산된 제품의 총 단위 수입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Component Cost`: the total amount spent on the product's " "components, across every |MO| for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Cost`: the total amount spent manufacturing every unit of " "the product produced so far." msgstr ":guilabel:`총 비용`: 지금까지 생산된 제품 단위 생산에 소요된 총 금액입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Duration of Operations`: the cumulative duration of every " "operation completed while manufacturing the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`총 작업 기간`: 제품을 생산하는 동안 완료된 모든 작업 기간을 ​​누적한 기간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Employee Cost`: the cumulative amount paid to employees to " "manufacture the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`직원 관련 총 비용`: 제품을 제조하기 위해 직원에게 지급된 누적 금액입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Operation Cost`: the cumulative amount spent on operations " "required to produce the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`영업비용 총액`: 제품을 생산하는 데 필요한 작업에 지출된 누적 금액입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Operation Cost/Unit`: the average cost of the operations " "required to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:60 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Subcontracting Cost`: the cumulative amount paid to " "subcontractors to produce the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`외주 관련 총 비용`: 제품을 생산하기 위해 외주업체에 지급한 누적 금액입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total Subcontracting Cost/Unit`: the average cost of engaging a " "subcontractor to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yield Percentage (%)`: the total quantity of the product produced" " versus the total quantity demanded, represented as a percentage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: the total count of |MOs| created for the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`개수`: 제품에 대해 생성된 전체 |MO| 개수입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" "Only one measure can be selected at a time when one of the :icon:`fa-area-" "chart` :guilabel:`(graph view)` options is enabled. However, multiple " "measures, and varying group-by criteria (on the x and y axes), can be " "selected when using the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot table)`." msgstr "" ":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(그래프 보기)` 중에서 하나를 활성화하게 되면 한 번에 하나의 측정값만 " "선택할 수 있습니다. 다만 :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(피벗 테이블)` 을 선택할 경우에는 여러 가지 " "측정값과 다양한 그룹 기준 (x축 및 y축)을 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:75 msgid "Use case: compare products" msgstr "사용 사례: 품목 비교" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:77 msgid "" "One of the best uses for the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report is " "comparing statistics about two or more products. This is accomplished by " "entering the products into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, then selecting the" " necessary measure, filter, and grouping, to see the desired data." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`생산 분석` 보고서를 활용할 수 있는 가장 좋은 방법은 두 개 이상의 품목에 대한 통계를 비교하는 것입니다. " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에 품목을 입력한 다음 필요한 측정값, 필터 및 그룹 기준을 선택하여 데이터를 확인하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:82 msgid "" "Toy manufacturer *Tommy's Toys* is trying to reduce their manufacturing " "operation costs. To accomplish this, they have decided to identify redundant" " products and cease manufacturing the ones with higher operational costs." msgstr "" "장난감 제조업체인 *장난감 업체 1* 에서는 제조운영비를 절감할 방법을 찾고 있습니다. 비용 절감을 위해 중복되는 제품이 있는 파악하여 " "운영비가 높은 제품의 제조를 중단하기로 했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:86 msgid "" "Two of the toys that have been singled out for analysis are the *pogo stick*" " and *moon shoes*. Tommy's Toys believes these two toys are so similar that " "they can stop manufacturing one, without significantly impacting their " "product offering." msgstr "" "분석용으로 선정된 두 가지 장난감은 *스카이 콩콩* 과 *스프링 슈즈* 입니다. 장난감 업체 1에서는 이 두 가지 장난감이 매우 유사한 " "관계로 제조를 중단하더라도 제품을 제공하는 데 있어서 큰 어려움이 없을 것으로 판단하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:90 msgid "" "To compare operation costs for the toys, business analyst Mike opens the " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app, and navigates to the " ":guilabel:`Production Analysis` page. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, he " "enters the names of both products. Then, he opens the :guilabel:`Search...` " "bar drop-down menu, and clicks :guilabel:`Product` in the :guilabel:`Group " "By` section." msgstr "" "비즈니스 분석가 홍길동 씨는 완구류 제품의 운영비를 비교하기 위해 :menuselection:`제조 관리` 앱을 열고 " ":guilabel:`생산 분석` 페이지로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에 두 개의 제품명을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 열고 :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`품목` " "을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:96 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, Mike clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures`" " :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu, and selects the :guilabel:`Total " "Operation Cost/Unit` option. Finally, he selects the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` " ":guilabel:`(bar chart)` graph type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄 아래에서 Mike는 :guilabel:`측정값` :icon:`fa-caret-down` 드롭다운 " "메뉴를 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`총 작업 비용/단위` 옵션을 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :icon:`fa-bar-chart` " ":guilabel:`(막대그래프)` 를 그래프 유형으로 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:100 msgid "" "With these options selected, the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report " "shows a bar chart for the current year, with one bar for each product, " "signifying the average operation cost for one unit of the product." msgstr "" "해당 항목을 선택하면 :guilabel:`생산 분석` 보고서에 막대 그래프로 현재 연도가 표시되며, 품목별로 막대가 하나씩 표시되어 품목" " 단위당 평균 운영비를 보여주게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:104 msgid "" "With this data, Mike is able to see that the average operation cost for the " "moon shoes is almost twice the cost of the pogo stick. Using this insight, " "Tommy's Toys decides to cease production of moon shoes, thus lowering their " "average cost of manufacturing operations." msgstr "" "이 데이터를 통해 담당자는 스프링 슈즈의 평균 운영비가 스카이 콩콩 품목의 비용에 비해 거의 두 배에 달한다는 것을 알 수 있습니다. " "이와 같은 이해를 바탕으로 하여 장난감 업체 1은 스프링 슈즈 생산을 중단하여 제조 운영에 드는 평균 비용을 낮추기로 결정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:0 msgid "" "The bar chart comparing the operation costs of the pogo stick and moon " "shoes." msgstr "막대그래프로 스카이 콩콩과 스프링 슈즈의 영업 비용이 비교된 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:113 msgid "Use case: compare time periods" msgstr "사용 사례: 기간을 비교합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:115 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report can also be used to compare data " "for two different time periods. This is accomplished using the options in " "the :guilabel:`Comparison` section of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`생산 분석` 보고서를 통해 서로 다른 두 기간의 데이터를 비교할 수도 있습니다. 이 작업을 진행하려면 " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄의 :guilabel:`비교` 섹션에 있는 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:120 msgid "" "Furniture company *Fanny's Furnishings* wants to compare their production " "costs for the first and second quarters of 2024, to see which products they " "spent the most money producing in each quarter." msgstr "" "가구 회사인 *가구 업체 1* 은 2024년 1분기와 2분기의 생산 비용을 비교하여 각 분기별로 생산비가 가장 많이 지출된 제품을 " "파악하려고 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:124 msgid "" "To compare the two time periods, shop floor supervisor Adam opens the " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app, and navigates to the " ":guilabel:`Production Analysis` page. He begins by selecting the :icon:`fa-" "pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` graph type option at the top of the page." msgstr "" "두 기간을 비교하기 위해 작업 현장 관리자 서준 씨는 :menuselection:`제조 관리` 앱을 열고 :guilabel:`생산 분석`" " 페이지로 이동합니다. 먼저 페이지 상단에 있는 :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(원 그래프)` 를 그래프 " "유형으로 선택하는 것부터 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:130 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Comparison` feature is meant to be used with the :icon:`fa-" "pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` graph type, or the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` " ":guilabel:`(pivot)` view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:133 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Comparison` option can still be selected with the other view " "types enabled, but doing so does not change the way data is displayed on the" " report." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`비교` 옵션은 다른 보기 유형이 활성화된 상태에서도 선택할 수 있으나, 보고서에 데이터가 표시되는 방식이 변경되지는 " "않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:136 msgid "" "Next, Adam selects the :guilabel:`Total Cost` option from the " ":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu. This option " "displays the total amount spent producing each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:140 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu, he leaves the " ":guilabel:`2024` filter enabled in the :guilabel:`End Date` section, and " "enables the :guilabel:`Q2` filter as well. With both of these time periods " "selected, the pie chart shows data for the second quarter of 2024." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄 드롭다운 메뉴에 있는 :guilabel:`종료일` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`2024` 필터를 " "활성화되어 있는 상태로 두고, :guilabel:`Q2` 필터도 활성화합니다. 두 기간을 모두 선택하면, 2024년 2분기 데이터가 원 " "그래프로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:144 msgid "" "Finally, Adam selects the :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Period` option in " "the :guilabel:`Comparison` section of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Doing " "so causes the pie chart to be split into an inner circle, and an outer ring." msgstr "" "마지막으로 진수 씨는 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄의 :guilabel:`비교` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`종료일: 이전 " "기간` 을 선택합니다. 그러면 원 그래프가 안쪽 원과 바깥쪽 링으로 분할됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:148 msgid "" "The outer ring shows data for the selected time period, quarter two of 2024." " The inner circle shows data for the previous time period, quarter one of " "2024." msgstr "바깥쪽 원은 선택한 기간인 2024년 2분기의 데이터를 나타냅니다. 안쪽 원은 이전 기간인 2024년 1분기의 데이터입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:152 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Year` is selected instead of :guilabel:`End" " Date: Previous Period`, the inner circle shows data for the selected time " "period, one *year* previous." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:155 msgid "" "In the case of this example, it would show data for quarter two of 2023." msgstr "이 예시의 경우 2023년 2분기 데이터가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:157 msgid "" "Using this report, Adam can see that the products with the highest total " "cost for quarter two are the *bicycle* and *tricycle*. On the other hand, in" " quarter one, the *roller skates* had the highest total cost." msgstr "" "이 보고서를 통해 진수 씨는 2분기에 총 비용이 가장 높은 품목이 *자전거* 와 *세발자전거* 라는 것을 확인할 수 있습니다. 반면, " "1분기에는 *롤러 스케이트* 의 총 비용이 가장 높았습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:0 msgid "" "The pie chart view of the Production Analysis report, with a comparison " "filter enabled." msgstr "생산 분석 보고서의 원그래프 보기에서 비교 필터가 활성화되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" msgstr "작업 현장" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor overview" msgstr "작업장 현황" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. " "*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders" " (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the " "amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" "*작업 현장* 모듈은 *제조 관리* 앱의 동반 모듈입니다. *작업 현장*은 제조 주문(MO) 및 작업 지시서를 관리할 수 있는 시각적 " "인터페이스를 제공하여 제조 담당자가 이러한 작업에 소요된 시간을 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It " "cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" "*작업 현장* 모듈은 *제조 관리* 앱과 함께 설치됩니다. 단독으로는 설치할 수 없습니다. *제조 관리* 앱을 설치하려면 " ":menuselection:`앱`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`검색...`바에서 `제조`를 검색한 다음 :guilabel:`제조 " "관리` 앱 카드에서 :guilabel:`설치`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the " "*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" "*작업 현장* 모듈은 *제조 관리* 앱의 태블릿 보기 기능을 대체하며, Odoo 16.4 버전 이상에서만 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "" "To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section " "at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" "Odoo 데이터베이스의 버전 번호를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`설정`으로 이동한 다음 페이지 하단의 " ":guilabel:`정보` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. 여기에 버전 번호가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`." msgstr "" "Odoo 최신 버전으로 전환하려면 :doc:`데이터베이스 업그레이드 <../../../../administration/upgrade>` " "에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "탐색" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32 msgid "" "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected " "from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" msgstr "*작업 현장*은 모듈 상단의 탐색 모음에서 선택할 수 있는 세 가지 기본 보기로 분류됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and " "displays information cards for |MOs|." msgstr ":guilabel:`전체` 페이지는 모듈의 기본 대시보드 역할을 하며 |MO|에 대한 정보 카드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "" "Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards " "for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be " "toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the " "navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that " "appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "각 작업장에는 전용 페이지가 있으며 여기에는 해당 작업장에 배정된 작업 주문에 대한 정보 카드가 표시되어 있습니다. 작업장 페이지에 대한" " 토글을 켜거나 끄려면 탐색 표시줄에 있는 :guilabel:`+(더하기)` 버튼을 클릭하면 표시되는 팝업창에서 선택하거나 선택 취소한 " "다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned" " to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on " "the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to" " the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each " "work center." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`내` 페이지에는 모듈 왼쪽의 조작자 패널에서 현재 프로필이 활성화되어 있는 직원에게 할당된 모든 작업 주문에 대한 " "정보 카드가 표시됩니다. 이 페이지는 각 작업장의 페이지와 마찬가지로 활성 직원의 작업에 맞는 세부정보와 기능을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "" "To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply " "search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at " "the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching " "between the different module views." msgstr "" "다른 주문이 표시되지 않도록 |MO| 또는 작업 주문을 분리하려면 모듈 상단의 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 |MO|의 참조" " 번호를 입력하기만 하면 됩니다. 이 검색 필터는 모듈 내의 다른 보기 사이를 이동할 때에도 계속 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "" "On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the" " employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to " "sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of" " which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the " ":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" "모듈 왼쪽에는 운영자 패널이 있습니다. 이 패널에는 현재 *작업 현장*에 로그인한 모든 직원이 표시되며, 신규 직원도 로그인할 수 " "있습니다. 운영자 패널은 현재 사용 중인 보기에 관계없이 모듈 전체에서 계속 액세스할 수 있습니다. 탐색 모음 맨 왼쪽에 있는 " ":guilabel:`사이드바` 버튼을 클릭하여 운영자 패널을 표시하거나 숨길 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or " "off." msgstr "\"사이드바\" 버튼은 운영자 패널을 켜거나 끄는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" msgstr "전체 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every " "|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it " "has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" "기본적으로 :guilabel:`전체` 페이지에는 *시작할 준비*가 된 모든 |MO|에 대한 정보 카드가 표시됩니다. |MO|가 확인되면 " "준비 완료로 분류되며 필요한 모든 부품에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "" "To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the " ":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it " "from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" "준비 상태와 관계없이 확인된 모든 |MO|를 보려면 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`시작 준비` 필터 옆의" " :guilabel:`x` 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" msgstr "MO 정보 카드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73 msgid "" "An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with " "options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`전체` 페이지의 |MO|에 대한 정보 카드에는 관련 |MO|의 모든 관련 세부 정보가 표시되며 직원에게 |MO|를 " "처리하기 위한 다양한 옵션이 제공됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "" "The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of" " units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun" " on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has " "begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for" " an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status " "updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" "|MO| 카드의 헤더에는 |MO| 번호, 생산 중인 제품 및 수량, |MO| 의 상태가 표시됩니다. 아직 |MO| 작업이 시작되지 않은 " "경우 상태는 :guilabel:`확정` 으로 표시됩니다. 작업이 진행되면 상태는 :guilabel:`진행 중` 으로 변경됩니다. |MO|" " 와 관련된 모든 작업 지시가 완료되고 |MO| 를 종료할 준비가 되었다면 상태는 :guilabel:`종료 예정` 으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "" "The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if" " any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. " "Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of " "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" "|MO| 카드의 기본 섹션에는 각 작업주문서에서 완료된 항목이 표시되어 있으며, 그 뒤에는 현재 아직 완료되지 않은 작업 주문은 나타나 " "있습니다. 완료된 작업 주문은 작업 주문 제목 오른쪽에 초록색으로 확인 표시가 되어 있습니다. 현재 작업 주문은 주문이 할당된 작업장의 " "페이지 열기 버튼으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" "Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. " "To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`" " field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" "현재 작업 주문 아래에는 생산된 제품 단위 수를 기록하는 데 사용되는 :guilabel:`생산 등록`이라는 제목의 섹션이 있습니다. 생산" " 단위 수를 수동으로 입력하려면 :guilabel:`생산 등록` 항목을 클릭하고 이어지는 팝업 창 내의 :guilabel:`단위` 필드에" " 원하는 값을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the" " line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created " "for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for " "10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records" " that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" "또는 줄 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`단위 수` 버튼을 클릭하면 자동으로 |MO| 가 생성된 단위 수가 제조된 단위 수로 " "등록됩니다. 예를 들어 |MO| 가 식탁 10개에 대해 생성된 경우 :guilabel:`10개` 버튼을 클릭하면 10개가 생산된 것으로 " "기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "" "The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. " "This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if " "there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work " "orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. " "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any " "required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" "|MO| 카드 하단에는 :guilabel:`생산 종료` 버튼이 있습니다. 이 버튼은 생산 완료 후 |MO| 를 닫을 때 사용합니다. " "그러나 전체 |MO| 에 대한 전반적인 품질 검사가 필요한 경우 (그 안에 있는 작업지시서 대신), :guilabel:`품질 검사` " "버튼이 대신 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`품질 검사` 를 클릭하면 필요한 모든 품질 검사를 완료할 수 있는 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade " "away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card " "disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`생산 종료` 를 클릭하면 |MO| 카드가 사라지면서 하단에 :guilabel:`실행 취소` 버튼이 나타납니다. " ":guilabel:`실행 취소` 를 클릭하면 |MO|가 계속 열려 있게 됩니다. |MO| 카드가 완전히 사라지면 작업지시서가 종료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" "하단 오른쪽에는 :guilabel:`⋮ (옵션)` 버튼이 있습니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 |MO|에 대한 추가 옵션이 있는 팝업 창이 " "열립니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they " "are found to be defective." msgstr ":guilabel:`폐기`는 결함이 발견되면 부품을 폐기 위치로 보내는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the " "|MO|." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업 지시 추가`는 |MO|에 작업 지시를 추가하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the " "|MO|." msgstr ":guilabel:`부품 추가`는 |MO|에 추가 부품을 포함할 때 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." msgstr ":guilabel:`백엔드 제조 주문 열기`는 제조 앱에서 |MO|를 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." msgstr "작업 현장 모듈의 \"전체\" 페이지에 있는 MO에 대한 정보 카드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" msgstr "작업장 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123 msgid "" "By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for " "every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is " "considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, " "and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" "작업장 페이지에는 기본적으로 *시작 준비* 완료로 간주되는 각 작업 주문에 할당된 정보 카드가 표시됩니다. 작업 주문은 관련된 |MO|가" " 시작할 준비가 되고 모든 선행 작업 주문이 완료되면 준비된 것으로 간주됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "" "To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of " "readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` " "filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" "준비 상태에 관계없이 작업장에 할당된 모든 확인된 작업 주문을 보려면 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`시작" " 준비` 필터 옆의 :guilabel:`x` 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" msgstr "작업지시서 정보 카드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134 msgid "" "A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees " "with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" "작업장 페이지에 표시되는 작업 주문 정보 카드에는 연결된 작업 주문의 모든 관련 세부 정보가 표시되며 직원에게 작업 지시 처리를 위한 " "다양한 옵션이 제공됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "" "The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that" " the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being " "produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the" " work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, " "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" "작업지시서 카드의 머리글에는 작업지시서에 연결된 |MO| 의 참조 번호, 생산 중인 제품 및 단위 수, 작업 지시 상태가 표시됩니다. " "작업지시서에 대한 작업이 아직 시작되지 않은 경우 상태는 :guilabel:`할 일` 로 표시됩니다. 작업이 시작되면 상태가 업데이트되어" " 작업지시서에 진행 중인 총 시간을 반영하는 타이머가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" "The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to " "complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on " "the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears." " Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line " "automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" "작업 지시 카드의 기본 섹션에는 작업 지시를 완료하는 데 필요한 각 단계에 대한 항목이 표시됩니다. 이러한 단계는 해당 항목을 선택한 " "다음 이어지는 팝업 창의 지시를 따르면 완료할 수 있습니다. 또는 각 항목의 오른쪽에 있는 확인란을 선택하면 해당 단계가 자동으로 완료된" " 것으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "" "Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`" " line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the" " step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" "작업지시서의 마지막 단계 아래에는 :guilabel:`생산 등록`이라고 표시된 섹션이 있으며, 이는 |MO| 카드의 " ":guilabel:`생산 등록` 기능과 유사하게 작동합니다. 작업 주문 카드의 :guilabel:`생산 등록` 항목을 통해 생산된 유닛의" " 수량을 기록하면 해당 |MO| 카드의 단계도 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "" "If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a " ":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order " "card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and " "the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the" " quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be " "closed." msgstr "" "처리 중인 작업지시서가 |MO| 에 있는 마지막 작업주문서인 경우에는, 작업지시서 카드 하단에 :guilabel:`생산 종료` 버튼이 " "표시됩니다. 해당 작업지시서에서 품질 검사를 할 필요가 없는 경우, :guilabel:`생산 종료` 를 클릭하면 작업지시서 및 연결된 " "|MO| 가 모두 종료됩니다. 이 경우에는 반드시 |MO| 카드에서 품질 검사를 완료해야 |MO| 를 닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work " "orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and " "causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is " "assigned to." msgstr "" "|MO| 내에서 완료해야 할 작업 주문이 더 있는 경우, :guilabel:`완료로 표시` 버튼이 대신 나타납니다. " ":guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭하면 현재 작업 주문이 완료된 것으로 표시되고 해당 작업장의 페이지에 다음 작업 주문이 " "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the" " work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears" " on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain " "open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is " "marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`생산 종료` 또는 :guilabel:`완료로 표시` 를 클릭하면 작업지시서 카드가 사라지면서 하단에 " ":guilabel:`실행 취소` 버튼이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`실행 취소` 를 클릭하면 작업지시서는 계속 열려 있게 됩니다. " "작업지시서 카드가 완전히 사라지면 작업지시서는 |MO| 에 :guilabel:`완료` 로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" "하단 오른쪽에는 :guilabel:`⋮ (옵션)` 버튼이 있습니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 작업 주문에 대한 추가 옵션이 있는 팝업 창이 " "열립니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a " "different work center." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업장으로 이동`을 사용하면 작업 주문을 다른 작업장으로 전송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a " "change to the work order's instructions or steps." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업표 개선 제안`을 사용하면 사용자가 작업 주문의 지침 또는 단계에 대한 변경을 제안할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be " "filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품질 알림 생성`을 클릭하면 품질 팀에 잠재적인 문제에 대한 세부 정보를 제공할 수 있는 품질 알림 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "작업 현장 모듈의 작업 주문에 대한 정보 카드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" msgstr "작업자 패널" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187 msgid "" "The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the" " *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every " "employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" "운영자 패널은 *작업 현장* 모듈에 로그인한 직원을 관리하는 데 사용됩니다. 이 패널에는 데이터베이스의 모든 인스턴스에서 현재 로그인한 " "모든 직원의 이름과 프로필 사진이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "" "To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's " "name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with " "their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" "특정 직원으로서 *작업 현장* 모듈에 참여하려면 해당 직원의 이름을 클릭하여 프로필을 활성화하기만 하면 됩니다. 비활성화된 프로필은 " "이름과 프로필 사진이 회색으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "" "When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working " "on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is " "working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under " "their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each" " order." msgstr "" "작업자 패널에서 직원을 선택하면 해당 작업 주문의 제목을 클릭하여 작업 주문에 대한 작업을 시작할 수 있습니다. 직원이 현재 하나 이상의" " 작업 주문에 참여하고 있는 경우에는 작업 주문의 제목이 이름 아래에 표시됩니다. 또한 타이머가 각 작업 지시에 대해 작업 중인 기간을 " "표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "" "To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add " "Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from " "the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" "새 직원을 상담원 패널에 포함하려면 패널 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`+ 상담원 추가` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`직원 선택` 팝업창에서 직원을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "" "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the " ":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" "운영자 패널에서 직원을 제거하려면 패널에서 해당 직원의 이름 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`x` 버튼을 클릭하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed " "in." msgstr "로그인한 세 명의 직원이 표시된 작업 현장 모듈의 운영자 패널입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:210 msgid "MO/WO prioritization" msgstr "MO/WO 우선순위 지정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:212 msgid "" "The **Shop Floor** module uses the *scheduled date* entered on |MOs| to " "prioritize the |MOs| and work orders that appear on the module's dashboard " "and work center pages. |MOs| and work orders scheduled sooner are more " "highly prioritized, and appear before orders which are scheduled further " "out." msgstr "" "**작업 현장** 모듈은 |MO| 에 입력되어 있는 *예약일* 을 기준으로 모듈 현황판 및 작업장 페이지에 나타나는 |MO| 와 " "작업지시서 간의 우선순위를 지정합니다. 먼저 예약된 |MO| 와 작업지시서의 우선순위가 더 높으며 나중에 예약된 주문 앞에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:217 msgid "" "To specify the scheduled date on an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" "|MO| 에 예약일을 지정하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 운영 --> 제조지시서` 로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새 |MO| 를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:220 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " "window. By default, the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, and its " "corresponding pop-up window, show the current date and time." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예정일` 필드를 클릭하면 캘린더 팝업창이 열립니다. 기본적으로 :guilabel:`예정일` 필드 및 해당하는 " "팝업창에는 현재 날짜와 시간이 나타나 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:224 msgid "" "Use the calendar to select the date on which processing should begin for the" " |MO|. In the two fields at the bottom of the popover window, enter the hour" " and minute at which processing should begin, using the 24-hour clock " "format." msgstr "" "캘린더를 활용하여 |MO| 작업을 시작할 날짜를 선택합니다. 팝오버 창 하단에-있는 두 항목에 24시간 기준 시계 형식을 사용하여 작업을" " 시작할 시와 분을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:228 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` at the bottom of the popover window to set " "the date and time for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button at the top of the |MO| to confirm it." msgstr "" "마지막으로, 팝업 창 하단에서 있는 :guilabel:`적용` 을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`예약일` 필드에 대한 날짜와 시간을 " "설정합니다. 그런 다음, |MO| 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:232 msgid "" "Once the |MO| is confirmed, it appears in the **Shop Floor** module, as long" " is it has the :guilabel:`Ready` status, which means all components are " "available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:235 msgid "" "On the Odoo dashboard, click on the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module to " "open it. The :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the dashboard displays *Ready* " "|MOs|, organized in order of their scheduled dates." msgstr "" "Odoo 현황판에서 :menuselection:`작업 현장` 모듈을 클릭하여 엽니다. 현황판의 :guilabel:`모든 MO 수` " "페이지에는 예약된 날짜 순서대로 정리되어 *준비 상태* 인 |MO| 가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:239 msgid "" "At the top of the module, select a work center to see the work orders " "assigned to it. The page for each work center organizes work orders, based " "on the scheduled dates of their corresponding |MOs|." msgstr "" "모듈 상단에서, 작업장을 선택하여 배정되어 있는 작업주문서를 확인합니다. 모든 작업장의 페이지에는 작업주문서가 정리되어 있으며, 해당하는" " |MO| 의 예약일을 기준으로 되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:243 msgid "Three |MOs| are confirmed for a *Bookcase* product:" msgstr "*책장* 제품에 대해 3개의 |MO| 가 확정되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:245 msgid "WH/MO/00411 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 16th." msgstr "WH/MO/00411의 :guilabel:`예정일` 은 8월 16일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:246 msgid "WH/MO/00412 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 20th." msgstr "WH/MO/00412의 :guilabel:`예정일` 은 8월 20일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:247 msgid "WH/MO/00413 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 18th." msgstr "WH/MO/00413의 :guilabel:`예정일` 은 8월 18일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:249 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the **Shop Floor** module, the cards for" " each |MO| appear in this order: WH/MO/00411, WH/MO/00413, WH/MO/00412." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "MOs in the Shop Floor module, ordered by their scheduled date." msgstr "작업 현장 모듈에서 예정일별로 정렬되어 있는 MO입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:256 msgid "" "Each |MO| requires one work order, carried out at :guilabel:`Assembly " "Station 1`. Clicking on the :guilabel:`Assembly Station 1` button at the top" " of the screen opens the page for the work center, which displays one card " "for each work order, appearing in the same order as their corresponding " "|MOs|." msgstr "" "각 |MO| 마다 :guilabel:`조립 스테이션 1` 에서 수행되는 작업주문서가 하나씩 있어야 합니다. 화면 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`조립 스테이션 1` 버튼을 클릭하면 작업장 페이지가 열리고, 여기에서 각 작업주문서에 대한 카드가 하나씩 표시되어 " "해당 |MO| 와 동일한 순서로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor time tracking" msgstr "작업 현장 시간 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:8 msgid "" "By signing in to the Odoo *Shop Floor* module as *operators*, employees are " "able to track the amount of time they spend working on each work order." msgstr "Odoo *작업 현장* 모듈에 *운영자* 로 로그인하면, 각 작업지시서에 소요된 시간을 직원이 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo tracks the time it takes to complete each work order, as well as the " "time each operator spends on each work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:15 msgid "Operator sign in" msgstr "작업자 로그인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:17 msgid "" "To sign in to the *Shop Floor* module as an operator, sign in to the Odoo " "database, and open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module. The employee " "profile that is signed in to the database is automatically signed in as an " "operator." msgstr "" "*작업 현장* 모듈에 운영자로 로그인하려면 Odoo 데이터베이스에 로그인한 후 :menuselection:`작업 현장` 모듈을 엽니다. " "데이터베이스에 로그인되어 있는 직원 프로필은 자동으로 운영자로 로그인됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:21 msgid "" "All active operators are listed in the operator panel on the left side of " "the module. The panel can be opened or collapsed by clicking the " ":guilabel:`show/hide panel (white square with black column on left side)` " "button, located in the top-left corner of the module." msgstr "" "활성화 중인 운영자는 모두 모듈 왼쪽에 있는 운영자 패널에 표시됩니다. 패널은 모듈의 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`패널 " "표시/숨기기 (왼쪽에 검은색 열이 있는 흰색 사각형)` 버튼을 클릭하면 열거나 접을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel in the Shop Floor module, with the show/hide panel button" " above it." msgstr "작업 현장 모듈에 있는 운영자 패널이며 위에 패널 표시/숨기기 버튼이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:29 msgid "" "To sign in to *Shop Floor* as a different employee, click the :guilabel:`+ " "Add Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window, which lists every employee that " "is able to sign in to the module." msgstr "" "*작업 현장* 에 다른 직원으로 로그인하려면 패널 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`+ 작업자 추가` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 모듈에 " "로그인할 수 있는 직원이 모두 기재되어 있는 :guilabel:`직원 선택` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:33 msgid "" "Click on a specific employee to sign in using their profile. If no PIN code " "is required to sign in as that employee, the profile will be signed in " "automatically." msgstr "" "특정 직원을 클릭하면 직원 프로필을 통해 로그인할 수 있습니다. 해당 직원으로 로그인하는 데 PIN 코드가 필요하지 않은 경우 프로필에 " "자동으로 로그인됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:36 msgid "" "If a PIN code is required, a :guilabel:`Password?` pop-up window appears, " "showing a number pad, from which the code can be entered. Enter the code " "using the number pad, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to sign in to the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" "PIN 코드가 필요한 경우 코드를 입력할 수 있는 숫자 패드가 표시된 :guilabel:`비밀번호?` 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 숫자 패드를" " 사용하여 코드를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 *작업 현장* 모듈에 로그인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"Password?\" pop-up window, which is used to enter an operator PIN " "code." msgstr "\"비밀번호?\" 팝업창으로, 여기에 운영자 PIN 코드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:45 msgid "" "A PIN code can be set for each employee, which must be entered each time " "they sign in to the *Shop Floor* module, check in or out in the *Kiosk Mode*" " of the *Attendances* application, or sign in as a cashier in the *Point of " "Sale* application." msgstr "" "각 직원에 대해 PIN 코드를 설정할 수 있으며, 반드시 *작업 현장* 모듈에 로그인하거나, *근태* 애플리케이션의 *키오스크 모드* " "에서 체크인 또는 체크아웃할 때 혹은 *POS* 애플리케이션에서 캐셔로 로그인할 때마다 입력해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:49 msgid "" "To set an employee PIN, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees` app, and " "select a specific employee. At the bottom of the employee's form, click on " "the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab, and enter a numerical code in the " ":guilabel:`PIN Code` field." msgstr "" "직원 비밀번호로 PIN을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`임직원 관리` 앱으로 이동하여 특정 직원을 선택합니다. 직원 양식 " "하단에서 :guilabel:`HR 설정` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`PIN 코드` 필드에 숫자 코드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:53 msgid "" "Once an employee is signed in to the module, their name appears in the " "operator panel, along with every other employee that has signed in. While " "the panel can list multiple employees, only one employee can be active at " "any given time, on a single instance of the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" "직원이 모듈에 로그인하면 로그인한 다른 모든 직원과 함께 운영자 패널에 이름이 표시됩니다. 패널에는 여러 직원이 나타날 수 있으나 *작업" " 현장* 모듈의 단일 인스턴스에서는 한 번에 한 명의 직원만 활성화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:57 msgid "" "Click on an employee's name to make their profile active. The active " "employee appears highlighted in blue, while employees that are signed in, " "but not active, have their names faded out." msgstr "" "직원의 이름을 클릭하면 프로필이 활성화됩니다. 활성화 상태인 직원은 파란색으로 강조 표시되고, 로그인했지만 활성화 상태가 아닌 직원의 " "이름은 흐리게 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:60 msgid "" "To sign out a specific employee from the module, click the :guilabel:`X " "(remove)` button next to their name, in the operator panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:64 msgid "Track work order duration" msgstr "작업주문서 소요 시간 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:66 msgid "" "To track time spent working on a work order, begin by selecting the employee" " working on it from the operator panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:69 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the page for the work center where the work order is " "scheduled to be carried out. This can be done by selecting the work center " "from the top navigation in the *Shop Floor* module, or by clicking the name " "of the work center on the card for the manufacturing order (MO) that the " "work order is a part of." msgstr "" "그 다음, 작업지시서 내용을 수행하도록 예약되어 있는 작업장 페이지로 이동합니다. 작업을 진행하려면 *작업 현장* 모듈의 상단에 있는 " "탐색창에서 작업장을 선택하거나 작업지시서가 포함된 제조주문서 (MO)에 대한 카드에서 작업장 이름을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:74 msgid "" "On the page for the work center, find the card for the work order. Once work" " begins, click the header of the work order card to start timing the " "duration it takes to complete. This duration is displayed by a timer on the " "header of the work order card, which tracks the collective time spent " "working on the work order, by all employees." msgstr "" "작업장 페이지에서 작업지시서 카드를 찾습니다. 작업이 시작되면 작업지시서 카드의 헤더를 클릭하여 완료하는 데 걸리는 시간을 측정하기 " "시작합니다. 소요되는 시간 동안 모든 직원이 작업지시서 작업에 투입한 총 시간을 작업지시서 카드 헤더의 타이머에서 추적하여 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "A work order card with an active timer." msgstr "작업지시서 카드에 활성 타이머가 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:83 msgid "" "In addition, the reference number of the work order appears in the operator " "panel, under the name of the employee working on it, along with a second " "timer, which tracks the amount of time the employee has spent on the work " "order individually. This timer only reflects work done during the current " "session, even if the employee has previously worked on the work order." msgstr "" "또한 작업지시서의 참조 번호는 작업 중인 직원의 이름 아래 조작 패널에 표시되며 직원이 작업지시서와 관련하여 개별적으로 진행한 시간을 " "추적하는 두 번째 타이머도 함께 표시됩니다. 이 타이머는 직원이 이전에 작업지시서에 대해 작업한 경우라고 해도 현재 세션 동안 수행된 " "작업만 반영합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:88 msgid "" "Employees are able to work on multiple work orders simultaneously, and track" " their time for each. The reference number for each work order being worked " "on appears below the employee's name, along with a timer." msgstr "" "여러 개의 작업지시서에 대한 작업을 직원이 동시에 할 수 있으며 각각에 대한 시간을 추적할 수 있습니다. 작업 중인 각 작업지시서의 참조" " 번호는 직원 이름 아래에 타이머와 함께 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1 msgid "An employee card in the operator panel, showing two work order timers." msgstr "작업자 패널의 직원 카드에 작업주문서 타이머 두 개가 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:96 msgid "" "To pause the timer on the work order card, and remove the work order from " "below the employee's name on the operator panel, click the header a second " "time." msgstr "" "작업지시서 카드의 타이머를 일시 중지하고 작업지시서를 운영자 패널의 직원 이름 아래에서 제거하려면 헤더를 두 번째 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button " "at the bottom of the work order card, which causes the card to fade away. If" " the timer is still active, it stops once the card disappears completely." msgstr "" "작업지시서 업무를 완료한 후 작업지시서 카드 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`완료로 표시` 버튼을 클릭하면 카드가 사라집니다. 타이머가 " "계속 활성화되어 있는 경우에는 카드가 완전히 사라지면 타이머가 중지됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:104 msgid "View work order duration" msgstr "작업주문서 소요 시간 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:106 msgid "" "To view the duration of a work order, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:109 msgid "" "To view and select |MOs| that have been completed and marked as *Done*, " "remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, by " "clicking on the :guilabel:`X (close)` button on the right side of the " "filter." msgstr "" "작성이 끝나서 *완료* 로 표시된 |MO|를 보고 선택하려면 필터 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`X (닫기)` 버튼을 클릭하여 " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`To Do` 필터를 제거합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:113 msgid "" "On the page for the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab to see a " "list of all work orders included in the |MO|. The time it took to complete " "each work order is displayed in the :guilabel:`Real Duration` column of the " "tab." msgstr "" "|MO| 페이지에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 탭을 클릭하면 |MO|에 포함된 모든 작업지시서 목록을 볼 수 있습니다. 각 " "작업지시서를 완료하는 데 걸린 시간은 탭의 :guilabel:`실제 소요 기간` 열에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:117 msgid "" "The *Real Duration* represents the total time spent working on the work " "order by all workers who worked on it. It includes time tracked in the *Shop" " Floor* module, as well as time tracked on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab " "of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" "*실제 소요 기간* 은 작업에 참여한 모든 작업자가 작업지시서 상의 작업에 소비한 총 시간을 나타냅니다. 여기에는 *작업 현장* 모듈에서" " 추적된 시간뿐만 아니라 |MO| 자체의 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 탭에서 추적된 시간도 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "외주 생산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "" "In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a " "third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" " then sold by the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 msgid "" "Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting " "company and the subcontractor." msgstr "외주 계약은 원청업체와와 외주업체 모두에게 여러 가지 장점이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 msgid "" "For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide " "variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in" " and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the " "manufacturing themselves." msgstr "" "계약 회사 입장에서는 외주를 통할 경우 다양하게 제품을 제조하여 판매할 수 있으며, 제조에 필요한 설비와 인력에 대해서는 회사에서 직접 " "투자를 하거나 유지관리에 신경을 쓸 필요가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 msgid "" "This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, " "as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with " "subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they " "are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized " "work to subcontractors." msgstr "" "이를 통해 계약하는 회사는 현재 필요한 상황에 따라 협력업체와의 계약을 쉽게 늘리거나 줄일 수 있으므로 경제 주기 전반에 걸쳐 탄력적으로" " 운용할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 특화된 업무는 협력업체에 위임하고 회사에서는 앞서나갈 수 있는 업무에 집중할 수 있음을 의미합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 msgid "" "On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors " "to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as " "profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain " "arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which " "projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given " "time." msgstr "" "다른 관계적인 측면에서도, 외주를 통해 외주업체 측에서는 외주 계약을 통하지 않고서는 수익성이 떨어질 수밖에 없는 틈새 생산 분야를 " "전문적으로 할 수 있게 됩니다. 또한 계약에 따라 유연하게 프로젝트를 수락하거나 거절할 수 있게 되며, 주어진 기간 동안 작업할 프로젝트" " 분량도 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 msgid "" "In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a " "variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what" " happens to finished products once they are manufactured." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 기업은 여러 가지 다양한 변수를 고려하여 외주 작업에 대한 흐름을 설정할 수 있으며, 이 때 고려되는 대상으로는 구성품을 " "조달하는 방식이나 완제품이 제조된 후 진행하는 방식 등이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 msgid "" "To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " ":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 외주 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`운영` 제목 아래에서 있는 :guilabel:`외주` 설정 옆 확인란에 표시합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1 msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." msgstr "제조 관리 앱의 외주 설정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 msgid "" "With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in " "Odoo:" msgstr "외주 기능이 활성화되면 Odoo에서 여러 가지 다른 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a " "*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates" " the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that" " it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the " "Odoo database." msgstr "" "이제 자재명세서(BoM)에 있는 *BoM 유형* 필드에서 *외주* 항목을 선택할 수 있습니다. |BoM| 에서 *외주* 유형을 활성화하면" " |BoM| 제품이 외주 제품으로 지정되며, 이는 Odoo 데이터베이스 소유 회사가 아닌 외주업체에서 해당 제품이 생산된다는 것을 " "Odoo에서 인식한다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can " "be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product " "pages:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" msgstr "*주문 시 외주업체 재공급*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" msgstr "*주문 시 외주업체 직배송*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 msgid "Subcontracting workflows" msgstr "외주 흐름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference " "between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 msgid "" "In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully " "responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the " ":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "" "In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " "sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This " "workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` " "documentation." msgstr "" "*주문 시 외주업체 재공급* 워크플로우에서 계약 회사는 창고에서 외주업체로 구성품을 보냅니다. 이 워크플로우는 " ":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` 문서에 설명되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 msgid "" "In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company " "purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to " "the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the " ":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." msgstr "" "*주문 시 협력업체 직배송* 작업 흐름에서 계약 회사는 공급업체로부터 구성품을 매입하여 협력업체에 직접 배송합니다. 이 작업 흐름은 " ":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` 문서에 설명되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "" "In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary " "to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to" " products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" "외주업체에서 구성품을 조달하는 방법 외에도, 제품을 외주 처리하는 이유 및 외주업체에서 제품이 생산되면 이후 어떻게 진행할지에 대해서도 " "고려해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are " "to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." msgstr "" "제품을 외주 처리하는 이유로는 두 가지 주된 이유가 있으며, 바로 고객 주문을 처리하거나 재고 수량을 보충하기 위한 것입니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 msgid "" "In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can " "either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an " "end customer." msgstr "" "제품이 생산되고 난 이후의 진행 방법에 있어서는, 출고 대상을 계약회사로 하여 배송하거나 최종 고객에게 직배송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" "Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured" " to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are " "outlined in their respective documentation." msgstr "" "위에 설명된 세 가지 외주 워크플로우는 이와 같이 쉽게 진행할 수 있도록 개별적으로 설정할 수 있으며, 각 문서에 방법이 설명되어 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" msgstr "외주 제품 평가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" "The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different " "variables:" msgstr "외주 제품의 가치 평가는 변수에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;" " from here on referred to as `C`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 msgid "" "The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the " "subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 msgid "" "The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them " "shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "" "The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor" " to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred " "to as `x`." msgstr "수입세와 같은 기타 관련 비용이며, 여기에서는 `x`라고 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 msgid "" "Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be " "represented by the following equation:" msgstr "따라서 외주 제품의 총 평가액(`P`)은 다음과 같이 식으로 표현할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 msgid "" "P = C + M + S + D + x\n" "\n" msgstr "" "P = C + M + S + D + x\n" "\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 msgid "" "It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will " "include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not " "dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost" " of dropshipping." msgstr "" "외주 제품에 대한 금액을 고려할 때 이러한 변수가 전부 적용되는 것은 아니라는 점에 유의하세요. 예를 들어, 제품이 최종 고객에게 " "직배송되지 않는 경우에는 직배송 비용은 고려할 필요가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" msgstr "기본 외주 리드 타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " "certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " "purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " "the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 리드 타임을 사용하여 작업을 완료하는 데 걸리는 시간을 예측합니다. 예를 들어, 구매한 품목에 대해 *배송 리드 타임* 을" " 설정할 수 있으며, 이를 통해 품목 공급업체에서 구매 회사에 품목을 배송하는 데 일반적으로 소요되는 날짜 수를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 msgid "" "For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be " "configured to take into account the amount of time required for the " "subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting " "company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." msgstr "" "특히 외주 제품의 경우에는 외주업체에서 제품 생산에 걸리는 시간을 고려하여 배송 리드 타임을 설정할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 원청업체에서" " 외주 제품의 납품일을 더 정확하게 예측할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 msgid "" "Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only " "an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 msgid "" "Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " "means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "" "When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow " "to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the " "subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only " "factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it " "takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." msgstr "" ":doc:`기본 외주 ` 워크플로우를 통해 제품을 생산하는 경우, 회사는 외주업체에서 필요로 하는" " 구성품을 공급할 책임이 없습니다. 즉 배송일은 전적으로 외주업체에서 제품을 제조하고 배송하는 데 걸리는 시간에 따라 결정되며, 다른 " "요인은 배송 일정에 영향이 없다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 msgid "" "By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers " "both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase " "orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time " "required for both manufacturing and delivery." msgstr "" "품목의 협력업체에 이러한 요소를 모두 고려하여 배송 리드 타임을 할당할 경우 품목 구매발주서 (PO)에 표시되는 *예상 도착* 날짜에 " "제조 및 배송에 필요한 시간을 더욱 정확하게 반영할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 msgid "Product delivery lead time" msgstr "제품 배송 리드 타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 msgid "" "To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " "subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" "그런 다음 품목 페이지에서 :guilabel:`매입` 탭을 선택합니다. 협력업체가 아직 공급업체로 추가되지 않았다면 지금 " ":guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`공급업체` 열에서 협력업체를 선택하여 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes " "them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead" " Time` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a " "product page." msgstr "외주업체의 납품 리드타임 필드가 품목 페이지의 매입 탭에 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 msgid "" "Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " "product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set " "for each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 msgid "Lead time workflow" msgstr "리드 타임 워크플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 msgid "" "After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| " "by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase " "Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 msgid "" "Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the " "product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and " "adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`공급업체` 필드에 협력업체를 지정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`품목` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`" " 를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`품목` 열에서 품목을 선택한 다음 guilabel:`수량` 에서 수량을 입력하여 품목을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 msgid "" "Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the" " |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead " "time, as specified on the product's page." msgstr "" "품목이 추가되면 |RfQ| 의 :guilabel:`예상 도착` 항목에는 품목 페이지에 지정된 대로 공급업체의 배송 리드 타임을 반영하여 " "날짜가 자동으로 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 msgid "" "If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " "field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not" " to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the " "subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by " "that date." msgstr "" "날짜를 조정해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`예정 도착일` 필드를 클릭하여 달력 팝오버를 열고 원하는 날짜를 선택합니다. 협력업체에서 " "해당 날짜까지 품목을 배송할 수 있다고 확인하지 않은 경우에는, 자동 입력된 날짜보다 빠른 날짜를 선택하지 않도록 주의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a " "|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." msgstr "" "마지막으로 |RfQ| 에서 :guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하면 |PO| 로 변환됩니다. 이 시점에서 외주업체에서는 외주 제품에 " "대한 제조를 시작하여 계약한 회사에 납품할 수 있도록 해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 msgid "" "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " "to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 msgid "" "On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus" " an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 msgid "" "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " "tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " "two days for delivery." msgstr "" "결과적으로 Mike's Bikes는 Bike Friends에서 제조한 세발 자전거에 배송 리드 타임을 5일로 설정하였으며, 제조에 3일," " 배송에 2일이 더해진 기간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 msgid "" "On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike " "Friends." msgstr "5월 3일에 Mike's Bikes에서 Bike Friends에서 세발자전거 한 대를 구매하는 |PO| 를 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five " "days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." msgstr "외주 제품에 대한 PO의 예상 도착일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 msgid "" "Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the" " |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 msgid "" "The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive " "it on May 8th, two days later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" msgstr "외주업체 직배송 리드 타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a " "certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a " "purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for " "the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 리드 타임을 사용하여 작업을 완료하는 데 걸리는 시간을 예측합니다. 예를 들어, 구매한 품목에 대해 *배송 리드 타임* 을" " 설정할 수 있으며, 이를 통해 품목 공급업체에서 구매 회사에 품목을 배송하는 데 일반적으로 소요되는 날짜 수를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 msgid "" "Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the" " subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing" " lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate " "the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in" " order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." msgstr "" "특정한 외주 제품의 경우에는 원청업체에서 외주업체로 생산용 구성품을 공급해야 할 수 있습니다. 이런 경우에는 납품 리드 타임 외에 *생산" " 리드 타임* 을 적용하여, 외주업체에서 필수 구성품을 반드시 수령해야 하는 날짜를 생성함으로써 기한 내에 제품을 생산한 후 납품할 수 " "있도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 msgid "" "In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an " "additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be " "set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" "구성품이 협력업체에 직배송되는 경우 각 구성품에 대해 추가 배송 리드 타임을 설정할 수 있습니다. 이는 공급업체에서 협력업체로 구성품이 " "전달되는 데 걸리는 시간으로 설정되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "" "Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for " "the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that" " it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which " "manufacturing must begin." msgstr "" "구성품에 배송 리드 타임이 설정되면 구성품에 대한 생산자 직배송 주문에 주문이 확인되어야 하는 날짜가 표시되므로 제조가 시작되어야 하는 " "날짜까지 협력업체에 직배송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 msgid "" "When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order " "` route, a company is responsible for purchasing " "the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly" " to the subcontractor." msgstr "" ":doc:`주문 시 외주업체 직배송 ` 경로를 사용하는 경우, 회사는 공급업체로부터 필요한 " "구성품을 구매하고 외주업체에 직접 직배송할 책임이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 msgid "" "This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " "subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary " "to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the " "components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" "즉, 협력업체에서 품목을 제조하고 배송하는 데 걸리는 시간 외에도 부품 공급업체가 협력업체에 부품을 직접 배송하는 데 걸리는 시간도 " "고려해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 msgid "" "By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a " "*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of " "the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* " "orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a " "dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" "제품 외주업체에 *배송 리드타임* 을 지정하고, 제품 BoM에는 *제조 리드타임* 을, 구성품 공급업체에 추가 *배송 리드타임* 을 " "지정하게 되면, 제품 구성품에 대한 *외주업체 직배송* 주문서에 외주업체에 구성품이 발송되는직배송 주문 확인 마감일이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 msgid "" "To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to " ":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" msgstr "제품 생산 리드 타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM" " from the list." msgstr "" "다음으로, 품목의 |BoM| 으로 이동하며 품목 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다. 그런" " 다음, 목록에서 자재명세서를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 msgid "" "On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was " "entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." msgstr "" "|BoM| 에서 :guilabel:`기타` 탭을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`제조 리드 타임` 에 |BoM| 제품의 " ":guilabel:`배송 리드 타임` 에 입력한 날짜 수와 같은 숫자를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." msgstr "제품의 BoM에 있는 제조 리드 타임 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 msgid "" "While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the " "subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that" " the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the " "start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor " "enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." msgstr "" "이 날짜가 전부 협력업체에서 제조하는 데 소요되는 실제 기간은 아니지만, 각 필드에 날짜 수를 동일하게 설정해 두면 협력업체에서 제품 " "배송 리드 타임이 시작될 때까지는 반드시 구성품을 수령하고 생산을 시작해야 한다는 사실을 Odoo에서 인식할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 " "협력업체에서 제품 생산 및 배송에 충분한 시간을 확보할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 msgid "Component delivery lead time" msgstr "구성품 배송 리드 타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 msgid "" "From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the " "component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the " ":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the " "component." msgstr "" "제품 BoM의 :guilabel:`구성품` 탭에 있는 구성품을 클릭한 다음 구성품 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`oi-arrow-right`" " :guilabel:` (오른쪽 화살표)` 버튼을 클릭하면 각각의 구성품으로 이동할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 msgid "" "On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." " If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" "각 구성품의 품목 페이지에서 :guilabel:`매입` 탭을 선택합니다. 공급업체가 아직 추가되지 않은 경우에는 지금 " ":guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`공급업체` 열에서 협력업체를 선택하여 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 msgid "" "Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to " "dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` column." msgstr "공급업체가 추가되면 :guilabel:`배송 리드 타임` 열에 외주업체로 품목을 직배송하는 데 걸리는 날짜 수를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" msgstr "외주 직배송 워크플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 msgid "" "Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 msgid "" "Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product" " in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " "selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a " "quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`공급업체` 필드에 협력업체를 지정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭하고 " ":guilabel:`품목` 열에서 품목을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`수량` 열에 수량을 지정하여 :guilabel:`품목` 탭에 " "품목을 추가합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" " time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the " "subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예상 도착일` 필드에는 구성품 공급업체에서 구성품을 직배송하고 외주업체에서 제품을 제조하여 배송할 기간이 충분할 " "날짜를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 msgid "" "When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " "auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " "of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to " "dropship the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" "|RfQ|에 품목이 추가되면 :guilabel:`예정 도착일` 필드에 오늘 날짜로 품목의 배송 리드 타임을 더한 날짜가 자동으로 " "입력됩니다. 그러나 여기에서는 구성품을 협력업체에 직배송하는 데 걸리는 시간은 고려되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 msgid "" "When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on" " Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " "extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." msgstr "" "*주문 시 외주업체 직배송* 경로를 사용하여 외주 제품을 매입하는 경우에는 구성품이 외주업체로 배송되는 데 필요한 추가 시간을 고려하여 " "이 날짜를 조정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 msgid "" "Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving " "the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date " "listed on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" "구성품을 받기 전까지는 생산이 시작되지 않으므로 날짜를 그대로 두면 완제품은 |RfQ| 에 기재된 날짜 * 이후* 에 도착하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " "so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, " "and have them sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" "다음으로, :guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하면 |RfQ| 가 |PO| 로 전환됩니다. 이렇게 하면 두 번째 |RfQ|가 생성되어" " 직배송업체로부터 구성품을 매입한 후 협력업체에 보낼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for " "Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 msgid "" "On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which" " the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the " "finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor " "|PO|." msgstr "" "|RfQ| 의 :guilabel:`예상 도착` 필드에는 협력업체 |PO| 에 있는 *예상 도착* 날짜까지 완제품을 배송하기 위해 " "협력업체에서 구성품을 수령해야 하는 날짜가 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the " "|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the " "components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 마감일` 에는 직배송업체에서 :guilabel:`예상 도착` 날짜까지 협력업체에 구성품을 배송하기 위해 " "|RfQ| 를 확인할 수 있는 최근 날짜가 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm " "the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하여 |RfQ| 를 |PO| 로 전환하고 직배송업체로부터 구성품 매입을 확인합니다. 확인하면 " ":guilabel:`직배송` 스마트 버튼이 페이지 상단에 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This" " order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that " "now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`직배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 직배송 주문서를 엽니다. 또한 이 주문서를 통해 외주업체 |PO| 에 현재 표시되는 " ":guilabel:`재공급` 스마트 버튼에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 msgid "" "After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, " "click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to " "confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." msgstr "" "직배송업체에서 구성품을 협력업체에 전달한 후에는 직배송 주문서 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하여 협력업체 측에서 " "구성품을 수령했는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the" " component, before delivering it to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 msgid "" "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " "to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, " "and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 msgid "" "On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus " "an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 msgid "" "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle" " manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days " "for delivery." msgstr "" "결과적으로 Mike's Bikes는 Bike Friends에서 제조한 자전거에 배송 리드 타임을 5일로 설정하였으며, 제조에 3일, " "배송에 2일이 더해진 기간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 msgid "" "On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as " "well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to " "the subcontractor." msgstr "" "자전거에 대한 자재명세서에도 5일의 제조 리드 타임을 입력하며, 구성품이 반드시 외주업체에 배송되어야 하는 날짜를 리마인드합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 msgid "" "On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike " "World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes " "Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." msgstr "" "각 자전거 구성품에 대한 제품 페이지에서 자전거 관련 업체 1에 배송 리드 타임 2일을 지정합니다. 이 기간은 자전거 관련 업체 1이 각" " 구성품을 협력업체에 직접 배송하는 데 걸리는 시간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 msgid "" "On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected " "delivery date of May 17th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 msgid "" "The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them " "dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a " "Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order " "for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, " "giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by " "May 17th." msgstr "" "|RfQ| 에 기록된 내용으로는 자전거 관련 업체 1에서 부품을 구매하고 자전거 관련 업체 2에 직배송을 하는 경우, 예상 도착일은 5월" " 12일이고 견적 마감일은 5월 10일입니다. |RfQ| 를 반드시 마감일까지 확정해야 업체 2에서 예상 도착일까지 부품을 받아 자전거 " "완제품을 5월 17일까지 자전거 소매업체에 전달할 시간을 충분히 확보할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." msgstr "직배송 주문의 주문 마감일 및 예상 도착일입니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the " "components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the " "bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." msgstr "" "자전거 소매업체에서 5월 10일에 |RfQ|를 확인했습니다. 자전거 관련 업체 1은 5월 12일에 자전거 관련 업체 2로 부품을 " "전달합니다. 자전거 관련 업체 2에서는 자전거를 제작하여 5월 17일에 자전거 소매업체로 배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" msgstr "외주업체 재공급 리드 타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "" "Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which " "means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 msgid "" "When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order " "` route, a company is responsible for supplying the" " subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor" " cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." msgstr "" "회사에서 :doc:`주문 시 협력업체 재공급 ` 경로를 사용하는 경우에는 협력업체에 필요한 " "구성품을 공급해야 할 책임이 있습니다. 이에 따라 협력업체에서는 구성품을 받을 때까지는 제조를 시작할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 msgid "" "This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the " "subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive " "the components must also be considered." msgstr "즉 외주업체에서 제품을 제조하고 납품하는 데 걸리는 기간 외에도 구성품이 입고되는 날짜도 고려해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 msgid "" "By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying " "a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), " "*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the " "deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." msgstr "" "제품의 외주업체에 배송 리드타임을 지정하고 제품 BoM (자재 명세서)에 제조 리드타임을 지정하면, 제품 구성품에 대한 *협력업체 " "재공급* 주문서에 외주업체가 구성품을 수령해야 하는 기한이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the " "subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field." msgstr "" "그런 다음 품목 페이지에서 :guilabel:`매입` 탭을 선택합니다. 협력업체를 아직 공급업체로 추가하지 않은 경우에는 지금 " ":guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`공급업체` 필드에서 협력업체를 선택하여 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 msgid "" "Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a " "|BoM| from the list." msgstr "" "다음으로, 품목의 |BoM| 로 이동할 수 있도록 품목 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다. " "그런 다음 목록에서 |BoM| 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" msgstr "재공급 직배송 워크플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough" " time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the " "product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예상 도착` 항목에는 협력업체에서 구성품을 수령하여 제품을 제조 후 원청업체에 다시 배송하는 기간이 충분하도록 날짜를" " 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 msgid "" "When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field " "auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time " "of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to " "ship the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" "|RfQ|에 품목이 추가되면 :guilabel:`예정 도착일` 필드에 오늘 날짜로 품목의 배송 리드 타임을 더한 날짜가 자동으로 " "입력됩니다. 그러나 여기에서는 구성품을 협력업체에 직배송하는 데 걸리는 시간은 고려되지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 msgid "" "When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on " "Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the " "extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." msgstr "" "주문 시 외주업체 재공급 경로를 사용하여 외주 제품을 매입하는 경우에는 구성품이 외주업체로 출고되는 데 필요한 추가 시간을 고려하여 이 " "날짜를 조정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing " "so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the " "page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply " "subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the" " deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them" " to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the " "Expected Arrival date." msgstr "" "재공급 협력업체 주문서에 있는 :guilabel:`마감일` 필드에는 예상 도착일까지 완제품을 제조하고 배송할 수 있는 충분한 시간을 " "확보할 수 있도록 협력업체에서 부품을 수령할 기한이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which" " components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the" " :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same " "as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take " "into account the time required for shipping." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예정일` 필드에는 구성품이 출고될 수 있는 가장 빠른 날짜가 표시되어야 하며, 동시에 :guilabel:`마감일` " "까지는 협력업체에 도착해야 합니다. 다만 기본적으로 표시되는 날짜는 :guilabel:`마감일` 필드의 날짜와 동일하므로 반드시 배송에 " "소요되는 기간을 고려하여 업데이트해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover " "from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the " "components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply " "subcontractor order." msgstr "" "guilabel:`예정일` 필드를 클릭하면 날짜를 선택할 수 있는 달력 팝오버가 열립니다. 재공급 협력업체 주문서의 " ":guilabel:`마감일`까지 구성품이 배송될 수 있는 날짜를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 msgid "" "After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at " "the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 msgid "" "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — " "to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for " "manufacturing the unicycles." msgstr "Mike's Bikes는 Bike Friends에서 외발자전거 제조를 할 때 필요한 구성품을 공급해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 msgid "" "On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus" " an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 msgid "" "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for " "unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus " "two days for delivery." msgstr "" "결과적으로 Mike's Bikes는 Bike Friends에서 제조한 외발 자전거에 배송 리드 타임을 5일로 설정하였으며, 제조에 3일," " 배송에 2일이 더해진 기간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 msgid "" "On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, " "as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered " "to the subcontractor." msgstr "" "외발자전거의 |BoM| 에도 5일의 제조 리드 타임을 입력하고, .구성품이 반드시 외주업체에 배송되어야 하는 날짜를 리마인드합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 msgid "" "They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May " "30th." msgstr "외발자전거에 대한 |PO| 를 확정하며 도착 예정일은 5월 30일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 msgid "" "The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the " "subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive" " the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture " "the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." msgstr "" "협력업체에 구성품을 배송하는 업체 재공급 주문서의 *마감일* 은 5월 25일로 표시됩니다. 협력업체에서는 외발자전거 제작에 충분한 시간을" " 확보하기 위해 반드시 이 날짜까지 구성품을 수령하고 5월 30일까지 배송해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 msgid "" "It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the" " *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two" " days before the Deadline." msgstr "" "자전거 소매업체에서 구성품을 배송하는 데 이틀이 걸리므로 재공급 협력업체 주문서의 *예정 날짜* 항목을 마감일 이틀 전인 5월 23일로 " "변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." msgstr "재공급 외주 주문서에 있는 예정일 및 마감일 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 msgid "" "Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of " "May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike " "Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's " "Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." msgstr "" "자전거 소매업체에서 5월 23일 예정일에 자전거 관련 업체 2 로 부품을 배송하고 5월 25일 마감일에 부품이 도착합니다. 이를 통해 " "자전거 관련 업체 2 에서는 외발자전거를 제조하고 예상 도착일인 5월 30일까지 자전거 소매업체로 다시 배송할 수 있는 충분한 시간을 " "확보할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 msgid "Basic subcontracting" msgstr "기본 외주 전반" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 msgid "" "In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a " "third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are" " then sold by the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 msgid "" "In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the " "necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to " "worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." msgstr "" "기본적인 외주의 경우, 필수적인 구성품을 조달할 책임은 외주업체에 있습니다. 즉, 원청업체에서는 외주 제품의 생산이 완료된 후의 상황에 " "대해서만 관여하게 된다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 msgid "" "The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic " "subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-" "subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that " "subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted " "products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be " "manufactured by them." msgstr "" "기본 외주 방식으로 생산된 제품을 구매하는 워크플로우는, 외주 없이 공급업체 제품을 구매할 때 적용되는 워크플로우와 유사합니다. 가장 큰" " 차이점은 외주 제품을 환경설정하는 방식이며, 또한 외주 제품은 업체에서 먼저 생산되어야 하기 때문에 업체에서 배송되는 데 시간이 더 " "걸린다는 점입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 msgid "" "To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the " ":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 외주 작업을 하려면 :menuselection:`제조 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`운영` 제목 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`외주` 설정 옆 확인란에 표시합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary" " to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 msgid "" "To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "기본 외주 품목을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 품목을 선택하거나 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새로 품목을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 msgid "" "On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the " "product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and " "entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." msgstr "" "품목 양식에서 :guilabel:`매입` 탭을 선택하고 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`공급업체` " "드롭다운 메뉴에서 협력업체를 선택합니다. 품목 협력업체를 공급업체로 추가한 후, :guilabel:`가격` 필드에 가격을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 msgid "" "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`" " field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished " "product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`경로` 를 사용하여 협력업체에서 제조한 완제품을 어떻게 " "처리할지 지정하는 경로를 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " "sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " "for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " "enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" "완제품을 계약업체로 다시 출고하는 경우 :guilabel:`매입` 경로가 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다. 또한 |SO|를 충족할 만큼 보유 " "재고가 충분하지 않은 경우 판매주문서(SO)가 확인되면 해당 제품에 대해 자동으로 |PO| 를 생성하도록 :guilabel:`주문 시 " "보충(MTO)` 경로를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " "subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " "selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 msgid "Configure BoM" msgstr "자재명세서 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 msgid "" "To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products " "--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 msgid "" "For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials " "<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." msgstr "" "전체적인 |BoM| 환경설정에 대한 내용은 :doc:`자재명세서 <../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` 문서를" " 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` " "option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the " ":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using" " subcontracting." msgstr "BoM의 \"BoM 유형\" 필드에 제품이 외주 생산되도록 환경설정되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the " "subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when " "calculating the product's expected arrival date." msgstr "" "마지막으로 :guilabel:`기타` 탭을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`제조 리드 타임` 필드에 협력업체가 품목을 제조하는 데 걸리는" " 날짜 수를 입력합니다. 이 수치는 제품의 예상 도착일을 계산할 때 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 msgid "" "When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the " ":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for " "manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" "기본 외주 작업에서는 |BoM| 의 :guilabel:`구성품` 탭에 구성품을 일일이 기재할 필요가 없습니다. 생산에 들어가는 구성품 및" " 구성품을 확보하는 방법은 외주업체에서 담당하기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" msgstr "기본 외주 워크플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" msgstr "기본 외주 워크플로우는 최대 4단계로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 msgid "" "Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " "|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 msgid "" "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " "so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 msgid "" "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, " "**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the " "customer." msgstr "" "외주업체에서 외주 제품 생산이 완료되면 입고 처리를 하여 계약한 업체로 배송하거나 **또는** 고객에게 직배송 주문을 통하여 제품을 직접" " 배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 msgid "" "If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" " not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " "product is shipped to the customer." msgstr "" "|SO| 를 생성하여 워크플로우가 시작된 상황에서, 최종 고객에게 완제품이 직배송되도록 설정되어 있지 않은 경우에는 제품이 고객에게 " "출고된 후 배송주문서를 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 msgid "" "The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted " "product is being purchased from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 msgid "" "If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " "with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer," " or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." msgstr "" "고객이 지정한 주문에 맞추기 위한 이유인 경우에는 프로세스는 |SO|를 생성하는 것으로 시작하여 고객에게 제품을 배송하거나 협력업체에서 " "직배송하도록 하는 것으로 끝납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 msgid "" "If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process " "starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into " "inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 msgid "Create SO" msgstr "판매주문서 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 msgid "" "It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased" " from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being " "purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next " "step." msgstr "" "이 단계는 고객 요구 사항을 충족하기 위해 협력업체로부터 제품을 구매하는 경우에만 완료하면 됩니다. 보유 재고 수량을 늘리기 위해 제품을" " 구매하는 경우에는 다음 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 msgid "" "To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "새 |SO| 를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 주문서 --> 주문서` 로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`새로 " "만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 msgid "" "Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a " "subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a" " quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`고객` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 고객을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 내역` 탭에서 " ":guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 외주 제품을 선택한 후 " ":guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " ":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens" " the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 |SO| 가 확정되면 :guilabel:`매입` 스마트 버튼이 페이지 상단에 나타납니다. " "외주업체에서 외주 제품을 구매하기 위해 생성한 |PO| 가 열리게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 msgid "" "An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " "(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough " "stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" "품목 양식에서 *주문 시 보충 (MTO)* 경로가 활성화되어 있고 **동시에** 보유 중인 품목의 재고가 |SO|에서 사용하기에 충분하지" " 않은 경우에는, 품목 관련 |SO|에서는 |PO|만 만들어지게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 msgid "" "If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates" " a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " "using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" "보유 중인 재고가 충분한 경우 품목 관련된 |SO| 를 확인하면 이를 대체하여 배송주문서가 생성됩니다. Odoo에서 창고에 있는 재고를 " "사용하여 |SO| 를 처리한다고 가정하기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 msgid "" "This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " "end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is " "enough stock on-hand." msgstr "" "최종 고객에게 직접 배송되는 외주 제품의 경우에는 해당되지 않습니다. 이런 경우, 보유 재고량이 충분하더라도 **항상** |PO| 가 " "생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 msgid "Process PO" msgstr "구매발주서 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 msgid "" "If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to " ":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the " "|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to " "the next step." msgstr "" "이전 단계에서 |PO|를 생성한 경우에는 |SO| 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`매입` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하거나 " ":guilabel:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> 매입발주서` 로 이동하여 |PO|를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문서 " "확인` 을 클릭하여 확인한 후 다음 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 msgid "" "If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 msgid "" "Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a " "subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the " "quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`공급업체` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 외주업체를 선택하여 |PO| 작성을 시작합니다. :guilabel:`품목` 탭에서 " ":guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭하여 새 제품을 입력할 줄을 생성합니다. :guilabel:`품목` 에서 외주 제품을 선택하고 " ":guilabel:`수량` 에 수량을 입력합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하여 |PO| 를 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 msgid "" "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic " "subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and " "can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" "기본 외주 작업으로 생산된 제품에 대한 |PO| 가 확정되면 영수증 또는 직배송 주문서가 자동으로 생성되며, |PO| 상단에 " ":guilabel:`영수증` 또는 :guilabel:`직배송` 스마트 버튼이 표시되어 액세스할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 msgid "" "A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " "top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 msgid "" "PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the " "top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" msgstr "입고 또는 직배송 주문 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " "ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " "depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " "`." msgstr "" "협력업체에서 제품 제조를 완료하면 제품의 :ref:`환경 설정 " "` 에 따라 계약된 회사로 " "배송하거나 최종 고객에게 직배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 msgid "" "If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, " "once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." msgstr "" "협력업체에서 완제품을 원청업체에 배송하는 경우, 제품이 입고되면 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> 구매발주서` " "로 이동하여 |PO| 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the" " :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the " "receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter" " the product into inventory." msgstr "" "|PO| 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`품목 수령` 버튼을 클릭하거나 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼을 " "클릭하면 영수증이 열립니다. 그런 다음 영수증 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 품목을 재고로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 msgid "Process dropship order" msgstr "직배송 주문 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 msgid "" "If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate" " to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select" " the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open " "the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order " "to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." msgstr "" "페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`직배송` 스마트 버튼을 선택하면 직배송 주문서가 열립니다. 주문서 상단의 " ":guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 품목이 고객에게 발송되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 msgid "Process delivery order" msgstr "배송 주문 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 msgid "" "If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " "finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " "delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" " the customer, and process the delivery order." msgstr "" "외주 작업 흐름이 고객사 |SO| 로부터 시작되어, 완제품은 고객에게 직배송되지 **않고** 원청업체로 전달되는 경우에는, 제품을 " "고객에게 배송한 후 배송주문서를 처리해야 합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 msgid "" "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " "delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " "the product has been shipped." msgstr "" "고객에게 품목 배송이 완료되면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 |SO|를 선택합니다. 페이지 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 배송 주문서를 열고, 주문서에서 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 품목이 " "배송되었다는 것을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" msgstr "외주업체 직배송 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the" " necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have " "them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order " "(PO) for that product is confirmed." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 *주문 시 협력업체 직배송* 경로를 사용하여 하청 제품에 필요한 구성품을 공급업체에서 구매하고 해당 제품에 대한 구매주문서" " (PO)를 확인할 때마다 협력업체에 직접 배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 msgid "" "The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " "product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 msgid "" "It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and " "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve " "dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." msgstr "" "*직배송* 과 *주문 시 외주업체 직배송* 경로의 차이점에 대해 이해해야 합니다. 두 경로 모두 직배송을 하고 있지만, 다른 용도로 " "사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have " "them shipped directly to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 msgid "" "The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components " "from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By " "default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the " "contracting company." msgstr "" "*주문 시 협력업체 직배송* 경로는 공급업체로부터 구성품을 매입한 후 이를 협력업체에 직접 배송하는 데 사용합니다. 기본적으로 완제품은 " "그 다음에 협력업체로부터 발주업체로 다시 배송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 msgid "" "However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship " "Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In " "this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then " "ships the finished product directly to the end customer." msgstr "" "그러나 *직배송* 및 *주문 시 협력업체 직배송* 경로를 통합하여 동일한 품목에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 워크플로우에서는 구성품이 " "협력업체에 직접 배송되고, 협력업체는 완제품을 최종 고객에게 직접 배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 msgid "" "This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the " ":ref:`workflow section ` of" " this doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 msgid "" "To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " "enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` heading." msgstr "" "*주문 시 외주업체 직배송* 경로를 사용하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`운영` 제목 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`외주` 옆 확인란을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " "properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the " "components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "*주문 시 협력업체 직배송* 경로로 제품을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여" " 제품을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새로운 제품을 생성합니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as " "a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in " "the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the " ":guilabel:`Price` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`매입` 탭을 선택하고 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`공급업체` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " "협력업체를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`공급업체` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 협력업체를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`가격` 필드에 가격을 " "입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 msgid "" "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that " "determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been " "manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " "sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " "for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock " "on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" "완제품을 계약업체로 다시 출고하는 경우 :guilabel:`매입` 경로가 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다. 또한 |SO|를 충족할 만큼 보유 " "재고가 충분하지 않은 경우 |SO|가 확인되면 해당 제품에 대해 자동으로 |PO| 를 생성하도록 :guilabel:`주문 시 보충 " "(MTO)` 경로를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the " "subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is " "selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 msgid "Configure bill of materials" msgstr "자재명세서 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click " "the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " "select the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 msgid "" "Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the " ":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and" " specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" "마지막으로 필요한 모든 구성품이 :guilabel:`구성품` 탭에 지정되어 있는지 확인합니다. 새 구성품을 추가하려면 " ":guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`구성품` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 구성품을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`수량`" " 필드에 필요한 수량을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 msgid "Configure Components" msgstr "구성품 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 msgid "" "To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " "in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` button to the right of the name." msgstr "" "*주문 시 협력업체 직배송* 경로에 대한 구성품을 설정하려면 :guilabel:`구성품` 탭에서 구성품 이름을 선택하고 이름 오른쪽에 " "있는 :guilabel:`➡️ (오른쪽 화살표)` 버튼을 클릭하여 |BoM|에서 각 구성품으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 msgid "" "On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add " "a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in " "the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the" " subcontractor, once they are purchased." msgstr "" "구성품 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`매입` 탭을 선택한 후 공급업체를 추가하려면 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭한 후 " ":guilabel:`공급업체` 에서 업체를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`가격` 에 품목의 판매가를 추가합니다. 이 업체는 구성품을 " "매입한 후 협력업체에 부품을 보내는 공급업체입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 msgid "" "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the " ":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 msgid "" "Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "외주업체에 직배송해야 하는 모든 구성품에 대해 이 과정을 반복합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" msgstr "주문 워크플로우에서의 외주업체 직배송 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 msgid "" "The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" msgstr "직배송 외주업체에서 진행하는 주문 워크플로우는 최대 6단계로 구성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 msgid "" "Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a " "*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 msgid "" "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " "so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the" " vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." msgstr "" "이전 단계에서 생성한 |PO|를 확인하거나 새로운 |PO|를 생성합니다. 이렇게 하면 공급업체에서 구성품을 매입할 수 있도록 견적요청서 " "(RfQ)가 생성되며 수령 확인증이나 직배송 주문서도 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 msgid "" "Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so " "creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 msgid "" "Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the " "components to the subcontractor." msgstr "*외주업체 직배송* 주문을 공급업체에서 외주업체로 구성품을 보낸 즉시 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 msgid "" "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" " process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end " "customer." msgstr "" "외주업체에서 외주 제품 생산이 완료되면 입고 처리를 하여 계약한 업체로 배송하거나 **또는** 최종 고객에게 직배송 주문을 통하여 제품을" " 직접 배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 msgid "" "If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is" " not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the " "product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" "|SO| 를 생성하여 워크플로우가 시작된 상황에서, 최종 고객에게 완제품이 직배송되도록 설정되어 있지 않은 경우에는 제품이 고객에게 " "출고된 후 배송주문서를 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 msgid "" "If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts " "with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, " "or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." msgstr "" "고객이 지정한 주문에 맞추기 위한 이유인 경우에는 프로세스는 SO를 생성하는 것으로 시작하여 고객에게 제품을 배송하거나 협력업체에서 " "직배송하도록 하는 것으로 끝납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 msgid "" "If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts " "with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 msgid "Create an SO" msgstr "SO 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 msgid "" "Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the " "product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`고객` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 고객을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 내역` 탭에서 " ":guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 품목을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`수량` 에" " 수량을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a " ":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is " "the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted " "product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 |SO| 가 확정되면 :guilabel:`매입` 스마트 버튼이 페이지 상단에 나타납니다. 이는 " "*외주업체* 에서 생성한 |PO| 또는 외주업체에서 생산한 제품을 구매하기 위해 생성된 |PO|입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 msgid "" "An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the " "*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** " "there is no stock of the product on-hand." msgstr "" "품목 페이지에서 *주문 시 보충 (MTO)* 경로가 활성화되어 있고 **동시에** 보유 중인 품목의 재고가 없는 경우에는 품목 관련 " "|SO|에서는 *협력업체* |PO| 만 만들어지게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 msgid "" "If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead " "create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " "using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" "보유 중인 재고가 있는 경우 품목 관련된 |SO| 를 확인하면 이를 대체하여 배송주문서가 생성됩니다. Odoo에서 창고에 있는 재고를 " "사용하여 |SO| 를 처리한다고 가정하기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 msgid "" "This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the " "end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, " "even if there is stock on-hand." msgstr "" "최종 고객에게 직접 배송되는 외주 제품의 경우에는 해당되지 않습니다. 이런 경우, 보유 중인 재고가 있더라도 **항상** *외주업체* " "|PO| 가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 msgid "Process subcontractor PO" msgstr "외주업체 PO 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 msgid "" "If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`," " and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "이전 단계에서 *외주업체* |PO| 를 생성하지 않았다면, 지금 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> 구매발주서` " "로 이동하여 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 msgid "" "Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." msgstr "|PO| 입력을 시작하려면:guilabel:`공급업체` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 외주업체를 선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a" " new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the " ":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭하여 품목 줄을 새로 생성합니다. :guilabel:`품목` " "필드에서 협력업체가 생산한 품목을 선택하고 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* " "|PO|." msgstr "마지막으로, :guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하면 *외주업체* |PO| 가 확정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 msgid "" "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components" " to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, " "and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" "협력업체에 직배송 부품이 필요한 제품에 대한 |PO|가 확인되면 영수증 또는 직배송 주문서가 자동으로 생성되며, |PO| 상단에 나타나는" " 해당 :guilabel:`영수증` 또는 :guilabel:`직배송` 스마트 버튼을 통해 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 msgid "" "A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" "button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 msgid "" "In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from " "the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** " "automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" "또한 공급업체에서 매입하여 협력업체로 보내는 구성품에 대해 |RfQ| 가 생성됩니다. 그러나 |RfQ| 가 자동으로 *협력업체* |PO|" " 로 연계되지는 **않습니다**. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 msgid "" "Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship " "Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* " "|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" "|RfQ| 를 확정하여 *공급업체* |PO| 로 전환되면 *직배송 협력업체* 주문서가 생성됩니다. 이 주문서는 *공급업체* |PO| 및 " "*협력업체* |PO| 양쪽에 모두 연결되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" msgstr "공급업체 RFQ 확정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 msgid "" "To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate" " to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. " "Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after " "confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" "|RfQ| 에 액세스하려면 *협력업체* |PO| 를 확정하여 생성한 후 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> " "견적요청서` 로 이동합니다. 공급업체가 알맞게 기재된 |RfQ|를 :guilabel:`공급업체` 필드에서 선택한 후 " ":guilabel:`원본 문서` 필드에 있는 *협력업체* |PO| 를 확정하여 영수증이 생성되면 참조 번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 msgid "" "On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship " "Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of" " the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." msgstr "" "|RfQ| 에서, :guilabel:`배송 대상` 필드에는 :guilabel:`외주업체 직배송` 이 표시되고, :guilabel:`직배송" " 주소` 필드에는 구성품이 직배송될 외주업체의 업체명이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and " "confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, " "and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the " "*subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하여 |RfQ|를 *공급업체* |PO|로 전환하고 공급업체로부터 구성품 구매를 확정합니다. 그렇게" " 하면 *공급업체* |PO| 상단에 :guilabel:`직배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타나고 *협력업체* |PO| 상단에는 " ":guilabel:`재공급` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1 msgid "" "A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" "Dropship smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" msgstr "외주업체 주문 직배송 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 msgid "" "Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" " *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, " "respectively." msgstr "" "구성품이 협력업체에 배송되면 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> 구매발주서` 로 이동하여 *공급업체* |PO| " "또는 *협력업체* |PO|를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`직배송` 스마트 버튼 또는 :guilabel:`재공급` 스마트 " "버튼을 각각 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 msgid "" "Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the " "subcontractor has received the components." msgstr "" "두 가지 버튼 중 하나를 클릭하면 *외주업체 직배송* 주문서가 열립니다. 주문 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하면 " "외주업체에서 구성품을 수령했다는 확정을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the" " *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 msgid "" "If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the " "product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of" " the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into " "inventory." msgstr "" "외주 제품이 재고로 입고되는 경우, 제품이 도착하면 *외주업체* |PO| 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`제품 입고` 버튼을 클릭하면 " "영수증이 열립니다. 그런 다음 영수증 상단의 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 제품을 재고로 등록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 msgid "" "Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the" " *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 msgid "" "If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship " "order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the " "product to the customer." msgstr "" "외주 제품을 직배송해야 하는 경우에는 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`직배송` 버튼을 선택하여 직배송 주문서를 열고, 외주업체에서" " 고객에게 제품이 출고되면 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 msgid "" "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " "delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product " "has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" "고객에게 품목 배송이 완료되면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 |SO|를 선택합니다. 페이지 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 배송 주문서를 열고, :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 고객에게 품목이 " "배송되었다는 것을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 msgid "Resupply subcontractor" msgstr "외주업체 재공급" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the " "necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each " "time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 *주문 시 외주업체 재공급* 경로를 사용하여 외주 제품에 구성품이 필요한 경우 외주업체로 배송하며, 매번 해당 제품에 대한" " 매입발주서(PO)를 확정하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 msgid "" "The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired " "product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping" " it to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 msgid "" "It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply " "Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 msgid "" "While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components " "required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are " "sourced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 msgid "" "When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from " "the warehouse of the contracting company." msgstr "*주문 시 외주업체 재공급* 기능을 사용하면 구성품이 계약회사 창고에서 출고됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 msgid "" "When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from " "a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 msgid "" "The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of " "the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 msgid "" "See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of " "the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." msgstr "" "*주문 시 외주업체 직배송* 경로에 대한 모든 전체보기 내용은 :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 msgid "" "To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " "enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` heading." msgstr "" "*주문시 외주업체 재공급* 경로를 사용하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`운영` 제목 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`외주` 옆 확인란을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to " "properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of " "materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" "*외주* 설정을 활성화하게 되면, 반드시 외주 품목, 품목에 대한 자재명세서(BoM) 및 |BoM| 에 나타나 있는 구성품 역시 알맞게 " "설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 msgid "" "To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "*주문 시 협력업체 재공급* 경로로 제품을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여" " 제품을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새로운 제품을 생성합니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 msgid "" "The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`" " tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the " "subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." msgstr "" "외주 제품 페이지의 :guilabel:`매입` 탭 :guilabel:`가격` 항목에 입력되어 있는 값은, 제품 생산을 위해 외주업체에서 " "지급한 금액입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 msgid "" "This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other " "elements, like the cost of the product's components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 msgid "" "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make " "sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| " "for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is " "enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" "완제품을 계약업체로 다시 출고하는 경우 :guilabel:`매입` 경로가 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다. 또한 |SO|를 충족할 만큼 보유 " "재고가 충분하지 않은 경우 판매주문서(SO)가 확인되면 해당 제품에 대해 자동으로 |PO| 를 생성하도록 :guilabel:`주문 시 " "보충(MTO)` 경로를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 msgid "" "To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click " "the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and " "select the |BoM|." msgstr "" "*주문 시 외주업체 재공급* 경로로 |BoM| 을 설정하려면 품목 페이지에서 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하고 " "|BoM| 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 msgid "Configure components" msgstr "구성품 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 msgid "" "To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, " "navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name " "in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` button to the right of the name." msgstr "" "*주문시 협력업체 재공급* 경로에 대한 구성품을 설정하려면:guilabel:`구성품` 탭에서 구성품 이름을 선택하고 이름 오른쪽에 있는 " ":guilabel:`➡️ (오른쪽 화살표)` 버튼을 클릭하여 |BoM|에서 각 구성품으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 msgid "" "On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and " "select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the " ":guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 msgid "" "Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "외주업체에 배송해야 하는 모든 구성품에 대해 이 과정을 반복합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" msgstr "주문 워크플로우에서의 외주업체 재공급" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 msgid "" "The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" msgstr "재공급 외주업체에서 진행하는 주문 워크플로우는 최대 5단계로 구성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 msgid "" "Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to " "purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 msgid "" "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing " "so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a" " dropship order." msgstr "" "이전 단계에서 생성한 |PO| 를 확정하거나, 새로운 |PO| 를 생성합니다. 이렇게 하면 *협력업체 재공급* 주문서와 함께 물론 " "입고주문서나 직배송 주문서가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 msgid "" "Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the " "subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 msgid "" "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the " "subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**" " process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." msgstr "" "외주업체에서 외주 제품 생산이 완료되면 입고 처리를 하여 계약한 업체로 배송하거나 **또는** 고객에게 직배송 주문을 통하여 제품을 직접" " 배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 msgid "" "While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to " "automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is " "also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful " "when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." msgstr "" "*주문 시 협력업체 재공급* 경로를 사용하여 |PO|를 컨펌하면 협력업체에 자동으로 재공급하도록 할 수 있으나, 직접 재공급 주문서를 " "생성할 수도 있습니다. 이와 같은 워크플로우는 |PO|를 생성하지 않고 협력업체에 재공급을 해야 할 때 유용하게 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 msgid "" "To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply " "Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking" " :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom " "the components should be sent." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송지 주소` 필드에서 구성품을 보낼 외주업체를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` " "drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에 모든 구성품을 추가하며 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하고, :guilabel:`품목`" " 드롭다운 필드에서 구성품을 선택하고, :guilabel:`수요` 필드에 수량을 지정하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the " "components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` " "to confirm that the order has been sent." msgstr "" "마지막으로 :guilabel:`할 일로 표시` 를 클릭하여 주문서를 등록합니다. 구성품을 외주업체로 보내면 :guilabel:`승인` 을" " 클릭하여 주문이 전송되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 msgid "" "An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order " "(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough " "stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" "품목 페이지에서 *주문 시 보충 (MTO)* 경로가 활성화되어 있고 **동시에** 보유 중인 품목의 재고가 |SO|에서 사용하기에 " "충분하지 않은 경우에는, 품목 관련 |SO|에서는 |PO|만 만들어지게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 msgid "" "If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead" " creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled " "using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" "보유 중인 재고가 충분한 경우 품목 관련된 |SO| 를 확인하면 이를 대체하여 배송주문서가 생성됩니다. Odoo에서 창고에 있는 재고를 " "사용하여 |SO| 를 처리한다고 가정하기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 msgid "" "If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." msgstr "" "이전 단계에서 |PO| 를 생성한 경우, :guilabel:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> 구매발주서` 로 이동하여 |PO| 를 " "선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하여 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 msgid "" "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a " "subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically " "created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or " ":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" "협력업체에 부품을 재공급해야 하는 제품에 대한 |PO|가 확인되면 영수증 또는 직배송 주문서가 자동으로 생성되며, |PO| 상단에 " "나타나는 해당 :guilabel:`영수증` 또는 :guilabel:`직배송` 스마트 버튼을 통해 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 msgid "" "In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the " "required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed " "from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top " "of the page." msgstr "" "또한 *협력업체 재공급 * 주문서를 생성하여 필수 구성품을 협력업체로 배송합니다. 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`재공급` 스마트" " 버튼을 클릭하면 |PO|에서도 주문서에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 msgid "" "A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" "buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 msgid "" "A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and " "Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" msgstr "외주업체 주문 재공급 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 msgid "" "Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the " "subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " "Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open" " the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" "화면 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`재공급` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 *협력업체 재공급* 주문서가 열리고, 구성품이 협력업체에 전송되면 " ":guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 msgid "" "Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` " "card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the " "subcontractor." msgstr "" "또는 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`협력업체 재공급` 카드에서 :guilabel:`처리할 " "숫자` 버튼을 클릭한 후 *협력업체 재공급* 주문서를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 구성품이 협력업체에 " "배송되었음을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 msgid "" "Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either " "ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, " "depending on how the product was :ref:`configured " "`." msgstr "" "협력업체에서 제품 제조를 완료하면 제품의 :ref:`환경 설정 " "` 에 따라 계약된 회사로 " "배송하거나 최종 고객에게 직배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 msgid "" "If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the " "finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather " "delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to" " the customer, and process the delivery order." msgstr "" "외주 작업 흐름이 고객사 |SO| 로부터 시작되어, 완제품은 고객에게 직배송되지 **않고** 원청업체로 전달되는 경우에는, 제품을 " "고객에게 배송한 후 배송주문서를 처리해야 합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 msgid "" "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the " "delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that " "the product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" "고객에게 품목 출고가 완료되면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 |SO| 를 선택합니다. 페이지 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 배송주문서를 열고, 주문서에서 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 고객에게 품목이 " "출고되었다는 것을 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "워크플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:3 msgid "By-Products" msgstr "부산물" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:9 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, it is common to be left with residual " "materials, in addition to the finished product. These materials are known as" " *by-products*. By specifying the by-products created during manufacturing " "on a product's bill of materials (BoM), the quantity of by-products on-hand " "is tracked by Odoo." msgstr "" "특정 품목을 제조할 때 완제품 외에 잔여 재료가 남는 경우는 매우 흔합니다. 이러한 자재류를 *부산물* 이라고 합니다. 품목의 자재명세서" " (BoM)에 제조 과정에서 생성된 부산물을 명시함으로써 Odoo는 보유 중인 부산물의 수량을 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:15 msgid "" "Manufacturing a *rocking chair* requires ten pieces of wood. During " "production, five pieces of *scrap wood* are created, in addition to the " "rocking chair. By designating the scrap wood as a by-product on the rocking " "chair's |BoM|, Odoo tracks the on-hand count of scrap wood, as well as the " "quantity of rocking chairs produced." msgstr "" "*흔들의자* 제작에는 목재 10개가 필요합니다. 제작 과정에서 흔들의자 외에 5개의 *폐목* 이 만들어집니다. Odoo에서는 흔들의자에 " "대한 |BoM|에서 폐목을 부산물로 지정함으로써 현재 보유하고 있는 자투리 목재 수와 생산된 흔들의자 수량을 추적합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:23 msgid "" "To specify by-products on a product's |BoM|, the *By-Products* setting " "**must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`By-Products` " "checkbox, located under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the change." msgstr "" "품목 |BoM|에 부산물을 지정하려면 *부산물* 설정이 **반드시** 활성화되어 있어야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 " ":menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`작업` 제목 아래에 있는 " ":guilabel:`부산물` 확인란을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1 msgid "The By-Products setting on the Manufacturing app settings page." msgstr "제조 관리 설정 페이지에 있는 부산물 설정 메뉴입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:32 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`By-Products` setting enabled, a :guilabel:`By-products` " "tab appears on product |BoMs|." msgstr ":guilabel:`부산물` 설정을 활성화하면 제품의 |BoM| 에 :guilabel:`부산물` 탭이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:36 msgid "Add byproduct to BoM" msgstr "BOM에 부산물 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:38 msgid "" "To add by-products to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app" " --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select a |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:41 msgid "" "On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a" " line`, and select the by-product in the :guilabel:`By-product` drop-down " "field. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity of the by-" "product produced during manufacturing." msgstr "" "|BoM| 에서 :guilabel:`부산물` 탭을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`부산물` " "드롭다운에서 부산물을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`수량` 에 제조 과정에서 생산되는 부산물의 수량을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:45 msgid "" "If the by-product is produced during a specific operation of a manufacturing" " order (MO), select the operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` " "field. For example, if a scrap wood by-product is produced during an " "*Assemble* operation, select that operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field." msgstr "" "제조지시서 (MO)에 있는 특정 작업 중에 부산물이 생산되는 경우 :guilabel:`작업 중 생산` 필드에서 작업을 선택합니다. 예를 " "들어, *조립* 작업 중에 폐목이 부산물로 생산되는 경우 :guilabel:`작업 중 생산` 필드에서 해당 작업을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1 msgid "The By-Products tab on a BoM, configured with a \"Scrap Wood\" by-product." msgstr "BoM의 부산물 탭에서 \"폐목재\" 부산물에 대한 환경설정이 되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:55 msgid "Manufacture by-product" msgstr "부산물 생산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:57 msgid "" "When an |MO| is completed and marked as *Done*, Odoo registers the quantity " "of by-products created during the manufacturing process. To create a new " "|MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "작성이 끝나서 |MO|를 *완료*로 표시하면 Odoo는 제조 과정에서 생성된 부산물의 수량을 등록합니다. 새로운 |MO|를 생성하려면 " ":menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 운영 --> 제조지시서` 로 이동하여 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:61 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, select a |BoM| on which by-" "products have been specified. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Product` field " "auto-populates with the corresponding product. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to " "confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`자재명세서` 에서 부산물이 지정된 |BoM| 을 선택합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`품목` 필드에 해당 제품이 " "자동으로 입력됩니다. :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하면 |MO| 가 확정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:65 msgid "" "When manufacturing is completed, click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button at" " the top of the |MO|. After doing so, inventory counts update to reflect the" " quantity of by-product(s) produced, as well as the quantity of the product." msgstr "" "제조가 완료되면 |MO| 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`모두 생산` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 생산된 부산물 수량과 품목 수량을 " "반영하여 재고 수가 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:69 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button at the top of the |MO| page" " to see the movements of components and products. Each by-product is listed " "on the resulting :guilabel:`Inventory Moves` page, with the :guilabel:`From`" " column displaying the virtual production location, and the :guilabel:`To` " "column displaying the location where the by-product is stored." msgstr "" "|MO| 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`품목 이동` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 구성품 및 품목의 이동을 확인할 수 있습니다. 각 " "부산물은 결과 :guilabel:`재고 이동` 페이지에 표시되며, :guilabel:`출발지` 열에는 가상의 생산 위치가 표시되고 " ":guilabel:`도착지` 열에는 부산물이 저장되어 있는 위치를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1 msgid "The Product Moves page for an MO with by-products." msgstr "MO의 제품 이동 페이지에 부산물이 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:3 msgid "Continuous product improvement" msgstr "지속적인 제품 개선" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:13 msgid "" "*Continuous improvement* is a general philosophy intended to help " "individuals and organizations constantly improve themselves and the work " "they produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:16 msgid "" "There are a variety of different methodologies that fall under the umbrella " "of continuous improvement. These include kaizen, six sigma, and lean, among " "others. While the specific steps of each method differ, their goal remains " "the same: implement a process by which improvement is a perpetual goal, " "rather than a one-time accomplishment." msgstr "" "지속적 개선을 위해서는 다양한 방법론이 있습니다. 여기에는 카이젠, 6시그마, 린 등이 있습니다. 방법마다 구체적인 단계는 다르지만 " "목표는 동일합니다. 즉, 개선에 대해서 일회성 성과로 보는 것이 아니라 개선을 지속적으로 목표로 삼는 프로세스를 구현하는 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:21 msgid "" "The sections below contain details about how Odoo can be used to implement " "four general steps common to many of the most popular continuous improvement" " strategies, with links to documentation about configuring the necessary " "features. The final section details how a specific company might configure " "these Odoo implementations within their organization." msgstr "" "아래 섹션에는 가장 많이 사용되는 지속적 개선 전략에 공통적으로 있는 네 가지 일반 단계를 구현하는 방법에 있어서 Odoo를 사용하는 " "방법에 대한 자세한 내용과 함께, 필요한 기능을 설정하는 방법을 확인할 수 있는 문서 링크가 있습니다. 마지막 섹션에서는 회사가 조직 " "내에서 이러한 Odoo 구현에 대해 설정하는 방법에 대해 자세히 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-identify`" msgstr ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-identify`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-suggest`" msgstr ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-suggest`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-implement`" msgstr ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-implement`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-review`" msgstr ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-review`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:32 msgid "" "Continuous improvement is not a one-size-fits-all methodology. While most " "strategies include between four and six steps, proper implementation " "requires developing a system tailored to the specific needs of each company." msgstr "" "지속적인 개선만으로 모든 것을 해결할 수는 없습니다. 대부분의 기업 전략은 4~6단계에 걸쳐 진행되지만, 제대로 구현하기 위해서는 회사별" " 요구에 맞추어 시스템을 개발해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:36 msgid "" "This is not a limitation, but rather a benefit, as it makes the methodology " "flexible enough to adapt to almost any use case. Odoo, in particular, adapts" " well to this flexibility, as it can be configured to meet the needs of " "almost any workflow." msgstr "" "이는 한계라기보다는 오히려 장점에 가까운 것으로, 어떤 사용 사례에든 적용될 수 있을 만큼 탄력적으로 방법론을 활용할 수 있습니다. 특히" " Odoo는 모든 워크플로우의 요구 사항에 부합하게 설정할 수 있으므로 이와 같이 유연한 상황에 맞출 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:40 msgid "" "As such, it is important to remember the content below only provides " "*examples* of how Odoo *might* be used. They should be viewed as more of a " "starting point, rather than a concrete outline that every organization must " "follow." msgstr "" "따라서 아래 내용은 Odoo 사용 방법에 있어서 *일종의* *예시*일 뿐이라는 점에 유의해야 합니다. 모든 조직에서 반드시 따라야 하는 " "구체적인 지침이라기보다는 출발점으로 보는 것이 맞습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:47 msgid "Identify problems" msgstr "문제 파악하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:49 msgid "" "Before improvement can begin, it is necessary to determine where improvement" " is necessary. This is where identifying problems comes into play. Two of " "the best Odoo apps for identifying problems with products or processes are " "*Helpdesk* and *Quality*." msgstr "" "개선 작업을 시작하기 전에 개선이 필요한 부분을 파악해야 합니다. 이때 문제를 파악하는 것이 중요한 역할을 합니다. 제품이나 프로세스의 " "문제를 파악하는 데 가장 좋은 Odoo 앱으로는 *헬프데스크* 와 *품질 관리* 두 가지가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:54 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "헬프데스크" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:56 msgid "" "The *Helpdesk* app is useful for receiving feedback from outside of the " "organization, like from clients or customers. This is accomplished by " "implementing one (or more) of the methods for :doc:`receiving tickets " "<../../../services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>`, including email " "aliases, live chat conversations, and website forms." msgstr "" "*헬프데스크* 앱은 클라이언트나 고객과 같이 조직 외부로부터 피드백을 받을 수 있다는 점에서 유용합니다. 피드백은 이메일 별칭, 실시간 " "채팅 대화 및 웹사이트 양식 등 :doc:`티켓 접수 " "<../../../services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>` 방법 (두 가지 이상도 가능)을 " "통해 받을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:61 msgid "" "Using these methods, customers can submit feedback about problems, which is " "then reviewed by a member of a :doc:`helpdesk team " "<../../../services/helpdesk>`. Depending on the outcome of the review, the " "team member may decide to take further action to ensure the issue is " "addressed. This can include creating a :doc:`quality alert " "<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" "이와 같은 방법으로 고객이 문제에 대한 피드백을 제출할 수 있으며, 제출한 내용은 :doc:`헬프데스크 팀 " "<../../../services/helpdesk>` 직원이 검토합니다. 검토 결과에 따라 해당 팀의 직원이 문제 해결을 위해 추가 조치" " 결정을 할 수 있습니다. 여기에는 :doc:`품질 경고 " "<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` 생성이 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:7 msgid "Quality" msgstr "품질 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Quality* app is useful for receiving feedback from *within* the " "organization, like from employees." msgstr "*품질* 앱은 직원과 같은 조직 *내부* 로부터 피드백을 받는 데 유용하게 활용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:72 msgid "" "One method for accomplishing this is to set up a :doc:`quality control point" " <../../quality/quality_management/quality_control_points>` (QCP). A |QCP| " "is used to automatically create quality checks at regular intervals, " "prompting employees to inspect, and confirm, the quality of a product." msgstr "" "이를 위한 방법의 한 가지로 :doc:`품질 관리 지점 " "<../../quality/quality_management/quality_control_points>`(QCP)을 설정합니다. " "|QCP| 에서는 정기적으로 품질 검사를 자동 생성하여 직원이 제품 품질을 검사하고 확인할 수 있도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:77 msgid "" "If an issue is found, an employee can then create a :doc:`quality alert " "<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` to notify a quality team." " Quality alerts can also be created independent of a |QCP|, in the event " "that an employee discovers an issue without being prompted to check for one." " This is a great way for customer support employees to notify a quality team" " of an issue brought to their attention by a customer ticket." msgstr "" "문제가 발견될 경우 직원은 :doc:`품질 경고 " "<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` 를 생성하여 품질 팀에 알리게 됩니다. 문제를" " 확인하라는 메시지를 받지 않은 상태에서 직원측에서 문제를 발견한 경우 |QCP| 와 별개로 품질 경고를 생성할 수도 있습니다. 이 " "방법의 경우에는 고객 지원을 담당하는 직원이 고객 티켓을 통해 파악한 문제를 품질 팀에 알릴 수 있는 좋은 방법입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:86 msgid "Suggest improvements" msgstr "개선안 제안하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:88 msgid "" "Once a problem is identified, the next step is to put forward ideas for how " "to address the problem. As with identifying problems, the *Quality app* is " "also useful for suggesting improvements. In addition, the *PLM* (*Product " "Lifecycle Management*) app can be used for this purpose, as well." msgstr "" "문제가 확인되면, 다음 단계는 문제를 해결하는 방법에 대한 아이디어를 제시하는 것입니다. 문제에 대한 식별과 같이, *품질 앱* 은 개선" " 사항을 제안하는 데도 유용합니다. 또한 *PLM* (*제품 수명주기 관리*) 앱도 이와 같은 목적으로 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:95 msgid "" "When creating a :doc:`quality alert " "<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` to bring an issue to the " "attention of a quality team, the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` and " ":guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tabs can be used to provide feedback about " "how the issue can be addressed." msgstr "" "품질 팀에 문제를 알릴 수 있도록 :doc:`품질 경고 " "<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` 를 생성할 경우, :guilabel:`시정 " "조치` 및 :guilabel:`예방 조치` 탭을 통해 문제 해결 방법에 대한 피드백을 제공할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab is used to suggest a method for " "fixing items affected by the issue. For example, `Screw the bolts on " "tighter, so the seat stays in place`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`조치 방법` 탭에는 문제가 생길 경우 해결 방안을 기재합니다. 예를 들어, `시트가 제자리에 고정되도록 볼트를 더 " "단단히 조입니다`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:103 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab is used to suggest a method for " "preventing the issue from occurring in the future. For example, `Do not " "tighten the screws too much, or they will be stripped`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`예방 조치` 탭은 향후 문제가 발생하지 않도록 방법을 제안할 때 사용합니다. 예를 들어, `나사를 너무 세게 조이지 " "마세요. 나사가 망가질 수 있습니다`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:107 msgid "" "The quality team that reviews the alert sees these suggested actions, and " "can take them into account when deciding how to address the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:132 msgid "PLM" msgstr "제품 수명주기 관리 (PLM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:113 msgid "" "The |PLM| app is used to manage the lifecycle of a product from its " "introduction through each successive version. As such, it is useful for " "testing ideas for product improvements." msgstr "" "|PLM| 앱은 제품의 출시부터 각 후속 버전에 이르기까지 제품 수명 주기를 관리하는 데 사용됩니다. 따라서 제품을 개선시킬 수 있는 " "여러 가지 방법을 테스트할 때 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:116 msgid "" "Using :doc:`engineering change orders " "<../../plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders>`, product management " "teams can create new iterations of product |BoMs|, adding or removing " "specific components or operations, as needed. The products created using " "these |BoMs| are put through a review process to confirm the effectiveness " "of the changes." msgstr "" "제품 관리 팀에서는 :doc:`엔지니어링 변경 주문서 " "<../../plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders>` 를 통해 필요에 따라 구성품이나 작업을 " "추가 또는 제거하여 제품 |BoM| 을 새로운 버전으로 만들 수 있습니다. 이와 같은 |BoM| 으로 생성된 제품은 변경 사항의 효과를 " "확인하기 위해 검토 프로세스를 거치게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:124 msgid "Implement strategies" msgstr "구현 방법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:126 msgid "" "Implementing strategies involves putting the proposed solutions from the " "suggest improvements step into action. The |PLM| app continues to be useful " "during this step, as it can be configured to make |BoM| updates. The *Field " "Service* app can also be used by certain companies to make improvements to " "products that have already been sold to customers." msgstr "" "전략을 실행하려면 개선 제안 단계에서 제안된 솔루션을 실행에 옮겨야 합니다. |BoM| 업데이트를 하도록 설정할 수 있기 때문에 이 " "단계에서도 |PLM| 앱을 유용하게 사용할 수 있습니다. 일부 기업에서는 *현장 서비스* 앱을 이미 고객에게 판매된 제품을 개선하는 데 " "활용할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:134 msgid "" "Once |BoM| changes have gone through the proper review process, they can be " "approved, and the updated |BoM| put into use. This is accomplished by " "configuring one of the |ECO| review stages to :ref:`apply the changes " "` made to the |BoM|, at which point the updated |BoM|" " becomes available for new |MOs|." msgstr "" "|BoM| 변경 사항에 대해 적절한 검토 프로세스를 거친 후에는 승인을 받고 |BoM| 를 업데이트하여 사용할 수 있습니다. 이는 " "|ECO| 검토 단계 중에서 하나를 설정하여 :ref:`변경 사항 적용 ` 을 |BoM|에 " "적용하면 업데이트된 |BoM| 을 새로운 |MO|에 사용할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:139 msgid "" "Product |BoMs| can continue to be updated, as needed. The :doc:`version " "control <../../plm/manage_changes/version_control>` features of the |PLM| " "app allow for easy management of all versions of a given |BoM|." msgstr "" "품목 |BoM| 은 필요에 따라 계속 업데이트할 수 있습니다. |PLM| 앱의 :doc:`버전 제어 " "<../../plm/manage_changes/version_control>` 기능을 사용하면 해당하는 |BoM| 의 모든 버전을 쉽게 " "관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:144 msgid "Field Service" msgstr "현장 서비스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:146 msgid "" "The |PLM| app is a great way to make changes to product |BoMs|. However, " "these changes only affect products produced using the new |BoM|. If a " "defective product has already been sold to a customer, it may be necessary " "to repair (or update) that product." msgstr "" "|PLM| 앱을 활용하여 제품 |BoM| 을 변경할 수 있습니다. 그러나 이와 같은 변경 사항은 새로운 |BoM| 을 사용하여 생산된 " "제품에만 영향을 미칩니다. 결함이 있는 제품이 이미 고객에게 판매된 경우 해당 제품을 수리 (또는 업데이트)해야 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:150 msgid "" "In such a case, the *Field Service* app can be used to schedule :doc:`onsite" " interventions <../../../services/field_service/creating_tasks>`. These " "interventions allow service technicians (or other employees) to be sent to a" " customer's location to address an issue with a product." msgstr "" "이런 경우, *현장 서비스* 앱을 사용하여 :doc:`현장 개입 " "<../../../services/field_service/creating_tasks>` 예약을 할 수 있습니다. 이러한 개입을 통해 " "서비스 기술자 (또는 다른 직원)를 고객의 위치로 보내 제품 문제를 해결할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:158 msgid "Review actions" msgstr "활동 검토" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:160 msgid "" "Reviewing actions is where the \"continuous\" part of continuous improvement" " comes into play, as it allows an organization to evaluate the decisions " "made in the previous steps. As such, this step is, essentially, returning to" " the beginning of the process, so that additional problems can be identified" " and addressed." msgstr "" "작업 검토를 통해 지속적인 개선에 있어서 \"지속성\" 여부를 검토할 수 있으며, 이전 단계에서 조직이 내린 결정에 대해 평가할 수 " "있도록 합니다. 따라서 이 단계는 본질적으로 프로세스의 초기로 돌아가서 추가적인 문제를 파악하고 해결할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:165 msgid "" "This means that the *Helpdesk* and *Quality* apps should be used again to " "receive customer and employee feedback. Another app that may be useful at " "this stage is the *Surveys* app." msgstr "" "즉, 다시 한번 *헬프데스크* 및 *품질* 앱을 통해 고객과 직원으로부터 피드백을 받아야 합니다. 이 단계에서 *설문조사* 앱도 유용하게" " 활용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:169 msgid "Surveys" msgstr "설문조사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:171 msgid "" "After implementing changes to a product or process, it may be wise to " "solicit customers for their feedback directly, rather than waiting to hear " "from them of their own volition. This may bring to light feedback that " "customers may have otherwise neglected to share." msgstr "" "품목이나 프로세스에 변경 사항을 적용한 후 고객의 의견을 기다리는 것보다는 고객에게 직접 피드백을 요청하는 것이 나을 수 있습니다. " "이렇게 하면 고객이 공유하지 않으려던 피드백도 들을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:175 msgid "" "One of the best ways to accomplish this is through the :doc:`Surveys " "<../../../marketing/surveys>` app. Creating a survey, and sending it to " "customers who receive an updated product, increases the likelihood of " "receiving relevant feedback about the product." msgstr "" "이를 달성해내기에 가장 좋은 방법 중 하나는 :doc:`설문조사 <../../../marketing/surveys>` 앱을 사용하는 " "것입니다. 설문조사를 만들어서 업데이트된 제품을 받은 고객에게 보낼 경우 제품 관련 피드백을 받을 가능성이 높아집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:179 msgid "Example workflow: coat rack product improvement" msgstr "워크플로우 예시: 옷걸이 제품을 개선하는 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:182 msgid "" "*Wood Hut* is a manufacturer of fine wood products. They are committed to " "manufacturing products of the highest-possible quality, and are always " "looking for ways to improve the products they sell, along with the processes" " used to create them." msgstr "" "*우드 헛* 회사는 고급 목재 제품 제조업체입니다. 이 회사는 최고의 품질을 갖춘 제품을 제조하는 데 최선을 다하고 있으며, 판매 중인 " "제품 개선 뿐만 아니라 제조 과정에서 있어서도 항상 개선 방법을 모색하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:186 msgid "" "Wood Hut uses the Odoo platform to manage every element of their production," " fulfillment, and customer satisfaction processes. They have developed a " "custom product improvement workflow that incorporates the Helpdesk, Quality," " PLM, and Manufacturing apps." msgstr "" "Wood Hut은 Odoo 플랫폼을 사용하여 생산, 주문 처리 및 고객 만족 프로세스의 모든 내용을 ​​관리하고 있습니다. 이 회사에서는" " 헬프데스크, 품질 관리, PLM 및 제조 앱을 통합하는 맞춤형 제품 개선 워크플로우를 개발했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:190 msgid "" "One of Wood Hut's most popular products is their *coat rack*. It's made " "entirely of oak, and customers describe it as \"sleek and elegant.\" " "However, recent customer feedback about the coat rack has brought attention " "to quality issues that necessitate revising the current manufacturing " "process." msgstr "" "가구 회사인 우드 헛에서 가장 인기 있는 제품 중 하나는 *옷걸이* 스탠드입니다. 이 제품은 전체가 오크로 제작되었으며, 고객으로부터 " "\"세련되고 우아하다\" 는 평가를 받고 있습니다. 그러나 최근 옷걸이에 대한 고객 피드백을 통해 품질 문제가 제기되어 현재 제조 공정을" " 수정해야 할 필요성이 대두되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:195 msgid "" "The product revision workflow begins when the customer service team receives" " a ticket in the Helpdesk app from a customer having problems with the coat " "rack she purchased. The customer, Abigail Peterson, has found that her coat " "rack falls over when more than five coats are hanging from it. This is a " "major issue, as the coat rack has enough dowels for six coats." msgstr "" "제품 보완에 대한 작업은 고객이 구매한 코트걸이에 문제가 있다는 티켓을 고객 서비스 팀이 헬프데스크 앱에서 접수하게 되면서 시작됩니다. " "옷걸이에 5개 이상의 코트를 걸 경우 옷걸이가 넘어지는 것을 Abigail Peterson 고객이 발견했습니다. 이 옷걸이는 코트를 " "6개를 걸 수 있도록 걸이가 설치되어 있으므로 이는 심각한 문제입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1 msgid "A Helpdesk ticket about an issue with the coat rack product." msgstr "외투걸이 제품과 관련된 문제에 대한 헬프데스크 티켓입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:204 msgid "" "Marc, the customer service employee assigned to the helpdesk ticket, opens " "the Quality app, and creates a new quality alert. He tags the *Production " "Quality Team* and assigns Julie Andreson as the quality employee responsible" " for the alert." msgstr "" "Marc는 고객 서비스 담당 직원으로, 헬프데스크 티켓을 배정받게 되면 품질 관리 앱을 열어서 새로운 품질 경고를 생성합니다. *생산 " "품질 관리 팀* 태그를 지정하고 Julie Andreson을 해당 경고 항목을 담당할 품질 관리 직원으로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:208 msgid "" "Julie reviews the alert, and consults with her team about the best course of" " action. They decide that it is necessary to revise the product's |BoM| to " "prevent the issue from occurring in the future, which Julie notes in the " ":guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab of the quality alert." msgstr "" "지영 씨는 알림을 검토한 후 팀과 함께 조치할 수 있는 최선의 방법에 대해 상의합니다. 앞으로 문제가 발생하지 않도록 제품의 |BoM| " "을 수정해야 한다는 결정을 하게 되자, 지영 씨는 품질 알림의 :guilabel:`시정 조치` 탭에 이 내용을 기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1 msgid "A quality alert created about the issue with the coat rack product." msgstr "외투걸이 제품과 관련된 문제에 대한 생성된 품질 경고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, Julie messages product engineer, Joe Kazan in the chatter of the " "quality alert to bring it to his attention. Joe opens the |PLM| app and " "creates a new |ECO|, noting the problem with the coat rack, and suggesting " "that a change to the product's |BoM| may be necessary." msgstr "" "그런 다음 지영 씨는 품질 경고의 메시지창에서 메시지를 전송하여 제품 엔지니어인 길동 씨의 주의를 환기시킵니다. 길동 씨는 |PLM| " "앱을 열고 새 |ECO| 를 생성하여 옷걸이에 문제가 있음을 지적하며 제품 |BoM|을 변경하는 것을 제안합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1 msgid "An ECO created to update the coat rack product's BoM." msgstr "외투걸이 제품의 BOM을 업데이트하기 위해 생성된 ECO입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:224 msgid "" "Joe clicks :guilabel:`Start Revision`, and then the :guilabel:`Revision` " "smart button to open version two of the coat rack's |BoM|. This |BoM| was " "created alongside the |ECO|, and remains archived until it is approved." msgstr "" "Joe는 :guilabel:`변경 시작` 을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 옷걸이에 대한 두 번째 " "|BoM| 버전을 엽니다. 해당 |BoM| 는 |ECO| 와 함께 생성되었으며 승인될 때까지 보관 처리 상태로 유지됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:228 msgid "" "After some testing, Joe discovers that adding a metal *support rod* to the " "coat rack strengthens it, allowing the rack to hold six or more coats " "without falling over. He updates the |BoM| to include the support rod as one" " of the components, and adds an extra operation to make sure it is installed" " during the manufacturing process. Finally, he leaves a message in the " "chatter of the |ECO|, letting his manager, Jose, know that it is ready for " "review." msgstr "" "몇 가지 테스트를 거친 결과, 담당자는 옷걸이에 금속 *지지대* 를 추가하면 옷걸이에 지지력이 강화되어 코트를 여섯 개 이상 걸어도 " "넘어지지 않게 된다는 것을 확인하였습니다. 구성품으로 지지대가 추가되도록 |BoM| 을 업데이트하고, 제조 과정에서 지지대가 설치될 수 " "있도록 별도 작업을 추가합니다. 마지막으로 |ECO| 의 메시지창에 메시지를 남겨서 관리자에게 검토할 준비가 되었음을 알립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1 msgid "The coat rack BoM, updated to add an extra component and operation." msgstr "외투걸이 BOM에서 추가 구성품 및 작업을 추가하도록 업데이트된 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:238 msgid "" "Jose reviews the changes, and confirms they are an effective method for " "addressing the problem with the coat rack. He moves the |ECO| to the " "*Approved* stage, which makes version two of the coat rack |BoM| the current" " version." msgstr "" "준호 씨가 변경 사항을 검토한 결과, 옷걸이 문제를 해결할 수 있는 효과적인 방법임을 확인합니다. |이제 ECO| 를 *승인됨* 단계로 " "옮기고, 이로써 옷걸이 |BoM| 의 두 번째 버전을 현재 버전으로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:242 msgid "" "Now, each time an |MO| is created to produce a coat rack, the updated |BoM| " "is automatically selected. Wood Hut begins producing the improved coat rack," " and customer feedback confirms that the new version has addressed the " "problem with its predecessor." msgstr "" "이제 옷걸이 생산용으로 |MO| 를 생성할 때마다 업데이트된 |BoM| 이 자동으로 선택됩니다. 우드 헛 회사에서는 옷걸이를 개선하여 " "생산하기 시작했으며, 고객 피드백을 통해 새로운 버전을 통해 이전 버전의 문제를 해결했음을 확인했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:246 msgid "" "Using the Odoo platform, Wood Hut has implemented an end-to-end product " "improvement process. Since the essential elements of this process (customer " "feedback, quality control, etc.) are always functioning, it can be reused to" " continuously update products and processes." msgstr "" "우드 헛은 Odoo 플랫폼을 통해 엔드 투 엔드로 제품 개선 프로세스를 구현에 성공했습니다. 이 프로세스의 필수 요소 (고객 피드백, " "품질 관리 등)는 항상 작동하므로 제품과 프로세스를 지속적으로 업데이트하는 데 다시 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:3 msgid "Manufacture with lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, *lot numbers* and *serial numbers* are used to identify and track " "products in Odoo. Serial numbers are used to assign unique numbers to " "individual products, while lot numbers are used to assign a single number to" " multiple units of a specific product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:12 msgid "" "When manufacturing products tracked using lots or serial numbers, Odoo " "requires the lot or serial number to be assigned to each product before " "manufacturing can be completed. This ensures that each product is properly " "tracked from the moment it enters inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:17 msgid "Configure products for tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo tracks the quantity of each product on hand, but does not " "track individual units of a product. Lot or serial number tracking must be " "enabled for each product individually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:22 msgid "" "To track a product using lots or serial numbers, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, then scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & " "Serial Numbers` checkbox. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:26 msgid "" "Next, click on :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and select a product " "to track. Make sure the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked in " "the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. Since lot and serial number " "functionality is enabled, a drop-down menu appears next to the ticked " "checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:30 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` drop-down menu. By default, " ":guilabel:`By Quantity` is selected, which only tracks the quantity on hand." " Select :guilabel:`By Lots` to track the product using lot numbers, or " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` to track the product using serial " "numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:35 msgid "" ":doc:`Lots <../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots>` " ":doc:`Serial numbers " "<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:39 msgid "Lot number manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:41 msgid "" "To manufacture a product tracked with lots, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:45 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Product` field, select a product tracked using lots, and " "enter the desired :guilabel:`Quantity`. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:76 msgid "" "Once the |MO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field appears in" " the top section of the |MO| form. By default, this field is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:51 msgid "" "To populate the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field with a lot number, click" " the :icon:`fa-plus-square-o` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the " "field. Doing so automatically generates a lot, using the next available " "number, and enters it in the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:55 msgid "" "Alternatively, click on the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field and select " "an existing lot number, or manually enter a new lot number and click " ":guilabel:`Create \"#\"` in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst-1 msgid "The \"Lot/Serial Number\" field on an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:61 msgid "" "Either of these methods assign the product(s) in the |MO| a lot number " "before production is finished. It is also possible to complete production " "and close the |MO| by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`, without assigning a " "lot number. Doing so automatically generates and assigns a lot, using the " "next available number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:67 msgid "Serial number manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:69 msgid "" "To manufacture a product tracked with serial numbers, begin by navigating to" " :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:73 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Product` field, select a product tracked using serial " "numbers, and enter the desired :guilabel:`Quantity`. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:79 msgid "" "The rest of the manufacturing process depends on how many units the |MO| " "contains." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:82 msgid "Manufacture single unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:84 msgid "" "If a single unit of the product is being manufactured, clicking " ":guilabel:`Produce All` closes the |MO|, and automatically generates and " "assigns the next available serial number, which appears in the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:88 msgid "" "To assign a serial number without closing the |MO|, enter a number manually " "in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and click :guilabel:`Create " "\"#\"`, or click the :icon:`fa-plus-square-o` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the" " right of the field to auto-fill it with the next available number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:97 msgid "Manufacture multiple units" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:100 msgid "" "When manufacturing a product tracked using serial numbers, an |MO| can be " "created for multiple units. However, when serial numbers are assigned to " "each unit, either at the end of production or before, the |MO| is split into" " multiple |MOs|, each containing one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:104 msgid "" "Each of the split |MOs| is identified by a numerical tag added to the end of" " the original |MO| number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:108 msgid "" "|MO| `WH/MO/00109` contains two units of a `Chair`, a product tracked using " "serial numbers. A serial number is assigned to each unit of the chair. This " "causes the |MO| to be split into two |MOs|, each containing one unit of the " "chair. The |MOs| are titled `WH/MO/00109-001` and `WH/MO/00109-002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:113 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers to each unit of an |MO|, click :guilabel:`Produce " "All` to open the :guilabel:`Batch Production` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:116 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`First Lot/SN` field of the pop-up window is auto-filled with " "the next available serial number. The :guilabel:`Number of SN` field " "defaults to the number of units being manufactured. The values of either " "field can be changed manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:120 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Generate` to generate the specified number of serial " "numbers, beginning with the number entered in the :guilabel:`First Lot/SN` " "field. The serial numbers are displayed in the text box at the bottom of the" " pop-up window, and can be manually changed after generation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:124 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers without completing production, click the " ":guilabel:`Prepare MO` button. Doing so splits the |MO| into individual " "|MOs|, one for each unit in the original |MO|. Each |MO| is left open, and " "can be closed individually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:128 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers and complete production, click the " ":guilabel:`Produce` button. Doing so splits the |MO| into individual |MOs|, " "one for each unit in the original |MO|. All of the |MOs| are closed, since " "production is complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"Batch Production\" pop-up window, from which serial numbers can be " "assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:135 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Prepare MO` or :guilabel:`Produce`, the " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app automatically shows the first of the " "split |MOs| (ex. `WH/MO/00109-001`). To view and access the rest the split " "|MOs|, click the :guilabel:`Backorders` smart button at the top of the " "screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" msgstr "이월 주문 제조" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" " immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " "manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " "for the remaining amount." msgstr "" "경우에 따라 제조 주문의 전체 수량을 즉시 생산하지 못할 수도 있습니다. 이러한 경우 Odoo *제조*는 주문의 일부 수량을 제조할 수 " "있도록 허용하고 남은 수량에 대해 *이월 주문*을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:11 msgid "" "In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " "manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" " tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " "additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" "*제조* 앱에서 이월 주문이 생성되면 원래 제조 주문이 두 개의 개별 주문으로 나뉩니다. 각 주문에 대한 참조 태그는 원래 주문에 사용된" " 태그에서 파생되며, 그 뒤에 하이픈과 이월 주문임을 나타내는 추가 숫자가 붙습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:16 msgid "" "A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " "*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " "manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" " are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" "회사는 *제품 X* 10개를 생산하기 위해 참조 태그 *WH/MO/00175*로 제조 주문을 시작합니다. 제조 주문에 대한 작업을 " "시작하자마자 생산 라인을 운영하는 직원은 재고가 제품 5개를 생산하기에 충분한 부품만 있다는 것을 발견합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:20 msgid "" "Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " "five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " "manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " "*WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" "부품의 추가 재고를 기다리는 대신 5개 유닛을 제조하고 나머지 5개에 대한 이월주문을 생성합니다. 결과적으로 이 작업으로 인해 제조 " "주문이 두 개의 개별 주문으로 나뉘게 됩니다: *WH/MO/00175-001* 및 *WH/MO/00175-002*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:24 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " "immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " "that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." " Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " "*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" "주문 *001*은 이미 제조된 5개 유닛을 포함하며, 즉시 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시됩니다. 반면에 주문 *002*에는 아직 " "제조되지 않은 5개가 포함되며 :guilabel:`진행 중`으로 태그가 지정됩니다. 나머지 구성품이 준비되면 직원은 주문 *002*를 " "다시 방문하여 나머지 유닛의 생산을 완료한 후 주문을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" msgstr "제조 이월 주문 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:32 msgid "" "To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" " to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "제조 주문의 일부에 대한 이월 주문을 생성하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 " "이동합니다. 수량이 2개 이상인 제조 주문을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 새 주문을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:36 msgid "" "If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the order." msgstr "" "새 제조 주문을 시작하는 경우 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품을 선택하고 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 2개 이상의" " 수량을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 주문을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:40 msgid "" "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " "that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " "manufacturing order." msgstr "즉시 생산할 수량의 생산을 완료하면 제조 주문 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 해당 수량을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조주문서의 수량 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:47 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " "initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " "created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" " into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택하면 :guilabel:`초기 수요보다 적게 생산되었습니다` 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 여기에서 " ":guilabel:`이월 주문 생성`을 클릭하여 이월 주문을 생성할 수 있으며, 이 경우 제조 주문이 *WH/MO/XXXXX-001*과 " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*라는 두 가지 주문으로 나뉩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." msgstr "\"초기 수요보다 적게 생산했습니다\" 팝업 창의 이월 주문 생성 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:56 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " "immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " "yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" "주문 *001*은 이미 제조된 품목을 포함하며 즉시 마감됩니다. 반면에 주문 *002*는 아직 제조되지 않은 품목을 포함하는 이월 " "주문으로, 나중에 완료될 수 있도록 열려 있는 상태로 유지됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" " are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " "the order." msgstr "" "남은 유닛을 제조할 수 있게 되면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동한 다음 이월 주문 제조" " 주문을 선택합니다. 미결된 모든 유닛을 즉시 생산해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 주문을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:65 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " "another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " "section." msgstr "남은 수량 중 일부만 즉시 제조되는 경우 이 섹션에 설명된 단계에 따라 나머지 수량에 대해 또 다른 이월 주문을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "Create a backorder in Shop Floor" msgstr "작업 현장에서 이월 주문 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:71 msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "제조주문서에 대한 이월 주문은 *작업 현장* 모듈에서도 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:74 msgid "" "In order to use the *Shop Floor* module, the *Work Orders* setting must be " "enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox, " "and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "*작업 현장* 모듈을 사용하려면 *작업주문서*를 사용하도록 설정해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 -->" " 환경 설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`작업주문서` 확인란에 표시한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:78 msgid "" "To create a backorder from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| for multiple units of a product, for which a backorder needs " "to be created." msgstr "" "*작업 현장* 모듈에서 이월 주문을 생성하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 --> 운영 --> 제조주문서`로 이동합니다. 이월" " 주문을 생성해야 하는 여러 가지 품목 단위에 대해 |MO|를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the " "work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up " "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" "|MO|에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 탭을 선택한 후 처리할 작업지시서 라인에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서 열기 (외부 링크 " "아이콘)` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 결과 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`작업 현장 열기` 버튼을 클릭하여 " "*작업 현장* 모듈을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:138 msgid "" "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to " "the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, " "and isolates the work order's card so that no other cards are shown." msgstr "" "특정 작업지시서를 통해 액세스할 경우 *작업 현장* 모듈에서 작업장 페이지가 열려서 주문서를 처리되도록 설정할 수 있으며 다른 카드가 " "표시되지 않도록 작업지시서 카드가 별도로 관리됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:91 msgid "" "Complete the steps on the work order's card until the :guilabel:`Register " "Production` step is reached, and then click on it to open the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window." msgstr "" "작업지시서 카드의 단계가 :guilabel:`생산 등록` 단계에 도달할 때까지 완료한 다음, 해당 단계를 클릭하여 " ":guilabel:`생산 등록` 팝업창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:95 msgid "" "Do **not** click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the " "step. Doing so automatically registers the full amount of units as having " "been produced." msgstr "" "단계 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`단위 수` 버튼은 **클릭하지 마세요**. 클릭할 경우 전체 단위 수량에 대한 생산이 완료된 " "것으로 자동으로 등록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:98 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window, enter the number of " "units produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Make sure the number " "entered is *less* than the number of units listed to the right of the field." " Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`생산 등록` 팝업 창에서, 생산된 단위 수를 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 입력합니다. 입력한 숫자가 필드 " "오른쪽에 나열된 단위 수보다 *적은* 숫자인지 확인합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Register Production pop-up window in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "작업 현장 모듈에 있는 생산 등록 팝업창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:106 msgid "" "The pop-up window disappears and the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the work " "order's card updates to reflect the number of units produced, as a fraction " "of the number of units for which the |MO| was originally created." msgstr "" "팝업 창이 사라지고 생산 단위 수에 원래의 |MO|에서 생성한 단위 수의 일부가 반영되도록 작업지시서 카드의 :guilabel:`# " "단위` 버튼이 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the bottom-right of the " "work order's card. The work order card begins to fade away. Once it " "disappears completely, a new work order card appears, titled with the " "original |MO|'s reference number with a `-002` tag added to the end of it." msgstr "" "그 다음, 작업지시서 카드의 오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`완료로 표시` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 작업지시서 카드가 서서히 " "사라집니다. 완전히 사라지면 원본 |MO|의 참조 번호가 제목으로 되어 있고 끝에 '-002' 태그가 추가된 새 작업지시서 카드가 " "나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:114 msgid "" "This new reference number represents the backorder |MO|. The original |MO|'s" " reference number now appears with a `-001` tag added to the end of it to " "distinguish it from the backorder |MO|." msgstr "" "이러한 새 참조 번호는 이월 주문 |MO| 를 나타냅니다. 원본 |MO| 의 참조 번호는 이제 이월 주문 |MO| 와 구별하기 위해 끝에" " `-001` 태그가 추가되어 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:117 msgid "" "If the original |MO| has no remaining work orders, it can be closed by " "selecting the :guilabel:`All` filter in the top navigation of the *Shop " "Floor* module, and then clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` at the bottom " "of the |MO|'s card." msgstr "" "원본 |MO| 에 남아있는 작업지시서가 없으면 *작업 현장*모듈 위쪽에 있는 탐색창에서 :guilabel:`전부` 필터를 선택한 다음 " "|MO| 카드 아래쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`생산 종료` 를 클릭하면 주문서를 마감할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:121 msgid "" "If the original |MO| has remaining work orders that must be completed before" " it can be closed, cards for these work orders appear on the *Shop Floor* " "pages for the work centers where they are configured to be carried out. They" " can be processed as normal, and additional backorders can be created from " "their work order cards using the instructions detailed in this section." msgstr "" "원본 |MO| 를 종료하기 전에 반드시 완료해야 하는 작업지시서가 있는 경우에는, 이러한 작업지시서에 대한 카드는 해당 작업이 수행되도록" " 설정된 작업장의 *작업 현장* 페이지에 표시됩니다. 작업지시서는 정상적으로 처리될 수 있으며 이 섹션에 자세히 설명된 지침에 따라 " "작업지시서 카드에서 추가로 이월 주문서를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the current work order for the backorder |MO| is ready to be processed," " this can also be completed as normal, and an additional backorder can be " "created from its work order card by following the instructions detailed in " "this section." msgstr "" "일단 이월 주문과 관련된 |MO|에 대한 현재의 작업지시서를 처리할 준비가 되면 정상적으로 완료할 수도 있으며, 이 섹션에 자세히 설명된" " 지침에 따라 작업지시서 카드에서 추가 이월주문서를 생성할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:130 msgid "" "After the final work order for the backorder |MO| has been completed, the " "|MO| can be closed by clicking the :guilabel:`Close Production` button at " "the bottom of the work order's card." msgstr "" "이월 주문 |MO| 에 대한 최종 작업지시서가 완료되면, 작업지시서 카드 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`생산 종료` 버튼을 클릭하면 " "|MO| 를 종료할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "제조 과정 중 폐기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "" "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" "제조 과정에서 제조 부품이나 완제품을 폐기해야 하는 경우가 발생할 수 있습니다. 이는 부품 또는 제품을 사용할 수 없게 만드는 손상, " "결함 또는 기타 이유로 인해 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " "physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " "Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" "기본적으로 부품 또는 완제품이 폐기되면 실제 재고에서 제거되어 *가상 위치/폐기물*이라는 가상 위치로 재배치됩니다. 가상 위치는 물리적 " "공간을 나타내는 것이 아니라 실제 재고에서 제거된 품목을 추적하는 데 사용되는 Odoo 내의 공간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information, see the documentation about the different types of " ":doc:`locations <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management>`." msgstr "" "자세한 내용은 여러 가지 :doc:`위치 " "<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management>` 유형에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:20 msgid "" "Components can be scrapped from both the *Manufacturing* app and the *Shop " "Floor* module, before the associated manufacturing order (MO) is closed. " "Finished products can only be scrapped from the *Manufacturing* app, and " "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" "관련 제조지시서 (MO)가 마감되기 전에 *제조 관리* 앱과 *작업 현장* 모듈 모두에서 구성품을 폐기할 수 있습니다. 완품목은 *제조 " "관리* 앱에서만 폐기할 수 있으며, 관련 |MO|를 닫은 후에만 폐기가 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 msgid "" "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " "was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" "폐기 주문은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 폐기`로 이동합니다. 표시되는 각 폐기 주문에는 생성 날짜 및 " "시간과 같은 세부 정보와 함께 폐기된 제품 및 수량에 대한 정보가 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" "폐기된 각 항목의 총 수량을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고관리 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`내부` 필터를 제거한 다음 :guilabel:`가상 위치/폐기` 위치를 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:75 msgid "Scrap pop-up window" msgstr "폐기 팝업창" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:39 msgid "" "Scrapping components and finished products is done through the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window. The pop-up window can be accessed from an " "|MO| in the backend, or the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" "구성품 및 완제품을 폐기하려면 :guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창에서 진행합니다. 팝업창은 백엔드에 있는 |MO| 또는 *작업 현장* " "모듈에서 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "Scrap component from Manufacturing" msgstr "생산 시 구성품 폐기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "To scrap a component from an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|. At the top of the |MO|, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` " "button to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" "|MO|에서 구성품을 폐기하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 --> 운영 --> 제조주문서` 로 이동한 다음 |MO|를 " "선택합니다. |MO| 상단에서 :guilabel:`폐기` 버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:50 msgid "Scrap finished product from Manufacturing" msgstr "제조한 완제품 폐기하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "" "To scrap a finished product from an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an open |MO|, and then click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button to " "close it." msgstr "" "|MO|에서 완제품을 폐기하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 --> 운영 --> 제조주문서` 로 이동합니다. 작업 중인 " "|MO|를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`전체 생산` 버튼을 클릭하여 종료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" "To select an |MO| that has already been closed, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and " "then select the desired |MO|." msgstr "" "이미 종료된 |MO| 를 선택하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리--> 운영 --> 제조지시서` 로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`To Do` 필터를 제거한 다음 |MO| 를 선택합니다.." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:60 msgid "" "Once closed, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button at the top of the |MO| to " "open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "Scrap component from Shop Floor" msgstr "작업 현장에서 구성품 폐기하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "" "To scrap a component from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Shop Floor`. Then, either click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three " "vertical dots)` button on an |MO| card, or select a work center from the top" " navigation, and click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on a " "work order card." msgstr "" "*작업 현장* 모듈에서 구성 요소를 폐기하려면 먼저 :guilabel:`작업 현장` 으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 |MO|에서 " ":guilabel:`⋮ (세 개의 수직 점)` 버튼을 클릭하거나 |MO| 카드를 클릭하거나, 상단 탐색창에서 작업장을 선택한 후 " "작업지시서 카드에서 :guilabel:`⋮ (세로 점 3개)` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:71 msgid "" "Either method opens the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window. " "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the window to open the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "" "After opening the scrap pop-up window using one of the methods " ":ref:`detailed above `, select the " "component or finished product being scrapped, from the :guilabel:`Product` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" "폐기 팝업창을 :ref:`위에서 자세히 설명한 방법 ` 중에서 한 " "가지 방법을 사용하여 연 후, :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 폐기할 구성품 또는 완제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:81 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity being scrapped." msgstr ":guilabel:`수량` 필드에 폐기할 수량을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Source Location` field is set to the warehouse's " "pre-production location, while the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` field is set " "to the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. If either the source or" " scrap location should be changed, select a different location from their " "respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" "기본적으로 :guilabel:`출고지` 필드는 창고에서 사전에 생산되는 위치로 설정되어 있는 반면, :guilabel:`폐기 위치` " "필드는 :guilabel:`가상 위치/폐기` 위치로 설정됩니다. 출고지 혹은 폐기 위치를 변경해야 하는 경우에는 해당 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " "다른 위치를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Replenish Scrapped Quantities` checkbox if a picking " "order should be created to replace the scrapped component(s) upon " "confirmation of the scrap order. This option should only be enabled for " "warehouses with :doc:`two-step <../basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>` or " ":doc:`three-step <../basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing " "enabled, since components are not picked as part of the :doc:`one-step " "<../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing process." msgstr "" "폐기 주문을 확인하여 폐기된 구성품을 대체하기 위해 피킹 주문서를 생성해야 하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`폐기 수량 보충` 확인란을 " "활성화합니다. :doc:`1단계 <../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` 제조 공정에서는 부품이 선택되지" " 않기 때문에 이 항목은 :doc:`2단계 <../basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>` 또는 " ":doc:`3단계 <../basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` 제조가 활성화된 창고에서만 사용해야 " "합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "폐기 팝업 창." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to scrap the selected component. After " "one or more scrap orders have been created, a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears at the top of the screen. Click it to view a list of all " "scrap orders for the |MO|." msgstr "" "선택한 구성품을 폐기하려면 :guilabel:`폐기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 폐기주문서가 하나 이상 만들어질 경우에는 화면 상단에 " ":guilabel:`폐기` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 |MO|에 대한 모든 폐기주문서 목록을 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "If a picking order was automatically created to replenish the scrapped " "components, it can be accessed by opening the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "app, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick " "Components` card, and selecting the order." msgstr "" "폐기된 구성품을 보충하기 위해 자동으로 피킹 주문서가 생성된 경우에는 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱을 열고 " ":guilabel:`구성품 피킹` 카드에서 :guilabel:`처리할 숫자` 버튼을 클릭한 후 주문서를 선택하면 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "제조 주문 분할 및 병합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a" " single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, " "it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple " "units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single " "order." msgstr "" "Odoo *제조 관리*에서는 품목의 단일 단위 또는 동일한 품목의 여러 단위에 대한 제조 주문을 생성할 수 있습니다. 경우에 따라 원래 " "여러 단위에 대한 제조 주문을 두 개 이상의 개별 주문으로 분할해야 하는 경우가 발생할 수 있습니다. 반대로 두 개 이상의 주문을 하나의" " 제조 주문으로 병합해야 할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "" "A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple " "units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As " "a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order" " contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" "제조 주문은 하나의 제품 단위 또는 동일한 제품의 여러 단위로 구성될 수 있으며, 모두 동일한 자재명세서 (BoM)를 사용합니다. 따라서" " 제조 주문의 병합은 각 주문이 동일한 제품을 동일한 BoM으로 제조하는 경우에만 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" msgstr "제조 주문 분할" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:19 msgid "" "To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the " ":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears " "with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" "제조 주문을 여러 주문으로 분할하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동한 다음 제조 " "주문을 선택합니다. 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`신규` 버튼 옆에 제조 주문의 참조 번호와 함께 :guilabel:`⚙️ (설정)`" " 버튼이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for " "the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`⚙️ (설정)` 버튼을 클릭하여 제조 주문에 대한 일반 설정에 액세스한 다음 :guilabel:`분할`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문의 설정 및 분할 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up " "window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of " "manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then " "click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new " "manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the " ":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will " "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:'분할' 을 선택하면 :guilabel:'생산 분할' 팝업창이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`분할 수` 필드에 원래 " "주문을 분할할 제조지시서 숫자를 입력한 후, 필드 바깥쪽을 클릭합니다. 아래에 표가 나타나고, 이 표의 각 줄에는 새로운 제조지시서가 " "분할 생성되어 있습니다. :guilabel:`생산할 수량` 열에 각 새 제조지시서에 지정할 단위 수를 입력합니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`분할` 을 클릭하면 제조지시서가 분할됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문에 대한 생산 분할 팝업 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split " "into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` " "field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the " "reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`분할`을 선택하면 원래 제조 주문이 :guilabel:`분할 #` 필드에 표시된 지정된 주문 수로 분할됩니다. 새 " "제조 주문의 참조 번호는 원래 주문의 참조 번호에서 파생되며, 끝에 *-###* 태그가 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "" "Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The " "reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" "제조 주문 *WH/MO/00012*는 세 개의 개별 주문으로 나뉩니다. 새 주문의 참조 번호는 *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002* 및 *WH/MO/00012-003*입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "제조 주문 병합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:54 msgid "" "To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating " "the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" "두 개 이상의 제조 주문을 하나의 주문으로 병합하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 " "이동합니다. 각 주문 이름 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 활성화하여 병합할 제조 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "" "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for" " each." msgstr "각 확인란을 클릭하여 병합할 제조 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "" "Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the " ":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select " ":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "모든 제조 주문을 선택했으면 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`병합`을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." msgstr "제조 주문 페이지의 작업 및 병합 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "" "The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The " "reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential " "number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" "선택한 제조 주문이 하나의 단일 주문으로 병합됩니다. 이 새 제조 주문의 참조 번호는 주문에 아직 할당되지 않은 다음 일련 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "" "The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. " "Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a" " single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by " "the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" "가장 최근에 제조 주문에 사용된 참조 번호는 *WH/MO/00012*입니다. 그 후 두 개의 제조 주문인 *WH/MO/00008* 및 " "*WH/MO/00009*가 단일 주문으로 통합되었습니다. 이 병합의 결과로 새로 생성된 제조 주문의 참조 번호는 " "*WH/MO/00013*입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the " "merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged " "are listed." msgstr "병합으로 인해 생성된 제조 주문의 :guilabel:`원본` 필드에는 병합된 제조 주문의 참조 번호가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "" "Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create " "*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* " "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" "제조 주문 *WH/MO/00009*와 *WH/MO/00010*이 병합되어 *WH/MO/00011*이 생성됩니다. WH/MO/00011*의" " :guilabel:`원본` 필드에는 *WH/MO/00009*와 *WH/MO/00010*가 모두 나열됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "분해 주문서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, it is necessary to dismantle manufactured products into their" " individual components. This may be required if too many units of a product " "were built, or if the components of one product must be reclaimed to use in " "the manufacturing of another." msgstr "" "경우에 따라 제조된 제품을 개별 구성품으로 분해해야 하는 경우도 있습니다. 제품이 너무 많이 제작되었거나 한 제품의 구성 품을 다른 제품" " 제조에 사용하기 위해 회수해야 하는 경우 필요할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, products can be dismantled, and their components " "returned to inventory, using *unbuild orders*. By using unbuild orders to " "accomplish this task, inventory counts for the finished product and its " "components remain accurate, based on the quantity of products dismantled, " "and the quantity of components reclaimed." msgstr "" "Odoo *제조 관리* 에서는 *분해 주문서* 에서 제품을 분해하고 해당 구성품을 재고로 반환할 수 있습니다. 이 작업을 수행하기 위해 " "미제작 주문을 사용하면 분해된 제품 수량과 회수된 구성품 수량을 기준으로 완제품과 해당 구성품의 재고 수가 정확하게 유지됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:17 msgid "Create unbuild order" msgstr "분해 주문서 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "A new unbuild order can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Unbuild Orders`, and " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "새로 분해 주문서를 만들려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 운영 --> 분해 주문서` 로 이동한 후 " ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:22 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new unbuild order by selecting a :guilabel:`Product` " "to unbuild. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field auto-" "populates with the corresponding bill of materials (BoM). If a different " "|BoM| should be used, click on the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and " "select it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "분해할 :guilabel:`품목` 를 선택하여 새로운 분해 주문서를 작성하는 것부터 시작합니다. 그렇게 하면 " ":guilabel:`자재명세서` 필드에 해당 자재명세서 (BOM: Bill of Material)가 자동으로 입력됩니다. 다른 " "|BoM|를 사용하려면 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 필드를 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:27 msgid "" "Alternatively, a specific |BoM| can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` field before selecting a product, which causes the corresponding " "product to auto-populate in the :guilabel:`Product` field." msgstr "" "또는 품목을 선택하기 전에 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 항목에서 특정 |BoM| 을 선택할 수 있습니다. 그러면 해당 품목이 " ":guilabel:`품목` 필드에 자동으로 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Next, specify the :guilabel:`Quantity` of the product that is being unbuilt." msgstr "다음으로, 해체 중인 제품의 :guilabel:`수량` 을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:33 msgid "" "If the product being unbuilt was originally manufactured in a specific " "manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source Location` field, select the location where the " "product being unbuilt is currently stored." msgstr ":guilabel:`출고지` 필드에서 현재 해체 중인 제품에 대한 보관 위치를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:39 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Destination Location` field, select the location where the" " reclaimed components are stored after the unbuild order is completed." msgstr ":guilabel:`대상 위치` 필드에 분해 주문서 작업 완료 후 재생한 구성품을 저장할 위치를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:42 msgid "" "If the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature is enabled in the settings of the " "*Inventory* app, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field appears on the " "unbuild order, which can be used to specify the lot(s) or serial number(s) " "of the product being unbuilt, if any are assigned." msgstr "" "*재고 관리* 앱 설정에서 *로트 및 일련번호* 기능이 활성화되어 있으면 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 필드가 분해 주문서에 " "나타나며, 이를 통해 분해 품목이 배정된 경우 로트 또는 일련번호를 지정하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:46 msgid "" "If the Odoo database has been configured with multiple companies, a " ":guilabel:`Company` field appears on the unbuild order, which can be used to" " specify the company that owns the product being unbuilt." msgstr "" "Odoo 데이터베이스가 다중 회사에 대해 환경설정이 되어 있는 경우 분해 주문서에 :guilabel:`회사` 필드가 표시되며, 분해 중인" " 제품을 소유한 회사를 지정하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:50 msgid "" "Finally, once the product has been unbuilt, click the :guilabel:`Unbuild` " "button at the top of the order to confirm that it has been completed." msgstr "" "마지막으로, 제품 제작이 취소되면 주문서 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`제작 취소` 버튼을 클릭하여 완료되었음을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst-1 msgid "A filled-out unbuild order." msgstr "분해 주문서를 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:58 msgid "" "While it is possible to create unbuild orders for products that have zero " "(or fewer) units on-hand, this is not advised, since it can lead to " "inventory inconsistencies." msgstr "" "보유 수량이 0개 (또는 그 이하)인 제품에 대해서도 분해 주문서를 생성할 수는 있으나, 재고가 불일치하는 상황으로 이어질 수 있으므로 " "권장하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:61 msgid "" "If an unbuild order is created for a product with zero (or fewer) units on-" "hand, a pop-up window appears, warning the user that there is an " "insufficient quantity to unbuild." msgstr "" "보유 중인 수량이 0개 (또는 그 이하)인 제품에 대해 분해 주문서를 생성하면 분해할 수량이 부족하다는 경고가 팝업 창으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "To ignore the warning, and proceed with the unbuild order, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window. To return to the " "unconfirmed unbuild order, click :guilabel:`Discard`, instead." msgstr "" "경고를 무시하고 분해주문서대로 진행하려면 팝업 창 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭합니다. 분해주문서 승인 전으로 " "돌아가려면 대신 :guilabel:`폐기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "The insufficient quantity pop-up that appears after trying to confirm an unbuild order\n" "for a product with zero or fewer units on hand." msgstr "" "보유 수량이 0개 또는 그 이하인 제품에 대해 분해 주문서를 확인하려고 하면\n" "나타나는 수량 부족 팝업 창" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:73 msgid "" "After completing an unbuild order, inventory counts automatically update, " "based on the quantity of products unbuilt, and the quantity of components " "reclaimed." msgstr "분해 주문서 작업을 완료한 후, 분해된 제품의 수량과 회수된 구성품의 수량에 따라 재고 수가 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:77 msgid "" "A `Coat Rack` product is comprised of one `Wooden Pole` component and six " "`Wooden Dowel` components." msgstr "`옷걸이` 제품은 `나무 지지대` 구성품 한 개와 `나무 못` 구성품 여섯 개로 구성되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:80 msgid "" "An unbuild order is created for one unit of the `Coat Rack`. Once the order " "is completed, the on-hand quantity of `Coat Racks` decreases by one, while " "the on-hand quantities of `Wooden Poles` and `Wooden Dowels` increase by one" " and six, respectively." msgstr "" "`외투걸이' 한 건에 대해 분해 주문서가 생성됩니다. 주문이 완료되면 '외투걸이' 보유 수량이 1개 감소하고, '나무 기둥'과 '나무 " "막대' 보유 수량이 각각 1개와 6개가 증가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:85 msgid "Scrap unusable components" msgstr "사용 불가 구성품 폐기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "In some cases, components may be unusable after the unbuilding process is " "completed. To ensure that inventory counts accurately reflect the quantity " "of usable components on-hand, any component that can no longer be used " "should be removed from inventory using a :doc:`scrap order " "<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`." msgstr "" "경우에 따라서는 분해 프로세스가 완료된 후 구성품을 사용하지 못하게 될 수도 있습니다. 보유 중인 구성품 수량이 재고 수량에 정확히 " "반영되게 하려면 더 이상 사용이 불가한 모든 구성품은 " ":doc:`폐기주문서<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`" " 를 통해 재고에서 제거하도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Manufacturing* app, the *master production schedule* (MPS) is " "used to manually plan manufacturing orders (MOs) and purchase orders (POs), " "based on forecasted quantities of products and components." msgstr "" "Odoo의 *제조 관리* 앱에서 *마스터 생산 일정*(MPS)은 제조지시서(MO) 및 구매발주서(PO)를 품목 및 구성품의 예상 수량에 " "따라 수동으로 계획할 때 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" "By considering the impact of confirmed |MOs| and |POs|, along with manually " "adjusted demand forecasts, the |MPS| can be used to manage long-term product" " replenishment. This ensures the continued availability of the necessary " "products and components." msgstr "" "수동으로 수요 예측을 조정함과 동시에, 확정된 |MO| 및 |PO| 의 영향을 고려하여 |MPS| 를 통해 장기적으로 품목 보충을 관리할" " 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 필요한 품목 및 구성품을 지속적으로 확보할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:24 msgid "" "Since the |MPS| allows for manual intervention, it is useful for " "replenishing products where the demand of existing sales orders (SOs) does " "**not** reflect probable future demand." msgstr "" "|MPS| 는 수동 개입을 할 수 있으므로 폼목을 보충할 때 기존 판매주문서(SO)의 수요에 향후의 예상 수요가 **반영되지 않는** " "경우에 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "" "A retail store sells artificial *Christmas trees* during the holiday season." " It is currently September, and the store has less than ten Christmas tree " "|MOs| confirmed for the month of December." msgstr "" "한 소매점에서 연말 시즌에 인조 *크리스마스 트리* 를 판매하고 있습니다. 9월 현재, 매장에서 12월 한 달에 대한 크리스마스 트리 " "|MO| 확정 건수는 10건 미만입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:32 msgid "" "Despite the number of confirmed |MOs|, the procurement manager knows that " "the demand for Christmas trees in December is going to be much higher, once " "the holiday season starts. As a result, they manually enter a greater demand" " in the |MPS|, so they can properly replenish the product in time for the " "increase in customer demand." msgstr "" "|MO| 숫자와 무관하게, 조달 관리자는 12월 연말 시즌이 시작되면 크리스마스 트리에 대한 수요가 훨씬 더 높아질 것이라는 것을 " "인지하고 있습니다. 따라서 고객 수요가 증가함에 따라 제품을 적절히 보충할 수 있도록 |MPS| 에 수요 수치를 늘려서 수동으로 " "입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "" "It is essential to remember that the |MPS| is a **MANUAL** tool. Adding a " "product to the |MPS| does not cause it to be manufactured or purchased " "automatically. The |MPS| simply suggests the amount of the product that " "should be replenished, but requires user input to create the |MOs| or |POs| " "that are used to replenish it." msgstr "" "|MPS| 는 **수동** 으로 사용하는 도구라는 점을 기억해야 합니다. |MPS| 에 제품을 추가한다고 해도 자동으로 제조되거나 구매가" " 진행되지는 않습니다. |MPS| 는 보충해야 할 제품의 수량을 제안할 뿐이며, 보충하는 데 사용할 |MO| 또는 |PO| 를 생성하려면" " 사용자가 입력을 해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:43 msgid "" "For this reason, it is recommended that the |MPS| **NOT** be used alongside " "reordering rules for the same product. Because reordering rules are an " "automated workflow, they conflict with the manual replenishment method of " "|MPS|. Using both, in unison, can lead to inaccurate forecasts and the " "creation of unnecessary replenishment orders." msgstr "" "이러한 이유로 |MPS| 는 동일한 품목을 재주문하는 규칙과는 함께 사용하지 않는 것이 좋습니다. 재주문 규칙은 자동화된 워크플로우이므로" " |MPS| 의 수동 보충 방법과 충돌합니다. 두 가지 방법을 같이 사용하면 정확하게 예측을 할 수 없게 되어 불필요하게 보충 주문이 " "생성될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:49 msgid "Enable and configure |MPS|" msgstr "|MPS| 활성화 및 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:51 msgid "" "To use the |MPS| feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Master Production " "Schedule` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Planning` section. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "|MPS| 기능을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하고 " ":guilabel:`계획` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`마스터 생산 일정` 확인란을 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 을" " 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:55 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Master Production Schedule` feature, two new " "fields appear under it on the :guilabel:`Settings` page: :guilabel:`Time " "Range` and :guilabel:`Number of Columns`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:58 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Time Range` field is used to select the period of time over " "which planning takes place, and offers three options: :guilabel:`Monthly`, " ":guilabel:`Weekly`, and :guilabel:`Daily`. For example, if " ":guilabel:`Monthly` is selected, the |MPS| plans the production requirements" " of products and components on a monthly basis." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`시간 범위` 는 계획을 수행하는 기간을 선택하는 항목이며, 세 가지 :guilabel:`월별`, " ":guilabel:`주별`, :guilabel:`매일` 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, :guilabel:`월별` 을 선택한 " "경우 |MPS| 는 제품 및 구성품의 생산 요구 사항을 월별로 계획하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Number of Columns` field is used to specify the quantity of " "the selected :guilabel:`Time Range` units shown on the |MPS| page. For " "example, if the :guilabel:`Time Range` field is set to :guilabel:`Monthly`, " "and `12` is entered in the :guilabel:`Number of Columns` field, the |MPS| " "shows one column for the next 12 months, starting with the current month." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`열 수` 필드는 |MPS| 페이지에 표시되어 있는 선택된 :guilabel:`시간 범위` 단위의 수량을 지정하는 데 " "사용됩니다. 예를 들어, :guilabel:`시간 범위` 필드를 :guilabel:`월별` 로 설정하고 :guilabel:`열 수` " "필드에 `12`를 입력하면 |MPS| 는 현재 월부터 시작하여 다음 12개월 동안을 하나의 열에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:68 msgid "" "If the values of the :guilabel:`Time Range` or :guilabel:`Number of Columns`" " fields are altered, click :guilabel:`Save` again to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1 msgid "The MPS setting in the Manufacturing app's settings." msgstr "제조 관리 앱 설정 메뉴에 있는 MPS 설정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "|MPS| dashboard" msgstr "|MPS| 현황판" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "To open the |MPS|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Planning --> Master Production Schedule`. The |MPS| view appears as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1 msgid "The Master Production Schedule in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "제조 관리 앱의 마스터 생산 일정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:85 msgid "" "The grey column on the left side of the screen shows a section for every " "product added to the |MPS|, with each product section being broken down into" " smaller rows. The information shown in the rows depends on the filters " "selected in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu at the top of the " "page. The default categories that appear in the rows are:" msgstr "" "화면 왼쪽의 회색 열에는 |MPS| 에 추가된 모든 제품에 대한 섹션을 표시되어 있으며, 각 제품 섹션은 더욱 세부적인 행으로 나뉩니다." " 행에 표시되는 정보는 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택한 필터에 따라 달라집니다. 행에 " "표시되는 기본 카테고리는 다음과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`[Product] by [unit]` :icon:`fa-area-chart`: the forecasted stock " "quantity at the beginning of each time period. :guilabel:`[Product]` and " ":icon:`fa-area-chart` are selectable buttons which open the product's page, " "or the forecast report for the product, respectively." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`[단위]당 [품목] ` :icon:`fa-area-chart`: 기간별 기초 예상 재고 수량입니다. " ":guilabel:`[품목]` 및 :icon:`fa-area-chart` 는 각 해당 품목 페이지 또는 품목에 대한 예상 보고서를 열도록" " 선택할 수 있는 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand`: the demand forecast, which is entered " "manually. This represents an estimate of the demand for the product during " "each time period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:95 msgid "" ":guilabel:`- Indirect Demand Forecast`: while this is a default category, it" " **only** appears for products that are components of other products. It " "represents the demand for the component from existing MOs." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`- 간접 수요 예측`: 기본 카테고리지만, 제품이 다른 제품에 대한 구성품인 경우에 **한해서만** 표시됩니다. 기존" " MO에 있는 구성품에 대한 수요를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "" ":guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment`: the quantity of the product that is " "suggested to be replenished through |MOs| or |POs|. To the right of the " "category title is a :guilabel:`Replenish` button, which is used to manually " "replenish the product, based on the quantity suggested to be replenished." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`+ 보충 제안`: |MO| 또는 |PO| 를 통해 보충하도록 제안되는 제품 수량입니다. 카테고리 제목 오른쪽에는 " ":guilabel:`보충` 버튼이 있으며, 이 버튼으로 보충 제안 수량에 따라 제품을 수동으로 보충할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:0 msgid "The Replenish button on the \"+ Suggested Replenishment\" row." msgstr "\"=+ 보충 제안\" 행에 있는 보충 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:107 msgid "The \"Replenish\" button on the \"+ Suggested Replenishment\" row." msgstr "\"=+ 보충 제안\" 행에 있는 \"보충\" 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`= Forecasted Stock`: the quantity of the product forecasted to be" " in stock at the end of each time period, assuming that suggested " "replenishment numbers are fulfilled." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`= 예상 재고`: 각 기간 말에 남아있을 예상 재고 수량이며, 제안된 수량대로 보충된다는 가정 하의 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:112 msgid "Altogether, these default categories form an equation:" msgstr "이러한 모든 기본 카테고리를 합쳐서 수식을 형성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:114 msgid "" "\\text{Forecasted Demand} + \\text{Suggested Replenishment} = \\text{Forecasted Stock}\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\\text{예상 수요} + \\text{보충 제안} = \\text{예상 재고}\n" "\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:117 msgid "" "In the case of components, the :guilabel:`Indirect Demand Forecast` is taken" " into account as well." msgstr "구성품의 경우 :guilabel:`간접 수요 예측` 역시 고려할 사항이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:119 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand` and :guilabel:`+ Suggested " "Replenishment` fields can be edited for any of the time periods to the right" " of the product column. Doing so changes the equation, and updates the value" " displayed in the :guilabel:`Forecasted Stock` field." msgstr "" "제품 열 오른쪽에 있는 기간 전체에 대해서 :guilabel:`- 예측 수요` 및 :guilabel:`+ 보충 제안` 항목을 편집할 수 " "있습니다. 편집할 경우 수식이 변경되고 :guilabel:`예측 재고` 에 표시되는 값이 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:123 msgid "" "Changing the value in the :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field also " "makes an :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(reset)` button appear to the left of " "the field. Click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(reset)` button next to the" " field to reset its value back to the one calculated by the |MPS|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`+ 보충 제안` 에서 값을 변경하면 왼쪽에 :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(초기화)` 버튼이 " "나타납니다. 옆에 있는 :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(초기화)` 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 값이 |MPS|에서 계산한 " "값으로 초기화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:129 msgid "" "While the |MPS| can be used with only the default categories enabled, it is " "advisable to also enable the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` category. This is " "done by clicking the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` on the " "right side of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and enabling the " ":guilabel:`Actual Demand` option under the :guilabel:`Rows` header." msgstr "" "|MPS| 는 기본 카테고리만 활성화된 상태에서 사용할 수 있지만, :guilabel:`실제 수요` 카테고리도 활성화하는 것이 좋습니다." " 적용하려면 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(아래쪽 " "화살표)`를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`행` 헤더 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`실제 수요` 를 활성화하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:134 msgid "" "With the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` option enabled, the :guilabel:`- " "Forecasted Demand` category changes to the :guilabel:`- Actual / Forecasted " "Demand` category. In addition to the manually entered forecasted demand, " "this category also displays the confirmed demand for the product, which is " "based on confirmed |SOs|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`실제 수요` 옵션을 활성화하면 :guilabel:`- 예측 수요` 카테고리가 :guilabel:`- 실제/예측 수요`" " 카테고리로 변경됩니다. 이 카테고리에는 수동으로 입력한 예측 수요 외에도 제품에 대한 확정 수요를 표시하며, 이는 확인 완료된 " "|SO|를 기준으로 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:139 msgid "" "Each column to the right of the products column lists one unit of the time " "period selected in the *Time Range* field on the *Manufacturing* app " "*Settings* page (ex. months). The number of time period columns corresponds " "to the value entered in the *Number of Columns* field." msgstr "" "제품 열의 오른쪽에 있는 각 열에는 *제조 관리* 앱의 *설정* 페이지에 있는 *기간 범위* 필드에서 선택한 기간의 단위가 표시됩니다 " "(예: 월). 기간 열의 개수는 *열 수* 필드에 입력된 값과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:143 msgid "" "The first time period column represents the current time period. For " "example, if the |MPS| is configured to use months, the first column displays" " data for the current month. On this first column, the :guilabel:`+ " "Suggested Replenishment` field appears in one of five colors:" msgstr "" "첫 번째 기간 열에는 현재 기간이 표시되어 있습니다. 예를 들어 |MPS| 에서 월을 사용하도록 설정한 경우 첫 번째 열에는 현재 월의 " "데이터가 나타납니다. 첫 번째 열에는 :guilabel:`+ 보충 제안` 필드가 5가지 색상 중 하나로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Green`: a replenishment order must be generated to keep stock at " "the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`초록색`: 반드시 보충 주문을 생성해야 재고를 :guilabel:`안전 재고 목표` 로 유지할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gray`: a replenishment order has already been generated to keep " "stock at the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회색`: 보충 주문이 이미 생성되었습니다. 재고를 :guilabel:`안전 재고 목표` 로 유지할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yellow`: a replenishment order has already been generated, but " "the quantity it was created for is not enough to keep stock at the " ":guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Red`: a replenishment order has already been generated, but the " "quantity it was created for puts the amount of stock above the " ":guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:156 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field appears white, if no " "replenishment order has been generated, and it is not necessary to generate " "one at the current moment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:160 msgid "Add a product" msgstr "품목 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:162 msgid "" "To use |MPS| to manage the replenishment of a product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Planning --> Master Production " "Schedule`. At the top of the |MPS| page, click :guilabel:`Add a Product` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window." msgstr "" "|MPS| 를 통해 제품에 대한 보충 관리를 하려면 :menuselection:`제조 앱 --> 계획 --> 마스터 생산 일정` 으로 " "이동합니다. |MPS| 페이지의 맨 위에서 :guilabel:`제품 추가` 를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`제품 추가` 팝업 창을 " "엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:167 msgid "" "Products **must** be properly configured to be replenished through the " "|MPS|." msgstr "품목이 **반드시** 알맞게 설정되어야 |MPS| 를 통해 보충을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:169 msgid "" "In the case of manufactured products, the *Manufacture* route must be " "selected in the *Routes* section of the *Inventory* tab, on the product's " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:172 msgid "" "In the case of products that are purchased, the *Buy* route must be selected" " in the *Routes* section of the *Inventory* tab, on the product's form. " "Additionally, a vendor and the price they sell the product for must also be " "specified on the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" "품목 매입의 경우, 품목 양식의 *재고* 탭의 *경로* 섹션에서 *매입* 경로를 선택해야 합니다. 또한 *매입* 탭에서 공급업체와 품목 " "판매 가격도 지정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:176 msgid "" "On the pop-up window, select the product to add in the :guilabel:`Product` " "drop-down menu. If the product is replenished through manufacturing, select " "the product's |BoM| in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field." msgstr "" "팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴를 통해 추가할 제품을 선택합니다. 제조를 통해 제품이 보충되는 경우 " ":guilabel:`자재명세서` 항목에서 제품의 |BoM| 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:181 msgid "" "Selecting a BoM when adding a product to the |MPS| also adds any components " "listed on the BoM. If it is not necessary to manage the replenishment of " "components through the |MPS|, simply leave the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials`" " field blank." msgstr "" "|MPS| 에 제품을 추가할 때 BoM를 선택하면 BoM에 기재된 모든 구성품도 추가됩니다. |MPS| 를 통해 구성품의 보충을 관리할 " "필요가 없는 경우에는 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 항목을 입력하지 않은 채로 비워두면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:185 msgid "" "If the database is configured with multiple warehouses, a " ":guilabel:`Production Warehouse` field appears on the :guilabel:`Add a " "Product` pop-up window. Use this field to specify which warehouse the " "product is replenished to." msgstr "" "데이터베이스가 다중 창고로 설정되어 있는 경우 :guilabel:`프로덕션 창고` 가 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 팝업 창에 " "나타납니다. 이 항목을 통해 품목을 보충할 창고를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:189 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` field, specify the minimum quantity " "of the product that should be kept available for orders at all times. For " "example, if there should always be 20 units of the product available for " "order fulfillment, enter `20` in the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`안전 재고 목표` 에는, 언제든 주문서에 사용할 수 있도록 유지해야 하는 최소 제품 수량을 지정합니다. 예를 들어, " "주문을 처리하려면 항상 20개의 제품이 사용할 수 있도록 준비해야 할 경우에는:guilabel:`안전 재고 목표` 필드에 `20`을 " "입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:194 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` field, enter the minimum product " "quantity for orders created to replenish the product. For example, if `5` is" " entered in this field, replenishment orders for the product include a " "minimum of five units." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최소 보충량` 에 제품을 보충하기 위해 생성된 주문서의 최소 제품 수량을 입력합니다. 예를 들어, 여기에 `5` 를 " "입력하면 제품에 대한 보충 주문서에는 최소 5개 단위가 기재됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:198 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` field, enter the maximum product " "quantity for orders created to replenish the product. For example, if `100` " "is entered in this field, replenishment orders for the product include a " "maximum of 100 units." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최대 보충량` 에는 제품을 보충하기 위해 생성된 주문에 대한 최대 제품 수량을 입력합니다. 예를 들어, 이 필드에 " "`100` 을 입력하면 제품에 대한 보충 주문에는 최대 100개의 단위가 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:202 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to add the product to the |MPS|. The product" " now appears on the |MPS| page each time it is opened. If a |BoM| was " "selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field of the :guilabel:`Add a " "Product` pop-up window, any components listed on the |BoM| appear on the " "page, as well." msgstr "" "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하여 제품을 |MPS| 에 추가합니다. 이제 제품을 열 때마다 |MPS| 페이지에 나타나게 " "됩니다. :guilabel:`제품 추가` 팝업 창의 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 필드에서 |BoM| 을 선택한 경우 |BoM| 에 " "표시된 모든 구성품도 페이지에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1 msgid "The Add a Product pop-up window in the MPS." msgstr "품목 추가 팝업 창이 MPS에 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:212 msgid "Edit a product" msgstr "품목 수정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:214 msgid "" "After adding a product to the |MPS|, it may be necessary to change the " "replenishment values entered on the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window." " To do so, click the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button to the immediate right of " "the :guilabel:`Replenish` button, on the :guilabel:`+ Suggested " "Replenishment` row, below the product's name." msgstr "" "|MPS| 에 품목을 추가한 후 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 팝업 창에 입력한 보충 값을 변경해야 하는 경우가 있습니다. 변경하려면 " "품목명 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`+ 보충 제안` 행에서 :guilabel:`보충` 버튼 바로 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`#" " ≤…≤ #` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:220 msgid "" "The first and second number displayed on the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button " "correspond to the values entered in the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` and" " :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` fields when adding the product to the " "|MPS|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` 버튼에 표시되어 있는 첫 번째 및 두 번째 숫자는 |MPS| 에 품목을 추가할 때 " ":guilabel:`최소 보충` 및 :guilabel:`최대 보충` 에 입력한 값에 해당합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, if `5` was entered in the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` " "field, and `100` was entered in the :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` field, " "the button appears as :guilabel:`5 ≤…≤ 100`." msgstr "" "예를 들어, :guilabel:`최소 보충 수량` 필드에 `5` 를 입력하고, :guilabel:`최대 보충 수량` 필드에 `100` 을" " 입력해 놓으면, 버튼에 :guilabel:`5 ≤…≤ 100` 이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:228 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button opens the :guilabel:`Edit Production" " Schedule` pop-up window. This pop-up window is the same as the " ":guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window, except that the :guilabel:`Product`" " and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields cannot be edited." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`생산 일정 수정` 팝업 창이 열립니다. 이 팝업 창은 " ":guilabel:`제품 추가` 팝업 창과 동일하지만 :guilabel:`제품` 및 :guilabel:`자재 목록` 은 편집할 수 없다는" " 점에서 차이가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:232 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Edit Production Schedule` pop-up window, enter the desired" " values in the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`, :guilabel:`Minimum to " "Replenish`, and :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` fields. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`생산 일정 수정` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`안전 재고 목표`, :guilabel:`최소 보충량`, " ":guilabel:`최대 보충량` 항목에 값을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:237 msgid "Remove a product" msgstr "품목 제거하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:239 msgid "" "To remove a product from the |MPS|, tick the checkbox to the left of its " "name. Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top " "of the screen, and select :guilabel:`Delete` from the resulting drop-down " "menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up " "window." msgstr "" "|MPS| 에서 제품을 제거하려면 이름 왼쪽에 있는 확인란에 표시합니다. 그런 다음 화면 상단에 있는 :icon:`fa-cog` " ":guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 :guilabel:`삭제` 를 선택합니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`확인` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:244 msgid "" "Deleting a product from the |MPS| removes it, along with all of its data. If" " the product is re-added, its replenishment values must be reconfigured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:248 msgid "|MPS| replenishment" msgstr "|MPS| 재보충" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:250 msgid "Products in the |MPS| can be replenished in one of three ways:" msgstr "|MPS| 에서 다음 세 가지 방법 중 하나로 품목을 보충할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:252 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button at the top of the screen to generate " "replenishment orders for every product below its :guilabel:`Safety Stock " "Target` for the current month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:254 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the right side of the :guilabel:`+" " Suggested Replenishment` row of a specific product, to generate a " "replenishment order for that specific product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`보충` 버튼은 특정 품목의 :guilabel:`+ 제안된 보충` 행 오른쪽에 있으며, 해당 품목에 대한 보충 주문서가" " 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:257 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox to the left of the product name of one or more products. " "Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the " "screen, and select :guilabel:`Replenish` from the resulting drop-down menu. " "Doing so generates a replenishment order for each selected product." msgstr "" "하나 이상의 품목에 대해 품목명 왼쪽에 있는 확인란에 표시합니다. 그런 다음 화면 상단에 있는 :icon:`fa-cog` " ":guilabel:`활동` 버튼을 클릭하고 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되면 :guilabel:`보충` 을 선택합니다. 그러면 각 선택 품목에 " "대한 보충 주문이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:262 msgid "" "The type of replenishment order generated corresponds to the route selected " "on the *Inventory* tab of the product's form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:265 msgid "" "If the *Buy* route is selected, an |RfQ| is generated to replenish the " "product. |RfQs| can be selected by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app. Any |RfQ| generated by the |MPS| lists " ":guilabel:`MPS` in its :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" "*구매* 경로를 선택하면 제품을 보충하기 위해 |RfQ| 가 생성됩니다. |RfQ| 는 :menuselection:`매입` 앱에서 선택할" " 수 있습니다. |MPS| 에서 생성된 모든 |RfQ| :guilabel:`출처 문서` 에 :guilabel:`MPS` 가 표기합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:268 msgid "" "If the *Manufacture* route is selected, an |MO| is generated to replenish " "the product. |MOs| can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Any |MO| generated by the |MPS| lists :guilabel:`MPS` in its " ":guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" "*제조* 경로를 선택하면 제품을 보충하기 위해 |MO| 가 생성됩니다. |MO| 는 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> " "운영 --> 제조지시서` 로 이동하여 선택할 수 있습니다. |MPS| 에서 생성된 모든 |MO| 에는 :guilabel:`원본 문서` 에" " :guilabel:`MPS` 가 기재되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Work center time off" msgstr "작업장 휴무" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " "specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 지정된 위치에서 제조 작업을 실행하기 위해 *작업장*을 활용합니다. 그러나 어떤 이유로든 작업장을 사용할 수 없게 되면 " "다시 운영될 때까지 작업장에 작업 주문이 쌓이기 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:11 msgid "" "As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " "new work orders are routed to alternative work centers that are operational." " Using Odoo's **Time Off** app, it is possible to designate a work center as" " being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures manufacturing " "operations can continue until the impacted work center is available again." msgstr "" "따라서 Odoo에서 작업장을 사용 불가로 표시하여 새로운 작업 주문이 대체 운영 중인 작업장으로 라우팅되도록 해야 합니다. Odoo " "**휴가** 앱을 활용하면 지정된 기간 동안 작업장을 사용할 수 없는 상태로 지정할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 영향을 받는 작업장이 다시" " 열릴 때까지 제조 작업을 계속할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:19 msgid "" "Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " "must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " ":ref:`developer mode `. This allows the *Time Off* smart " "button to appear on each work center's *Working Hours* page." msgstr "" "작업장을 사용 불가로 지정하기 전에 먼저 Odoo 플랫폼을 반드시 올바르게 설정해야 합니다. 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 를 " "활성화합니다. 활성화하면 각 작업장의 *운영 시간* 페이지에 *휴무* 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, install the **Time Off** app. This is the app used for managing time " "off for all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` app, then search `Time Off` " "in the search bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` app should be the " "only one that appears on the page. Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on " "the card to install the app." msgstr "" "설치하려면 :menuselection:`앱` 앱으로 이동한 다음 검색 창에서 `휴가` 를 검색합니다. :guilabel:`휴가` 앱 " "카드만 페이지에 표시됩니다. 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`설치` 버튼을 클릭하여 앱을 설치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:30 msgid "" "The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " "is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made " "unavailable, and a second that receives the work orders that the other " "cannot accept. If no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route " "work orders away from the unavailable work center, and they pile up in its " "queue." msgstr "" "마지막 단계로 작업장을 알맞게 설정합니다. 이 워크플로우 단계에서는 최소한 두 개의 작업장이 있어야 하며, 하나는 사용 불가로 설정한 " "작업장이며 두 번째는 다른 작업장에서 받지 못한 작업 주문을 받을 작업장입니다. 두 번째 작업장이 설정되어 있지 않으면 Odoo는 사용 " "불가 작업장의 작업 주문을 라우팅할 수 없으므로 작업장 대기열에 작업 주문이 쌓이게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> New`." msgstr "" "작업장을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 작업장 --> 새로 만들기` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" "For a full guide to work center creation, refer to the documentation on " ":doc:`work centers <../advanced_configuration/using_work_centers>`." msgstr "" "작업장 생성에 대한 가이드 전문은 :doc:`작업장 <../advanced_configuration/using_work_centers>`" " 에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures operations carried out at one work " "center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" "두 작업장의 :guilabel:`장비` 탭에 동일한 장비가 나타나 있는지 확인합니다. 이렇게 하면 한 작업장에서 수행한 작업을 다른 " "작업장에서도 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:45 msgid "" "On the work center that is made unavailable, select the second work center " "from the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo knows" " to send work orders to the second work center when the first is unavailable" " for any reason." msgstr "" "사용 불가 중인 작업장의 경우, :guilabel:`대체 작업장` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 두 번째 작업장을 선택합니다. 이제 어떤 이유로든 " "Odoo에서 첫 번째 작업장을 사용할 수 없을 때는 두 번째 작업장으로 작업지시서가 전송되어야 한다는 정보가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "대체 작업장으로 구성된 작업장 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "Add time off for a work center" msgstr "작업장에 휴가 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:56 msgid "" "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to a work center." " Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration " "--> Work Centers`, and selecting the affected work center. Click the " ":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal link)` button on the right side " "of the :guilabel:`Working Hours` drop-down menu, to open the working hours " "page for the work center." msgstr "" "환경설정이 완료된 후에는 이제 작업장에 휴가 배정을 할 수 있습니다. 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 " "--> 작업장` 으로 이동하여 배정을 하려는 작업장을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`근무 시간` 드롭다운 메뉴 오른쪽에 있는 " ":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(내부 링크)` 버튼을 클릭하면 작업장의 근무 시간 페이지가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "작업장 양식의 근무 시간 '외부 링크' 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" "The working hours page displays the standard working hours for the work " "center. With developer mode activated, a :icon:`fa-plane` :guilabel:`Time " "Off` smart button appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the " ":guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" "근무 시간 페이지에 작업장의 표준 근무 시간이 표시됩니다. 개발자 모드가 활성화되어 있으면, :icon:`fa-plane` " ":guilabel:`휴무` 스마트 버튼이 페이지 상단에 나타납니다. 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`리소스 휴무` 페이지가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:69 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new time-off entry. On " "the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " "(e.g. broken equipment, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center " "as the :guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and " ":guilabel:`End Date` to specify the period during which the work center is " "unavailable." msgstr "" "이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새 휴무 항목을 설정합니다. 휴무 양식에서 작업장 폐쇄에 대한 " ":guilabel:`사유` (예: 장비 고장, 유지 관리 등)을 지정하고, 해당 작업장을 :guilabel:`리소스` 로 선택한 다음 " ":guilabel:`시작일` 과 :guilabel:`종료일` 을 선택하여 작업장을 사용할 수 없는 기간을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "\"자원 휴가\" 양식." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:79 msgid "Alternative work center planning" msgstr "대체 작업장 계획" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:81 msgid "" "Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " "*Plan* button." msgstr "" "작업장에서 지정된 휴무 기간 중인 경우에는, 해당 작업장으로 받은 작업주문서를 *계획* 버튼을 사용하여 자동으로 다른 작업장으로 라우팅할" " 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:84 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new manufacturing order (MO), by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders " "--> New`. On the |MO| form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" "먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 운영 --> 제조지시서 --> 새로 만들기` 로 이동하여 새로운 제조지시서 " "(MO)를 생성합니다. |MO| 양식에서, 사용 불가인 작업장을 운영 과정에서 사용하게 되는 :guilabel:`품목` 을 지정합니다. " ":guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 |MO| 를 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:89 msgid "" "On the confirmed |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By default, " "the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work Center` " "column. There is also a :guilabel:`Plan` button at the top left of the page." msgstr "" "확정이 완료된 |MO| 에서 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭을 선택합니다. 기본적으로 사용할 수 없는 작업장은 " ":guilabel:`작업장` 열에 지정되어 있습니다. 또한 페이지 왼쪽 상단에는 :guilabel:`계획` 버튼이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:93 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan`, and the work center listed in the :guilabel:`Work " "Center` column of the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab is automatically changed " "to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:100 msgid "" "Before clicking \"Plan\", the work order is scheduled at \"Main Assembly " "Line\"." msgstr "\"계획\" 클릭 전에 작업 주문이 \"기본 조립 라인\" 에서 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:100 msgid "" "Before clicking :guilabel:`Plan`, the work order is scheduled at " ":guilabel:`Main Assembly Line`." msgstr ":guilabel:`계획` 클릭 전에 작업 주문이 :guilabel:`주 조립 라인` 에서 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:106 msgid "" "After clicking \"Plan\", the work order is rescheduled at \"Alternative " "Assembly Line\"." msgstr "\"계획\" 을 클릭하면 작업 주문이 \"대체 조립 라인\" 에서 다시 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:106 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Plan`, the work order is rescheduled at " ":guilabel:`Alternative Assembly Line`." msgstr ":guilabel:`계획` 을 클릭하면 작업 주문이 :guilabel:`대체 조립 라인` 에서 다시 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:109 msgid "" "Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " "recognizes the work center is available again. At this point, clicking the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative work " "center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" "사용 불가 중인 작업장의 휴무 기간이 끝나면 Odoo에서 작업장을 다시 사용할 수 있게 됩니다. 이 시점에서는 :guilabel:`계획`" " 버튼을 클릭해도 첫 번째 작업장의 수용량에 도달하지 않는 한 다른 작업장으로 작업주문서가 라우팅되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" msgstr "제품 수명 주기 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for" " testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept " "development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support " "stages." msgstr "" "Odoo *제품 수명 주기 관리*(*PLM*)는 컨셉 개발, 디자인, 제조, 마케팅, 출시 후 지원 등 다양한 단계에서 제품의 테스트, " "협업 및 반복을 위한 체계적인 방법론을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "" "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." msgstr "승인을 받으면 주요 이해관계자가 시행 전에 변경 사항을 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" msgstr "변경 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10 msgid "ECO type" msgstr "ECO 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12 msgid "" "An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize " "and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type" " separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and " "stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" "*ECO 유형*은 제품 및 자재명세서 (BoM)의 변경 사항을 구성하고 모니터링하기 위한 *설계 변경 주문*(ECO)을 위해 지정됩니다." " 각 |ECO| 유형은 간트 보기 내에서 |ECO|를 별개의 프로젝트로 분류하여 협업자와 이해관계자가 관련 |ECO| 개선 사항**만**" " 보고 지원할 수 있도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "" "For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product " "Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware " "Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in " "the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding " "unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" "예를 들어, 반도체 제조업체는 '신제품 도입', '제품 개선', '부품 변경', '펌웨어 업데이트' 유형의 |ECO|를 사용할 수 " "있습니다. 이렇게 하면 설계자와 엔지니어는 '신제품 도입' 및 '제품 개선' 프로젝트 내에서 |ECO|에 집중할 수 있으므로 관련 없는 " "공급업체 변경이나 펌웨어 업데이트 |ECO|를 피할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" msgstr "ECO 유형 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25 msgid "" "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "" "ECO 유형에 액세스하고 관리하려면 :menuselection:`제품 수명주기 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> ECO 유형`으로 " "이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "" "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO" " Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 ECO 유형을 만듭니다. 새 :guilabel:`ECO 유형` 양식에 다음 정보를 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the" " |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`: 이 *유형*의 모든 |ECO|를 프로젝트에 정리하는 |ECO| 유형의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted " "to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage " "of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`이메일 별칭`: 이 값을 입력하면 이 주소로 전송되는 이메일은 이 |ECO| 유형의 초기 단계에서 자동으로 " "|ECO|를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "" "The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related " "|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field " "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" "`공식 변경` |ECO| 유형은 단일 프로젝트에서 관련 |ECO|를 정리하고 추적하는 데 사용됩니다. :guilabel:`이메일 별칭` " "필드를 설정하면 `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`으로 이메일이 전송될 때 `공식 변경` " "프로젝트에서 자동으로 |ECO|를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." msgstr "ECO 유형의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" msgstr "ECO 유형 편집" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click " "on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" "기존 |ECO| 유형의 이름과 이메일 별칭을 조정하려면 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 설정 --> ECO 유형` 페이지로" " 이동합니다. 목록에서 원하는 |ECO| 유형을 선택하고 필요한 내용을 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "" "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and " ":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "" "각 |ECO| 유형에 대한 양식에서 :guilabel:`이름` 및 :guilabel:`이메일 별칭` 필드를 편집할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" msgstr "단계" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59 msgid "" "Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to " "identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be " "applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" "|ECO| 유형 프로젝트 내에서 *단계*는 변경 사항을 검토하고 적용을 준비하면서 |ECO| 의 진행 상황을 추적하는 마일스톤 역할을 " "합니다. (예: '피드백', '진행 중', '승인됨', '완료')" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that " "changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews " "and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by " "enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on" " a production |BOM|." msgstr "" "또한 각 단계에 필수 승인자를 지정하여 지정된 승인자가 |ECO|를 검토하고 승인할 때까지 생산 |BOM|의 수정이 진행될 수 없도록 할" " 수 있습니다. 이 관행은 제안된 변경 사항을 구현하기 전에 최소 한 번 이상 검토하도록 의무화하여 생산 |BOM|에서 발생하는 오류를 " "방지하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "" "For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which " "is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores " "|ECOs| that have been either cancelled or approved for use as the next " "production |BOM|." msgstr "" "가장 바람직한 결과를 위해서는, 반드시 하나 이상의 *승인* 단계를 두고 있으며 단계에는 필수 승인자가 있어야 합니다. 또한 *마감* " "단계를 하나 두고서 취소되거나 승인된 |ECO| 를 저장하는 생산 |BOM| 으로 사용해야 합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" msgstr "단계 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended " "project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" "단계를 추가하려면 :menuselection:`PLM` 앱으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`PLM 현황` 대시보드에서 원하는 " "프로젝트의 |ECO| 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the " "|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text " "box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the " ":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" "그런 다음 |ECO| 유형에 대한 :guilabel:`설계 변경 주문` 프로젝트 파이프라인에서 :guilabel:`+ 단계` 버튼을 " "클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 단계의 이름을 입력할 수 있는 텍스트 상자가 나타납니다. 입력 후 :guilabel:`추가` 버튼을 " "클릭하여 단계 추가를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "" "A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in" " the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track " "unassigned tasks." msgstr "" "신규 `할당됨` 단계는 할당된 |ECO|를 `신규` 단계에서 할당 대기 중인 |ECO|와 구분합니다. 다른 단계를 추가하면 제품 관리자가" " 할당되지 않은 작업을 추적하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." msgstr "프로젝트에서 ECO 유형에 대한 새 단계를 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" msgstr "확인 단계" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93 msgid "" "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a " "kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 현황`에서 에코 유형을 클릭하면 해당 유형의 |ECO|에 대한 칸반 보기가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "" "To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select" " the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-" "up window." msgstr "" "인증 단계를 설정하려면 원하는 단계 위로 마우스를 가져가서 :guilabel:`⚙️ (기어)` 아이콘을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`수정`을 클릭하여 팝업 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "" "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by " "checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." msgstr "변경 단계 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:'변경 사항 적용 허용' 확인란을 선택하여 확인 단계를 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer," " their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" "다음으로 :guilabel:`결재권자` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭하고 결재권자의 :guilabel:`역할`, " ":guilabel:`사용자` 및 :guilabel:`승인 유형`을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "" "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval " "Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." msgstr "최소 한 명 이상의 승인자가 :guilabel:`승인 유형`: :guilabel:`승인 필요`로 구성되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "" "The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the" " stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save " "& Close`." msgstr "" "지정된 승인자는 팝업 창에서 지정한 단계로 |ECO|가 이동하면 자동으로 알림을 받게 됩니다. 구성을 완료한 후 :guilabel:`저장" " 후 닫기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "" "In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage " "`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and " "selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" "`신제품 도입` |ECO| 유형에서 `승인됨` 검증 단계는 :guilabel:`⚙️ (기어)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 " ":guilabel:`편집`을 선택하면 설정됩니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`편집: 검증됨` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "" "By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by " "this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the" " production |BOM|." msgstr "" "`엔지니어링 관리자`를 승인자로 포함하면 이 사용자가 승인한 |ECO|만 다음 단계로 진행할 수 있으며 변경 사항을 프로덕션 |ECO|에" " 적용하도록 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "" "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure " "proper behavior." msgstr "또한 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용 허용` 옵션을 확인하여 올바른 동작이 이루어지는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." msgstr "\"변경 사항 적용 허용\" 옵션이 선택되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" msgstr "마감 단계" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129 msgid "" "Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up " "window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`편집: [단계]` 팝업창을 열어 종료 단계를 구성합니다. 이렇게 하려면 원하는 단계 위로 마우스를 가져가 오른쪽 " "상단에 표시되는 :guilabel:`⚙️ (기어)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`편집`을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`편집: [단계]` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`칸반 보기 접힘`, :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용 허용` 및 " ":guilabel:`최종 단계`의 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "" "The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" "마감 단계인 `유효`는 :guilabel:`칸반 보기 접힘`, :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용 허용`, :guilabel:`최종 " "단계` 옵션을 체크하여 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." msgstr "종료 단계의 구성을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" msgstr "엔지니어링 변경 주문" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" " change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials " "<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" msgstr "엔지니어링 변경 주문을 생성할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." msgstr ":ref:`ECO 유형에서 직접 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an " "operation." msgstr "작업의 :ref:`태블릿 보기 `에서 연산자가 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias " "`." msgstr ":ref:`ECO 유형의 이메일 별칭 `으로 제출된 피드백에서 자동으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" msgstr "ECO 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26 msgid "" "To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select " "the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. " "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`" " button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" "새 |ECO|를 생성하려면 먼저 *PLM* 앱으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 적절한 |ECO| 유형 카드를 선택하여 변경 진행 상황을 " "추적합니다. :guilabel:`설계 변경 주문` 페이지에서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:'신규' 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types ` to categorize " "and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| " "related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product " "introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance " "fulfillment." msgstr "" "변경 주문을 분류하고 정리하기 위해 새로운 :ref:`ECO 유형 `을 생성하는 방법을 알아보세요. " "이렇게 하면 신제품 출시, 대상 제품군 업데이트, 규정 준수 이행 등 직원들이 자신의 담당 업무와 관련된 만 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" msgstr "|ECO| 양식에서 다음 필드를 적절하게 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." msgstr ":guilabel:`설명`은 개선 사항에 대한 간략한 요약입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the " "|ECOs|." msgstr ":guilabel:`유형`: |ECO|를 구성하기 위한 |ECO| 유형 프로젝트를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`적용` 설정에 따라 |ECO|가 :guilabel:`자재명세서`를 변경할지 아니면 :guilabel:`품목 전용`을 " "변경할지 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`은 개선 중인 제품을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates" " if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If " "multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`BOM`은 변경된 |BOM|을 지정하고 :guilabel:`품목` 필드에 기존 |BOM|이 있는 제품의 경우 자동으로" " 채워집니다. 여러 개의 BOM이 있는 경우 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the" " change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the " "change applies to all companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사` 필드는 여러 회사 데이터베이스에서 사용됩니다. 변경 사항이 특정 회사의 제품에 적용되는지 여부를 지정하거나 " "모든 회사에 적용되는 변경 사항인 경우 비워 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. " "(Optional)" msgstr ":guilabel:`담당자`는 이 |ECO|를 관리하도록 지정된 책임자를 나타냅니다. (선택 사항)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing " ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production " "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유효` 항목을 통해 |ECO| 실행 시기를 지정합니다. :guilabel:`최대한 빨리` 를 선택하면 권한이 있는 " "사용자가 :ref:`변경 사항 ` 을 적용하는 즉시 |ECO|가 프로덕션 |BOM| 에 " "적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" "On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific " "date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the" " |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" "반면에 :guilabel:`일시`를 선택하고 특정 날짜를 지정하면 |BOM|의 버전 기록과 생산에 사용된 특정 날짜 |BOM|을 더 잘 " "추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization." " Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" "우선순위 지정 및 정리를 위해 :guilabel:`태그`는 |ECO|에 할당됩니다. 필드에 이름을 입력하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " ":guilabel:`생성`을 선택하여 새 태그를 만들 수 있습니다. (선택 사항)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." msgstr "|ECO| 양식을 작성한 후 :guilabel:`변경 시작` 버튼을 클릭하면 변경 사항이 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" msgstr ":guilabel:`변경 시작`을 누르면 세 가지 작업이 실행됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of " "the |BOM|." msgstr ":guilabel:`문서` 스마트 버튼이 나타나며 |BOM|의 관련 파일을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version " "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" "프로덕션 |BOM| 사본은 |ECO| 에 새로 표시되는 :guilabel:`수정 버전` 스마트 버튼에 저장됩니다. 사용이 가능한 다음 " "버전 번호(예: `V2`, `V3`, ...)도 같이 지정되어 |BOM| 에 대한 모든 버전을 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right " "corner of the |ECO|." msgstr "|ECO| :guilabel:`유형`의 단계는 |ECO|의 오른쪽 상단에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`개정` 스마트 버튼을 사용하려면 **반드시** :guilabel:`자재명세서` 에 있는 옵션 버튼에서 " ":guilabel:`적용` 필드를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`수정 시작` 버튼을 눌러야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." msgstr "ECO의 오른쪽 상단에 단계와 *변경* 스마트 버튼이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" msgstr "부품 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82 msgid "" "To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo " "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" "|BOM| 구성품을 조정하려면 |ECO| 에서 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 새 |BOM| 버전으로 이동합니다. " "Odoo에서는 눈에 잘 띄는 :guilabel:`아카이브됨` 태그로 테스트 |BOM| 이 표시되어 프로덕션이 아닌 버전의 |BOM| 과 " "현재 버전을 명확하게 구분할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the " "product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" "`[D_0045 스툴]` 제품의 |ECO| 에서 :guilabel:`변경 시작` 버튼을 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 " "버튼을 선택하여 제품 |BOM| 을 수정합니다. 이렇게 하면 보관된 |BOM| 이 열리며, 눈에 잘 띄는 빨간색으로 " ":guilabel:`보관됨` 플래그가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." msgstr "보관된 자재명세서를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the " "components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing " "components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, " "and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" "새 |BOM|의 :guilabel:`부품` 탭에서 부품 목록을 조정할 수 있습니다. 여기에는 기존 구성품의 :guilabel:`수량`을 " "변경하고, :guilabel:`항목 추가` 버튼을 사용하여 새 부품을 추가하고, :guilabel:`🗑️ (휴지통)` 아이콘으로 부품을 " "제거하는 작업이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are " "reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." msgstr "키보드용 |BOM|의 두 번째 버전에서는 부품의 수량이 감소하고 새로운 부품인 `스테빌라이저`가 추가되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." msgstr "*변경* 스마트 버튼을 이용하여 새 BoM으로 이동한 후 구성품을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 msgid "Compare changes" msgstr "변경 사항 비교" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| " "form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the" " current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" "변경을 완료했으면 왼쪽 상단의 이동 경로에서 `ECO00X`를 클릭하여 |ECO|로 돌아갑니다. |ECO| 양식에 새로운 " ":guilabel:`BOM 변경사항` 탭이 표시되며, 이 탭에는 현재 |BOM|과 업데이트된 버전 간의 차이가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not " "in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both " "|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" "파란색 텍스트는 현재 생산 |BOM|에 없는 새 부품이 업데이트된 |BOM|에 추가되었음을 나타냅니다. 검은색 텍스트는 두 |BOM| " "간에 공유되는 변경 사항을 나타내며, 빨간색 텍스트는 업데이트된 |BOM|에서 제거된 부품을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "" "Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** " "affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the " ":ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" "변경 사항 및 테스트는 수정된 |BOM|에 포함되며 :ref:`변경 사항 적용`까지 현재 생산에" " 사용되는 |BOM|에 영향을 미치지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard" " |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." msgstr "현재 키보드와 수정된 키보드의 차이점 요약은 |ECO|의 :guilabel:`BoM 변경 사항` 탭에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." msgstr "*BoM 변경 사항* 탭에서 부품 변경 사항 요약을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" msgstr "작업 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134 msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" "|BOM| 작업을 조정하려면 |ECO| 에 있는 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 보관된 새 |BOM| 변경 버전에 " "액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view " "and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which " "opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" "업데이트된 |BOM| 버전에서는 :guilabel:`작업` 탭으로 이동하여 |BOM| 작업을 검토하고 수정합니다. 변경을 시작하려면 각 " "작업을 클릭하여 해당 :guilabel:`열기: 작업` 팝업 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업` 탭은 기본적으로 *활성화되어 있지 않습니다*. 사용하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> " "설정 --> 환경설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "" "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up" " window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." msgstr ":guilabel:`열기: 작업` 팝업 창에서 필드를 변경한 다음 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and " "remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`항목 추가` 버튼을 사용하여 새 작업을 생성하고 :guilabel:`작업 보관` 버튼으로 원하지 않는 작업을 " "제거합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." msgstr "변경이 완료되면 왼쪽 상단에 있는 사이트 이동 경로를 누르고 'ECO00X'를 클릭하여 |ECO|로 다시 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the " "differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" "|ECO| 양식에 새로운 :guilabel:`작업 변경` 탭이 표시되어 현재 생산 |BOM|과 업데이트된 버전 간의 차이점을 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not " "yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by " "both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised " "|BOM|." msgstr "" "파란색 텍스트는 수정된 |BOM|에 추가된 새 작업 중 생산 |BOM|에 아직 반영되지 않는 작업을 나타냅니다. 검은색 텍스트는 두 " "|BOM| 간에 공유되는 변경 사항을 나타내며, 빨간색 텍스트는 업데이트된 |BOM|에서 제거된 작업을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "" "Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in" " production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" "|ECO| 내의 |BOM|에 대한 변경 사항은 :ref:`변경 사항 적용`까지 현재 생산에 " "사용되는 |BOM|에는 영향을 미치지 **않습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the " "columns in the table, reflect the following information:" msgstr "guilabel:`작업 변경` 탭 내에서 표의 열 아래에 있는 각 세부 정보 행은 다음 정보를 나타냅니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업`: 수정된 작업의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the " "operation includes detailed instructions." msgstr ":guilabel:`단계`: 작업에 자세한 지침이 포함된 경우 표시되는 품질 관리 지점을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "" "To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: " "Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart " "button displayed at the top." msgstr "" "지침을 보려면 |BOM|의 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에서 작업 줄 항목을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`열기: 작업` 팝업 창에서 " "상단에 있는 :guilabel:`지침` 스마트 버튼을 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed " ":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." msgstr "`조립 생산` :guilabel:`작업`에는 완료를 위한 `10`개의 세부 :guilabel:`지침`이 포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "" "*지침* 스마트 버튼을 표시하여 작업에 추가 지침이 포함되어 있는지 \n" "확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further " "instructions in the operation." msgstr ":guilabel:`단계 유형`은 작업의 추가 지침에 대한 품질 관리 유형을 자세히 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the " "revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can " "be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유형`은 수정된 |BOM|이 생산 |BOM|과 어떻게 다른지를 나타내는 컬러 텍스트에 해당합니다. 작업 변경 유형은 " ":guilabel:`추가`, :guilabel:`제거` 또는 :guilabel:`업데이트`가 될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is " "performed." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업 센터`는 작업이 수행되는 작업 센터를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-" "up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`수동 기간 변경`은 :guilabel:`열기`의 :guilabel:`기본 기간` 필드에 대한 변경 사항을 나타냅니다:" " `작업` 팝업 창에서 작업을 완료하는 데 필요한 예상 시간을 정의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the" " revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업 변경` 탭은 현재 생산 |BOM|과 |ECO|의 업데이트된 |BOM|을 비교합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "" "In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the " ":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the " "expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the " ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" "업데이트된 |BOM|에는 :guilabel:`작업장`의 `조립 생산 라인 1`에 새로운 `조립 생산` :guilabel:`작업`이 " "추가됩니다. 예상 작업 시간은 `수동 기간 변경`에 표시된 대로 `20.00`분입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "" "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point " "instructions are added:" msgstr "`조립 생산` 작업을 보완하기 위해 두 개의 품질 관리 포인트 지침이 추가되었습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "" "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to " ":guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" "첫 번째 :guilabel:`단계`는 부품의 :guilabel:`생산 등록`을 나타내는 :guilabel:`단계 유형`인 " "`QCP00039`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "" "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step" " Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "" "두 번째 :guilabel:`단계`는 추가 조립 생산 세부 정보를 제공하는 `지침` :guilabel:`단계 유형`인 " "`QCP00034`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." msgstr "|ECO|에 *작업 변경 사항* 탭을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" msgstr "변경 사항 적용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" "After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage " "`, which are stages that require approval before the " "revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" "변경 사항을 확인한 후, 수정된 변경 사항을 생산 |BOM|에 적용하기 전에 승인이 필요한 단계인 |ECO|를 :ref:`승인 단계 " "`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "" "Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button " "becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved " "to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original " "production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" "승인자가 변경 사항을 승인하면 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용` 버튼이 활성화됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 |ECO|가 자동으로 종료 " "단계로 전환됩니다. 그런 다음 변경사항이 적용되면 원래 생산 |BOM|이 보관되고 수정된 |BOM|이 새 생산 |BOM| 버전이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" msgstr "변경 사항 확인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234 msgid "" "To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" "변경 사항이 적용되었는지 확인하려면 방금 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용` 버튼을 클릭한 |ECO| 에서 :guilabel:`변경` " "스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 변경이 적용된 |BOM| 으로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." msgstr "수정된 |BOM|에서는 빨간색의 큰 :guilabel:`보관됨` 플래그가 제거됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "" "To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the " "product." msgstr "" "변경 사항을 추가로 확인하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 생산 |BOM|을 " "확인하고 품목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" " tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the " "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" "그런 다음 제품 양식에서 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭한 후 목록에서 |BOM| 을 선택합니다. |BOM| 에 있는" " :guilabel:`기타` 탭에서 최신 |ECO| 의 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 버튼에 표시된 버전과 일치하도록 " "guilabel:`버전` 필드가 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "" "After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard " "`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| " "in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number " "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" ":ref:`키보드 ` 에 |ECO| 변경 사항을 적용한 후, 현재 키보드 |ECO| 버전을" " :guilabel:`기타` 탭에서 확인합니다. 여기에서 :guilabel:`버전` 번호가 `2`로 수정된 것을 확인할 수 있으며, 이는" " `ECO`의 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 버튼에 표시된 `V2` 와 일치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." msgstr "기타 탭에서 현재 *BOM* 버전 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 ECO 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while " "performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "운영자는 *제조 관리* 앱에서 제조주문 (MO)을 수행하면서 보다 명확한 작업 지침을 직접 제안할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` " "icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" "이 방법을 사용하여 |ECO|을 생성하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동합니다. " "그런 다음 작업하려는 :abbr:`MO(제조 주문)`을 선택하고 :guilabel:`작업 주문` 탭으로 이동합니다. 거기에서 관련 작업 " "주문의 :guilabel:`📱(휴대폰)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 *태블릿 보기*에서 작업이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In " "Progress` status." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`📱 (휴대폰)` 아이콘은 :guilabel:`확인` 또는 :guilabel:`진행 중` 상태의 :abbr:`MOs " "(제조 주문)`에서**만**사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." msgstr "각 작업에 대한 태블릿 아이콘 (맨 오른쪽에서 두 번째 아이콘)을 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "" "Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three " "horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens " "the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." " Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" "그런 다음 작업의 태블릿 보기에서 :guilabel:`☰(가로줄 3개)` 아이콘을 선택하여 지시 단계를 포함시킵니다. 이 작업은 " ":abbr:`MO (제조주문)`에 대한 옵션의 :guilabel:`메뉴`를 표시합니다. 거기에서 :guilabel:`단계 추가` 버튼을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in " "tablet view." msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 가로줄 3개가 있는 아이콘을 선택하여 *단계 추가* 팝업을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "" "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where " "the proposed changes are submitted." msgstr "버튼을 클릭하면 제안된 변경 사항을 제출할 수 있는 :guilabel:`단계 추가` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the" " :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in " "greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. " "Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제목` 필드에 단계에 대한 간단한 설명을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`지침` 텍스트 필드에 단계에 대한" " 자세한 지침을 입력합니다. 원하는 경우 :guilabel:`문서` 필드에 이미지를 첨부할 수 있습니다. 완료했으면 " ":guilabel:`변경 제안` 버튼을 클릭하여 제출합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "" "To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in " "the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional " "quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" "깨진 구성 요소에 대한 추가 점검을 제안하려면 :guilabel:`단계 추가` 팝업 창에 필요한 정보를 입력합니다. 이렇게 하면 다음 " "섹션에서 검토할 교육용 품질 관리 지점이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control " "point." msgstr "추가 품질 관리 지점을 제안하려면 *단계 추가* 양식을 작성하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "" "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| " "is created with the following information:" msgstr ":guilabel:`단계 추가` 팝업 창에 입력된 정보를 바탕으로 다음 세부 정보가 포함된 |ECO|가 생성됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." msgstr ":guilabel:`설명`은 작업의 이름과 참조를 위한 :abbr:`MO (제조 주문)` 번호를 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." msgstr "|ECO| :guilabel:`유형`은 `BOM 변경`에 자동으로 할당됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are " "automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목` 및 :guilabel:`BOM` 필드는 :abbr:`MO (제조주문)`에 사용된 |BOM|을 기준으로 자동으로" " 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." msgstr ":guilabel:`담당자`는 피드백을 제출한 운영자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" msgstr "ECO 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316 msgid "" "To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X " "Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes " "created from the tablet view." msgstr "" "제안된 변경 사항을 검토하려면 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 현황`으로 이동합니다. `BOM 업데이트` |ECO| 유형 " "카드에서 :guilabel:`X 엔지니어링 변경` 버튼은 태블릿 보기에서 생성된 작업 변경의 수를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban " "view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`" " stage." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`X 엔지니어링 변경` 버튼을 클릭하여 |ECO| 유형의 칸반 보기를 엽니다. 제안을 보려면 `신규` 단계에서 " "|ECO|를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "" "On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the " ":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" "|ECO| 의 :guilabel:`작업 변경` 탭에서 변경 제안 에 대해 요약된 내용을 검토합니다. :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 " "버튼을 클릭하면 변경된 |BOM| 으로 이동한 후 제안된 변경 사항을 자세히 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" "An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step " "from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for" " the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, " "`Keyboard`." msgstr "" "한 작업자가 `키보드` 제품에 대해 `스위치 조립` 작업을 실행하는 동안 `abbr:`MO (제조 주문)` `WH/MO/00010` " "단계를 추가하여 고장난 부품을 추가로 검사할 것을 제안했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "" "Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` " "ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| " "created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" "그런 다음 생성된 |ECO|는 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 현황`에서 `BOM 변경` ECO 유형으로 이동하여 액세스할" " 수 있습니다. 태블릿 보기에서 생성된 |ECO|는 초기에는 기본적으로 `신규` 단계에 배치됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the " "suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further " "clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr "" "제안을 한 작업자에게 :guilabel:`담당자` 필드가 지정되어 |BOM|을 수정하는 직원이 변경을 제안한 개인에게 추가 설명을 요청할" " 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." msgstr "*신규* 단계의 \"BOM 변경\" ECO 유형에서 새로 생성된 ECO를 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select " "the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of " ":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction " "titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the" " line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" "수정된 |BOM|으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에 액세스합니다. 거기에서 :guilabel:`☰(가로줄 3개)` 아이콘을 " "선택하면 작업 :guilabel:`단계` 목록이 표시됩니다. 이 단계 중 `새 단계 제안:`이라는 제목의 최신 지침이 사용자가 제공한 " "제목과 함께 표시됩니다. 이 항목을 클릭하면 제안된 변경 사항을 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." msgstr "BoM의 *작업* 탭에서 \"지침 표시\" 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "" "On the :ref:`quality control point ` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately " "filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" ":ref:`품질 관리점`에 대한 양식에서 다음" " 필드를 정확하게 작성하여 작업자를 위한 자세한 지침을 제공하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new " "instruction." msgstr ":guilabel:`제목`: 새 지침에 대한 간결한 설명을 제공하려면 이 필드의 이름을 바꿉니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this " "instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for " "this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of " "the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제어 기준`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 이 지침이 전체 :guilabel:`품목`에 광범위하게 적용되는지, 이 " ":guilabel:`작업`*에만* 적용되는지, 아니면 제품의 특정 :guilabel:`수량`에 적용되는지 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the " "worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, " "or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유형`: 품질 관리점의 유형을 분류합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`지시`를 선택하여 작업자에게 자세한 " "지침을 제공합니다. 작업자의 의견을 수집하려면 :guilabel:`사진 찍기`, :guilabel:`소모된 재료 등록`, " ":guilabel:`라벨 인쇄` 또는 기타 관련 :ref:`품질 점검 옵션 " "` 등의 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure quality control points `" msgstr ":ref:`품질 관리점 구성`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369 msgid "" "Once the quality control point is configured, return to the " ":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality" " control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "" "품질 관리점이 구성되면 사이트 이동 경로를 사용하여 :guilabel:`단계` 목록으로 돌아갑니다. 그런 다음 마지막 품질 관리 항목을 " "지시 사항 순서에서 원하는 위치로 드래그합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "" "Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking " "and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second " "position." msgstr "" "\"점 6개\" 아이콘을 클릭하고 목록의 아래쪽에서 두 번째 위치로 이동하여 `손상된 스위치 확인` 지침을 드래그하고 순서를 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far " "left." msgstr "맨 왼쪽의 \"점 6개\" 아이콘을 선택하여 지침을 드래그하고 순서를 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" msgstr "버전 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10 msgid "" "Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions " "of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component " "details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of" " the production |BOM|." msgstr "" "Odoo의 *제품 수명 주기 (PLM)*를 활용하여 과거 버전의 자재명세서 (BoM)를 효과적으로 관리하세요. 이 시스템을 사용하면 이전" " 조립 지침, 부품 사양 및 이전 제품 설계 파일을 저장하는 동시에 이러한 과거 세부 정보를 현재 생산 |BOM|에서 제외할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "" "Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use " "*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls " "or customer complaints." msgstr "" "필요에 따라 이전 |BOM| 버전으로 쉽게 되돌릴 수 있습니다. 또한 *PLM*을 활용하면 특정 날짜에 어떤 |BOM| 버전이 유효했는지" " 정확하게 추적하여 리콜을 효율적으로 처리하거나 고객 불만을 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "" "Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for " "organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing " "operations." msgstr "" "모든 |BOM| 버전은 정상적인 제조 운영을 방해하지 않고 체계적인 테스트와 개선을 위해 *설계 변경 주문*(ECO)에 저장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" msgstr ":ref:`엔지니어링 변경 주문 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24 msgid "Current BoM version" msgstr "현재 자재명세서 버전" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26 msgid "" "To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select " "the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the " ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` " "of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" "생산에 사용되는 현재 버전의 |BOM|을 보려면 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 마스터 데이터 --> BOM`으로 이동한 " "다음 목록에서 원하는 |BOM|을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`기타` 탭으로 전환하면 현재 |BOM|의 " ":guilabel:`버전`이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "" "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr ":menuselection:`제조 앱 --> 품목 --> 자재명세서`에서도 |BOM|에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." msgstr "기타 탭에서 현재 버전 BOM을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" msgstr "버전 기록" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42 msgid "" "To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" "모든 과거, 현재 및 향후 버전의 |BOM|을 관리하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 자재명세서`로 " "이동하여 원하는 |BOM|을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "" "From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to " "list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the" " top right corner." msgstr "" "|BOM| 페이지에서 :guilabel:`ECO` 스마트 버튼을 클릭한 다음 오른쪽 상단의 :guilabel:`≣ (가로줄 4개)` " "아이콘을 선택하여 목록 보기로 전환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the " "*PLM* app is installed." msgstr ":guilabel:`ECO` 스마트 버튼은 *PLM* 앱이 설치된 경우 |BOM| **에만** 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." msgstr "BoM에 ECO 스마트 버튼 표시." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "" "In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the " "top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a " "drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" "제품에 대한 |ECO| 목록에서 상단의 검색창으로 이동하여 오른쪽의 :guilabel:`▼ (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 " ":guilabel:`필터`의 드롭다운 메뉴에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "" "Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" "다음으로 필터를 |ECO| :guilabel:`완료` 로 하여 |BOM| 변경 이력, 변경 사항이 적용된 :guilabel:`담당자` " "유저, |BOM| :guilabel:`적용 날짜` 를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files " "associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "각 |ECO|를 클릭하면 |BOM|에 연결된 구성품, 작업 및 디자인 파일의 과거 기록에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." msgstr "제품의 BoM에 대한 ECO 변경 내역을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` " "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유효 날짜` 필드가 비어 있는 경우, |ECO| :guilabel:`유효` 날짜는 :guilabel:`최대한 빨리` " "로 설정되며 |BOM| 변경 내역에 별도로 날짜가 기록되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." msgstr "자재명세서 유효 날짜 목록" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "" "A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the " "chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing" " stage `." msgstr "" "채팅 섹션으로 이동한 다음 |ECO|가 :ref:`마감 단계 `로 이동한 시간을 나타내는 " "타임스탬프 위로 마우스를 가져가면 |BOM|이 언제 라이브가 되었는지 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" msgstr "디자인 파일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design " "material to the |BOM| itself." msgstr "컴퓨터 지원 설계(CAD) 파일, PDF, 이미지 또는 기타 디자인 자료를 |BOM| 자체에 첨부합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of " "Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the " "*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 마스터 데이터 --> 자재명세서`로 이동하여 원하는 |BOM|을 선택합니다." " |BOM|에서 *대화 상자*로 이동하여 :guilabel:`📎 (종이 클립)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "" "The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` " "section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` " "button." msgstr "" "|BOM|과 관련된 파일은 :guilabel:`파일` 섹션에 표시됩니다. 디자인 파일을 더 추가하려면 :guilabel:`파일 첨부` " "버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." msgstr "채팅창에 클립 아이콘을 표시하여 BoM에 파일을 첨부할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" msgstr "ECO에서 설계 파일 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "" "Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and " "applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. " "Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the " "|ECO|." msgstr "" "|ECO| 내에서 파일을 추가, 편집, 삭제할 수 있습니다. |ECO|가 승인되고 적용되면 새 파일은 자동으로 생산 |BOM|에 " "연결됩니다. 보관된 파일은 |BOM|에서 제거되지만 |ECO|에서는 계속 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "" "To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, " "open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` " "smart button." msgstr "" "|ECO| 내에서 설계 파일을 관리하려면 :menuselection:`PLM 앱 --> 변경`으로 이동하여 원하는 |ECO|를 " "선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`문서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`첨부파일` 페이지를 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "" "Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`" " icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, " "or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are " "contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once" " the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" "각 첨부 파일 위로 마우스를 가져가면 :guilabel:`︙(세로 점 3개)` 아이콘이 표시됩니다. 여기에서 파일을 " ":guilabel:`수정`, :guilabel:`제거` 또는 :guilabel:`다운로드`하도록 선택할 수 있습니다. 이러한 파일에 대한" " 모든 수정 사항은 |ECO|에 포함되며 :ref:`변경 사항 적용 ` 후에만 생산 |BOM|에" " 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "" "In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original " "`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the " ":guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" "`60% 키보드 만들기` |ECO|에서 설계 파일은 원본 `100% 키보드` |BOM|에서 상속됩니다. 키보드 PDF를 대체하려면 " ":guilabel:`문서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 시작하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." msgstr "활성 ECO에서 *문서* 스마트 버튼 표시." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard " "manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` " "icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`첨부파일` 페이지에서 `100% 키보드 매뉴얼.pdf` 설계 파일 위로 마우스를 가져가서 " ":guilabel:`︙(세로점 3개)` 아이콘을 선택합니다. 거기에서 :guilabel:`제거` 옵션을 선택하여 파일을 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "" "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`" " button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 같은 :guilabel:`첨부파일` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`업로드` 버튼을 클릭하여 `60% 키보드 매뉴얼`이라는 " "이름의 새 디자인 파일을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" "*문서* 스마트 버튼에서 액세스한 *첨부파일* 페이지를 표시합니다. 보관된 첨부파일 1개와\n" "새로 추가된 첨부파일 1개가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "" "Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed " "in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the" " archival occurred." msgstr "" "보관된 파일은 **영구적으로 삭제**되지 않으며, 보관된 파일은 이전 |ECO|에서 계속 액세스하거나 보관이 발생한 최신 |ECO|에서 " "보관된 파일로 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" msgstr "리베이스 적용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142 msgid "" "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same " "product." msgstr "Odoo는 동일한 제품에 영향을 미치는 동시 |ECO|로 인해 발생할 수 있는 병합 충돌 해결을 간소화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "" "Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| " "are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous" " production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`" " tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" "생산 |BOM|이 이전 버전을 수정하는 다른 |ECO|와 동시에 업데이트될 때 충돌이 발생할 수 있습니다. 새 버전과 이전 버전 사이의 " "이러한 불일치는 :guilabel:`이전 Eco Bom 변경` 탭에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "" "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply " "Rebase` button." msgstr "충돌을 해결하고 |ECO| 변경 사항을 유지하려면 :guilabel:`리베이스 적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "" "Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| " "version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added," " and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has " "become `6`." msgstr "" "현재 |BOM| 버전이 `5`인 경우, `ECO0011`과 `ECO0012`라는 두 개의 |ECO|가 생성됩니다. `ECO0011`에서는" " `스페이스 스태빌라이저`라는 새로운 부품이 추가되어 변경된 내용이 적용됩니다. 따라서 현재 버전의 |BOM|은 `6`으로 전환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." msgstr "ECO에 변경 사항을 적용하여 생산 BOM을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "" "This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the " ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space " "stabilizer`." msgstr "" "이는 `ECO0012`가 예전 |BOM|을 수정하고 있음을 나타냅니다. guilabel:`이전 Eco Bom 변경` 탭에 표시된 것처럼," " |BOM|에는 `스페이스 스태빌라이저`가 포함되어 있지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "" "To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur " "in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the " "previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to " "`ECO0012`." msgstr "" "`ECO0011`의 수정 사항을 유지하면서 `ECO0012`의 변경 사항을 통합하려면 :guilabel:`리베이스 적용` 버튼을 " "선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 `ECO0012`에 이미 적용된 변경 사항이 영향 받지 않고 이전 |ECO| 조정 사항이 통합됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production " "BOM." msgstr "*리베이스 적용* 버튼을 클릭하여 생산 BOM과 일치하도록 BOM을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" msgstr "프로젝트 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Approvals" msgstr "전자결재 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10 msgid "" "Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to " "stages of :ref:`engineering change orders ` (ECOs) under review. " "Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. " "Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and " "premature actions." msgstr "" "현재 검토 중인 :ref:`설계 변경 주문 ` (ECO) 단계에 승인자를 지정하여 이해관계자 및 관리자에게 자동으로 " "알림을 보냅니다. 변경 사항은 지정된 승인자가 승인한 후에만 적용됩니다. 이 승인 프로세스는 팀원의 철저한 검토를 보장하여 오류와 성급한" " 조치를 최소화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" msgstr ":ref:`단계 구성 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19 msgid "Add approver" msgstr "결재권자 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21 msgid "" "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on " "the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" "승인자를 지정하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`PLM 앱`에 액세스한 다음 ECO 유형에 해당하는 프로젝트 카드를 선택하여 " "|ECO|의 간트 보기를 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended " "stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`설계 변경 주문` 페이지에서 원하는 단계 위로 마우스를 가져간 다음 :guilabel:`⚙️(기어)` 아이콘을 " "선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하여 팝업 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "" "Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign" " them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, " "where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is" " updated." msgstr "" "승인자는 어느 단계에나 추가할 수 있지만 |ECO|가 적용되고 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 버전이 업데이트되는 *마감* 단계 " "이전에 오는 *승인* 단계에 지정하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "" "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for " "more information." msgstr "자세한 내용은 :ref:`단계 유형 `에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a " "line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the " "approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering " "Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`편집` 단계 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`승인` 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`항목 추가` 버튼을 클릭합니다. " "그런 다음 :guilabel:`역할` 아래에 승인자의 직위 또는 직책을 입력하고 (예: `엔지니어링 매니저`, `품질관리 팀` 등), " "드롭다운 메뉴에서 적절한 :guilabel:`사용자`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to " "approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or " ":guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" "다음으로 :guilabel:`승인 유형`을 :guilabel:`승인 필요`, :guilabel:`승인, 승인 여부는 선택사항` 또는 " ":guilabel:`댓글만`으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "" "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in " "the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "" "`신제품 도입` ECO 유형의 `승인` 단계에서 \"Mitchell 관리자\"인 `CTO`를 |ECO|에 대한 필수 승인자로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "" "Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply" " changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to " ":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments " "only`, respectively." msgstr "" "품질 및 마케팅 팀의 :guilabel:`승인 유형`이 각각 :guilabel:`승인, 승인 여부는 선택사항`과 " ":guilabel:`댓글만`으로 설정되어 있으므로 |ECO|에 변경 사항을 적용하는 데 품질 및 마케팅 팀의 승인은 필요하지 " "**않습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "" "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" " "stage." msgstr "\"승인\" 단계에서 승인자를 \"승인 필요\"로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" msgstr "승인 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59 msgid "" "Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which " "shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" "승인자는 :menuselection:`PLM 앱`으로 이동하여 자신에게 할당된 미결 작업의 수를 표시하는 ECO 유형의 카드를 확인하고 " "할 일 승인을 쉽게 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" msgstr "ECO 프로젝트 카드의 각 버튼은 다음과 같은 기능을 수행합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress" " |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the " ":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`# 엔지니어링 변경` 버튼은 이 ECO 유형의 진행 중인 |ECO| 개수를 표시합니다. 버튼을 클릭하면 " ":guilabel:`엔지니어링 변경 주문` 페이지의 간트 보기가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must " "accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval " "or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`내 승인`에는 승인자가 수락하거나 거부해야 하는 |ECO|의 수를 나타냅니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 승인 대기 중이거나" " 거부된 |ECO|가 표시됩니다. (빨간색 :guilabel:`차단됨` 상태로 표시)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting " "approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`모든 유효성 검사` 버튼은 승인을 대기 중이거나 승인자가 거부한 |ECO|의 수를 나타냅니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 " "보류 중인 |ECO| 목록이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to " "apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, " "and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`적용 대상` 버튼은 사용자가 변경 사항을 적용해야 하는 |ECO|의 수를 나타냅니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 확인 " "단계에서 승인하고 변경 사항을 적용할 모든 |ECO|가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "" "|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been " "approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form " "view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" "녹색 :guilabel:`완료` 단계로 표시된 |ECO|는 이미 승인된 상태이며, 사용자는 해당 |ECO|를 클릭하여 양식 보기로 들어간" " 다음 :guilabel:`변경사항 적용` 버튼을 클릭하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of " "ECOs." msgstr "승인된 할 일의 수를 표시하고 필터링된 ECO 목록을 여는 버튼을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" msgstr "ECO 승인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86 msgid "" "Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the " "assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" "지정된 승인자로 로그인한 상태에서 확인 단계의 |ECO|로 이동하여 :guilabel:`허가`, :guilabel:`거부` 및 " ":guilabel:`변경사항 적용` 버튼을 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "" "To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes`." msgstr "" "|ECO|를 승인하고 변경 사항을 생산 :abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`에 적용하려면 :guilabel:`허가` 를 클릭한 다음 " ":guilabel:`변경 사항 적용` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs" " the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`변경사항 적용` 버튼은 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 먼저 클릭한 경우에**만** 작동합니다. 클릭한 버튼의 " "이력도 대화 로그에 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required " "to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying" " changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`승인 유형`이 :guilabel:`승인 필요`로 설정되어 있지 않은 경우 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용` " "버튼으로 수정을 적용하기 전에 관련 사용자의 승인이 필요하지 않습니다. 따라서 :guilabel:`변경사항 적용` 버튼을 먼저 클릭하지 " "않아도 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼이 **작동**합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" msgstr "자동화된 작업" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104 msgid "" "When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is " "automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers " "receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the " ":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" "|ECO|가 확인 단계로 이동하면 지정된 승인자가 |ECO|를 검토할 수 있도록 계획된 활동이 자동으로 만들어집니다. 승인자는 활동 받은" " 편지함으로 알림을 받게 되며, 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`🕘(시계)` 아이콘을 통해 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "" "In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` " "notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, " ":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons" " shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" "할 일 작업 목록에서 :guilabel:`ECO (엔지니어링 변경 주문)` 알림에는 :guilabel:`지연`, " ":guilabel:`오늘` 및 :guilabel:`예정`으로 표시된 활동의 수가 보여집니다. 이러한 각 버튼을 클릭하면 각각의 " "|ECO|에 대한 필터링된 간트 보기가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "" "Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " "icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there " "are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" "예약된 활동은 :guilabel:`🕘 (시계)` 아이콘에 숫자로 표시되며, `5`개의 |ECO|가 :guilabel:`오늘` 승인되기를 " "기다리고 있습니다. 현재 :guilabel:`지연` 또는 :guilabel:`예정`으로 표시된 |ECO|는 `0`개 입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." msgstr "사용자에 대한 예약된 승인 알림을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "" "By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO " "Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon" " to view additional information, including the approval's " ":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the " "due date." msgstr "" "보류 중인 |ECO|를 클릭하면 :guilabel:`ECO 승인`에 대한 *계획된 활동*이 생성되며, 이는 채팅창에 문서화됩니다. " ":guilabel:`i (정보)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 결재의 :guilabel:`생성` 날짜, :guilabel:`지정된` 승인자, 마감일" " 등의 추가 세부 정보에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." msgstr "예정된 ECO 승인에 대한 추가 세부 정보를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" msgstr "후속 조치 작업" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132 msgid "" "When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for " "required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with " "deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" "|ECO|가 거부된 경우, 프로젝트 구성원에게 필요한 수정 작업을 할당하여 |ECO| 승인 전에 수정해야 합니다. 마감일이 있는 작업을 " "만들려면 거부된 |ECO| 양식으로 이동한 다음 채팅으로 진행하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned " "Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up " "window for creating tasks." msgstr "" "채팅의 :guilabel:`활동 계획` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`완료 표시` 버튼을 선택하여 활동을 닫고 작업을 만들기 위한 팝업 " "창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "" "*완료 표시* 창을 표시하여 *완료 및 다음 일정 예약*, *완료* 및 *폐기* 버튼과 같은 옵션을 표시하여\n" "계획된 활동을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` " "to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the " ":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for " "completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` " "field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`완료 표시` 창에서 :guilabel:`완료 후 다음 예약` 을 클릭하면 새 :guilabel:`활동 예약` 창이 " "열립니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`배정 대상` 인 팀원을 선택한 후 변경 사항이 완료될 :guilabel:`마감일` 을 " "설정합니다. :guilabel:`요약` 필드와 텍스트 상자에 작업 세부 정보를 입력합니다. :guilabel:`예약` 버튼을 클릭하여 " "창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "" "After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. " "Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and " "returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` " "task is created for the approver." msgstr "" "창을 닫은 후, |ECO| 양식에서 |ECO|를 한 단계 뒤로 이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 팀원이 변경을 완료하고 |ECO|를 확인 단계로 " "되돌리면 승인자에 대한 새 :guilabel:`ECO 승인` 작업이 자동으로 만들어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "" "The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the " "|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver " "to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button " "creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" "승인자는 |ECO|의 :guilabel:`담당자`인 `Laurie Poiret`에 대한 활동을 생성하여 승인자가 |ECO|를 " "`guilabel:`수락`하는 데 필요한 변경 사항을 자세히 설명합니다. :guilabel:`예약` 버튼을 클릭하면 마감일이 " "`08/15/2023`인 Laurie에 대한 계획된 활동이 만들어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." msgstr "거부된 ECO에 대한 후속 변경을 위해 예약된 활동을 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "매입" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" "**Odoo 매입** 앱을 활용하여 구매 계약서, 견적서, 발주서를 관리할 수 있습니다. 구매 입찰에 대한 모니터링이나 보충 자동화, " "그리고 주문에 대한 후속조치 방법까지 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 구매 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "고급" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Analysis report" msgstr "매입 분석 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:8 msgid "" "The *Purchase Analysis* report provides statistics about products purchased " "using Odoo's **Purchase** app. This data is useful for gaining a deeper " "understanding of key metrics related to purchase orders (POs), including the" " quantity of products ordered and received, the amount of time it takes to " "receive purchased products, and more." msgstr "" "*매입 분석* 보고서에서는 Odoo의 **매입** 앱을 통해 구매한 품목에 대한 통계를 확인할 수 있습니다. 이 데이터를 통하여 주문 및" " 입고 품목 수량, 구매 품목에 대한 입고 소요 시간과 같이 매입발주서 (PO)과 관련된 주요 지표에 더한 깊이있게 이해할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" "To open the Purchase Analysis report, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Reporting --> Purchase`." msgstr "매입 분석 보고서를 열려면 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 보고 --> 매입` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is one of many reports available " "across the Odoo app suite. This documentation only covers the measures " "specific to the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report, along with a few use " "case examples." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`매입 분석` 보고서는 Odoo 앱 제품군에서 사용할 수 있는 여러 가지 보고서 중 하나입니다. 이 문서에서는 " ":guilabel:`매입 분석` 보고서와 연관된 측정값과 몇 가지 사용 사례만 다룹니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 msgid "" "*Measures* refer to the various datasets that can be displayed on the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report, with each dataset representing a key " "statistic about |POs| or products. To choose a measure, click the " ":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button, and select one of the " "options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" "*측정값* 은 :guilabel:`매입 분석` 보고서를 통해 나타낼 수 있는 다양한 데이터 세트를 의미하며, 각 데이터 세트를 통해 " "|PO| 또는 품목에 대한 주요 통계를 확인할 수 있습니다. 측정값을 선택하려면 :guilabel:`측정값` :icon:`fa-" "caret-down` 버튼을 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 해당하는 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`# of Lines`: The number of |PO| order lines, across all |POs|." msgstr ":guilabel:`라인 수`: 전체 |PO| 에 있는 |PO| 주문 라인의 수입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: The average cost of |POs|." msgstr ":guilabel:`평균 비용`: |PO| 의 평균 비용입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to Confirm`: The number of days it takes to confirm a |PO|." msgstr ":guilabel:`확정 대기 기간`: |PO| 확정까지 소요되는 기간(일수)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to Receive`: The number of days it takes to receive the " "products in a |PO|." msgstr ":guilabel:`입고 리드타임`: |PO| 에 있는 품목을 입고하는 데 걸리는 일수입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Gross Weight`: The total weight of purchased products." msgstr ":guilabel:`총 중량`: 구매 품목의 총 중량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Billed`: The quantity of a product (or products) for which " "the vendor has already been billed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Ordered`: The quantity of a product (or products) ordered." msgstr ":guilabel:`주문 수량`: 주문한 품목(또는 대량 품목)의 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Received`: The quantity of an ordered product (or products) " "received." msgstr ":guilabel:`입고 수량`: 주문한 품목(또는 대량 품목)의 입고 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: The quantity of an ordered product (or " "products) for which the vendor has yet to be billed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: The total amount spent, including tax." msgstr ":guilabel:`총액`: 세금을 포함한 총 지출 금액입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: The total amount spent, excluding tax. This " "measure is selected by default." msgstr ":guilabel:`비과세 총액`: 세금을 제외한 총 지출 금액입니다. 이 측정값은 기본적으로 선택되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Volume`: The total volume of ordered products, for products which" " are measured by volume." msgstr ":guilabel:`부피`: 주문 품목의 총 부피로, 부피로 측정되는 품목에 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: The total count of |POs|." msgstr ":guilabel:`개수`: |PO| 의 총 개수입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Use case: determine days to receive products from each vendor" msgstr "사용 사례: 각 공급업체에서 품목이 입고될 리드타임 지정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" "One possible use case for the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is " "determining how long each vendor takes to deliver purchased items. This " "allows companies to make better informed decisions about which vendors they " "want to purchase from." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`매입 분석` 보고서는 공급업체별로 매입 품목을 배송하는 데 소요되는 시간을 확인하는 경우에도 활용할 수 있습니다. " "이를 통해 회사에서는 물품을 매입하려는 공급업체에 대해 정보에 입각하여 더 나은 의사결정을 할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 msgid "" "A local bike shop, *Bike Haus*, sells high-quality unicycles, bicycles, " "tricycles, and all the accessories needed to ride and maintain them. They " "purchase their inventory from a few different vendors, and then sell those " "products on to customers through their storefront." msgstr "" "지역 자전거 매장인 *매장 A* 는 고품질의 외발자전거, 자전거, 세발자전거 및 자전거 탑승과 유지관리에 필요한 모든 액세서리를 판매하고" " 있습니다. 다양한 공급업체에서 재고를 구매한 후 매장을 통해 고객에게 자전거를 판매합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:70 msgid "" "Recently, Bike Haus has decided to have their purchasing manager, David, " "look into how long it has taken each of their vendors to deliver the items " "they've purchased during the current year, 2024." msgstr "" "최근 자전거 관련 업체 2에서는 구매 관리자인 지훈씨에게 2024년 올 한 해 동안 공급업체에서 매입한 품목에 대한 배송 소요 기간을 " "조사하도록 했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "David starts by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting -->" " Purchase`, and selecting the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` (bar chart) graph type at" " the top of the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:77 msgid "" "Next, he clicks the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(toggle)` button on the" " right of the search bar to open its drop-down menu. In the " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` filter section, he makes sure that **only** " "the :guilabel:`2024` filter is enabled. Then, he selects the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` option in the :guilabel:`Group By` section, before " "clicking away from the drop-down menu to close it." msgstr "" "다음으로, 검색 표시줄 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(토글)` 버튼을 클릭하여 드롭다운 " "메뉴를 엽니다. :guilabel:`확인 날짜` 필터 섹션에서 :guilabel:`2024` 필터 **하나만** 활성화되어 있는지 " "확인합니다. 그런 다음, :guilabel:`그룹화 기준` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`공급업체` 를 선택한 후 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여" " 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:83 msgid "" "Finally, David clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` " "drop-down menu, and selects the :guilabel:`Days to Receive` option." msgstr "" "마지막으로, David는 :guilabel:`측정값` :icon:`fa-caret-down` 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 " ":guilabel:`입고 리드타임` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:86 msgid "" "With all of these options enabled, the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report " "shows a bar chart, with one bar for each vendor, representing the average " "number of days it takes to receive products purchased from the vendor." msgstr "" "해당하는 항목을 모두 활성화하면 :guilabel:`매입 분석` 보고서에 막대 그래프가 표시됩니다. 공급업체별로 막대가 표시되고 " "공급업체에서 매입한 품목이 입고되는데 걸리는 평균 날짜 수가 나타나 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:90 msgid "" "Using this data, David can see that it takes Bike Friends over 4.5 days, on " "average, to deliver purchased products. This is more than four times the " "amount of time it takes any other vendor." msgstr "" "이 데이터를 통해 지훈 씨는 자전거 관련 업체 2에서 매입한 품목을 배송하는 데 평균 4.5일이 걸린다는 것을 알 수 있습니다. 다른 " "공급업체보다 4배 이상의 기간이 소요되는 셈입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:93 msgid "" "Based on these findings, David makes the decision to reduce the quantity of " "products purchased from Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:0 msgid "" "The Purchase report, showing the average days to receive products from " "vendors." msgstr "구매 보고서에서는 공급업체에서 품목이 입고되는 리드타임을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:101 msgid "Use case: compare vendor POs for two time periods" msgstr "사용 사례: 두 기간 동안의 공급업체 PO 비교" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:103 msgid "" "Another use for the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is to compare key " "statistics about |POs| for two different time periods, for a specific " "vendor. By doing so, it is easy to understand how purchases from the vendor " "have increased or decreased." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`매입 분석` 보고서는 다른 작업에도 활용할 수 있으며, 특정한 공급업체에 두 기간 동안 발행된 |PO| 에 대한 주요" " 수치를 비교합니다. 그렇게 하면 공급업체에서 매입한 수량의 증감에 대해 쉽게 파악할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "" "Following the :ref:`previous example `, " "it has been one month since Bike Haus decided to reduce the quantity of " "products purchased from Bike Friends, one of their retailers. Bike Haus' " "purchasing manager, David, wants to understand the impact this decision has " "had on the amount of money they have spent on Bike Friends products." msgstr "" ":ref:`이전 예시 ` 에 이어서, 매장 A에서는 소매업체 중 하나인 " "자전거 관련 업체 2에서 구매하는 품목 수량을 줄이기로 결정한 지 한 달이 지났습니다. 매장 A의 구매 관리자인 지훈 씨는 이와 같은 " "결정을 통해 업체2 제품에 지출한 금액에 미친 영향이 있는지 여부를 파악하고자 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:113 msgid "" "David starts by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting -->" " Purchase`. Then, he selects the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot " "table)` option at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:116 msgid "" "In the search bar, he types `Bike Friends`, and clicks :guilabel:`Enter`, so" " the report only shows data for purchases from Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, David clicks the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(toggle)` button on " "the right of the search bar to open its drop-down menu. In the " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` field, he leaves the :guilabel:`June` and " ":guilabel:`2024` filters enabled. He also selects :guilabel:`Confirmation " "Date: Previous Period` in the :guilabel:`Comparison` section, before " "clicking away from the drop-down menu to close it." msgstr "" "이제 지훈 씨는 검색 창 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(토글)` 버튼을 클릭하여 드롭다운 " "메뉴를 엽니다. :guilabel:`확정일` 필드에서 :guilabel:`6월` 및 :guilabel:`2024` 필터를 활성화 상태로 " "설정합니다. 또한 :guilabel:`비교` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`확정일: 이전 기간` 을 선택한 다음 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 " "닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:125 msgid "" "Next, David clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-" "down menu. He leaves the :guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` " "datasets enabled, and disables the :guilabel:`Order` and :guilabel:`Count` " "datasets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:129 msgid "" "Finally, David clicks the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`Total` button" " above the rows on the pivot table, and selects the :guilabel:`Product` " "option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:132 msgid "" "With all of these options configured, the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " "report shows a pivot table comparing purchase data for the current month, " "June, with the previous month, May." msgstr "" "해당하는 옵션이 모두 설정되면 :guilabel:`매입 분석` 보고서에서 피벗 테이블로 구매 데이터를 비교하여 보여주며, 비교 대상은 " "현재 월인 6월과 이전 월인 5월입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:135 msgid "" "The pivot table is broken down into two main columns: one for the untaxed " "total spent, and one for the taxed total spent. These columns are further " "broken down into three smaller columns: the amount spent in May, the amount " "spent in June, and the variation between the two months, represented as a " "percentage." msgstr "" "피벗 테이블은 두 개의 기본 열로 이루어져 있습니다. 하나는 비과세 총 지출액이고 다른 하나는 과세 총 지출액입니다. 이 열은 다시 5월" " 지출액, 6월 지출액 및 두 달 간의 변동 금액을 백분율로 표시하는 세 개의 하위 열로 세분화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:140 msgid "" "On the left side of the pivot table, one row is shown for each product " "purchased from Bike Friends during June. Using this report, David is able to" " see that Bike Haus has spent much less money on products purchased from " "Bike Friends, compared to the previous month." msgstr "" "피벗 테이블의 왼쪽에는 6월에 자전거 관련 업체 2에서 구매했던 품목이 하나씩 행으로 표시됩니다. 이 보고서를 통해 지훈 씨는 매장 " "A에서 자전거 관련 업체 2에서 구매한 품목에 지출한 비용이 지난 달에 비해 훨씬 낮아졌다는 것을 알 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:0 msgid "The Purchase report, comparing the amount spent at a vendor." msgstr "구매 보고서로, 공급업체에 지출한 금액을 비교합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 msgid "Procurement expenses report" msgstr "조달 경비 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 msgid "" "With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over" " time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify " "cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." msgstr "" "*매입* 애플리케이션을 통해, 시간 경과에 따른 조달 비용을 모니터링할 수 있습니다. 이 보고서를 활용하여 기업은 지출에 대해 추적 및 " "분석을 하고, 비용 절감할 기회를 파악할 수 있으며, 효율적인 예산 관리를 할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 msgid "Create procurement expenses report" msgstr "조달 경비 보고서 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 msgid "" "By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for " "Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." msgstr "" "기본적으로 현황판에는 선 그래프 미리보기로 이번 달 :guilabel:`확인 날짜` 가 나와 있는 " ":guilabel:`구매발주서`(PO)상의 :guilabel:`비과세 합계` 또는 견적요청서 (RFQ)의 *초안*, *전송 완료* 또는 " "*취소됨* 상태가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 msgid "Add filters and groups" msgstr "필터 및 그룹 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 msgid "" "On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon " "to switch to pivot view." msgstr "" "오른쪽 상단에 있는 :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(피벗)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 피벗 보기로 전환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 msgid "" "While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a " ":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, " "the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the " "recommended starting point." msgstr "" "|per|는 :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(막대 그래프)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " ":guilabel :`(선 그래프)` 또는 :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(원 그래프)` 로도 :ref:`보기" " ` 가 가능하나, 데이터를 가장 자세하게 검토할 수 있는 피벗 보기를 시작점으로 가장 " "권장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 msgid "" "Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click " "the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " "columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 msgid "" "Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and " "|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` " "column." msgstr "" "달리 지정되지 않은 한, 보고서에는 |RFQ| 및 |PO| 의 데이터가 모두 나타나 있습니다. 변경하려면 :guilabel:`필터` " "열에서 :guilabel:`견적요청서` 또는 :guilabel:`구매발주서` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for " "comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " "|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`필터` 열에서 비교할 기간을 선택합니다. 보고서는 :guilabel:`주문일` 또는 :guilabel:`확인일` 을 " "기준으로 필터를 적용할 수 있습니다. 목록에서 하나를 선택하고 |캐럿|을 클릭하여 월, 분기 또는 연도별로 날짜 범위를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 msgid "" "Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " "Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the " ":guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 msgid "" "The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, " "depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting " ":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a " "more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an " "entire category." msgstr "" "개별적으로 회사에서 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 제목 아래에 있는 선택 항목을 변경할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 " ":guilabel:`품목 카데고리` 대신 :guilabel:`품목` 을 선택하면 전체 카테고리 대신 특정 항목에 대한 결과를 더 자세히 " "살펴볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 msgid "" "Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that " "appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected " "under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " ":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " "as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " "time period from the previous year." msgstr "" "다음으로, :guilabel:`비교` 제목이 표시되면 그 아래에서 선택합니다. 이와 같은 항목은 :guilabel:`필터` 열에서 날짜 " "범위를 선택한 후에만 사용할 수 있으며 해당 범위에 따라 달라집니다. :guilabel:`이전 기간` 은 지난 달이나 분기와 같이 이전 " "기간과 추가로 비교하며 :guilabel:`이전 연도` 는 전년도 대비 동일 기간과 비교합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 msgid "" "While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison " "can be selected at a time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 msgid "" "The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" "report." msgstr "" "조달 비용 보고서에 있는 필터, 그룹화 기준 및 비교 옵션의 드롭다운\n" "메뉴입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 msgid "" "The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for " "**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 msgid "Add measures" msgstr "측정값 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 msgid "" "After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and " ":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`필터`, :guilabel:`그룹화 기준` 및 :guilabel:`비교` 설정을 선택한 후, 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 msgid "" "By default, the report displays data with the following measures: " ":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " ":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " "drop-down list of available measures." msgstr "" "기본적으로 보고서에 표시되는 데이터에는 :guilabel:`주문`, :guilabel:`총계`, :guilabel:`비과세 총계`, " ":guilabel:`개수` 와 같은 측정값이 함께 표시됩니다. 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`측정값` 을 클릭하면 사용할 수 있는" " 측정값이 드롭다운 목록으로 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 msgid "" "Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the " "procurement expenses report:" msgstr "다음의 지정된 측정값을 클릭하면 매입 비용 보고서에 추가로 열을 삽입할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both " "measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." msgstr ":guilabel:`평균 비용`: 비용 효율성을 평가할 때 고려합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess " "supplier performance." msgstr ":guilabel:`확정 대기 기간` 및 :guilabel:`입고 리드타임`: 공급업체 실적을 평가할 때 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand " "order efficiency." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 수량` 및 :guilabel:`입고 수량`: 효율적으로 주문이 이루어지고 있는지 파악하는 데 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order" " accuracy." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`청구된 수량` 및 :guilabel:`청구할 수량`: 주문이 정확하게 이루어지는지 추적하는 데 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 msgid "" "Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide " "additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and " ":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management " "analysis." msgstr "" "필요한 경우에는 추가로 측정 항목을 보고서에 삽입하여 더욱 자세히 살펴볼 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, :guilabel:`총 중량` 및 " ":guilabel:`부피` 를 추가하여 물류 및 관리 분석까지 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 msgid "" "After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." msgstr "필요한 측정값을 모두 선택한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 msgid "View results" msgstr "결과 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 msgid "" "After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report " "generates in the selected view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1 msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." msgstr "조달비 보고서의 샘플 버전입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " "editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the " "*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." msgstr ":guilabel:`스프레드시트에 삽입` 옵션은 **문서 스프레드시트* 모듈이 **설치된 경우에만** 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 msgid "" "The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` " ":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the " "corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-" "chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line " "chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" "|per|는 그래프 보기에서도 볼 수 있습니다. 그래프 보기로 변경하려면 :icon:`fa-area-chart` " ":guilabel:`(영역 그래프)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 보고서 상단에 있는 해당 아이콘을 클릭하면 :icon:`fa-bar-" "chart` :guilabel:`(막대 그래프)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(선 그래프)` 또는 " ":icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(원 그래프)` 로 전환할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." msgstr "이 보고서를 *즐겨찾기* 에 저장하려면 :ref:`검색/즐겨찾기` 를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 msgid "Vendor costs report" msgstr "공급업체 원가 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 msgid "" "With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor " "costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, " "and track seasonal changes." msgstr "" "*매입* 애플리케이션을 사용하면 시간 경과에 따른 공급업체 비용의 변동을 추적할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 가장 비용이 많이 드는 " "공급업체를 파악하고 시즌별 변화를 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 msgid "Create vendor costs reports" msgstr "공급업체 경비 보고서 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 msgid "" "To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` " "dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the " ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests " "for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." msgstr "" "공급업체 원가 보고서를 생성하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 보고 --> 매입` 으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`매입 분석` 현황판을 엽니다. 기본적으로 현황판에는 이번 달에 대한 :guilabel:`컨펌 날짜`가 있는 PO " "(발주서)의 :guilabel:`비과세 합계` 또는 또는 *초안*, *발송* 또는 *취소* 상태의 RFQ (견적요청서)에 대한 개요가 선" " 그래프로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for " "comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the " "|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`필터` 열에서 비교할 날짜 범위를 선택합니다. 보고서는 :guilabel:`주문일` 또는 :guilabel:`확인일`" " 을 기준으로 필터를 적용할 수 있습니다. 목록에서 한 항목을 선택하고 |캐럿|을 클릭하여 월, 분기 또는 연도별로 날짜 범위를 " "지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. " "Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the " ":guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, " "it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of" " individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the " ":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product " "Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." msgstr "" "이 보고서에서는 :guilabel:`품목` 선택이 필수가 **아닙니다**. 그러나 개별적인 공급업체의 실적에 대하여 추가적인 정보를 " "확인할 수 있으므로 권장하고 있습니다. :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 제목 아래에서 :guilabel:`품목 카테고리`, " ":guilabel:`상태` 및 :guilabel:`구매 담당자` 등을 추가적으로 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 msgid "" "To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that " ":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the " ":guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 msgid "" "Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These " "options are only available after the date range is selected under the " ":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. " ":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such " "as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same " "time period from the previous year." msgstr "" "다음으로, :guilabel:`비교` 제목 아래에서 선택합니다. 이 옵션은 :guilabel:`필터` 열에서 날짜 범위를 선택한 후에만 " "사용할 수 있으며 해당 범위에 따라 다릅니다. :guilabel:`이전 기간` 은 지난 달이나 분기 등 이전 기간과 대비한 비교가 " "추가되고. :guilabel:`이전 연도` 는 전년도와 동일한 기간에 대비하여 비교합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 msgid "" "The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the " "vendor costs report." msgstr "공급업체 비용 보고서에 있는 필터, 그룹화 기준 및 비교 옵션 드롭다운 메뉴입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 msgid "" "By default, the report displays with the following measures: " ":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and " ":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the " "drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add " "it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or " "click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." msgstr "" "기본적으로 보고서에는 측정값으로 :guilabel:`주문`, :guilabel:`총계`, :guilabel:`비과세 합계` 및 " ":guilabel:`개수` 와 같은 항목이 있습니다. 사용할 수 있는 측정값 드롭다운 목록을 열려면 왼쪽 위에 있는 " ":guilabel:`측정` 을 클릭합니다. 보고서에 추가하려면 :guilabel:`평균 비용` 을 클릭합니다. 보고서에 추가로 넣을 추가" " 측정값을 선택하거나 기존에 선택한 측정값을 클릭하여 삭제합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 msgid "" "It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, " ":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the " ":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to " "Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." msgstr "" "보고서를 실행할 때는 :guilabel:`측정` 목록에서 최소한 :guilabel:`평균 비용`, :guilabel:`총계` 또는 " ":guilabel:`세전 총계` 를 선택하는 것이 좋습니다. :guilabel:`입고 리드타임` 과 같은 별도 측정값을 추가하면 더욱 " "자세히 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 msgid "" "After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected " "`, the report generates in the pivot " "view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an " "editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." msgstr "" "모든 :ref:`필터 및 측정값을 선택 완료 ` 한 후에는 보고서가 " "피벗 보기에 생성됩니다. *문서* 앱 내에서 편집할 수 있도록 스프레드시트 형식으로 피벗 보기를 추가하려면 " ":guilabel:`스프레드시트에 삽입` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the " "*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." msgstr ":guilabel:`스프레드시트에 삽입` 옵션은 *문서 스프레드시트* 모듈이 설치된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1 msgid "" "A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average" " costs." msgstr "공급업체 비용 보고서 예시에서 총 비용 및 평균 비용이 측정값으로 설정되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 msgid "" "The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the " ":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view." " Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a " ":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` " ":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" "공급업체 경비 보고서는 *그래프* 보기에서도 볼 수 있습니다. 그래프 보기로 변경하려면 :icon:`fa-area-chart` " ":guilabel:`(영역 그래프)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 보고서 상단에 있는 해당 아이콘을 클릭하면 :icon:`fa-bar-" "chart` :guilabel:`(막대 그래프)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(선 그래프)` 또는 " ":icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(원 그래프)` 로 전환할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "거래 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Blanket orders" msgstr "포괄 주문" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid "" "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " "vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing." msgstr "" "포괄 주문 (일괄 발주)은 회사와 공급업체 간에 미리 정해진 가격으로 반복적으로 품목을 배송받기로 하는 장기 구매 계약입니다.." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "" "Blanket orders are helpful when products are consistently purchased from the" " same vendor, but in different quantities, and at different times." msgstr "포괄 주문은 동일한 공급업체에서 지속적으로 구매를 계속하되, 구매 수량과 시간이 다른 경우에 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "" "일괄 주문은 주문 프로세스를 간소화하여 시간을 절약할 뿐만 아니라 공급업체와 대량 가격 협상을 할 때 유리하여 전반적인 비용 효율성에 " "기여합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:23 msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "새 포괄 주문 계약 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:25 msgid "" "To create blanket orders, enable the *Purchase Agreements* feature from the " "*Purchase* app settings. Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click" " the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." msgstr "" "포괄 주문을 설정하려면 먼저 *매입* 앱의 설정에서 *구매 계약* 기능을 사용하도록 설정합니다 :menuselection:`앱 구매 " "--> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`주문` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`구매 계약` 확인란을 " "클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 구현합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "In addition to creating blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* setting " "also allows users to create alternative requests for quotation (RfQs)." msgstr "포괄 주문을 생성하는 것 외에도 *구매 계약* 을 설정하여 대체 견적요청서 (RfQ)를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "구매 앱 설정에서 구매 계약을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:38 msgid "" "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders -->" " Blanket Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new blanket order " "form." msgstr "" "포괄 주문을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> 포괄 주문` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`새로 " "만들기` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 새로운 포괄 주문 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" "Configure the following fields in the new blanket order form to establish " "predetermined rules for the recurring long-term agreement:" msgstr "새로운 포괄 주문 양식에서 다음의 필드를 설정하면 반복 장기 계약에 대해 미리 정해진 규칙이 설정됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: the user assigned to this specific " "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구매 담당자`: 특정 포괄 주문에 배정되어 있는 사용자입니다. 기본값은 계약서를 생성한 사용자이지만, 필드 옆에 있는" " 드롭다운 메뉴에서 직접 사용자를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: the type of purchase agreement this blanket " "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`계약 유형`: 포괄 주문이 분류되어 속해 있는 구매 계약의 유형을 나타냅니다. Odoo에서는 포괄 주문이 유일한 공식" " 구매 계약 유형입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either once" " or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the drop-" "down menu next to this field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`공급업체`: 단일 구매 또는 반복 구매 건을 계약한 공급업체입니다. 공급업체는 이 필드 옆의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 직접 " "선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: the agreed-upon currency to be used for this exchange." " If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the currency " "can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`통화`: 거래에 사용하도록 합의된 통화입니다. 데이터베이스에서 사용 설정이 되어 있는 통화가 여러 가지인 경우에는 이" " 필드 옆의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 통화를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: the date that this purchase agreement will " "be set to expire on. If this blanket order should not expire, leave this " "field blank." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`계약 마감일`: 구매 계약이 만료되도록 설정한 날짜입니다. 만료일이 없는 포괄 주문인 경우에는 이 필드를 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: the date that this blanket order should be placed" " on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order form. If a" " new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the *Order " "Deadline* field on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 날짜`: 포괄 주문이 진행될 날짜이며, 직접 포괄 주문 양식에서 새 견적서를 생성하는 경우에 해당됩니다. 새로운" " 견적서를 생성하면 이 값은 |RfQ| 의 *주문 마감일* 필드에 자동으로 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: the expected delivery date that the products " "included in an |RfQ| are expected, if created directly from a blanket order " "form. If a new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the " "*Expected Arrival* field on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 날짜`: |RfQ| 에 있는 품목의 예상 배송 날짜이며, 직접 포괄 주문 양식에서 생성한 경우에 해당됩니다. " "새로운 견적서를 생성하면 이 값은 |RfQ| 의 *도착 예정일* 필드에 자동으로 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source Document`: the source purchase order (PO) that this " "blanket order is tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any " "existing |PO|, leave this field blank." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`원본 문서`: 포괄 주문과 연결되어 있는 원본 발주서 (PO)입니다. 포괄 주문에 기존 |PO| 가 연결되지 않아야 " "하는 경우에는 이 필드를 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By" " default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is " "listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " "**cannot** be changed, and defaults to the only company listed in the " "database." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 특정 포괄 주문 계약에 배정된 회사입니다. 기본값은 포괄 주문을 생성한 사용자와 연결되어 있는 회사입니다. " "데이터베이스가 여러 개의 회사 데이터베이스로 구성되지 않은 경우에는 필드를 수정할 수 없으며 데이터베이스에 있는 유일한 회사가 자동으로 " "기본값이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "추가 제품이 포함된 새로운 포괄 주문 구매 계약." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:73 msgid "" "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, change the quantity of each product, and set a " "price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" "관련 필드를 모두 작성했으면 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`품목` 열 아래에 품목을 추가합니다. 그런 " "다음 :guilabel:`수량` 열에서 각 품목 수량을 변경하고 :guilabel:`단가` 열에서 가격을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:48 msgid "" "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " "products are not automatically added to the product lines. Instead, the " "prices **must** be manually assigned, by changing the value in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed " "vendor. Otherwise, the price will remain `0`." msgstr "" "새 포괄 주문에 품목을 추가할 때 기존 가격이 품목 항목에 자동으로 입력되지는 않습니다. 그러는 대신, 가격을 **반드시** 기재되어 " "있는 공급업체와 합의한 가격으로 변경하여:guilabel:`단가` 열에 직접 입력해야 합니다. 그렇지 않으면 가격은 **0** 이 " "됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:83 msgid "" "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " "orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon that becomes visible when hovering over the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, where :guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed." " This navigates to the blanket order settings." msgstr "" "포괄 주문 양식에서 직접 포괄 주문에 대한 기본 구매 계약 설정 내용을 확인하고 수정하려면 :guilabel:`포괄 주문` 이 있는 " ":guilabel:`계약 유형` 필드 위에 마우스를 가져갑니다. :guilabel:`➡️ (오른쪽 화살표)` 아이콘이 나타나면 " "클릭합니다. 그러면 포괄 주문 설정으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Internal link arrow next to Agreement Type field on blanket order form." msgstr "포괄 주문 양식에서 계약 유형 필드 옆에 있는 내부 링크 화살표" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:92 msgid "" "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " "Type` can be changed, and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` can be " "changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated for the type " "of selection:" msgstr "" "여기에서 포괄 주문에 대한 설정을 편집할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`계약 유형` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`계약 유형` 의 " "이름을 변경하거나 :guilabel:`계약 선택 유형` 도 조정할 수 있습니다. 사용 설정할 수 있는 선택 유형에는 두 가지가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select only one RfQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, the remaining purchase orders are cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select multiple RfQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, remaining purchase orders are **not** cancelled. Instead, " "multiple purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the :guilabel:`Lines`" " and :guilabel:`Quantities` fields can be edited. Doing so sets how new " "quotations should be populated when using this purchase agreement." msgstr "" "guilabel:`새 견적 데이터` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`내역` 및 :guilabel:`수량` 필드를 수정할 수 있습니다. 이렇게" " 하면 이 구매계약서를 사용할 때 견적서가 입력되는 방법을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "포괄 주문의 구매 계약 유형 편집 화면입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr ":guilabel:`항목`: 구성에 사용할 수 있는 옵션은 두 가지입니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product lines pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket " "order, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`계약 내역 사용`: 새로운 견적서를 작성할 때 해당 포괄 주문이 새 견적서에서 선택된 경우 포괄 주문에 있는 것과 " "동일한 품목으로 품목 항목이 미리 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " "quotation, **and** selecting an existing blanket order, the settings carry " "over to the new quotation, but the product lines do **not** populate." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`RfQ 내역을 자동으로 생성하지 않음`: 새 견적서를 생성할 때 기존 포괄 주문을 선택하면 설정이 새 견적서에 그대로" " 적용되지만 품목이 자동으로 채워지지는 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:119 msgid "" "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "그리고 :guilabel:`수량`에 대해 활성화할 수 있는 두 가지 옵션이 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product quantities listed on the blanket order pre-populate on the product " "lines, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`계약서 수량 사용`: 새 견적서를 생성할 때 새로운 견적서에서 포괄 주문을 선택하면 포괄 주문에 있는 품목 수량이 " "품목 내역에 자동으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation, **and** " "selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines pre-populate, but all" " quantities are set to `0`. The quantities **must** be manually set by the " "user." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`수동으로 수량 설정`: 새 견적서를 생성하고 **동시에** 기존의 포괄 주문을 선택하면 포괄 주문에 있는 품목으로 " "품목 내역이 입력되지만 수량은 기본적으로 모두 **0** 으로 설정됩니다. 사용자는 **반드시** 원하는 수량을 직접 입력해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Once any desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`New` (via the " "breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket order " "form. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement." msgstr "" "변경을 완료한 후에는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 (페이지 상단의 이동 경로 활용) 포괄 주문 양식으로 다시 " "이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 새로운 구매 계약을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:132 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the blanket order's stage (in the upper-right corner) " "changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Ongoing`, meaning this " "agreement can be selected and used when creating new |RfQs|." msgstr "" "확인한 후에는, 포괄 주문 단계 (오른쪽 상단)가 :guilabel:`초안` 에서 :guilabel:`진행 중` 으로 변경됩니다. 이를 " "통해 새로운 |RfQ|를 생성할 때 이 계약을 선택하고 사용할 수 있음을 알 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:136 msgid "" "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " "prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "포괄 주문을 생성하고 확인한 후에도 구매 계약서에서 품목, 수량 및 가격을 편집, 추가 및 제거할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:140 msgid "Create a new |RfQ| from the blanket order" msgstr "포괄 주문에서 새로운 |RfQ| 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " "from the blanket order form. |RfQs| using this form are pre-populated with " "information based on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations" " are automatically linked to this blanket order form, via the " ":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form." msgstr "" "포괄 주문이 확인되면 포괄 주문 양식에서 바로 새로운 견적서를 만들 수 있습니다. 이 양식을 사용할 경우 |RfQ| 에 양식에 설정된 " "규칙에 따라 정보가 미리 입력됩니다. 또한 새로운 견적서는 양식의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`RFQ/주문서` 스마트 버튼을 " "통해 포괄 주문 양식에 자동으로 연결됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click the " ":guilabel:`New Quotation` button. This opens a new |RfQ|, that is pre-" "populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured" " on the blanket order form." msgstr "" "포괄 주문 양식에서 새로운 견적서를 만들려면 :guilabel:`새 견적` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 포괄 주문 양식에 환경 설정되어 " "있는 내용에 따라 알맞은 정보가 미리 입력되어 있는 새로운 |RfQ|가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:151 msgid "" "From the new |RfQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send" " an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a " "printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" "새로운 |RfQ|에서 양식에서 :guilabel:`이메일로 전송` 을 클릭하여 공급업체에 이메일을 보내고, :guilabel:`견적서 " "인쇄`를 클릭하여 인쇄 가능한 견적서 PDF를 생성할 수 있으며 :guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하여 |PO|를 확정할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "포괄 주문에서 복사한 제품 및 규칙을 사용하여 바로 새 견적을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 msgid "" "Once the |PO| has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via " "the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there" " is now one |RfQ| listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the " "top-right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see" " the |PO| that was just created." msgstr "" "|PO| 가 확인되면 포괄 주문 양식으로 돌아갑니다 (페이지 상단의 이동 경로 활용). 포괄 주문 양식에서 이제 양식 오른쪽 상단의 " ":guilabel:`RFQ/주문서` 스마트 버튼에 |RfQ| 한 건이 표시되어 있는 것을 볼 수 있습니다. " ":guilabel:`RFQ/주문서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 방금 생성된 |PO| 를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "포괄 주문 양식의 RFQ 및 주문 스마트 버튼." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:171 msgid "" "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the products included in the order." msgstr "포괄 주문이 확인되면 새로운 공급업체 내역이 주문에 있는 품목의 :guilabel:`매입` 탭 아래에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:174 msgid "" "This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment " "<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are " "referenced on the vendor line. This information dictates when, where, and at" " what price the product should be replenished." msgstr "" "이를 통해 :doc:`자동 보충 <../../purchase/products/reordering>` 으로 더욱 효율적으로 일괄 주문을 할" " 수 있는데, :guilabel:`공급업체`, :guilabel:`가격` 및 :guilabel:`계약` 과 같은 정보를 공급업체 줄에서 " "참조할 수 있기 때문입니다. 이 정보는 품목을 언제, 어디서, 어떤 가격으로 보충해야 하는지를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "포괄 주문에 연결된 보충 계약이 포함된 제품 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:184 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Call for tenders" msgstr "입찰" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:12 msgid "" "Sometimes, companies might want to invite vendors to submit offers for " "similar goods or services all at once. This helps companies select the " "cheapest, fastest vendors for their specific business needs." msgstr "" "경우에 따라서는 회사에서 공급업체에 비슷한 품목이나 서비스에 대한 제안서를 한꺼번에 제출하도록 요청할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 회사의 " "비즈니스 요구사항에 맞게 가장 저렴하고 빠른 공급업체를 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be done by creating alternative requests for quotation " "(RfQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " "the product lines from each |RfQ| can be compared, and a decision can be " "made for which products to purchase from which vendors." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 다양한 공급업체에 대한 대체 견적 요청 (RfQ)을 생성하여 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다. 각 공급업체로부터 결과를 받으면 " "|RfQ|의 품목군을 비교할 수 있게 되어 특정 공급업체에서 매입할 품목을 결정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:21 msgid "" "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" " by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " "|RfQs| to spend money efficiently." msgstr "" "이 프로세스는 *입찰* 프로세스로 주로 공공 부문의 조직에서 사용하며, 매입을 할 때 법적으로 의무적 진행을 해야 합니다. 하지만 민간 " "기업에서는 비용 효율적으로 대체 |RfQ|를 활용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:28 msgid "" "To create alternative |RfQs|, the *Purchase Agreements* feature **must** be " "enabled in the *Purchase* app settings. To enable the feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`." msgstr "" "대체 |RFQ|를 생성하려면 **반드시** *매입* 앱 설정에서 *매입 계약서* 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 " ":menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`주문서` 섹션에서 " ":guilabel:`매입 계약서` 확인란을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:33 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the change." msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하면 변경 사항이 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:42 msgid "Create an |RfQ|" msgstr "|RfQ| 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a new |RfQ|, follow the instructions in the :doc:`rfq` " "documentation." msgstr "새 |RfQ| 를 생성하려면 :doc:`rfq` 문서의 지침대로 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Purchase Basics and Your First Request for Quotation " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 매입 기본 사항 및 최초 견적 요청 " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:53 msgid "Create alternative |RfQs|" msgstr "대체 |RfQ| 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:55 msgid "" "Once a |PO| is created and sent to a vendor, alternative |RfQs| can be " "created for additional vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and other " "factors, to help make a decision for the order." msgstr "" "|PO| 생성이 완료되면 공급업체에 전송하며, 다른 공급업체로 대체 |RfQ| 를 생성하여 가격, 배송 기간 및 기타 요건을 비교하여 " "주문 여부를 결정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 msgid "" "To create alternative |RfQs| from the original, click the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. " "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "대체 견적을 생성하기 위한 입찰 요청이 팝업됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:66 msgid "" "From this window, select an alternative vendor from the drop-down menu next " "to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, to whom the alternative quotation is " "assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:69 msgid "" "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" " by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original |RfQ| are" " copied over to the alternative. For this first alternative quotation, leave" " the checkbox checked. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. " "This opens a new |RfQ| form." msgstr "" "이 옆에는 :guilabel:`품목 복사` 확인란이 기본적으로 선택되어 있습니다. 확인란을 선택하면 원본 |RfQ|의 품목 수량이 " "대체용으로 복사됩니다. 첫 번째 대체 견적서의 경우 확인란을 선택한 상태로 둡니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`대안 만들기` 를 " "클릭합니다. 그러면 새로운 |RfQ| 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:74 msgid "" "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, the new " "form is already pre-populated with the same products, quantities, and other " "details as the previous, original |RfQ|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`대체품 만들기` 확인란에 표시해 두었으므로 새 양식에는 이전의 원래 |RfQ| 와 동일한 품목, 수량 및 기타 세부 " "정보가 이미 사전에 입력되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " "alternative quotation, additional products do **not** need to be added, " "unless desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:81 msgid "" "However, if a chosen vendor is listed in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under" " a specific product form included in the order, the values set on the " "product form carry over to the |RfQ|, and **must** be changed manually, if " "necessary." msgstr "" "그러나 선택한 공급업체가 주문서에 있는 특정 품목 양식 아래의 :guilabel:`공급업체` 열에 기재되어 있는 경우, 품목 양식에 " "설정된 값이 |RfQ|로 이월되며 필요한 경우 **반드시** 수동으로 변경해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 msgid "" "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, followed by :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." msgstr "" "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`대안` 탭을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`대안 만들기` 를 클릭하여 두 번째 대체 견적서을 " "생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:88 msgid "" "This opens the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window. Once again, " "choose a different vendor from the drop-down menu next to " ":guilabel:`Vendor`. For this particular |RfQ|, however, *uncheck* the " ":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Doing so removes all products on the new" " alternative |RfQ|, leaving it blank. The specific products which should be " "ordered from this particular vendor can be added in as needed." msgstr "" "그러면 :guilabel:`대안 만들기` 팝업창이 열립니다. 다시 :guilabel:`공급업체` 옆에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 다른 " "공급업체를 선택합니다. 단, 이와 같은 특정한 |RfQ| 의 경우에는 :guilabel:`품목 복사` 확인란을 *선택 취소* 합니다. " "이렇게 하면 새로운 대안 |RfQ| 의 모든 품목이 삭제되어 공란이 됩니다. 이 공급업체에서 주문해야 하는 특정 품목은 필요에 따라 " "추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:94 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." msgstr "준비되면 :guilabel:`대안 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:97 msgid "" "If an alternative quotation should be removed from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`X (remove)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" "대체 견적서를 :guilabel:`대체` 탭에서 제거해야 하는 경우에는 행 끝에 있는 :guilabel:`X(제거)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 " "개별적으로 제거할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:100 msgid "" "This creates a third, new |RfQ|. But, since the product quantities of the " "original |RfQ| were **not** copied over, the product lines are empty, and " "new products can be added as needed by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, " "and selecting the desired products from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "그러면 세 번째 |RfQ|가 새로 생성됩니다. 다만 원래의 |RfQ|에 있는 품목 수량은 복사되지 **않으며** 품목 내역이 비어 있어서" " 필요에 따라 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 품목을 선택하여 새로 품목을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:104 msgid "" "Once the desired number of specific products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "원하는 수만큼 품목을 추가한 후 :guilabel:`이메일로 보내기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "비어있는 대체 견적서로 이동 경로를 통해 대신 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:110 msgid "" "This opens a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window, wherein the message to" " the vendor can be customized, and attachments can be added, if necessary. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" "그러면 :guilabel:`이메일 작성` 팝업창이 열리고, 공급업체에 보낼 메시지를 사용자 지정하고 필요한 경우 첨부 파일을 추가할 수 " "있습니다. 준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`보내기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:113 msgid "" "From this newest form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Under this " "tab, all three |RfQs| can be seen in the :guilabel:`Reference` column. " "Additionally, the vendors are listed under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, " "and the order :guilabel:`Total` (and :guilabel:`Status`) of the orders are " "in the rows, as well." msgstr "" "최근 양식에서 :guilabel:`대안` 탭을 클릭합니다. 이 탭 아래에 있는 모든 세 가지 |RfQ|를 :guilabel:`참조` " "열에서 확인할 수 있습니다. 또한 공급업체는 :guilabel:`공급업체` 열 아래에 표시되어 있으며 주문서에 있는 주문의 " ":guilabel:`총계` (및 :guilabel:`상태`) 도 행에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:118 msgid "" "The date in the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` column is calculated for each " "vendor, based on any pre-configured lead times in the vendor and product " "forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:124 msgid "Link new |RfQ| to existing quotations" msgstr "기존 견적서에 새 |RfQ| 연결하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:126 msgid "" "Even if a quotation is not created directly from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab of another |RfQ|, it can still be linked to " "existing |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:129 msgid "" "To do that, begin by creating a new |RfQ|. Navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`. Fill out the |RfQ|, according to the " ":ref:`previous instructions `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:132 msgid "" "Then, once ready, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Since this new " "|RfQ| was created separately, there are no other orders linked yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 msgid "" "However, to link this |RfQ| with existing alternatives, click " ":guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the :guilabel:`Vendor`" " column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "새 견적서를 기존 RFQ에 연결하는 팝업창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:142 msgid "" "This opens an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window. Select the " "desired previously-created |RfQs|, and click :guilabel:`Select`. All of " "these orders are now copied to this |RfQ|, and can be found under the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" "그러면 :guilabel:`추가: 대체 PO` 팝업 창이 열립니다. 이전에 생성한 |RfQ| 를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`선택` " "을 클릭합니다. 이제 모든 주문 내역이 |RfQ| 에 복사되어 :guilabel:`대안` 탭에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:147 msgid "" "If a large number of |POs| are being processed, and the previous |POs| can't" " be located, click the :icon:`fa-chevron-down` :guilabel:`(chevron)` icon to" " the right of the search bar, at the top of the pop-up window." msgstr "" "대량의 |PO|를 처리 중이며 이전 |PO| 찾을 수 없는 경우에는, 팝업 창 상단의 검색 창 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`fa-" "chevron-down` :guilabel:`(갈매기 모양)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click :guilabel:`Vendor`. " "Vendors are displayed in their own nested drop-down lists, and each vendor's" " list can be expanded to view open |POs| for that vendor." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`공급업체` 를 클릭합니다. 공급업체는 자체 중첩형 드롭다운 목록에" " 표시되며, 각 공급업체 목록을 확장하면 해당 업체와 관련된 미결 |PO| 를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:158 msgid "Compare product lines" msgstr "제품군 비교" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:160 msgid "" "Alternative |RfQs| can be compared side-by-side, in order to determine which" " vendors offer the best deals on the products included in the orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:163 msgid "" "To compare alternative |RfQs|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` " "app, and select one of the previously-created |RfQs|." msgstr "" "대체 |RfQ| 를 비교하려면 :menuselection:`매입` 앱으로 이동하여 이전에 셍상힌 |RfQ| 중에서 하나를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:166 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all linked |RfQs|. Next," " under the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` option, click :guilabel:`Compare " "Product Lines`. This navigates to the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`대체` 탭을 클릭하여 연결되어 있는 |RfQs| 를 모두 검토합니다. 다음으로 :guilabel:`대체 " "생성` 옵션에서 :guilabel:`품목 내역 비교` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`주문서 내역 비교` 페이지로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "품목 내역 비교 페이지에서 대체 RFQ를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:174 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, by default, groups by " ":guilabel:`Product`. Each product included in any of the |RfQs| is displayed" " in its own nested drop-down list, and features all of the |PO| numbers in " "the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" "기본적으로 :guilabel:`주문서 내역 비교` 페이지는 :guilabel:`품목` 별 그룹으로 되어 있습니다. |RfQ|에 있는 각 " "품목은 자체적으로 중첩식 드롭다운 목록으로 표시되며, |PO| 번호와 함께 모든 기능이 :guilabel:`참조` 열에 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:179 msgid "" "To remove product lines from the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, click" " :guilabel:`Clear` at the far-right end of that product line's row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:182 msgid "" "Doing so removes this specific product as a selectable option from the page," " and changes the :guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:185 msgid "" "Additionally, on the |RfQ| form, in which that product was included, its " "ordered quantity is also changed to `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" "Once the best offers have been identified, individual products can be " "selected by clicking the :guilabel:`Choose` button at the end of each " "corresponding row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:191 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all |RfQs|." msgstr "" "원하는 품목이 모두 선택되었으면, :guilabel:`견적 요청`(페이지 상단의 네비게이션에 위치)을 클릭하면 모든 |RfQ| 전체보기로" " 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:197 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "대체 품목 취소 (또는 유지)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:199 msgid "" "Once the desired products have been chosen from the :guilabel:`Compare Order" " Lines` page, the remaining |RfQs|, from which no products were chosen, can " "be cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:202 msgid "" "The cost in the :guilabel:`Total` column for each product that wasn't chosen" " is automatically set to `0`, indicated at the far-right of each " "corresponding row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:205 msgid "" "Although they haven't been cancelled yet, this indicates that each of those " "orders can be cancelled without having an effect on the other live orders, " "once those orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" "아직 주문 취소가 되지 않았더라도, 해당 주문이 확인되면 다른 실시간 주문에 영향을 주지 않고 각 주문이 취소될 수 있음을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Cancelled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "매입 앱 전체보기에 표시되어 있는 취소된 견적서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" "To confirm an |RfQ| for which products were selected, click into an |RfQ|, " "and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:215 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for " "Quotations?` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "그러면 :guilabel:`대체 견적요청서를 보내드릴까요?` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 msgid "" "To view a detailed form of one of the |RfQs| listed, click the line item for" " that quotation. This opens an :guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up " "window, from which all details of that particular |RfQ| can be viewed." msgstr "" "표시되어 있는 |RfQ| 중에서 자세한 양식을 확인해 보려면 해당 견적서에 있는 아이템 내역을 클릭합니다. 그러면 " ":guilabel:`열기: 대체 발주서` 팝업 창이 열리고, 여기서 특정한 |RfQ|에 대한 세부 정보를 확인할 수 있도록 모두 " "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:222 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Close` to close the pop-up window." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`닫기` 를 클릭하여 팝업창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:224 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for Quotations?` pop-" "up window, two options are presented: :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` and " ":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:227 msgid "If this |PO| should **not** be confirmed, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "이 |PO| 를 **확정하지 않으려면** :guilabel:`폐기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:229 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the " "alternative |RfQs|. Selecting :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the " "alternative |RfQs| open, so they can still be accessed, if any additional " "product quantities need to be ordered later." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`대안 취소` 를 선택하면 대체용 |RfQ| 가 자동으로 취소됩니다. :guilabel:`대안 유지` 를 선택하면 " "대체용 |RfQ| 를 계속 사용할 수 있으므로 나중에 제품 수량을 추가 주문해야 하는 경우에도 계속 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:233 msgid "" "Once all products are ordered, select :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` from " "whichever |PO| is open at that time." msgstr "품목 주문이 모두 완료되면 열어 놓은 |PO| 에서 :guilabel:`대안 취소` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "대체 RFQ를 위한 팝업을 유지하거나 취소하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:240 msgid "" "Finally, using the breadcrumbs at the top of the page, click " ":guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` to navigate back to an overview of all " "|RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:243 msgid "" "The cancelled orders can be seen, greyed out and listed with a " ":guilabel:`Cancelled` status, under the :guilabel:`Status` column at the " "far-right of their respective rows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:246 msgid "" "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " "be completed, and the products can be received into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:250 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr ":doc:`blanket_orders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:20 msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "청구서 관리 정책" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 msgid "" "In Odoo's *Purchase* app, the *bill control* policy determines the " "quantities billed by vendors on every purchase order (PO), for either " "ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:13 msgid "" "The policy selected in the *Purchase* app settings acts as the default " "value, and is applied to any new product created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:19 msgid "" "To configure the *bill control* policy, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase" " app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Under :guilabel:`Bill Control`, select either" " :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` or :guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "*청구서 관리* 정책을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동한 후 " ":guilabel:`청구서 발행` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. :guilabel:`청구서 제어` 에서 :guilabel:`주문 수량` " "또는 :guilabel:`입고 수량` 을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Selected bill control policy in Purchase app settings." msgstr "매입 앱 설정에서 업체 청구서 제어 정책을 선택한 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a |PO| is " "confirmed. The products and quantities in the |PO| are used to generate a " "draft bill." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 수량`: |PO| 가 확인되는 즉시 공급업체 청구서를 생성합니다. |PO| 에 있는 품목과 수량은 청구서 초안을" " 생성할 때 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " "total order has been received. The products and quantities received are used" " to generate a draft bill. An error message appears if creation of a vendor " "bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`입고 수량`: 청구서는 전체 주문 중에서 일부를 수령한 *이후* 에만 생성됩니다. 입고된 품목과 수량으로 청구서 " "초안을 생성합니다. 아무 것도 수령하지 않은 상태에서 공급업체 청구서를 생성하려고 하면 오류 메시지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." msgstr "청구서 관리 정책 관련 오류 메시지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:39 msgid "" "If a specific product should use a different control policy than selected in" " the *Purchase* app settings, the :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy for that " "product can be changed from its product form." msgstr "" "특정 제품에 대해 *매입* 앱 설정에서 선택한 내용과 다른 제어 정책을 적용해야 하는 경우 품목 양식에서 해당 제품에 대한 " ":guilabel:`청구서 제어` 정책을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:43 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> " "Products`, and select a product. From the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section, modify" " the selection in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" "그렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 품목을 선택합니다. 품목 양식에서 " ":guilabel:`매입` 탭을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`제어 정책` 필드에 있는 " "선택 항목을 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "3-way matching" msgstr "3단계 매칭" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" "The *3-way matching* feature ensures vendor bills are only paid once some " "(or all) of the products included in the |PO| have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:53 msgid "" "To activate *3-way matching*, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section. Then, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`3-way matching` to enable " "the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "*3단계 매칭* 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동한 후 " ":guilabel:`청구서 발행` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`3단계 매칭` 확인란에 표시하여 기능을 " "활성화한 후 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Enabled 3-way matching feature in Purchase app settings." msgstr "매입 앱 설정에서 3단계 매칭 기능이 활성화되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature **only** works with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`3방향 매칭` 기능은 **:guilabel:`청구 통제` 정책이 :guilabel:`수신 수량` 으로 설정된 " "경우에만** 작동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "3단계 매칭으로 공급업체 청구서 결제하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 msgid "" "When *3-way matching* is enabled, vendor bills display a :guilabel:`Should " "Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When a new vendor bill " "is created, the field is set to :guilabel:`Yes`, since a bill **cannot** be " "created until at least some of the products included in a |PO| have been " "received." msgstr "" "*3단계 매칭* 이 활성화되면 공급업체 청구서에 :guilabel:`결제해야 함` 필드가 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭 아래에 " "표시됩니다. 새 공급업체 청구서가 생성되면 이 필드는 :guilabel:`예` 로 설정되는데, 이는 |PO| 에 있는 최소 품목을 수령할" " 때까지는 청구서를 생성할 수 없기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:73 msgid "" "To create a vendor bill from a |PO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`. From the :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` " "page, select the desired |PO| from the list. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Bill`. Doing so opens a new draft :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form, in the " ":guilabel:`Draft` stage. Click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and locate " "the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field." msgstr "" "|PO| 에서 공급업체 청구서를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 주문서 --> 구매발주서` 로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`구매발주서` 페이지 목록에서 원하는 |PO| 를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서 만들기` " "를 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`초안` 단계에서 새로운 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서` 양식 초안이 열립니다. " ":guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`결제해야 함` 필드를 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:80 msgid "" "The |PO| selected from the list **must not** be billed yet, or an " ":guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window appears. This occurs for |POs| " "with a :guilabel:`Received quantities` policy, and a :guilabel:`Fully " "Billed` :guilabel:`Billing Status`." msgstr "" "목록에서 선택한 |PO|에 대해 아직 요금이 청구되지 **않아야만 하며**, :guilabel:`잘못된 작업` 팝업 창이 나타납니다. " "이와 같은 상황은 |PO|에 :guilabel:`입고 수량` 정책이 지정되어 있고 :guilabel:`청구 상태`가 " ":guilabel:`전체 청구 완료` 인 경우에 발생합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0 msgid "Invalid Operation pop-up window for billed Purchase Order." msgstr "구매발주서 청구와 관련하여 잘못된 작업 팝업 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" "Click the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` to view the " "available options: :guilabel:`Yes`, :guilabel:`No`, and " ":guilabel:`Exception`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Should Be Paid field status on draft vendor bill." msgstr "공급업체 청구서 초안에 있는 결제해야 함 필드 상태입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:96 msgid "" "If the total quantity of products from a |PO| has not been received, Odoo " "only includes the products that *have* been received in the draft vendor " "bill." msgstr "" "|PO| 에 있는 품목 수량 중에서 일부가 입고되지 않은 경우에는 Odoo는 *입고된* 품목만 공급업체 청구서 초안에 포함시킵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:99 msgid "" "Draft vendor bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the" " price of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill." msgstr "" "공급업체 청구서 초안을 편집하여 청구할 수량을 늘리고, 청구서에 있는 품목 가격을 변경할 수 있으며, 청구서에 별도 품목을 추가할 수도 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:102 msgid "" "If the draft bill's information is changed, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` " "field status is set to :guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices " "the discrepancy, but does not block the changes or display an error message," " since there might be a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" "청구서 초안 내용이 변경되면 :guilabel:`결제해야 함` 상태가 :guilabel:`예외` 로 설정됩니다. 즉, Odoo가 불일치 " "내용을 인식하나 청구서 초안을 변경하는 이유가 있을 수 있으므로 변경하지 못하게 금지하거나 오류 메시지를 표시하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:107 msgid "" "To process the vendor bill, select a date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` " "field, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`, followed by :guilabel:`Register " "Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:110 msgid "" "This opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window. From this window, " "accounting information is pre-populated based on the database's accounting " "settings. Click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to process the vendor bill." msgstr "" "그러면 :guilabel:`결제 등록` 팝업창이 열립니다. 이 창에서 데이터베이스의 회계 설정에 따라 회계 정보가 미리 입력됩니다. " ":guilabel:`결제 생성` 을 클릭하면 공급업체 청구서가 처리됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:114 msgid "" "Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill, and the bill displays " "the green :guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field " "status is set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" "공급업체 청구서에 대한 결제가 등록되고 청구서에 초록색 :guilabel:`결제 완료` 배너가 표시되면 :guilabel:`결제 필요` " "필드 상태가 :guilabel:`아니요` 로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:118 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is automatically set by Odoo." " However, the status can be manually changed by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" "청구서의 :guilabel:`지불해야 함` 상태는 Odoo에서 자동으로 설정됩니다. 다만 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭에 있는 " "드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하면 상태를 수동으로 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "구매발주서에 대한 청구 상태 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "" "Once a |PO| is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be viewed under" " the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the |PO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:128 msgid "" "To view the :guilabel:`Billing Status` of a |PO|, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select a " "|PO| to view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab, and locate the " ":guilabel:`Billing Status` field." msgstr ":guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭을 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`청구 상태` 필드를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Billing status field on a purchase order form." msgstr "구매발주서 양식에 있는 청구 상태 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:137 msgid "" "The table below details the different values the :guilabel:`Billing Status` " "field could read, and when they are displayed, depending on the *Bill " "Control* policy used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:144 msgid "Billing Status" msgstr "청구 상태" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:145 msgid "On received quantities" msgstr "입고 수량 기준" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:146 msgid "On ordered quantities" msgstr "주문 수량 기준" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:147 msgid "Nothing to Bill" msgstr "청구 내용 없음" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:148 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "PO 승인 완료; 미수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:149 msgid "*Not applicable*" msgstr "*해당 없음*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:150 msgid "Waiting Bills" msgstr "청구서 기다리는 중" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:151 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "전부/일부 수령; 청구서 미생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:152 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "발주서 확인됨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:153 msgid "Fully Billed" msgstr "전체 청구됨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:154 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "전부/일부 수령; 청구서 초안 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:155 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "청구서 초안 작성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`관리`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" msgstr "공급업체 청구서 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:12 msgid "" "A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services " "purchased by a company from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they " "arrive from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or " "services purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" "*공급업체 청구서* 는 회사가 공급업체로부터 구매한 품목 및/또는 서비스에 대해 받는 청구서입니다. 공급업체 청구서에는 공급업체에서 " "지급받는 미지급금이 기록되며 구매한 품목 및/또는 서비스에 대해 지불해야 할 금액, 판매세, 운임 및 배송비 등이 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " "process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* " "app's settings." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 매입 과정 중 다양한 단계에서 공급업체 청구서를 생성할 수 있으며, 이는 *매입* 앱 설정에서 선택한 *청구서 관리* " "정책에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:22 msgid "" "To configure the default bill control policy, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to " "the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:25 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Bill Control` feature lists two policy options: " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`청구서 관리` 기능에 있는 두 가지 발행 정책 옵션은 :guilabel:`주문 수량` 및 :guilabel:`입고 " "수량` 입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "The policy selected acts as the default for any new product created. Each " "policy acts as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " "order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " "used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 수량`: 구매 주문이 확인되는 즉시 공급업체 청구서를 생성합니다. 발주서 상의 제품 및 수량은 청구서 초안을 " "생성하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** all (or " "part) of the total order has been received. The products and quantities " "received are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`입고 수량`: 공급업체 청구서는 전체 주문 (또는 일부 주문)이 입고된 경우에 **한해서만** 생성됩니다. 입고 품목" " 및 해당 수량은 청구서 초안을 생성할 때 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." msgstr "구매 앱 설정의 청구서 관리 정책." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:39 msgid "Once a policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "정책을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "If a product needs a different control policy than the one set in the " "*Purchase* app settings, that product's control policy can be overridden by " "going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form, and selecting the " "desired policy in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" "*매입* 앱 설정에 있는 내용과 다른 제어 정책을 품목에 적용하려는 경우, 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`매입` 탭으로 이동한 후 " ":guilabel:`제어 정책` 필드에서 원하는 정책을 선택하면 해당 품목의 제어 정책을 재지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Control policy field on product form." msgstr "제품 양식의 정책 필드를 제어합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "The *3-way matching* policy ensures vendor bills are only paid once all (or " "some) products in a purchase order (PO) have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" "To activate 3-way matching, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr ":guilabel:`3단계 매칭` 옆의 확인란을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature is **only** intended to work with the" " :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`3단계 매칭` 기능은 :guilabel:`청구서 관리` 정책이 :guilabel:`입고 수량` 으로 설정된 경우에 " "**한해서만** 작동하도록 되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "입고 내역에 대한 공급업체 청구서 생성 및 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " "create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" "제품이 회사 창고에 입고되면 입고확인증이 생성됩니다. 회사에서 수령한 수량을 처리하면 창고 입고증 양식에서 바로 공급업체 청구서를 만들 " "수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "" "Depending on the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill " "creation is completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:76 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "주문 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the *Bill Control* " "policy set to *Ordered Quantities*, first navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click :guilabel:`New` from the " ":guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard." msgstr "" "*청구서 관리* 정책이 *주문 수량* 으로 설정된 입고증에 대해 공급업체 청구서를 만들고 관리하려면 먼저 " ":menuselection:`매입 앱` 으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`견적요청서` 현황판에서 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를" " 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "Doing so opens a new :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) form. On the " "blank |RfQ| form, add a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`" " under the :guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order." msgstr "" "그러면 새로운 :guilabel:`견적요청서` (RfQ) 양식이 열립니다. 빈칸에 |RfQ| 양식의 :guilabel:`공급업체` 를 " "추가하고 :guilabel:`품목` 탭 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하여 주문서에 품목을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:126 msgid "" "On the product line, select a product from the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity to order in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RfQ| into a " "|PO|." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하여 |RfQ| 를 |PO| 로 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill` to create a vendor bill. This opens a " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. From here, add " "a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`청구서 만들기` 을 클릭하여 공급업체 청구서를 생성합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서` " "양식이 :guilabel:`초안` 상태로 열립니다. 여기에서 :guilabel:`청구서 날짜` 항목에 청구일을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "Once ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill` page." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 청구서를 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:98 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *Ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" "청구서 관리 정책은 *주문 수량* 기준으로 설정되어 있으므로 품목이 입고되기 전이라도 청구서 초안을 작성하는 즉시 승인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Once a payment has been received, click :guilabel:`Register Payment` at the " "top of the bill to record it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window to appear, " "wherein a payment :guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen, and a " ":guilabel:`Payment Method` selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:158 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be edited from this pop-up " "window, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so displays a green :guilabel:`Paid` banner " "on the |RfQ| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "주문 수량 관리 정책에 대한 공급업체 청구서 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "Received quantities" msgstr "입고 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:120 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the bill control policy " "set to *Received quantities*, first navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so opens a new |RfQ| form. On the blank |RfQ| form, add a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order." msgstr "" "그러면 새로운 |RfQ| 양식이 열립니다. 새 |RfQ| 양식에 :guilabel:`공급업체` 를 추가하고 :guilabel:`품목` 탭" " 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하여 주문서에 품목을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:132 msgid "" "When using the *Received quantities* control policy, clicking " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products are received causes an " ":guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "" "Odoo requires at least partial quantities of the items included in the |PO| " "to be received in order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "입고된 수량 관리 정책에 대한 사용자 오류 팝업." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:142 msgid "" "On the |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the " "warehouse receipt form." msgstr "|PO| 에서 :guilabel:`영수증` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 창고 영수증 양식을 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the :guilabel:`Done` " "(received) quantities." msgstr "여기에서 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`완료`(수신) 수량이 등록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:146 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the |PO|, via the breadcrumb, and click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill`." msgstr "그런 다음 이동 경로를 통해 |PO| 로 돌아가서 :guilabel:`청구서 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "This opens a :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. " "From here, add a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. Once " "ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the " "draft." msgstr "" "그러면 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서` 양식이 :guilabel:`초안` 상태로 열립니다. 여기에서 :guilabel:`청구일` " "필드에 청구 날짜를 추가합니다. 준비가 되면 초안 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 청구서를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "Manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "회계에서 공급업체 청구서 관리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, without" " having to create a purchase order first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:170 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click" " :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "Select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, " "and enter the quantity to order in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Bill Date`, and configure any other necessary " "information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "Once confirmed, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals. These journals are populated based on the " "configuration on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and " ":guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" "확정한 후에는 :guilabel:`전표 항목` 탭을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`계정` 전표 내용을 확인합니다. 이 전표는 해당 " ":guilabel:`공급업체` 및 :guilabel:`품목` 양식에서 환경설정한 내용에 따라 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If necessary, click :guilabel:`Credit Note` to add a credit note to the " "bill. Additionally, a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number can be added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Register Payment`, followed by " ":guilabel:`Create Payment`, to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`결제 등록` 을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`결제 생성` 을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`공급업체" " 청구서` 입력을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "To link a draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down menu" " next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete` *before* clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, " "and select a |PO| from the menu." msgstr "" "업체 청구서 초안을 기존 구매발주서에 연결하려면 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하기 *전에* :guilabel:`자동 완성` 옆에 " "있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 후 메뉴에서 |PO| 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:196 msgid "The bill auto-populates with the information from the chosen |PO|." msgstr "업체 청구서의 내용이 선택한 |PO| 에 있는 정보로 자동으로 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "공급업체 청구서 초안의 자동 완성 드롭다운 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:203 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "일괄 청구" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "공급업체 청구서는 *회계* 앱에서 일괄 처리하고 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:207 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, " "click the :guilabel:`checkbox` in the top-left corner, beside the " ":guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:211 msgid "" "This selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Status` of " ":guilabel:`Posted` or :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" "이렇게 하면 공급업체 청구서 중 :guilabel:`상태` 가 :guilabel:`게시됨` 또는 :guilabel:`초안` 인 청구서가 " "모두 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:214 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print` button to print the selected " "invoices or bills." msgstr ":icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`인쇄` 버튼을 클릭하면 선택한 청구서나 업체 청구서가 인쇄됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:216 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process payments for " "multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr ":guilabel:`결제 등록` 을 클릭하면 여러 건의 공급업체 청구서에 대한 결제를 한 번에 생성하여 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:219 msgid "" "Only payments with their :guilabel:`Status` listed as :guilabel:`Posted` can" " be billed in batches. Payments in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage **must** be " "posted before they can be included in a batch billing." msgstr "" "결제를 일괄 청구하려면 :guilabel:`상태` 가 :guilabel:`게시됨` 이어야 합니다. 결제가 :guilabel:`초안` " "단계에 있는 경우에는 일괄 청구에 포함되기 전에 **반드시** 게시해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Register Payment` opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` " "pop-up window. From the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Journal` the " "bills should post to, choose a :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and select a " ":guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`결제 등록` 을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`결제 등록` 팝업 창이 열립니다. 팝업 창에서 청구서를 게시할 " ":guilabel:`전표` 를 선택하고 :guilabel:`결제일` 과 함께 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to :guilabel:`Group Payments` together from this " "pop-up window, as well. If this checkbox is ticked, only one payment is " "created, instead of one per bill. This option only appears if the *Batch " "Payments* feature is enabled in the settings of the " ":menuselection:`Accounting` app." msgstr "" "이 팝업 창에는 함께 :guilabel:`그룹 결제` 를 하는 옵션도 있습니다. 확인란에 표시하면 청구서당 하나씩 결제가 생성되지 않고," " 결제 항목이 하나만 생성됩니다. 이 옵션은 :menuselection:`회계` 앱의 설정에서 *일괄 결제* 기능을 활성화한 경우에만 " "나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:232 msgid "" "Once ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button. This creates a list" " of journal entries on a separate page. The journal entries on this list are" " all tied to their corresponding vendor bills." msgstr "" "준비가 되면 :guilabel:`결제 생성` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 별도 페이지로 전표 항목 목록이 생성됩니다. 이 목록에 있는 전표" " 항목은 모두 해당 공급업체 청구서에 연결되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "일괄 청구 등록 결제 팝업창입니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr ":doc:`control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:3 msgid "Purchase templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:10 msgid "" "*Purchase templates* are an agreement type that allow for the repeated " "creation of requests for quotations (RFQs) for recurring purchases. Products" " can then be added and quantities can be changed, as needed. |Pts| can be " "used for multiple vendors, saving time and simplifying the |RFQ| process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:14 msgid "" "|Pts| differ from *blanket orders* in that a :doc:`blanket order " "` is a large order split into several deliveries, therefore " "all |RFQs| must be for the same vendor. |PTs| can be replicated for multiple" " vendors, and can copy over quantities, which is useful when placing " "frequent orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:22 msgid "" "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, tick the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Agreements` checkbox. Click :guilabel:`Save` to save the" " changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst-1 msgid "The Purchase agreements setting in the Purchase app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:30 msgid "Create a new template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:32 msgid "" "Navigate :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Agreements` " "and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:34 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:37 msgid "" "To make this template available to use with multiple vendors, leave the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:40 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, select :guilabel:`Purchase " "Template` from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:42 msgid "" "Confirm the information in the remaining fields is correct, or update as " "needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:44 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select " "the desired product. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:53 msgid "After adding all necessary products, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:56 msgid "Create a new RFQ from a purchase template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming a |pt|, new quotations can be created directly from the " "|pt| form. |RFQs| using this form are pre-populated with information based " "on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations are automatically" " linked to this |pt| form, via the :icon:`fa-list-alt` " ":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:63 msgid "" "To :ref:`create a new quotation `, " "click :guilabel:`New Quotation`. This opens a new |RFQ|, that is pre-" "populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured" " on the |pt| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:67 msgid "" "If there was no vendor identified on the |pt|, choose a :guilabel:`Vendor` " "from the drop-down list. Products can be added to the |RFQ| by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Products` tab. To remove a " "product, click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash)` icon at the far-" "right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:72 msgid "" "From the new |RFQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send" " an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a " "printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order` to confirm the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:76 msgid "" "After confirming the order, return to the |pt| via the breadcrumbs. The " ":icon:`fa-list-alt` :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button has been updated to" " list the confirmed order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst-1 msgid "The RFQ smart button on a purchase template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:3 msgid "Requests for quotation" msgstr "견적 요청서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo's requests for quotation (RFQs) feature in the **Purchase** app " "standardizes ordering products from multiple vendors with varying prices and" " delivery times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:15 msgid "" "|RFQs| are documents companies send to vendors requesting product pricing. " "In Odoo, once the vendor approves the |RFQ|, the purchase order (PO) is " "confirmed to align on lead times and pricing." msgstr "" "|RFQ| 는 회사에서 공급업체에 제품 가격을 요청하기 위해 작성하는 문서입니다. 공급업체에서 |RFQ| 를 승인하면 Odoo에서 리드 " "타임 및 단가에 맞추어 구매발주서 (PO)를 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:24 msgid "" "To auto-populate product information and prices on an |RFQ|, configure " "products by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> " "Products`. Select an existing product, or create a new one by selecting " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the product form, where various sales and " "purchasing data can be configured." msgstr "" "|RFQ| 에 품목 정보와 가격이 자동 입력되게 하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 " "품목에 대한 환경 설정을 합니다. 기존 품목을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 선택하여 새 품목을 만듭니다. 이렇게 하면" " 다양한 판매 및 매입 데이터를 설정할 수 있는 품목 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:29 msgid "" "To configure purchasable products, tick the :guilabel:`Can be purchased` " "checkbox, under the product name. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab," " and enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst-1 msgid "Required configuration for purchasable products." msgstr "구매 가능한 품목에 필요한 환경설정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:39 msgid "Vendor pricelist" msgstr "공급업체 가격표" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:41 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product form, input the vendor and " "their price, to have this information auto-populate on an |RFQ| each time " "the product is listed." msgstr "" "품목 양식의 :guilabel:`매입` 탭에서 공급업체와 가격을 입력하면 품목이 표시될 때마다 |RFQ| 에 이 내용이 자동으로 " "입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../products/pricelist`" msgstr ":doc:`../products/pricelist`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:47 msgid "" "Default columns include :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Price`, and " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`, but other columns like, :guilabel:`Product " "Variant` or :guilabel:`Discounts`, can also be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:50 msgid "" "To enable or disable columns, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " ":guilabel:`(additional options)` icon on the right side of the header row to" " reveal a drop-down menu of additional columns that can be added (or " "removed) from the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" "열을 활성화하거나 혹은 비활성화하려면 헤더 행의 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(추가" " 항목)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`매입` 탭에서 추가 (또는 제거)할 수 있는 추가 열의 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:55 msgid "" "Alternatively, prices and delivery lead times for existing products can be " "added in bulk by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration -->" " Vendor Pricelists`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner. In the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` section of the pricelist form that appears, add the " "product information as it pertains to the vendor." msgstr "" "또는 기존 품목에 대한 가격 및 배송 리드 타임을 대량으로 추가할 수 있으며, :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 환경 설정 " "--> 공급업체 가격표` 로 이동합니다. 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다. 가격표 양식이 나타나면 " ":guilabel:`공급업체` 섹션에서 공급업체와 관련된 품목 정보를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:61 msgid "Order products" msgstr "품목 주문" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:63 msgid "" "With products and prices configured, follow these steps to create and send " "|RFQs| to make purchases for the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:67 msgid "|RFQ| dashboard" msgstr "|RFQ| 현황판" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:69 msgid "" "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " "Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "시작하려면 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> 견적요청서` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard displays an overview of the" " company's |RFQs|, |POs|, and their status. The top of the screen breaks " "down all |RFQs| in the company, as well as individual ones (where the user " "is the buyer) with a summary of their status." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`견적요청서` 현황판에서 회사의 |RFQ|, |PO| 및 해당 상태에 대한 전체보기를 확인할 수 있습니다. 화면 " "상단에는 회사의 모든 |RFQ|와 개별 견적요청서 (사용자가 구매자인 경우)가 요약되어 함께 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:75 msgid "" "The top-right corner also provides a quick report of the company's recent " "purchases by total value, lead times, and number of |RFQs| sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:78 msgid "Additionally, the dashboard includes buttons for:" msgstr "또한 현황판에는 다음과 같은 버튼이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Send`: orders in the |RFQ| stage that have not been sent to " "the vendor." msgstr ":guilabel:`보내기`: |RFQ| 단계에서 공급업체로 전송되지 않은 상태의 주문서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Waiting`: |RFQs| that have been sent by email, and are waiting on" " vendor confirmation." msgstr ":guilabel:`대기 중`: |RFQ| 을 이메일로 전송하여 공급업체 확인을 기다리는 중입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Late`: |RFQs| or |POs| where the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` has " "passed." msgstr ":guilabel:`지연`: |RFQ| 또는 |PO| 에 있는 :guilabel:`주문 마감일` 이 경과한 경우입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst-1 msgid "RFQ dashboard with orders and order statuses." msgstr "주문 및 주문 상태가 있는 RFQ 현황판입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:88 msgid "" "In addition to various view options, the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` " "dashboard provides :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options, " "accessible via the search bar drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/search`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../essentials/search`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:97 msgid "Create new |RFQ|" msgstr "새 |RFQ| 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:99 msgid "" "To create a new |RFQ|, click the :guilabel:`New` button on the top-left " "corner of the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard to reveal a new " "|PO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:102 msgid "Start by assigning a :guilabel:`Vendor`." msgstr "먼저 :guilabel:`공급업체` 를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field points to the sales and delivery " "order numbers sent by the vendor. This comes in handy once products are " "received, and the |PO| needs to be matched to the delivery order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`공급업체 참조` 항목에는 공급업체에서 전송한 판매 및 배송 주문 번호가 나타나 있습니다. 이 번호는 품목이 입고된 " "후에 |PO| 를 배송주문서에 매칭시켜야 할 때 유용하게 쓸 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:108 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field refers to long-term purchase agreements " "on recurring orders with set pricing. To view and configure blanket orders, " "head to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase agreements`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`포괄 주문` 항목은 가격이 설정된 반복 주문에 대한 장기 구매 계약을 나타냅니다. 포괄 주문을 확인한 후 설정하려면 " ":menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 주문서 --> 매입 계약서` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Currency` can be changed, if purchasing products from a " "vendor in another country." msgstr "다른 국가에 있는 공급업체에서 품목을 구매하는 경우 :guilabel:`통화` 를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:114 msgid "" "Next, configure an :guilabel:`Order Deadline`, which is the date by which " "the vendor must confirm their agreement to supply the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:118 msgid "" "After the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` is exceeded, the |RFQ| is marked as " "late, but the products can still be ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Arrival` is automatically calculated based on the " ":guilabel:`Order Deadline` and vendor lead time. Tick the checkbox for " ":guilabel:`Ask confirmation` to ask for signage at delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:125 msgid "" "With the :doc:`Storage Locations feature " "<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations>` " "activated, the :guilabel:`Deliver to` field appears, with options for the " "order shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:129 msgid "" "Select the receiving warehouse address here, or select :guilabel:`Dropship` " "to indicate that this order is to be shipped directly to the end customer. " "When :guilabel:`Dropship` is selected, the :guilabel:`Dropship address` " "field is enabled. Contact names auto-populate here from the **Contacts** " "app." msgstr "" "여기에서 입고지 창고 주소를 선택하거나 :guilabel:`직배송` 을 선택하여 주문이 최종 고객에게 직접 배송되도록 지정합니다. " ":guilabel:`직배송` 을 선택하면 :guilabel:`직배송 주소` 항목이 활성화됩니다. **연락처** 앱에서 연락처 이름이 " "여기에 자동으로 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:135 msgid "Products tab" msgstr "품목 탭" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:137 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, add the products to be ordered. Click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and type in the product name, or select the item " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목` 탭에 주문할 품목을 추가합니다. :guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭하고 품목명을 입력하거나 드롭다운 " "메뉴에서 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:140 msgid "" "To create a new product and add it, type the new product name in the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, select :guilabel:`Create [product name]` from " "the resulting drop-down menu, and manually add the unit price. Or, select " ":guilabel:`Create and edit...` to be taken to the product form for that new " "item." msgstr "" "새로운 품목을 생성하여 추가하려면 :guilabel:`품목` 열에 품목명을 새로 입력한 후, 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 " ":guilabel:`[품목명] 만들기` 를 선택하고 수동으로 단가를 추가합니다. 또는 :guilabel:`만들기 및 편집...` 을 " "선택하여 해당하는 새로운 품목의 품목 양식으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Catalog` can also be selected to navigate to a product menu from " "the chosen vendor. From here, products can be added to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:149 msgid "" "To make adjustments to products and prices, access the product form by " "clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon that " "becomes available upon hovering over the :guilabel:`Product` name." msgstr "" "품목 및 가격을 조정하려면 품목 양식에 액세스하며, :guilabel:`품목` 이름 위에 마우스를 올리면 나타나는 :icon:`oi-" "arrow-right` :guilabel:`(오른쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:154 msgid "Send |RFQ|" msgstr "|RFQ| 보내기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:156 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Send by Email` reveals a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-" "up window, with a :guilabel:`Purchase: Request for Quotation` template " "loaded, ready to send to the vendor's email address (configured in the " "**Contacts** app)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`이메일로 보내기` 를 클릭하면 :guilabel:` 이메일 작성` 팝업 창이 나타나고, :guilabel:`매입: " "견적서 요청` 템플릿이 로드되어 공급업체의 이메일 주소로 전송할 준비가 완료됩니다 (**연락처** 앱에서 환경 설정)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:160 msgid "" "After crafting the desired message, click :guilabel:`Send`. Once sent, the " "|RFQ| moves to the :guilabel:`RFQ Sent` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:163 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Print RFQ` downloads a PDF of the |RFQ|." msgstr ":guilabel:`RFQ 인쇄` 를 클릭하면 |RFQ| PDF가 다운로드됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:166 msgid "Confirm order" msgstr "주문 확인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:168 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm Order` directly transforms the |RFQ| into an " "active |PO|." msgstr ":guilabel:`주문 확인` 을 클릭하면 |RFQ| 가 즉시 활성화 상태인 |PO|로 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:171 msgid "" "Odoo tracks communications on each order through the chatter of the |PO| " "form. This shows the emails sent between the user and the contact, as well " "as any internal notes and activities. Messages, notes, and activities can " "also be logged on the chatter." msgstr "" "Odoo는 |PO| 양식에 있는 메시지창을 통해 각 주문과 관련된 커뮤니케이션을 추적합니다. 여기에는 사용자와 연락 상대 간에 전송된 " "이메일과 내부 메모 및 활동 내역이 표시됩니다. 메시지, 메모 및 활동도 메시지창에 기록할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:175 msgid "Once an |RFQ| is confirmed, it creates a |PO|." msgstr "|RFQ| 가 확정되면 |PO| 가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:177 msgid "" "On the new |PO|, the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field changes to " ":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`, which displays the date and time the user " "confirmed the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:180 msgid "" "Depending on the user's chosen configuration in the **Purchase** app " "settings, a *vendor bill* is created once products have been ordered or " "received. For more information, refer to the documentation on :doc:`managing" " vendor bills `." msgstr "" "**매입** 앱 설정에서 환경 설정한 내용에 따라 *공급업체 청구서* 는 품목을 주문하거나 수령할 때 생성됩니다. 자세한 내용은 " ":doc:`공급업체 청구서 관리 ` 관련 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:185 msgid "" "After an order is placed, clicking :guilabel:`Receive Products` records the " "reception of new products into the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:189 msgid "" "With the **Inventory** app installed, confirming a |PO| automatically " "creates a receipt document, with the product information and expected " "arrival dates automatically populated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:40 msgid "Import vendor pricelist" msgstr "공급업체 가격표 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:5 msgid "" "Set vendor prices to auto-populate requests for quotations (RFQs) or " "purchase orders (POs) with the unit price, once the product is added, which " "reduces errors and saves time." msgstr "" "품목을 추가하면 단위 가격이 자동으로 견적요청서(RFQ) 또는 구매발주서(PO)에 공급업체 가격과 함께 입력되어 오류를 줄이고 시간을 " "절약할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, vendor pricelists can be :ref:`added individually " "` on the product form, or :ref:`imported in " "bulk `, via an XLSX or CSV file." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 공급업체 가격표는 품목 양식에 :ref:`개별적으로 추가 ` 하거나, " ":ref:`일괄 가져오기 ` 를 할 수 있으며, XLSX 또는 CSV " "파일로 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:13 msgid "" "Please review this :doc:`import guide " "<../../../essentials/export_import_data>` before uploading vendor " "pricelists." msgstr "" "공급업체 가격표를 업로드하기 전에 :doc:`가져오기 가이드 <../../../essentials/export_import_data>` " "를 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:19 msgid "On product form" msgstr "품목 양식에 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:21 msgid "" "To manually add the vendor price on the product form, go to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`, and click the " "desired product." msgstr "" "품목 양식에 공급업체 가격을 수동으로 추가하려면 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 대상 " "품목을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:25 msgid "" "Product forms are accessible from multiple apps, such as **Sales**, " "**Inventory**, and **Manufacturing**." msgstr "품목 양식은 **판매**, **재고 관리**, **제조 관리** 등 여러 가지 앱을 통해 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:28 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product form, input the vendor and " "their price, to have this information auto-populate on a request for " "quotation each time the product is listed." msgstr "" "품목 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`매입` 탭에 공급업체와 가격을 입력해 두면, 견적요청서에 품목이 표시될 때마다 이 정보가 자동으로 " "입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Vendor pricelist on product form `" msgstr ":ref:`품목 양식에 있는 공급업체 가격표 ​​`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1 msgid "Vendor pricelist on product form." msgstr "품목 양식에 있는 공급업체 가격표입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:42 msgid "" "To import vendor pricelists, ensure the XLSX or CSV file is accurately " "completed. The best way to obtain a correctly formatted template, including " "product names, references, and vendor details, is to first :ref:`export a " "pricelist ` from the database." msgstr "" "공급업체 가격표를 가져오려면, XLSX 또는 CSV 파일이 정확하게 생성되어 있는지 확인하세요. 템플릿을 올바른 형식으로 품목명, 참조 " "및 공급업체 세부 정보 등의 내용과 함께 받으려면, 먼저 데이터베이스에서 :ref:`가격표 내보내기 " "` 를 실행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:46 msgid "" "Modify the exported file, as needed, then import it back into the Odoo " "database." msgstr "필요에 따라 내보낸 파일을 수정한 다음 Odoo 데이터베이스로 다시 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:51 msgid "Export pricelist" msgstr "가격표 내보내기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:53 msgid "" "To export a pricelist, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration " "--> Vendor Pricelists`." msgstr "가격표 내보내기를 하려면 :menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 공급업체 가격표` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:55 msgid "On the page, tick the checkbox(es) for the desired vendor pricelists." msgstr "페이지에서 선택할 공급업체 가격표의 확인란에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button that appears, and " "choose :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`작업` 버튼이 표시되면 클릭한 후, 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :icon:`fa-" "upload` :guilabel:`내보내기` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1 msgid "Show selected exported fields, with the Export button visible." msgstr "선택한 내보내기 필드를 표시하고 내보내기 버튼을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:63 msgid "" "In the resulting pop-up window, fields listed under the :guilabel:`Fields to" " export` section are included in the exported file. To add more fields, find" " the desired field in the :guilabel:`Available fields` section, and click " "the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the field." msgstr "" "팝업창이 나타나면, :guilabel:`내보내기할 필드` 섹션 항목이 내보내기 파일에 나타나 있습니다. 항목을 더 추가하려면 " ":guilabel:`사용 가능한 필드` 섹션에서 선택할 항목을 찾아서 필드 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`fa-plus` " ":guilabel:`(더하기)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:69 msgid "" "To update to existing records, tick the :guilabel:`I want to update data " "(import-compatible export)` checkbox, and refer to the section on the " ":ref:`External ID ` field." msgstr "" "기존 레코드로 업데이트하려면 :guilabel:`데이터를 업데이트합니다(가져오기 및 내보내기 호환)` 확인란에 표시하고 :ref:`외부 " "ID ` 필드에 있는 섹션을 참조합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:73 msgid "" "For details on commonly-used fields for importing vendor pricelists, see the" " :ref:`Common fields ` section." msgstr "" "공급업체 가격표 가져오기를 할 때 일반적으로 사용하게 되는 필드에 대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`일반적인 필드 " "` 섹션을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:76 msgid "" "Select the desired :guilabel:`Export Format`: :guilabel:`XLSX` or " ":guilabel:`CSV`." msgstr "" "원하는 :guilabel:`내보내기 형식` 선택하기: :guilabel:`XLSX` 또는 :guilabel:`CSV` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:78 msgid "" "To save the selected fields as a template, click the :guilabel:`Template` " "field, and select :guilabel:`New template` from the drop-down menu. Type the" " name of the new template, and click the :icon:`fa-floppy-o` " ":guilabel:`(save)` icon. After that, the template is a selectable option " "when clicking the :guilabel:`Template` field." msgstr "" "선택한 필드를 템플릿으로 저장하려면 :guilabel:`템플릿` 을 클릭한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`새 템플릿` 을 " "선택합니다. 새 템플릿 이름을 입력하고 :icon:`fa-floppy-o` :guilabel:`(저장)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 " "하면 해당 템플릿이 향후 :guilabel:`템플릿` 항목을 클릭할 경우 선택할 수 있는 옵션으로 전환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:83 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Export`." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`내보내기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:86 msgid "" "With :ref:`developer mode ` turned on, the column names of " "the exported file display the *field name* with the *technical name* in " "parenthesis." msgstr "" "ref:`개발자 모드 ` 가 켜져 있을 경우, 내보낸 파일의 열 이름은 *필드 이름* 및 괄호 안의 *기술 " "이름* 으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:0 msgid "Exporting vendor pricelist." msgstr "공급업체 가격표 내보내기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:93 msgid "" "Export vendor pricelist in XLSX format. It includes :guilabel:`Product " "Template` and other fields in the :guilabel:`Fields to export` section." msgstr "" "공급업체 가격표를 XLSX 형식으로 내보내는 모습입니다. 여기에는 :guilabel:`품목 템플릿` 및 기타 필드가 " ":guilabel:`내보내기할 필드` 섹션에 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:99 msgid "External ID" msgstr "외부 ID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:101 msgid "" "*External ID* is a unique identifier used to update existing vendor " "pricelists. Without it, imported records create new entries, instead of " "updating existing ones. Including this field in the XLSX or CSV, indicates " "the line replaces an existing vendor pricelist in the Odoo database." msgstr "" "*외부 ID* 는 기존 공급업체 가격표를 업데이트할 때 사용하는 고유 식별 기호입니다. ID가 없으면 가져온 레코드로 기존 필드를 " "업데이트하는 대신 새로운 항목이 생성됩니다. 이 필드가 XLSX 또는 CSV에 포함되어 있으면 Odoo 데이터베이스에 있는 기존 " "공급업체 가격표가 해당 줄에 대체되어 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:0 msgid "Show 'Ready Mat' appear twice." msgstr "'Ready Mat'가 두 번 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:109 msgid "" "`Ready Mat` appears twice because the external ID was omitted during the " "price update from `$790` to `$780`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:112 msgid "" "To look-up the :guilabel:`External ID` for a vendor pricelist, tick the " ":guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible export)` checkbox at the" " top of the :guilabel:`Export Data` pop-up window." msgstr "" "공급업체 가격표의 :guilabel:`외부 ID` 를 조회하려면 :guilabel:`데이터를 업데이트합니다(가져오기 및 내보내기 호환)`" " 확인란을 선택하며 :guilabel:`데이터 내보내기` 팝업창의 맨 위에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:116 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`External ID` from the :guilabel:`Available fields` " "section with the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible " "export)` checkbox ticked results in an export file with two columns " "containing the external ID." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`외부 ID` 를 :guilabel:`사용 가능한 필드` 섹션에서 선택한 후 :guilabel:`데이터를 " "업데이트합니다(내보내기 후 가져오기)` 확인란을 선택하면 외부 ID와 함께 두 개의 열이 내보내기 파일로 생성됩니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:123 msgid "Common fields" msgstr "일반 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:125 msgid "" "Below is a list of commonly-used fields when importing vendor pricelists:" msgstr "아래는 일반적으로 공급업체 가격표 가져오기를 할 때 사용되는 필드 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:127 msgid "Field name definitions" msgstr "필드명 지정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:130 msgid "Field name" msgstr "필드명" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:131 msgid "Used for" msgstr "사용 대상" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:132 msgid "Field in Odoo database" msgstr "Odoo 데이터베이스 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:133 msgid "Technical name of field" msgstr "기술적 필드 명칭" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:134 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "공급업체" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:135 msgid "" "The only required field for creating a vendor pricelist record. This field " "specifies the vendor associated with the product." msgstr "공급업체 가격표 레코드를 생성할 때 유일한 필수 필드입니다. 이 필드로 품목에 연결된 공급업체를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor` field in the :ref:`vendor pricelist of the product form " "`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`공급업체` 필드가 :ref:`공급업체 가격표에 있는 품목 양식 `" " 에 표시된 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:139 msgid "`partner_id`" msgstr "`partner_id`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:140 msgid "Product Template" msgstr "품목 양식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:141 msgid "The Odoo product the vendor pricelist entry is related to." msgstr "Odoo에서 공급업체 가격표 ​​항목과 관련된 품목을 대상으로 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:142 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` field in the vendor pricelist." msgstr "공급업체 가격표의 :guilabel:`품목` 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:143 msgid "`product_tmpl_id`" msgstr "`product_tmpl_id`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:145 msgid "" "The minimum quantity required to receive the product at the specified price." msgstr "품목을 지정된 가격으로 받기 위해서는 필수적인 최소 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` field in the vendor pricelist. (If not visible, enable " "it by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, and" " tick the :guilabel:`Quantity` checkbox)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:149 msgid "`min_qty`" msgstr "`min_qty`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:150 msgid "Unit Price" msgstr "단가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:151 msgid "The purchase price for the product from the vendor." msgstr "공급업체에서 받는 품목의 구매 가격입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Price` field in the vendor pricelist." msgstr "공급업체 가격표의 :guilabel:`가격` 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:153 msgid "`price`" msgstr "`price`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:154 msgid "Delivery Lead Time" msgstr "배송 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:155 msgid "" ":ref:`Number of days ` before " "receiving the product after confirming a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:157 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field on the vendor pricelist." msgstr "공급업체 가격표의 :guilabel:`배송 리드타임` 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:158 msgid "`delay`" msgstr "`delay`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:159 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "순서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:160 msgid "" "Defines the order of vendors in the pricelist when multiple vendors are " "available. For example, if `Azure Interior` is listed first and Wood Corner " "second, their sequences would be `1` and `2`." msgstr "" "복수의 공급업체와 거래하는 경우 가격표에 표시되는 공급업체의 순서를 지정합니다. 예를 들어, `Azure Interior`가 첫 번째로," " Wood Corner가 두 번째로 표시되게 할 경우 순서는 `1`과 `2`가 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:171 msgid "N/A" msgstr "해당 없음" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:164 msgid "`sequence`" msgstr "`sequence`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:165 msgid "Company" msgstr "회사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:166 msgid "Name of company the product belongs to." msgstr "품목을 소유하는 회사의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Company` field in the vendor pricelist." msgstr "공급업체 가격표의 :guilabel:`회사` 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:168 msgid "`company_id`" msgstr "`company_id`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:169 msgid ":ref:`External ID `" msgstr ":ref:`외부 ID `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:170 msgid "Unique ID of a record used to update existing vendor pricelists." msgstr "레코드의 고유 ID로 기존 공급업체 가격표를 업데이트할 때 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:172 msgid "`id`" msgstr "`id`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:175 msgid "Import records" msgstr "레코드 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:177 msgid "" "With a template downloaded, fill out the XLSX or CSV file with the necessary" " information. After inputting everything, import the file back into the Odoo" " database, by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " "Vendor Pricelists`." msgstr "" "템플릿을 다운로드한 후, 필요한 정보를 입력하여 XLSX 또는 CSV 파일을 생성합니다. 모든 내용이 입력되었으면 " ":menuselection:`매입 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 공급업체 가격표` 로 이동하여 다시 파일을 Odoo 데이터베이스로 " "가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:181 msgid "" "On the page, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon in the top-" "left corner. In the drop-down menu that appears, click :guilabel:`Import " "records`." msgstr "" "페이지의 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(톱니바퀴)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되면 " ":guilabel:`레코드 가져오기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:184 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Upload File` in the upper-left corner, and after " "selecting the XLSX or CSV file, confirm the correct fields, and click " ":guilabel:`Import`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`파일 업로드` 를 클릭하고 XLSX 또는 CSV 파일을 선택한 다음, 알맞은 필드인지 " "확인이 되면 :guilabel:`가져오기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:188 msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/export_import_data`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../essentials/export_import_data`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:189 msgid ":ref:`Common fields `" msgstr ":ref:`공통 필드 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1 msgid "Upload file screen." msgstr "파일 업로드 화면입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:195 msgid "Formatting import file" msgstr "가져오기 파일에 서식 지정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:197 msgid "" "To understand how to format import files for vendor pricelists, consider the" " following example." msgstr "공급업체 가격표의 가져오기 파일에 서식을 지정하는 방법을 알아보려면 다음 예시를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:199 msgid "" "`Storage Box` (:guilabel:`Reference`: `E-COM08`) is sold by `Wood Corner` " "for `$10`." msgstr "`보관함`(:guilabel:`참조` : `E-COM08`)은 `Wood Corner`에서 `$10`에 판매되고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:200 msgid "" "`Large Desk` (:guilabel:`Reference`: `E-COM09`) has no records in the vendor" " pricelist." msgstr "`대형 책상`(:guilabel:`참조` : `E-COM09`)의 경우 공급업체 가격표에 레코드가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:202 msgid "An import file is created to do the following:" msgstr "가져오기 파일이 생성되어 다음과 같이 진행됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:204 msgid "Update the price for `Wood Corner` from `$10` to `$13`." msgstr "`Wood Corner`의 가격이 `$10`에서 `$13`으로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:205 msgid "" "Add pricelist for `Storage Box`: the vendor, `Ready Mat` intends to sell the" " product for `$14`." msgstr "" "`Storage Box` 에 대한 가격표 추가: 공급업체인 `Ready Mat` 에서는 품목을 `$14` 에 판매하려고 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:206 msgid "" "Add pricelist for `Large Desk`: vendor is `Wood Corner`, price is `$1299`." msgstr "`Large Desk`에 대한 가격표 추가: 공급업체는 `Wood Corner`이고 가격은 `$1299`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:207 msgid "" "Add pricelist for `Large Desk`: vendor is `Azure Interior`, price is " "`$1399`." msgstr "`Large Desk`에 대한 가격표 추가: 공급업체는 `Azure Interior`이고 가격은 `$1399`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:209 msgid "Vendor pricelist data" msgstr "공급업체 가격표 데이터" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:212 msgid "id" msgstr "아이디" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:213 msgid "company_id" msgstr "company_id" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:214 msgid "delay" msgstr "딜레이" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:215 msgid "price" msgstr "가격" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:216 msgid "product_tmpl_id" msgstr "product_tmpl_id" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:217 msgid "sequence" msgstr "시퀀스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:218 msgid "partner_id" msgstr "partner_id" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:219 msgid "product.product_supplierinfo_3" msgstr "product.product_supplierinfo_3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:227 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:241 msgid "My Company (San Francisco)" msgstr "My Company (San Francisco)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:222 msgid "13.00" msgstr "13.00" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:230 msgid "[E-COM08] Storage Box" msgstr "[E-COM08] Storage Box" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:239 msgid "Wood Corner" msgstr "Wood Corner" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:229 msgid "14.00" msgstr "14.00" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:232 msgid "Ready Mat" msgstr "Ready Mat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:236 msgid "1299.00" msgstr "1299.00" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:244 msgid "[E-COM09] Large Desk" msgstr "[E-COM09] Large Desk" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:238 msgid "6" msgstr "6" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:243 msgid "1399.00" msgstr "1399.00" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:245 msgid "7" msgstr "7" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:246 msgid "Azure Interior" msgstr "Azure Interior" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:249 msgid "The *technical field name* was used to create this information." msgstr "본 정보를 생성하기 위해서는 *기술적 필드 명칭* 이 적용되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:252 msgid "Download the sample files for reference:" msgstr "참조용 예시 파일을 다운로드하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:254 msgid ":download:`Sample XLSX import file `" msgstr ":download:`XLSX 가져오기 파일 예시 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:255 msgid ":download:`Sample CSV import file `" msgstr ":download:`CSV 가져오기 파일 예시 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "재주문 규칙 환경설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " "minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " "rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" " a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" " below a set threshold." msgstr "" "일부 품목의 경우에는, 일정 기간동안 최소한의 수량이 필수적으로 확보되어 있어야 합니다. 품목에 재주문 규칙을 추가해 놓으면 자동적으로 " "재주문 프로세스를 통해 해당 품목 보유량이 임계값보다 떨어지면 자동으로 구매발주서를 생성하게 됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "재주문 규칙 기능을 사용하려면 *재고* 모듈이 설치되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "품목 재주문 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " "be added to them." msgstr "재주문 규칙을 품목에 추가하려면 해당 품목에 특정한 구성 내용을 적용해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " ":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " "Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " "Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " "into it's product form." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리`, :menuselection:`제조 관리`, :menuselection:`매입` 또는 " ":menuselection:`판매` 모듈에서 시작하여 :menuselection:`품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`만들기` 를 클릭하여 새 품목을 생성합니다. 또는 데이터베이스 내에서 기존 품목을 찾아서 해당 품목 양식에 " "액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " "be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" "그 다음에는 :guilabel:`품목명` 필드 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`구매 가능` 옵션에 표시하여 재주문 기능을 활성화합니다. " "마지막으로, :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 유형` 을 `재고 품목` 으로 설정합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 재주문할 품목을 환경설정하는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" msgstr "품목에 재주문 규칙 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "" "After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " "by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " "that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" "품목에 대한 환경설정이 알맞게 완료되면, 재주문 규칙을 추가할 수 있습니다. 현재 해당 품목 양식의 맨 위에 있는 " ":guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 탭을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 현황판에 있는 :guilabel:`만들기` 를 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo 품목 페이지에서 품목에 설정한 재주문 규칙에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "" "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " "orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "" "재주문 규칙이 생성되면, 재주문 규칙을 설정하여 구매발주서를 자동으로 생성할 수 있으며 다음과 같이 필드에 지정하면 됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" " once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치` 는 주문한 수량이 입고되어 재고로 입력 처리된 후 보관될 위치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " "while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최소 수량` 에는 재주문 규칙에 적용될 하한 수량이 될 하위 임계값을 기재하고 :guilabel:`최대 수량` 에는 " "상위 임계값을 입력합니다. 보유한 재고량이 최소 수량 아래로 떨어지면 최대 수량까지 보충하기 위해 새 구매발주서가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " "set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " "created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" "예를 들어, :guilabel:`최소 수량` 을 `5`로 설정하고 :guilabel:`최대 수량` 은 `25`로 설정한 상태에서 사용 " "가능한 재고가 4개로 떨어질 경우, 21개 품목에 대한 구매발주서가 자동으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " "ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " "this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " "resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " "Quantity` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`중복 수량` 에서 설정해 놓으면 미리 지정한 수량으로만 품목을 일괄 주문할 수 있습니다. 입력하는 수량에 따라서, " "구매발주서를 생성하여 입고되는 재고량으로 인해 보유 수량이 :guilabel:`최대 수량` 필드에 지정된 수량보다 많아지게 될 수도 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최대 수량` 은 `100`으로 설정되어 있으나 :guilabel:`중복 수량` 항목에서는 `200` 단위로 상품을 " "주문하도록 설정되어 있는 경우, 구매발주서에서는 200개 단위를 기준으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" " be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " "it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " "non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UoM` 에서는 수량을 주문할 단위를 지정합니다. 개별적인 품목의 경우, 몇 `개` 와 같이 설정합니다. 다만, " "물이나 벽돌과 같이 개별 품목으로 보기 어려운 경우에는 `부피` 나 `무게` 와 같은 단위로도 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 재주문 규칙을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" msgstr "스케줄러를 활용하여 재주문 규칙을 수동으로 작동시킵니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" "Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " "runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" "up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" "재주문 규칙이 스케줄러를 통해 자동으로 실행되며 스케줄러는 기본값으로 하루에 한번씩 실행되고 있습니다. 재주문 규칙을 수동으로 " "동작시키려면, :menuselection:`재고 --> 운영 --> 스케줄러 실행` 으로 이동합니다. 팝업창에서 " ":guilabel:`스케줄러 실행` 을 클릭하면 수동으로 작업할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " "actions." msgstr "수동으로 재주문 규칙을 동작시키면 예약되어 있는 다른 작업들도 같이 작동됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" msgstr "재주문 규칙 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" "To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " "product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " "top of the form." msgstr "" "단일 품목에 적용되는 재주문 규칙을 관리하려면, 관련 품목 페이지의 양식으로 이동하여 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`재주문 규칙`" " 탭을 선택하세요. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "" "To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" " dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " "data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " "are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" "전체 품목에 적용되는 재주문 규칙을 관리하려면, :menuselection:`재고 --> 환경설정 --> 재주문 규칙` 으로 이동합니다." " 현황판을 통해 Odoo에서 보통 실행하는 일괄 작업을 확인할 수 있으며, 여기에는 더 이상 사용을 하지 않는 데이터에 대한 내보내기 " "혹은 보관 규칙 등이 있습니다. 또한 양식에 대한 :guilabel:`필터` 나 :guilabel:`그룹 기준`, 또는 점 세 개로 " "표시되어 있는 메뉴를 통해 재주문 규칙을 원하는 대로 검색하거나 설정할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:3 msgid "Temporary reordering rules" msgstr "임시 재주문 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "Some businesses require certain products to always have a minimum quantity " "of stock on-hand at any given time. To avoid stock falling below a certain " "threshold, companies can create *reordering rules* in Odoo to automate " "purchase orders for specific products." msgstr "" "일부 기업에서는 특정 품목에 대해 일정 기간 항상 최소 수량의 재고를 보유하도록 하고 있습니다. 재고가 특정 임계값 아래로 떨어지는 것을" " 방지하기 위해 회사는 Odoo에서 *재주문 규칙* 을 만들어 특정 품목에 대한 구매 주문을 자동화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:9 msgid "" "Reordering rules keep the forecasted stock levels above a certain threshold," " without exceeding a specified upper limit, or maximum amount. When a " "product with a reordering rule falls below a specified quantity, Odoo " "generates an order using the specified *route* (e.g. *Buy* or *Manufacture*)" " to replenish the stock." msgstr "" "재주문 규칙을 통해 지정된 상한이나 최대 수량을 초과하지 않고 예측 재고 수준을임계값 이상으로 유지합니다. 재주문 규칙이 있는 품목 " "수량이 지정된 수량 미만으로 떨어지면 Odoo는 지정된 *경로* (예: *매입* 또는 *제조*)로 재고를 보충하기 위해 주문서를 " "생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:14 msgid "" "In certain cases, businesses might opt for *temporary reordering rules* when" " they do not want specific products to be replenished automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, a \"temporary\" reordering rule is created in the replenishment " "dashboard when a product:" msgstr "Odoo에서 품목이 다음과 같은 경우 보충 현황판에 \"임시\" 재주문 규칙이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:19 msgid "is configured with a *Buy* route" msgstr "*매입* 경로로 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:20 msgid "has no reordering rule configured" msgstr "재주문 규칙이 설정되지 않음" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:21 msgid "has `0` quantity in stock" msgstr "재고 수량이 `0`임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:22 msgid "is included in a sales order (SO)." msgstr "판매주문서(SO)에 포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:24 msgid "" "This rule is deleted upon confirmation of the purchase order (PO) generated " "for the product." msgstr "이 규칙은 품목에 대해 생성된 구매주문서(PO)가 확정되면 삭제됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:27 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:33 msgid "" "To configure a product that triggers temporary reordering rules when its " "stock reaches `0`, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "품목에 대한 환경설정을 통해 재고가 `0` 이 되면 임시 재주문 규칙이 작동되게 하려면, 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱" " --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:37 msgid "" "The same configurations can also be made on an existing product, by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting an " "existing product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:40 msgid "" "On the product form, enter the product name, and ensure the :guilabel:`Can " "be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` options are enabled, located " "beneath the :guilabel:`Product Name` field." msgstr "" "품목 양식에서 품목 이름을 입력하고 :guilabel:`품목 이름` 필드 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`판매 가능` 및 " ":guilabel:`구매 가능` 옵션이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:44 msgid "" "Then, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product`, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 유형` 을 `보관 가능한 품목` 으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:47 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and under :guilabel:`Vendor`, " "click :guilabel:`Add a line` to select a vendor from the drop-down menu. " "Then, set a purchase price under :guilabel:`Price`." msgstr "" "다음으로 :guilabel:`매입` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`공급업체` 에 있는 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭한 후 " "드롭다운 메뉴에서 공급업체를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:` 가격` 에서 구매 가격을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:51 msgid "" "A vendor **must** be set for temporary reordering rules to work. While a " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)` can still be created automatically, attempting " "to replenish the product from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard in the" " *Inventory* app triggers a warning to add a vendor on the product form." msgstr "" "임시 재주문 규칙이 작동하려면 **반드시** 공급업체를 설정해야 합니다. :abbr:`PO (구매발주서)` 는 계속 자동으로 생성할 수 " "있으나 *재고 관리* 앱의 :guilabel:`재보충` 현황판에서 품목을 보충하면 품목 양식에 공급업체를 추가하라는 경고가 트리거됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:0 msgid "Warning pop-up upon clicking to replenish product with no set vendor." msgstr "설정된 공급업체가 없는 상태에서 품목을 보충하려고 클릭하면 경고 팝업창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:60 msgid "" "Before creating a :abbr:`SO (sales order)` for the product, ensure the " ":guilabel:`On Hand` smart button on the product form reads `0.00 Units`. " "Then, ensure that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button reads `0`, " "indicating there are no rules applied to this product." msgstr "" "품목에 대한 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)` 를 생성하기 전에 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`보유 중` 스마트 버튼에 `0.00 " "단위`가 표시되어 있는지 확인합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 스마트 버튼이 `0` 으로 표시되어 이 품목에 적용된 " "규칙이 없다는 것을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "" "Product form smart button row displaying reordering rules and on hand " "buttons." msgstr "품목 양식의 스마트 버튼 행에 재주문 규칙과 재고 버튼이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:69 msgid "Trigger temporary reordering rule" msgstr "임시 재주문 규칙 동작하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:71 msgid "" "To trigger a temporary reordering rule, create a new sales order for a " "product by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:74 msgid "" "Then, add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, select the desired product from the drop-" "down menu. Lastly, :guilabel:`Confirm` the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`고객` 필드에 고객을 추가한 후 :guilabel:`주문서 내역` 탭의 :guilabel:`품목` 열 " "아래에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 를 클릭합니다. 다음으로 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 품목을 선택합니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`확인` :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)` 를 실행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Sales order for product with no set reordering rules." msgstr "품목의 판매주문서에 재주문 규칙이 설정되지 않은 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:83 msgid "Check replenishment report" msgstr "보충 보고서 확인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:85 msgid "" "To see the temporary reordering rule created for the out-of-stock product " "included in the sales order, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment` " "dashboard." msgstr "" "판매주문서에 있는 품절된 품목에 대해 임시로 생성된 재주뮨문 규칙을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 운영 " "--> 보충` 으로 이동합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`보충` 현황판이 ​​열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:89 msgid "" "On this dashboard, locate the product for which the temporary reordering " "rule was created. On its product line, its :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity, " "negative :guilabel:`Forecast` quantity, *Buy* :guilabel:`Route`, and " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity to replenish can be seen." msgstr "" "이 현황판에서 임시 재주문 규칙이 생성된 품목을 찾습니다. 품목 내역에서 :guilabel:`보유` 수량, 음수인 " ":guilabel:`예상` 수량, *매입* :guilabel:`경로` 및 보충할 :guilabel:`주문 예정` 수량을 확인할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:93 msgid "" "Additionally, two replenishment options are located to the far-right of the " "row: :guilabel:`Order Once` and :guilabel:`Automate`." msgstr "또한 두 가지 보충 옵션이 :guilabel:`한번 주문하기` 및 :guilabel:`자동` 행의 가장 오른쪽에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Replenishment report displaying temporary reordering rule and options." msgstr "보충 보고서에 임시 재주문 규칙 및 옵션이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:100 msgid "" "To use the one-time, temporary reordering rule, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`. This action triggers a confirmation pop-up window in the top-right " "corner, reading :guilabel:`The following replenishment order has been " "generated`, along with a new purchase order number." msgstr "" "일회성으로 임시 재정렬 규칙을 사용하려면 :guilabel:`한번 주문하기` 를 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 오른쪽 상단에 " ":guilabel:`다음의 보충 주문서가 생성되었습니다`라는 확인 팝업 창이 새로운 구매발주서 번호와 함께 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:105 msgid "" "Once the purchase order has been generated after clicking :guilabel:`Order " "Once`, refresh the page. The temporary reordering rule for the product no " "longer appears in the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`한 번 주문` 을 클릭하여 구매발주서가 생성되면 페이지를 새로고침합니다. 품목에 대한 임시 재주문 규칙이 더 이상 " ":guilabel:`보충` 현황판에 나타나지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:110 msgid "Complete purchase order" msgstr "구매발주서 작성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:112 msgid "" "To view the purchase order created from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` " "dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and select the " "generated :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` from the :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` overview." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`보충` 현황판에서 생성된 구매발주서를 보려면 :menuselection:`매입 앱` 으로 이동한 후 " ":guilabel:`견적요청서` 전체보기에서 생성된 :abbr:`PO(구매발주서)` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:116 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, then click :guilabel:`Receive " "Products`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the purchase " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order for product ordered with temporary reordering rule." msgstr "임시 재주문 규칙으로 주문한 품목의 구매발주서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:123 msgid "Now, the original sales order can be delivered and invoiced." msgstr "이제 원래의 판매 주문 내용대로 배송하고 청구서를 발행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is delivered and invoiced, ensure there " "are no reordering rules on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:129 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, select the " "product, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button " "displays `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "매입 단위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" " unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between " "sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert " "measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once" " and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" "품목을 매입할 때, 공급업체에서 판매하는 단위와 다른 단위를 적용하는 경우가 발생할 수 있습니다. 이로 인해 판매나 구매 담당자 간에 " "업무 혼선이 발생할 수 있습니다. 매번 수기로 단위값을 변환하려면 소요되는 시간도 상당합니다. Odoo만 있으면, 품목에 대해 설정을 한" " 번 해두는 것만으로도 변환 관련 작업은 Odoo에서 책임집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "다음의 예와 같은 상황을 고려해보십시오:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "" "미국 업체로부터 오렌지주스를 매입하였으며 해당 업체는 **갤런**을 단위로 사용합니다. 그러나, 귀하의 고객은 유럽인이며 **리터** " "단위를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "" "업체로부터 커튼을 구매할 때는 **롤** 형식으로 매입을 진행하고, 고객에게 판매할 때는 롤을 나누어 **평방미터** 단위로 판매합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "단위 활성화하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" "영업 앱을 열어서 :menuselection:`구성 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 품목 카탈로그에서 *측정 단위*를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "Odoo 판매 앱에서 단위 옵션을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "특정 판매 및 구매 단위 지정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "표준 단위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" "데이터베이스에서 기본 설정으로 다양한 측정 단위를 사용할 수 있습니다. *길이 / 거리*, *단위*, *부피*, *무게* 및 *작업 " "시간* 5가지의 사전 구성되어 있는 측정 단위 카테고리 중 하나로 전체 단위가 분류됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "새로운 측정 단위 및 단위 카테고리를 만들 수 있습니다 (다음 섹션 참조)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " "product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" " tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" "판매할 때와 구매할 때 단위를 다르게 적용하려면, 매입 앱에서 :menuselection:`품목 --> 품목` 메뉴로 이동합니다. 품목을" " 새로 생성하거나 기존 항목을 선택합니다. 품목 정보의 *일반 정보* 탭에서 먼저 판매할 때 (또는 재고 관리 등 다른 앱에서) 사용할 " "*단위* 를 선택합니다. 그 다음 구매할 경우에 사용할 *매입 단위* 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" "첫 번째 예시로 돌아가 보면, 업체에서 오렌지 주스에서 **갤런** 단위로 오렌지 주스를 매입하고 고객에게는 **리터** 단위로 판매하는" " 경우 먼저 *단위* 로 *L* (리터)를 선택하고 *매입 단위* 로는 *gal (US)* (갤런)을 선택한 다음 *저장* 을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서 품목 단위 환경설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "새로운 단위 및 단위 카테고리 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 측정 항목이 사전에 구성되어 있지 않거나 관련이 없는 단위인 경우 (예를 들어 킬로그램과 센티미터), 사용할 단위와 " "카테고리를 직접 생성해야 하는 경우도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" "두 번째 예시였던 업체에서 커튼을 매입하는 사례의 경우에는 매입은 **롤** 형태로 하고 판매는 **평방미터** 로 롤을 잘라서 판매를 " "하는 관계로, 양쪽 단위를 연결시키기 위해서는 새로운 *단위 카테고리* 를 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" "진행하려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 측정 단위 카테고리` 로 이동합니다. *만들기* 를 클릭한 후 카테고리 이름을 " "지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 매입 앱에서 새로 단위 카테고리를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into " "the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the " "category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "다음 단계에서는 두 가지 단위를 생성합니다. 생성하려면 :guilabel:`단위 카테고리` 필드를 클릭한 후 카테고리 이름을 입력합니다." " 그런 다음 :guilabel:`단위` 탭에서 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select " "the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select " "*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding " "Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a " "multiple of this value." msgstr "" "먼저, 카테고리 내에서 다른 단위로 변환할 경우 기준점으로 사용할 단위를 생성합니다. 단위명을 지정한 후 방금 생성한 단위 카테고리를 " "선택합니다. *유형* 으로는 *이 카테고리 유형에 적용할 참조용 단위* 를 선택합니다. 적용될 *반올림 정밀도* 를 입력합니다. " "Odoo에서 수량을 계산하면 항상 이 값의 배수 값이 됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" "이 예시에서는 롤을 1개 미만으로 구매할 수 없고 측정 단위에서도 롤을 분수로 입력하지 않을 것이므로, 1을 입력할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 매입 앱에서 새로 참조 단위를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" " than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " "Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" "*반올림 정밀도* 를 0.01 미만으로 설정할 경우에는, *소수점 정확도* 에 설정된 것보다 높게 설정되었기 때문에 결과와 일치하지 않을" " 수 있다는 경고 메시지가 표시됩니다. *반올림 정밀도* 을 0.01 미만으로 설정하려면 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 " "` 를 활성화한 다음, :menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 --> 데이터베이스 구조 --> 소수점" " 정확도` 로 이동하여 *품목 단위* 를 선택하고, *자릿수* 항목을 알맞게 수정하세요. 예를 들어, 반올림 정밀도를 0.00001 로 " "설정하려면 *자릿수* 를 5로 설정합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" "다음으로, 두번째 단위를 생성하고 이름을 지정한 후 참조 단위와 동일한 카테고리를 선택합니다. *유형* 으로는 상황에 따라 *참조용 " "단위보다 작게* 또는*참조용 단위보다 크게* 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "커튼 롤 크기가 100 평방미터이므로, *작게*를 선택해야 합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" "그 다음으로는 참조용으로 입력한 단위와 두번째 단위 간의 *비율*을 입력합니다. 두번째 단위가 더 작은 경우, *비율*은 1보다는 커야 " "합니다. 두번째 단위가 더 큰 경우에는, 비율이 1보다 작아야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "커튼 롤의 경우에는, 비율을 100으로 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "이제 Odoo의 표준 측정 단위를 사용하는 것처럼 품목을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 구매 앱에서 자체 단위를 사용하여 제품의 측정 단위를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:9 msgid "" "**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " "processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " "inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "" "**Odoo 품질 관리**는 제조 공정과 재고 이동 전반에 걸쳐 제품 품질을 보장합니다. 검사 빈도를 자동화하고, 감지된 문제에 대해 " "품질 경고 알림을 생성하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 품질 관리 전체보기 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" msgstr "품질 검사 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3 msgid "Instructions quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 지침" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types" " that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows" " the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check." msgstr "" "Odoo *품질 관리*에서 *지침* 검사는 새 품질 검사 또는 품질 관리점(QCP)을 설정할 때 사용할 수 있는 품질 확인 유형 중 " "하나입니다. *지침* 검사는 작성자가 검사 완료에 대한 지침을 제공할 수 있는 텍스트 필드로 구성되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:12 msgid "" "For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points " "`." msgstr "" "품질 검사 또는 |QCP| 구성에 대한 종합적인 지침은 :ref:`품질 검사 " "` 및 :ref:`품질 관리점 " "`에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:17 msgid "Process an Instructions quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 지침 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:19 msgid "" "There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed." " If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or " "work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a" " check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" "*지침* 품질 검사는 다양한 방법을 통해 수행할 수 있습니다. 품질 검사가 특정 제조, 재고 또는 작업 주문에 연결되어 있는 경우 주문 " "자체에서 직접 실행할 수 있습니다. 또는 점검 페이지에서 품질 검사를 관리할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:24 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" msgstr "품질 검사 페이지에서 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:26 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" "점검 페이지에서 *지침* 품질 검사를 처리하려면 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 검사`로 이동하여 원하는" " 검사를 선택합니다. 제공된 :guilabel:`지침`을 따라 품질 검사를 완료하는 방법을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:30 msgid "" "If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the" " quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" "제품이 검사를 성공적으로 통과하면 품질 검사 양식 위에 있는 :guilabel:`합격` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 검사에 불합격하면 대신 " ":guilabel:`불합격` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:34 msgid "Process quality check on an order" msgstr "주문 품질 검사 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:36 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for" " which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "주문에 대해 *지침* 품질 검사를 수행하려면 확인이 필요한 제조 주문 또는 재고 주문(입고, 배송, 반품 등)을 선택합니다. " ":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동하여 원하는 주문을 선택하면 제조 주문에 액세스할 수 " "있습니다. 재고 주문의 경우 :menuselection:`재고 관리`로 이동하여 작업 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 " "클릭한 다음 해당 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:43 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button " "to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality " "checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" "선택한 제조 또는 재고 주문의 경우 주문 정보 위에 보라색 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 버튼이 나타납니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 주문과" " 관련된 모든 품질 검사를 처리할 수 있는 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "제조 또는 재고 주문의 품질 검사 팝업 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:51 msgid "" "To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions " "detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed." msgstr "" "*지침* 품질 검사를 완료하려면 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 팝업 창에서 설명된 단계를 따르세요. 완료되면 " ":guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 검사가 완료되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:55 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the " "manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated." msgstr "" "품질 검사 중에 문제나 결함이 발견되면 품질관리 팀에 알리기 위해 품질 경고를 생성해야 할 수 있습니다. 이 프로세스를 시작하려면 점검이" " 승인된 후 제조 또는 재고 주문 페이지 상단에 표시되는 :guilabel:`품질 경고` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:59 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page." " For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품질 경고`를 선택하면 품질 경고 양식이 있는 새 페이지가 열립니다. 품질 경고 양식 작성에 대한 자세한 안내는 " ":ref:`품질 경고 `에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:64 msgid "Process work order quality check" msgstr "작업 지시 품질 검사 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:66 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a " "specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order " "Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an " "*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather" " than the |MO| as a whole." msgstr "" "제조주문서로 |QCP|가 트리거되도록 설정할 때 |QCP|의 :guilabel:`작업지시서 운영` 필드에서 특정 작업지시서를 지정할 수도" " 있습니다. 작업지시서를 지정하면 전체 |MO| 대신 해당 특정 작업지시서에 대한 품질 검사 *지침* 이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:71 msgid "" "Quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the " "*Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which an *Instructions* " "quality check is required." msgstr "" "작업지시서에 대해 설정된 품질 검사는 **반드시** *작업 현장* 모듈에서 완료해야 합니다. 그렇게 하려면 먼저 " ":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 운영 --> 제조주문서` 로 이동합니다. *지침* 품질 검사가 필요한 작업지시서가 있는 " "|MO|를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on " "the line of the work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work" " Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open" " the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" "|MO|에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 탭을 선택한 후 처리할 작업지시서 줄에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서 열기 (화살표가 " "나오는 사각형)` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`작업지시서` 결과 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`작업 현장 열기` 버튼을 " "클릭하여 *작업 현장* 모듈을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "" "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Instructions* quality " "check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that " "details how to complete the quality check. Once completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Next` button to complete the check, and move on to the next step." msgstr "" "품질 검사 *지침* 단계에 도달할 때까지 작업지시서 단계 처리를 시작합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 품질 검사를 완료하는 방법에 대해 자세히 " "설명되어 있는 팝업 창이 열립니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`다음` 버튼을 클릭하여 확인을 완료하고 다음 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "An Instruction check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "작업 현장 모듈에 지침 확인이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, an *Instructions* quality check can be completed by clicking " "the checkbox that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work " "order card. When using this method, the quality check automatically passes, " "without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" "또는 작업지시서 카드의 단계 줄 오른쪽에 나타나는 확인란을 클릭하면 *지침* 품질 검사를 완료할 수 있습니다. 이 방법을 사용하면 팝업 " "창이 나타나지 않고 품질 검사가 자동으로 통과됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:97 msgid "" "For a full guide to the *Shop Floor* module, see the :ref:`Shop Floor " "overview ` documentation." msgstr "" "*작업 현장* 모듈에 대한 전체 가이드는 :ref:`작업 현장 전체보기 " "` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3 msgid "Measure quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 측정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that " "can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point " "(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a " "product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, " "the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* " "value." msgstr "" "Odoo의 *품질 관리* 모듈 내에서 *측정* 검사는 새로운 품질 검사 또는 품질 관리 지점(QCP)을 구성할 때 사용할 수 있는 품질 " "검사 유형 중 하나입니다. 이러한 *측정* 검사는 사용자에게 제품의 특정 측정을 수행하고 이러한 측정값을 Odoo에 입력하라는 메시지를 " "표시합니다. 품질 검사를 성공적으로 통과하려면 기록된 측정값이 지정된 *표준* 값의 사전 정의된 *오차* 범위 내에 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 측정 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A " "single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be " "configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" "*측정* 품질 검사를 만드는 방법에는 크게 두 가지가 있습니다. 필요에 따라 단일 검사를 수동으로 만들거나, 미리 정해진 간격으로 점검을" " 자동으로 생성하도록 |QCP|를 구성할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:21 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" "이 문서에서는 *측정* 품질 검사 및 |QCP|에 고유한 구성 옵션을 구체적으로 다룹니다. 단일 점검 또는 |QCP|를 만들 때 사용할 " "수 있는 모든 구성 옵션에 대한 전체 개요는 :ref:`품질 확인 ` 및 :ref:`품질 관리점 `에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:27 msgid "Quality check" msgstr "품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" "단일 *측정* 품질 검사를 시작하려면 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 검사`로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`신규`를 클릭합니다. 다음과 같이 새 품질 점검 양식을 작성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type." msgstr ":guilabel:`유형` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`측정` 품질 검사 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the check." msgstr ":guilabel:`팀` 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 점검을 감독할 책임이 있는 품질 팀을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr ":guilabel:`메모` 탭 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`지침` 필드에 사진 촬영 방법에 대한 지침을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "측정값 품질 검사를 위해 구성된 품질 검사 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point (QCP)" msgstr "품질 관리점 (QCP)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`," " and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" "*측정* 품질 검사를 자동으로 생성하도록 설계된 |QCP|를 만들려면 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 " "관리점`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭합니다. 다음과 같이 새 |QCP| 양식을 작성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: " ":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유형` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 품질 검사 유형으로 :guilabel:`측정` 을 선택합니다. 그러면 두 개의 추가 " "항목으로 :guilabel:`표준` 및 :guilabel:`오차 허용 값` 이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:53 msgid "" "Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the " "ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-" "entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`표준` 필드의 첫 번째 텍스트 입력란을 사용하여 제품의 표준에 맞는 원하는 측정값을 입력합니다. 두 번째 텍스트 입력" " 필드에 사용할 측정 단위를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:56 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` " "and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum " "acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum " "acceptable measurement." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`오차 허용 값` 에는 두 개의 하위 항목으로 :guilabel:`시작` 및 :guilabel:`종료` 항목이 " "있습니다. :guilabel:`시작` 항목에 최소한으로 허용되는 측정값을 설정하고, :guilabel:`종료` 항목에는 최대 측정 " "허용값을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:55 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr ":guilabel:`팀` 드롭다운 필드에서 |QCP|에서 만든 검사를 관리할 품질 팀을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:62 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "measurement should be taken." msgstr ":guilabel:`지침` 텍스트 필드에 측정 방법에 대한 지침을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "측정값 품질 검사를 만들도록 구성된 QCP 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:70 msgid "Process a Measure quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 측정 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:64 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be " "processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" "일단 생성된 *측정* 품질 검사를 처리할 수 있는 방법은 여러 가지가 있습니다. 품질 검사가 특정 재고, 제조 또는 작업 주문에 할당된 " "경우 해당 주문에서 바로 검사를 처리할 수 있습니다. 또는 점검 페이지에서 품질 검사를 관리할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:72 msgid "From the check's page" msgstr "검사 페이지에서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:79 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to take the measurement." msgstr "" "점검 페이지에서 *측정* 품질 검사를 처리하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 검사`로 이동한 후" " 품질 검사를 선택합니다. 제공된 :guilabel:`지침`을 따라 측정 방법을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:83 msgid "" "After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click " ":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check." msgstr "" "측정값을 얻은 후 품질 검사 양식의 :guilabel:`측정` 필드에 값을 입력합니다. 검사를 수동으로 합격 또는 불합격하려면 양식의 " "왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`합격` 또는 :guilabel:`불합격` 옵션을 활용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:87 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* " "and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the" " top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the " "check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*," " or *Failed* if the value is outside of it." msgstr "" "또는 품질 검사가 지정된 |QCP| 에 *표준* 및 *허용 오차* 값이 있는 경우에 해당하는 경우에는, 검사에서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`측정` 을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 기록된 값이 지정된 *허용 오차* 안에 있는 경우 검사가 자동으로 *합격* " "표시합니다. 반대로 값이 지정값 범위 밖이면 *불합격* 으로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:88 msgid "On an order" msgstr "주문 시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:95 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing " "order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "주문에 대한 *측정* 품질 검사를 처리하려면 확인이 필요한 제조 주문 또는 재고 주문(입고, 배송, 반품 등)을 선택합니다. 제조 주문은" " :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문'`으로 이동한 후 주문을 클릭하여 선택할 수 있습니다. 재고 " "주문의 경우 :menuselection:`재고 관리`로 이동하여 작업 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 해당" " 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:97 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the " "button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all " "of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" "선택한 제조 또는 재고 주문에서 보라색 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 버튼이 페이지 상단에 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 주문에 " "필요한 모든 품질 검사를 표시하는 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:106 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, " "then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" "*측정* 품질 검사를 처리하려면 안내에 따라 제품을 측정한 다음 팝업 창의 :guilabel:`측정` 필드에 값을 입력합니다. 마지막으로" " :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 기록된 값을 등록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "제조 또는 재고 주문의 품질 검사 측정 팝업 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:114 msgid "" "If the value entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can " "then be processed as usual." msgstr "" "입력한 값이 |QCP| :guilabel:`오차 허용 값` 에서 지정된 범위 내에 있을 경우에는 품질 검사를 통과하고 팝업 창이 " "닫힙니다. 그런 다음 나머지 제조 주문이나 재고 주문을 평소처럼 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:118 msgid "" "However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-" "up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the " "pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units " "and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions " "entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the " "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" "그러나 입력 값이 지정된 범위를 벗어날 경우에는 :guilabel:`품질 검사 실패` 라는 제목으로 새 팝업창이 나타납니다. 팝업창 " "본문에는 :guilabel:`측정한 개수는 # 개이며 # 개부터 # 개 사이에 있어야 합니다.` 라는 경고 메시지가 나타나며 |QCP| " "의 :guilabel:`실패 시 메시지` 탭에 입력되어 있는 지침이 함께 표시됩니다. 팝업창 하단에는 :guilabel:`측정값 수정` " "및 :guilabel:`측정값 확정` 두 개의 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." msgstr "\"품질 검사 실패\" 팝업 창이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:128 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`" " pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check." msgstr "" "측정값 입력 중 오류가 발생하여 수정이 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`측정 수정`을 선택합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 " ":guilabel:`품질 점검` 팝업 창이 다시 열리고, 수정된 측정값을 :guilabel:`측정` 필드에 입력할 수 있습니다. 확인을 " "완료하려면 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:195 msgid "" "If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` " "instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were " "listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window." msgstr "" "측정값이 올바르게 입력된 경우, :guilabel:`측정 확인`을 클릭하고 품질 검사를 실패로 표시합니다. 이후 :guilabel:`품질" " 검사 실패` 팝업창에 표시된 지침을 따르세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:100 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page." msgstr "" "품질 경고를 생성해야 하는 경우, 검사 실패 후 제조 또는 재고 주문 상단에 표시되는 :guilabel:`품질 경고` 버튼을 클릭합니다." " 이 작업을 수행하면 새 페이지에 :guilabel:`품질 경고` 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:142 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the " "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:121 msgid "On a work order" msgstr "작업 지시서에" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:148 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality " "check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing" " order as a whole." msgstr "" "제조 중 트리거되는 |QCP|를 구성할 때, |QCP| 양식의 :guilabel:`작업지시 운영` 필드에 특정 작업 주문을 지정할 수 " "있습니다. 이 작업은 전체 제조 주문이 아닌 해당 특정 작업 주문에 맞춘 *측정* 품질 검사를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:153 msgid "" "*Measure* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed " "from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Measure* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" "작업지시서에 설정되어 있는 *측정* 품질 검사는 *작업 현장* 모듈에서 **반드시** 완료해야 합니다. 진행하려면 먼저 " ":menuselection:`제조 --> 운영 --> 제조주문서` 로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 *측정* 품질 검사를 해야 할 작업지시서가 " "있는 |MO|를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the " "work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up " "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" "|MO|에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서` 탭을 선택한 후 처리할 작업지시서 줄에서 :guilabel:`작업지시서 열기 (외부 링크 " "아이콘)` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`작업지시서` 결과 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`작업 현장 열기` 버튼을 클릭하여 " "*작업 현장* 모듈을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:138 msgid "" "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to " "the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, " "and isolates the work order's card, so no other cards are shown." msgstr "" "특정 작업지시서를 통해 액세스할 경우 *작업 현장* 모듈에서 작업장 페이지가 열려서 주문서를 처리되도록 설정할 수 있으며 다른 카드가 " "표시되지 않도록 작업지시서 카드가 별도로 관리됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:167 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the *Measure* quality check step is " "reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes " "instructions for how the measurement should be taken. After taking the " "measurement, enter it in the :guilabel:`Measure` field of the pop-up window," " and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" "품질 검사가 *측정* 단계에 도달할 때까지 작업지시서의 단계를 처리합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 팝업 창으로 측정을 하는 방법에 대한 안내가 " "열립니다. 측정한 후 팝업 창에 있는 :guilabel:`측정` 필드에 입력하고 :guilabel:`승인` 를을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A Measure check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "작업 현장 모듈의 측정값 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:176 msgid "" "If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes, and " "the pop-up window moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if " "the measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up " "window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" "입력한 측정값이 |QCP| :guilabel:`오차 허용 값` 에서 지정된 범위 내에 있을 경우에는 품질 검사를 통과하여 팝업 창을 통해" " 작업주문서 다음 단계로 이동합니다. 그러나 입력한 측정값이 지정된 범위를 벗어나면 :guilabel:`품질 검사 실패` 라는 제목으로 " "팝업 창이 새로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:181 msgid "" "The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a " "message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be " "between # units and # units`, as well as the instructions entered in the " ":guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up" " window, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품질 검사 실패` 팝업창의 본문에는 `측정한 개수는 # 개이며 # 개부터 # 개 사이에 있어야 합니다.` 라는 " "메시지와 함께 `QCP`의 `실패 시 메시지` 탭에 입력되어 있는 지침도 함께 표시됩니다. 팝업창 하단에는 :guilabel:`측정값 " "수정` 및 :guilabel:`측정값 확인` 두 개의 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "The Quality Check Failed pop-up window for a Measure check in the Shop Floor" " module." msgstr "작업 현장 모듈의 측정값 검사에 대한 품질 검사 실패 팝업 창" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:190 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled " ":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measure in the " ":guilabel:`Measure` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete " "the check and close the pop-up window." msgstr "" "측정값이 올바르게 입력되지 않아 변경해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`측정 수정`을 선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`품질 " "검사`라는 제목의 새 팝업이 표시됩니다. 수정된 측정값을 :guilabel:`측정` 필드에 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 " "클릭하여 확인을 완료하고 팝업 창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:158 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, exit the pop-up window by clicking the " ":guilabel:`X (close)` button in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on the bottom-" "right corner of the work order card to open the :guilabel:`What do you want " "to do?` pop-up window." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`⋮(세 개의 수직 점)` 버튼을 작업지시서 카드의 오른쪽 하단에서 클릭하면 :guilabel:`무엇을 " "할까요?` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:164 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window, select the " ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` button. Doing so opens a blank quality " "alert form in a new :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`무엇을 할까요?` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`품질 경고 생성` 버튼을 선택합니다. 그렇게 하면 새로운 " ":guilabel:`품질 경고` 팝업 창에 품질 경고의 빈 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:169 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" "품질 경고 양식을 작성하는 방법에 대한 전체 가이드라인에 대해서는 :doc:`품질 경고 " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 합격 - 불합격" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types " "that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the " "creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the " "check." msgstr "" "Odoo *품질*에서 *합격 - 불합격* 검사는 새로운 품질 검사 또는 품질관리점(QCP)을 설정할 때 선택할 수 있는 품질 검사 유형 " "중 하나입니다. *합격 - 불합격* 검사에는 제품이 평가를 통과하는 데 필요한 기준을 지정할 수 있는 텍스트 필드로 구성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "합격-불합격 품질 검사 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" "*합격-불합격* 품질 검사를 생성하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있습니다. 단일 검사를 수동으로 생성하거나, 미리 정해진 간격으로 검사 생성을 " "자동화하도록 |QCP|를 구성할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:21 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" "이 문서에서는 *합격-불합격* 품질 검사 및 |QCP|에 고유한 구성 옵션에 대해 자세히 설명합니다. 단일 검사 또는 |QCP|를 만들 " "때 사용할 수 있는 모든 구성 옵션에 대한 전체 개요는 :ref:`품질 검사 " "` 및 :ref:`품질 관리점 " "`에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" "단일 *합격-불합격* 품질 검사를 시작하려면 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 검사`로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`신규`를 클릭합니다. 다음과 같이 새 품질 검사 양식을 작성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` " "quality check type." msgstr ":guilabel:`유형` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`합격-불합격` 품질 검사 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria " "that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`메모` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`지침` 텍스트 필드에 품질 검사를 실행하는 방법에 대한 지침과 통과를 위해 " "필요한 기준을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "합격 - 불합격 품질 검사를 위해 구성된 품질 검사 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:45 msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)" msgstr "품질 관리점 (QCP)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically," " begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" "*합격-불합격* 품질 검사 생성을 자동화하는 |QCP|를 설정하려면 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 " "관리점`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`신규`를 선택합니다. 다음과 같이 새 |QCP| 양식을 작성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to " "complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check " "to pass." msgstr ":guilabel:`지침` 텍스트 필드에 품질 검사를 실행하는 방법에 대한 지침과 통과를 위해 필요한 기준을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail " "quality check." msgstr "합격 - 불합격 품질 검사를 생성하도록 구성된 품질관리점 (QCP) 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:62 msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "합격-불합격 품질 검사 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:71 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" "점검 페이지에서 *합격-불합격* 품질 검사를 처리하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 검사`로 " "이동한 다음 해당 품질 검사를 선택합니다. 제공된 :guilabel:`지침`을 따라 평가를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:75 msgid "" "If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at " "the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" "검사 기준이 충족되면 페이지 왼쪽 상단의 :guilabel:`합격` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 기준을 충족하지 못하면 :guilabel:`실패`" " 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:81 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing" " order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "주문에 대하여 *합격 - 불합격* 방식으로 품질 검사를 진행하려면, 검사를 할 제조지시서 또는 재고주문서(입고, 배송, 반품 등)를 " "선택합니다. 제조지시서는 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문` 으로 이동한 후 주문서를 클릭하면 선택할" " 수 있습니다. 재고주문서는 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 로 이동하여 작업 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`처리할 작업 수`" " 버튼을 클릭한 다음 해당 주문서를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:88 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" "선택한 제조 또는 재고 주문에서 보라색 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 버튼이 주문 상단에 나타납니다. 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 주문에 " "필요한 모든 품질 검사를 표시하는 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:92 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on " "the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check " "is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If " "the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" "*합격 - 불합격* 품질 검사를 처리하려면 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 팝업 창에 표시된 지침을 따르세요. 검사 기준이 충족되면 창 " "하단에 있는 :guilabel:`합격` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 기준을 충족하지 못하면 :guilabel:`불합격` 버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory " "order." msgstr "제조 또는 재고 주문에 대한 합격 - 불합격 품질 검사 팝업 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:105 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:111 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" "제조 중 트리거되는 |QCP|를 구성할 때, |QCP| 양식의 :guilabel:`작업지시 운영` 필드에 특정 작업 주문을 지정할 수 " "있습니다. 이 작업은 전체 제조 주문이 아닌 해당 특정 작업 주문에 맞춘 *합격 - 불합격* 품질 검사를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:116 msgid "" "*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be " "completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Pass - Fail* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" "작업지시서에 설정되어 있는 *합격 - 불합격* 품질 검사는 *작업 현장* 모듈에서 **반드시** 완료해야 합니다. 진행하려면 먼저 " ":menuselection:`제조 --> 운영 --> 제조주문서` 로 이동합니다. *합격 - 불합격* 품질 검사를 해야 할 작업지시서가 " "있는 |MO|를 선택합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:130 msgid "" "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Pass - Fail* quality " "check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that " "details the criteria for whether the check passes or fails. Click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the pop-up window if the check " "passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if it fails." msgstr "" "*합격 - 불합격* 품질 검사 단계에 도달할 때까지 작업지시서 단계 처리를 시작합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 검사 합격 또는 실패 기준이 " "자세히 설명되어 있는 팝업 창이 열립니다. 검사에 통과하면 팝업 창 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`합격` 버튼을 클릭하고, 실패하면 " ":guilabel:`불합격` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:135 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Pass` button is clicked, the pop-up window moves to the " "next step for the work order. If the :guilabel:`Fail` button is clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window appears, detailing what " "should be done next." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`성공` 버튼을 클릭하면 팝업창이 작업 순서에서 다음 단계로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`실패` 버튼을 클릭하면, " "다음에 수행해야 할 작업을 자세히 설명하는 :guilabel:`품질 검사 실패` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "작업 현장 모듈에 합격-불합격 확인이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:144 msgid "" "Alternatively, instead of clicking on the step to open the pop-up window, a " "*Pass - Fail* quality check can be completed by clicking the checkbox that " "appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. When " "using this method, the quality check passes automatically, without a pop-up " "window appearing." msgstr "" "또는 단계를 클릭하여 팝업 창을 여는 대신 작업지시서 카드의 단계 줄 오른쪽에 표시되는 확인란을 클릭하면 *합격 - 불합격* 품질 검사를" " 완료할 수 있습니다. 이 방법을 사용하면 품질 검사를 자동으로 통과하며 팝업 창이 나타나지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "사진 촬영을 통한 품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check " "types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality " "control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be " "attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team." msgstr "" "Odoo *품질 관리*에서 *사진 촬영* 검사는 새 품질 검사 또는 품질 관리점 (QCP)을 만들 때 선택할 수 있는 품질 검사 유형 중" " 하나입니다. *사진 촬영* 유형의 점검은 사진을 첨부해야 하며, 이후 품질 팀에서 검토합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "사진 촬영 품질 검사 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" "*사진 촬영* 품질 검사를 생성하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있습니다. 단일 점검을 수동으로 생성하거나, 미리 정해진 간격으로 점검을 자동으로" " 생성하도록 |QCP|를 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" "이 문서에서는 *사진 찍기* 품질 검사 및 |QCP|와 관련된 환경 설정 옵션에 대해서만 주로 설명합니다. 단일 검사 또는 |QCP|를 " "생성할 때 사용할 수 있는 모든 설정 옵션에 대한 전체적인 개요는 :ref:`품질 검사 " "` 및 :ref:`품질 관리 지점 " "` 에 대한 문서를 참조합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" "하나의 *사진촬영* 품질 검사를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 검사`로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`신규`를 클릭합니다. 다음과 같이 새 품질 확인 양식을 작성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture` quality check type." msgstr ":guilabel:`유형` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`사진촬영` 품질 검사 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "사진 촬영 품질 검사를 위해 구성된 품질 검사 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point" msgstr "품질 관리 지점" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Take a Picture* quality checks " "automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" "*사진 찍기* 품질 검사를 자동으로 생성하는 |QCP|를 설정하려면 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 관리" " 지점` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 선택합니다. 다음과 같이 새 |QCP| 양식을 작성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:51 msgid "" "If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears " "after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a" " device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information " "about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on " ":ref:`adding new equipment " "`." msgstr "" "*유지보수* 앱이 설치된 경우 *사진 촬영* 확인 유형을 선택하면 :guilabel:`장치` 필드를 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 필드를 " "활용하여 품질 검사 이미지 캡처를 위해 사용할 장치를 지정하세요. *유지보수* 앱 내에서 장치를 관리하는 방법에 대한 안내는 " ":ref:`새 장비 추가하기 `에 대한 " "문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "picture should be taken." msgstr ":guilabel:`지침` 텍스트 필드에 사진 촬영 방법에 대한 지침을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture " "quality check." msgstr "사진 촬영 품질 검사를 생성하도록 구성된 품질 관리점 (QCP) 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:65 msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "사진 촬영 품질 검사 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:67 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks " "can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" "일단 생성된 *사진 촬영* 품질 검사를 처리할 수 있는 방법은 여러 가지가 있습니다. 품질 검사가 특정 재고, 제조 또는 작업 주문과 " "연결되어 있는 경우 해당 주문에서 바로 처리할 수 있습니다. 또는 점검 페이지에서 품질 검사를 관리할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:74 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture." msgstr "" "점검 페이지에서 *사진 촬영* 품질 검사를 처리하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 검사`로 " "이동한 후 품질 검사를 선택합니다. 제공된 :guilabel:`지침`을 따라 사진 촬영 방법을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:78 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open " "the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, " "select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" "이미지를 캡처한 후 이미지가 품질 검사 처리에 사용되는 장치 (컴퓨터, 태블릿 등)에 저장되어 있는지 확인합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 섹션의 :guilabel:`사진` 버튼을 클릭하여 디바이스의 파일 관리자를 엽니다. 파일 관리자에서 " "사진을 찾아 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`열기`를 클릭하여 첨부합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "사진 촬영 품질 검사의 편집 버튼 (연필)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:90 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), " "for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "주문에 대하여 *사진 촬영* 방식의 품질 검사를 진행하려면, 검사를 할 제조지시서 또는 재고주문서(입고, 배송, 반품 등)를 선택합니다." " 제조지시서는 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문` 으로 이동한 후 주문서를 클릭하면 선택할 수 " "있습니다. 재고주문서는 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 로 이동하여 작업 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`처리할 작업 수` " "버튼을 클릭한 다음 해당 주문서를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:101 msgid "" "Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown " "on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품질 검사` 팝업 창에 표시된 사진 촬영 방법에 대한 자세한 지침을 따르세요. 사진을 촬영한 후에는 품질 검사 처리를" " 위해 지정된 장치 (컴퓨터, 태블릿 등)에 저장되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:105 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`" " section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to" " the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to" " complete the quality check." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`사진` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`사진 촬영` 버튼을 선택하여 디바이스의 파일 관리자를 실행합니다. 파일" " 관리자에서 원하는 사진을 찾아 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`열기`를 클릭하여 첨부합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`품질 검사`" " 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 품질 검사를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory" " order." msgstr "제조 또는 재고 주문의 사진 촬영 품질 검사 팝업 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:114 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality " "alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality " "alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" "품질 경고를 생성해야 하는 경우, 검사가 확인된 후 제조 또는 재고 주문 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`품질 경고` 버튼을 " "클릭하기만 하면 됩니다. :guilabel:`품질 경고`를 선택하면 새 페이지에 품질 경고 양식이 생성됩니다. 품질 경고 양식을 작성하는" " 방법에 대한 종합적인 가이드는 :ref:`품질 경고 `에 " "대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:123 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" "제조 공정 중에 활성화된 |QCP|를 구성하는 동안 |QCP| 양식의 :guilabel:`작업지시 운영` 필드에 특정 작업 지시를 지정할" " 수 있습니다. 작업 주문이 지정되면 전체 제조 주문이 아닌 지정된 작업 주문에 대해서만 *사진 촬영* 품질 검사가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:128 msgid "" "*Take a Picture* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be " "completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Take a Picture*" " quality check is required." msgstr "" "작업지시서에 설정되어 있는 *사진 찍기* 품질 검사는 *작업 현장* 모듈에서 **반드시** 완료해야 합니다. 진행하려면 먼저 " ":menuselection:`제조 --> 운영 --> 제조주문서` 로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 *사진 찍기* 품질 검사를 해야 할 " "작업지시서가 있는 |MO|를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:142 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the *Take a Picture* quality check step" " is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes " "instructions for how the picture should be taken. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" "품질 검사가 *사진 찍기* 단계에 도달할 때까지 작업지시서의 단계를 처리합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 팝업 창으로 사진 촬영 방법에 대한 " "안내가 열립니다. 사진을 촬영한 후 품질 검사에 사용할 디바이스 (컴퓨터, 태블릿 등)에 사진이 저장되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button on the pop-up window to " "open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the " "picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" "그런 다음 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`사진 찍기` 버튼을 클릭하여 장치에 있는 파일 관리자를 엽니다. 파일 관리자에서 사진을 찾아 " "선택하고 :guilabel:`열기` 를 클릭하여 첨부합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:151 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the bottom of the pop-up window to " "complete the quality check. The pop-up window then moves on to the next step" " of the work order." msgstr "" "마지막으로 팝업창 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하면 품질 확인이 완료됩니다. 그러면 팝업창이 작업지시서의 다음 단계로 " "이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "작업 현장 모듈의 사진 찍기에 대한 확인입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:173 msgid "Review picture attached to quality check" msgstr "품질 검사에 첨부된 사진 검토" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:175 msgid "" "After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by " "quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select " "a quality check to review." msgstr "" "검사에 사진을 첨부하면 품질관리 팀원이나 다른 사용자가 검토할 수 있게 됩니다. 검토하려면 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질" " 관리 --> 품질 검사`로 이동하여 검토할 품질 검사를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:179 msgid "" "The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the " "quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` " "button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check " "fails." msgstr "" "첨부된 이미지는 품질 검사 양식의 :guilabel:`사진` 섹션에 표시됩니다. 사진을 검토한 후 합격이면 :guilabel:`합격` " "버튼을, 불합격이면 :guilabel:`불합격` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." msgstr "사진이 첨부된 사진 촬영 검사." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" msgstr "품질 관리 기본 사항" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:3 msgid "Failure locations" msgstr "불합격 위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs) are used to create *quality " "checks*, which prompt employees to confirm the quality of products, when " "they are included in certain operations. By setting one or more *failure " "locations* on a |QCP|, products that fail the quality checks it creates can " "be sent to one of the specified locations." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 *품질 관리 지점* (QCP)을 사용하여 품목이 특정 작업에 있으면 직원에게 품목에 대한 품질 확인을 하도록 *품질 검사*" " 를 생성할 수 있습니다. |QCP|에 하나 이상 *불합격 위치* 를 설정하면 생성한 품질 검사에 실패한 품목을 지정된 위치 중 한 " "곳으로 보낼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:14 msgid "" "The *Failure Location* feature was added in version 17.0 of Odoo, and does " "**not** appear in any previous version. To upgrade an Odoo database to a " "more recent version, see the documentation on :doc:`database upgrades " "<../../../../administration/upgrade>`." msgstr "" "*실패 위치* 기능은 Odoo 버전 17.0에 추가된 기능이며 이전 버전에서는 표시되지 **않습니다**. Odoo 데이터베이스를 최신 " "버전으로 업그레이드하려면 :doc:`데이터베이스 업그레이드 <../../../../administration/upgrade>` 에 대한 " "문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:21 msgid "" "To use failure locations, the *Storage Locations* setting **must** be " "enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app. This setting allows for the " "creation of sub-locations within a warehouse, including failure locations." msgstr "" "실패 위치를 사용하려면 *재고 관리* 앱 설정에서 **반드시** *저장소 위치* 설정을 활성화해야 합니다. 이설정하면 창고 내에 실패 " "위치가 있는 하위 위치를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:25 msgid "" "To enable the *Storage Locations* setting, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the " "checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouses` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "*저장 위치* 설정을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`창고` 제목 아래 :guilabel:`저장 위치` 옆에 있는 확인란을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1 msgid "The Storage Locations setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정 페이지에 있는 보관 위치 설정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:34 msgid "" "Failure locations are most effective when used for products configured as " "*storable products*. This is because inventory counts are only tracked for " "storable products, versus *consumable* products, for which exact counts are " "not tracked." msgstr "" "불합격 위치는 *저장 가능한 품목* 으로 설정된 품목을 사용할 때 가장 효과적입니다. 정확한 수량이 추적되지 않는 *소모성* 품목과는 " "달리 저장 가능한 품목에 대해서만 재고 수량이 추적되기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:38 msgid "" "Quality checks can still be created for consumable products, and those " "products can be sent to a failure location if they fail a check. However, " "Odoo does not track the exact quantity of a consumable product stored at a " "failure location." msgstr "" "소모품에 대한 품질 검사를 계속 생성할 수 있으며 해당 품목이 검사에 불합격할 경우 불합격 위치로 전송할 수 있습니다. 그러나 Odoo는" " 불합격 위치에 보관된 소모품에 대해 정확한 수량을 추적하지는 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:42 msgid "" "To configure a product as storable, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. In the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` field on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " "make sure that :guilabel:`Storable Product` is selected from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" "저장이 가능하도록 품목을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 품목을 " "선택합니다. :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭의 :guilabel:`품목 유형` 필드에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`저장" " 가능 품목` 이 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:48 msgid "Add failure location to QCP" msgstr "QCP에 실패 위치 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:50 msgid "" "To add a failure location to a |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality " "app --> Quality Control --> Control Points`. Select an existing |QCP| from " "the list, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "|QCP| 에 실패 위치를 추가하려면 :menuselection:`품질 앱 --> 품질 관리 --> 제어 지점` 으로 이동합니다. 목록에" " 있는 기존 |QCP| 를 선택하거나 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하여 새 목록을 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:55 msgid "" "The following instructions only detail the configuration settings necessary " "for adding a failure location to a |QCP|. For a full overview of |QCPs| and " "all of the options available when configuring them, see the documentation on" " :doc:`quality control points `." msgstr "" "다음 내용에서는 |QCP|에 불합격 위치를 추가하는 데 필요한 환경 설정에 대해서만 자세히 설명합니다. |QCP|에 대한 전체 개요 및 " "환경 설정을 할 때 사용할 수 있는 모든 옵션은 :doc:`품질 관리 지점 ` 에 대한 문서를" " 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Control Per` field on the |QCP| form, select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` option. Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Failure Locations`" " field to appear on the form. This field is only available when the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` option is selected." msgstr "" "|QCP|의 :guilabel:`제어 기준` 필드에서 :guilabel:`수량` 을 선택합니다. 수량을 선택하면 양식에 " ":guilabel:`불합격 위치` 필드가 나타납니다. 이 필드는 :guilabel:`수량` 옵션이 선택된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:64 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Failure Locations` field, select one or more locations " "from the drop-down menu. To create a new location, type the desired location" " name into the field, and then select :guilabel:`Create \"[name]\"` from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`불합격 위치` 의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 하나 이상 위치를 ​​선택합니다. 새 위치를 생성하려면 위치 이름을 필드에 입력한" " 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`\"[이름]\" 만들기` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form in the Quality app, configured with a failure location." msgstr "품질 앱의 QCP 양식으로, 고장 위치로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:73 msgid "Send products to failure location" msgstr "품목을 실패 위치로 보내기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:75 msgid "" "Once a |QCP| has been configured with one or more failure locations, " "products that fail a check created by the |QCP| can be routed to one of the " "locations." msgstr "" "|QCP| 가 하나 이상의 실패 위치로 설정되어 있는 경우에는, |QCP| 에서 생성된 후 검사에 실패한 제품을 해당하는 위치 중 하나로" " 라우팅할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, open an order that requires a quality check created by a |QCP| " "configured with a failure location. For example, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Receipts`, and select a " "receipt." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 품질 검사를 해야하는 주문서를 엽니다. 해당 품질 검사는 불합격 위치로 설정된 |QCP| 에서 생성된 항목입니다. 예를 " "들어 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 영수증` 으로 이동하여 영수증을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:82 msgid "" "At the top of the selected order, click the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` " "button to open a pop-up window, from which the quality check can be " "processed. At the bottom of the pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Fail` " "button to fail the quality check, which opens a second pop-up window, titled" " :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed for [Product]`." msgstr "" "선택한 주문서 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 버튼을 클릭하면 품질 검사를 진행할 수 있는 팝업 창이 열립니다. 팝업 창 " "하단에서 품질 검사에 실패할 경우 :guilabel:`실패` 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`[품목]에 대한 품질 검사 실패` 라는 " "제목의 두 번째 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Quantity Failed` field, enter the quantity of the product " "that failed to pass the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Failure Location` " "field, select a location to which the failed quantity should be sent. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window to close it." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`불합격 수량` 필드에 품질 검사를 통과하지 못한 제품 수량을 입력합니다. :guilabel:`실패 위치` 필드에서 " "불합격한 수량을 보낼 위치를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 하단의 :guilabel:`확인` 을 클릭하여 팝업 창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1 msgid "The pop-up window that appears after a quality check fails." msgstr "품질 확인에 실패할 경우 나타나는 팝업창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:96 msgid "" "Finally, on the order, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of " "the page. Doing so confirms the products that failed the quality check were " "sent to the failure location, while products that passed it were sent to " "their normal storage locations." msgstr "" "마지막으로 주문 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 품질 검사에 불합격한 품목은 불합격 위치로" " 전송되고, 품질 검사를 통과한 품목은 정상적인 보관 위치로 발송되는 것을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:101 msgid "View failure location inventory" msgstr "장애 위치 재고 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:103 msgid "" "To view the product quantities stored in a failure location, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Select a " "failure location from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` " "smart button on the location's page." msgstr "" "불합격 위치에 저장되어 있는 품목 수량을 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 위치` 로 " "이동하세요. 목록에서 불합격 위치를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 위치 페이지에서 :guilabel:`현재 재고` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:107 msgid "" "A failure location's page lists all of the products stored within the " "location, along with the quantity of each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Quality alerts" msgstr "품질 경고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:8 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Quality* app, *quality alerts* are used to notify quality teams" " of product defects or other issues. Quality alerts can be created from a " "manufacturing or inventory order, from a work order in the *Shop Floor* " "module, or directly within the *Quality* app." msgstr "" "Odoo *품질* 앱에서 *품질 알림* 은 품목에 대한 결함이나 기타 문제를 품질 팀에 알리는 데 사용합니다. 품질 알림은 제조 또는 " "재고 주문, *작업 현장* 모듈의 작업지시서에서 생성하거나 또는 *품질* 앱 내에서 직접 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13 msgid "Create quality alerts" msgstr "품질 알림 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:15 msgid "There are multiple ways to create a new quality alert:" msgstr "새로운 품질 알림을 생성하는 방법에는 여러 가지가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:17 msgid "" "**From the Quality app itself**, by to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Quality Alerts`, and then click :guilabel:`New` to open a " "quality alert form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing " "Orders`, and then select an |MO|. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button" " at the top of the |MO| to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 운영 --> 제조지시서` 로 이동하여 |MO| 를 선택합니다. |MO| 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`품질 경고` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 새 페이지에서 품질 경고 양식을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24 msgid "" "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the " "|MO|. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear otherwise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 msgid "" "Open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` " "button on an inventory order type card (Receipts, Delivery Orders, etc.), " "and then select an order. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button at the " "top of the order to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱을 열고, 재고 주문 유형 카드 (입고, 배송 주문 등)에서 :guilabel:`처리할 숫자`" " 버튼을 클릭한 다음 주문서를 선택합니다. 새 페이지에서 품질 알림 양식을 열려면 주문 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`품질 경고` " "버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the " "inventory order. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear " "otherwise. If the button does not appear, a quality alert can also be " "created by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the page " "and selecting the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` option from the resulting menu." msgstr "" "이 방법은 재고 주문에 대해 품질 검사를 요청한 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다. 그렇지 않으면 :guilabel:`품질 경고` 버튼이 " "나타나지 않습니다. 버튼이 나타나지 않으면 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 결과 메뉴에서 " ":guilabel:`품질 경고` 옵션을 선택하여 품질 경고를 생성할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38 msgid "" "Open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module, and then select a work center " "from the navigation bar at the top of the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮" " (three vertical dots)` button at the bottom-right of a work order card to " "open the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` menu. Select the " ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` option from this menu to open a quality " "alert in a pop-up window." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`작업 현장` 모듈을 연 다음 페이지 상단의 탐색 모음에서 작업장을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 작업 주문 카드 " "오른쪽 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`⋮ (세로 점 3개)` 버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`무엇을 할까요?` 메뉴를 엽니다. 이 " "메뉴에서 :guilabel:`품질 경고 만들기` 를 선택하면 팝업창에 품질 경고가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45 msgid "" "Depending on how a new quality alert form is opened, certain fields on the " "form may already be filled in. For example, if a quality alert is created " "from a work order card in the *Shop Floor* module, the :guilabel:`Product` " "and :guilabel:`Work Center` are pre-filled." msgstr "" "새로운 품질 알림 양식을 여는 방법에 따라 양식에 있는 필드가 미리 입력되어 있을 수도 있습니다. 예를 들어 *작업 현장* 모듈에 있는 " "작업지시서 카드에서 품질 알림이 생성된 경우 :guilabel:`품목` 및 :guilabel:`작업장` 이 미리 입력되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:50 msgid "Quality alerts form" msgstr "품질 알림 양식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:52 msgid "" "After opening a new quality alert form, begin by giving it a short " ":guilabel:`Title` that summarizes the issue with the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:55 msgid "Then, if the quality alert is referencing:" msgstr "그런 다음, 품질 경고에서 다음 내용이 참조되는 경우:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:57 msgid "" "**A specific product or product variant**, select it from the " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Variant` drop-down menus." msgstr "" "**특정 품목 또는 품목 세부 옵션** 은 :guilabel:`품목` 또는 :guilabel:`품목 세부 옵션` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:59 msgid "" "**A specific work center**, select it from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "**특정 작업장** 의 경우, :guilabel:`작업장` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:60 msgid "" "**A specific picking order**, select it from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "**특정 피킹 순서** 의 경우, :guilabel:`피킹` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:62 msgid "" "Next in the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is " "responsible for managing the quality alert. If a specific employee should be" " responsible for the quality alert, select them from the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` drop-down menu." msgstr "" "다음 :guilabel:`팀` 필드에서 품질 경고 관리를 담당하는 품질 팀을 선택합니다. 품질 경고를 담당하는 직원이 있는 경우 " ":guilabel:`담당자` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 해당 직원을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, select any tags relevant to the quality alert" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "guilabel:`태그` 에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 품질 경고와 관련된 태그를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Root Cause` field to select the cause of the quality " "issue, if known." msgstr "guilabel:`근본 원인` 필드를 사용하여 품질 문제에 대해 알려진 원인을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "" "Lastly, choose a :guilabel:`Priority` level by selecting a :guilabel:`⭐ " "(star)` number between one and three. Quality alerts with higher priorities " "appear at the top of the :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` Kanban board in the " "*Quality* app." msgstr "" "마지막으로, :guilabel:`⭐ (별표)` 를 1과 3 사이의 숫자 중에서 선택하여 :guilabel:`우선순위` 레벨을 " "지정합니다.우선순위가 더 높은 품질 경고 항목은 *품질* 앱의 :guilabel:`품질 경고` 칸반 보드 상단에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:75 msgid "" "At the bottom of the quality alert form are four tabs which aid in adding " "supplemental information or actions to be taken for the quality alert. They " "can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" "품질 경고 양식 하단에 있는 4개의 탭을 통해 품질 경고에 대한 추가 정보나 조치 사항을 확인할 수 있습니다. 다음과 같이 내용을 " "입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:78 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Description` tab, enter a description of the quality " "issue." msgstr ":guilabel:`설명` 탭에 품질 문제에 대한 설명을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab to detail the steps that should " "be taken to fix the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:81 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab to detail what should be done to " "prevent the issue from occurring in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:83 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, select the :guilabel:`Vendor` of the " "product. If using an Odoo database which manages multiple companies, select " "the relevant company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Finally, specify when" " the alert was assigned to a quality team in the :guilabel:`Date Assigned` " "field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기타` 탭에서 품목의 :guilabel:`공급업체` 를 선택합니다. 다중 회사를 관리하는 Odoo 데이터베이스를 " "사용하는 경우 :guilabel:`회사` 필드에서 해당 회사를 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`배정일` 필드에서 품질 팀에 " "경고가 할당된 시기를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "A quality alert form that has been filled out." msgstr "품질 경고 양식이 작성되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:93 msgid "Manage quality alerts" msgstr "품질 경고 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:95 msgid "" "To view all existing quality alerts, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality -->" " Quality Control --> Quality Alerts`. By default, alerts are displayed in a " "Kanban board view, which organizes them into different stages based on where" " they are in the review process." msgstr "" "기존 품질 경고를 모두 보려면 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 경고` 로 이동합니다. 기본적으로 알림은 " "칸반 보드 보기로 표시되며, 검토 프로세스의 위치에 따라 여러 단계로 구성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:99 msgid "" "To move an alert to a different stage, simply drag and drop it on the " "desired stage. Alternatively, select a quality alert to open it, and then " "click the desired stage above the top-right corner of the quality alert " "form." msgstr "" "알림을 다른 단계로 이동하려면 원하는 단계에 끌어다 놓기만 하면 됩니다. 또는 품질 경고를 선택하여 연 다음 품질 경고 양식의 오른쪽 " "상단에서 원하는 단계를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:103 msgid "" "To create a new alert within a specific stage, click the :guilabel:`+ " "(plus)` button to the right of the stage name. In the new alert card that " "appears below the stage title, enter the :guilabel:`Title` of the alert, and" " then click :guilabel:`Add`. To configure the rest of the alert, select the " "alert card to open its form." msgstr "" "특정 단계 안에서 새 알림을 생성하려면 단계 이름 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`+ (더하기)` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 단계 제목 아래에" " 나타나는 새 알림 카드에 알림 :guilabel:`제목` 을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`추가` 를 클릭합니다. 나머지 알림을 " "설정하려면 알림 카드를 선택하여 양식을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Alerts page, displaying alerts in a Kanban view." msgstr "품질 알림 페이지로, 칸반 보기에 알림이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" msgstr "품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:9 msgid "" "Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " "to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" " for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " "operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "" "품질 검사는 제품 품질을 보장하기 위해 직원이 수작업으로 수행하는 검사입니다. Odoo에서는 단일 제품 또는 동일한 재고 작업 또는 제조" " 주문 내의 여러 제품에 대해 품질 검사를 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:13 msgid "" "Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" " automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " "|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" " processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " "explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" "품질 관리 지점 (QCP)을 사용하면 일정한 간격으로 품질 검사를 자동으로 생성할 수 있습니다. QCP에 의해 품질 검사가 생성되면 제조" " 또는 재고 주문에 표시되어 담당 직원에게 주문 처리 중에 완료하도록 경고합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:19 msgid "" "While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " "is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" " manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " "will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " "unprompted." msgstr "" "품질 검사는 일반적으로 |QCP|에 의해 자동으로 생성되지만, 단일 품질 검사를 수동으로 생성해야 하는 것도 가능합니다. 이 수동 생성 " "기능은 직원이 일회성 품질 검사를 예약하거나 불시에 실시하는 품질 검사를 등록할 때 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 msgid "Manual quality check" msgstr "수동 품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:27 msgid "" "To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " "from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" "단일 품질 검사를 수동으로 생성하려면 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 검사`로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`신규`를 클릭합니다. 품질 검사 양식의 :guilabel:`제어 기준` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 옵션을 선택하여 시작합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" " order) and all products within it." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업`은 전체 작업 (예: 배송 주문) 및 이와 관련된 모든 제품에 대한 확인을 요청합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " "part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목`은 작업에 포함된 제품의 각 개별 단위(예: 배송 주문 내의 모든 제품 단위)에 대한 검사를 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " "is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " "delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" " a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " "for." msgstr "" " :guilabel:`수량`은 작업의 일부인 제품의 모든 수량에 대한 검사를 요청합니다. (예: 배송 주문 내 제품 5개에 대해 한 번 " "검사) 또한 guilabel:`수량`을 선택하면 품질 검사를 위해 특정 로트 또는 일련번호를 선택할 수 있는 " ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 드롭다운 필드가 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:40 msgid "" "Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " "menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" "down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " "the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`피킹` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 재고 작업을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`생산 주문` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제조 " "주문을 선택합니다. 이 단계는 Odoo가 어떤 작업에 대해 품질 검사가 수행되고 있는지 알아야 하기 때문에 매우 중요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:44 msgid "" "If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " "the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " "check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" " to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" "품질 검사를 특정 |QCP|에 연결해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`품질 관리점` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 해당 품질 검사를 선택합니다. 이 " "기능은 특정 |QCP|에 연결해야 하는 품질 검사를 수동으로 만들 때 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr ":guilabel:`유형` 드롭다운 필드에서 품질 검사 유형을 선택합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " "the quality check." msgstr ":guilabel:`지침`에서는 품질 검사를 실행하는 방법에 대한 자세한 지침을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " "before the check can be completed." msgstr ":guilabel:`사진 촬영`은 검사를 완료하기 전에 사진을 첨부해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " "certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr ":guilabel:`합격 - 불합격`은 검사된 제품이 특정 기준을 충족해야 평가를 통과할 수 있는 경우에 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " "appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " "completed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`측정`을 선택하면 검사를 완료하기 전에 특정 측정값을 입력해야 하는 :guilabel:`측정` 입력 필드가 " "나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:57 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" "down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " "filled out to complete the check." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`워크시트`를 선택하면 :guilabel:`품질 템플릿` 드롭다운 필드가 표시됩니다. 이 필드를 활용하여 점검을 " "완료하기 위해 작성해야 하는 품질 워크시트를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:60 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " "for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " "that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`팀` 필드에 품질 검사를 담당할 품질 관리팀을 지정합니다. :guilabel:`회사` 필드에 검사 대상 제품을 소유한" " 회사를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:63 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " "picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" " relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " "created, etc.)." msgstr "" "양식 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`메모` 탭으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`지침` 텍스트 입력란에 품질 검사에 대한 관련 지침을" " 입력합니다(예: '제품 사진 첨부'). 작업자나 작업 목적 등 품질 검사에 대한 추가 관련 세부 정보를 포함하려면 " ":guilabel:`메모` 텍스트 입력란을 활용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:68 msgid "" "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " "or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" "마지막으로 검사가 즉시 처리되는 경우, 검사가 통과되면 화면 왼쪽 상단의 :guilabel:`합격` 버튼을, 검사가 실패하면 " ":guilabel:`불합격` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "합격-불합격 확인을 위해 작성된 품질 검사 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 msgid "Process quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:78 msgid "" "Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " "from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " "Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " "operation, the check is processed in the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" "품질 검사는 품질 검사 페이지에서 직접 실행하거나 검사가 필요한 제조 또는 재고 주문에서 실행할 수 있습니다. 또는 품질 검사가 특정 " "작업지시서 진행 과정에서생성된 경우에는 *작업 현장* 모듈에서 검사를 실행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:83 msgid "" "It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " "assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " "operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " ":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " "quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" "수동으로 하나만 품질 검사를 생성할 수 없는 경우가 있으며, 이는 검사가 특정한 작업지시서 진행에 대해 지정되는 경우입니다. 작업지시서 " "진행에 대한 품질 검사는 |QCP| 를 통해서만 생성할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 :ref:`품질 관리 지점 " "` 문서에서.작업지시서 진행에 대해 품질 " "검사를 생성하도록 |QCP| 를 설정하는 방법에 대한 내용을 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 msgid "Quality check page" msgstr "품질 검사 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:92 msgid "" "To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" " the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " "check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" " tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" "해당 페이지에서 품질 검사 처리를 시작하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`품질 --> 품질 관리 --> 품질 검사`로 이동한 다음 " "처리할 검사를 선택합니다. 양식 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`메모` 탭의 :guilabel:`지침` 필드에 나와 있는 점검 완료 " "방법에 대한 지침을 따릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:97 msgid "" "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" " the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" "품질 검사가 성공적으로 완료되면 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`합격` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 반대로 품질 검사가 필요한 기준을 " "충족하지 못하면 :guilabel:`실패` 버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 msgid "Quality check on order" msgstr "주문 시 품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:103 msgid "" "To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " "order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " "Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" "주문에 대한 품질 검사를 처리하려면 확인이 필요한 제조 주문 또는 재고 주문 (입고, 배송, 반품 등)을 선택합니다. 제조 주문은 " ":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문'`으로 이동한 후 주문을 클릭하여 선택할 수 있습니다. 재고 주문의" " 경우 :menuselection:`재고 관리`로 이동하여 작업 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 해당 " "주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:109 msgid "" "On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" "선택한 제조 또는 재고 주문에서 보라색 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 버튼이 페이지 상단에 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 주문에 " "필요한 모든 품질 검사를 표시하는 :guilabel:`품질 검사` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:113 msgid "" "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " "window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " "clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " "window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " "appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품질 검사` 팝업창에 표시된 단계별 지침을 따릅니다. 합격 - 불합격 검사가 처리 중인 경우, 팝업 창 하단의 " ":guilabel:`합격` 또는 :guilabel:`불합격`을 클릭하여 검사를 완료합니다. 다른 유형의 품질 검사인 경우에는 " ":guilabel:`승인` 버튼이 대신 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하여 검사를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문의 \"품질 검사\" 팝업 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 msgid "Quality check on work order" msgstr "작업지시서 품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:125 msgid "" "To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a quality check is " "required." msgstr "" "작업지시서에 대한 품질 검사를 진행하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`제조 --> 운영 --> 제조지시서` 로 이동합니다. 품질 " "검사를 할 작업지시서가 있는 |MO|를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:135 msgid "" "For a full guide to the Shop Floor module, see the :doc:`Shop Floor overview" " <../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation." msgstr "" "작업 현장 모듈에 대한 전체 가이드는 :doc:`작업 현장 전체보기 " "<../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:142 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the quality check step is reached. " "Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details how the check should " "be completed. After following the instructions, click :guilabel:`Validate` " "to complete the check. Alternatively, if a *Pass - Fail* check is being " "processed, click either the :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" "품질 확인 단계에 도달할 때까지 작업지시서의 단계대로 처리합니다. 단계를 클릭하면 검사를 완료하는 방법이 자세히 설명된 팝업 창이 " "열립니다. 안내대로 진행한 후 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 확인을 완료합니다. 또는 *합격 - 불합격* 으로 검사를 처리하는 " "경우 :guilabel:`합격` 또는 :guilabel:`불합격` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:147 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete a quality check by clicking the checkbox on " "the right side of the step. Doing so automatically marks the check as " "*Passed*." msgstr "" "또한 단계 오른쪽에 있는 확인란을 클릭하는 방법으로도 품질 검사를 완료할 수 있습니다. 그러면 검사가 자동으로 *합격* 으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:151 msgid "" "The specific steps for processing a quality check depend upon the type of " "check being conducted. For information about processing each type of quality" " check, see the associated documentation:" msgstr "" "구체적인 품질 검사 처리 단계는 수행 중인 검사 유형에 따라 달라집니다. 유형별 품질 검사 처리에 대한 자세한 내용은 관련 문서를 " "참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`" msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`" msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`" msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`" msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Quality control points" msgstr "품질 관리 지점" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create " ":doc:`quality checks ` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| " "can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations " "(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " "operations." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 *품질 관리 지점* (QCP)을 사용하여 미리 정해진 간격으로 :doc:`품질 검사 ` 를 " "자동으로 생성합니다. 특정 작업 (제조, 배송 등)과 해당 작업에 있는 특정 품목에 대한 품질 검사를 생성하도록 |QCP|를 구성할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" "Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " "inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "품질 관리점 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " "makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| " "should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " "select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목` 필드에서 |QCP| 에 적용할 품목을 하나 이상 선택합니다. |QCP| 를 전체 품목 카테고리에 적용해야 하는" " 경우에는 :guilabel:`품목 카테고리` 에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should " "trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " "created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`운영` 필드에서 |QCP| 를 작동하게 만들 작업을 선택합니다. 예를 들어 :guilabel:`운영` 에서 " ":guilabel:`제조` 옵션을 선택하면 새로운 제조지시서 (MO)에 대한 품질 검사 항목이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" "When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and " ":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left " "blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " "specified operation(s)." msgstr "" "새로운 |QCP|를 생성할 때 :guilabel:`운영` 필드에 최소한 하나의 작업은 기재되어 있어야 합니다. 다민 " ":guilabel:`품목` 및 :guilabel:`품목카테고리` 필드는 비워 둘 수 있습니다. 비워둘 경우 |QCP|에서 지정된 작업의 " "모든 인스턴스에 대해 품질 검사를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled " ":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work " "order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " "manufacturing operation, in general." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제조` 작업을 :guilabel:`작업` 필드에서 선택하면, 그 아래에 :guilabel:`작업지시서 작업` 이라는 " "제목의 새 필드가 나타납니다. 이 필드에서는 특정한 작업지시서를 선택하여 일반적인 제조 작업이 아닌 해당 작업에 대한 품질 검사를 " "생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:48 msgid "" "A |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the `Assembly` work" " order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is confirmed for a" " `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check specifically for the " "`Assembly` operation." msgstr "" "|QCP| '커피 테이블' 제품의 '조립' 작업지시서에 대한 품질 검사를 생성하도록 설정할 수 있습니다. 그런 다음 '커피 테이블'에 " "대한 새로운 |MO| 가 확정되면 |QCP| 로 특별히 '조립' 작업에 대한 품질 검사를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation`: One check is requested for the specified operation, " "as a whole." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업`: 지정된 작업에 대해 전체적으로 한 번만 확인 요청이 진행됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: One check is requested for each *unique* product " "included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for " "one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " "products are included in the operation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목`: 지정된 작업에 포함되어 있는 *고유* 품목마다 한 번씩 검사를 실행해야 합니다. 예를 들어, 테이블 1개와 " "의자 4개에 대한 배송 작업에는 *고유* 품목 2개가 작업에 있으므로 두 번의 검사 항목이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: A check is requested for a certain percentage of items" " within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the " ":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical " "value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " "checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`수량`: 지정된 작업에 있는 항목의 일정 비율(백분율)만큼 검사를 요청합니다. 백분율을 설정하려면 " ":guilabel:`부분 전송 테스트` 확인란을 활성화한 후 아래에 나타나는 :guilabel:`백분율` 에 숫자 값을 입력하면 됩니다." " 확인란을 활성화하지 않을 경우 품질 검사를 전체 수량에 대해서 한 차례 시행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All`: A quality check is requested every time the conditions of " "the |QCP| are met." msgstr ":guilabel:`모두`: |QCP| 조건이 충족되면 매번 품질 검사가 요청됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Randomly`: A quality check is randomly requested for a certain " "percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " "of Operations` field that appears below." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`무작위로`: 품질 검사 요청이 무작위로 작업 중 일정 비율에 대해 요청되며 아래에 나타나는 :guilabel:`작업 " "중 #% 마다` 필드에서 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Periodically`: A quality check is requested once every set period" " of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field " "below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " ":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`정기적으로`: 설정한 기간마다 한 번씩 품질 검사를 실행해야 하며, 아래의 필드에 숫자 값을 입력하고 원하는 주기대로" " :guilabel:`일`, :guilabel:`주` 또는 :guilabel:`월` 을 선택하여 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:75 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should" " be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" " depends upon the type of quality check selected:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유형` 필드에서 품질 검사를 진행할 유형을 지정합니다. |QCP| 에서 생성된 품질 검사를 처리하는 방법은 선택한 " "품질 검사 유형에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " "complete the quality check." msgstr ":guilabel:`지침` 에 표시하면 품질 검사를 완료하는 방법에 대한 구체적인 지침을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " "uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to " "confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " "manufacturing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " "for the check to pass." msgstr ":guilabel:`합격 - 실패` 검사에서 제품이 검사를 통과하려면 충족해야 하는 기준이 지정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the " "product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " "pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks require the employee processing the check to " "fill out an interactive worksheet." msgstr ":guilabel:`워크시트` 검사에서는 필수적으로 직원이 검사를 진행할 때 대화형 워크시트를 작성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Spreadsheet` checks require the employee processing the check to " "fill out an interactive spreadsheet." msgstr ":guilabel:`스프레드시트` 검사에서는 검사 진행 직원이 대화형 스프레드시트를 필수적으로 작성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:94 msgid "" "An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." msgstr "*지침* 에 대한 확인 과정은 MO에 대한 작업주문서 단계와 동일합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:96 msgid "" "When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a" " |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* " "check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " "like receipts." msgstr "" "작업지시서에 단계가 추가되면 Odoo에서 품질 앱에 |QCP|로 저장합니다. |QCP|를 *지침* 검사 유형으로 직접 생성할 수 있으며," " 입고와 같은 제조 이외의 작업에도 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 msgid "" "However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " "purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 msgid "" "When creating a |QCP| with the :guilabel:`Worksheet` or " ":guilabel:`Spreadsheet` check types, it is necessary to specify a *Quality " "Worksheet Template* or *Quality Spreadsheet Template* in the " ":guilabel:`Template` field that appears below the :guilabel:`Type` field." msgstr "" "|QCP| 를 생성할 때 검사 유형를 :guilabel:`워크시트` 또는 :guilabel:`스프레드시트` 로 하는 경우, " ":guilabel:`유형` 필드 아래에 표시되는 :guilabel:`템플릿` 필드에 *품질 관리 워크시트 템플릿* 또는 *품질 관리 " "스프레드시트 템플릿* 을 지정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:108 msgid "" "The selected template is duplicated for each quality check created by the " "|QCP|, and **must** be filled out to complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 msgid "" "To create a new template, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " "Configuration --> Quality Worksheet/Spreadsheet Templates`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible " "for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific " "quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`팀` 필드에서 |QCP| 관리를 담당하는 품질 팀과 이 팀에서 시행할 품질 검사를 지정합니다. 특정 품질 팀 구성원이" " |QCP|를 담당하는 경우 :guilabel:`담당자` 필드에서 해당하는 팀원을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:118 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the " "location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " "checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:121 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is " "included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" " page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." msgstr "" "문서가 작업지시서에 대한 워크시트 안내문에 있는 경우 :guilabel:`작업 워크시트의 특정 페이지` 를 선택한 다음 아래에 나타나는 " ":guilabel:`워크시트 페이지` 에 페이지 번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:125 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:128 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " "instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:131 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step " "Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, " "either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's " "file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " "document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" "위의 :guilabel:`단계 문서` 에서 :guilabel:`사용자 지정` 옵션을 선택한 경우 이 탭에 문서를 첨부할 수 있습니다. " "첨부하려면 :guilabel:`파일 업로드` 버튼을 선택하여 디바이스에서 파일 관리자를 연 다음 파일을 선택하거나 " ":guilabel:`Google 슬라이드 링크` 필드에 Google 슬라이드 문서에 대한 링크를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:136 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to " "do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" " the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`실패 시 메시지` 탭에 품질 검사가 실패할 경우 수행할 작업에 대한 안내 사항을 기재합니다. 예를 들어, 품질 검사를" " 처리하는 직원에게 :doc:`품질 경고 ` 를 생성하도록 안내합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:140 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about " "the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this " "tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " "the |QCP|." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`메모` 탭은 |QCP| 생성 사유와 같이 추가 정보를 입력할 때 사용합니다. 이 탭에 입력한 정보는 |QCP|에서 " "생성된 품질 검사를 처리하는 직원에게는 표시되지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr "QCP에서 환경설정을 하여 작업주문서 작업에 대해 합격-불합격 검사를 생성하는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:8 msgid "Repairs" msgstr "수리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Repairs* assists companies in creating and processing repairs for " "damaged products returned by customers." msgstr "Odoo *수리* 를 활용하여 손상 제품을 고객이 반품했을 경우 수리 항목를 생성하고 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:3 msgid "Process repair orders" msgstr "수리주문서 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes, products delivered to customers can break or be damaged in " "transit, and need to be returned for a refund, delivery of a replacement " "product, or repairs." msgstr "" "경우에 따라서 고객에게 배송된 품목이 운송 중에 파손되거나 손상되어 환불받기 위해 반품되거나, 품목을 교환하도록 배송 혹은 수리를 해야 " "하는 경우가 발생하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:13 msgid "" "In Odoo, repairs for products returned by customers can be tracked in the " "*Repairs* app. Once repaired, products can be redelivered to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:16 msgid "" "The return and repair process for damaged products typically follows the " "below steps:" msgstr "품목이 손상된 경우 반품 및 수리 절차는 일반적으로 다음 단계에 따라 진행됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:18 msgid "" ":ref:`Process return order for damaged product " "`" msgstr ":ref:`손상된 품목에 대한 반품 주문 처리 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:19 msgid "" ":ref:`Create repair order for returned product " "`" msgstr ":ref:`반품된 품목에 대한 수리 주문 생성 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:20 msgid "" ":ref:`Return repaired product to customer `" msgstr ":ref:`수리된 품목을 고객에게 재배송 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:25 msgid "Return order" msgstr "반품 주문서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:27 msgid "" "Returns can be processed in Odoo via *reverse transfers*, created directly " "from a sales order (SO) once products have been delivered to a customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a return, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " "into an |SO| from which a product should be returned. Then, from the |SO| " "form, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Doing so opens the " "delivery order (DO) form." msgstr "" "반품 생성을 하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱` 으로 이동하여 품목을 반품할 |SO|를 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 |SO| " "양식에서 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 배송주문서 (DO) 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:34 msgid "" "From this form, click :guilabel:`Return`. This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse " "Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "이 양식에서 :guilabel:`반품` 을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`역방향 전송` 팝업창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Reverse transfer pop-up window on delivery order form." msgstr "배송주문서 양식에 있는 역방향 전송 팝업 창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:253 msgid "" "This pop-up lists the :guilabel:`Product` included in the order, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` delivered to the customer, and the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` the product was in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:256 msgid "" "Click the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to change the quantity of " "the product to be returned, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:259 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon at the far-right of the product line " "to remove it from the return, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:49 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a " "new receipt for the returned products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the product has been returned to the warehouse, receipt of the return " "can be registered in the database by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` from the " "reverse transfer form." msgstr "" "품목이 창고로 반품되면, 반품 이송 양식에서 :guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭하여 데이터베이스에 반품 입고 등록을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:56 msgid "" "Once a reverse transfer for a return is validated, the value in the " ":guilabel:`Delivered` column on the original |SO| updates to reflect the " "difference between the original :guilabel:`Quantity` ordered, and the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` returned by the customer." msgstr "" "반품에 대해 반송 이동이 승인되면 원본 |SO|의 :guilabel:`배송 완료` 열에 있는 값이 원래 주문한 :guilabel:`수량`" " 과 고객이 반품한 :guilabel:`수량` 간의 차이를 반영하도록 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:0 msgid "Delivered and Quantity columns on sales order after return." msgstr "반품된 판매주문서에 있는 배송 및 수량 열입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:67 msgid "Create repair order" msgstr "수리주문서 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:69 msgid "" "Once products have been returned, their repairs can be tracked by creating a" " repair order (RO)." msgstr "제품이 반품되면 수리주문서(RO)를 생성하여 수리 내역을 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "To create a new |RO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Repairs app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank |RO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Left-hand side of blank repair order form." msgstr "내용이 없는 수리주문서의 왼쪽 부분입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:78 msgid "" "On this form, begin by selecting a :guilabel:`Customer`. The customer " "selected should be for whom the order will be invoiced and delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:81 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field, click the drop-down menu to " "select the product that needs repair. If necessary, click :guilabel:`Search " "More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Product to Repair` pop-up window, and " "browse all products in the database." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`수리할 품목` 필드에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 수리할 품목을 선택합니다. 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`추가 " "검색...` 을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`검색: 수리할 품목` 팝업 창을 열고 데이터베이스에서 모든 품목을 찾아보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:85 msgid "" "Once a :guilabel:`Product to Repair` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Product " "Quantity` field appears below it. In that field, enter the quantity (in a " "`0.00` format) of the product that requires repair." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`수리할 제품` 을 선택하면 그 아래에 새로운 :guilabel:`품목 수량` 항목이 나타납니다. 해당 항목에 수리할 " "제품의 수량 ('0.00' 형식)을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:89 msgid "" "To the right of that value, click the drop-down list to select the unit of " "measure (UoM) for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:92 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Return` field, click the drop-down menu and select the " "return order from which the product to be repaired comes from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "Tick the :guilabel:`Under Warranty` checkbox, if the product being repaired " "is covered by a warranty. If ticked, the :guilabel:`Customer` is not charged" " for all the parts used in the repair order." msgstr "" "수리 중인 제품이 보증 대상인 경우 :guilabel:`보증 대상` 확인란에 표시합니다. 확인란에 표시할 경우 수리 주문에 사용된 부품에" " 대해서 :guilabel:`고객` 에게 비용이 청구되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:99 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar" " popover window. From this calendar, select a date for the repair, and click" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Right-hand side of blank repair order form." msgstr "내용이 없는 수리주문서의 오른쪽 부분입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:106 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, click the drop-down menu and select " "the user who should be responsible for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Company` field, if in a multi-company environment, select " "which company this |RO| belongs to." msgstr "다중 회사 환경인 경우 :guilabel:`회사` 필드에 이 |RO| 가 속한 회사를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, click the drop-down menu and select which " "tags should be applied to this |RO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:116 msgid "Parts tab" msgstr "부품 탭" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:118 msgid "" "Add, remove, or recycle parts in the :guilabel:`Parts` tab. To do so, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:121 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` column, click the box to reveal three options to " "choose from: :guilabel:`Add` (selected by default), :guilabel:`Remove`, and " ":guilabel:`Recycle`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Type column options or new part under Parts tab." msgstr "부품 탭에 열 옵션 또는 새 부품을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Add` adds this part to the |RO|. Adding parts lists " "components for use in the repair. If the components are used, the user " "completing the repair can record they were used. If they were not used, the " "user can indicate that, too, and the components can be saved for another " "use." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`추가` 를 선택하면 이 구성품이 |RO|에 추가됩니다. 부품을 추가하면 수리에 사용할 구성품이 기재됩니다. 구성품을 " "사용한 경우에는 사용자가 수리를 완료한 후 해당 부품이 사용되었다는 기록을 할 수 있습니다. 사용하지 않은 경우에도 이를 표시할 수 " "있으며 다른 용도로 사용하도록 부품을 저장할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:133 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Remove` removes this part from the |RO|. Removing parts " "lists components that should be removed from the product being repaired " "during the repair process. If the parts are removed, the user completing the" " repair can indicate they were removed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제거` 를 선택하면 |RO|에서 해당 부품이 삭제됩니다. 부품 삭제 항목에서는 수리 중인 제품에 대해 수리 프로세스 " "중에 제거해야 하는 구성품이 표시됩니다. 부품이 제거되면 수리를 완료한 사용자는 해당 부품이 제거되었음을 표시할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Recycle` recycles this part from the |RO|, designating " "it for later use or to be repurposed for another use in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:140 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Product` column, select which product (part) should be " "added, removed, or recycled. In the :guilabel:`Demand` column, change the " "quantity, if necessary, to indicate what quantity of this part should be " "used in the repair process." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목` 열에서 어떤 제품 (부품)을 추가, 제거 또는 재사용용할 지 선택합니다. 필요한 경우 " ":guilabel:`수요` 열에서 수량을 변경하여 수리 프로세스에 사용해야 하는 이 부품의 수량을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the value (in a `0.00` format) once " "the part has been successfully added, removed, or recycled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column, select the |UoM| for the part." msgstr ":guilabel:`단위` 열에서 부품의 |UoM| 을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Used` column, tick the checkbox once the part has" " been used in the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:152 msgid "" "To add additional columns to the line, click the :guilabel:`(optional " "columns drop-down)` icon, at the far-right of the header row. Select the " "desired options to add to the line." msgstr "" "줄에 열을 추가하려면, 헤더 행 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`(선택적 열 드롭다운)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 원하는 옵션을 " "선택하여 줄에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Optional additional options to add to new part line." msgstr "선택 사항인 추가 옵션으로 새 부품 줄에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:160 msgid "Repair Notes and Miscellaneous tabs" msgstr "수리 참고 사항 및 기타 탭" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:162 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Repair Notes` tab to add internal notes about this " "specific |RO|, and anything the user performing the repair might need to " "know." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:165 msgid "Click the blank text field to begin writing notes." msgstr "빈 텍스트 필드를 클릭하면 메모 작성을 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:167 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab to see the :guilabel:`Operation " "Type` for this repair. By default, this is set to :guilabel:`YourCompany: " "Repairs`, indicating this is a repair type operation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기타` 탭을 클릭하면 이 수리 항목에 대한 :guilabel:`작업 유형` 을 확인할 수 있습니다. 기본값으로는 " ":guilabel:`YourCompany: 수리` 로 설정되어 있어서, 이 작업이 수리 유형의 작업임을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:171 msgid "" "Once all desired configurations have been made on the |RO| form, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Confirmed`" " stage, and reserves the necessary components needed for the repair." msgstr "" "|RO| 환경 설정을 모두 완료했으면 |RO| 양식에서 :guilabel:`수리 확인` 을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 |RO| 가 " ":guilabel:`확정` 단계로 이동되어 수리하려면 필요한 구성품을 예약합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:175 msgid "" "A new :guilabel:`Forecasted` column appears on the product lines under the " ":guilabel:`Parts` tab, displaying the availability of all components needed " "for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:178 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Start Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the " ":guilabel:`Under Repair` stage (in the upper-right corner). If the |RO| " "should be cancelled, click :guilabel:`Cancel Repair`." msgstr "" "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`수리 시작` 을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 |RO| 가 :guilabel:`수리 중` 단계(오른쪽 " "상단)로 이동합니다. |RO| 를 취소해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`수리 취소` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "Once all products have been successfully repaired, the |RO| is completed. To" " register this in the database, click :guilabel:`End Repair`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:185 msgid "" "If all parts added to the |RO| were not used, clicking :guilabel:`End " "Repair` causes an :guilabel:`Uncomplete Move(s)` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Uncomplete Moves pop-up window for unused parts." msgstr "미사용 부품에 대한 완료되지 않은 이동 팝업창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:192 msgid "" "The pop-up window informs the user that there is a difference between the " "initial demand and the actual quantity used for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:195 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Used` quantity should be changed, click " ":guilabel:`Discard` or close the pop-up window. If the order should be " "confirmed, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:198 msgid "" "This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Repaired` stage. A :guilabel:`Product " "Moves` smart button also appears above the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:201 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button to view the product's moves" " history during and after the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Moves history of product included in the repair order." msgstr "수리주문서에 있는 품목의 이력을 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:211 msgid "Return product to customer" msgstr "고객에게 품목 반송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:214 msgid "Product is under warranty" msgstr "보증 기간 중인 품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:216 msgid "" "Once the product has been successfully repaired, it can be returned to the " "customer." msgstr "제품 수리가 성공적으로 완료되면 고객에게 반환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:219 msgid "Product is not under warranty" msgstr "보증 대상 품목이 아님" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:221 msgid "" "If the product is not under warranty, or should the customer bear the repair" " costs, click :guilabel:`Create Quotation`. This opens a new |SO| form, pre-" "populated with the parts used in the |RO|, with the total cost of the repair" " calculated." msgstr "" "보증이 적용되지 않거나 고객이 수리 비용을 부담해야 하는 품목인 경우에는 :guilabel:`견적서 만들기` 를 클릭합니다. 그러면 " "새로운 |SO|가 열리고 |RO|에 사용된 부품이 양식에 미리 입력되어 있으며 총 수리비가 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1 msgid "Pre-populated new quotation for parts included in repair order." msgstr "수리주문서에 있는 부품에 대해 새로운 견적서가 미리 입력되어 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:229 msgid "" "If this |SO| should be sent to the customer, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and " "proceed to invoice the customer for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:233 msgid "" "If the customer should be charged for a repair service, a service type " "product can be created and added to the |SO| for a repaired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:236 msgid "" "To return the product to the customer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales" " app`, and select the original |SO| from which the initial return was " "processed. Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button." msgstr "" "고객 품목을 반품하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱` 으로 이동하여 최초 반품이 처리된 원래의 |SO| 를 선택합니다. 그런 " "다음 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:240 msgid "" "From the resulting list of operations, click the reverse transfer, indicated" " by the :guilabel:`Source Document`, which should read `Return of " "WH/OUT/XXXXX`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:243 msgid "" "This opens the return form. At the top of this form, a :guilabel:`Repair " "Orders` smart button now appears, linking this return to the completed |RO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:246 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Return` at the top of the form. This opens a " ":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`반품` 을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`반품 이송` 팝업창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a " "new delivery for the returned products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "When the delivery has been processed and the product has been returned to " "the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:269 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/returns`"